Loading...
The URL can be used to link to this page
Your browser does not support the video tag.
Home
My WebLink
About
C2023-151 - 6/27/2023 - Approved
DocuSign Envelope ID: 7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81 FOE94C287F DATE(MMIDDIYYYY) ACCMV CERTIFICATE OF LIABILITY INSURANCE 07/10/2023 THIS CERTIFICATE IS ISSUED AS A MATTER OF INFORMATION ONLY AND CONFERS NO RIGHTS UPON THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER.THIS CERTIFICATE DOES NOT AFFIRMATIVELY OR NEGATIVELY AMEND,EXTEND OR ALTER THE COVERAGE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES BELOW. THIS CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE DOES NOT CONSTITUTE A CONTRACT BETWEEN THE ISSUING INSURER(S),AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OR PRODUCER,AND THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER. IMPORTANT: If the certificate holder is an ADDITIONAL INSURED,the policy(ies)must have ADDITIONAL INSURED provisions or be endorsed. If SUBROGATION IS WAIVED,subject to the terms and conditions of the policy,certain policies may require an endorsement. A statement on this certificate does not confer rights to the certificate holder in lieu of such endorsement(s). PRODUCER CONTACT Gwen Crouch NAME;'. Donegan Insurance Agency,Inc. PHONE. ....ww-.-(830)303-8300 (830)303-8318 AIC No Ext: AIC,N�) 314 N.Camp St. A DR SS, gcrouch@bdi-insurance.com _ INSURER(S)AFFORDING COVERAGE NAIC# Seguin TX 78155 INSUREInsurance_RA: Nautilus Insuran W w-_...- __- Co _m _..... ..�._.�.�..__.�_ INSURED INSURER....................... B: Northstar Elite Construction Consulting LLC INSURER C: 8603 Hwy 281 N,#200 INSURER D; _ _ _................ INSURER E Spring Branch TX 78070 INSURER F: COVERAGES CERTIFICATE NUMBER: CL2313103551 REVISION NUMBER: THIS IS TO CERTIFY THATTHE POLICIES OF INSURANCE LISTED BELOW HAVE BEEN ISSUED TO THE INSURED NAMED ABOVE FOR THE POLICY PERIOD INDICATED. NOTWITHSTANDING ANY REQUIREMENT,TERM OR CONDITION OF ANY CONTRACTOR OTHER DOCUMENT WITH RESPECT TO WHICH THIS CERTIFICATE MAYBE ISSUED OR MAY PERTAIN,THE INSURANCE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES DESCRIBED HEREIN IS SUBJECT TO ALL THE TERMS, EXCLUSIONS AND CONDITIONS OF SUCH POLICIES.LIMITS SHOWN MAY HAVE BEEN REDUCED BY PAID CLAIMS. ILTR TYPE OF INSURANCE INSD ,D MMMMpOLICY NUMBER '.. MM DD/YYY) (MM/DD/Y YY) LIMITS X COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY EACH OCCURRENCE $ 1,000,000 ww... CLAIMS-MADE OCCUR ` "'� T '....'. ................... 100,000 _PREMISES Fa occurrence $ MED EXP(Any one person) $ 5,000 A NN1499348 01/05/2023 01/05/2024 PERSONAL&ADV INJURY $ 1,000,000 GEN'L AGGREGATE LIMIT APPLIES PER: GENERAL AGGREGATE $ 2,000,000 X POLICY D rx&��T 1,000,000 JE'.fbT LOC PRODUCTS-COMP/OP AGG $ ___. OTHER: $ AUTOMOBILE LIABILITY .......ITWW..... ........_.........................ww....wwwwww r OMBtlN ED:154 F LIMIT $ -a w a IBenit ANY AUTO BODILY INJURY(Per person) $ OWNED SCHEDULED AUTOS ONLY AUTOS BODILY INJURY(Per accident) '...$ w HIRED NON-OWNED PROPERTY DAMAGE $ w AUTOS ONLY AUTOS ONLY (Per acrident) $ UMBRELLA LAB OCCUR EACH OCCURRENCE $ EXCESS LIAB CLAIMS-MADE MAGGREGATE $ DED RETENTION $ WORKERS COMPENSATION STATUTEf2H AND EMPLOYERS'LIABILITY Y I N ANY PROPRIETOR/PARTNER/EXECUTIVENIA E..L.EACH ACCIDENT $ OFFICER/MEMBER EXCLUDED? (Mandatory in NH) E] E_.L.DISEASE-EA EMPLOYEE $ If yes,describe under "". ........—___........ DESCRIPTION OF OPERATIONS below E,L.DISEASE-POLICY LIMIT '...$ DESCRIPTION OF OPERATIONS I LOCATIONS I VEHICLES (ACORD 101,Additional Remarks Schedule,may be attached if more space is required) RE: 21084 West Guth Park Improvements Contract No 4628 CERTIFICATE HOLDER CANCELLATION SHOULD ANY OF THE ABOVE DESCRIBED POLICIES BE CANCELLED BEFORE THE EXPIRATION DATE THEREOF,NOTICE WILL BE DELIVERED IN City of Corpus Christi ACCORDANCE WITH THE POLICY PROVISIONS. 1201 Leopard St. City Hal{-1st Floor AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE Corpus Christi TX 74699277 ©1988-2015 ACORD CORPORATION. All rights reserved. ACORD 25(2016/03) The ACORD name and logo are registered marks of ACORD DocuSign Envelope ID: 7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81 FOE94C287F � " CERTIFICATE OF LIABILITY INSURANCE DAT�i5i2o2s YY) THIS CERTIFICATE IS ISSUED AS A MATTER OF INFORMATION ONLY AND CONFERS NO RIGHTS UPON THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER. THIS CERTIFICATE DOES NOT AFFIRMATIVELY OR NEGATIVELY AMEND, EXTEND OR ALTER THE COVERAGE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES BELOW. THIS CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE DOES NOT CONSTITUTE A CONTRACT BETWEEN THE ISSUING INSURER(S), AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OR PRODUCER,AND THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER. IMPORTANT: If the certificate holder is an ADDITIONAL INSURED,the policy(ies) must have ADDITIONAL INSURED provisions or be endorsed. If SUBROGATION IS WAIVED, subject to the terms and conditions of the policy, certain policies may require an endorsement. A statement on this certificate does not confer rights to the certificate holder in lieu of such endorsement(s). PRODUCER CONTACT Hotchkiss Insurance Agency, LLC PH I Certificates Houston FAX 3625 Paesanos Parkway WC,No,Ext), 210-581-0420 iAJc No),713-956-0331 EMAIL Suite 200 ADDRESS, rerlS@ hiallc.cEn't San Antonio TX 78231 INSURERS)AFFORDING COVERAGE NAIC N INSURER A:Texas Mutual Insurance Company 22945 INSURED NORTELI-01 INSURER B: Northstar Elite Construction and Consulting, LLC - Northstar Elite Custom Homes, LLC INSURER C: 36250 FM 3159 INSURER D: New Braunfels TX 78132 INSURERS. INSURER F: COVERAGES CERTIFICATE NUMBER:1127834967 REVISION NUMBER: THIS IS TO CERTIFY THAT THE POLICIES OF INSURANCE LISTED BELOW HAVE BEEN ISSUED TO THE INSURED NAMED ABOVE FOR THE POLICY PERIOD INDICATED. NOTWITHSTANDING ANY REQUIREMENT, TERM OR CONDITION OF ANY CONTRACT OR OTHER DOCUMENT WITH RESPECT TO WHICH THIS CERTIFICATE MAY BE ISSUED OR MAY PERTAIN, THE INSURANCE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES DESCRIBED HEREIN IS SUBJECT TO ALL THE TERMS, EXCLUSIONS AND CONDITIONS OF SUCH POLICIES.LIMITS SHOWN MAY HAVE BEEN REDUCED BY PAID CLAIMS. fNSR TYPE OF INSURANCE ADDL'SUt1R POLICY EFF POLICY EXP LIMITS LTR POLICY NUMBER MMIDD/YYYY MM/DD/YYYY COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY I EACH OCCURRENCE $ bAMAGE 10 kl' N''fEf'i CLAIMS-MADE OCCUR PRWISES(Ea occurrence) $ I MED EXP(Any one person) ------------------- PERSONAL&ADV INJURY $ GEML AGGREGATE LIMIT APPLIES PER: ; GENERAL AGGREGATE POLICY JECT LOC PRODUCTS-COMP/OP AGG $ OTHER $ _ AUTOMOBILE LIABILITY _ COMBINED MBINE.D SINGLFE LINT $ ...(En a endenl), ... "....... ANY AUTO BODILY INJURY(Per person) $ OWNED '..SCHEDULED AUTOS ONLY �AUTOS BODILY INJURY(Per accident)i HIRED NON-OWNED J PR(1PER i°DA/AGE $ AUTOS ONLY AUTOS ONLY (Pari'%q,6;m[J $ UMBRELLA LIAB L OCCUR EACH OCCURRENCE $ EXCESS LIAB CLAIMS-MADE AGGREGATE DED RETENTION$ $ A WORKERS AND EMPLOYE RSPER 'LIABIL ITY Y/N ,.. Y 0001237298 212112023 2(2112024 X STP�TIJT,E ._,,ER� ANYPROPRIETOR/PARTNER/EXECUTIVE ""`""' E.L.EACH ACCIDENT $1,000,000 OFFICERIMEMBEREXCLUDED? N/A - --- - (Mandatory in NH) i.E.L DISEASE-EA EMPLOYEE, $1,000,000 If yes,describe under ...... DESCRIPTION OF OPERATIONS below E,L DISEASE-POLICY LIMIT $1,000,000 i I I DESCRIPTION OF OPERATIONS/LOCATIONS I VEHICLES (ACORD 101,Additional Remarks Schedule,maybe attached if more space is required) The workers compensation policy includes a blanket waiver of subrogation endorsement when required by written contract-per(Form WC 42 03 04 B). CERTIFICATE HOLDER CANCELLATION SHOULD ANY OF THE ABOVE DESCRIBED POLICIES BE CANCELLED BEFORE THE EXPIRATION DATE THEREOF, NOTICE WILL BE DELIVERED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE POLICY PROVISIONS. "Insured's Copy** AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE ©1988-2015 ACORD CORPORATION. All rights reserved. ACORD 25(2016/03) The ACORD name and logo are registered marks of ACORD DocuSign Envelope ID:752713E25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F DATE(MM/DD/YYYY) A�" CERTIFICATE OF LIABILITY INSURANCE 77/24/2023 THIS CERTIFICATE IS ISSUED AS A MATTER OF INFORMATION ONLY AND CONFERS NO RIGHTS UPON THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER. THIS CERTIFICATE DOES NOT AFFIRMATIVELY OR NEGATIVELY AMEND, EXTEND OR ALTER THE COVERAGE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES BELOW. THIS CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE DOES NOT CONSTITUTE A CONTRACT BETWEEN THE ISSUING INSURER(S), AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OR PRODUCER,AND THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER. IMPORTANT: If the certificate holder is an ADDITIONAL INSURED,the policy(ies) must have ADDITIONAL INSURED provisions or be endorsed. If SUBROGATION IS WAIVED, subject to the terms and conditions of the policy, certain policies may require an endorsement. A statement on this certificate does not confer rights to the certificate holder in lieu of such endorsement(s). PRODUCER CONTACT NAME: Certificates Houston Hotchkiss Insurance Agency, LLCPHONE FAx 3625 Paesanos Parkway A/c No Ext): 210-581-0420 AC, c No):713-956-0331 Suite 200 ADDRESS: certs@hiallc.com San Antonio TX 78231 INSURER(S)AFFORDING COVERAGE NAIC# INSURERA: Palomar Specialty Insurance Company 20338 INSURED NORTELI-01 INSURER B Northstar Elite Construction and Consulting, LLC Northstar Elite Custom Homes, LLC INSURERC: 36250 FM 3159 INSURER D: New Braunfels TX 78132 INSURER E: INSURER F: COVERAGES CERTIFICATE NUMBER:368826561 REVISION NUMBER: THIS IS TO CERTIFY THAT THE POLICIES OF INSURANCE LISTED BELOW HAVE BEEN ISSUED TO THE INSURED NAMED ABOVE FOR THE POLICY PERIOD INDICATED. NOTWITHSTANDING ANY REQUIREMENT, TERM OR CONDITION OF ANY CONTRACT OR OTHER DOCUMENT WITH RESPECT TO WHICH THIS CERTIFICATE MAY BE ISSUED OR MAY PERTAIN, THE INSURANCE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES DESCRIBED HEREIN IS SUBJECT TO ALL THE TERMS, EXCLUSIONS AND CONDITIONS OF SUCH POLICIES.LIMITS SHOWN MAY HAVE BEEN REDUCED BY PAID CLAIMS. INSR TYPE OF INSURANCE ADDL SUBR POLICY EFF POLICY EXP LIMITS LTR I POLICY NUMBER MM/DD/YYYY MM/DD/YYYY COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY EACH OCCURRENCE $ CLAIMS-MADE El OCCUR DAMAGE TO RENTED PREMISES Ea occurrence $ MED EXP(Any one person) $ PERSONAL&ADV INJURY $ GEN'L AGGREGATE LIMIT APPLIES PER: GENERAL AGGREGATE $ POLICY❑ PRO- POLICY [:] LOC PRODUCTS-COMP/OP AGG $ OTHER: $ AUTOMOBILE LIABILITY COMBINED SINGLE LIMIT $ Ea accident ANY AUTO BODILY INJURY(Per person) $ OWNED SCHEDULED BODILY INJURY(Per accident) $ AUTOS ONLY AUTOS HIRED NON-OWNED PROPERTY DAMAGE $ AUTOS ONLY AUTOS ONLY Per accident UMBRELLALIAB OCCUR EACH OCCURRENCE $ EXCESS LIAB CLAIMS-MADE AGGREGATE $ DED RETENTION$ $ WORKERS COMPENSATION PER OTH- AND EMPLOYERS'LIABILITY Y/N STATUTE ER ANYPROPRIETOR/PARTNER/EXECUTIVE ❑ E.L.EACH ACCIDENT $ OFFICER/MEMBER EXCLUDED? N/A (Mandatory in NH) E.L.DISEASE-EA EMPLOYEE $ If yes,describe under DESCRIPTION OF OPERATIONS below E.L.DISEASE-POLICY LIMIT $ A Builders Risk-Reporting BRCIS-0011930-00 7/17/2023 7/1/2024 Covered Prop@Job Site 2,000,000 Prop other loc 100,000 Prop in Transit 100,000 DESCRIPTION OF OPERATIONS/LOCATIONS/VEHICLES (ACORD 101,Additional Remarks Schedule,may be attached if more space is required) The workers compensation policy includes a blanket waiver of subrogation endorsement when required by written contract-per(Form WC 42 03 04 B). CERTIFICATE HOLDER CANCELLATION SHOULD ANY OF THE ABOVE DESCRIBED POLICIES BE CANCELLED BEFORE THE EXPIRATION DATE THEREOF, NOTICE WILL BE DELIVERED IN Proof of Insurance ACCORDANCE WITH THE POLICY PROVISIONS. Northstar Elite Consruction 8603 Hwy 281 N Suite 200 AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE Spring Branch TX 78070 , @ 1988-2015 ACORD CORPORATION. All rights reserved. ACORD 25(2016/03) The ACORD name and logo are registered marks of ACORD DocuSign Envelope ID: 7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81 FOE94C287F Northstar Elite Construction&Consulting f% III Transaction #: 5892510 /,iAl"'ilio Contractor's Pollution Liability Coverage Limits of Insurance Per Occurrence Limit $1,000,000 General Aggregate Limit $1,000,000 Each Transportation Pollution Condition Limit $1,000,000 Each Non-Owned Disposal Site Pollution Condition Limit $1,000,000 Each Emergency Response Limit $1,000,000 Each Crisis Management Limit $1,000,000 Each Sudden And Accidental Discharge, Release, or Escape of $1,000,000 Pollutants Condition Limit Deductible $2,500 Additional coverages (included in total premium) Coverage Limit Premium Amended Your Products Exclusion - Exception For Each Act, Error or Omission $53 Fabricated Or Installed Products $1,000,000 General Aggregate $1,000,000 Classification and revenue basis Class Description Total Revenue General Contracting $2,400,000 Total _... $2,400,000 Audit Provision: Not subject to audit Terrorism The Terrorism Risk Insurance Act (TRIA), as amended, requires insurance companies to offer limited terrorism coverage. TRIA coverage will cost 1% of the total premium. If purchased, the MEEI 2346 Exclusion of Certified Acts of Terrorism will be removed from your policy and the MEIL 2563 Cap on Losses from Certified Acts of Terrorism will be added. Premium Contractor's pollution liability DocuSign Envelope ID: 7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81 FOE94C287F Texbmutug Ott WORKERS' COMPENSATION INSURANCE Workers' Compensation and Employer's Liability Policy Information Page NCCI Carrier Code:29939 Agent copy Item 1 NORTHSTAR ELITE CONSTRUCTION AND CONSULTING, LLC Policy number Insured 8603 US HIGHWAY 281 N STE 200 name and SPRING BRANCH TX 78070-5694 0001237296 address Other workplaces not shown above Federal tax ID Entity See Schedule of Operations attached. 272911845 LLC Interim adjustment Quarterly 33%-3 Reports Producer HOTCHKISS INSURANCE AGENCY LLC x4102 Branch 13430 NORTHWEST FWY STE 600 HOUSTON TX 77040-6014 Houston Renewal of 0001237296 Item 2 The policy period is from: 2/21/23 To: 2/21/24 12:01 a.m.standard time at the insured's mailing address Item 3 A. Workers'Compensation Insurance:Part One of the policy applies to the Workers'Compensation Law of the states listed here:Texas B. Employers Liability Insurance:Part Two of the policy applies to work in each state listed in item 3A. The Limits of our Liability under Part Two are: Bodily Injury by Accident $1,000,000.00 Each Accident Bodily Injury by Disease $1,000,000.00 Policy Limit Bodily Injury by Disease $1,000,000.00 Each Employee C. Other States Insurance: Part Three of the policy applies to the states,if any,listed here:None D. This policy includes these endorsements and schedules: see Schedule of Endorsements attached. Item 4 The premium for this policy will be determined by our manuals of Rules,Classifications,Rates and Rating Plans. All information required below is subject to verification and change by audit. Payroll Premium Total payroll and estimated manual premium Description Factor Amount Waiver of Subrogation Increased Limits Factor 1,000,000/1,000,000/1,000,000 Increased Limits Balance to Minimum Premium($150) Premium Incentive For Small Employer Modifier Schedule Modifier Healthcare Network Option Expense Constant Total estimated annual premium Minimum premium Issue date:2/22/23 Countersigned by Includes copyright material of the National Council on Compensation Insurance,Inc,used with its permission ©Copyright 2023 National Council of Compensation Insurance,Inc.All rights reserved. PO Box 12058,Austin,TX 78711-2058 1 of 1 texasmutual.com 1 (800)859-5995 1 Fax(800) 359-0650 WC 00 00 01 B oo"u3ignEnvelope 0:rnzroszo+DpzF-4eno-9oeo*1poeo4Czo7p 006I13 PERFORMANCE BOND BOND NO. PNF9427D33 Contractor as Principal Surety Name: NorthStar Elite Construction &Consultin Name: Colonial American Casualty and Surety Company Mailing address(principal place of business): Mailing address(principal place of business): 8603 US HWY 281 N. Unit 200 1299 Zurich Way, 5 th Floor Spring Branch,Texas 78070 Schaumburg, IL60196-1056 Physical address (principal place of business): Owner 1299 Zurich Way, 5th Floor Name: City of Corpus Christi,Texas Schaumburg, IL60196-1056 Mailing address(principal place of business): Contracts and Procurement Surety is a corporation organized and existing 1201 Leopard Street under the laws of the state of: Illinois Corpus Christi,Texas 78401 By submitting this Bond, Surety affirms its authority to do business in the State of Texas and Contract its license to execute bonds in the State of Texas. Project name and number: Telephone(main number):847-605-6000 21084 West Guth Park Improvements Telephone(for notice of c/aim):800-626-4577 Local Agent for Surety Name: Gregory L. Stanley/Crane Agency Award Date of the Contract:June 27, 2023 Address: 400 Chesterfield Center,Suite 100, Contract Price: $_,1656,379.39 Chesterfield, IVIO 63017 Bond Telephone:314-608-5234 Email Address:gstanley@craneagency.com Date of Bond: June 29, 2023 The address of the surety company to which any (Date of Bond cannot be earlier than Award Date notice of claim should be sent may be obtained of the Contract) from the Texas Dept. of Insurance by calling the following toll-free number. 1-800-252-3439 Performance Bond 006113-1 21O84West Guth Park Improvements oo"u3ignEnvelope 0:rnzroszo+DpzF-4eno-9oeo*1poeo4Czo7p Surety and Contractor,intending to be legally bound and obligated to Owner do each cause this Performance Bond to be duly executed on its behalf by its authorized officer,agent or representative. The Principal and Surety bind themselves, and their heirs, administrators,executors,successors and assigns,jointly and severally to this bond. The condition of this obligation is such that if the Contractor as Principal faithfully performs the Work required by the Contract then this obligation shall be null and void;otherwise the obligation is to remain in f0force and effect.Provisions of the bond shall be pursuant to the terms and provisions of Chapter 2253 and Chapter 2269 of the Texas Government Code as amended and all liabilities on this bond shall be determined in accordance with the provisions of said Chapter to the same extent as if it were copied at length herein. Venue shall lie exclusively in Nueces County, Texas for any legal action. Contractor as Principal _ Surety Northstar 4Eli r ti &Consulting Colonial American C alty and Signature. Signature: 7r -,C Y� Name: Name: Gregory L.S Title: Title: Attorney-in-Fact Email Address: Email Address: gstanley@craneagency.com (Attach Power of Attorney and place surety seal below) END OFSECTION Performance Bond 006113-2 21084 West Guth Park Improvements 6/11/ZO21 DocuSign Envelope ID:7527l3E25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81 FOE94C287F 00 61 16 PAYMENT BOND BOND NO. PRF9427033 Contractor as Principal Surety Name: NorthStar Elite Construction &Consulting Name: Colonial American Casualty and Surety Company Mailing address(principal place of business): Mailing address (principal place of business): 8603 US HWY 281 N. Unit 200 1299 Zurich Way, 5th Floor Spring Branch,Texas 78070 Schaumburg, IL 60196-1056 Physical address (principal place of business): Owner 1299 Zurich Way, 5th Floor Name: City of Corpus Christi,Texas Schaumburg, IL 60196-1056 Mailing address(principal place of business): Contracts and Procurement Surety is a corporation organized and existing 1201 Leopard Street under the laws of the state of: Illinois Corpus Christi,Texas 78401 By submitting this Bond, Surety affirms its authority to do business in the State of Texas and Contract its license to execute bonds in the State of Texas. Project name and number: Telephone(main number):847-605-6000 21084 West Guth Park Improvements Telephone(for notice of c/aim):800-626-4577 Local Agent for Surety Name: Gregory L.Stanley Award Date of the Contract:June 27,2023 Address: 400 Chesterfield Center, Suite 100, Contract Price: $ 1,656,379.39 Chesterfield, MO 63017 Bond Telephone:314-608-5234 Email Address:gstanley@craneagency.com Date of Bond: June 29, 2023 The address of the surety company to which any (Dote of Bond cannot be earlier than Award Date notice of claim should be sent may be obtained of Contract) from the Texas Dept of Insurance by calling the following toll-free number:1-800-252-3439 Payment Bond Form 006116-1 21084 West Guth Park improvements 2021 oo"u3ignEnvelope 0:rnzroszo+DpzF-4eno-9oeo*1poeo4Czo7p Surety and Contractor,intending to be legally bound and obligated to Owner do each cause this Payment Bond to be duly executed on its behalf by its authorized officer, agent or representative. The Principal and Surety bind themselves, and their heirs,administrators, executors,successors and assigns,jointly and severally to this bond. The condition of this obligation is such that if the Contractor as Principal pays all claimants providing labor or materials to him or to a Subcontractor in the prosecution of the Work required by the Contract then this obligation shall be null and void;otherwise the obligation is to remain in full force and effect. Provisions of the bond shall be pursuant to the terms and provisions of Chapter 2253 and Chapter 2269 of the Texas Government Code as amended and all liabilities on this bond Shan be determined in accordance with the provisions of said Chapter to the some extent as if it were copied at length herein. Venue shall lie exclusively in Nueces County, Texas for any legal action. Contractor as PH cipal ,tp i pa I/ Surety Signature: Signature: Name: �,Yj Name: Gregory L. Stanlb'V Title: Title: Atto rney-in-Fact Email Address: Email Address: gstanley@craneagency.com (Attach Power of Attorney and place surety seal below) END OF SECTION ' Payment Bond Form 006116-2 DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81 FOE94C287F ZURICH AMERICAN INSURANCE COMPANY COLONIAL AMERICAN CASUALTY AND SURETY COMPANY FIDELITY AND DEPOSIT COMPANY OF MARYLAND POWER OF ATTORNEY KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS:That the ZURICH AMERICAN INSURANCE COMPANY,a corporation of the State of New York,the COLONIAL AMERICAN CASUALTY AND SURETY COMPANY,a corporation of the State of Illinois,and the FIDELITY AND DEPOSIT COMPANY OF MARYLAND a corporation of the State of Illinois(herein collectively called the"Companies"),by Robert D. Murray,Vice President,in pursuance of authority granted by Article V,Section 8,of the By-Laws of said Companies,which are set forth on the reverse side hereof and are hereby certified to be in full force and effect on the date hereof,do hereby nominate,constitute,and appoint Gregory L.STANLEY,Michael T.REEDY,Carey M.PREWITT,Cindy ROHR,Joel KARSTEN,Karen SPECKHALS,Christopher J. O'HAGAN,Brandi L.BULLOCK,Don K.ARDOLINO,Kimberly Ann CONNELL,Edwin L.POLITTE,Jr.,Linda MCCARTHY, Harold F.JAMES,Trudy D.WHITROCK,Michelle WILSON and Allan GARDNER,of Chesterfield and St.Louis,Missouri,,its true and lawful agent and Attorney-in-Pact,to make,execute,seal and deliver,for,and on its behalf as surety,and as its act and deed: any and all bonds and undertakings,and the execution of such bonds or undertakings in pursuance of these presents,shall be as binding upon said Companies,as fully and amply,to all intents and purposes,as if they had been duly executed and acknowledged by the regularly elected officers of the ZURICH AMERICAN INSURANCE COMPANY at its office in New York,New York.,the regularly elected officers of the COLONIAL AMERICAN CASUALTY AND SURETY COMPANY at its office in Owings Mills,Maryland., and the regularly elected officers of the FIDELITY AND DEPOSIT COMPANY OF MARYLAND at its office in Owings Mills,Maryland.,in their own proper persons. The said Vice President does hereby certify that the extract set forth on the reverse side hereof is a true copy of Article V, Section 8, of the By-Laws of said Companies,and is now in force. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the said Vice-President has hereunto subscribed his/her names and affixed the Corporate Seals of the said ZURICH AMERICAN INSURANCE COMPANY, COLONIAL AMERICAN CASUALTY AND SURETY COMPANY, and FIDELITY AND DEPOSIT COMPANY OF MARYLAND,this 14th clay of April A.D.2023. . uuuer ............("", WW c,,4";Iy0 WSO c /?1% % 4 A S L _=R 6 o ATTEST: ZURICH AMERICAN INSURANCE COMPANY COLONIAL AMERICAN CASUALTY AND SURETY COMPANY FIDELITY AND DEPOSIT COMPANY OF MARYLAND By: Robert D. Murray Vice President By: Dawn F. Brown Secretary State of Maryland County of Baltimore On this 14th day of April, A.D. 2023, before the subscriber, a Notary Public of the State of Maryland, duly commissioned and qualified, Robert D.Murray,Vice President and Dawn E.Brown,Secretary of the Companies,to me personally known to be the individuals and officers described in and who executed the preceding instrument,and acknowledged the execution of same,and being by me duty sworn,deposeth and saith,that he/she is the said officer of the Company aforesaid,and that the seals affixed to the preceding instrument are the Corporate Seals of said Companies,and that the said Corporate Seals and the signature as such officer were duly affixed and subscribed to the said instrument by the authority and direction of the said Corporations. IN TESTIMONY WHEREOF,I have hereunto set my hand and affixed my Official Seal the day and year first above written, ........... .......... Iva Bethea Notary Public My Commission Expires September 30,2023 Authenticity of this bond can be confirmed at bondvalidator.zurichna.com or 410-559-8790 DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81 FOE94C287F EXTRACT FROM BY-LAWS OF THE COMPANIES "Article V,Section 8,Attorneys-in-Fact. The Chief Executive Officer,the President,or any Executive Vice President or Vice President may, by written instrument under the attested corporate seal, appoint attorneys-in-fact with authority to execute bonds, policies, recognizances, stipulations, undertakings, or other like instruments on behalf'of the Company, and may authorize any officer or any such attorney-in-fact to affix the corporate seal thereto; and may with or without cause modify of revoke any such appointment or authority at any time." CERTIFICATE 1, the undersigned, Vice President of the ZURICH AMERICAN INSURANCE COMPANY, the COLONIAL AMERICAN CASUALTY AND SURETY COMPANY, and the FIDELITY AND DEPOSIT COMPANY OF MARYLAND, do hereby certify that the foregoing Power of Attorney is still in full force and effect on the date of this certificate; and I do further certify that Article V, Section 8, of the By-Laws of the Companies is still in force. This Power of Attorney and Certificate may be signed by facsimile under and by authority of the following resolution of the Board of Directors of the ZURICH AMERICAN INSURANCE COMPANY at a meeting duly called and held on the 15th day of December 1998. RESOLVED: "That the signature of the President or a Vice President and the attesting signature of a Secretary or an Assistant Secretary and the Seal of the Company may be affixed by facsimile on any Power of Attorney...Any such Power or any certificate thereof bearing such facsimile signature and seal shall be valid and binding on the Company." This Power of Attorney and Certificate may be signed by facsimile under and by authority of the following resolution of the Board of Directors of the COLONIAL AMERICAN CASUALTY AND SURETY COMPANY at a meeting duly called and held on the 5th day of May, 1994, and the following resolution of the Board of Directors of the FIDELITY AND DEPOSIT COMPANY OF MARYLAND at a meeting duly called and held on the 10th day of May, 1990. RESOLVED: "That the facsimile or mechanically reproduced seal of the company and facsimile or mechanically reproduced signature of any Vice-President, Secretary, or Assistant Secretary of the Company, whether made heretofore or hereafter, wherever appearing upon a certified copy of any power of attorney issued by the Company,shall be valid and binding upon the Company with the same force and effect as though manually affixed. IN TESTIMONY WHEREOF,I have hereunto subscribed my name and affixed the corporate seals of the said Companies, this 29th day of June 2023 ...... ..... _e SEAL' Ss N'K Mg By: Mary Jean Pethick Vice President TO REPORT A CLAIM WITH REGARD TO A SURETY BOND,PLEASE SUBMIT A COMPLETE DESCRIPTION OF THE CLAIM INCLUDING THE PRINCIPAL ON THE BOND,THE BOND NUMBER,AND YOUR CONTACT INFORMATION TO: Zurich Surety Claims 1299 Zurich Way Schaumburg,IL 60196-1056 re orfslclaitns(�r,)zurichna,ccrnJ 800-626-4577 Authenticity of this bond can be confirmed at bondvalidator.zurichna.com or 410-559-8790 oo"u3ignEnvelope 0:rnzroszo+DpzF-4eno-9oeo*1poeo4Czo7p STATE OF Missouri COUNTY OF St. Louis On 6/29/2023 before me, a Notary Public in and for said County and State, residing therein,duly commissioned and sworn, personally appeared Gregory LStanley known LometobeAttorney-infactnf Colonial American Casualty and Surety C Lhecorpoodondescribedinendthat executed the within and foregoing instrument, and known to me to be the person who executed the said instrument on behalf of the said corporation,and he/she duly acknowledged to me that such corporation executed the same. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have set my hand and affixed my seal,the day and year stated in this certificate above. yWyCommission Expires: June 23, 2027 LA 4, DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F 0 x855 00 52 23 AGREEMENT This Agreement, for the Project awarded on July 27, 2023, is between the City of Corpus Christi (Owner) and NorthStar Elite Construction & Consulting, LLC (Contractor). Owner and Contractor agree as follows: ARTICLE 1—WORK 1.01 Contractor shall complete all Work as specified or indicated in the Contract Documents. The Work is generally described as: West Guth Park Improvements Proiect Number: 21084 ARTICLE 2—DESIGNER AND OWNER'S AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE 2.01 The Project has been designed by: Halff Associates, Inc. 711 N. Carancahua Street Suite 1190 Corpus Christi,Texas 78401 bbinkowski@halff.com (Brian R. Binkowski,ASLA/RLA#1895) 2.02 The Owner's Authorized Representative for this Project is: Brett Van Hazel Assistant Director of Construction Services 4917 Holly Road, Bldg. 5 Corpus Christi,Texas 78411 brettvh@cctexas.com ARTICLE 3—CONTRACT TIMES 3.01 Contract Times A. The Work is required to be substantially completed within 180 days after the date when the Contract Times commence to run as provided in the Notice to Proceed and is to be completed and ready for final payment in accordance with Paragraph 17.16 of the General Conditions within 210 days after the date when the Contract Times commence to run. Agreement 005223-1 21084 West Guth Park Rev 12/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F B. Performance of the Work is required as shown in Paragraph 7.02 of the General Conditions. C. Milestones,and the dates for completion of each,are as defined in Section 0135 00 SPECIAL PROCEDURES. 3.02 Liquidated Damages A. Owner and Contractor recognize that time limits for specified Milestones, Substantial Completion, and completion and readiness for Final Payment as stated in the Contract Documents are of the essence of the Contract. Owner and Contractor recognize that the Owner will suffer financial loss if the Work is not completed within the times specified in Paragraph 3.01 and as adjusted in accordance with Paragraph 11.05 of the General Conditions. Owner and Contractor also recognize the delays, expense, and difficulties involved in proving in a legal or arbitration proceeding the actual loss suffered by Owner if the Work is not completed on time. Accordingly, instead of requiring any such proof,Owner and Contractor agree that as liquidated damages for delay (but not as a penalty): 1. Substantial Completion: Contractor shall pay Owner$400.00 for each day that expires after the time specified in Paragraph 3.01 for Substantial Completion until the Work is substantially complete. 2. Completion of the Remaining Work: Contractor agrees to pay Owner$400.00 for each day that expires after the time specified in Paragraph 3.01 for completion and readiness for final payment until the Work is completed and ready for final payment in accordance with Paragraph 17.16 of the General Conditions. 3. Liquidated damages for failing to timely attain Substantial Completion and Final Completion are not additive and will not be imposed concurrently. 4. Milestones: Contractor agrees to pay Owner liquidated damages as stipulated in SECTION 0135 00 SPECIAL PROCEDURES for failure to meet Milestone completions. 5. The Owner will determine whether the Work has been completed within the Contract Times. B. Owner is not required to only assess liquidated damages, and Owner may elect to pursue its actual damages resulting from the failure of Contractor to complete the Work in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents. ARTICLE 4—CONTRACT PRICE 4.01 Owner will pay Contractor for completion of the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents at the unit prices shown in the attached BID FORM. Unit prices have been computed in accordance with Paragraph 15.03 of the General Conditions. Contractor acknowledges that estimated quantities are not guaranteed, and were solely for the purpose of comparing Bids, and final payment for all unit price items will be based on actual quantities, determined as provided in the Contract Documents. Total Base Bid Price $ 1,656,379.39 Agreement 005223-2 21084 West Guth Park Rev 12/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F ARTICLE 5—PAYMENT PROCEDURES 5.01 Submit Applications for Payment in accordance with Article 17 of the General Conditions. Applications for Payment will be processed by the OAR as provided in the General Conditions. 5.02 Progress Payments; Retainage: A. The Owner will make progress payments on or about the 25th day of each month during performance of the Work. Payment is based on Work completed in accordance with the Schedule of Values established as provided in the General Conditions. B. Progress payments equal to the full amount of the total earned value to date for completed Work minus the retainage listed below and properly stored materials will be made prior to Substantial Completion. 1. The standard retainage is 5 percent. C. Payment will be made for the amount determined per Paragraph 5.02.13, less the total of payments previously made and less set-offs determined in accordance with Paragraph 17.01 of the General Conditions. D. At the Owner's option, Owner may pay Contractor 100 percent of the Work completed, less amounts withheld in accordance with Paragraph 17.01 of the General Conditions and less 200 percent of OAR's estimate of the value of Work to be completed or corrected to reach Substantial Completion. Owner may, at its sole discretion, elect to hold retainage in the amounts set forth above for progress payments prior to Substantial Completion if Owner has concerns with the ability of the Contractor to complete the remaining Work in accordance with the Contract Documents or within the time frame established by this Agreement. Release or reduction in retainage is contingent upon and consent of surety to the reduction in retainage. 5.03 Owner will pay the remainder of the Contract Price as recommended by OAR in accordance with Paragraph 17.16 of the General Conditions upon Final Completion and acceptance of the Work. ARTICLE 6—INTEREST ON OVERDUE PAYMENTS AND RETAINAGE 6.01 The Owner is not obligated to pay interest on overdue payments except as required by Texas Government Code Chapter 2251. Invoices must comply with Article 17 of the General Conditions. 6.02 Except as specified in Article 5, the Owner is not obligated to pay interest on moneys not paid except as provided in Texas Government Code Chapter 2252. ARTICLE 7—CONTRACTOR'S REPRESENTATIONS 7.01 The Contractor makes the following representations: A. The Contractor has examined and carefully studied the Contract Documents and the other related data identified in the Bidding Documents. B. The Contractor has visited the Site and become familiar with and is satisfied as to the general, local, and Site conditions that may affect cost, progress, and performance of the Work. Agreement 005223-3 21084 West Guth Park Rev 12/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F C. The Contractor is familiar with Laws and Regulations that may affect cost, progress, and performance of the Work. D. The Contractor has carefully studied the following Site-related reports and drawings as identified in the Supplementary Conditions: 1. Geotechnical Data Reports regarding subsurface conditions at or adjacent to the Site; 2. Drawings of physical conditions relating to existing surface or subsurface structures at the Site; 3. Underground Facilities referenced in reports and drawings; 4. Reports and drawings relating to Hazardous Environmental Conditions, if any, at or adjacent to the Site; and 5. Technical Data related to each of these reports and drawings. E. The Contractor has considered the: 1. Information known to Contractor; 2. Information commonly known to contractors doing business in the locality of the Site; 3. Information and observations obtained from visits to the Site; and 4. The Contract Documents. F. The Contractor has considered the items identified in Paragraphs 7.01.D and 7.01.E with respect to the effect of such information, observations, and documents on: 1. The cost, progress, and performance of the Work; 2. The means, methods, techniques, sequences, and procedures of construction to be employed by Contractor; and 3. Contractor's safety precautions and programs. G. Based on the information and observations referred to in the preceding paragraphs, Contractor agrees that no further examinations, investigations, explorations, tests, studies, or data are necessary for the performance of the Work at the Contract Price, within the Contract Times, and in accordance with the other terms and conditions of the Contract Documents. H. The Contractor is aware of the general nature of Work to be performed by Owner and others at the Site that relates to the Work as indicated in the Contract Documents. I. The Contractor has correlated the information known to the Contractor, information and observations obtained from visits to the Site, reports and drawings identified in the Contract Documents, and all additional examinations, investigations, explorations, tests, studies, and data with the Contract Documents. J. The Contractor has given the OAR written notice of all conflicts, errors, ambiguities, or discrepancies that the Contractor has discovered in the Contract Documents,and the written resolution provided by the OAR is acceptable to the Contractor. K. The Contract Documents are generally sufficient to indicate and convey understanding of all terms and conditions for performance and furnishing of the Work. Agreement 005223-4 21084 West Guth Park Rev 12/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F L. Contractor's entry into this Contract constitutes an incontrovertible representation by Contractor that without exception all prices in the Agreement are premised upon performing and furnishing the Work required by the Contract Documents. M. CONTRACTOR SHALL INDEMNIFY, DEFEND AND HOLD HARMLESS THE OWNER'S INDEMNITEES IN ACCORDANCE WITH PARAGRAPH 7.14 OF THE GENERAL CONDITIONS AND THE SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS. ARTICLE 8—ACCOUNTING RECORDS 8.01 Accounting Record Availability: The Contractor shall keep such full and detailed accounts of materials incorporated and labor and equipment utilized for the Work consistent with the requirements of Paragraph 15.01 of the General Conditions and as may be necessary for proper financial management under this Agreement. Subject to prior written notice,the Owner shall be afforded reasonable access during normal business hours to all of the Contractor's records,books, correspondence, instructions,drawings, receipts,vouchers, memoranda,and similar data relating to the Cost of the Work and the Contractor's fee. The Contractor shall preserve all such documents for a period of 3 years after the final payment by the Owner. ARTICLE 9—CONTRACT DOCUMENTS 9.01 Contents: A. The Contract Documents consist of the following: 1. Solicitation documents. 2. Specifications, forms, and documents listed in SECTION 00 0100 TABLE OF CONTENTS. 3. Drawings listed in the Sheet Index. 4. Addenda. 5. Exhibits to this Agreement: a. Contractor's Bid Form. 6. Documentation required by the Contract Documents and submitted by Contractor prior to Notice of Award. B. There are no Contract Documents other than those listed above in this Article. C. The Contract Documents may only be amended, modified, or supplemented as provided in Article 11 of the General Conditions. Agreement 005223-5 21084 West Guth Park Rev 12/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F ARTICLE 10—CONTRACT DOCUMENT SIGNATURES ATTEST CITY OF CORPUS CHRISTI DocuSigned by: DocuSigned by: 8/9/2023 F 8/9/2023 e >z4��3 �Pa Je rey monds, P.E City Secretary Director of Engineering Services ord.033076 AUTHORIZED APPROVED AS TO LEGAL FORM: BY COUNCIL 6/27/2023 DS FDOCUSIgned by: � d 8/9/2023 r;/sb Ass isfa ti y 3Attorney ATTEST(IF CORPORATION) CONTRACTOR DocuSigned by: 9 8/8/2023 03HA2F18F2E464... (Seal Below) By: Jason Hornsby Note: Attach copy of authorization to sign if Title: President person signing for CONTRACTOR is not President, Vice President, Chief Executive Officer, or Chief 8603 Hwy 281 N. Ste. 200 Financial Officer Address Spring Branch Texas 78070 City State Zip 830-885-6833 Phone Fax jasonh@nstarcon.com Email END OF SECTION Agreement 005223-6 21084 West Guth Park Rev 12/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID: 7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81 FOE94C287F BID FORM Project Name: West Guth Park Project Number: 21084 Owner: City of Corpus Christi OAR: Brett Van Hazel Designer:I Halff Associates,Inc. By its signature below,Bidder accepts all of the terms and conditions of the Bid Acknowledgement,acknowledges receipt of all Addenda to the Bid and agrees,if this Bid is accepted,to enter into a Contract with the Owner and complete the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents for the Bid price. Bidder: 1q, I , r (full legal name of Bidder) Signatur (signature of person with authority to bind the Bidder) Name: Ma (printed name of person signing Bid Form) Title: 4, 'd In (title of person signing Bid Form) Attest: (signature) State of Residency: µ Federal Tx ID No. Address for Notices: _ _ /7 ('f Phone: ' Email: �� .mm � �� Bid Form 00 30 01-Page 1 of 4 21084 West Guth Park DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81 FOE94C287F Report Created On:3/22/2023 8:37:16 PM BID TOTALS BASE BID Total PART A-GENERAL $321,120.19 PART B- GENERAL SITE $78,955.20 PART C- NORTH PARK IMPROVEMENTS $925,146.00 PART D-SOUTH PARK IMPROVEMENTS $256,158.00 PART E-ALLOWANCES $75,000.00 Total $1,656,379.39 ALTERNATE 1 Total ALTERNATE 1: RESTROOM $403,432.60 Total $403,432.60 ALTERNATE 2 Total ALTERNATE 2:SKATE PARK BOWL $188,167.00 Total $188,167.00 PART A-GENERAL No. Description Unit Qty Unit Price Ext Price Al MOBILIZATION LS 1 $275,601.06 $275,601.06 A2 BONDS&INSURANCE AL 1 $33,019.13 $33,019.13 A3 OZONE DAY DAY 1 $12,500.00 $12,500.00 Subtotal: $321,120.19 PART B-GENERAL SITE No. Description Unit Qty Unit Price Ext Price B1 DEMOLITION - EXISTING FURNISHINGS, LS 1 $10,000.00 $10,000.00 PICNIC PADS(OFF-SITE) B2 EXISTING CONCRETE BOLLARDS AND LS 1 $10,000.00 $10,000.00 CABLE,TREES,ASPHALT SAW CUT, LIGHT POLE B3 STORM WATER POLLUTION LS 1 $5,600.00 $5,600.00 PREVENTION PLAN DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81 FOE94C287F Report Created On:3/22/2023 8:37:16 PM B4 EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROLS LS 1 $28,000.00 $28,000.00 (INCLUDING STABILIZED CONSTRUCTION ENTRANCE, SILT FENCE, TREE PROTECTION) B5 REVEG:SOLID SOD BERMUDA SY 1415 $4.00 $5,660.00 (INCLUDES 3" MIN. IMPORT TOPSOIL SOD AND ESTABLISHMENT) B6 REVEG: BERMUDA HYDROMULCH SY 1075 $4.00 $4,300.00 (SCARIFY TO 4" DEPTH MIN.SEED AND ESTABLISHMENT) B7 IRRIGATION AT SKATEPARK(INCLUDES SY 1415 $10.88 $15,395.20 METER, BACKFLOW,MAINLINE, FULL HEAD COVERAGE,CONTROLLER, SLEEVING,AND MISC.APPURTENANCES) Subtotal: $78,955.20 PART C- NORTH PARK IMPROVEMENTS No. Description Unit Qty Unit Price Ext Price C1 PARKING LOT(3,165 SF I INCLUDES LS 1 $66,465.00 $66,465.00 EXCAVATION,CONDITIONED OR TREATED SUBGRADE, REINFORCED CONCRETE) C2 CONCRETE WHEEL STOPS EA 10 $150.00 $1,500.00 C3 STRIPING&SIGNAGE LS 1 $4,700.00 $4,700.00 C4 CONCRETE WALKWAY(INCLUDES SUB- SF 2900 $15.00 $43,500.00 GRADE PREP, FROM SKATEPARK PARKING LOT/PLAZA TO EXISTING TRAIL) C5 SITE ELECTRIC- PRIMARY LS 1 $48,101.00 $48,101.00 SERVICE/SECDONDARY DISTRIBUTION C6 SITE LIGHTING- PARKING&SKATEPARK EA 5 $9,620.00 $48,100.00 (25-FOOT POLES) C7 SKATE PARK(APPROX. 9,000 SF. LS 1 $585,500.00 $585,500.00 INCLUDES FINE SHAPING/GRADING OF SKATE PARK FEATURES DRAIN, INLETS, CONCRETE AND METAL FABRICATION) C8 EMBANKMENT/EARTHWORK(OUTSIDE CY 688 $60.00 $41,280.00 OF SKATEPARK FOOTPRINT) DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81 FOE94C287F Report Created On:3/22/2023 8:37:16 PM C9 STORM WATER(INCLUDES 8" PVC- 115 LS 1 $30,750.00 $30,750.00 LF AND 6" PVC-50 LF DRAIN LINES, FITTINGS, OUTFALL SLOPED END TREATMENT) C10 SKATE PARK SIGNAGE(ALUMINUM POST EA 1 $6,500.00 $6,500.00 PANEL, INCLUDES INSTALL C11 SEATWALLS: CONCRETE 24"WIDE X 18" LF 96 $200.00 $19,200.00 HT. C12 FABRIC SHADE STRUCTURE: 38'X 18'X EA 1 $12,050.00 $12,050.00 10' RECTANGLE HIP SHADE(INCLUDES FREIGHT) C13 INSTALLATION:36'X 18'X 10' LS 1 $17,500.00 $17500.00 RECTANGLE HIP SHADE FOOTINGS Subtotal: $925,146.00 PART D-SOUTH PARK IMPROVEMENTS No. Description Unit Qty Unit Price Ext Price D1 PICNIC PAD-STEEL SQUARE SHELTERS EA 12 $7,800.00 $93,600.00 12 FT.X 12 FT.(ASSEMBLY, FOOTINGS& INSTALLATION ONLY) D2 PICNIC PAD ACCESSIBLE 14 FT.X 17 FT. EA 7 $4,200.00 $29,400.00 (INCLUDES INSTALLATION OF OWNER PROVIDED GRILL,SUB-GRADE PREP) D3 PICNIC PAD 14 FT.X 14 FT.(INCLUDES EA 5 $3,600.00 $18,000.00 SUB-GRADE PREP) D4 ADA/PICNIC TABLE(ASSEMBLY& EA 7 $1,500.00 $10,500.00 INSTALLATION ONLY). D5 PICNIC TABLE-6 FT.(ASSEMBLY& EA 5 $1,500.00 $7,500.00 INSTALLATION ONLY). D6 BARBECUE CHARCOAL GRILL AT EA 5 $2,400.00 $12,000.00 STANDARD PICNIC PADS(ASSEMBLY, FOOTINGS&INSTALLATION ONLY). D7 CONCRETE WALKWAY(INCLUDES SUB- SF 900 $27.00 $24,300.00 GRADE PREP,WALKWAYS INTERNAL TO PLAYAREA, CONNECTING TO EXISTING LOOP TRAIL) D8 CONCRETE RIBBON CURB LF 230 $22.00 $5,060.00 (PLAYGROUND BORDER) D9 SWING SHADE-ASSEMBLY, FOOTING & LS 1 $18,000.00 $18,000.00 INSTALLATION ONLY. DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81 FOE94C287F Report Created On:3/22/2023 8:37:16 PM D10 ENGINEERED WOOD FIBER(EWF) PLAY LS 1 $6,250.00 $6,250.00 SURFACING INSTALLATION ONLY. D11 PLAYGROUND EXPLORATION- LS 1 $8,500.00 $8,500.00 ASSEMBLY, FOOTING &INSTALLATION ONLY. D12 POURED-IN-PLACE RUBBER PLAY LS 1 $10,000.00 $10,000.00 SURFACING FOR EXPLORATION UNIT INSTALLATION ONLY(INCLUDES 4" CONCRETE SUBBASE FOR PIP SURFACING). D13 FABRIC SHADE STRUCTURE(33'X 33'X LS 1 $13,048.00 $13,048.00 40')(ASSEMBLY, FOOTINGS& INSTALLATION ONLY). Subtotal: $256,158.00 PART E-ALLOWANCES No. Description Unit Qty Unit Price Ext Price E1 UNFORESEEN CONDITIONS AL 1 $75,000.00 $75,000.00 Subtotal: $75,000.00 ALTERNATE 1: RESTROOM No. Description Unit Qty Unit Price Ext Price ALT1-1 CORWORTH RESTROOM (455 SFS PRE- LS 1 $283,154.00 $283,154.00 ENGINEERED/FABRICATED, INCLUDES SHIPPING, CRANE OFF LOAD AND UTILITY CONNECTIONS) ALT1-2 RESTROOM SUBGRADE (SELECT FILL) LS 1 $4,178.40 $4,178.40 ALT1-3 RESTROOM WATER/WASTEWATER LS 1 $75,000.00 $75,000.00 SERVICE ALT1-4 SECONDARY ELECTRIC SERVICE LS 1 $33,893.00 $33,893.00 ALT1-5 CONCRETE WALKWAY(INCLUDES SUB- SF 150 $14.00 $2,100.00 GRADE PREP, FROM EXISTING TRAIL TO RESTROOM) ALT1-6 REVEG: BERMUDA HYDROMULCH SY 420 $12.16 $5,107.20 (SCARIFY TO 4" DEPTH MIN.,SEED AND ESTABLISHMENT) Subtotal: $403,432.60 DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81 FOE94C287F Report Created On:3/22/2023 8:37:16 PM ALTERNATE 2:SKATE PARK BOWL No. Description Unit Qty Unit Price Ext Price ALT2-1 SKATE BOWL ADDITION (INCLUDES TOP LS 1 $170,000.00 $170,000.00 DECK AND CONCRETE SEAT WALLS, APPROX. 1,925 SF) ALT2-2 STORM WATER(INCLUDES 10" PVC-66 LS 1 $9,487.00 $9,487.00 LF AND 6" PVC-32 LF DRAIN LINES, FITTINGS) ALT2-3 EMBANKMENT/EARTHWORK(OUTSIDE CY 217 $40.00 $8,680.00 OF SKATEPARK FOOTPRINT) Subtotal: $188,167.00 DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F CONTRACT DOCUMENTS FOR CONSTRUCTION OF WEST GUTH PARK IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT NUMBER 21084 RPO 52-o CONFORMED SET Halff Associates, Inc. (TBPELS Firm #312, TBAE Firm BR1085) 711 N. Caranchua Street, Suite 1190, Corpus Christi, Texas 78401 (361)400-4600 mm: cap�, , ,m OD . �.. ma•ww•mwa •mawaaw mmw as mww �, co R. THOMAS �, • • "i awwmmmmmmmawama a�w amwmmw•maw ww• 0% 136374 ILP�•'• ' a s �D.•"P 1 , `•mai , as"�' ` .,•.••,• �m m a a m gamma of :� ` / I 08/26/22 I hl1- - V,1vnE,lw n alrfar ur �,anrrr�ly ar tt oe a1�11k—r., P[As �aa�a a. 03,26-14j,12 I taulfa ' tf alapunal f Ylnr al t C field n p l wf,"d e a e IJ'.kg1GunPl d SIM1h'lll1j.1'Lli(i41ErYf IG 110.�.'ID3(f}{uf IN,n3a '9PM1G`rcgulEXnon,'sf Lf hU o-rvv LYoard of hldhlU`:94-1 Elxar il thr Irathr dmI11l111 drnvr q MI.,r d✓2.5 ha aIlalll1 II'u5µcn.1 Y: Ly Y'.rr-y Ill to ai aY tkl'i di— g NQ Mal,1l w111'1 filer or3lm¢rt."".1111- d 111g,01111.1,of IhIl To1-1 t'3-1d d Ald'ot 1t et lL-anvn¢rs.. Na E�nc�rx�rvn any maks arty mord�firat—t<lhlm 6f d6rl ILIO dra�aEl f(k,WYf gout lM lnmctsaapo W r ChilifCrfS -11,m(,7P1'ITIASP,rif,rl. Record Drawing Number: CP-256 DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F 000100 TABLE OF CONTENTS Division/ Title Section Division 00 Preface Documents 00 00 00 Cover Sheet 00 01 00 Table of Contents 00 01 02 List of Drawings Division 00 Procurement and Contracting Requirements 00 52 23 Agreement (Rev 12-2021) 00 72 00 General Conditions(Rev6-2021) 00 73 00 Supplementary Conditions(Rev4-2022) Skate Park Construction Qualification Statement Division 01 General Requirements 01 11 00 Summary of Work(Rev 10-2018) 01 23 10 Alternates and Allowances(Rev 5-2020) 01 29 01 Measurement and Basis for Payment (Rev 5-2020) 01 33 01 Submittal Register(Rev 10-2018) 01 35 00 Special Procedures(Rev 10-2018) 01 50 00 Temporary Facilities and Controls(Rev8-2019) 01 57 00 Temporary Controls(Rev8-2019) Part S Standard Specifications Civil En&inegdgg 021 020 Site Clearing and Stripping 021 040 Site Grading 022 020 Excavation and Backfill for Utilities 022 021 Control of Ground Water 022 022 Trench and Safety for Excavations 022 040 Street Excavation 022 080 Embankment 022 100 Select Material 022 420 Silt Fence 023 020 Jacking, Boring,Tunneling(S-65) Table of Contents 000100- 1 21084 West Guth Park Rev 1/2022 DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F Division/ Title Section 025210 Lime Stabilization 025223 Crushed Limestone Flexible Base 025404 Asphalts, Oils, and Emulsions 025412 Prime Coat 025414 Aggregate for Surface Treatment 025418 Surface Treatment 025424 Hot Mix Asphalt Concrete Pavement 025610 Concrete Curb and Gutter 025612 Concrete Sidewalks and Driveways 02S620 Portland Cement Concrete Pavement 02S807 Pavement Markings (Paint and Thermoplastic) 025813 Performed Thermoplastic Striping, Words, and Emblems 026202 Hydrostatic Testing of Pressure Systems 026206 Ductile Iron Pipe& Fittings 026210 PVC Pipe—AWWA C900/C905 Pressure Pipe for Municipal Water Mains and Wastewater Force Mains 026402 Waterlines 026404 Water Service Lines 026409 Tapping Sleeves &Tapping Valves 026411 Gate Valves for Waterlines 026416 Fire Hydrants 027200 Control of Wastewater Flows 027602 Gravity Wastewater Lines 027606 Wastewater Service Lines 027611 Cleaning and Televised Inspection of Conduits 028 040 Sodding 030 020 Portland Cement Concrete 032 020 Reinforcing Steel 038 000 Concrete Structures Part T Technical Specifications Civil Engineering DMS 6200 TxDOT DMS 6200 Filter Fabric Table of Contents 000100-2 21084 West Guth Park Rev 1/2022 DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F Division/ Title Section Landscape Architectural 13 31 32 Pre-Engineered Shade Structures (Fabric Shade) 13 34 23 Fabricated Structures (Corworth Restroom Buildings) 32 84 00 Irrigation System 32 92 00 Turfgrass Planting Electrical 26 05 19 Low-Voltage Electrical Conductors 26 05 26 Grounding & Bonding for Electrical Systems 26 05 33 Raceways and Boxes for Electrical Systems 26 05 53 Identification for Electrical Systems 26 09 23 Lighting Control Devices 26 28 33 Enclosed Circuit Breakers 26 56 19 LED Exterior Lighting Skate Park 02 00 00 Site Conditions 03 10 00 Concrete Formwork 03 20 00 Concrete Reinforcing 03 30 00 Cast in Place Concrete 03 33 51 Concrete Finishing 03 36 00 Shotcrete 03 37 00 Concrete Curing 05 50 00 Metal Fabrications 09 90 00 Painting 31 00 00 Site Earthwork 31 10 00 Site Selective Clearing 31 23 13 Site Subgrade Preparation Appendix All Testing Reports as Applicable 1 Geotechnical Engineering Study 2 Supplemental Recommendations to Geotechnical Engineering Study END OF SECTION Table of Contents 000100-3 21084 West Guth Park Rev 1/2022 DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F 0001 02 LIST OF DRAWINGS SHEET LIST TABLE SHEET NUMBER SHEETTITLE LO-00 PROJECT COVER Landscape Architecture N1.00 GENERAL NOTES EC1.00 EXISTING CONDITIONS SURVEY 1-1.00 SITE PLAN 1-1.01 SITE PLAN 1-1.02 SITE PLAN L2.02 GRADING PLAN L3.02 LAYOUT PLAN L4.00 AMENITY SCHEDULE L5.00 DETAILS L5.01 DETAILS L5.02 DETAILS L5.03 DETAILS L5.04 DETAILS L5.05 DETAILS L5.06 DETAILS L5.07 DETAILS L5.08 DETAILS L6.01 IRRIGATION AREA PLAN & NOTES Civil Engineering C1.01 GENERAL NOTES (CIVIL) C2.01 DEMOLITION PLAN C3.01 DIMENSION CONTROL PLAN C4.01 GRADING PLAN C4.02 GRADING PLAN -ALTERNATE C4.03 COCC CURB, GUTTER,AND SIDEWALK STANDARD DETAILS CS.01 WATER AND WASTEWATER PLAN -ALTERNATE C5.02 WATER AND WASTEWATER PLAN DETAILS-ALTERNATE (1 OF 3) C5.03 WATER AND WASTEWATER PLAN DETAILS-ALTERNATE (2 OF 3) C5.04 WATER AND WASTEWATER PLAN DETAILS-ALTERNATE (3 OF 3) C6.01 EXISTING DRAINAGE AREA MAP (SWAMP) C6.02 PROPOSED DRAINAGE AREA MAP (SWAMP) C7.01 STORM WATER POLLUTION PREVENTION PLAN (1 OF 2) C7.02 STORM WATER POLLUTION PREVENTION PLAN (2 OF 2) C7.03 STORM WATER POLLUTION PREVENTION PLAN NOTES C7.04 STORM WATER ENVIRONMENTAL PERMITS ISSUED AND COMMENTS C7.05 STORM WATER POLLUTION PREVENTION STANDARD DETAILS List of Drawings 000102- 1 21084 West Guth Park DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F Electrical Engineering E0.01 ELECTRICAL GENERAL NOTES E1.01 ELECTRICAL SITE PLAN E2.01 ENLARGED RESTROOM E3.01 ONE LINE DIAGRAM E4.01 ELECTRICAL DETAILS I E4.02 ELECTRICAL DETAILS II E4.03 ELECTRICAL DETAILS III Skate Park- NLS SP-1.00 SKATE PARK NOTES SP-1.01 SKATE PARK FEATURE PLAN - BASE BID & BID ALT. 2 SP-1.02 SKATE PARK CONCRETE FOUNDATION PLAN - BASE BID & BID ALT. 2 SP-1.03 SKATE PARK CONCRETE MATERIAL PLAN - BASE BID & BID ALT. 2 SP-1.04 SKATE PARK CONCRETE JOINTING PLAN - BASE BID & BID ALT. 2 SP-1.05 SKATE PARK CONCRETE COLOR PLAN - BASE BID & BID ALT. 2 SP-1.06 SKATE PARK METAL MATERIAL PLAN - BASE BID & BID ALT. 2 SP-1.07 SKATE PARK METAL COLOR PLAN - BASE BID& BID ALT. 2 SP-1.08 SKATE PARK ARTISTIC RENDERING - BASE BID & BID ALT. 2 SP-2.01 SKATE PARK LAYOUT PLAN - POINTS- BASE BID & BID ALT. 2 SP-2.02 SKATE PARK LAYOUT PLAN - POINT TABLES- BASE BID & BID ALT. 2 SP-2.03 SKATE PARK LAYOUT PLAN - LINES& CURVES- BASE BID & BID ALT. 2 SP-2.04 SKATE PARK LAYOUT PLAN - LINES& CURVES TABLE- BASE BID & BID ALT. 2 SP-3.01 SKATE PARK GRADING AND DRAINAGE PLAN - BASE BID SP-3.02 SKATE PARK GRADING AND DRAINAGE PLAN - BASE BID & BID ALT. SP-4.01 SKATE PARK SECTIONS & PROFILES SP-4.02 SKATE PARK SECTIONS & PROFILES SP-4.03 SKATE PARK SECTIONS & PROFILES SP-4.04 SKATE PARK SECTIONS & PROFILES SP-4.05 SKATE PARK SECTIONS & PROFILES SP-5.01 SKATE PARK CONSTRUCTION DETAILS SP-5.02 SKATE PARK CONSTRUCTION DETAILS SP-5.03 SKATE PARK CONSTRUCTION DETAILS SP-5.04 SKATE PARK CONSTRUCTION DETAILS SP-5.05 SKATE PARK CONSTRUCTION DETAILS END OF SECTION List of Drawings 000102-2 21084 West Guth Park DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F gus c.� �Maanr o n 1852 00 52 23 AGREEMENT This Agreement, for the Project awarded on [insert Award Date], is between the City of Corpus Christi (Owner) and (Contractor). Owner and Contractor agree as follows: ARTICLE 1—WORK 1.01 Contractor shall complete all Work as specified or indicated in the Contract Documents. The Work is generally described as: West Guth Park Improvements Prosect Number: 21084 ARTICLE 2—DESIGNER AND OWNER'S AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE 2.01 The Project has been designed by: Halff Associates, Inc. 711 N. Carancahua Street Suite 1190 Corpus Christi,Texas 78401 bbinkowski@halff.com (Brian R. Binkowski,ASLA/RLA#1895) 2.02 The Owner's Authorized Representative for this Project is: Brett Van Hazel Assistant Director of Construction Services 4917 Holly Road, Bldg. 5 Corpus Christi,Texas 78411 brettvh@cctexas.com ARTICLE 3—CONTRACT TIMES 3.01 Contract Times A. The Work is required to be substantially completed within 180 days after the date when the Contract Times commence to run as provided in the Notice to Proceed and is to be completed and ready for final payment in accordance with Paragraph 17.16 of the General Conditions within 210 days after the date when the Contract Times commence to run. Agreement 005223- 1 21084 West Guth Park Rev 12/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F B. Performance of the Work is required as shown in Paragraph 7.02 of the General Conditions. C. Milestones,and the dates for completion of each,are as defined in Section 0135 00 SPECIAL PROCEDURES. 3.02 Liquidated Damages A. Owner and Contractor recognize that time limits for specified Milestones, Substantial Completion, and completion and readiness for Final Payment as stated in the Contract Documents are of the essence of the Contract. Owner and Contractor recognize that the Owner will suffer financial loss if the Work is not completed within the times specified in Paragraph 3.01 and as adjusted in accordance with Paragraph 11.05 of the General Conditions. Owner and Contractor also recognize the delays, expense, and difficulties involved in proving in a legal or arbitration proceeding the actual loss suffered by Owner if the Work is not completed on time. Accordingly, instead of requiring any such proof, Owner and Contractor agree that as liquidated damages for delay(but not as a penalty): 1. Substantial Completion: Contractor shall pay Owner $400.00 for each day that expires after the time specified in Paragraph 3.01 for Substantial Completion until the Work is substantially complete. 2. Completion of the Remaining Work: Contractor agrees to pay Owner$400.00 for each day that expires after the time specified in Paragraph 3.01 for completion and readiness for final payment until the Work is completed and ready for final payment in accordance with Paragraph 17.16 of the General Conditions. 3. Liquidated damages for failing to timely attain Substantial Completion and Final Completion are not additive and will not be imposed concurrently. 4. Milestones: Contractor agrees to pay Owner liquidated damages as stipulated in SECTION 0135 00 SPECIAL PROCEDURES for failure to meet Milestone completions. 5. The Owner will determine whether the Work has been completed within the Contract Times. B. Owner is not required to only assess liquidated damages, and Owner may elect to pursue its actual damages resulting from the failure of Contractor to complete the Work in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents. ARTICLE 4—CONTRACT PRICE 4.01 Owner will pay Contractor for completion of the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents at the unit prices shown in the attached BID FORM. Unit prices have been computed in accordance with Paragraph 15.03 of the General Conditions. Contractor acknowledges that estimated quantities are not guaranteed, and were solely for the purpose of comparing Bids, and final payment for all unit price items will be based on actual quantities, determined as provided in the Contract Documents. Total Base Bid Price $ Agreement 005223-2 21084 West Guth Park Rev 12/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F ARTICLE 5—PAYMENT PROCEDURES 5.01 Submit Applications for Payment in accordance with Article 17 of the General Conditions. Applications for Payment will be processed by the OAR as provided in the General Conditions. 5.02 Progress Payments; Retainage: A. The Owner will make progress payments on or about the 25th day of each month during performance of the Work. Payment is based on Work completed in accordance with the Schedule of Values established as provided in the General Conditions. B. Progress payments equal to the full amount of the total earned value to date for completed Work minus the retainage listed below and properly stored materials will be made prior to Substantial Completion. 1. The standard retainage is 5 percent. C. Payment will be made for the amount determined per Paragraph 5.02.13, less the total of payments previously made and less set-offs determined in accordance with Paragraph 17.01 of the General Conditions. D. At the Owner's option, Owner may pay Contractor 100 percent of the Work completed, less amounts withheld in accordance with Paragraph 17.01 of the General Conditions and less 200 percent of OAR's estimate of the value of Work to be completed or corrected to reach Substantial Completion. Owner may, at its sole discretion, elect to hold retainage in the amounts set forth above for progress payments prior to Substantial Completion if Owner has concerns with the ability of the Contractor to complete the remaining Work in accordance with the Contract Documents or within the time frame established by this Agreement. Release or reduction in retainage is contingent upon and consent of surety to the reduction in retainage. 5.03 Owner will pay the remainder of the Contract Price as recommended by OAR in accordance with Paragraph 17.16 of the General Conditions upon Final Completion and acceptance of the Work. ARTICLE 6—INTEREST ON OVERDUE PAYMENTS AND RETAINAGE 6.01 The Owner is not obligated to pay interest on overdue payments except as required by Texas Government Code Chapter 2251. Invoices must comply with Article 17 of the General Conditions. 6.02 Except as specified in Article 5, the Owner is not obligated to pay interest on moneys not paid except as provided in Texas Government Code Chapter 2252. ARTICLE 7—CONTRACTOR'S REPRESENTATIONS 7.01 The Contractor makes the following representations: A. The Contractor has examined and carefully studied the Contract Documents and the other related data identified in the Bidding Documents. B. The Contractor has visited the Site and become familiar with and is satisfied as to the general, local, and Site conditions that may affect cost, progress, and performance of the Work. Agreement 005223-3 21084 West Guth Park Rev 12/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F C. The Contractor is familiar with Laws and Regulations that may affect cost, progress, and performance of the Work. D. The Contractor has carefully studied the following Site-related reports and drawings as identified in the Supplementary Conditions: 1. Geotechnical Data Reports regarding subsurface conditions at or adjacent to the Site; 2. Drawings of physical conditions relating to existing surface or subsurface structures at the Site; 3. Underground Facilities referenced in reports and drawings; 4. Reports and drawings relating to Hazardous Environmental Conditions, if any, at or adjacent to the Site; and 5. Technical Data related to each of these reports and drawings. E. The Contractor has considered the: 1. Information known to Contractor; 2. Information commonly known to contractors doing business in the locality of the Site; 3. Information and observations obtained from visits to the Site; and 4. The Contract Documents. F. The Contractor has considered the items identified in Paragraphs 7.01.1) and 7.01.E with respect to the effect of such information, observations, and documents on: 1. The cost, progress, and performance of the Work; 2. The means, methods, techniques, sequences, and procedures of construction to be employed by Contractor; and 3. Contractor's safety precautions and programs. G. Based on the information and observations referred to in the preceding paragraphs, Contractor agrees that no further examinations, investigations, explorations, tests, studies, or data are necessary for the performance of the Work at the Contract Price, within the Contract Times, and in accordance with the other terms and conditions of the Contract Documents. H. The Contractor is aware of the general nature of Work to be performed by Owner and others at the Site that relates to the Work as indicated in the Contract Documents. I. The Contractor has correlated the information known to the Contractor, information and observations obtained from visits to the Site, reports and drawings identified in the Contract Documents, and all additional examinations, investigations, explorations, tests, studies, and data with the Contract Documents. J. The Contractor has given the OAR written notice of all conflicts, errors, ambiguities, or discrepancies that the Contractor has discovered in the Contract Documents,and the written resolution provided by the OAR is acceptable to the Contractor. K. The Contract Documents are generally sufficient to indicate and convey understanding of all terms and conditions for performance and furnishing of the Work. Agreement 005223-4 21084 West Guth Park Rev 12/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F L. Contractor's entry into this Contract constitutes an incontrovertible representation by Contractor that without exception all prices in the Agreement are premised upon performing and furnishing the Work required by the Contract Documents. M. CONTRACTOR SHALL INDEMNIFY, DEFEND AND HOLD HARMLESS THE OWNER'S INDEMNITEES IN ACCORDANCE WITH PARAGRAPH 7.14 OF THE GENERAL CONDITIONS AND THE SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS. ARTICLE 8—ACCOUNTING RECORDS 8.01 Accounting Record Availability: The Contractor shall keep such full and detailed accounts of materials incorporated and labor and equipment utilized for the Work consistent with the requirements of Paragraph 15.01 of the General Conditions and as may be necessary for proper financial management under this Agreement. Subject to prior written notice,the Owner shall be afforded reasonable access during normal business hours to all of the Contractor's records, books, correspondence,instructions,drawings, receipts,vouchers, memoranda,and similar data relating to the Cost of the Work and the Contractor's fee. The Contractor shall preserve all such documents for a period of 3 years after the final payment by the Owner. ARTICLE 9—CONTRACT DOCUMENTS 9.01 Contents: A. The Contract Documents consist of the following: 1. Solicitation documents. 2. Specifications, forms, and documents listed in SECTION 00 0100 TABLE OF CONTENTS. 3. Drawings listed in the Sheet Index. 4. Addenda. 5. Exhibits to this Agreement: a. Contractor's Bid Form. 6. Documentation required by the Contract Documents and submitted by Contractor prior to Notice of Award. B. There are no Contract Documents other than those listed above in this Article. C. The Contract Documents may only be amended, modified, or supplemented as provided in Article 11 of the General Conditions. Agreement 005223-5 21084 West Guth Park Rev 12/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F ARTICLE 10—CONTRACT DOCUMENT SIGNATURES ATTEST CITY OF CORPUS CHRISTI Rebecca Huerta Jeffrey Edmonds, P.E City Secretary Director of Engineering Services AUTHORIZED APPROVED AS TO LEGAL FORM: BY COUNCIL Assistant City Attorney ATTEST(IF CORPORATION) CONTRACTOR (Seal Below) By: Note: Attach copy of authorization to sign if Title: person signing for CONTRACTOR is not President, Vice President, Chief Executive Officer, or Chief Financial Officer Address City State Zip Phone Fax EMail END OF SECTION Agreement 005223-6 21084 West Guth Park Rev 12/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F 00 72 00 GENERAL CONDITIONS Table of Contents Page Article 1—Definitions and Terminology .....................................................................................................10 1.01 Defined Terms.............................................................................................................................10 1.02 Terminology................................................................................................................................15 Article2—Preliminary Matters...................................................................................................................16 2.01 Delivery of Bonds and Evidence of Insurance.............................................................................16 2.02 Copies of Documents..................................................................................................................16 2.03 Project Management System......................................................................................................16 2.04 Before Starting Construction ......................................................................................................17 2.05 Preconstruction Conference; Designation of Authorized Representatives................................17 Article 3—Contract Documents: Intent, Requirements, Reuse.................................................................17 3.01 Intent...........................................................................................................................................17 3.02 Reference Standards...................................................................................................................18 3.03 Reporting and Resolving Discrepancies......................................................................................19 3.04 Interpretation of the Contract Documents.................................................................................20 3.05 Reuse of Documents...................................................................................................................20 Article 4—Commencement and Progress of the Work..............................................................................20 4.01 Commencement of Contract Times; Notice to Proceed.............................................................20 4.02 Starting the Work........................................................................................................................20 4.03 Progress Schedule.......................................................................................................................21 4.04 Delays in Contractor's Progress..................................................................................................21 Article 5—Availability of Lands; Subsurface and Physical Conditions; Hazardous Environmental Conditions...................................................................................................................................................22 5.01 Availability of Lands....................................................................................................................22 5.02 Use of Site and Other Areas........................................................................................................22 5.03 Subsurface and Physical Conditions............................................................................................23 5.04 Differing Subsurface or Physical Conditions...............................................................................24 5.05 Underground Facilities................................................................................................................25 5.06 Hazardous Environmental Conditions at Site .............................................................................26 Article 6—Bonds and Insurance .................................................................................................................28 6.01 Performance, Payment, and Other Bonds..................................................................................28 General Conditions 007200-1 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F 6.02 Licensed Sureties ........................................................................................................................29 6.03 Required Minimum Insurance Coverage....................................................................................29 6.04 General Insurance Provisions......................................................................................................29 6.05 Contractor's Insurance................................................................................................................30 6.06 Property Insurance......................................................................................................................33 6.07 Waiver of Rights..........................................................................................................................34 6.08 Owner's Insurance for Project....................................................................................................34 6.09 Acceptable Evidence of Insurance..............................................................................................35 6.10 Certificate of Insurance...............................................................................................................35 6.11 Insurance Policies........................................................................................................................35 6.12 Continuing Evidence of Coverage...............................................................................................35 6.13 Notices Regarding Insurance ......................................................................................................35 6.14 Texas Workers' Compensation Insurance Required Notice .......................................................36 Article 7-Contractor's Responsibilities.....................................................................................................38 7.01 Supervision and Superintendence..............................................................................................38 7.02 Labor; Working Hours.................................................................................................................38 7.03 Services, Materials, and Equipment ...........................................................................................39 7.04 Concerning Subcontractors, Suppliers, and Others....................................................................39 7.05 Patent Fees and Royalties...........................................................................................................40 7.06 Permits........................................................................................................................................41 7.07 Taxes...........................................................................................................................................41 7.08 Laws and Regulations..................................................................................................................41 7.09 Safety and Protection .................................................................................................................42 7.10 Safety Representative.................................................................................................................43 7.11 Hazard Communication Programs..............................................................................................43 7.12 Emergencies................................................................................................................................43 7.13 Contractor's General Warranty and Guarantee .........................................................................43 7.14 INDEMNIFICATION......................................................................................................................44 7.15 Delegation of Professional Design Services................................................................................45 Article 8-Other Work at the Site...............................................................................................................46 8.01 Other Work.................................................................................................................................46 8.02 Coordination ...............................................................................................................................47 8.03 Legal Relationships......................................................................................................................47 General Conditions 007200-2 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F Article 9—Owner's and OPT's Responsibilities...........................................................................................48 9.01 Communications to Contractor ..................................................................................................48 9.02 Replacement of Owner's Project Team Members......................................................................48 9.03 Furnish Data................................................................................................................................48 9.04 Pay When Due.............................................................................................................................48 9.05 Lands and Easements; Reports and Tests...................................................................................48 9.06 Insurance.....................................................................................................................................48 9.07 Modifications..............................................................................................................................48 9.08 Inspections,Tests, and Approvals...............................................................................................48 9.09 Limitations on OPT's Responsibilities .........................................................................................48 9.10 Undisclosed Hazardous Environmental Condition......................................................................49 9.11 Compliance with Safety Program................................................................................................49 Article 10—OAR's and Designer's Status During Construction ..................................................................49 10.01 Owner's Representative..........................................................................................................49 10.02 Visits to Site.............................................................................................................................49 10.03 Resident Project Representatives...........................................................................................49 10.04 Rejecting Defective Work........................................................................................................49 10.05 Shop Drawings, Modifications and Payments.........................................................................50 10.06 Decisions on Requirements of Contract Documents and Acceptability of Work...................50 10.07 Limitations on OAR's and Designer's Authority and Responsibilities.....................................50 Article 11—Amending the Contract Documents; Changes in the Work ....................................................50 11.01 Amending and Supplementing the Contract Documents.......................................................50 11.02 Owner-Authorized Changes in the Work................................................................................51 11.03 Unauthorized Changes in the Work........................................................................................51 11.04 Change of Contract Price ........................................................................................................52 11.05 Change of Contract Times.......................................................................................................52 11.06 Change Proposals....................................................................................................................52 11.07 Execution of Change Orders ...................................................................................................53 11.08 Notice to Surety......................................................................................................................54 Article 12—Change Management ..............................................................................................................54 12.01 Requests for Change Proposal................................................................................................54 12.02 Change Proposals....................................................................................................................54 12.03 Designer Will Evaluate Request for Modification...................................................................55 General Conditions 007200-3 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F 12.04 Substitutions...........................................................................................................................55 Article13—Claims.......................................................................................................................................56 13.01 Claims......................................................................................................................................56 13.02 Claims Process.........................................................................................................................57 Article 14—Prevailing Wage Rate Requirements.......................................................................................58 14.01 Payment of Prevailing Wage Rates.........................................................................................58 14.02 Records....................................................................................................................................58 14.03 Liability; Penalty; Criminal Offense.........................................................................................59 14.04 Prevailing Wage Rates.............................................................................................................59 Article 15—Cost of the Work; Allowances; Unit Price Work......................................................................59 15.01 Cost of the Work.....................................................................................................................59 15.02 Allowances..............................................................................................................................63 15.03 Unit Price Work.......................................................................................................................63 15.04 Contingencies..........................................................................................................................64 Article 16—Tests and Inspections; Correction, Removal, or Acceptance of Defective Work....................65 16.01 Access to Work........................................................................................................................65 16.02 Tests, Inspections and Approvals............................................................................................65 16.03 Defective Work .......................................................................................................................65 16.04 Acceptance of Defective Work................................................................................................66 16.05 Uncovering Work....................................................................................................................66 16.06 Owner May Stop the Work.....................................................................................................67 16.07 Owner May Correct Defective Work.......................................................................................67 Article 17—Payments to Contractor; Set-Offs; Completion; Correction Period........................................67 17.01 Progress Payments..................................................................................................................67 17.02 Application for Payment.........................................................................................................69 17.03 Schedule of Values..................................................................................................................71 17.04 Schedule of Anticipated Payments and Earned Value............................................................72 17.05 Basis for Payments..................................................................................................................73 17.06 Payment for Stored Materials and Equipment.......................................................................73 17.07 Retainage and Set-Offs ...........................................................................................................74 17.08 Procedures for Submitting an Application for Payment.........................................................74 17.09 Responsibility of Owner's Authorized Representative...........................................................75 17.10 Contractor's Warranty of Title................................................................................................76 General Conditions 007200-4 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F 17.11 Substantial Completion...........................................................................................................76 17.12 Partial Utilization.....................................................................................................................77 17.13 Final Inspection.......................................................................................................................77 17.14 Final Application for Payment.................................................................................................77 17.15 Final Payment..........................................................................................................................78 17.16 Waiver of Claims.....................................................................................................................78 17.17 Correction Period....................................................................................................................78 Article 18-Suspension of Work and Termination.....................................................................................79 18.01 Owner May Suspend Work.....................................................................................................79 18.02 Owner May Terminate for Cause............................................................................................79 18.03 Owner May Terminate For Convenience................................................................................80 Article 19-Project Management...............................................................................................................81 19.01 Work Included.........................................................................................................................81 19.02 Quality Assurance ...................................................................................................................81 19.03 Document Submittal...............................................................................................................81 19.04 Required Permits ....................................................................................................................81 19.05 Safety Requirements...............................................................................................................82 19.06 Access to the Site....................................................................................................................82 19.07 Contractor's Use of Site..........................................................................................................82 19.08 Protection of Existing Structures and Utilities........................................................................83 19.09 Pre-Construction Exploratory Excavations..............................................................................83 19.10 Disruption of Services/Continued Operations........................................................................84 19.11 Field Measurements ...............................................................................................................84 19.12 Reference Data and Control Points.........................................................................................84 19.13 Delivery and Storage...............................................................................................................85 19.14 Cleaning During Construction.................................................................................................86 19.15 Maintenance of Roads, Driveways, and Access......................................................................86 19.16 Area Access and Traffic Control..............................................................................................87 19.17 Overhead Electrical Wires.......................................................................................................87 19.18 Blasting....................................................................................................................................87 19.19 Archeological Requirements...................................................................................................87 19.20 Endangered Species Resources...............................................................................................88 19.21 Cooperation with Public Agencies..........................................................................................88 General Conditions 007200-5 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F Article 20—Project Coordination................................................................................................................88 20.01 Work Included.........................................................................................................................88 20.02 Document Submittal...............................................................................................................88 20.03 Communication During Project...............................................................................................89 20.04 Project Meetings.....................................................................................................................89 20.05 Requests for Information........................................................................................................91 20.06 Decision and Action Item Log..................................................................................................91 20.07 Notification By Contractor......................................................................................................92 20.08 Record Documents..................................................................................................................92 Article 21—Quality Management...............................................................................................................94 21.01 Contractor's Responsibilities ..................................................................................................94 21.02 Quality Management Activities by OPT..................................................................................95 21.03 Contractor's Use of OPT's Test Reports..................................................................................96 21.04 Documentation .......................................................................................................................96 21.05 Standards................................................................................................................................97 21.06 Delivery and Storage...............................................................................................................97 21.07 Verification Testing for Corrected Defects..............................................................................97 21.08 Test Reports............................................................................................................................97 21.09 Defective Work .......................................................................................................................98 21.10 Limitation of Authority of Testing Laboratory........................................................................98 21.11 Quality Control Plan................................................................................................................98 21.12 Implement Contractor's Quality Control Plan ......................................................................100 Article 22—Final Resolution of Disputes..................................................................................................101 22.01 Senior Level Negotiations .....................................................................................................101 22.02 Mediation..............................................................................................................................101 Article 23—Minority/MBE/DBE Participation Policy................................................................................102 23.01 Policy.....................................................................................................................................102 23.02 Definitions.............................................................................................................................102 23.03 Goals......................................................................................................................................103 23.04 Compliance............................................................................................................................104 Article 24—Document Management........................................................................................................104 24.01 Work Included.......................................................................................................................104 24.02 Quality Assurance .................................................................................................................104 General Conditions 007200-6 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F 24.03 Contractor's Responsibilities ................................................................................................104 24.04 Document Submittal.............................................................................................................105 24.05 Document Numbering ..........................................................................................................105 24.06 Document Requirements......................................................................................................106 Article25—Shop Drawings.......................................................................................................................107 25.01 Work Included.......................................................................................................................107 25.02 Quality Assurance .................................................................................................................107 25.03 Contractor's Responsibilities ................................................................................................107 25.04 Shop Drawing Requirements ................................................................................................109 25.05 Special Certifications and Reports........................................................................................109 25.06 Warranties and Guarantees..................................................................................................110 25.07 Shop Drawing Submittal Procedures....................................................................................110 25.08 Sample and Mockup Submittal Procedures..........................................................................112 25.09 Equal Non Specified Products...............................................................................................113 25.10 Requests for Deviation..........................................................................................................113 25.11 Designer Responsibilities......................................................................................................114 25.12 Resubmission Requirements.................................................................................................116 Article26—Record Data ...........................................................................................................................117 26.01 Work Included.......................................................................................................................117 26.02 Quality Assurance .................................................................................................................117 26.03 Contractor's Responsibilities ................................................................................................117 26.04 Record Data Requirements...................................................................................................118 26.05 Special Certifications and Reports........................................................................................118 26.06 Warranties and Guarantees..................................................................................................119 26.07 Record Data Submittal Procedures.......................................................................................119 26.08 Designer's Responsibilities....................................................................................................120 Article 27—Construction Progress Schedule............................................................................................121 27.01 Requirements........................................................................................................................121 27.02 Document Submittal.............................................................................................................121 27.03 Schedule Requirements........................................................................................................121 27.04 Schedule Revisions................................................................................................................123 27.05 Float Time..............................................................................................................................123 Article 28—Video and Photographic documentation ..............................................................................124 General Conditions 007200-7 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F 28.01 Work Included.......................................................................................................................124 28.02 Quality Assurance .................................................................................................................124 28.03 Document Submittal.............................................................................................................124 28.04 Photographs..........................................................................................................................125 28.05 Video Recording....................................................................................................................125 Article 29-Execution and Closeout.........................................................................................................125 29.01 Substantial Completion.........................................................................................................125 29.02 Final Inspections....................................................................................................................126 29.03 Reinspection Fees .................................................................................................................126 29.04 Closeout Documents Submittal ............................................................................................127 29.05 Transfer of Utilities ...............................................................................................................127 29.06 Warranties, Bonds and Service Agreements.........................................................................127 Article30-Miscellaneous........................................................................................................................128 30.01 Computation of Times...........................................................................................................128 30.02 Owner's Right to Audit Contractor's Records.......................................................................128 30.03 Independent Contractor.......................................................................................................129 30.04 Cumulative Remedies ...........................................................................................................129 30.05 Limitation of Damages..........................................................................................................129 30.06 No Waiver.............................................................................................................................129 30.07 Severability............................................................................................................................129 30.08 Survival of Obligations ..........................................................................................................130 30.09 No Third Party Beneficiaries .................................................................................................130 30.10 Assignment of Contract.........................................................................................................130 30.11 No Waiver of Sovereign Immunity........................................................................................130 30.12 Controlling Law.....................................................................................................................130 30.13 Conditions Precedent to Right to Sue...................................................................................130 30.14 Waiver of Trial by Jury...........................................................................................................130 30.15 Attorney Fees........................................................................................................................130 30.16 Compliance with Laws...........................................................................................................131 30.17 Enforcement..........................................................................................................................131 30.18 Subject to Appropriation.......................................................................................................131 30.19 Contract Sum.........................................................................................................................131 30.20 Contractor's Guarantee as Additional Remedy....................................................................131 General Conditions 007200-8 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F 30.21 Notices. .................................................................................................................................131 General Conditions 007200-9 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F ARTICLE 1—DEFINITIONS AND TERMINOLOGY 1.01 Defined Terms A. Terms with initial capital letters, including the term's singular and plural forms, have the meanings indicated in this paragraph wherever used in the Bidding Requirements or Contract Documents. In addition to the terms specifically defined, terms with initial capital letters in the Contract Documents may include references to identified articles and paragraphs, and the titles of other documents or forms. 1. Addenda - Documents issued prior to the receipt of Bids which clarify or modify the Bidding Requirements or the proposed Contract Documents. 2. Agreement - The document executed between Owner and Contractor covering the Work. 3. Alternative Dispute Resolution -The process by which a disputed Claim may be settled as an alternative to litigation, if Owner and Contractor cannot reach an agreement between themselves. 4. Application for Payment - The forms used by Contractor to request payments from Owner and the supporting documentation required by the Contract Documents. 5. Award Date—The date the City Council of the City of Corpus Christi (City)authorizes the City Manager or designee to execute the Contract on behalf of the City. 6. Bid —The documents submitted by a Bidder to establish the proposed Contract Price and Contract Times and provide other information and certifications as required by the Bidding Documents. 7. Bidding Documents — The solicitation documents, the proposed Contract Documents and Addenda. 8. Bidder—An individual or entity that submits a Bid to Owner. 9. Bonds - Performance Bond, Payment Bond, Maintenance Bond, and other Surety instruments executed by Surety. When in singular form, refers to individual instrument. 10. Change Order-A document issued on or after the Effective Date of the Contract,which modifies the Work, Contract Price, Contract Times, or terms and conditions of the Contract. 11. Change Proposal - A document submitted by Contractor in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents: a. Requesting an adjustment in Contract Price or Contract Times; b. Contesting an initial decision concerning the requirements of the Contract Documents or the acceptability of Work under the Contract Documents; c. Challenging a set-off against payment due; or d. Seeking a Modification with respect to the terms of the Contract. 12. City Engineer - The Corpus Christi City Engineer and/or designee as identified at the preconstruction conference or in the Notice to Proceed. General Conditions 007200-10 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F 13. Claim - A demand or assertion by Owner or Contractor submitted in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents. A demand for money or services by an entity other than the Owner or Contractor is not a Claim. Claims must be initiated by written notice, signed and sworn to be an authorized corporate officer, verifying the truth and accuracy of the Claim. 14. Constituent of Concern - Asbestos, petroleum, radioactive materials, polychlorinated biphenyls (PCBs), hazardous wastes, and substances, products, wastes, or other materials that are or become listed, regulated, or addressed pursuant to: a. The Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act, 42 U.S.C. §§9601 et seq. ("CERCLA"); b. The Hazardous Materials Transportation Act, 49 U.S.C. §§5101 et seq.; c. The Resource Conservation and Recovery Act,42 U.S.C. §§6901 et seq. ("RCRA"); d. The Toxic Substances Control Act, 15 U.S.C. §§2601 et seq.; e. The Clean Water Act, 33 U.S.C. §§1251 et seq.; f. The Clean Air Act, 42 U.S.C. §§7401 et seq.; or g. Any other Laws or Regulations regulating, relating to, or imposing liability or standards of conduct concerning hazardous,toxic, or dangerous waste, substance, or material. 15. Contract -The entire integrated set of documents concerning the Work and describing the relationship between the Owner and Contractor. 16. Contract Amendment-A document issued on or after the Effective Date of the Contract and signed by Owner and Contractor which: a. Authorizes new phases of the Work and establishes the Contract Price, Contract Times, or terms and conditions of the Contract for the new phase of Work; or b. Modifies the terms and conditions of the Contract but does not make changes in the Work. 17. Contract Documents - Those items designated as Contract Documents in the Agreement. 18. Contract Price - The monetary amount stated in the Agreement and as adjusted by Modifications, and increases or decreases in unit price quantities, if any,that Owner has agreed to pay Contractor for completion of the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. 19. Contract Times-The number of days or the dates by which Contractor must: a. Achieve specified Milestones; b. Achieve Substantial Completion; and c. Complete the Work. 20. Contractor-The individual or entity with which Owner has contracted for performance of the Work. General Conditions 007200-11 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F 21. Contractor's Team - Contractor and Subcontractors, Suppliers, individuals, or entities directly or indirectly employed or retained by them to perform part of the Work or anyone for whose acts they may be liable. 22. Cost of the Work -The sum of costs incurred for the proper performance of the Work as allowed by Article 15. 23. Defective - When applied to Work, refers to Work that is unsatisfactory, faulty, or deficient in that it: a. Does not conform to the Contract Documents; b. Does not meet the requirements of applicable inspections, reference standards, tests, or approvals referred to in the Contract Documents; or c. Has been damaged or stolen prior to OAR's recommendation of final payment unless responsibility for the protection of the Work has been assumed by Owner at Substantial Completion 24. Designer - The individuals or entity named as Designer in the Agreement and the subconsultants, individuals, or entities directly or indirectly employed or retained by Designer to provide design or other technical services to the Owner. Designer has responsibility for engineering or architectural design and technical issues related to the Contract Documents. Designers are Licensed Professional Engineers, Registered Architects or Registered Landscape Architects qualified to practice their profession in the State of Texas. 25. Drawings - The part of the Contract that graphically shows the scope, extent, and character of the Work. Shop Drawings and other Contractor documents are not Drawings. 26. Effective Date of the Contract -The date indicated in the Agreement on which the City Manager or designee has signed the Contract. 27. Field Order-A document issued by OAR or Designer requiring changes in the Work that do not change the Contract Price or the Contract Times. 28. Hazardous Environmental Condition - The presence of Constituents of Concern at the Site in quantities or circumstances that may present a danger to persons or property exposed to Constituents of Concern. The presence of Constituents of Concern at the Site necessary for the execution of the Work or to be incorporated in the Work is not a Hazardous Environmental Condition provided these Constituents of Concern are controlled and contained pursuant to industry practices, Laws and Regulations, and the requirements of the Contract. 29. Indemnified Costs-All costs, losses,damages,and legal or other dispute resolution costs resulting from claims or demands against Owner. These costs include fees for engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals. 30. Laws and Regulations; Laws or Regulations-Applicable laws,statutes, rules, regulations, ordinances,codes,and orders of governmental bodies,agencies,authorities,and courts having jurisdiction over the Project. 31. Liens - Charges, security interests, or encumbrances upon Contract related funds, real property, or personal property. General Conditions 007200-12 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F 32. Milestone-A principal event in the performance of the Work that Contractor is required by Contract to complete by a specified date or within a specified period of time. 33. Modification - Change made to the Contract Documents by one of the following methods: a. Contract Amendment; b. Change Order; c. Field Order; or d. Work Change Directive. 34. Notice of Award-The notice of Owner's intent to enter into a contract with the Selected Bidder. 35. Notice to Proceed - A notice to Contractor of the Contract Times and the date Work is to begin. 36. Owner-The City of Corpus Christi (City), a Texas home-rule municipal corporation and political subdivision organized under the laws of the State of Texas, acting by and through its duly authorized City Manager and designee, the City Engineer (the Director of Engineering Services), and the City's officers, employees, agents, or representatives, authorized to administer design and construction of the Project. 37. Owner's Authorized Representative or OAR -The individual or entity named as OAR in the Agreement and the consultants, subconsultants, individuals, or entities directly or indirectly employed or retained by them to provide construction management services to the Owner. The OAR may be an employee of the Owner. 38. Owner's Project Team or OPT - The Owner, Owner's Authorized Representative, Resident Project Representative, Designer, and the consultants, subconsultants, individuals or entities directly or indirectly employed or retained by them to provide services to the Owner. 39. Partial Occupancy or Use - Use by Owner of a substantially completed part of the Work for the purpose for which it is intended (or a related purpose) prior to Substantial Completion of all the Work. 40. Progress Schedule -A schedule prepared and maintained by Contractor, describing the sequence and duration of the activities comprising the Contractor's plan to accomplish the Work within the Contract Times. The Progress Schedule must be a Critical Path Method (CPM) Schedule. 41. Project - The total undertaking to be accomplished for Owner under the Contract Documents. 42. Project Manual — That portion of the Contract Documents that may include the following: introductory information,solicitation requirements and responses, proposal, Contract forms and General and Supplementary Conditions, General Requirements, Specification, Drawings, Project Safety Manual and Addenda. 43. Resident Project Representative or RPR-The authorized representative of OPT assigned to assist OAR at the Site. As used herein, the term Resident Project Representative includes assistants and field staff of the OAR. General Conditions 007200-13 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F 44. Samples - Physical examples of materials, equipment, or workmanship representing some portion of the Work that are used to establish the standards for that portion of the Work. 45. Schedule of Documents-A schedule of required documents, prepared and maintained by Contractor. 46. Schedule of Values - A schedule, prepared and maintained by Contractor, allocating portions of the Contract Price to various portions of the Work and used as the basis for Contractor's Applications for Payment. 47. Shop Drawings - All drawings, diagrams, illustrations, schedules, and other data or information that are specifically prepared or assembled and submitted by Contractor to illustrate some portion of the Work. Shop Drawings,whether approved or not, are not Drawings and are not Contract Documents. 48. Site - Lands or areas indicated in the Contract Documents as being furnished by Owner upon which the Work is to be performed. The Site includes rights-of-way, easements, and other lands furnished by Owner which are designated for use by the Contractor. 49. Specifications -The part of the Contract that describes the requirements for materials, equipment, systems, standards, and workmanship as applied to the Work, and certain administrative requirements and procedural matters applicable to the Work. 50. Subcontractor-An individual or entity having a direct contract with Contractor or with other Subcontractors or Suppliers for the performance of a part of the Work. 51. Substantial Completion - The point where the Work or a specified part of the Work is sufficiently complete to be used for its intended purpose in accordance with the Contract Documents. 52. Supplementary Conditions -The part of the Contract that amends or supplements the General Conditions. 53. Supplier - A manufacturer, fabricator, supplier, distributor, materialman, or vendor having a direct contract with Contractor or with Subcontractors or other Suppliers to furnish materials or equipment to be incorporated in the Work. 54. Technical Data-Those items expressly identified as Technical Data in the Supplementary Conditions with respect to either: a. Subsurface conditions at the Site; b. Physical conditions relating to existing surface or subsurface structures at the Site, except Underground Facilities; or C. Hazardous Environmental Conditions at the Site. 55. Underground Facilities - All underground pipelines, conduits, ducts, cables, wires, manholes, vaults, tanks, tunnels, other similar facilities or appurtenances, and encasements containing these facilities which are used to convey electricity, gases, steam, liquid petroleum products, telephone or other communications, fiber optic transmissions, cable television, water, wastewater, storm water, other liquids or chemicals, or traffic or other control systems. 56. Unit Price Work-Work to be paid for on the basis of unit prices. General Conditions 007200-14 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F 57. Work - The construction of the Project or its component parts as required by the Contract Documents. 58. Work Change Directive -A directive issued to Contractor on or after the Effective Date of the Contract ordering an addition, deletion, or revision in the Work. The Work Change Directive serves as a memorandum of understanding regarding the directive until a Change Order can be issued. 1.02 Terminology A. The words and terms discussed in this Paragraph 1.02 are not defined, but when used in the Bidding Requirements or Contract Documents, have the indicated meaning. B. It is understood that the cost for performing Work is included in the Contract Price and no additional compensation is to be paid by Owner unless specifically stated otherwise in the Contract Documents. Expressions including or similar to "at no additional cost to Owner," "at Contractor's expense,"or similar words mean that the Contractor is to perform or provide specified operation of Work without an increase in the Contract Price. C. The terms"day"or"calendar day' mean a calendar day of 24 hours measured from midnight to the next midnight. D. The meaning and intent of certain terms or adjectives are described as follows: 1. The terms "as allowed," "as approved," "as ordered," "as directed," or similar terms in the Contract Documents indicate an exercise of professional judgment by the OPT. 2. Adjectives including or similar to "reasonable," "suitable," "acceptable," "proper," "satisfactory," or similar adjectives are used to describe a determination of OPT regarding the Work. 3. Any exercise of professional judgment by the OPT will be made solely to evaluate the Work for general compliance with the Contract Documents unless there is a specific statement in the Contract Documents indicating otherwise. 4. The use of these or similar terms or adjectives does not assign a duty or give OPT authority to supervise or direct the performance of the Work, or assign a duty or give authority to the OPT to undertake responsibilities contrary to the provisions of Articles 9 or 10 or other provisions of the Contract Documents. E. The use of the words "furnish," "install," "perform," and "provide" have the following meanings when used in connection with services, materials, or equipment: 1. Furnish means to supply and deliver the specified services, materials, or equipment to the Site or other specified location ready for use or installation. 2. Install means to complete construction or assembly of the specified services, materials, or equipment so they are ready for their intended use. 3. Perform or provide means to furnish and install specified services, materials, or equipment, complete and ready for their intended use. 4. Perform or provide the specified services, materials, or equipment complete and ready for intended use if the Contract Documents require specific services, materials, or General Conditions 007200-15 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F equipment, but do not expressly use the words "furnish," "install," "perform," or "provide." F. Contract Documents are written in modified brief style: 1. Requirements apply to all Work of the same kind, class, and type even though the word "all" is not stated. 2. Simple imperative sentence structure is used which places a verb as the first word in the sentence. It is understood that the words "furnish," "install," "perform," "provide," or similar words include the meaning of the phrase "The Contractor shall..." before these words. 3. Unless specifically stated that action is to be taken by the OPT or others, it is understood that the action described is a requirement of the Contractor. G. Words or phrases that have a well-known technical or construction industry or trade meaning are used in the Contract Documents in accordance with this recognized meaning unless stated otherwise in the Contract Documents. H. Written documents are required where reference is made to notices, reports, approvals, consents, documents, statements, instructions, opinions or other types of communications required by the Contract Documents. Approval and consent documents must be received by Contractor prior to the action or decision for which approval or consent is given. These may be made in printed or electronic format through the OPT's project management information system or other electronic media as required by the Contract Documents or approved by the OAR. I. Giving notice as required by the Contract Documents may be by printed or electronic media using a method that requires acknowledgment of the receipt of that notice. ARTICLE 2—PRELIMINARY MATTERS 2.01 Delivery of Bonds and Evidence of Insurance A. Provide required Bonds with the executed Agreement. B. Provide evidence of insurance required by the Contract Documents with the executed Agreement. 2.02 Copies of Documents A. OPT is to furnish one fully executed Agreement (either electronic or printed) and one copy of the executed Contract Documents in electronic portable document format (PDF). This document is the Project Record Copy of the Contract Documents. 2.03 Project Management System A. Owner shall administer its design and construction management through an internet-based project management system known as e-Builder. B. Contractor shall conduct all communication through and perform all project-related functions utilizing this project management system. This includes all correspondence, General Conditions 007200-16 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F submittals, requests for information, payment requests and processing, contract amendments, change orders, delivery orders and other administrative activities. C. Owner shall administer the software and provide training to Contractor's Team. 2.04 Before Starting Construction A. Provide the following preliminary documents in accordance with the Contract Documents within 10 days after the Effective Date of the Contract: 1. Progress Schedule,which must be a Critical Path Method (CPM) Schedule; 2. Schedule of Documents; and 3. Schedule of Values and projected cash flow information. 2.05 Preconstruction Conference; Designation of Authorized Representatives A. Attend the preconstruction conference as required by the Contract Documents. B. Designate the specific individuals authorized to act as representatives of the Contractor. These individuals must have the authority to transmit and receive information, render decisions relative to the Contract, and otherwise act on behalf of the Contractor. C. Owner is to designate the specific individuals authorized to act as representatives of the Owner and the limits of their authority with regard to acting on behalf of the Owner. ARTICLE 3—CONTRACT DOCUMENTS: INTENT, REQUIREMENTS, REUSE 3.01 Intent A. Requirements of components of the Contract Documents are as binding as if required by all Contract Documents. It is the intent of the Contract Documents to describe a functionally complete Project. The Contract Documents do not indicate or describe all of the Work required to complete the Project. Additional details required for the correct installation of selected products are to be provided by the Contractor and coordinated with the OPT. 1. The Contract requirements described in the General Conditions and Supplementary Conditions apply to Work regardless of where it is described in the Contract Documents, unless specifically noted otherwise. 2. In offering a Bid for this Project and in entering into this Contract,Contractor represents: a. Contractor has studied the Contract Documents, the Work, the Site, local conditions, Laws and Regulations, and other conditions that may affect the Work; b. Contractor has studied the Technical Data and other information referred to in the Contract Documents and has or will make additional surveys and investigations as deemed necessary for the performance of the Work; c. Contractor has correlated these studies and observations with the requirements of the Contract Documents; and d. Contractor has taken all of this information into consideration in developing the Contract Price offered and that the Contract Price offered provides full compensation for providing the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. General Conditions 007200-17 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F 3. Organization of the Contract Documents is not intended to control or lessen the responsibility of the Contractor when dividing Work among Subcontractors or Suppliers, or to establish the extent of Work to be performed by trades, Subcontractors, or Suppliers. Specifications or details do not need to be indicated or specified in each Specification or Drawing. Items shown in the Contract Documents are applicable regardless of their location in the Contract Documents. 4. Standard paragraph titles and other identifications of subject matter in the Specifications are intended to aid in locating and recognizing various requirements of the Specifications. Titles do not define, limit, or otherwise restrict Specification text. S. Provide the labor, documentation, services, materials, or equipment that may be inferred from the Contract Documents or from prevailing custom or trade usage as being required to produce the indicated result, whether specifically called for in the Contract Documents or not. Include these related costs in the offered Contract Price. B. Provide equipment that is functionally complete as described in the Contract Documents. The Drawings and Specifications do not indicate or describe all of the Work required to complete the installation of products purchased by the Owner or Contractor. Additional details required for the correct installation of selected products are to be provided by the Contractor and coordinated with the Designer through the OAR. C. Comply with the most stringent requirements where compliance with two or more standards is specified and they establish different or conflicting requirements for the Work, unless the Contract Documents indicate otherwise. D. Provide materials and equipment comparable in quality to similar materials and equipment incorporated in the Project or as required to meet the minimum requirements of the application if the materials and equipment are shown in the Drawings but are not included in the Specifications. E. The Project Record Copy of the Contract Documents governs if there is a discrepancy between the Project Record Copy of the Contract Documents and subsequent electronic or digital versions of the Contract Documents, including printed copies derived from these electronic or digital versions. F. The Contract supersedes all prior written or oral negotiations, representations, and agreements. The Contract Documents comprise the entire Agreement between Owner and Contractor. The Contract Documents may be modified only by a Modification. G. Request clarification from OAR for a decision before proceeding if Contractor is not clear on the meaning of the Contract Documents. OAR is to issue clarifications and interpretations of the Contract Documents in accordance with the Contract Documents. 3.02 Reference Standards A. Standard Specifications, Codes, Laws and Regulations: 1. Reference in the Contract Documents to standard specifications, manuals, reference standards, or codes of technical societies, organizations, or associations, or to Laws or Regulations,whether specific or implied, are those in effect at the time Contractor's Bid is submitted or when Contractor negotiates the Contract Price unless specifically stated otherwise in the Contract Documents. General Conditions 007200-18 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F 2. No provision of referenced standard specifications, manuals, reference standards, codes, or instructions of a Supplier changes the duties or responsibilities of OPT or Contractor from those described in the Contract Documents or assigns a duty to or gives authority to the OPT to supervise or direct the performance of the Work or undertake responsibilities inconsistent with the Contract Documents. 3. The provisions of the Contract Documents take precedence over standard specifications, manuals, reference standards, codes, or instructions of a Supplier unless specifically stated otherwise in the Contract Documents. B. Comply with applicable construction industry standards, whether referenced or not. 1. Standards referenced in the Contract Documents govern over standards not referenced but recognized as applicable in the construction industry. 2. Comply with the requirements of the Contract Documents if they produce a higher quality of Work than the applicable construction industry standards. 3. Designer determines whether a code or standard is applicable, which of several are applicable, or if the Contract Documents produce a higher quality of Work. C. Make copies of reference standards available if requested by OAR. 3.03 Reporting and Resolving Discrepancies A. Reporting Discrepancies: 1. Carefully study the Drawings and verify pertinent figures and dimensions with respect to actual field measurements before undertaking the Work. Immediately report conflicts, errors, ambiguities, or discrepancies that Contractor discovers or has actual knowledge of to the OAR. Do not proceed with affected Work until the conflict, error, ambiguity, or discrepancy is resolved by a clarification or interpretation from the OAR or by a Modification to the Contract Documents issued pursuant to Paragraph 11.01. 2. The exactness of existing grades, elevations, dimensions or locations given on any Drawings issued by Designer, or the work installed by other contractors, is not guaranteed by Owner. Contractor shall,therefore, satisfy itself as to the accuracy of all grades, elevations, dimensions and locations. Any errors due to Contractor's failure to verify at the site all such grades, elevations, dimensions or locations relating to such existing or other work shall be rectified by Contractor without any additional cost to Owner. 3. Immediately notify the OAR of conflicts, errors, ambiguities, or discrepancies in the Contract Documents or discrepancies between the Contract Documents and: a. Applicable Laws or Regulations; b. Actual field conditions; c. Standard specifications, manuals, reference standards, or codes; or d. Instructions of Suppliers. 4. Do not proceed with affected Work until the conflict, error, ambiguity, or discrepancy is resolved by a clarification or interpretation from the OAR or by a Modification to the General Conditions 007200-19 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F Contract Documents issued pursuant to Paragraph 11.01, except in an emergency as required by Paragraph 7.12. 5. Contractor is liable to the OPT for failure to report conflicts, errors, ambiguities, or discrepancies in the Contract Documents of which Contractor has actual knowledge. 6. Contractor is deemed to have included the most expensive item, system, procedure, etc. in the Contract Price if a conflict, error,ambiguity, or discrepancy in components of the Contract Documents was known, but not reported prior to submitting the Bid or when Contractor negotiates the Contract Price. 3.04 Interpretation of the Contract Documents A. Submit questions concerning the non-technical or contractual/administrative requirements of the Contract Documents to the OAR immediately after those questions arise. OAR is to provide an interpretation of the Contract Documents regarding these questions and will coordinate the response of the OPT to Contractor. B. Submit questions regarding the design of the Project described in the Contract Documents to the OAR immediately after those questions arise. OAR is to request an interpretation of the Contract Documents from the Designer. Designer is to respond to these questions by providing an interpretation of the Contract Documents. OAR will coordinate the response of the OPT to Contractor. C. OPT may initiate a Modification to the Contract Documents through the OAR if a response to the question indicates that a change in the Contract Documents is required. Contractor may appeal Designer's or OAR's interpretation by submitting a Change Proposal. 3.05 Reuse of Documents A. Contractor's Team has no rights to the Contract Documents and may not use the Contract Documents, or copies or electronic media editions of the Contract Documents, other than for the construction of this Project. This provision survives final payment or termination of the Contract. B. Contractor is allowed to retain a copy of the Contract Documents for record purposes, unless specifically prohibited by the Owner for security reasons. Surrender paper and digital copies of the Contract Documents and other related documents and remove these documents from computer equipment or storage devices as a condition of final payment if the Owner so directs. ARTICLE 4—COMMENCEMENT AND PROGRESS OF THE WORK 4.01 Commencement of Contract Times; Notice to Proceed A. The Contract Times commence to run on the date indicated in the Notice to Proceed. 4.02 Starting the Work A. Begin performing the Work on the date indicated in the Notice to Proceed. Do not begin Work prior to having the insurance required in Article 6 in force or before the date indicated in the Notice to Proceed. General Conditions 007200-20 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F 4.03 Progress Schedule A. Construct the Work in accordance with the Progress Schedule established in accordance with the Contract Documents. 1. Adjust the Progress Schedule as required to accurately reflect actual progress on the Work. 2. Submit proposed adjustments in the Progress Schedule that change the Contract Times in accordance with the requirements of Article 11. B. Continue performing Work and adhere to the Progress Schedule during disputes or disagreements with Owner. Do not delay or postpone Work pending resolution of disputes or disagreements, or during an appeal process. 4.04 Delays in Contractor's Progress A. No Damages for Delay: Contractor shall receive no compensation for delays or hindrances to the Work,except in the case of direct interference with means and methods by the Owner. In no event shall the Contractor be entitled to any compensation or recovery of any special damages in connection with any delays, including without limitation: consequential damages, lost opportunity costs, impact damages, or other similar damages. Owner's exercise of any of its rights or remedies under the Contract Documents (including without limitation ordering changes in the Work, or directing suspension, rescheduling, or correction of the Work), regardless of the extent or frequency of Owner's exercise of such rights or remedies, shall not be construed as active interference in the Contractor's performance of the Work. An extension of Contract Time, to the extent permitted, shall be the sole remedy of the Contractor for any acknowledged delays.Contractor agrees that the extension of time provides an equitable adjustment. B. Contractor is not entitled to an adjustment in Contract Price or Contract Times for delays, disruptions, or interference caused by or within the control of Contractor's Team. C. No time extensions are allowed for weather conditions, other than those listed in Paragraph 4.04.D, for Projects using calendar days or a fixed date to establish the Contract Time. Contractor is to include the cost associated with weather related delays in the Contract Price and assumes the risks associated with delays related to weather conditions. D. Contractor is entitled to an equitable adjustment in the Contract Times if Contractor's performance or progress is delayed,disrupted or interfered with by unanticipated causes not the fault of and beyond the control of OPT or Contractor. These adjustments in Contract Times are the Contractor's sole and exclusive remedy for the delays, disruption, and interference described in this paragraph. These unanticipated causes may include: 1. Severe and unavoidable natural catastrophes e.g. fires, floods, hurricanes, epidemics, and earthquakes; 2. Acts or failures to act of utility owners performing other work at or adjacent to the Site; 3. Acts of war or terrorism; and 4. Rain days in excess of the number specified in a calendar year. General Conditions 007200-21 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F E. Delays, disruption, and interference to the performance or progress of the Work resulting from the following are governed by Article 5: 1. The existence of a differing subsurface or physical condition; 2. An Underground Facility not shown or not indicated with reasonable accuracy by the Contract Documents; and 3. Hazardous Environmental Conditions. F. Article 8 governs delays, disruption, and interference to the performance or progress of the Work resulting from the performance of certain other work at or adjacent to the Site. G. Notify the OAR immediately of a potential delaying, disrupting, or interfering event. Submit a Change Proposal seeking an adjustment in Contract Price or Contract Times within 30 days of the commencement of the delaying, disrupting, or interfering event. Claims for adjustment to the Contract Price or Contract Times that do not comply with Article 13 are waived. H. Contractor is only entitled to an adjustment of the Contract Times for specific delays, disruptions, and interference to the performance or progress of the Work that can be demonstrated to directly impact the ability of the Contractor to complete the Work within the Contract Times. No adjustments in Contract Times are allowed for delays on components of the Work which were or could have been completed without impacting the Contract Times. I. Contractor is not entitled to an adjustment in Contract Price or Contract Times for delay, disruption, or interference caused by or within the control of the Owner if this delay is concurrent with a delay, disruption, or interference attributable to or within the control of the Contractor's Team. ARTICLE 5—AVAILABILITY OF LANDS; SUBSURFACE AND PHYSICAL CONDITIONS; HAZARDOUS ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS 5.01 Availability of Lands A. Owner is to furnish the Site and inform the Contractor of encumbrances or restrictions known to Owner related to use of the Site with which Contractor must comply in performing the Work. B. Provide for additional lands and access Contractor requires for temporary construction facilities or storage of materials and equipment, other than those identified in the Contract Documents. Provide documentation of authority to use these additional lands to OAR before using them. 5.02 Use of Site and Other Areas A. Limitation on Use of Site and Other Areas: 1. Confine construction equipment, temporary construction facilities, the storage of materials and equipment,and the operations of workers to the Site,adjacent areas that Owner or Contractor has arranged to use through construction easements or agreements, and other adjacent areas as permitted by Laws and Regulations. Assume General Conditions 007200-22 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F full responsibility for damage or injuries which result from the performance of the Work or from other actions or conduct of the Contractor's Team, including: a. Damage to the Site; b. Damage to adjacent areas used for Contractor's Team's operations; C. Damage to other adjacent land or areas; and d. Injuries and losses sustained by the owners or occupants of these lands or areas. 2. Take the following action if a damage or injury claim is made by the owner or occupant of adjacent land or area because of the performance of the Work, or because of other actions or conduct of the Contractor's Team: a. Take immediate corrective or remedial action as required by Paragraph 7.09; and b. Attempt to settle the claim through negotiations with the owner or occupant, or otherwise resolve the claim by mediation or other dispute resolution proceeding or at law. 5.03 Subsurface and Physical Conditions A. The Supplementary Conditions identify: 1. Those reports known to OPT of explorations and tests of subsurface conditions at or adjacent to the Site; 2. Those drawings known to OPT of physical conditions related to existing surface or subsurface structures at the Site, except Underground Facilities; and 3. Technical Data contained in these reports and drawings. B. Data contained in boring logs, recorded measurements of subsurface water levels, and the results of tests performed on materials described in geotechnical data reports specifically prepared for the Project and made available to Contractor are defined as Technical Data, unless Technical Data has been defined more specifically in the Supplementary Conditions. C. Contractor may rely upon the accuracy of the Technical Data contained in these reports and drawings, but these reports and drawings are not Contract Documents. Except for this reliance on Technical Data,Contractor may not rely upon or make claims against Owner with respect to: 1. The completeness of reports and drawings for Contractor's purposes, including aspects of the means, methods, techniques, sequences, and procedures of construction to be employed by Contractor, or Contractor's safety precautions and programs; 2. Other data, interpretations, opinions, and information contained in these reports or shown or indicated in the drawings; or 3. Contractor's interpretation of or conclusions drawn from Technical Data or other data, interpretations, opinions, or information. General Conditions 007200-23 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F 5.04 Differing Subsurface or Physical Conditions A. Notify OAR immediately, but in no event later than 3 days, after becoming aware of a subsurface or physical condition that is uncovered or revealed at the Site, and before further disturbing the subsurface or physical conditions or performing any related Work that: 1. Establishes that the Technical Data on which Contractor is entitled to rely as provided in Paragraph 5.03 is materially inaccurate; 2. Requires a change in the Drawings or Specifications; 3. Differs materially from that shown or indicated in the Contract Documents; or 4. Is of an unusual nature and differs materially from conditions ordinarily encountered and generally recognized as inherent in work of the character provided for in the Contract Documents. Do not further disturb or perform Work related to this subsurface or physical condition, except in an emergency as required by Paragraph 7.12, until permission to do so is issued by OAR. B. OAR is to notify the OPT after receiving notice of a differing subsurface or physical condition from the Contractor. Designer is to: 1. Promptly review the subsurface or physical condition; 2. Determine the necessity of OPT's obtaining additional exploration or tests with respect to the subsurface or physical condition; 3. Determine if the subsurface or physical condition falls within one or more of the differing Site condition categories in Paragraph 5.04.A; 4. Prepare recommendations to OPT regarding the Contractor's resumption of Work in connection with the subsurface or physical condition in question; 5. Determine the need for changes in the Drawings or Specifications; and 6. Advise OPT of Designer's findings, conclusions, and recommendations. C. OAR is to issue a statement to Contractor regarding the subsurface or physical condition in question and recommend action as appropriate after review of Designer's findings, conclusions, and recommendations. D. Possible Contract Price and Contract Times Adjustments: 1. Contractor is entitled to an equitable adjustment in Contract Price or Contract Times to the extent that a differing subsurface or physical condition causes a change in Contractor's cost or time to perform the Work provided the condition falls within one or more of the categories described in Paragraph 5.04.A. Any adjustment in Contract Price for Work that is paid for on a unit price basis is subject to the provisions of Paragraph 15.03. General Conditions 007200-24 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F 2. Contractor is not entitled to an adjustment in the Contract Price or Contract Times with respect to a subsurface or physical condition if: a. Contractor knew of the existence of the subsurface or physical condition at the time Contractor made an offer to Owner with respect to Contract Price and Contract Times; b. The existence of the subsurface or physical condition could have been discovered or revealed as a result of examinations, investigations, explorations, tests, or studies of the Site and contiguous areas expressly required by the Bidding Requirements or Contract Documents prior to when Contractor's Bid is submitted or when Contractor negotiates the Contract Price; or c. Contractor failed to give notice as required by Paragraph 5.04.A. 3. Contractor may submit a Change Proposal no later than 30 days after OAR's issuance of the OPT's statement to Contractor regarding the subsurface or physical condition in question. 4. A Change Order is to be issued by the OAR if Owner and Contractor agree that Contractor is entitled to an adjustment in the Contract Price or Contract Times and agree to the amount or extent of adjustments in the Contract Price or Contract Times. 5.05 Underground Facilities A. The information and data shown or indicated in the Contract Documents with respect to existing Underground Facilities at or adjacent to the Site is based on information and data furnished to OPT by the owners of these Underground Facilities or by others. OPT is not responsible for the accuracy or completeness of information or data provided by others that OPT makes available to Contractor. The Contractor is responsible for: 1. Investigating and field-verifying the location of underground facilities before beginning Work; 2. Reviewing and checking available information and data regarding existing Underground Facilities at the Site; 3. Complying with Laws and Regulations related to locating Underground Facilities before beginning Work; 4. Locating Underground Facilities shown or indicated in the Contract Documents; 5. Coordinating the Work with the owners, including Owner, of Underground Facilities during construction; and 6. The safety and protection of existing Underground Facilities at or adjacent to the Site and repairing damage resulting from the Work. B. Notify the OAR and the owner of the Underground Facility immediately, but in no event later than 3 days, if an Underground Facility is uncovered or revealed at the Site that was not shown in the Contract Documents or was not shown with reasonable accuracy in the Contract Documents. Do not further disturb conditions or perform Work affected by this discovery, except in the event of an emergency as required by Paragraph 7.12. General Conditions 007200-25 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F C. The Designer is to take the following action after receiving notice from the OAR: 1. Promptly review the Underground Facility and conclude whether the Underground Facility was not shown or indicated in the Contract Documents, or was not shown or indicated with reasonable accuracy; 2. Prepare recommendations to OPT regarding the Contractor's resumption of Work in connection with this Underground Facility; 3. Determine the extent to which a change is required in the Drawings or Specifications to document the consequences of the existence or location of the Underground Facility; and 4. Advise OAR of Designer's findings, conclusions, and recommendations and provide revised Drawings and Specifications if required. D. OAR is to issue a statement to Contractor regarding the Underground Facility in question and recommend action as appropriate after review of Designer's findings, conclusions, and recommendations. E. Contractor is entitled to an equitable adjustment in the Contract Price or Contract Times as provided in Paragraphs 11.04 and 11.05 to the extent that the existing Underground Facility at the Site that was not shown or indicated in the Contract Documents or was not shown or indicated with reasonable accuracy. Any adjustment in Contract Price for Work that is paid for on a unit price basis is subject to the provisions of Paragraph 15.03. F. Contractor is not entitled an adjustment in the Contract Price or Contract Times with respect to an existing Underground Facility at the Site if: 1. Contractor knew of the existence of the existing Underground Facility at the Site at the time Contractor made an offer to Owner with respect to Contract Price and Contract Times; 2. The existence of the existing Underground Facility at the Site could have been discovered or revealed as a result of examinations, investigations, explorations, tests, or studies of the Site and contiguous areas expressly required by the Bidding Requirements or Contract Documents prior to when Contractor's Bid is submitted or when Contractor negotiates the Contract Price; or 3. Contractor failed to give notice as required by Paragraph 5.05.B. G. Contractor may submit a Change Proposal regarding its entitlement to or the amount or extent of adjustments in the Contract Price or Contract Times no later than 30 days after OAR's issuance of OPT's statement to Contractor regarding the Underground Facility. 5.06 Hazardous Environmental Conditions at Site A. The Supplementary Conditions identify: 1. Those reports and drawings known to OPT relating to Hazardous Environmental Conditions that have been identified at or adjacent to the Site; and 2. Technical Data contained in these reports and drawings. B. Contractor may rely upon the accuracy of the Technical Data contained in reports and drawings relating to Hazardous Environmental Conditions identified in the Supplementary General Conditions 007200-26 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F Conditions, but these reports and drawings are not Contract Documents. Except for the reliance on expressly identified Technical Data,Contractor may not rely upon or make claims against Owner's Indemnitees with respect to: 1. The completeness of these reports and drawings for Contractor's purposes, including aspects of the means, methods,techniques, sequences and procedures of construction to be employed by Contractor or Contractor's safety precautions and programs related to Hazardous Environmental Conditions; 2. Other data, interpretations, opinions, and information contained in these reports or shown or indicated in the drawings; or 3. Any Contractor interpretation of or conclusion drawn from Technical Data or other data, interpretations, opinions or information. C. The results of tests performed on materials described in environmental reports specifically prepared for the Project and made available to Contractor are defined as Technical Data unless Technical Data has been defined more specifically in the Supplementary Conditions. D. Contractor is not responsible for removing or remediating Hazardous Environmental Conditions encountered, uncovered or revealed at the Site unless this removal or remediation is expressly identified in the Contract Documents to be within the scope of the Work. E. Contractor is responsible for controlling, containing, and duly removing and remediating Constituents of Concern brought to the Site by Contractor's Team and paying associated costs. 1. Owner may remove and remediate the Hazardous Environmental Condition and impose a set-off against payments to Contractor for associated costs if Contractor's Team creates a Hazardous Environmental Condition,and Contractor does not take acceptable action to remove and remediate the Hazardous Environmental Condition. 2. Contractor's obligation to indemnify Owner for claims arising out of or related to Hazardous Environmental Conditions are as set forth in Paragraph 7.14. F. Immediately notify the OAR and take the following action if Contractor uncovers or reveals a Hazardous Environmental Condition at the Site or adjacent areas used by the Contractor's Team that was not created by the Contractor's Team: 1. Secure or otherwise isolate this condition; 2. Stop Work in affected areas or connected with the condition, except in an emergency as required by Paragraph 7.12; and 3. Do not resume Work in connection with the Hazardous Environmental Condition or in affected areas until after OPT has obtained required permits and OAR sends notice to the Contractor: a. Specifying that this condition and affected areas are or have been rendered safe for the resumption of Work; or b. Specifying special conditions under which Work may be resumed safely. General Conditions 007200-27 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F 4. Owner may order the portion of the Work that is in the area affected by the Hazardous Environmental Condition to be deleted from the Work following the procedures in Article 11 if Contractor does not agree to: a. Resume the Work based on a reasonable belief it is unsafe; or b. Resume the Work under the special conditions provided by the OAR. 5. Owner may have this deleted portion of the Work performed by Owner's own forces or others in accordance with Article 8. G. Contractor may submit a Change Proposal or Owner may impose a set-off if an agreement is not reached within 10 days of OAR's notice regarding the resumption of Work as to whether Contractor is entitled to an adjustment in Contract Price or Contract Times or on the amount or extent of adjustments resulting from this Work stoppage or special conditions under which Contractor agrees to resume Work. H. The provisions of Paragraphs 5.03, 5.04, and 5.05 do not apply to the presence of Constituents of Concern or a Hazardous Environmental Condition uncovered or revealed at the Site. ARTICLE 6—BONDS AND INSURANCE 6.01 Performance, Payment, and Other Bonds A. Furnish Performance and Payment Bonds, each in an amount equal to the Contract Price, as security for the faithful performance and payment of Contractor's obligations under the Contract Documents. These Bonds are to remain in effect until 1 year after the date of final payment. Furnish other Bonds as required by the Contract Documents. B. Bonds furnished by the Contractor must meet the requirements of Texas Insurance Code Chapter 3503, Texas Government Code Chapter 2253, and all other applicable Laws and Regulations. C. Notify OAR immediately if the surety on Bonds furnished by Contractor: 1. Is declared bankrupt, or becomes insolvent; 2. Has its right to do business in Texas terminated; or 3. Ceases to meet the requirements of Paragraph 6.02. Provide a Bond and surety which comply with the requirements of Paragraph 6.02 within 20 days after the event giving rise to this notification. D. Contractor is to use amounts paid by Owner to Contractor under the Contract for the performance of the Contract and to satisfy claims against the Payment Bond. E. Notify the OAR of claims filed against the Payment Bond. Notify the claimant and OAR of undisputed amounts and the basis for challenging disputed amounts when a claimant has satisfied the conditions prescribed by Texas Government Code Chapter 2253. Promptly pay undisputed amount. F. Owner is not liable for payment of costs or expenses of claimants under the Payment Bond. Owner has no obligations to pay, give notice or take other action to claimants under the Payment Bond. General Conditions 007200-28 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F G. Owner may exclude the Contractor from the Site and exercise Owner's termination rights under Article 18 if Contractor fails to obtain or maintain required Bonds. H. OPT will provide a copy of the Payment Bond to Subcontractors, Suppliers, or other persons or entities claiming to have furnished labor or materials used in the performance of the Work that request this information in accordance with Texas Government Code Chapter 2253. 6.02 Licensed Sureties A. Provide Bonds in the form prescribed by the Contract Documents from sureties named in the list of"Companies Holding Certificates of Authority as Acceptable Sureties on Federal Bonds and as Acceptable Reinsuring Companies" as published in Circular 570 (amended) by the Financial Management Service, Surety Bond Branch, U.S. Department of the Treasury. B. Provide Bonds required by the Contract Documents from surety companies that are duly licensed or authorized to provide bonds in the State of Texas. 6.03 Required Minimum Insurance Coverage A. Obtain and maintain insurance as required in this Article and in the Supplementary Conditions. B. Deliver evidence of insurance in accordance with the Supplementary Conditions to the Owner to demonstrate that Contractor has obtained and is maintaining the policies, coverages, and endorsements required by the Contract. Provide copies of these certificates to each named insured and additional insured as identified in the Supplementary Conditions or otherwise. 6.04 General Insurance Provisions A. Provide insurance coverages and limits meeting the requirements for insurance in accordance with this Article 6 and the Supplementary Conditions. B. Provide endorsements to the policies as outlined in this Article. C. Obtain insurance from companies that are duly licensed or authorized in the State of Texas to issue insurance policies for the required limits and coverages. Provide insurance from companies that have an A.M. Best rating of A-VIII or better. D. Furnish copies of endorsements and documentation of applicable self-insured retentions and deductibles upon request by OPT or any named insured or additional insured. Contractor may block out (redact) any confidential premium or pricing information contained in any endorsement furnished under this Contract. E. The name and number of the Project must be referenced on the certificate of insurance. F. OPT's failure to demand such certificates or other evidence of the Contractor's full compliance with the insurance requirements or failure to identify a deficiency in compliance from the evidence provided is not a waiver of the Contractor's obligation to obtain and maintain the insurance required by the Contract Documents. G. Notify the Owner if the Contractor fails to purchase or maintain the insurance required by the Contract Documents. Contractor shall not be allowed to perform any Work on the General Conditions 007200-29 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F Project until the required insurance policies are in effect. A Certificate of Liability Insurance shall be submitted to the OPT. H. Owner may exclude the Contractor from the Site and exercise Owner's termination rights under Article 18 if Contractor fails to obtain or maintain the required insurance. I. Owner does not represent that the insurance coverage and limits established in this Contract are adequate to protect Contractor or Contractor's interests. J. The required insurance and insurance limits do not limit the Contractor's liability under the indemnities granted to Owner in the Contract Documents. K. Provide for an endorsement that the "other insurance" clause shall not apply to the OPT where the OPT is an additional insured shown on the policy. Contractor's insurance is primary and non-contributory with respect to any insurance or self-insurance carried by the OPT for liability arising out of operations under this Contract. L. Include the Owner and list the other members of the OPT and any other individuals or entities identified in the Supplementary Conditions as additional insureds on all policies with the exception of the workers' compensation policy and Contractor's professional liability policy. 6.05 Contractor's Insurance A. Purchase and maintain workers' compensation and employer's liability insurance for: 1. Claims under workers' compensation, disability benefits, and other similar employee benefit acts. Obtain workers' compensation coverage through a licensed insurance company in accordance with Texas law and written on a policy and endorsements approved by the Texas Department of Insurance. Provide insurance in amounts to meet all workers' compensation obligations. Provide an "All Other States" endorsement if Contractor is not domiciled in Texas and policy is not written in accordance with Texas Department of Insurance rules. 2. Claims for damages because of bodily injury, occupational sickness or disease, or death of Contractor's employees. 3. United States Longshoreman and Harbor Workers' Compensation Act and Jones Act coverage (if applicable). 4. Foreign voluntary worker compensation (if applicable). B. Purchase and maintain commercial general liability insurance covering all operations by or on behalf of Contractor. The expected coverage is that which would be included in a commercially available ISO Commercial General Liability policy and should provide coverage on an occurrence basis, against: 1. Claims for damages because of bodily injury,sickness or disease,or death of any person other than Contractor's employees; 2. Claims for damages insured by reasonably available personal injury liability coverage which are sustained; 3. By any person as a result of an offense directly or indirectly related to the employment of such person by Contractor; and General Conditions 007200-30 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F 4. Claims for damages,other than to the Work itself, because of injury to or destruction of tangible property wherever located, including any resulting loss of use. C. Provide Contractor's commercial general liability policy that is written on a 1996 (or later) ISO commercial general liability form (occurrence form) and include the following coverages and endorsements: 1. Products and completed operations coverage as required in this Article and the Supplementary Conditions. Insurance is to remain in effect for 3 years after final payment. Furnish evidence of the continuation of this insurance at final payment and again each year for 3 years after final payment to Owner and each named insured or additional insured. a. If required by the Supplementary Conditions, provide and maintain Installation Floater insurance for property under the care, custody, or control of Contractor. Provide Installation Floater insurance that is a broad form or "All Peril" policy providing coverage for all materials, supplies, machinery, fixtures, and equipment which will be incorporated into the Work. 1) Provide coverage under the Contractor's Installation Floater that includes: a) Faulty or Defective workmanship, materials, maintenance, or construction; b) Cost to remove Defective or damaged Work from the Site or to protect it from loss or damage; c) Cost to cleanup and remove pollutants; d) Coverage for testing and startup; e) Any loss to property while in transit; f) Any loss at the Site; g) Any loss while in storage, both on and off the Site; and h) Any loss to temporary Project Works if their value is included in the Contract Price. 2) Coverage cannot be contingent on an external cause or risk or limited to property for which the Contractor is legally liable. Provide limits of insurance adequate to cover the value of the installation. Pay any deductible carried under this coverage and assume responsibility for claims on materials, supplies, machinery, fixtures, and equipment which will be incorporated into the Work while in transit or in storage. 2. Blanket contractual liability coverage for Contractor's contractual indemnity obligations in Paragraph 7.14, and all other contractual indemnity obligations of Contractor in the Contract Documents. Industry standard ISO Contractual Liability coverage will meet this obligation. 3. Broad form property damage coverage. 4. Severability of interest. 5. Underground explosion and collapse coverage. General Conditions 007200-31 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F 6. Personal injury coverage. 7. Endorsement CG 2032, "Additional Insured - Engineers, Architects or Surveyors Not Engaged by the Named Insured" or its equivalent. D. Purchase and maintain automobile liability insurance against claims for damages because of bodily injury or death of any person or property damage arising out of the ownership, maintenance or use of any motor vehicle. E. For Projects with a Contract Value that exceeds$5,000,000, purchase and maintain umbrella or excess liability insurance written over the underlying employer's liability, commercial general liability, and automobile liability insurance described in the paragraphs above. Provide coverage that is at least as broad as all underlying policies. Provide a policy that provides first-dollar liability coverage as needed. F. Provide Contractor's commercial general liability and automobile liability policies that: 1. Are written on an occurrence basis; 2. Include the individuals or entities identified in the Supplementary Conditions as additional insureds; 3. Include coverage for Owner as defined in Article 1; and 4. Provide primary coverage for all claims covered by the policies, including those arising from both ongoing and completed operations. G. Purchase and maintain insurance coverage for third-party injury and property damage claims, including clean-up costs that result from Hazardous Environmental Conditions which result from Contractor's operations and completed operations. Provide Contractor's pollution liability insurance that includes long-term environmental impacts for the disposal of pollutants/contaminants and is not limited to sudden and accidental discharge. The completed operations coverage is to remain in effect for 3 years after final payment. The policy must name OPT and any other individuals and entities identified in the Supplementary Conditions as additional insureds. H. Purchase and maintain applicable professional liability insurance, or have Subcontractors and Suppliers do so, if Contractor or any Subcontractor or Supplier will provide or furnish professional services under this Contract. I. The policies of insurance required by this Article must: 1. Include at least the specific coverages and be written for not less than the limits of liability provided in this Article or the Supplementary Conditions or required by Laws or Regulations,whichever is greater. 2. Contain a provision that coverage afforded will not be canceled or materially changed until at least 30 days prior written notice has been given to Contractor, Owner, and all named insureds and additional insureds. 3. Remain in effect at all times when Contractor is performing Work or is at the Site to conduct tasks arising from the Contract Documents. 4. Be appropriate for the Work being performed and provide protection from claims resulting from the Contractor's performance of the Work and Contractor's other obligations under the Contract Documents, whether performed by Contractor, General Conditions 007200-32 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F Subcontractor, Supplier, anyone directly or indirectly employed or retained by any of them, or by anyone for whose acts they may be liable. J. The coverage requirements for specific policies of insurance must be met directly by those policies and may not rely on excess or umbrella insurance provided in other policies to meet the coverage requirement. 6.06 Property Insurance A. Purchase and maintain builder's risk insurance in the amount of the full replacement cost of the Project. This policy is subject to the deductible amounts requirements in this Article and the Supplementary Conditions or those required by Laws and Regulations and must comply with the requirements of Paragraph 6.09. This insurance shall: 1. Include the OPT,Contractor,and all Subcontractors,and any other individuals or entities identified in the Supplementary Conditions, as named insureds. 2. Be written on a builder's risk "all risk" policy form that includes insurance for physical loss or damage to the Work, temporary buildings, falsework, and materials and equipment in transit, and insures against at least the following perils or causes of loss: fire; lightning; windstorm; riot; civil commotion; terrorism; vehicle impact; aircraft; smoke; theft; vandalism and malicious mischief; mechanical breakdown, boiler explosion, and artificially generated electric current; earthquake; volcanic activity, and other earth movement; flood; collapse; explosion; debris removal; demolition occasioned by enforcement of Laws and Regulations; water damage (other than that caused by flood); and such other perils or causes of loss as may be specifically required by this Section. If insurance against mechanical breakdown, boiler explosion, and artificially generated electric current; earthquake; volcanic activity, and other earth movement; or flood, are not commercially available under builder's risk, by endorsement or otherwise, this insurance may be provided through other insurance policies acceptable to Owner and Contractor. 3. Cover expenses incurred in the repair or replacement of any insured property. 4. Cover materials and equipment in transit or stored prior to being incorporated in the Work. 5. Cover Owner-furnished or assigned property. 6. Allow for partial utilization of the Work by Owner. 7. Allow for the waiver of the insurer's subrogation rights as set forth below. 8. Provide primary coverage for all losses and damages caused by the perils or causes of loss covered. 9. Not include a co-insurance clause. 10. Include a broad exception for ensuing losses from physical damage or loss with respect to any Defective workmanship, design, or materials exclusions. 11. Include testing and startup. 12. Be maintained in effect until the Work as a whole is complete, unless otherwise agreed to in writing by Owner and Contractor. General Conditions 007200-33 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F B. Evidence of insurance provided must contain a provision or endorsement that the coverage afforded will not be canceled or materially changed or renewal refused until at least 30 days' prior written notice has been given to Owner and Contractor and to each named insured. C. Pay for costs not covered by the policy deductible. D. Notify builder's risk insurance provider if Owner will occupy or use a portion or portions of the Work prior to Substantial Completion of all the Work. Maintain the builder's risk insurance in effect during this Partial Occupancy or Use. E. Contractor may purchase other special insurance to be included in or to supplement the builder's risk or property insurance policies provided under this Article and the Supplementary Conditions. F. Contractor, Subcontractors, or employees of the Contractor or a Subcontractor owning property items, such as tools, construction equipment, or other personal property not expressly covered in the insurance required by the Contract Documents are responsible for providing their own insurance. 6.07 Waiver of Rights A. Insurance shall include a waiver of subrogation in favor of the additional insureds identified in the Supplementary Conditions. B. All policies purchased in accordance with this Article are to contain provisions to the effect that the insurers have no rights of recovery against OPT, named insureds or additional insureds in the event of a payment for loss or damage. Contractor and insurers waive all rights against the Owner's Indemnities for losses and damages created by or resulting from any of the perils or causes of loss covered by these policies and any other applicable property insurance. None of these waivers extend to the rights Contractor has to the proceeds of insurance as trustee. C. Contractor is responsible for assuring that agreements with Subcontractors contain provisions that the Subcontractor waive all rights against Owner,Contractor, named insureds and additional insureds, and the officers, directors, members, partners, employees, agents, consultants, and subcontractors of each and any of them,for all losses and damages created by or resulting from any of the perils or causes of loss covered by builder's risk insurance and other property insurance. 6.08 Owner's Insurance for Project A. Owner is not responsible for purchasing and maintaining any insurance to protect the interest of the Contractor, Subcontractors, or others in the Work. The stated limits of insurance required are minimum only. Determine the limits that are adequate. These limits may be basic policy limits or any combination of basic limits and umbrella limits. In any event, Contractor is fully responsible for all losses arising out of, resulting from, or connected with operations under this Contract whether or not these losses are covered by insurance. The acceptance of evidence of insurance bythe OPT, named insureds,or additional insureds does not release the Contractor from compliance with the insurance requirements of the Contract Documents. General Conditions 007200-34 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F 6.09 Acceptable Evidence of Insurance A. Provide evidence of insurance acceptable to the Owner with the executed Contract Documents. Provide the following as evidence of insurance: 1. Certificates of Insurance on an acceptable form; 2. Riders or endorsements to policies; and 3. Policy limits and deductibles. B. Provide a list of"Additional Insureds" for each policy. C. Provide evidence that waivers of subrogation are provided on all applicable policies. D. Provide evidence of requirements for 30 days' notice before cancellation or any material change in the policy's terms and conditions, limits of coverage, or change in deductible amount. 6.10 Certificate of Insurance A. Submit Certificates of Insurance meeting the following requirements: 1. Form has been filed with and approved by the Texas Department of Insurance under Texas Insurance Code §1811.101; or 2. Form is a standard form deemed approved by the Department under Texas Insurance Code §1811.101. 3. No requirements of this Contract may be interpreted as requiring the issuance of a certificate of insurance on a certificate of insurance form that has not first been filed with and approved by the Texas Department of Insurance. B. Include the name of the Project in the description of operations box on the certificate of insurance. 6.11 Insurance Policies A. If requested by the Owner, make available for viewing a copy of insurance policies, declaration pages and endorsements, and documentation of applicable self-insured retentions and deductibles. B. Contractor may block out (redact) any proprietary information or confidential premium pricing information contained in any policy or endorsement furnished under this Contract. 6.12 Continuing Evidence of Coverage A. Provide updated, revised, or new evidence of insurance in accordance this Article and the Supplementary Conditions prior to the expiration of existing policies. B. Provide evidence of continuation of insurance coverage at final payment and for the following 3 years. 6.13 Notices Regarding Insurance A. Notices regarding insurance are to be sent to the Owner at the following address: General Conditions 007200-35 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F City of Corpus Christi— Engineering Attn: Construction Contract Admin. P.O. Box 9277 Corpus Christi,TX 78469-9277 B. Submit questions regarding insurance requirements to the Construction Contract Administrator by calling 361-826-3530. 6.14 Texas Workers' Compensation Insurance Required Notice A. Definitions: 1. Certificate of coverage ("certificate") -A copy of a certificate of insurance, a certificate of authority to self-insure issued by the commission, or a coverage agreement (TWCC- 81, TWCC-82, TWCC-83, or TWCC-84), showing statutory workers' compensation insurance coverage for the person's or entity's employees providing services on a project, for the duration of the Project. 2. Duration of the Project-includes the time from the beginning of the Work on the Project until the Contractor's/person's Work on the Project has been completed and accepted by the governmental entity. 3. Persons providing services on the Project ("Subcontractor" in §406.096) - includes all persons or entities performing all or part of the services the Contractor has undertaken to perform on the Project, regardless of whether that person contracted directly with the Contractor and regardless of whether that person has employees. This includes, without limitation, independent contractors, subcontractors, leasing companies, motor carriers, owner-operators, employees of any such entity, or employees of any entity which furnishes persons to provide services on the Project. "Services" include, without limitation, providing, hauling, or delivering equipment or materials, or providing labor, transportation, or other service related to a project. "Services" does not include activities unrelated to the Project, such as food/beverage vendors, office supply deliveries, and delivery of portable toilets. B. The Contractor shall provide coverage, based on proper reporting of classification codes and payroll amounts and filing of any coverage agreements, which meets the statutory requirements of Texas Labor Code, Section 401.011(44) for all employees of the Contractor providing services on the Project,for the duration of the Project. C. The Contractor must provide a certificate of coverage to the governmental entity prior to being awarded the Contract. D. If the coverage period shown on the Contractor's current certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the Project,the Contractor must, prior to the end of the coverage period,file a new certificate of coverage with the governmental entity showing that coverage has been extended. E. The Contractor shall obtain from each person providing services on a project, and provide to the governmental entity: 1. A certificate of coverage, prior to that person beginning Work on the Project, so the governmental entity will have on file certificates of coverage showing coverage for all persons providing services on the Project; and General Conditions 007200-36 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F 2. No later than seven days after receipt by the Contractor, a new certificate of coverage showing extension of coverage, if the coverage period shown on the current certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the Project. F. The Contractor shall retain all required certificates of coverage for the duration of the Project and for one year thereafter. G. The Contractor shall notify the governmental entity in writing by certified mail or personal delivery,within 10 days after the Contractor knew or should have known,of any change that materially affects the provision of coverage of any person providing services on the Project. H. The Contractor shall post on each Project Site a notice, in the text, form and manner prescribed by the Texas Workers' Compensation Commission, informing all persons providing services on the Project that they are required to be covered, and stating how a person may verify coverage and report lack of coverage. I. The Contractor shall contractually require each person with whom it contracts to provide services on a project,to: 1. Provide coverage, based on proper reporting of classification codes and payroll amounts and filing of any coverage agreements,which meets the statutory requirements of Texas Labor Code, Section 401.011(44) for all of its employees providing services on the Project,for the duration of the Project; 2. Provide to the Contractor, prior to that person beginning Work on the Project, a certificate of coverage showing that coverage is being provided for all employees of the person providing services on the Project,for the duration of the Project; 3. Provide the Contractor, prior to the end of the coverage period, a new certificate of coverage showing extension of coverage, if the coverage period shown on the current certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the Project; 4. Obtain from each other person with whom it contracts, and provide to the Contractor: a. A certificate of coverage, prior to the other person beginning Work on the Project; and b. A new certificate of coverage showing extension of coverage, prior to the end of the coverage period, if the coverage period shown on the current certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the Project; 5. Retain all required certificates of coverage on file for the duration of the Project and for one year thereafter; 6. Notify the governmental entity in writing by certified mail or personal delivery, within 10 days after the person knew or should have known, of any change that materially affects the provision of coverage of any person providing services on the Project; and 7. Contractually require each person with whom it contracts, to perform as required by this section, with the certificates of coverage to be provided to the person for whom they are providing services. J. By signing this Contract or providing or causing to be provided a certificate of coverage, the Contractor is representing to the governmental entity that all employees of the Contractor who will provide services on the Project will be covered by workers' compensation coverage for the duration of the Project, that the coverage will be based on proper reporting of General Conditions 007200-37 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F classification codes and payroll amounts, and that all coverage agreements will be filed with the appropriate insurance carrier or, in the case of a self-insured, with the commission's Division of Self-Insurance Regulation. Providing false or misleading information may subject the Contractor to administrative penalties, criminal penalties, civil penalties, or other civil actions. K. The Contractor's failure to comply with any of these provisions is a breach of contract by the Contractor which entitles the governmental entity to declare the Contract void if the Contractor does not remedy the breach within ten days after receipt of notice of breach from the governmental entity. ARTICLE 7—CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITIES 7.01 Supervision and Superintendence A. Supervise, inspect, and direct the performance of the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. Contractor is solely responsible for the means, methods, techniques, sequences, and procedures of construction. B. Provide a competent resident superintendent acceptable to the OPT. The resident superintendent or acceptable qualified assistant is to be present at all times when Work is being done. Do not replace this resident superintendent except under extraordinary circumstances. Provide a replacement resident superintendent equally competent to the previous resident superintendent if replacement is required. Notify the Owner prior to replacing the resident superintendent and obtain Owner's consent to the change in superintendent. 7.02 Labor; Working Hours A. Provide competent, suitably qualified personnel to survey and lay out the Work and perform Work to complete the Project. Maintain good discipline and order at the Site. B. Perform Work at the Site during regular working hours except as otherwise required for the safety or protection of persons or the Work or property at the Site or adjacent to the Site and except as otherwise stated in the Contract Documents. Regular working hours are between sunrise and sundown Monday through Saturday unless other times are specifically authorized in writing by OAR. C. Do not perform Work on a Sunday or legal holiday without OAR's consent. The following legal holidays are observed by the Owner: Holiday Date Observed New Year's Day January 1 Martin Luther King Jr Day Third Monday in January Memorial Day Last Monday in May Independence Day July 4 Labor Day First Monday in September Thanksgiving Day Fourth Thursday in November General Conditions 007200-38 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F Holiday Date Observed Friday after Thanksgiving Friday after Thanksgiving Christmas Day December 25 D. If a legal holiday falls on a Saturday, it will be observed the preceding Friday. If a legal holiday falls on a Sunday, it will be observed the following Monday. E. Pay additional cost incurred by Owner for services of the OAR or RPR to observe Work constructed outside of regular working hours. OAR will issue a Set-off in the Application for Payment for this cost per Paragraph 17.01.13 7.03 Services, Materials, and Equipment A. Provide services, materials, equipment, labor, transportation, construction equipment and machinery, tools, appliances, fuel, power, light, heat, telephone, water, sanitary facilities, temporary facilities, and other facilities and incidentals necessary for the performance, testing, start-up, and completion of the Work, whether or not these items are specifically called for in the Contract Documents. B. Provide new materials and equipment to be incorporated into the Work. Provide special warranties and guarantees required by the Contract Documents. Provide satisfactory evidence, including reports of required tests, as to the source, kind, and quality of materials and equipment as required by the Contract Documents or as requested by the OAR. C. Store, apply, install, connect, erect, protect, use, clean, and condition materials and equipment in accordance with instructions of the applicable Supplier, unless otherwise required by the Contract Documents. 7.04 Concerning Subcontractors, Suppliers, and Others A. Contractor may retain Subcontractors and Suppliers for the performance of parts of the Work. All Subcontractors and Suppliers must be acceptable to Owner. B. Contractor must retain specific Subcontractors, Suppliers, or other individuals or entities for the performance of designated parts of the Work if required to do so by the Contract Documents. C. Submit a list of proposed Subcontractors and Suppliers to OAR prior to entering into binding subcontracts or purchase orders. These proposed Subcontractors or Suppliers are deemed acceptable to Owner unless Owner raises a substantive, reasonable objection within 30 days after receiving this list. Under no circumstances shall any Subcontractor debarred under Chapter 41 of The Code of Ordinances, City of Corpus Christi, be deemed acceptable to Owner. D. Contractor is not required to retain Subcontractors,Suppliers, or other individuals or entities to furnish or perform part of the Work after the Effective Date of the Contract if Contractor has reasonable objection. E. Owner may require the replacement of Subcontractors, Suppliers, or other individuals or entities retained by the Contractor. Provide an acceptable replacement for the rejected Subcontractor, Supplier, or other individual or entity. Owner also may require Contractor to retain specific replacements, subject to Contractor's reasonable objections. General Conditions 007200-39 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F F. Contractor may be entitled to an adjustment in Contract Price or Contract Times with respect to a replacement of Subcontractors, Suppliers, or other entities required by Owner. The Contractor is not entitled to an adjustment in Contract Price or Contract Time with respect to replacement of any individual deemed unsuitable by the OPT. Notify OAR immediately if a replacement of Subcontractors, Suppliers, or other entity increases the Contract Price or Contract Times. Initiate a Change Proposal for the adjustment within 10 days of Owner's notice to replace a Subcontractor,Supplier,or other entity retained by Contractor to perform part of the Work. Do not make the replacement until the change in Contract Price or Contract Times has been accepted by the Owner if Change Proposal is to be submitted. G. Owner's initial acceptance of Subcontractors, Suppliers, or other individuals or entities, or their replacements, does not constitute a waiver of the obligation of the Contractor to complete the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. H. Maintain a current and complete list of Subcontractors and Suppliers that are to perform or furnish part of the Work. I. Contractor is fully responsible for the acts and omissions of Subcontractors, Suppliers, and other individuals or entities performing or furnishing Work. J. Contractor is solely responsible for scheduling and coordinating the work of Subcontractors, Suppliers, and other individuals or entities performing or furnishing Work. K. Require Subcontractors, Suppliers, and other individuals or entities performing or furnishing Work to communicate with OPT through Contractor. L. Contracts between the Contractor and their Subcontractors or Suppliers may specifically bind the Subcontractors or Suppliers to the applicable terms and conditions of the Contract Documents. Contractor is responsible for meeting the requirements of the Contract Documents if they choose to not bind the Subcontractors or Suppliers to applicable terms or conditions of the Contract Documents. 1. All Subcontractors employed on this Project must be required to obtain Workers' Compensation Insurance. 2. Proof of this insurance will be required prior to the start of any Work. M. OPT may furnish information about amounts paid to Contractor for Work provided by Subcontractors or Suppliers to the entity providing the Work. N. Nothing in the Contract Documents: 1. Creates a contractual relationship between members of the OPT and members of the Contractor's Team. 2. Creates an obligation on the part of the Owner to pay or to see to the payment of money due members of the Contractor's Team, except as may be required by Laws and Regulations. 7.05 Patent Fees and Royalties A. Pay license fees, royalties, and costs incident to the use of inventions, designs, processes, products, or devices which are patented or copyrighted by others in the performance of the Work, or to incorporate these inventions, designs, processes, products, or devices which are patented or copyrighted by others in the Work. The Contract Documents identify inventions, General Conditions 007200-40 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F designs, processes, products, or devices OPT knows are patented or copyrighted by others or that its use is subject to patent rights or copyrights calling for the payment of a license fee or royalty to others. Contractor is to include the cost associated with the use of patented or copyrighted products or processes, whether specified or selected by the Contractor, in the Contract Price. B. Contractor's obligation to indemnify Owner for claims arising out of or related to infringement of patent rights and copyrights are as set forth in Paragraph 7.14. 7.06 Permits A. Obtain and pay for construction permits and licenses. OPT is to assist Contractor in obtaining permits and licenses when required to do so by applicable Laws and Regulations. Pay governmental charges and inspection fees necessary for the prosecution of the Work which are applicable at the time the Contractor's Bid is submitted or when Contractor negotiates the Contract Price. This Project is not exempt from City permits and fees unless expressly stated otherwise. 7.07 Taxes A. Contractor is responsible for all taxes and duties arising out of the Work. The Owner generally qualifies as a tax exempt agency as defined by the statutes of the State of Texas and is usually not subject to any city or state sales or use taxes, however certain items such as rented equipment may be taxable even though Owner is a tax-exempt agency. Contractor is responsible for including in the Contract Price any applicable sales and use taxes and is responsible for complying with all applicable statutes and rulings of the State Comptroller. Pay sales, consumer, use, and other similar taxes required to be paid by Contractor in accordance with the Laws and Regulations. B. The Owner is exempt from the Federal Transportation and Excise Tax. Contractor must comply with all federal regulations governing the exemptions. C. Products incorporated into the Work are exempt from state sales tax according to the provisions of Subchapter H, Chapter 151, of the Texas Tax Code. D. Contractor may not include any amounts for sales, use, or similar taxes for which the Owner is exempt in the Contract Price or any proposed Change Order or Application for Payment. E. Obtain tax exemption certificates or other documentation necessary to establish Owner's exemption from such taxes. 7.08 Laws and Regulations A. Give required notices and comply with Laws and Regulations applicable to the performance of the Work. OPT is not responsible for monitoring Contractor's compliance with Laws or Regulations except where expressly required by applicable Laws and Regulations. B. Pay costs resulting from actions taken by Contractor that are contrary to Laws or Regulations. Contractor is not responsible for determining that the design aspects of the Work described in the Contract Documents is in accordance with Laws and Regulations. This does not relieve Contractor of its obligations under Paragraph 3.03. General Conditions 007200-41 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F C. Owner or Contractor may give notice to the other party of changes in Laws or Regulations that may affect the cost or time of performance of the Work, including: 1. Changes in Laws or Regulations affecting procurement of permits; and 2. Sales, use, value-added, consumption, and other similar taxes which come into effect after Contractor's Bid is submitted or when Contractor negotiates the Contract Price. D. Contractor may submit a Change Proposal or Owner may initiate a Claim within 30 days of this notice if Owner and Contractor are unable to agree on entitlement to or on the amount or extent of adjustments in Contract Price or Contract Times resulting from these changes. 7.09 Safety and Protection A. Contractor is solely responsible for initiating,maintaining,and supervising safety precautions and programs in connection with the Work. This responsibility does not relieve Subcontractors of their responsibility for the safety of persons or property in the performance of their work, nor for compliance with applicable safety Laws and Regulations. B. Take necessary precautions for the safety of persons on the Site or who may be affected by the Work, and provide the necessary protection to prevent damage, injury, or loss to: 1. Work and materials and equipment to be incorporated in the Work, whether stored on or off Site; and 2. Other property at or adjacent to the Site, including trees, shrubs, lawns, walks, pavements, roadways, structures, other work in progress, utilities, and Underground Facilities not designated for removal, relocation, or replacement in the course of construction. C. Comply with applicable Laws and Regulations relating to the safety and protection of persons or property. Erect and maintain necessary safeguards for safety and protection. Notify Owner; the owners of adjacent property, Underground Facilities, and other utilities; and other contractors and utility owners performing work at or adjacent to the Site when prosecution of the Work may affect them. Cooperate with them in the protection, removal, relocation, and replacement of their property or work in progress. 1. Comply with requirements of Underground Facility Damage Prevention and Safety Act, Texas Utilities Code Chapter 251. 2. Comply with all applicable safety rules and regulations of the Federal Occupational Health and Safety Act of 1970 and subsequent amendments (OSHA). D. Remedy damage, injury, or loss to property referred to in Paragraph 7.09.B caused by Contractor's Team. Pay remediation costs unless the damage or loss is: 1. Attributable to the fault of the Contract Documents; 2. Attributable to acts or omissions of OPT; or 3. Not attributable to the actions or failure to act of the Contractor's Team. E. Contractor's duties and responsibilities for safety and protection of persons or the Work or property at or adjacent to the Site continues until Work is completed and resumes whenever Contractor's Team returns to the Site to fulfill warranty or correction obligations or to conduct other tasks. General Conditions 007200-42 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F F. Comply with the applicable requirements of the Owner's safety program if required to do so in the Supplementary Conditions. A copy of the Owner's safety program will be provided in the Bidding Documents. 7.10 Safety Representative A. Provide a qualified and experienced safety representative at the Site whose duties and responsibilities are the prevention of accidents and maintaining and supervising safety programs. 7.11 Hazard Communication Programs A. Coordinate the exchange of material safety data sheets or other hazard communication information required to be made available or exchanged between or among employers at the Site in accordance with Laws or Regulations. 7.12 Emergencies A. Act to prevent threatened damage, injury or loss in emergencies affecting the safety or protection of persons or the Work or property at or adjacent to the Site. Notify OAR immediately if Contractor believes that significant changes in the Work or variations from the Contract Documents have been caused or are required as a result of this need to act. A Modification is to be issued by OAR if OPT determines that the incident giving rise to the emergency action was not the responsibility of the Contractor and that a change in the Contract Documents is required because of the action taken by Contractor in response to this emergency. 7.13 Contractor's General Warranty and Guarantee A. Contractor warrants and guarantees to Owner that Work is in accordance with the Contract Documents and is not Defective. Owner is entitled to rely on Contractor's warranty and guarantee. Assume and bear responsibility for costs and time delays associated with variations from the requirements of the Contract Documents. B. This Contractor's warranty and guarantee excludes defects or damage caused by improper maintenance or operation, abuse, or modification by OPT; or normal wear and tear under normal usage. C. Contractor's obligation to perform and complete Work in accordance with the Contract Documents is absolute. None of the following constitute an acceptance of Defective Work or a release of Contractor's obligation to perform Work in accordance with the Contract Documents: 1. Observations by OPT; 2. Recommendation by OAR to pay or payment by Owner of progress or final payments; 3. The issuance of a Certificate of Substantial Completion; 4. Use or occupancy of part of the Work by Owner; 5. Review and approval of a Shop Drawing or Sample; 6. Inspections,tests, or approvals by others; or General Conditions 007200-43 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F 7. Correction of Defective Work by Owner. D. The Contract Documents may require the Contractor to accept the assignment of a contract between the Owner and a contractor or supplier. The specific warranties, guarantees, and correction obligations contained in an assigned contract govern with respect to Contractor's performance obligations to Owner for the Work described in an assigned contract. 7.14 INDEMNIFICATION A. To the fullest extent permitted by law, Contractor shall indemnify, defend, and hold harmless the Owner from and against claims, damages, losses and expenses, including but not limited to attorney's fees or dispute resolution costs, arising out of or resulting from performance of the Work and/or failure to comply with the terms and conditions of the contract, violations of Laws or Regulations, or bodily injury, death or destruction of tangible property caused by the acts, omissions or negligence of the Contractor's Team, regardless of whether such claim, damage, loss or expense is alleged to be caused in part by an Owner hereunder, subject to the Owner's defenses and liability limits under the Texas Tort Claims Act. However, nothing herein shall be construed to require Contractor to indemnify an Owner against a claim, loss, damage or expense caused by the sole negligence of an Owner. B. To the fullest extent permitted by law, Contractor shall indemnify, defend, and hold harmless the Owner from and against Indemnified Costs, arising out of or relating to: (i) the failure to control, contain, or remove a Constituent of Concern brought to the Site by Contractor's Team or a Hazardous Environmental Condition created by Contractor's Team, (ii) Contractor's Team's action or inaction related to damages, delays, disruptions or interference with the work of Owner's employees, other contractors, or utility owners performing other work at or adjacent to the Site, or (iii) the correction of Defective Work. Nothing in this paragraph obligates the Contractor to indemnify the Owner from the consequences of the Owner's sole negligence. c. To the fullest extent permitted by law, Contractor shall indemnify, defend, and hold harmless the Owner from and against Indemnified Costs resulting from infringement on patent rights or copyrights by Contractor's Team. General Conditions 007200-44 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F D. The indemnification obligations of this Paragraph 7.14 are not limited by the amount or type of damages, compensation or benefits payable by or for members of the Contractor's Team or other individuals or entities under workers' compensation acts, disability benefit acts, or other employee benefit acts in claims against Owner by an employee or the survivor or personal representative of employee of Contractor's Team. The indemnification obligations of this Paragraph 7.14 shall not be deemed to be released,waived or modified in any respect by reason of any surety or insurance provided by Contractor. E. The indemnification obligations of this Paragraph 7.14 do not extend to the liability of Designer arising out of the preparation of the Contract Documents or giving directions or instructions, or failing to give them, to the extent they are obligated to do so if that is the primary cause of the injury or damage. F. Notify the other party within 10 days if Owner or Contractor receives notice of any claim or circumstances that could give rise to an indemnified loss. The notice must include the following: 1. A description of the indemnification event in reasonable detail; 2. The basis on which indemnification may be due; and 3. The anticipated amount of the indemnified loss. This notice does not stop or prevent Owner from later asserting a different basis for indemnification or a different amount of indemnified loss than that indicated in the initial notice. Owner does not waive any rights to indemnification except to the extent that Contractor is prejudiced, suffers loss, or incurs expense because of the delay if Owner does not provide this notice within the 10-day period. G. Defense of Indemnification Claims: 1. Assume the defense of the claim with counsel chosen by the Contractor and pay related costs, unless Owner decides otherwise. Contractor's counsel must be acceptable to Owner. Control the defense and any negotiations to settle the claim. Advise Owner as to its defense of the claim within 10 days after being notified of the indemnification request. Owner may assume and control the defense if Contractor does not assume the defense. Pay all defense expenses of the Owner as an indemnified loss. 2. Owner may retain separate counsel to participate in, but not control, the defense and any settlement negotiations if Contractor defends the claim. Contractor may not settle the claim without the consent or agreement of Owner. Contractor may settle the claim with Owner's consent and agreement unless it: a. Would result in injunctive relief or other equitable remedies or otherwise require Owner to comply with restrictions or limitations that adversely affect Owner; b. Would require Owner to pay amounts that Contractor does not fund in full; or c. Would not result in Owner's full and complete release from all liability to the plaintiffs or claimants who are parties to or otherwise bound by the settlement. 7.15 Delegation of Professional Design Services A. Contractor is not required to provide professional design services unless these services are specifically required by the Contract Documents for a portion of the Work or unless these General Conditions 007200-45 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F services are required to carry out Contractor's responsibilities for construction means, methods, techniques, sequences, and procedures. Contractor is not required to provide professional services in violation of applicable Laws and Regulations. B. The Contract Documents specify performance and design criteria related to systems, materials or equipment if professional design services or certifications by a design professional related to systems, materials, or equipment are specifically required of Contractor. These services or certifications must be provided by the licensed Texas Professional Engineer or Registered Architect who prepares, signs, and seals drawings, calculations, specifications, certifications, Shop Drawings, and other documents. C. OPT is entitled to rely upon the adequacy, accuracy, and completeness of the services, certifications, or approvals performed by Contractor's design professionals, provided OPT has specified to Contractor the performance and design criteria that these services must satisfy. D. Pursuant to this Paragraph 7.15, Designer's review and approval of design calculations and design drawings is only for the limited purpose of checking for conformance with the performance and design criteria given and the design concepts expressed in the Contract Documents. Designer's review and approval of Shop Drawings and other documents is only for the purpose stated in the Contract Documents. E. Contractor is not responsible for the adequacy of the performance or design criteria specified by OPT. Advise OPT if the performance or design criteria are known or considered likely to be inadequate or otherwise deficient. ARTICLE 8—OTHER WORK AT THE SITE 8.01 Other Work A. Owner may arrange for other work at or adjacent to the Site which is not part of the Contractor's Work. This other work may be performed by Owner's employees or through other contractors. Utility owners may perform work on their utilities and facilities at or adjacent to the Site. Include costs associated with coordinating with entities performing other work or associated with connecting to this other work in the Contract Price if this other work is shown in the Contract Documents. B. OPT is to notify Contractor of other work prior to starting the work and provide any knowledge they have regarding the start of utility work at or adjacent to the Site to Contractor. C. Provide other contractors: 1. Proper and safe access to the Site; 2. Reasonable opportunity for the introduction and storage of materials and equipment; and 3. Reasonable opportunity to execute their work. D. Provide cutting, fitting, and patching of the Work required to properly connect or integrate with other work. Do not endanger the work of others by cutting, excavating, or otherwise altering the work of others without the consent of OAR and the others whose work will be affected. General Conditions 007200-46 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F E. Inspect the work of others and immediately notify OAR if the proper execution of part of Contractor's Work depends upon work performed by others and this work has not been performed or is unsuitable for the proper execution of Contractor's Work. Contractor's failure to notify the OAR constitutes an acceptance of this other work as acceptable for integration with Contractor's Work. This acceptance does not apply to latent defects or deficiencies in the work of others. F. Take adequate measures to prevent damages, delays, disruptions, or interference with the work of Owner, other contractors, or utility owners performing other work at or adjacent to the Site. 8.02 Coordination A. Owner has sole authority and responsibility for coordination of this other work unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents. The Owner is to identify the entity with authority and responsibility for coordination of the activities of the various contractors, the limitations of their authority, and the work to be coordinated prior to the start of other work at or adjacent to the Site. 8.03 Legal Relationships A. Contractor may be entitled to a change in Contract Price or Contract Times if, while performing other work at or adjacent to the Site for Owner, the OPT or other contractor retained by the City: 1. Damages the Work or property of Contractor's Team; 2. Delays, disrupts, or interferes with the execution of the Work; or 3. Increases the scope or cost of performing the Work through their actions or inaction. B. Notify the OAR immediately of the event leading to a potential Change Proposal so corrective action can be taken. Submit the Change Proposal within 30 days of the event if corrective action has not adequately mitigated the impact of the actions or inactions of others. Information regarding this other work in the Contract Documents is used to determine if the Contractor is entitled to a change in Contract Price or Contract Times. Changes in Contract Price require that Contractor assign rights against the other contractor to Owner with respect to the damage, delay, disruption, or interference that is the subject of the adjustment. Changes in Contract Times require that the time extension is essential to Contractor's ability to complete the Work within the Contract Times. C. Take prompt corrective action if Contractor's Team damages, delays, disrupts, or interferes with the work of Owner's employees, other contractors, or utility owners performing other work at or adjacent to the Site or agree to compensate other contractors or utility owners for correcting the damage. Promptly attempt to settle claims with other contractors or utility owners if Contractor damages, delays, disrupts, or interferes with the work of other contractors or utility owners performing other work at or adjacent to the Site. D. Owner may impose a set-off against payments due to Contractor and assign the Owner's contractual rights against Contractor with respect to the breach of the obligations described in this Paragraph 8.03 to other contractors if damages, delays, disruptions, or interference occur. General Conditions 007200-47 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F E. Contractor's obligation to indemnify Owner for claims arising out of or related to damages, delays,disruptions, and interference with other work at the Site are as set forth in Paragraph 7.14. ARTICLE 9—OWNER'S AND OPT'S RESPONSIBILITIES 9.01 Communications to Contractor A. OPT issues communications to Contractor through OAR except as otherwise provided in the Contract Documents. 9.02 Replacement of Owner's Project Team Members A. Owner may replace members of the OPT at its discretion. 9.03 Furnish Data A. OPT is to furnish the data required of OPT under the Contract Documents. 9.04 Pay When Due A. Owner is to make payments to Contractor when due as described in Article 17. 9.05 Lands and Easements; Reports and Tests A. Owner's duties with respect to providing lands and easements are described in Paragraph 5.01. OPT will make copies of reports of explorations and tests of subsurface conditions and drawings of physical conditions relating to existing surface or subsurface structures at the Site available to Contractor in accordance with Paragraph 5.03. 9.06 Insurance A. Owner's responsibilities with respect to purchasing and maintaining insurance are described in Article 6. 9.07 Modifications A. Owner's responsibilities with respect to Modifications are described in Article 11. 9.08 Inspections,Tests, and Approvals A. OPT's responsibility with respect to certain inspections,tests, and approvals are described in Paragraph 16.02. 9.09 Limitations on OPT's Responsibilities A. The OPT does not supervise, direct, or have control or authority over, and is not responsible for Contractor's means, methods, techniques, sequences, or procedures of construction, or related safety precautions and programs, or for failure of Contractor to comply with Laws and Regulations applicable to the performance of the Work. OPT is not responsible for Contractor's failure to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. General Conditions 007200-48 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F 9.10 Undisclosed Hazardous Environmental Condition A. OPT's responsibility for undisclosed Hazardous Environmental Conditions is described in Paragraph 5.06. 9.11 Compliance with Safety Program A. Contractor is to inform the OPT of its safety programs and OPT is to comply with the specific applicable requirements of this program. 9.12 Plans and Specifications A. Owner does not warrant the plans and specification. ARTICLE 10—OAR'S AND DESIGNER'S STATUS DURING CONSTRUCTION 10.01 Owner's Representative A. OAR is Owner's representative. The duties and responsibilities and the limitations of authority of OAR as Owner's representative are described in the Contract Documents. 10.02 Visits to Site A. Designer is to make periodic visits to the Site to observe the progress and quality of the Work. Designer is to determine, in general, if the Work is proceeding in accordance with the Contract Documents based on observations made during these visits. Designer is not required to make exhaustive or continuous inspections to check the quality or quantity of the Work. Designer is to inform the OPT of issues or concerns and OAR is to work with Contractor to address these issues or concerns. Designer's visits and observations are subject to the limitations on Designer's authority and responsibility described in Paragraphs 9.09 and 10.07. B. OAR is to observe the Work to check the quality and quantity of Work, implement Owner's quality assurance program, and administer the Contract as Owner's representative as described in the Contract Documents. OAR's visits and observations are subject to the limitations on OAR's authority and responsibility described in Paragraphs 9.09 and 10.07. 10.03 Resident Project Representatives A. Resident Project Representatives assist OAR in observing the progress and quality of the Work at the Site. The limitations on Resident Project Representatives' authority and responsibility are described in Paragraphs 9.09 and 10.07. 10.04 Rejecting Defective Work A. OPT has the authority to reject Work in accordance with Article 16. OAR is to issue a Defective Work Notice to Contractor and document when Defective Work has been corrected or accepted in accordance with Article 16. General Conditions 007200-49 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F 10.05 Shop Drawings, Modifications and Payments A. Designer's authority related to Shop Drawings and Samples are described in the Contract Documents. B. Designer's authority related to design calculations and design drawings submitted in response to a delegation of professional design services are described in Paragraph 7.15. C. OAR and Designer's authority related to Modifications is described in Article 11. D. OAR's authority related to Applications for Payment is described in Articles 15 and 17. 10.06 Decisions on Requirements of Contract Documents and Acceptability of Work A. OAR is to render decisions regarding non-technical or contractual / administrative requirements of the Contract Documents and will coordinate the response of the OPT to Contractor. B. Designer is to render decisions regarding the conformance of the Work to the requirements of the Contract Documents. Designer will render a decision to either correct the Defective Work or accept the Work under the provisions of Paragraph 16.04 if Work does not conform to the Contract Documents. OAR will coordinate the response of the OPT to Contractor. C. Contractor may appeal Designer's decision by submitting a Change Proposal if Contractor does not agree with the Designer's decision. 10.07 Limitations on OAR's and Designer's Authority and Responsibilities A. OPT is not responsible for the acts or omissions of Contractor's Team. No actions or failure to act, or decisions made in good faith to exercise or not exercise the authority or responsibility available under the Contract Documents creates a duty in contract, tort, or otherwise of the OPT to the Contractor or members of the Contractor's Team. ARTICLE 11—AMENDING THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS;CHANGES IN THE WORK 11.01 Amending and Supplementing the Contract Documents A. The Contract Documents may be modified by a Contract Amendment, Change Order, Work Change Directive, or Field Order. 1. Contract Amendment: Owner and Contractor may modify the terms and conditions of the Contract Documents without the recommendation of the Designer using a Contract Amendment. A Contract Amendment may be used for: a. Changes that do not involve: 1) The performance or acceptability of the Work; 2) The design as described in the Drawings, Specifications, or otherwise; or 3) Other engineering, architectural or technical matters. b. Authorizing new phases of the Work and establishing the Contract Price, Contract Times, or terms and conditions of the Contract for the new phase of Work when using phased construction or purchasing Goods and Special Services to be incorporated into the Project. General Conditions 007200-50 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F 2. Change Order: All changes to the Contract Documents that include a change in the Contract Price or the Contract Times for previously authorized Work, or changes to the Work requiring Designer's approval must be made by a Change Order. A Change Order may also be used to establish modifications of the Contract Documents that do not affect the Contract Price or Contract Times. 3. Work Change Directive: A Work Change Directive does not change the Contract Price or the Contract Times, but is evidence that the parties expect that the modifications ordered or documented by a Work Change Directive will be incorporated in a subsequently issued Change Order following negotiations on the Contract Price and Contract Times. If negotiations under the terms of the Contract Documents governing adjustments, expressly including Paragraphs 11.04 and 11.05 are unsuccessful, Contractor must submit a Change Proposal seeking an adjustment of the Contract Price or the Contract Times no later than 30 days after the completion of the Work set out in the Work Change Directive. 4. Field Order: Designer may require minor changes in the Work that do not change the Contract Price or Contract Times using a Field Order. OAR may issue a Field Order for non-technical, administrative issues. Submit a Change Proposal if Contractor believes that a Field Order justifies an adjustment in the Contract Price or Contract Times before proceeding with the Work described in the Field Order. B. Perform added or revised Work under the applicable provisions of the Contract Documents for the same or similar Work unless different Drawings, Specifications or directions are provided in the Modification. 11.02 Owner-Authorized Changes in the Work A. Owner may order additions, deletions,or revisions in the Work at any time as recommended by the Designer to the extent the change: 1. Involves the design as described in the Contract Documents; 2. Involves acceptance of the Work; or 3. Involves other engineering, architectural or technical matters. B. These changes may be authorized by a Modification. Proceed with the Work involved or, in the case of a deletion in the Work, immediately cease construction activities with respect to the deleted Work upon receipt of the Modification. Nothing in this paragraph obligates the Contractor to undertake Work that Contractor reasonably concludes cannot be performed in a manner consistent with Contractor's safety obligations under the Contract Documents or Laws and Regulations. 11.03 Unauthorized Changes in the Work A. Contractor is not entitled to an increase in the Contract Price or an extension of the Contract Times with respect to Work performed that is not required by the Contract Documents, except in the case of an emergency as provided in Paragraph 7.12, or in the case of uncovering Work as provided in Paragraph 16.05. General Conditions 007200-51 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F B. Contractor is responsible for costs and time delays associated with variations from the requirements of the Contract Documents unless the variations are specifically approved by Change Order. 11.04 Change of Contract Price A. The Contract Price for authorized Work can only be changed by a Change Order. Any Change Proposal for an adjustment in the Contract Price must comply with the provisions of Paragraph 11.06. Any Claim for an adjustment of Contract Price must comply with the provisions of Article 13. B. An adjustment in the Contract Price is to be determined as follows: 1. By applying unit prices to the quantities of the items involved, subject to the provisions of Paragraph 15.03, where the Work involved is covered by unit prices in the Contract Documents; 2. By a mutually agreed lump sum where the Work involved is not covered by unit prices in the Contract Documents; or 3. Payment on the basis of the Cost of the Work determined as provided in Paragraph 15.01 plus a Contractor's fee for overhead and profit determined as provided in Paragraph 15.05 when the Work involved is not covered by unit prices in the Contract Documents and the parties do not reach a mutual agreement to a lump sum. C. The original Contract Price may not be increased by more than 25 percent or the limit set out in Texas Local Government Code 252.048 or its successor statute, whichever is greater. Owner may decrease the Work by up to 25 percent of the Contract Price. 11.05 Change of Contract Times A. The Contract Times for authorized Work can only be changed by Change Order. Any Change Proposal for an adjustment in the Contract Times must comply with the provisions of Paragraph 11.06. Any Claim for an adjustment in the Contract Times must comply with the provisions of Article 13. B. An adjustment of the Contract Times is subject to the limitations described in Paragraph 4.04. 11.06 Change Proposals A. Submit a Change Proposal in accordance with Article 12 to the OAR to: 1. Request an adjustment in the Contract Price or Contract Times; 2. Appeal an initial decision by OPT concerning the requirements of the Contract Documents or relating to the acceptability of the Work under the Contract Documents; 3. Contest a set-off against payment due; or 4. Seek other relief under the Contract Documents. General Conditions 007200-52 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F B. Notify the OAR within 3 days if a Change Proposal is to be submitted. Submit each Change Proposal to OAR no later than 30 days after the event initiating the Change Proposal. 11.07 Execution of Change Orders A. Owner and Contractor are to execute Change Orders covering: 1. Changes in the Contract Price or Contract Times, which are agreed to by Owner and Contractor, including undisputed sums or amount of time for Work actually performed in accordance with a Work Change Directive; 2. Changes in Contract Price resulting from Owner set-offs unless the set-off has been successfully challenged by Contractor; 3. Changes in the Work which are: a. Ordered by Owner pursuant to Paragraph 11.02.A, b. Required because Defective Work was accepted under Paragraph 16.04 or Owner's correction of Defective Work under Paragraph 16.07, or c. Agreed to by the Owner and Contractor; and 4. Changes in the Contract Price or Contract Times, or other changes under Paragraph 11.06 or Article 13. B. Acceptance of a Change Order by Contractor constitutes a full accord and satisfaction for any and all claims and costs of any kind, whether direct or indirect, including but not limited to impact, delay or acceleration damages arising from the subject matter of the Change Order. Each Change Order must be specific and final as to prices and extensions of time, with no reservations or other provisions allowing for future additional money or time as a result of the particular changes identified and fully compensated in the Change Order. The execution of a Change Order by Contractor constitutes conclusive evidence of Contractor's agreement to the ordered changes in the Work. This Contract, as amended, forever releases any claim against Owner for additional time or compensation for matters relating to or arising out of or resulting from the Work included within or affected by the executed Change Order. This release applies to claims related to the cumulative impact of all Change Orders and to any claim related to the effect of a change on unchanged Work. C. All Change Orders require approval by either the City Council or Owner by administrative action. The approval process requires a minimum of 45 days after submission in final form with all supporting data. Receipt of Contractor's submission by Owner constitutes neither acceptance nor approval of a Change Order, nor a warranty that the Change Order will be authorized by City Council or administrative action. The time required for the approval process may not be considered a delay and no extensions to the Contract Times or increase in the Contract Price will be considered or granted as a result of the process. Contractor may proceed with Work if a Work Change Directive is issued. D. If the Contractor refuses to execute a Change Order that is required to be executed under the terms of this Paragraph 11.07, the Change Order is deemed to be in full force as if executed by Contractor. Contractor may file a Claim for payment and/or time, pursuant to Article 13. General Conditions 007200-53 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F 11.08 Notice to Surety A. Notify the surety of Modifications affecting the general scope of the Work, changes in the provisions of the Contract Documents,or changes in Contract Price or Contract Times. Adjust the amount of each Bond when Modifications change the Contract Price. ARTICLE 12—CHANGE MANAGEMENT 12.01 Requests for Change Proposal A. Designer will initiate Modifications by issuing a Request for a Change Proposal (RCP). 1. Designer will prepare a description of proposed Modifications. 2. Designer will issue the Request for a Change Proposal form to Contractor. A number will be assigned to the Request for a Change Proposal when issued. 3. Return a Change Proposal in accordance with Paragraph 12.02 to the Designer for evaluation by the OPT. 12.02 Change Proposals A. Submit a Change Proposal (CP) to the Designer for Contractor initiated changes in the Contract Documents or in response to a Request for Change Proposal. A Change Proposal must be submitted to the OAR no later than 30 days after the event initiating the Change Proposal. 1. Use the Change Proposal form provided. 2. Assign a number to the Change Proposal when issued. 3. Include with the Change Proposal: a. A complete description of the proposed Modification if Contractor initiated or proposed changes to the OPT's description of the proposed Modification. b. The reason the Modification is requested, if not in response to a Request for a Change Proposal. c. A detailed breakdown of the cost of the change if the Modification requires a change in Contract Price. The itemized breakdown is to include: 1) List of materials and equipment to be installed; 2) Man hours for classification; 3) Equipment used in construction; 4) Consumable supplies,fuels, and materials; 5) Royalties and patent fees; 6) Bonds and insurance; 7) Overhead and profit; 8) Field office costs; and 9) Other items of cost. General Conditions 007200-54 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F d. Provide the level of detail outlined in the paragraph above for each Subcontractor or Supplier actually performing the Work if Work is to be provided by a Subcontractor or Supplier. Indicate appropriate Contractor mark-ups for Work provided through Subcontractors and Suppliers. Provide the level of detail outline in the paragraph above for self-performed Work. e. Submit Change Proposals that comply with Article 15 for Cost of Work. f. Provide a revised schedule. Show the effect of the change on the Project Schedule and the Contract Times. B. Submit a Change Proposal to the OAR to request a Field Order. C. A Change Proposal is required for all substitutions or deviations from the Contract Documents. D. Request changes to products in accordance with Article 25. 12.03 Designer Will Evaluate Request for Modification A. OAR is to advise OPT regarding the Change Proposal. OPT is to review each Change Proposal and Contractor's supporting data, and within 30 days after receipt of the documents, direct the OAR to either approve or deny the Change Proposal in whole or in part. OAR is to issue a Change Order for an approved Change Proposal. The Contractor may deem the Change Proposal to be denied if OAR does not take action on the Change Proposal within 30 days and start the time for appeal of the denial under Article 13. 1. Change Orders and Contract Amendments will be sent to the Contractor for execution with a copy to the Owner recommending approval. A Work Change Directive may be issued if Work needs to progress before the Change Order or Contract Amendment can be authorized by the Owner. 2. Work Change Directives, Change Orders, and Contract Amendments can only be approved by the Owner. a. Work performed on the Change Proposal prior to receiving a Work Change Directive or approval of the Change Order or Contract Amendment is performed at the Contractor's risk. b. No payment will be made for Work on Change Orders or Contract Amendments until approved by the Owner. B. The Contractor may be informed that the Request for a Change Proposal is not approved and construction is to proceed in accordance with the Contract Documents. 12.04 Substitutions A. The products of the listed Suppliers are to be furnished where Specifications list several manufacturers but do not specifically list "or equal" or "or approved equal" products. Use of any products other than those specifically listed is a substitution. Follow these procedures for a substitution. B. Substitutions are defined as any product that the Contractor proposes to provide for the Project in lieu of the specified product. Submit a Change Proposal per Paragraph 12.02 along with a Shop Drawing as required by Article 25 to request approval of a substitution. General Conditions 007200-55 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F C. Prove that the product is acceptable as a substitute. It is not the Designer's responsibility to prove the product is not acceptable as a substitute. 1. Indicate on a point by point basis for each specified feature that the product is acceptable to meet the intent of the Contract Documents requirements. 2. Make a direct comparison with the specified Suppliers published data sheets and available information. Provide this printed material with the documents submitted. 3. The decision of the Designer regarding the acceptability of the proposed substitute product is final. D. Provide a written certification that, in making the substitution request,the Contractor: 1. Has determined that the substituted product will perform in substantially the same manner and result in the same ability to meet the specified performance as the specified product. 2. Will provide the same warranties and/or bonds for the substituted product as specified or as would be provided by the manufacturer of the specified product. 3. Will assume all responsibility to coordinate any modifications that may be necessary to incorporate the substituted product into the Project and will waive all claims for additional Work which may be necessary to incorporate the substituted product into the Project which may subsequently become apparent. 4. Will maintain the same time schedule as for the specified product. E. Pay for review of substitutions in accordance with Article 25. ARTICLE 13—CLAIMS 13.01 Claims A. Follow the Claims process described in this Article for the following disputes between Owner and Contractor: 1. Seeking an adjustment of Contract Price or Contract Times; 2. Contesting an initial decision by OAR concerning the requirements of the Contract Documents or the acceptability of Work under the Contract Documents; 3. Appealing OAR's decision regarding a Change Proposal; 4. Seeking resolution of a contractual issue that OAR has declined to address; or 5. Seeking other relief with respect to the terms of the Contract. B. Contractor shall be entitled to an extension of Contract Time for delays or disruptions due to unusually severe weather in excess of weather normally experienced at the job site, as determined from climatological data set forth by the National Weather Service and which affects the Project's critical path. Contractor shall bear the entire economic risk of all weather delays and disruptions. Contractor shall not be entitled to any increase in the Contract Price by reason of such delays or disruptions. Upon Contractor reaching Substantial Completion, Owner and Contractor shall look back at the entire duration of the calendar day Project and review the totality of what Contractor claims were unusually severe weather disruptions. If the Project was delayed or disrupted due to unusually severe weather in General Conditions 007200-56 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F excess of weather normally experienced over the entire duration of the Project, Contractor may make a Claim for an extension of the Contract Time for delays or disruptions due to unusually severe weather in excess of weather normally experienced at the job site, as determined from climatological data set forth by the National Weather Service and which affects the Project's critical path. Any time extension granted shall be non-compensatory. 13.02 Claims Process A. Claims must be initiated by written notice. Notice must conspicuously state that it is a notice of a Claim in the subject line or first sentence. Notice must also list the date of first occurrence of the claimed event. B. Except for Claims resulting from unusually severe weather, notice of a Claim by Contractor must be in writing and delivered to the Owner, Designer and the OAR within 14 days after the start of the event giving rise to the Claim. Failure by Contractor to submit written notice of a Claim within 14 days shall constitute a waiver of such Claim. C. Submit the complete Claim with supporting documentation to Owner no later than 60 days after the start of the event giving rise to the Claim (unless Designer allows additional time for claimant to submit additional or more accurate data in support of such Claim). The Claim must be signed and sworn to by Contractor, certifying that the Claim is made in good faith, that the supporting data is accurate and complete, and that to the best of Contractor's knowledge and belief,the relief requested accurately reflects the full compensation to which Contractor is entitled. Failure by Contractor to submit the Claim within 60 days shall constitute a waiver of such Claim. D. Any Claims by Contractor that are not brought within 90 days following the termination of the Contract are waived and shall be automatically deemed denied. E. Claims by Owner must be submitted by written notice to Contractor. F. The responsibility to substantiate a Claim rests with the entity making the Claim. Claims must contain sufficient detail to allow the other party to fully review the Claim. 1. Claims seeking an adjustment of Contract Price must include the Contractor's job cost report. Provide additional documentation as requested by OAR or Designer. 2. Claims seeking an adjustment of Contract Time must include a Time Impact Analysis and native schedule files in Primavera or MS Project digital format. Provide additional documentation as requested by OAR or Designer. G. Claims by Contractor against Owner and Claims by Owner against Contractor, including those alleging an error or omission by Designer but excluding those arising under Section 7.12,shall be referred initially to Designer for consideration and recommendation. H. Designer will review a Claim by Contractor within 30 days of receipt of the Claim and take one or more of the following actions: 1. Request additional supporting data from the party who made the Claim; 2. Issue a recommendation; 3. Suggest a compromise; or General Conditions 007200-57 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F 4. Advise the parties that Designer is not able to make a recommendation due to insufficient information or a conflict of interest. I. If the Designer does not take any action, the Claim shall be deemed denied 30 days after receipt of the Claim. J. Following receipt of Designer's initial recommendation regarding a Claim,the Contractor and the Owner shall seek to resolve the Claim through the exchange of information and direct negotiations. If no agreement is reached within 90 days, the Claim shall be deemed denied. The Owner and Contractor may extend the time for resolving the Claim by mutual agreement. Notify OAR of any actions taken on a Claim. K. If the entity receiving a Claim approves the Claim in whole or in part or denies it in whole or in part, this action is final and binding unless the other entity invokes the procedure described in Article 22 for final resolution of disputes by filing a notice of appeal within 30 days after this action. L. If the Owner and Contractor reach a mutual agreement regarding a Claim, the results of the agreement or action on the Claim will be incorporated in a Change Order by the OAR to the extent they affect the Contract Documents, the Contract Price, or the Contract Times. M. Both parties shall continue to perform all obligations under the Agreement during the pendency of any dispute or disagreement relating to this Agreement, unless performance would be impracticable or impossible under the circumstances. N. Any failure of Contractor to comply with any of the foregoing conditions precedent with regard to any such Claim shall constitute a waiver of any entitlement to submit or pursue such Claim. O. Receipt and review of a Claim by City shall not be construed as a waiver of any defenses to the Claim available to the City under the Contract Documents or at law. ARTICLE 14—PREVAILING WAGE RATE REQUIREMENTS 14.01 Payment of Prevailing Wage Rates A. Contractor and any Subcontractors employed on this Project shall pay not less than the rates established by the Owner as required by Texas Government Code Chapter 2258. B. Contractor and its Subcontractors are required to pay Davis-Bacon Wage Rates. C. Contractor and its Subcontractors are required to pay laborers and mechanics an overtime rate of not less than one and one-half times the basic rate for all hours worked in excess of forty hours in a given workweek. 14.02 Records A. In accordance with Tex. Gov't Code§2258.024,the Contractor and its Subcontractors, if any, shall keep a record showing: 1. The name and occupation of each worker employed by the Contractor or Subcontractor in the construction of the Work; and 2. The actual per diem wages paid to each worker. General Conditions 007200-58 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F B. The record shall be open at all reasonable hours to inspection by the officers and agents of the Owner. 14.03 Liability; Penalty; Criminal Offense A. Tex. Gov't Code §2258.003 — Liability: An officer, agent, or employee of the Owner is not liable in a civil action for any act or omission implementing or enforcing Chapter 2258 unless the action was made in bad faith. B. Tex. Gov't Code §2258.023(b)— Penalty: Any Contractor or Subcontractor who violates the requirements of Chapter 2258,shall pay to the Owner,on whose behalf the Contract is made, $60 for each worker employed on each calendar day or part of the day that the worker is paid less than the wage rates stipulated in the Contract. C. Tex. Gov't Code §2258.058—Criminal Offense: 1. An officer, agent, or representative of the Owner commits an offense if the person willfully violates or does not comply with a provision of Chapter 2258. 2. Any Contractor or Subcontractor, or an agent or representative of the Contractor or Subcontractor, commits an offense if the person violates Tex. Gov't Code §2258.024. 3. An offense is punishable by: a. A fine not to exceed $500; b. Confinement in jail for a term not to exceed 6 months; or c. Both a fine and confinement. 14.04 Prevailing Wage Rates A. Use the Prevailing Wage Rates specified in the Supplementary Conditions. ARTICLE 15—COST OF THE WORK;ALLOWANCES; UNIT PRICE WORK 15.01 Cost of the Work A. The Cost of the Work is the sum of costs described in this Paragraph 15.01, except those excluded in Paragraph 15.01.D, necessary for the proper performance of the Work. The provisions of this Paragraph 15.01 are used for two distinct purposes: 1. To determine Cost of the Work when Cost of the Work is a component of the Contract Price under cost-plus,time-and-materials, or other cost-based terms; or 2. To determine the value of a Change Order, Change Proposal, Claim, set-off, or other adjustment in Contract Price. B. Contractor is entitled only to those additional or incremental costs required because of the change in the Work or because of the event giving rise to the adjustment when the value of the adjustment is determined on the basis of the Cost of the Work. General Conditions 007200-59 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F C. Costs included in the Cost of the Work may not exceed the prevailing costs in the proximate area of the Site for similar work unless agreed to by the Owner. Cost of the Work includes only the following items: 1. Payroll costs for Contractor's employees performing the Work, including one foreman per crew, and other required and agreed upon personnel for the time they are employed on the Work. Employees are to be paid according to wage rates for job classifications as agreed to by Owner. Where the Cost of the Work is being used under provisions of Paragraph 15.01.A.2, rates paid for this Work are to be the same as paid for Contract Work as established by certified payroll. Payroll costs may include: a. Actual costs paid for salaries and wages; b. Actual cost paid for fringe benefits, which may include: 1) Social security contributions, 2) Unemployment, 3) Excise and payroll taxes, 4) Workers' compensation, 5) Health and retirement benefits, 6) Bonuses, and 7) Paid time off for sick leave,vacations, and holidays; and c. Actual cost of additional compensation paid for performing Work outside of regular working hours, on Sunday or legal holidays, to the extent authorized by Owner. 2. Cost of materials and equipment furnished and incorporated in the Work, including transportation and storage costs and required Suppliers'field services. Contractor may retain cash discounts unless Owner provided funds to the Contractor for early payment of these materials and equipment. Cash discounts are to be credited to Owner if the Owner provides funds for early payment. Make provisions for trade discounts, rebates, refunds, and returns from sale of surplus materials and equipment and reduce the Cost of the Work by these amounts. 3. Payments made by Contractor to Subcontractors for Work performed by Subcontractors. Obtain competitive bids from Subcontractors acceptable to Owner unless Owner agrees to use Subcontractors proposed by the Contractor. Bids are to be opened in the presence of the OAR and other designated members for the OPT. Provide copies of bids to the OAR to use in determining,with the OPT,which bids are acceptable. The Subcontractor's Cost of the Work and fee are determined in the same manner as Contractor's Cost of the Work and fee as provided in this Paragraph 15.01 if the subcontract provides that the Subcontractor is to be paid on the basis of Cost of the Work plus a fee. 4. Supplemental costs including the following: a. The proportion of necessary transportation, travel, and subsistence expenses of Contractor's employees incurred in discharge of duties connected with the Work; b. Costs of materials, supplies, equipment, machinery, appliances, office, and temporary facilities at the Site including transportation and maintenance costs; General Conditions 007200-60 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F c. Costs of hand tools not owned by the workers consumed in the performance of the Work. Costs of hand tools not owned by the workers which are used but not consumed in the performance of the Work and which remain the property of Contractor, less their market value when Work is completed; d. For Contractor-and Subcontractor-owned machinery,trucks, power tools or other equipment, use the FHWA rental rates found in the Rental Rate Blue Book ("Blue Book") multiplied by the regional adjustment factor and the rate adjustment factor to establish hourly rates. Use the rates in effect for each section of the Blue Book at the time of use. Payment will be made for the actual hours used in the Work. 1) Standby costs will be paid at SO% of the FHWA rental rates found in the Blue Book if Contractor is directed by Owner in writing to standby. Standby costs will not be allowed during periods when the equipment would otherwise have been idle. For a six-day work week, no more than eight hours per a 24-hour day, no more than 48 hours per week and no more than 208 hours per month shall be paid of standby time. Operating costs shall not be charged by Contractor. e. Rental of construction equipment, including the costs of transporting, loading, unloading, assembling, dismantling, and removing construction equipment, whether rented from Contractor or others, in accordance with rental agreements approved by Owner. Costs for rental of equipment will not be paid when the equipment is no longer necessary for the Work. Justify idle time for equipment by demonstrating that it was necessary to keep equipment on Site for related future Work; 1) The hourly rate shall be determined by dividing the actual invoice cost by the actual number of hours the equipment is involved in the Work. Owner reserves the right to limit the hourly rate to comparable Blue Book rates. 2) If Contractor is directed to standby in writing by Owner, standby costs will be paid at the invoice daily rate excluding operating costs, which includes fuel, lubricants, repairs and servicing. f. Applicable sales, consumer, use, and other similar taxes related to the Work for which the Owner is not exempt, and which Contractor pays consistent with Laws and Regulations; g. Deposits lost for causes other than negligence of Contractor's Team; h. Royalty payments and fees for permits and licenses; i. Cost of additional utilities,fuel, and sanitary facilities at the Site; j. Minor expense items directly required by the Work; and k. Premiums for Bonds and insurance required by the Contract Documents. D. The Cost of the Work does not include the following items: 1. Payroll costs and other compensation of Contractor's officers, executives, principals of partnerships and sole proprietorships, general managers, safety managers, superintendents, engineers, architects, estimators, attorneys, auditors, accountants, purchasing and contracting agents, expediters, clerks, and other personnel employed General Conditions 007200-61 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F by Contractor, whether at the Site or in Contractor's principal or branch office, for general administration of the Work and not specifically included in the agreed upon schedule of job classifications referred to in Paragraph 15.01.C.1 or specifically covered by Paragraph 15.01.C.4. These administrative costs are covered by the Contractor's fee. 2. Office expenses other than Contractor's office at the Site. 3. Any part of Contractor's capital expenses, including interest on Contractor's capital employed for the Work and charges against Contractor for delinquent payments. 4. Costs due to the actions of Contractor's Team for the correction of Defective Work, disposal of materials or equipment that do not comply with Specifications, and correcting damage to property. 5. Losses, damages, and related expenses caused by damage to the Work or sustained by Contractor in connection with the performance of the Work. Contractor is entitled to recover costs if covered by insurance provided in accordance with Article 6. Such losses may include settlements made with the approval of Owner. Do not include these losses, damages, and expenses in the Cost of the Work when determining Contractor's fee. 6. Any Indemnified Cost paid with regard to Contractor's indemnification of Owner. 7. Other overhead or general expense costs and the costs of items not described in Paragraphs 15.01.C. E. The Contractor's fee for profit and overhead is determined as follows: 1. In accordance with the Agreement when the Work is performed on a cost-plus basis; 2. A mutually acceptable fixed fee; or 3. A fee based on the following percentages of the various portions of the Cost of the Work: a. The Contractor's fee is 15 percent for costs incurred under Paragraphs 15.01.C.1, 15.01.C.2 and 15.01.C.4; b. The Contractor's fee is 5 percent for costs incurred under Paragraph 15.01.C.3; C. Fees are to be determined as follows where one or more tiers of subcontracts are used: 1) The Subcontractor's fee is 15 percent for costs incurred under Paragraphs 15.01.C.1 and 15.01.C.2 for the Subcontractor that actually performs the Work at whatever tier; 2) The Subcontractor's fee is 5 percent for costs incurred under Paragraph 15.01.C.4 for the Subcontractor that actually performs the Work at whatever tier; and 3) The Contractor and Subcontractors of a tier higher than that of the Subcontractor that actually performs the Work are to be allowed a fee of 5 percent of the fee plus underlying costs incurred by the next lower tier Subcontractor. d. No fee is payable on the basis of costs itemized under Paragraph 15.01.D; General Conditions 007200-62 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F e. Five percent of the net decrease in the cost is to be deducted for changes which result in a net decrease in Contract Price; and 4. The adjustment in Contractor's fee is based on the net change in accordance with Paragraphs 15.05.13.1 through 15.05.13.5, inclusive when both additions and credits are involved in any one change. F. Establish and maintain records in accordance with generally accepted accounting practices and submit these records, including an itemized cost breakdown together with supporting data, in a form and at intervals acceptable to OAR whenever the Cost of the Work is to be determined pursuant to this Paragraph 15.01. 15.02 Allowances A. Include allowances specified in the Contract Documents in the Contract Price and provide Work covered by the allowance as authorized by the Owner through the OAR. B. Contractor agrees that: 1. The cash allowance is used to compensate the Contractor for the cost of furnishing materials and equipment for the Work covered by the allowance item in the Contract Documents. Cost may include applicable taxes. Make provisions for trade discounts, rebates, and refunds and reduce the allowance costs by these amounts. 2. Contractor's costs for unloading and handling on the Site, labor, installation, overhead, profit, and other expenses contemplated for the cash allowances have been included in the Contract Price and not in the allowances; and 3. Costs for cash allowances and installation costs as described in Paragraphs 15.02.13.1 and 15.02.13.2 above are included in the Contract Price. C. OAR will issue a Change Order to adjust the Contract Price by the difference between the allowance amount and the actual amount paid by Contractor for Work covered by the allowance. The Change Order will be issued at the time costs are incurred by Contractor for Work covered by the allowance and this Work is included on the Application for Payment. 15.03 Unit Price Work A. The initial Contract Price for Unit Price Work is equal to the sum of the unit price line items in the Agreement. Each unit price line item amount is equal to the product of the unit price for each line item times the estimated quantity of each item as indicated in the Contract. B. The estimated quantities of items of Unit Price Work are not guaranteed and are solely for the purpose of comparing Bids and determining an initial Contract Price. Payments to Contractor for Unit Price Work are to be based on actual quantities measured for Work in place. C. Each unit price is deemed to include an amount considered by Contractor to be adequate to cover Contractor's overhead and profit for each separately identified item. D. OAR is to determine the actual quantities and classifications of Unit Price Work performed by Contractor to be incorporated into each Application for Payment. OAR's decision on actual quantities is final and binding, subject to the provisions of Paragraph 15.03.E. General Conditions 007200-63 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F E. Contractor may submit a Change Proposal,or Owner may file a Claim,seeking an adjustment in the Contract Price within 30 days of OAR's decision under Paragraph 15.03.D, if: 1. The total cost of a particular item of Unit Price Work amounts to 20 percent or more of the total Contract Price and the variation in the quantity of that particular item of Unit Price Work performed by the Contractor differs by more than 20 percent from the estimated quantity of an item indicated in the Contract; 2. There is no corresponding adjustment with respect to other items of Work; and 3. Contractor believes it has incurred additional expense as a result of this condition or Owner believes that the quantity variation entitles Owner to an adjustment in the Contract Price. 15.04 Contingencies A. Contingency funds may be included in the Contract Price to pay for Work not defined specifically by the Contract Documents that is essential to the completion of the Project. Contingency funds will be as described in the Contract. B. The contingency funds may be used for costs incurred by the Contractor provided these costs are approved by the Owner. Costs are to be determined and documented in accordance with Paragraph 15.01. The contingency funds are not to be used for the following items: 1. Cost overruns due to changes in material costs after the Contract Price is established, unless specific price escalation provisions are made in the Contract. 2. Rework required to correct Defective Work. 3. Inefficiencies in completing the Work due to the Contractor's selected means, methods, sequences, or procedures of construction. 4. Work Contractor failed to include in the Contract Price. 5. Changes required by changes in Laws and Regulations enacted after the Contract Price is established. 6. Any Work that does not constitute a change in Scope in the Work included in the Contract Price. C. OAR is to issue a Change Order for approved expenditures from contingency funds. When the Change Order is issued, the costs are to be added to the Application for Payment. Contractor is to maintain a tabulation showing the contingency amount, adjustments to the contingency amount, and amounts remaining as the Project progresses. D. Any contingency amounts that are not included in a Change Order are retained bythe Owner. A Change Order will be issued to deduct unused contingency amounts from the Contract Price prior to Final Payment. General Conditions 007200-64 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F ARTICLE 16—TESTS AND INSPECTIONS;CORRECTION,REMOVAL,OR ACCEPTANCE OF DEFECTIVE WORK 16.01 Access to Work A. Provide safe access to the Site and the Work for the observation, inspection, and testing of the Work in progress. Contractor can require compliance with Contractor's safety procedures and programs as part of providing safe access. 16.02 Tests, Inspections and Approvals A. OPT may retain and pay for the services of an independent inspector, testing laboratory, or other qualified individual or entity to perform inspections. Notify OAR when the Work is ready for required inspections and tests. Provide adequate notice to allow for coordination with entities providing inspection or testing as determined by the OAR. Cooperate with inspection and testing personnel and assist with providing access for required inspections, tests, and handling test specimens or Samples. B. Arrange for and facilitate inspections, tests, and approvals required by Laws or Regulations of governmental entities having jurisdiction that require Work to be inspected, tested, or approved by an employee or other representative of that entity. Pay associated costs and furnish OAR with the required certificates of inspection or approval. C. Arrange, obtain, and pay for inspections and tests required: 1. By the Contract Documents, unless the Contract Documents expressly allocate responsibility for a specific inspection or test to OPT; 2. To attain OPT's acceptance of materials or equipment to be incorporated in the Work; 3. By manufacturers of equipment furnished under the Contract Documents; 4. For testing, adjusting, and balancing of mechanical, electrical, and other equipment to be incorporated into the Work; 5. For acceptance of materials, mix designs, or equipment submitted for approval prior to Contractor's purchase thereof for incorporation in the Work,- 6. ork;6. For re-inspecting or retesting Defective Work, including any associated costs incurred by the testing laboratory for cancelled tests or standby time; and 7. For retesting due to failed tests. D. Provide independent inspectors, testing laboratories, or other qualified individuals or entities acceptable to OPT to provide these inspections and tests. 16.03 Defective Work A. It is Contractor's obligation to ensure that the Work is not Defective. B. OPT has the authority to determine whether Work is Defective and to reject Defective Work. C. OAR is to notify Contractor of Defective Work of which OPT has actual knowledge. D. Promptly correct Defective Work. E. Take no action that would void or otherwise impair Owner's special warranties or guarantees when correcting Defective Work. General Conditions 007200-65 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F F. Pay claims, costs, losses,and damages arising out of or relating to Defective Work, including: 1. Costs for correction, removal, and replacement of Defective Work; 2. Cost of the inspection and testing related to correction of Defective Work; 3. Fines levied against Owner by governmental authorities because of Defective Work; and 4. Costs of repair or replacement of work of others resulting from Defective Work. 16.04 Acceptance of Defective Work A. Owner may elect to accept Defective Work instead of requiring correction or removal and replacement of Defective Work provided: 1. This acceptance occurs prior to final payment; 2. Designer confirms that the Defective Work is in general accordance with the design intent and applicable engineering or architectural principles; and 3. Designer confirms that acceptance of the Defective Work does not endanger public health or safety. B. Owner may impose a reasonable set-off against payments due under Article 17 for costs associated with OPT's evaluation of Defective Work to determine if it can be accepted and to determine the diminished value of the Work. Owner may impose a reasonable set-off against payments due under Article 17 if the parties are unable to agree as to the decrease in the Contract Price to compensate Owner for the diminished value of Defective Work accepted. OAR is to issue a Modification for acceptance of the Defective Work prior to final payment. Pay an appropriate amount to Owner if the acceptance of Defective Work occurs after final payment. 16.05 Uncovering Work A. OPT has the authority to require inspection or testing of the Work,whether or not the Work is fabricated, installed or completed. B. Work that is covered prior to approval of the OAR must be uncovered for OPT's observation if requested by OAR. Pay for uncovering Work and its subsequent restoration unless Contractor has given OAR timely notice of Contractor's intention to cover the Work and OAR fails to act with reasonable promptness in response to this notice. C. Provide necessary labor, material, and equipment and uncover, expose, or otherwise make available the portion of the Work suspected of being Defective for observation, inspection, or testing if OPT considers it necessary or advisable that covered Work be observed by Designer or inspected or tested by others as directed by the OAR. 1. Pay for claims, costs, losses, and damages associated with uncovering, exposing, observing, inspecting, and testing if it is found that the uncovered Work is Defective. Pay costs for correction of Defective Work. Pay for reconstruction, repair, or replacement of work of others resulting from the Defective Work if it is found that the uncovered Work is Defective. General Conditions 007200-66 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F 16.06 Owner May Stop the Work A. Owner may order Contractor to stop the Work if: 1. The Work is Defective; 2. Contractor fails to supply sufficient skilled workers or suitable materials or equipment; or 3. Contractor performs Work that may fail to conform to the Contract Documents when completed. This stop work order is to remain in effect until the reason for the stop work order has been eliminated. Owner's right to stop the Work does not create a duty to exercise this right for the benefit of Contractor's Team or surety. 16.07 Owner May Correct Defective Work A. Owner may remedy deficiencies in the Work after 7 days' notice to Contractor if: 1. Contractor fails to correct Defective Work, or to remove and replace rejected Work as required by OPT; 2. Contractor fails to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents; or 3. Contractor fails to comply with other provisions of the Contract Documents. B. Owner may: 1. Exclude Contractor from the Site; 2. Take possession of the Work and suspend Contractor's services related to the Work; and 3. Incorporate stored materials and equipment in the Work. C. Allow OPT access to the Site and off-Site storage areas to enable Owner to exercise the rights and remedies under this Paragraph 16.07. D. All claims, costs, losses, and damages incurred or sustained by Owner in exercising the rights and remedies under this Paragraph 16.07 are to be charged against Contractor as a set-off against payments due under Article 17. These claims, costs, losses, and damages include costs of repair and the cost of replacement of work of others destroyed or damaged by correction, removal, or replacement of Contractor's Defective Work. E. Contractor is not allowed an extension of the Contract Times because of delays in the performance of the Work attributable to the exercise of the Owner's rights and remedies under this Paragraph 16.07. ARTICLE 17—PAYMENTS TO CONTRACTOR;SET-OFFS;COMPLETION; CORRECTION PERIOD 17.01 Progress Payments A. Progress payment requests are to be submitted to the OAR on the Application for Payment form provided by the OAR following procedures in this Article 17. General Conditions 007200-67 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F 1. Progress payments for lump sum Work are to be paid on the basis of the earned value to date at the amounts shown in the Schedule of Values submitted as required by Paragraph 17.03. Final payment will be for the total lump sum amount. 2. Progress payments for Unit Price Work are based on the number of units completed as determined under the provisions of Paragraph 15.03. 3. Progress payments for Work to be paid on the basis of the Cost of the Work per Paragraphs 15.01, 15.02 and 15.04 are to be paid for Work completed by Contractor during the pay period. B. Reduction in Payment by Owner: 1. Owner is entitled to impose a set-off against payment based on the following: a. Claims made against Owner or costs, losses,or damages incurred by Owner related to: 1) Contractor's conduct in the performance of the Work, including, but not limited to, workplace injuries, non-compliance with Laws and Regulations, or patent infringement; or 2) Contractor's failure to take reasonable and customary measures to avoid damage, delay, disruption, and interference with other work at or adjacent to the Site, including but not limited to, workplace injuries, property damage, and non-compliance with Laws and Regulations. b. Owner has been required to remove or remediate a Hazardous Environmental Condition for which Contractor is responsible; c. Work is Defective, or completed Work has been damaged by Contractor's Team, requiring correction or replacement; d. Owner has been required to correct Defective Work or complete Work in accordance with Paragraph 16.07; e. The Contract Price has been reduced by Change Orders; f. Events have occurred that would constitute a default by Contractor justifying a termination for cause; g. Liquidated damages have accrued as a result of Contractor's failure to achieve Milestones, Substantial Completion, or completion of the Work; h. Liens have been filed in connection with the Work, except where Contractor has delivered a specific Bond satisfactory to Owner to secure the satisfaction and discharge of these Liens; i. Failure to submit up-to-date record documents as required by the Contract Documents; j. Failure to submit monthly Progress Schedule updates or revised schedules as requested by the OAR; k. Failure to provide Project photographs required by the Contract Documents; I. Failure to provide Certified Payroll required by the Contract Documents; General Conditions 007200-68 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F m. Compensation for OPT for overtime charges of OAR or RPR, third review of documents, review of substitutions, re-inspection fees, inspections or designs related to correction of Defective Work, or other services identified as requiring payment by the Contractor; n. Costs for tests performed by the Owner to verify that Work previously tested and found to be Defective has been corrected; o. OPT has actual knowledge of the occurrence of events that would constitute a default by Contractor and therefore justify termination for cause under the Contract Documents with associated cost impacts; p. Other items entitling Owner to a set-off against the amount recommended; or q. Payment would result in an over-payment of the Contract Price. 2. Compensation for services of OPT staff is to be at the rates established by negotiations between OPT and Contractor. 3. OAR is to notify Contractor stating the amount and the reasons for an imposed set-off. The Owner is to pay the Contractor amounts remaining after deduction of the set-off. Owner is to pay the set-off amount agreed to by Owner and Contractor if Contractor remedies the reasons for the set-off. Contractor may submit a Change Proposal contesting the set-off. C. Delayed Payments: 1. No money shall be paid by Owner upon any claim, debt, demand, or account whatsoever, to any person, firm, or corporation who is in arrears to Owner for taxes; and Owner shall be entitled to counterclaim and automatically offset against any such debt, claim, demand,or account in the amount of taxes so in arrears and no assignment or transfer of such debt, claim, demand, or account after said taxes are due, shall affect the right of Owner to offset said taxes, and associated penalties and interest if applicable, against the same. 2. No payment will be made for Work authorized by a Work Change Directive until the Work Change Directive is incorporated into a Change Order. Payment can be included in an Application for payment when the Change Order is approved. D. The Owner is to pay the amount of payment recommended by the OAR within 30 days after receipt of the Application for Payment and accompanying documentation from the OAR. 17.02 Application for Payment A. Submit Applications for Payment for completed Work and for materials and equipment in accordance with the Supplementary Conditions, the Agreement, and this Article 17. The Contract Price is to include costs for: 1. Providing the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents; 2. Installing Owner furnished equipment and materials; 3. Providing Work for Alternates and Allowances; 4. Commissioning, start-up,training and initial maintenance and operation; 5. Acceptance testing in manufacturer's facilities or on Site; General Conditions 007200-69 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F 6. All home office overhead costs and expenses, including profit made directly or indirectly for the Project; 7. Project management, Contract administration, field office, and field operations staff, including supervision, clerical support, and technology system support; 8. Professional services including design fees, legal fees, and other professional services; 9. Bonds and insurance; 10. Permits, licenses, patent fees, and royalties; 11. Taxes; 12. Providing all documents and Samples required by the Contract Documents; 13. Facilities and equipment at the Site including: a. Field offices, office furnishings, and all related office supplies, software, and equipment, b. Storage facilities for Contractor's use, storage facilities for stored materials and equipment, including spare parts storage, c. Shops, physical plant, construction equipment, small tools, vehicles, technology and telecommunications equipment, d. Safety equipment and facilities to provide safe access and working conditions for workers and for others working at the Site, e. Temporary facilities for power and communications, f. Potable water and sanitation facilities, and g. Mobilization and demobilization for all of these facilities and equipment; 14. Products, materials, and equipment stored at the Site or other suitable location; 15. Products, materials, and equipment permanently incorporated into the Project; 16. Temporary facilities for managing water, including facilities for pumping, storage, and treatment as required for construction and protection of the environment; 17. Temporary facilities for managing environment conditions and Constituents of Concern; 18. Temporary facilities such as sheeting, shoring, bracing, formwork, embankments, storage facilities, working areas, and other facilities required for construction of the Project; 19. Temporary and permanent facilities for protection of all overhead, surface, or underground structures or features; 20. Temporary and permanent facilities for removal, relocation, or replacement of any overhead, surface, or underground structures or features; 21. Products, materials, and equipment consumed during the construction of the Project; 22. Contractor labor and supervision to complete the Project, including that provided through Subcontractors or Suppliers; General Conditions 007200-70 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F 23. Correcting Defective Work during the Contract Times, during the Correction Period, or as required to meet any warranty provision of the Contract Documents; 24. Risk associated with weather and environmental conditions, start-up, and initial operation of facilities including equipment, processes, and systems; 25. Contractor's safety programs, including management, administration, and training; 26. Maintenance of facilities, including equipment, processes, and systems until operation is transferred to Owner; 27. Providing warranties, extended or special warranties, or extended service agreements; 28. Cleanup and disposal of any and all surplus materials; and 29. Demobilization of all physical,temporary facilities not incorporated into the Project. B. Include the cost not specifically set forth as an individual payment item but required to provide a complete and functional system in the Contract Price. C. Provide written approval of the surety company providing Bonds for the Schedule of Values, Application for Payment form, and method of payment prior to submitting the first Application for Payment. Payment will not be made without this approval. D. OAR may withhold processing Applications for Payment if any of the following processes or documentation are not up to date: 1. Record Documents per Article 20. 2. Progress Schedule per Article 27. 3. Project photographs per Article 28. 4. Documentation required to comply with Owner's Minority / MBE / DBE Participation Policy. 5. Documentation required to substantiate any approved Project deviation, including overruns of Designer's estimated quantity. 6. Documentation required by funding agency, if applicable. 17.03 Schedule of Values A. Submit a detailed Schedule of Values for the Work at least 10 days prior to submitting the first Application for Payment. B. Submit the Schedule of Values in the form attached to the Application for Payment - Tabulation of Earned Value of Original Contract Performed. C. Do not submit an Application for Payment until the Schedule of Values has been approved by the OAR. D. If unit prices are included in the Contract, use each unit price line item in the Contract as a unit price line item in the Schedule of Values. E. Divide lump sum line items, including Subcontractor and Supplier amounts in the Schedule of Values into smaller components to allow more accurate determination of the earned value for each item. General Conditions 007200-71 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F 1. Provide adequate detail to allow a more accurate determination of the earned value expressed as a percentage of Work completed for each item. 2. Line items may not exceed $50,000.00, unless they are for products, materials or equipment permanently incorporated into the Project that cannot be subdivided into units or subassemblies. 3. Lump sum items may be divided into an estimated number of units to determine earned value. a. The estimated number of units times the cost per unit must equal the lump sum amount for that line item. b. Contractor will receive payment for the lump sum for the line item, regardless of the number of units installed, unless an adjustment is made by Change Order. 4. Include Contractor's overhead and profit in each line item in proportion to the value of the line item to the Contract Price. 5. Include the cost not specifically set forth as an individual payment item but required to provide a complete and functional system in the Contract Price for each item. 6. These line items may be used to establish the value of Work to be added or deleted from the Project. 7. The sum of all values listed in the schedule must equal the total Contract Price. F. Subdivide each line item in the Schedule of Values into two payment components. The first component is the direct cost for products, materials, and equipment permanently incorporated into the Project. The second component is all other costs associated with the item in the Contract. The sum of the two components must equal the value of the line item in the Schedule of Values. G. Where a percentage of the line value is allowed for a specified stage of completion,show the value for each stage of completion as a component of that line item cost. 17.04 Schedule of Anticipated Payments and Earned Value A. Submit a schedule of the anticipated Application for Payments showing the application numbers, submission dates, and the anticipated amount to be requested. Incorporate retainage into the development of this schedule of anticipated payments. B. Submit a tabulation of the anticipated Total Earned Value of Fees, Work, and Materials to create a graphic (curve) representation of the anticipated progress on the Project each month. Adjust this table and curve to incorporate Modifications. Use this curve to compare actual progress on the Project each month by comparing the anticipated cumulative Total Earned Value of Fees, Work, and Materials to the actual Total Earned Value of Fees, Work, and Materials each month. Use the comparison of values to determine performance on budget and schedule. C. Update the Schedule of Payments as necessary to provide a reasonably accurate indication of the funds required to make payments each month to the Contractor for Work performed. General Conditions 007200-72 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F 17.05 Basis for Payments A. Lump Sum Contracts: 1. Payment will be made for the earned value of Work completed during the payment period expressed as a percentage of Work completed for each line item during the payment period per the Contract Documents. 2. Payment amount is the value of Work completed per the Contract Documents multiplied by the percentage of Work completed. 3. Payment for lump sum items divided into an estimated number of units to determine earned value per Paragraph 17.03 will be made for the measured number of units. 4. Payment for stored materials and equipment will be made per Paragraph 17.06. B. Unit Price Contracts: 1. Payment will be made for the actual quantity of Work completed during the payment period and for materials and equipment stored during the payment period per the Contract Documents. a. Payment amount is the Work quantity measured per the Contract Documents multiplied by the unit prices for that line item in the Contract. b. Payment for stored materials and equipment will be made per Paragraph 17.06. 2. Measure the Work described in the Contract for payment. Payment will be made only for the actual measured and/or computed length, area, solid contents, number, and weight, unless other provisions are made in the Contract Documents. Payment on a unit price basis will not be made for Work outside finished dimensions shown in the Contract Documents. Include cost for waste, overages, and tolerances in the unit price for that line item. 17.06 Payment for Stored Materials and Equipment A. Store materials and equipment properly at the Site. 1. Payment will be made for the invoice amount less the specified retainage. 2. Payment for materials and equipment shown in the Application for Payment and attachments will be made for the invoice amount,up to the value shown in the Schedule of Values for that line item. Costs for material and equipment in excess of the value shown in the Schedule of Values may not be added to other line items. 3. Payment will be made in full for the value shown in the line item for products and materials if invoices for materials and equipment are less than the amount shown in the line item and it can be demonstrated that no additional materials or equipment are required to complete Work described in that item. 4. Provide invoices at the time materials are included on the Application for Payment and attachments. Include invoice numbers so that a comparison can be made between invoices and amounts included on the Application for Payment and attachments. B. Provide a bill of sale, invoice, or other documentation warranting that Owner has received the materials and equipment free and clear of Liens. Provide documentation of payment for General Conditions 007200-73 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F materials and equipment with the next Application for Payment. Adjust payment to the amount actually paid if this differs from the invoice amount. Remove items from the tabulation of materials and equipment if this documentation is not provided. Payment will not be made for material and equipment without documentation of payment. C. Contractors can be paid for non-perishable materials on hand stored at the site, provided that invoices are furnished to the City for verification of the material value, and that Contractor provides documents, satisfactory to the City,that show that the material supplier has been paid for the materials delivered to the work site. D. Provide evidence that the materials and equipment are covered by appropriate property insurance or other arrangements to protect Owner's interest. E. The Work covered by progress payments becomes the property of the Owner at the time of payment. The Contractor's obligations with regard to proper care and maintenance, insurance, and other requirements are not changed by this transfer of ownership until accepted in accordance with the General Conditions. F. Payment for materials and equipment does not constitute acceptance of the product. 17.07 Retainage and Set-Offs A. Retainage will be withheld from each Application for Payment per the Agreement. Retainage will be released per the General Conditions. B. Reduce payments for set-offs per the General Conditions. Include the appropriate attachment to the Application for Payment. 17.08 Procedures for Submitting an Application for Payment A. Submit a draft Application for Payment to the OAR each month at least 20 days before the date established in the Contract for Owner to make progress payments. Do not submit Applications for Payment more often than monthly. Review the draft Application for Payment with the OAR to determine concurrence with: 1. The earned value for each lump sum item including the value of properly stored and documented materials and equipment for each item in the original Contract. 2. The quantity of Work completed for each unit price item. 3. Set-offs included in the Application for Payment. 4. Values requested for materials and equipment consistent with invoices for materials and equipment. B. Submit Applications for Payment monthly through the OAR after agreement has been reached on the draft Application for Payment. 1. Number each application sequentially and include the dates for the application period. 2. Show the total amounts for earned value of original Contract performed, earned value for Work on approved Contract Amendments and Change Orders, retainage, and set- offs. Show total amounts that correspond to totals indicated on the attached tabulation for each. General Conditions 007200-74 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F 3. Include Attachment A to show the earned value on each line item in the Schedule of Values for Work shown in the original Contract. 4. Include Attachment B to show the earned value on line items for approved Change Orders. Add items to Attachment B as Change Orders are approved. Change Orders must be approved before payment can be made on Change Order items. 5. Include Attachment Cto document set-offs required per the Contract Documents. Show each set-off as it is applied. Show a corresponding line item to reduce the set-off amount if a payment held by a set-off is released for payment. 6. Include Attachment D to allow tracking of invoices used to support amounts requested as materials in Attachments A and B. Enter materials to show the amount of the invoice assigned to each item in Attachment A or B if an invoice includes materials used on several line items. 7. Complete the certification stating that all Work, including materials and equipment, covered by this Application for Payment have been completed or delivered and stored in accordance with the Contract Documents,that all amounts have been paid for Work, materials, and equipment for which previous payments have been made by the Owner, and that the current payment amount shown in this Application for Payment is now due. C. Submit attachments in Portable Document Format (PDF): 1. Generate attachments to the Application for Payment using the Excel spreadsheet provided. 2. Submit PDF documents with adequate resolution to allow documents to be printed in a format equivalent to the document original. Documents are to be scalable to allow printing on standard 8-1/2 x 11 or 11 x 17 paper. 17.09 Responsibility of Owner's Authorized Representative A. OAR will review draft Application for Payment with Contractor to reach an agreement on the values that will be recommended for payment by the OAR. B. OAR will review Application for Payment submitted by Contractor to determine that the Application for Payment has been properly submitted and is in accordance with the agreed to draft Application for Payment. C. OAR is to either recommend payment of the Application for Payment to Owner or notify the Contractor of the OPT's reasons for not recommending payment. Contractor may make necessary corrections and resubmit the Application for Payment if it is not recommended within 10 days after receipt of the notice. OAR will review resubmitted Application for Payment and reject or recommend payment of the Application for Payment to Owner as appropriate. D. OAR's recommendation of the Application for Payment constitutes a representation by OPT that based on their experience and the information available: 1. The Work has progressed to the point indicated; 2. The quality of the Work is generally in accordance with the Contract Documents; and 3. Requirements prerequisite to payment have been met. General Conditions 007200-75 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F E. This representation is subject to: 1. Further evaluation of the Work as a functioning whole; 2. The results of subsequent tests called for in the Contract Documents; or 3. Any other qualifications stated in the recommendation. F. OPT does not represent by recommending payment: 1. Inspections made to check the quality or the quantity of the Work as it has been performed have been exhaustive, extended to every aspect of the Work in progress, or involved detailed inspections of the Work; or 2. Other matters or issues between the parties that might entitle Contractor to additional compensation or entitle Owner to withhold payment to Contractor may or may not exist. G. Neither OPT's review of Contractor's Work for the purposes of recommending payments nor OAR's recommendation of payment imposes responsibility on OPT: 1. To supervise, direct, or control the Work; 2. For the means, methods, techniques, sequences, or procedures of construction, or safety precautions and programs; 3. For Contractor's failure to comply with Laws and Regulations applicable to Contractor's performance of the Work; 4. To make examinations to ascertain how or for what purposes Contractor has used the monies paid on account of the Contract Price; or 5. To determine that title to the Work, materials, or equipment has passed to Owner free and clear of Liens. 17.10 Contractor's Warranty of Title A. Contractor warrants and guarantees that title to the Work, materials, and equipment furnished under the Contract is to pass to Owner free and clear of Liens, title defects, and patent, licensing, copyright, or royalty obligations no later than 7 days after the time of payment by Owner of the Application for Payment which includes these items. 17.11 Substantial Completion A. Notify OAR when Contractor considers the entire Work substantially complete and request a Certificate of Substantial Completion. B. OPT is to inspect the Work within 30 days after Contractor's notification to determine if the Work is substantially complete. OAR, within 120 days after receipt of Contractor's notification, is to either issue the Certificate of Substantial Completion which sets the date of Substantial Completion or notify Contractor of the reasons the Project is not considered to be substantially complete. General Conditions 007200-76 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F C. The OPT and Contractor are to meet to discuss Owner's use or occupancy of the Work following Substantial Completion. Items to be discussed at this meeting include: 1. Review of insurance policies with respect to the end of the Contractor's coverage, and confirm the transition to coverage of the Work under a permanent property insurance policy held by Owner; 2. Owner's assumption of responsibility for security, operation, protection of the Work, maintenance, and utilities upon Owner's use or occupancy of the Work; 3. Contractor's obligations for operations and maintenance during performance and acceptance testing; 4. Contractor's access to the Site to complete punch list items; and 5. Procedures for correction of Defective Work during the 1-year correction period. 17.12 Partial Utilization A. Owner may use or occupy substantially completed parts of the Work which are specifically identified in the Contract Documents, or which OPT and Contractor agree constitutes a separately functioning and usable part of the Work prior to Substantial Completion of the Work. Owner must be able to use that part of the Work for its intended purpose without significant interference with Contractor's performance of the remainder of the Work. Contractor and OPT are to follow the procedures of Paragraph 17.11 for this part of the Work. B. No use or occupancy or separate operation of part of the Work may occur prior to compliance with the requirements of Article 6. 17.13 Final Inspection A. OPT is to make a final inspection upon notice from Contractor that the entire Work or portion to be accepted is complete. OAR is to notify Contractor of Work determined to be incomplete or Defective. Immediately take corrective measures to complete the Work and correct Defective Work. 17.14 Final Application for Payment A. Include adjustments to the Contract Price in the final Application for Payment for: 1. Approved Change Orders and Contract Amendments, 2. Allowances not previously adjusted by Change Order, 3. Deductions for Defective Work that has been accepted by the Owner, 4. Penalties and bonuses, 5. Deductions for liquidated damages, 6. Deduction for all final set-offs, and 7. Other adjustments if needed. B. OAR will prepare a final Change Order reflecting the approved adjustments to the Contract Price which have not been covered by previously approved Change Orders and if necessary reconcile estimate unit price quantities with actual quantities. General Conditions 007200-77 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F 17.15 Final Payment A. Make final Application for Payment after completing required corrections identified during the final inspection and delivering items and documents required by the Contract Documents. Provide the following with the final Application for Payment: 1. Consent of Surety to Final Payment acknowledging unsettled disputes; and 2. Certification of Payment of Debts and Claims or Certification of Release of Liens or furnish receipts or releases in full from Subcontractors and Suppliers. B. OAR is to either recommend payment of the final Application for Payment to Owner if OPT is satisfied that the Work has been completed and Contractor's other obligations under the Contract Documents have been fulfilled or notify the Contractor of the OPT's reasons for not recommending final payment. C. The Work is complete, subject to surviving obligations, when it is ready for final payment as established by the OAR's recommendation of payment of the final Application for Payment to Owner and the issuance of a Certificate of Final Completion. D. The Owner is to pay the amount of final payment recommended by the OAR within 30 days after receipt of the final Application for Payment and accompanying documentation from the OAR. 17.16 Waiver of Claims A. The making of final payment does not constitute a waiver by Owner of claims or rights against Contractor. Owner expressly reserves claims and rights arising from: 1. Unsettled Liens or claims for non-payment; 2. Defective Work appearing after final inspection; 3. Contractor's failure to comply with the Contract Documents or the terms of specified special guarantees; or 4. Contractor's continuing obligations under the Contract Documents. B. Contractor waives claims and rights against Owner by accepting final payment with the exception of those Claims made in accordance with the provisions of Article 22 and specifically noted in the Certificate of Final Completion. 17.17 Correction Period A. Promptly correct Defective Work without cost to Owner for 1 year after the date of Substantial Completion or, in the event of a latent defect, within 1 year after discovery thereof by City. B. Promptly correct damages to the Site or adjacent areas that Contractor has arranged to use through construction easements or other agreements. Promptly correct damages to Work or the work of others. Make corrections without cost to Owner. C. Owner may have the Defective Work and damages described in Paragraphs 17.17.A and 17.17.13 corrected if Contractor does not comply with the terms of OAR's instructions, or in an emergency where delay would cause serious risk of loss or damage. General Conditions 007200-78 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F D. Contractor's obligation to indemnify Owner for claims arising out of or related to the correction of Defective Work are as set forth in Paragraph 7.14. E. The correction period starts to run from the date when a specific item of equipment or system is placed in continuous beneficial use by Owner before Substantial Completion of Work if so provided in the Specifications or if accepted for beneficial use by the Owner. F. Contractor's obligations under this Paragraph 17.17 are in addition to other obligations or warranties. The provisions of this Paragraph 17.17 are not a substitute for, or a waiver of, the provisions of applicable statutes of limitation or repose. ARTICLE 18—SUSPENSION OF WORK AND TERMINATION 18.01 Owner May Suspend Work A. Owner may suspend the Work or a portion of the Work for a period of not more than 90 consecutive days, at any time and without cause, by notice to Contractor. This notice fixes the date on which Contractor is to resume Work. Contractor is entitled to adjustments in the Contract Price and Contract Times directly attributable to this suspension only if efforts are made to mitigate the cost impacts of the suspension. Meet with the Owner within 10 days of the notice of suspension to discuss specific strategies to reduce or eliminate the cost of delays. Submit a Change Proposal seeking an adjustment no later than 30 days after the date fixed for resumption of Work. 18.02 Owner May Terminate for Cause A. The occurrence of one or more of the following events constitutes a default by Contractor and justifies termination for cause: 1. Contractor's persistent failure to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents, including failure to supply sufficient skilled workers or suitable materials or equipment; 2. Failure to adhere to the Progress Schedule; 3. Failure of the Contractor to provide a satisfactory replacement Bond or insurance in the event either is lost or canceled; 4. Failure of Contractor to maintain financial solvency to adequately complete the Project as indicated by one or more of the following: a. A petition of bankruptcy is filed by or against Contractor, b. Contractor is adjudged as bankrupt or insolvent, c. Contractor or surety makes a general assignment for the benefit of creditors, d. A receiver is appointed for the benefit of Contractor's creditors, or e. A receiver is appointed on account of Contractor's insolvency; 5. Contractor's disregard of Laws or Regulations of public bodies having jurisdiction; 6. Contractor's repeated disregard of the authority of OPT; 7. Contractor's failure to prosecute the work with diligence; or General Conditions 007200-79 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F 8. Contractor's other material breach of the contract. B. Contractor and surety must provide adequate assurance of future performance in accordance with the Contract Documents that is satisfactory to Owner if Contractor is believed to be in financial distress due to the existence of one or more of the indicators listed in Paragraph 18.02.A.4. Owner may terminate Contractor's performance under this Contract if Contractor and surety fail to provide adequate documentation satisfactory to Owner within 10 days of OAR's request for this information. C. Owner may declare Contractor to be in default, give notice to Contractor and surety that Contractor's performance under the Contract is terminated, and enforce the rights available to Owner under the Performance Bond after giving Contractor and surety 10 days' notice that one or more of the events identified in Paragraph 18.02.A has occurred. D. Owner may exclude Contractor from the Site, take possession of the Work, incorporate the materials and equipment stored and complete the Work as Owner may deem expedient if Owner has terminated Contractor's performance under the Contract for cause. E. Owner may elect not to proceed with termination of Contractor's performance under the Contract under this Paragraph 18.02 if Contractor begins to cure the cause for termination within 7 days of receipt of notice of intent to terminate. F. Contractor is not entitled to receive further payments until the Work is completed if Owner proceeds as provided in this Paragraph 18.02. The amount of the Contract Price remaining is to be paid to the Contractor if the unpaid balance exceeds the cost to complete the Work. The cost to complete the Work may include related claims, costs, losses, damages, and the fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals retained by Owner. Pay the difference to Owner if the cost to complete the Work including related claims, costs, losses, and damages exceeds the unpaid balance of the Contract Price. Owner is not required to obtain the lowest price for the Work performed when exercising its rights or remedies under this paragraph. G. Termination of Contractor's performance does not affect the rights or remedies of Owner against Contractor or against surety under the Payment Bond or Performance Bond. Owner does not release Contractor from liability by paying or retaining money due Contractor. H. In the event the Owner terminates the contract for cause, and it is later determined that cause for termination was lacking, the termination will be deemed a termination without cause under Paragraph 18.03. 18.03 Owner May Terminate For Convenience A. Owner may terminate the Contract without cause after giving 7 days' notice to Contractor of the effective date of termination. Contractor is to be paid for the following if Owner terminates for convenience: 1. Work completed in accordance with the Contract Documents prior to the effective date of termination; 2. Actual costs sustained prior to the effective date of termination for Work in progress, plus a fee calculated in accordance with Paragraph 15.05; and 3. Reasonable expenses directly attributable to termination, including costs incurred to prepare a termination for convenience cost proposal. General Conditions 007200-80 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F B. No payment is payable to Contractor for loss of anticipated overhead, profits or revenue, or other economic loss arising out of or resulting from this termination. ARTICLE 19— PROJECT MANAGEMENT 19.01 Work Included A. Furnish resources required to complete the Project with an acceptable standard of quality within the Contract Times. B. Construct Project in accordance with current safety practices. C. Manage Site to allow access to Site and control construction operations. D. Construct temporary facilities to provide and maintain control over environmental conditions at the Site. Remove temporary facilities when no longer needed. E. Provide temporary controls for pollutions, management of water and management of excess earth. 19.02 Quality Assurance A. Employ competent workmen,skilled in the occupation for which they are employed. Provide Work meeting quality requirements of the Contract Documents. B. Remove Defective Work from the Site immediately unless provisions have been made and approved by the OPT to allow repair of the product at the Site. Clearly mark Work as Defective until it is removed or allowable repairs have been completed. 19.03 Document Submittal A. Provide documents in accordance with Article 24. 1. Provide copies of Supplier's printed storage instructions prior to furnishing materials or products and installation instructions prior to beginning the installation. 2. Incorporate field notes,sketches, recordings,and computations made by the Contractor in Record Data. 19.04 Required Permits A. Obtain building permits for the Project from the local authorities having jurisdiction. Pay building permit fees and include this cost in the Contract Price. B. Obtain environmental permits required for construction at the Site. C. Provide required permits for transporting heavy or oversized loads. D. Provide other permits required to conduct any part of the Work. E. Arrange for inspections and certification by agencies having jurisdiction over the Work. F. Make arrangements with private utility companies and pay for fees associated with obtaining services, or for inspection fees. G. Retain copies of permits and licenses at the Site and observe and comply with all regulations and conditions of the permit or license. General Conditions 007200-81 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F 19.05 Safety Requirements A. Manage safety to protect the safety and welfare of persons at the Site. B. Provide safe access to move through the Site. Provide protective devices to warn and protect from hazards at the Site. C. Provide safe access for those performing tests and inspections. D. Comply with latest provisions of the Occupational Health and Safety Administration and other Laws and Regulation. E. Cooperate with accident investigations. Provide two copies of all reports,including insurance company reports, prepared concerning accidents, injury, or death related to the Project to the OAR as Record Data per Article 26. 19.06 Access to the Site A. Maintain access to the facilities at all times. Do not obstruct roads, pedestrian walks, or access to the various buildings, structures, stairways, or entrances. Provide safe access for normal operations during construction. B. Provide adequate and safe access for inspections. Leave ladders, bridges, scaffolding, and protective equipment in place until inspections have been completed. Construct additional safe access if required for inspections. C. Use roadways for construction traffic only with written approval of the appropriate representatives of each entity. Obtain written approval to use roads to deliver heavy or oversized loads to the Site. Furnish copies of the written approvals to the Owner as Record Data per Article 26. 19.07 Contractor's Use of Site A. Limit the use of Site for Work and storage to those areas designated on the Drawings or approved by the OAR. Coordinate the use of the premises with the OAR. B. Provide security at the Site as necessary to protect against vandalism and loss by theft. C. Do not permit alcoholic beverages or illegal substances on the Site. Do not allow persons under the influence of alcoholic beverages or illegal substances to enter or remain on the Site at any time. Persons on Site under the influence of alcoholic beverages or illegal substances will be permanently prohibited from returning to the Site. Criminal or civil penalties may also apply. D. Park construction equipment in designated areas only and provide spill control measures. E. Park employees'vehicles in designated areas only. F. Obtain written permission of the Owner before entering privately-owned land outside of the Owner's property, rights-of-way, or easements. G. Do not allow the use of audio devices, obnoxious, vulgar or abusive language, or sexual harassment in any form. These actions will cause immediate and permanent removal of the offender from the premises. Criminal or civil penalties may apply. General Conditions 007200-82 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F H. Require Workers to wear clothing that is inoffensive and meets safety requirements. Do not allow sleeveless shirts, shorts, exceedingly torn, ripped, or soiled clothing to be worn on the Project. I. Do not allow firearms or weapons of any sort to be brought on to the Site under any conditions. No exception is to be made for persons with concealed handgun permits. Remove any firearms or weapons and the person possessing these firearms or weapons immediately from the Site. 19.08 Protection of Existing Structures and Utilities A. Examine the Site and review the available information concerning the Site. Locate utilities, streets, driveways, fences, drainage structures, sidewalks, curbs, and gutters. Verify the elevations of the structures adjacent to excavations. Report any discrepancies from information in the Contract Documents to the OAR before beginning construction. B. Determine if existing structures, poles, piping, or other utilities at excavations will require relocation or replacement. Prepare a Plan of Action and coordinate Work with local utility companies and others for the relocation or replacement. C. Protect buildings, utilities, street surfaces, driveways, sidewalks, curb and gutter, fences, wells, drainage structures, piping, valves, manholes, electrical conduits, and other systems or structures unless they are shown to be replaced or relocated on the Drawings. Restore damaged items to the satisfaction of the OPT and utility owner. D. Carefully support and protect all structures and/or utilities so that there will be no failure or settlement where excavation or demolition endangers adjacent structures and utilities. Do not take existing utilities out of service unless required by the Contract Documents or approved by the OAR. Notify and cooperate with the utility owner if it is necessary to move services, poles, guy wires, pipelines, or other obstructions. E. Protect existing trees and landscaping at the Site. 1. Identify trees that may be removed during construction with OPT. 2. Mark trees to be removed with paint. 3. Protect trees to remain from damage by wrapping trunks with 2 x 4 timbers around the perimeter, securely wired in place, where machinery must operate around existing trees. Protect branches and limbs from damage by equipment. 4. Protect root zone from compaction. 19.09 Pre-Construction Exploratory Excavations A. Excavate and expose existing pipelines that cross within 20 feet of Project pipelines prior to any Work. Survey the line to determine its exact vertical and horizontal location at each point the existing pipeline may potentially conflict with the Work. B. Excavate and expose existing parallel pipelines at 300 feet intervals (maximum) for existing pipelines which are within 10 feet of Project pipelines. Survey the line to determine its exact vertical and horizontal location at each point where the line is excavated and exposed. General Conditions 007200-83 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F C. Prepare a Plan of Action indicating the owner of pipelines excavated and surveyed and all pertinent survey data, including the station where lines cross or conflicts may exist and the distance to the pavement centerline and elevations of the top of existing pipelines. D. Do not perform Work on the Project until all exploratory excavations have been completed and the Plan of Action has been approved by the OAR. E. Unless specifically indicated otherwise in the Bid Form, no separate payment will be made for pre-construction exploratory excavations. Include the cost for pre-construction exploratory excavations in the unit price for the pipe construction or other applicable feature. When necessary, pavement repairs associated with exploratory excavations that are beyond the limits of the new pavement will be paid for at the unit prices for pavement repair when an item is included in the Bid Form. When an item for pavement repair is not included in the Bid Form, the cost should be included in the unit price for the pipe construction or other applicable feature. 19.10 Disruption of Services/Continued Operations A. Existing facilities are to continue in service as usual during the construction unless noted otherwise. Owner of utilities must be able to operate and maintain the facilities. Keep disruptions to existing utilities, piping, process piping, or electrical services to a minimum. 1. Do not restrict access to critical valves or operators. 2. Limit operations to the minimum amount of space needed to complete the specified Work. 3. Maintain storm sewers and sanitary sewers in service at all times. Provide temporary service around the construction or otherwise construct the structure in a manner that the flow is not restricted. B. Provide a Plan of Action if facilities must be taken out of operation. 19.11 Field Measurements A. Perform complete field measurements prior to purchasing products or beginning construction for products required to fit existing conditions. B. Verify property lines, control lines, grades, and levels indicated on the Drawings. C. Check Shop Drawings and indicate the actual dimensions available where products are to be installed. D. Include field measurements in Record Data as required in Article 26. 19.12 Reference Data and Control Points A. The OPT will provide the following control points: 1. Base line or grid reference points for horizontal control. 2. Benchmarks for vertical control. B. Locate and protect control points prior to starting the Work and preserve permanent reference points during construction. Designated control points may be on an existing structure or monument. Do not change or relocate points without prior approval of the OAR. General Conditions 007200-84 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F Notify OAR when the reference point is lost, destroyed, or requires relocation. Replace Project control points on the basis of the original survey. C. Provide complete engineering layout of the Work needed for construction. 1. Provide competent personnel. Provide equipment including accurate surveying instruments, stakes, platforms,tools, and materials. 2. Provide surveying with accuracy meeting the requirements established for Category 5 Construction Surveying as established in the Manual of Practice of Land Surveying in Texas published by the Texas Society of Professional Surveyors, latest revision. 3. Record Data and measurements per standards. 19.13 Delivery and Storage A. Deliver products and materials to the Site in time to prevent delays in construction. B. Deliver packaged products to Site in original undamaged containers with identifying labels attached. Open cartons as necessary to check for damage and to verify invoices. Reseal cartons and store properly until used. Leave products in packages or other containers until installed. C. Assume full responsibility for the protection and safekeeping of products stored at the Site. D. Store products at locations acceptable to the OAR and to allow Owner access to maintain and operate existing facilities. E. Store products in accordance with the Supplier's storage instructions immediately upon delivery. Leave seals and labels intact. F. Provide additional storage areas as needed for construction. Store products subject to damage by elements in substantial weather-tight enclosures or storage sheds. Provide and maintain storage sheds as required for the protection of products. Provide temperature, humidity control, and ventilation within the ranges stated in the Supplier's instructions. Remove storage facilities at the completion of the Project. G. Protect the pipe interior. Keep all foreign materials such as dirt, debris, animals, or other objects out of the pipe during the Work. Cap or plug ends of installed pipe in an approved manner when pipe is not being installed. Clean or wash out pipe sections that become contaminated before continuing with installation. Take precautions to prevent the pipe from floating or moving out of the proper position during or after laying operations. Immediately correct any pipe that moves from its correct position. H. Provide adequate exterior storage for products that may be stored out-of-doors. 1. Provide substantial platforms, blocking, or skids to support materials and products above ground which has been sloped to provide drainage. Protect products from soiling or staining. 2. Cover products subject to discoloration or deterioration from exposure to the elements, with impervious sheet materials. Provide ventilation to prevent condensation below covering. 3. Store loose, granular materials on clean, solid surfaces, or on rigid sheet materials, to prevent mixing with foreign matter. General Conditions 007200-85 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F 4. Provide surface drainage to prevent erosion and ponding of water. 5. Prevent mixing of refuse or chemically injurious materials or liquids with stored materials. 6. Pipes and conduits stored outdoors are to have open ends sealed to prevent the entrance of dirt, moisture, and other injurious materials. Protect PVC pipe from ultraviolet light exposure. 7. Store light weight products to prevent wind damage. I. Maintain storage facilities. Inspect stored products on a weekly basis and after periods of severe weather to verify that: 1. Storage facilities continue to meet specified requirements; 2. Supplier's required environmental conditions are continually maintained; and 3. Products that can be damaged by exposure to the elements are not adversely affected. J. Replace any stored item damaged by inadequate protection or environmental controls. K. Payment may be withheld for any products not properly stored. 19.14 Cleaning During Construction A. Provide positive methods to minimize raising dust from construction operations and provide positive means to prevent air-borne dust from disbursing into the atmosphere. Control dust and dirt from demolition, cutting, and patching operations. B. Clean the Project as Work progresses and dispose of waste materials, keeping the Site free from accumulations of waste or rubbish. Provide containers on Site for waste collection. Do not allow waste materials or debris to blow around or off of the Site. Control dust from waste materials. Transport waste materials with as few handlings as possible. C. Comply with Laws and Regulations. Do not burn or bury waste materials. Remove waste materials, rubbish and debris from the Site and legally dispose of these at public or private disposal facilities. D. Provide a final cleaning to thoroughly clean the entire Site and make ready for acceptance. 1. Remove construction debris, boxes, and trash from the Site. 2. Remove construction storage sheds and field offices. 3. Restore grade to match surrounding condition and remove excess dirt. 4. Sweep all drives and parking lots clean of dirt and debris. Use water trucks or hose down paved site to like new appearance. 19.15 Maintenance of Roads, Driveways, and Access A. Maintain roads and streets in a manner that is suitable for safe operations of public vehicles during all phases of construction unless the Owner approves a street closing. Do not close public roads overnight. B. Submit a Notification by Contractor for Owner's approval of a street closing. The request shall state: General Conditions 007200-86 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F 1. The reason for closing the street. 2. How long the street will remain closed. 3. Procedures to be taken to maintain the flow of traffic. C. Construct temporary detours, including by-pass roads around construction,with adequately clear width to maintain the free flow of traffic at all times. Maintain barricades, signs, and safety features around the detour and excavations. Maintain barricades, signs, and safety features around the Work in accordance with all provisions of the latest edition of the Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices (MUTCD). D. Assume responsibility for any damage resulting from construction along roads or drives. 19.16 Area Access and Traffic Control A. Provide traffic control measures to assure a safe condition and to provide a minimum of inconvenience to motorists and the public. Provide all-weather access to all residents and businesses at all times during construction. Provide temporary driveways and/or roads of approved material during wet weather. Maintain a stockpile of suitable material on the Site to meet the demands of inclement weather. B. Schedule operations to minimize adverse impact on the accessibility of adjoining properties. Sequence construction to build driveways in half widths, construct temporary ramps, or any other measure required to maintain access to adjoining properties. C. Comply with the Owner's Uniform Barricading Standards and Practices. Copies of this document are available through the Owner's Traffic Engineering Department. Secure required permits from the Owner's Traffic Engineering Department. 19.17 Overhead Electrical Wires A. Comply with OSHA safety requirements regarding construction equipment working beneath overhead electrical wires. Prevent and pay for repairs for damage to existing overhead electrical wires or facilities. B. Provide for adequate safety with regard to overhead lines whether overhead lines are or are not shown in the Contract Documents. 19.18 Blasting A. Blasting is not allowed for any purpose. 19.19 Archeological Requirements A. Cease operations immediately and contact the Owner for instructions if historical or archaeological artifacts are found during construction. B. Conduct all construction activities to avoid adverse impact on the Sites where significant historical or archaeological artifacts are found or identified as an area where other artifacts could be found. 1. Obtain details for Working in these areas. 2. Maintain confidentiality regarding the Site. General Conditions 007200-87 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F 3. Adhere to the requirements of the Texas Historical Commission. 4. Notify the OAR and the Texas Historical Commission. C. Do not disturb archaeological sites. 1. Obtain the services of a qualified archaeological specialist to instruct construction personnel on how to identify and protect archaeological finds on an emergency basis. 2. Coordinate activities to permit archaeological work to take place within the area. a. Attempt to archaeologically clear areas needed for construction as soon as possible. b. Provide a determination of priority for such areas. D. Assume responsibility for any unauthorized destruction that might result to such Sites by construction personnel, and pay all penalties assessed by the State or Federal agencies for non-compliance with these requirements. E. Contract Times will be modified to compensate for delays caused by such archaeological finds. No additional compensation will be paid for delays. 19.20 Endangered Species Resources A. Do not perform any activity that is likely to jeopardize the continued existence of a threatened or endangered species as listed or proposed for listing under the Federal Endangered Species Act (ESA), and/or the State of Texas Parks and Wildlife Code on Endangered Species, or to destroy or adversely modify the habitat of such species. B. Cease Work immediately in the area of the encounter and notify the OAR if a threatened or endangered species is encountered during construction. OPT will implement actions in accordance with the ESA and applicable State statutes. Resume construction in the area of the encounter when authorized to do so by the OAR. 19.21 Cooperation with Public Agencies A. Cooperate with all public and private agencies with facilities operating within the limits of the Project. B. Provide a 48-hour notice to any applicable agency when work is anticipated to proceed in the vicinity of any facility by using Texas 811 at 811 and the Lone Star Notification Company at 1-800-669-8344. ARTICLE 20—PROJECT COORDINATION 20.01 Work Included A. Administer Contract requirements to construct the Project. Provide documentation per the requirements of this Section. Provide information as requested by the OPT. 20.02 Document Submittal A. Provide documents in accordance with Article 24. General Conditions 007200-88 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F B. Use the forms provided for Contract administration, applications for payment, document submittals, documentation of test results, equipment installation and documentation, and Project closeout. A digital copy of the required forms will be provided to the Contractor before or at the pre-construction conference. 20.03 Communication During Project A. The OAR is to be the first point of contact for all parties on matters concerning this Project. B. The OAR will coordinate correspondence concerning: 1. Documents, including Applications for Payment. 2. Clarification and interpretation of the Contract Documents. 3. Contract Modifications. 4. Observation of Work and testing. 5. Claims. C. The OAR will normally communicate only with the Contractor. Any required communication with Subcontractors or Suppliers will only be with the direct involvement of the Contractor. D. Direct written communications to the OAR at the address indicated at the pre-construction conference. Include the following with communications as a minimum: 1. Name of the Owner. 2. Project name. 3. Contract title. 4. Project number. 5. Date. 6. A reference statement. 20.04 Project Meetings A. Pre-Construction Conference: 1. Attend a pre-construction conference. 2. The location of the conference will be determined by the OAR. 3. The time of the meeting will be determined by the OAR but will be after the Notice of Award is issued and not later than 15 days after the Notice to Proceed is issued. 4. The OPT, Contractor's project manager and superintendent, representatives of utility companies, and representatives from major Subcontractors and Suppliers may attend the conference. 5. Provide and be prepared to discuss: a. Preliminary construction schedule per Article 27. b. Schedule of Values and anticipated Schedule of Payments per Article 17. C. List of Subcontractors and Suppliers. General Conditions 007200-89 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F d. Contractor's organizational chart as it relates to this Project. e. Letter indicating the agents of authority for the Contractor and the limit of that authority with respect to the execution of legal documents,Contract Modifications, and payment requests. B. Progress Meetings: 1. Attend meetings with the OAR and Owner. a. Meet on a monthly basis or as requested by the OAR to discuss the Project. b. Meet at the Site or other location as designated by the OAR. c. Contractor's superintendent and other key personnel are to attend the meeting. Other individuals may be requested to attend to discuss specific matters. d. Notify the OAR of any specific items to be discussed a minimum of 1 week prior to the meeting. 2. Provide information as requested by the OAR or Owner concerning this Project. Prepare to discuss: a. Status of overall Project schedule. b. Contractor's detailed schedule for the next month. c. Anticipated delivery dates for equipment. d. Coordination with the Owner. e. Status of documents. f. Information or clarification of the Contract Documents. g. Claims and proposed Modifications to the Contract. h. Field observations, problems, or conflicts. i. Maintenance of quality standards. 3. OAR will prepare minutes of meetings. Review the minutes of the meeting and notify the OAR of any discrepancies within 10 days of the date of the meeting memorandum. The minutes will not be corrected after the 10 days have expired. Corrections will be reflected in the minutes of the following meeting or as an attachment to the minutes. C. Pre-Submittal and Pre-Installation Meetings: 1. Conduct pre-submittal and pre-installation meetings as required in the individual technical Specifications or as determined necessary by the OAR (for example, instrumentation, roofing, concrete mix design, etc.). 2. Set the time and location of the meetings when ready to proceed with the associated Work. Submit a Notification by Contractor in accordance with Paragraph 20.07 for the meeting 2 weeks before the meeting. OPT must approve of the proposed time and location. 3. Attend the meeting and require the participation of appropriate Subcontractors and Suppliers in the meeting. General Conditions 007200-90 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F 4. Prepare minutes of the meeting and submit to the OPT for review. OPT will review the minutes of the meeting and notify the Contractor of any discrepancies within 10 days of the date of the meeting memorandum. The minutes will not be corrected after the 10 days have expired. Corrections will be reflected in a revised set of meeting minutes. 20.05 Requests for Information A. Submit Request for Information (RFI) to the OAR to obtain additional information or clarification of the Contract Documents. 1. Submit a separate RFI for each item on the form provided. 2. Attach adequate information to permit a written response without further clarification. OAR will return requests that do not have adequate information to the Contractor for additional information. Contractor is responsible for all delays resulting from multiple document submittals due to inadequate information. 3. A response will be made when adequate information is provided. Response will be made on the RFI form or in attached information. B. Response to an RFI is given to provide additional information, interpretation, or clarification of the requirements of the Contract Documents, and does not modify the Contract Documents. C. Designer will initiate a Request for a Change Proposal (RCP) per Article 12 if the RFI indicates that a Contract Modification is required. D. Use the Project Issues Log to document decisions made at meetings and actions to be taken in accordance with Paragraph 20.06. E. Use the Action Item Log to document assignments for actions to be taken in accordance with Paragraph 20.06. 20.06 Decision and Action Item Log A. OAR will maintain a Project Decision Log to document key decisions made at meetings, telephone conversation or Site visits using the format provided: 1. Review the log prior to each regular meeting. 2. Report any discrepancies to the OAR for correction or discussion at the next monthly meeting. B. OAR will maintain an Action Item log in conjunction with the Project Decision Log to track assignments made at meetings, telephone conversation, or Site visits using the format provided: 1. Review the Action Item Log prior to each regular meeting. 2. Report actions taken subsequent to the previous progress meeting on items in the log assigned to the Contractor or through the Contractor to a Subcontractor or Supplier to the OAR. Report on status of progress 1 week prior to each progress meeting established in Paragraph 20.04 to allow OAR to update the log prior to the Progress meetings. 3. Be prepared to discuss the status at each meeting. General Conditions 007200-91 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F C. Decisions or action items in the log that require a change in the Contract Documents will have the preparation of a Modification as an action item if appropriate. The Contract Documents can only be changed by a Modification. 20.07 Notification By Contractor A. Notify the OAR of: 1. Need for testing. 2. Intent to work outside regular working hours. 3. Request to shut down facilities or utilities. 4. Proposed utility connections. 5. Required observation by OAR, Designer, or inspection agencies prior to covering Work. 6. Training. B. Provide notification a minimum of 2 weeks in advance in order to allow OPT time to respond appropriately to the notification. C. Use "Notification by Contractor" form provided. 20.08 Record Documents A. Maintain at the Site one complete set of printed Record Documents including: 1. Drawings. 2. Specifications. 3. Addenda. 4. Modifications. 5. Record Data and approved Shop Drawings. 6. Construction photographs. 7. Test Reports. 8. Clarifications and other information provided in Request for Information responses. 9. Reference standards. B. Store printed Record Documents and Samples in the Contractor's field office. 1. Record Documents are to remain separate from documents used for construction. 2. Provide files and racks for the storage of Record Documents. 3. Provide a secure storage space for the storage of Samples. 4. Maintain Record Documents in clean, dry, legible conditions, and in good order. 5. Make Record Documents and Samples available at all times for inspection by the OPT. C. Maintain a digital record of Specifications and Addenda to identify products provided in PDF format. General Conditions 007200-92 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F 1. Reference the Record Data number, Shop Drawings number,and O&M manual number for each product and item of equipment furnished or installed. 2. Reference Modifications by type and number for all changes. D. Maintain a digital record of Drawings in PDF format. 1. Reference the Record Data number, Shop Drawings number,and O&M manual number for each product and item of equipment furnished or installed. 2. Reference Modifications by type and number for all changes. 3. Record information as construction is being performed. Do not conceal any Work until the required information is recorded. 4. Mark Drawings to record actual construction, including the following: a. Depths of various elements of the foundation in relation to finished first floor datum or the top of walls. b. Horizontal and vertical locations of underground utilities and appurtenances constructed and existing utilities encountered during construction. C. Location of utilities and appurtenances concealed in the Work. Refer measurements to permanent structures on the surface. Include the following equipment: 1) Piping. 2) Ductwork. 3) Equipment and control devices requiring periodic maintenance or repair. 4) Valves, unions,traps, and tanks. 5) Services entrance. 6) Feeders. 7) Outlets. d. Changes of dimension and detail. e. Changes by Modifications. f. Information in Request for Information or included in the Project Issues Log. g. Details not on the original Drawings. Include field verified dimensions and clarifications, interpretations, and additional information issued in response to RFIs. 5. Mark Drawings with the following colors: a. Highlight references to other documents, including Modifications in blue; b. Highlight mark ups for new or revised Work(lines added) in yellow; C. Highlight items deleted or not installed (lines to be removed) in red; and d. Highlight items constructed per the Contract Documents in green. General Conditions 007200-93 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F 6. Submit Record Documents to Designer for review and acceptance 30 days prior to Final Completion of the Project. E. Applications for Payment will not be recommended for payment if Record Documents are found to be incomplete or not in order. Final payment will not be recommended without complete Record Documents. ARTICLE 21—QUALITY MANAGEMENT 21.01 Contractor's Responsibilities A. Review the OPT's Quality Management Program and prepare and submit the Contractor's Quality Control Plan. B. Implement the Contractor's Quality Control Plan to control the quality of the Work and verify that the Work meets the standards of quality established in the Contract Documents. 1. Inspect products to be incorporated into the Project. Ensure that Suppliers have adequate quality control systems to ensure that products that comply with the Contract Documents are provided. 2. Integrate quality control measures into construction activities to produce Work which meets quality expectations of the Contract Documents. Inspect the Work of the Contractor, Subcontractors, and Suppliers. Correct Defective Work. 3. Provide and pay for the services of an approved professional materials testing laboratory acceptable to the OPT to provide testing that demonstrates that products proposed in Shop Drawings and Record Data for the Project fully comply with the Contract Documents. 4. Provide facilities, equipment, and Samples required for quality control inspections and tests: a. Give the OAR adequate notice before proceeding with Work that would interfere with inspections or testing; b. Notify the OAR and testing laboratories prior to the time that testing is required, providing adequate lead time to allow arrangements for inspections or testing to be made; C. Do not proceed with any Work that would impact the ability to correct defects or Work that would require subsequent removal to correct defects until testing services have been performed and results of tests indicate that the Work is acceptable; d. Cooperate fully with the performance of sampling, inspection, and testing; e. Provide personnel to assist with sampling or to assist in making inspections and field tests; f. Obtain and handle Samples for testing at the Site or at the production source of the product to be tested; g. Provide adequate quantities of representative products to be tested to the laboratory at the designated locations; General Conditions 007200-94 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F h. Provide facilities required to store and cure test Samples; i. Provide calibrated scales and measuring devices for the OPT's use in performing inspections and testing; j. Provide adequate lighting to allow OPT observations; and k. Make Contract Documents available to testing agencies when requested. 5. Provide safe access for all inspection and testing activities, including those to be conducted as part of the OPT's Quality Management Program. 6. Document Defective Work through Certified Test Reports and Defective Work Notices. Document that corrective actions have been taken to correct any defects and that corrected Work is in compliance with the Contract Documents. 7. Apply quality control measures to documentation provided for the Project. 8. Implement countermeasures to prevent future Defective Work. C. Perform tests as indicated in this and other Sections of the Specifications. Technical Specifications govern if any testing and inspection requirements of this Section conflict with the testing and inspection requirements of the technical Specifications. D. All verification testing is to be observed by the OAR or designated representative. E. Send test reports to the OAR and the Designer. F. Provide an update on quality control activities at monthly progress meetings. G. Owner will withhold payment for Defective Work, or Work that has not been tested or inspected in accordance with the Contractor's Quality Control Plan,the OPT's Quality Control Program, or the Contract Documents. H. Owner will withhold payment for additional testing fees incurred due to Contractor noncompliance with OPT's Quality Control Program, including retesting fees, standby time, cancellation charges, and trip fees for retesting or cancellations. I. Work performed that is connected or adjacent to Defective Work or Work that would have to be removed to correct Defective Work is also considered to be Defective. Contractor is responsible for all cost with replacing any acceptable Work that must be removed or might be damaged by corrective actions. 21.02 Quality Management Activities by OPT A. OPT will perform its own quality assurance tests independent of the Contractor's Quality Control Program. Assist the OPT and testing organizations in performing quality assurance activities per Paragraph 21.01. B. Quality assurance testing performed by the OPT will be paid for by the Owner, except for verification testing required per Paragraph 21.07. C. Quality assurance activities of the OPT, through their own forces or through contracts with consultants and materials testing laboratories are for the purpose of monitoring the results of the Contractor's Work to see that it is in compliance with the requirements of the Contract Documents. Quality assurance activities or non-performance of quality assurance activities by the OPT do not: General Conditions 007200-95 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F 1. Relieve the Contractor of its responsibility to provide Work or furnish products that conform with the requirements of the Contract Documents; 2. Relieve the Contractor of its responsibility for providing adequate quality control measures; 3. Relieve the Contractor of its responsibility for damage to or loss of Work or products before OPT's acceptance; 4. Constitute or imply OPT's acceptance; and 5. Affect the continuing rights of the Owner after OPT's acceptance of the completed Work. D. Work is subject to OPT's quality assurance observations or testing at any time. Products which have been tested or inspected and approved by OPT at a supply source or staging area may be inspected or tested again by the OPT before, during or after incorporation into the Work and rejected if products do not comply with the Contract Documents. 21.03 Contractor's Use of OPT's Test Reports A. OPT has prepared a Quality Management Plan that describes, in general, the OPT's anticipated quality assurance testing program for this Project. This testing program will be made available to Bidders during the bidding phase. This plan outlines only the testing in general terms and may not reflect actual testing. Actual testing will depend on the Contractors means, methods and procedures of construction which will not be known until the Contractor begins Work and submits their own Quality Control Plan for review. There is no guarantee that all testing will be performed. B. Contractor will receive copies of all test reports documenting OPT's quality assurance activities. Contractor is entitled to rely on the accuracy of these test results and use these as part of their quality control efforts. C. Contractor is to determine additional testing or inspections that may be required to implement the Contractor's Quality Control Plan. Include cost for additional testing and inspections required to meet Contractors quality control obligations, including the cost for correcting Defective Work in the Contract Price. D. Contractor may submit a Change Proposal if OPT's quality assurance testing program deviates significantly from the OPT's Quality Management Plan, and Contractor can demonstrate that additional cost was incurred to implement the Contractor's Quality Control Plan resulting from these deviations. 21.04 Documentation A. Provide documentation which includes: 1. Contractor's Quality Management Plan that establishes the methods of assuring compliance with the Contract Documents. Submit this plan as a Shop Drawings per Article 25. 2. A Statement of Qualification for any proposed testing laboratories that includes a list of the engineers and technical staff that will provide testing services on the Project, descriptions of the qualifications of these individuals, list of tests that can be performed, General Conditions 007200-96 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F equipment used with date of last certification, and a list of recent projects for which testing has been performed with references for those projects. 3. Provide Certified Test Reports for products to be incorporated into the Project. Provide reports to indicate that proposed products comply with the Contract Documents or indicate that proposed products do not comply with the Contract Documents and why it does not comply. Submit these test reports as part of a Shop Drawings submitted per Article 25. 4. Provide Certified Test Reports for inspection and testing required in this Section and in other Specification Sections. Provide reports to indicate that Work complies with the Contract Documents or indicate that Work does not comply with the Contract Documents and why it does not comply. Submit these test reports on forms provided per Article 24. 21.05 Standards A. Provide testing laboratories that comply with the American Council of Independent Laboratories (ACIL) "Recommended Requirements for Independent Laboratory Qualifications." B. Perform testing per recognized test procedures as listed in the various Sections of the Specifications, standards of the State Department of Highways and Public Transportation, American Society of Testing Materials (ASTM), or other testing associations. Perform tests in accordance with published procedures for testing issued by these organizations. 21.06 Delivery and Storage A. Handle and protect test specimens of products and construction materials at the Site in accordance with recognized test procedures. Provide facilities for storing, curing, and processing test specimens as required by test standard to maintain the integrity of Samples. 21.07 Verification Testing for Corrected Defects A. Provide verification testing on Work performed to correct Defective Work to demonstrate that the Work is now in compliance with the Contract Documents. Document that Defective Work has been corrected and verify that the OAR closes the item in the Defective Work Register. B. Pay for verification testing. OPT may perform verification testing as part of their Quality Management Program and impose a Set-off to recover the cost for this testing. C. Conduct the same tests or inspections used to determine that the original Work was Defective. Different tests or methods may be used if approved by the OPT. 21.08 Test Reports A. Certified Test Reports are to be prepared for all tests. 1. Tests performed by testing laboratories may be submitted on their standard test report forms if acceptable to the OPT. These reports must include the following: a. Name of the Owner, Project title and number and Contractor; General Conditions 007200-97 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F b. Name of the laboratory, address, and telephone number; C. Name and signature of the laboratory personnel performing the test; d. Description of the product being sampled or tested; e. Date and time of sampling, inspection, and testing; f. Date the report was issued; g. Description of the test performed; h. Weather conditions and temperature at time of test or sampling; i. Location at the Site or structure where the sample was taken; j. Standard or test procedure used in making the test; k. A description of the results of the test; I. Statement of compliance or non-compliance with the Contract Documents; and m. Interpretations of test results, if appropriate. 2. Submit reports on tests performed by Contractor, Subcontractors or Suppliers on the forms provided by the OAR. 3. OPT will prepare test reports on test performed by the OPT. B. Send test report to Designer within 24 hours of completing the test. Flag tests reports with results that do not comply with Contract Documents for immediate attention. C. Payment for Work may be withheld until test reports indicate that the Work is not Defective. 21.09 Defective Work A. Immediately correct any Defective Work or notify the OAR why the Work is not to be corrected immediately and when corrective action will be completed. B. No payment will be made for Defective Work. Remove Work from the Application for Payment if Work paid for on a previous Application for Payment is found to be Defective. 21.10 Limitation of Authority of Testing Laboratory A. The testing laboratory representatives are limited to providing testing services and interpreting the results of the test performed. B. The testing laboratory is not authorized to: 1. Alter the requirements of the Contract Documents; 2. Accept or reject any portion of the Work; 3. Perform any of the duties of the Contractor; or 4. Direct or stop the Work. 21.11 Quality Control Plan A. Submit the Contractor's Quality Control Plan for approval as a Shop Drawing per Article 25. Use Contractor's Quality Control Plan Checklist provided to review the document before General Conditions 007200-98 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F submitting and include a copy of the completed checklist with the Contractor's Quality Control Plan. Do not begin Work until the Contractor's Quality Control Plan is approved. Submit an interim plan covering only the portion of Work to be performed if the Contractor plans to begin Work prior to submitting the Contractor's Quality Control Plan for the Project. Do not begin Work on other parts of the Project until the Contractor's Quality Control Plan is approved or another interim plan covering the additional Work to be started is approved. B. Provide a Contractor's Quality Control Plan that incorporates construction operations at both the Site and production Work at remote locations and includes Work by Subcontractors and Suppliers. The Contractor's Quality Control Plan is to include: 1. A description of the quality control organization, including an organization chart showing lines of authority to control the quality of Work; 2. Documentation describing name, qualifications (in resume format), duties, responsibilities, and level of authority of the Quality Control Manager; 3. The name, qualifications (in resume format), duties, responsibilities, and authorities of other persons assigned a quality control function; 4. Procedures for scheduling, reviewing, certifying, and managing documentation, including documentation provided by Subcontractors and Suppliers; 5. Control,verification, and acceptance testing procedures for each specific test. Include: a. Name of tests to be performed, b. Specification paragraph requiring test, C. Parameters of Work to be tested, d. Test frequency, e. Persons responsible for each test, and f. Applicable industry testing standards and laboratory facilities to be used for the test; 6. Integrate the OPT quality assurance testing into the Contractor's Quality Control Plan, specifically identifying the tests or inspections in Paragraph 21.11.13.5 that will be provided by the OPT as part of their Quality Management Program; 7. Procedures for tracking and documenting quality management efforts. 8. Procedures for tracking Defective Work from initial identification through acceptable corrective action. Indicate how documentation of the verification process for deficiencies will be made. 9. Reporting procedures which incorporate the use of forms provided by the OAR. 10. The name of the proposed testing laboratories along with documentation of qualifications per Paragraph 21.04. C. The Quality Control Manager must have authority to reject Defective Work and redirect the efforts of the Contractor's Team to prevent or correct Defective Work. D. Notify the Designer of any changes to the Contractor's Quality Control Plan or quality control personnel. General Conditions 007200-99 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F E. Meet with the OPT 7 days after Contractor's Quality Control Plan is submitted and before start of construction to discuss the Contractor's Quality Control Plan and expedite its approval. 21.12 Implement Contractor's Quality Control Plan A. Perform quality control observations and testing as required in each Section of the Specifications and where indicated on the Drawings. B. Include the following phases for each definable Work task. A definable Work task is one which is separate and distinct from other tasks, has separate control requirements, may be provided by different trades or disciplines, or may be Work by the same trade in a different environment. 1. Planning Phase: Perform the following before beginning each definable Work task: a. Review the Contract Drawings. b. Review documents and determine that they are complete in accordance with the Contract Documents. c. Check to assure that all materials and/or equipment have been tested, submitted, and approved. d. Examine the work area to assure that all required preliminary Work has been completed and complies with the Contract Documents. e. Examine required materials, equipment, and Sample Work to assure that they are on hand, conform to Shop Drawings and Record Data, and are properly stored. f. Review requirements for quality control inspection and testing. g. Discuss procedures for controlling quality of the Work. Document construction tolerances and workmanship standards for the Work task. h. Check that the portion of the plan for the Work to be performed incorporates document review comments. i. Discuss results of planning phase with the OAR. Conduct a meeting attended by the Quality Control Manager, the OAR, superintendent, other quality control personnel as applicable, and the foreman responsible for the Work task. Instruct applicable workers as to the acceptable level of workmanship required in order to meet the requirements of the Contract Documents. Document the results of the preparatory phase actions by separate meeting minutes prepared by the Quality Control Manager and attached to the quality control report. j. Do not move to the next phase unless results of investigations required for the planning phase indicate that requirements have been met. 2. Work Phase: Complete this phase after the Planning Phase: a. Notify the OAR at least 24 hours in advance of beginning the Work and discuss the review of the planning effort to indicate that requirements have been met. b. Check the Work to ensure that it is in full compliance with the Contract Documents. General Conditions 007200-100 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F c. Verify adequacy of controls to ensure full compliance with Contract Documents. Verify required control inspection and testing is performed. d. Verify that established levels of workmanship meet acceptable workmanship standards. Compare with required Sample panels as appropriate. e. Repeat the Work phase for each new crew to work on-site, or any time acceptable specified quality standards are not being met. 3. Follow-up Phase: Perform daily checks to assure control activities, including control testing, are providing continued compliance with contract requirements: a. Make checks daily and record observations in the quality control documentation. b. Conduct follow-up checks and correct all deficiencies prior to the start of additional Work tasks that may be affected by the Defective Work. Do not build upon nor conceal Defective Work. c. Conduct a review of the Work with the OPT one month prior to the expiration of the correction period. Correct defects as noted during the review. C. Conduct additional planning and Work phases if: 1. The quality of on-going Work is unacceptable; 2. Changes are made in applicable quality control staff, on-site production supervision or crews; 3. Work on a task is resumed after a substantial period of inactivity; or 4. Other quality problems develop. ARTICLE 22—FINAL RESOLUTION OF DISPUTES 22.01 Senior Level Negotiations A. Each party is required to continue to perform its obligations under the Contract pending the final resolution of any dispute arising out of or relating to the Contract, unless it would be impossible or impracticable under the circumstances then present. B. All negotiations pursuant to Article 22 are confidential and shall be treated as compromise and settlement negotiations for purposes of applicable rules of evidence. C. Before invoking mediation, Owner and Contractor agree that they first shall try to resolve any dispute arising out of or related to this Contract through discussions directly between those senior management representatives within their respective organizations who have overall managerial responsibility for similar projects. Both Owner and Contractor agree that this step shall be a condition precedent to use of any other alternative dispute resolution process. If the parties' senior management representatives cannot resolve the dispute within 45 calendar days after a party delivers a written notice of such dispute to the other, then the parties shall proceed with mediation. 22.02 Mediation A. In the event that Owner and/or Contractor contend that the other has committed a material breach of the Contract or the parties cannot reach a resolution of a claim or dispute pursuant General Conditions 007200-101 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F to Article 13, as a condition precedent to filing a lawsuit,either party shall request mediation of the dispute with the following requirements: 1. The request for mediation shall be in writing and shall request that the mediation commence not less than 30 calendar days or more than 90 calendar days following the date of the request, except upon agreement of the parties. 2. In the event Owner and Contractor are unable to agree to a date for the mediation or to the identity of the mediator within 30 calendar days following the date of the request for mediation, all conditions precedent shall be deemed to have occurred. 3. Owner and Contractor are to each pay one-half of the mediator's fees and costs.Venue for any mediation or lawsuit filed under this Contract shall be in Nueces County,Texas. Any agreement reached in mediation shall be enforceable as a settlement in any court having jurisdiction thereof. 4. Nothing in this Contract shall be construed as consent to a lawsuit. No provision of the Contract shall waive any immunity or defense. ARTICLE 23—MINORITY/MBE/DBE PARTICIPATION POLICY 23.01 Policy A. It is the policy of the City of Corpus Christi that maximum opportunity is afforded minorities, women, low income persons and Minority/Disadvantaged Business Enterprises (M/DBE) to participate in the performance of contracts awarded by the City of Corpus Christi in support of Equal Employment Opportunity goals and objectives. In accordance with such policy,the City has established goals, as stated herein, both for minority and female participation by trade and for Minority Business Enterprise. 23.02 Definitions A. Prime Contractor: Any person, firm, partnership, corporation, association, or joint venture as herein provided which has been awarded a City contract. B. Subcontractor: Any named person, firm, partnership, corporation, association, or joint venture herein identified as providing work, labor, services, supplies, equipment, materials, or any combination of the foregoing under contract with a prime contractor on a City contract. C. Minority/Disadvantaged Business Enterprise: A business enterprise that is owned and controlled by one or more minority person(s) or socially and economically disadvantaged individual(s). Minority/Disadvantaged person(s) must collectively own, operate and/or actively manage, and share in payments from such an enterprise in the manner hereinafter set forth: 1. Owned: a. For a sole proprietorship to be deemed a minority business enterprise, it must be owned by a minority person. b. For an enterprise doing business as a partnership, at least 51 percent of the assets or interest in the partnership property must be owned by one or more minority person(s). General Conditions 007200-102 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F C. For an enterprise doing business as a corporation, at least 51 percent of the assets or interest in the corporate shares must be owned by one or more minority person(s). 2. Controlled: a. The primary power, direct or indirect,to manage a business enterprise rests with a minority person(s). 3. Share in Payments: a. Minority partners, proprietors, or stockholders of the business enterprise must be entitled to receive 51 percent or more of the total profits, bonuses, dividends, interest payments, commissions, consulting fees, rents, procurement, and subcontract payments, and any other monetary distribution paid by the business enterprise. D. Minority: Minority persons include Blacks, Mexican-Americans and other persons of Hispanic origin, American Indians, Alaskan Natives, and Asians or Pacific Islanders. For the purposes of this policy,women are also considered as minorities. E. Socially and economically disadvantaged individual: Any individual who is a citizen (or lawfully admitted permanent resident) of the United States and who has been subjected to racial or ethnic prejudice or cultural bias within American society because of his or her identity as a member of a group and without regard to his or her individual qualities.The social disadvantage must stem from circumstances beyond the individual's control. F. Female Owned Business Enterprise: A sole proprietorship that is owned and controlled by a woman,a partnership at least 51 percent of whose assets or partnership interests are owned by one or more women, or a corporation at least 51 percent of whose assets or interests in the corporate shares are owned by one or more women. G. Joint Venture: A joint venture means an association of two or more persons, partnerships, corporations, or any combination thereof, founded to carry on a single business activity which is limited in scope and direction. The degree to which a joint venture may satisfy the stated MBE goal cannot exceed the proportionate interest of the MBE as a member of the joint venture in the Work to be performed by the joint venture. For example,a joint venture which is to perform 50 percent of the Work itself and in which a minority joint venture partner has a 50 percent interest, shall be deemed equivalent to having minority participation in 25 percent of the Work. Minority members of the joint venture must have financial, managerial, or technical skills in the Work to be performed by the joint venture. 23.03 Goals A. The goals for participation by minorities and Minority Business Enterprises expressed in percentage terms for the Contractor's aggregate work force on all construction Work for the Contract award shall be 1. Minority participation goal is 45%. 2. Minority Business Enterprise participation goal is 15%. B. These goals are applicable to all the construction work (regardless of federal participation) performed in the Contract, including approved Change Orders. The hours of minority General Conditions 007200-103 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F employment must be substantially uniform throughout the length of the Contract and in each trade. The transfer of minority employees from Contractor to Contractor or from project to project for the sole purpose of meeting the Contractor's percentage is prohibited. 23.04 Compliance A. Upon completion of the Project, a final breakdown of MBE participation, substantiated by copies of paid invoices, shall be submitted by the Contractor to the City Engineer. B. Make bi-weekly payroll submittals to the City Engineer. The Contractor is to indicate the percent of minority and female participation, by trade, which has been utilized on the Project. Along with the request for final payment on the Project,the Contractor will indicate, in writing, the overall participation in these areas which have been achieved. The City Engineer may withhold monthly or final payments to the Contractor for failure to submit bi- weekly payrolls in a timely fashion or to submit overall participation information as required. ARTICLE 24—DOCUMENT MANAGEMENT 24.01 Work Included A. Submit documentation as required by the Contract Documents and as reasonably requested by the OPT. 24.02 Quality Assurance A. Submit legible, accurate, complete documents presented in a clear, easily understood manner. Documents not meeting these criteria will be returned without review. 24.03 Contractor's Responsibilities A. Review documents prior to submitting. Make certifications as required by the Contract Documents and as indicated on forms provided. B. Provide a Schedule of Documents to list the documents that are to be submitted, the dates on which documents are to be sent to the Designer for review, and proposed dates that documents must be returned to comply with the Project schedule. Use the form provided for this list. C. Incorporate the dates for processing documents into the Progress Schedule required by Article 27. 1. Provide documents in accordance with the schedule so construction of the Project is not delayed. 2. Allow a reasonable time for the review of documents when preparing the Progress Schedule. Assume a 14 day review cycle for each document unless a longer period of time is indicated in the Contract Documents or agreed to by Designer and Contractor. 3. Schedule submittal of documents to provide all information for interrelated Work at one time. 4. Allow adequate time for processing documents so construction of the Project is not delayed. General Conditions 007200-104 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F 24.04 Document Submittal A. Submit documents through the Designer. Send all documents in digital format for processing. 1. Provide all information requested with a completed Document Transmittal form. Do not leave any blanks incomplete. If information is not applicable, enter NA in the space provided. 2. The Document Transmittal form is to be the first page in the document submitted. 3. Submit all documents in Portable Document Format (PDF). a. Create PDF documents from native format files unless files are only available from scanned documents. b. Rotate pages so that the top of each document appears at the top of the monitor screen when opened in PDF viewing software. c. Submit PDF document with adequate resolution to allow documents to be printed in a format equivalent to the document original. Documents are to be scalable to allow printing on standard 8-1/2 x 11 or 11 x 17 paper. d. Submit color PDF documents where color is required to interpret the document. e. Create or convert documents to allow text to be selected for comments or searched using text search features. Run scanned documents through Optical Character Recognition (OCR) software if necessary. f. Flatten markups in documents to prevent markups made by Contractor from being moved or deleted. Flatten documents to allow markup recovery. g. Use software to reduce file size using default settings except the option for "Drop Metadata." Uncheck the "Drop Metadata" box when reducing file size. h. Add footers to each document with the Project name. 24.05 Document Numbering A. Assign a number to the documents originated to allow tracking of the documents during the review process. 1. Assign the number consisting of a prefix, a sequence number, and a letter suffix. Prefixes shall be as follows: Prefix Description Originator AP Application for Payment Contractor CO Change Order OAR CP Change Proposal Contractor CTR Certified Test Report Contractor FO Field Order OAR NBC Notification by Contractor Contractor PD Photographic Documentation Contractor General Conditions 007200-105 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F Prefix Description Originator RCP Request for a Change Proposal OAR RD Record Data Contractor RFI Request for Information Contractor SD Shop Drawing Contractor SCH Schedule of Progress Contractor 2. Issue sequence numbers in chronological order for each type of document. 3. Issue numbers for resubmittals that have the same number as the original document followed by an alphabetical suffix indicating the number of times the same document has been sent to the Designer for processing. For example: SD 025 A represents Shop Drawing number 25 and the letter "A" designates that this is the second time this document has been sent for review. 4. Clearly note the document number on each page or sheet of the document. 5. Correct assignment of numbers is essential since different document types are processed in different ways. B. Include reference to the Drawing number and/or Specification Section, detail designation, schedule, or location that corresponds with the data on the document transmittal forms. Other identification may also be required, such as layout drawings or schedules to allow the reviewer to determine where a particular product is to be used. 24.06 Document Requirements A. Furnish documents as indicated below or in individual Specification Sections. Submit documents per the procedures described in the Contract Documents. B. Submit documents per the Specification Section shown in the following table: Document Type Section Application for Payment Article 17 Change Proposal Article 12 Certified Test Report Article 25 for approval of product Article 21 to demonstrate compliance Notification by Contractor Article 20 Photographic Documentation Article 28 Progress Schedules Article 27 Record Data Article 26 Request for Information Article 20 Shop Drawing Article 25 Schedule of Values Article 17 Substitutions Article 12 General Conditions 007200-106 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F Document Type Section Suppliers and Subcontractors Articles 20 and 26 ARTICLE 25—SHOP DRAWINGS 25.01 Work Included A. Shop Drawings are required for those products that cannot adequately be described in the Contract Documents to allow fabrication, erection, or installation of the product without additional detailed information from the Supplier. B. Submit Shop Drawings as required by the Contract Documents and as reasonably requested by the OPT to: 1. Record the products incorporated into the Project for the Owner; 2. Provide detailed information for the products proposed for the Project regarding their fabrication, installation, commissioning, and testing; and 3. Allow the Designer to advise the Owner if products proposed for the Project by the Contractor conform, in general,to the design concepts of the Contract Documents. C. Contractor's responsibility for full compliance with the Contract Documents is not relieved by the review of Shop Drawings, Samples, or mockups. Contract modifications can only be approved by Change Order or Field Order. 25.02 Quality Assurance A. Submit legible, accurate, and complete documents presented in a clear, easily understood manner. Shop Drawings not meeting these criteria will be rejected. B. Demonstrate that the proposed products are in full and complete compliance with the design criteria and requirements of the Contract Documents or will be if deviations requested per Paragraph 25.10 are approved. C. Furnish and install products that fully comply with the information included in the document submittal. 25.03 Contractor's Responsibilities A. Provide Shop Drawings as required by Paragraph 25.03 of the Supplementary Conditions. B. Include Shop Drawings in the Schedule of Documents required by Article 24 to indicate the Shop Drawings to be submitted,the dates on which documents are to be sent to the Designer for review and proposed dates that the product will be incorporated into the Project. C. Incorporate the dates for processing Shop Drawings into the Progress Schedule required by Article 27. 1. Submit Shop Drawings in accordance with the schedule so construction of the Project is not delayed. 2. Allow a reasonable time for the review of Shop Drawings when preparing the Progress Schedule. Include time for making revisions to the Shop Drawings and resubmitting the Shop Drawing for a least a second review. Assume a 14-day review cycle for each time General Conditions 007200-107 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F a Shop Drawing is submitted for review unless a longer period of time is indicated in the Contract Documents. 3. Schedule document submittals to provide all information for interrelated Work at one time. 4. Allow adequate time for ordering, fabricating, delivering, and installing product so construction of the Project is not delayed. D. Complete the following before submitting a Shop Drawing or Sample: 1. Prepare Shop Drawing Review and coordinate the Shop Drawing or Sample with other Shop Drawings and Samples and with the requirements of the Work and the Contract Documents; 2. Determine and verify specified performance and design criteria, installation requirements, materials,catalog numbers, and similar information with respect to Shop Drawings and Samples; 3. Determine and verify the suitability of materials and equipment offered with respect to the indicated application, fabrication, shipping, handling, storage, assembly, and installation pertaining to the performance of the Work; and 4. Determine and verify information relative to Contractor's responsibilities for means, methods, techniques, sequences, and procedures of construction, and safety precautions and programs incident thereto. E. Determine and verify: 1. Accurate field measurements, quantities, and dimensions are shown on the Shop Drawings; 2. Location of existing structures, utilities, and equipment related to the Shop Drawing have been shown and conflicts between the products existing structures, utilities, and equipment have been identified; 3. Conflicts that impact the installation of the products have been brought to the attention of the OPT through the Designer; 4. Shop Drawings are complete for their intended purpose; and 5. Conflicts between the Shop Drawings related to the various Subcontractors and Suppliers have been resolved. F. Review Shop Drawings prior to submitting to the Designer. Certify that all Shop Drawings have been reviewed by the Contractor and are in strict conformance with the Contract Documents as modified by Addenda, Change Order, Field Order, or Contract Amendment when submitting Shop Drawings except for deviations specifically brought to the Designer's attention on an attached Shop Drawing Deviation Request form in accordance with Paragraph 25.09. G. Fabrication or installation of any products prior to the approval of Shop Drawings is done at the Contractor's risk. Defective products may be rejected at the Owner's option. H. Payment will not be made for products for which Shop Drawings or Samples are required until these are approved by the Designer. General Conditions 007200-108 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F 25.04 Shop Drawing Requirements A. Provide adequate information in Shop Drawings and Samples so Designer can: 1. Assist the Owner in selecting colors,textures, or other aesthetic features. 2. Compare the proposed features of the product with the specified features and advise Owner that the product does, in general, conform to the Contract Documents. 3. Compare the performance features of the proposed product with those specified and advise the Owner that the product does, in general,conform to the performance criteria specified in the Contract Documents. 4. Review required certifications, guarantees, warranties, and service agreements for compliance with the Contract Documents. B. Include a complete description of the product to be furnished, including: 1. Type, dimensions, size, arrangement, and operational characteristics of the product; 2. Weights,gauges,materials of construction,external connections,anchors,and supports required; 3. All applicable standards such as ASTM or Federal specification numbers; 4. Fabrication and installation drawings, setting diagrams, manufacturing instructions, templates, patterns, and coordination drawings; 5. Mix designs for concrete, asphalt, or other materials proportioned for the Project; and 6. Complete and accurate field measurements for products which must fit existing conditions. Indicate on the document submittal that the measurements represent actual dimensions obtained at the Site. C. Submit Shop Drawings that require coordination with other Shop Drawings at the same time. Shop Drawings requiring coordination with other Shop Drawings will be rejected until a complete package is submitted. 25.05 Special Certifications and Reports A. Provide all required certifications with the Shop Drawings as specified in the individual Specification Sections: 1. Certified Test Reports (CTR): A report prepared by an approved testing agency giving results of tests performed on products to indicate their compliance with the Specifications. This report is to demonstrate that the product when installed will meet the requirements and is part of the Shop Drawing. Field tests may be performed by the Owner to determine that in place materials or products meet the same quality as indicated in the CTR submitted as part of the Shop Drawing. 2. Certification of Local Field Service (CLS): A certified letter stating that field service is available from a factory or supplier approved service organization located within a 300 mile radius of the Site. List names, addresses, and telephone numbers of approved service organizations on or attach it to the certificate. 3. Certification of Adequacy of Design (CAD): A certified letter from the manufacturer of the equipment stating that they have designed the equipment to be structurally stable General Conditions 007200-109 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F and to withstand all imposed loads without deformation, failure, or adverse effects to the performance and operational requirements of the unit. The letter shall state that mechanical and electrical equipment is adequately sized to be fully operational for the conditions specified or normally encountered by the product's intended use. 25.06 Warranties and Guarantees A. Provide all required warranties, guarantees, and related documents with the Shop Drawing. The effective date of warranties and guarantees will be the date of acceptance of the Work by the Owner. B. Identify all Extended Warranties, defined as any guarantee of performance for the product or system beyond the 1-year correction period described in the General Conditions. Issue the warranty certificate in the name of the Owner. Provide a Warranty Bond for Extended Warranties if required by Specification Sections. C. Provide a copy of all warranties in a separate document in accordance with Article 29. 25.07 Shop Drawing Submittal Procedures A. Submit Shop Drawings through the Designer. Send all documents in digital format for processing. 1. Provide all information requested in the Shop Drawing submittal form. Do not leave any blanks incomplete. If information is not applicable,enter NA in the space provided. The Shop Drawing submittal form is to be the first document in the file submitted. 2. Submit all documents in Portable Document Format(PDF). a. Create PDF documents from native format files unless files are only available from scanned documents. b. Rotate pages so that the top of each document appears at the top of the monitor screen when opened in PDF viewing software. c. Submit PDF document with adequate resolution to allow documents to be printed in a format equivalent to the document original. Documents are to be scalable to allow printing on standard 8-1/2 x 11 or 11 x 17 paper. d. Submit color PDF documents where color is required to interpret the Shop Drawing. Submit Samples and color charts per Paragraph 2S.08.A. e. Create or convert documents to allow text to be selected for comments or searched using text search features. Run scanned documents through Optical Character Recognition (OCR) software if necessary. f. Flatten markups in documents to prevent markups made by Contractor from being moved or deleted. Flatten documents to allow markup recovery. g. Use software to reduce file size using default settings except the option for "Drop Metadata." Uncheck the "Drop Metadata" box when reducing file size. h. Add footers to each document with the Project name. General Conditions 007200-110 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F 3. Submit each specific product or class of material separately so these can be tracked and processed independently. Do not submit Shop Drawings for more than one product in the same Shop Drawing. 4. Submit items specified in different Specification Sections separately unless they are part of an integrated system. 5. Define abbreviations and symbols used in Shop Drawings. a. Use terms and symbols in Shop Drawings consistent with the Contract Drawings. b. Provide a list of abbreviations and their meaning as used in the Shop Drawings. c. Provide a legend for symbols used on Shop Drawings. 6. Mark Shop Drawings to reference: a. Related Specification Sections, b. Drawing number and detail designation, C. Product designation or name, d. Schedule references, e. System into which the product is incorporated, and f. Location where the product is incorporated into the Project. B. Use the following conventions to markup Shop Drawings for review: 1. Make comments and corrections in the color blue. Add explanatory comments to the markup. 2. Highlight items in black that are not being furnished when the Supplier's standard drawings or information sheets are provided so that only the products to be provided are in their original color. 3. Make comments in the color yellow where selections or decisions by the Designer are required, but such selections do not constitute a deviation from the Contract Documents. Add explanatory comments to the markup to indicate the action to be taken by the Designer. 4. Make comments in the color orange that are deviation requests. Include the deviation request number on the Shop Drawing that corresponds to the deviation request on the Shop Drawing Deviation Request form. Include explanatory comments in the Shop Drawing Deviation Request form. 5. Mark dimensions with the prefix FD to indicate field verified dimensions on the Shop Drawings. C. Submit a Change Proposal per Article 12 to request modifications to the Contract Documents, including those for approval of"or equal" products when specifically allowed by the Contract Documents or as a substitution for specified products or procedures. D. Designate a Shop Drawing as requiring priority treatment in the comment section of the Shop Drawing submittal form to place the review of the Shop Drawing ahead of other Shop Drawings previously delivered. Shop Drawings are typically reviewed in the order received, unless Contractor requests that a different priority be assigned. Priority Shop Drawings will General Conditions 007200-111 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F be reviewed before other Shop Drawings for this Project already received but not yet reviewed. Use of this priority designation for Shop Drawings may delay the review of Shop Drawings previously submitted, pushing the processing of Shop Drawings beyond the 14-day target. Contractor is responsible for delays resulting from the use of the priority designation status on Shop Drawings. E. Complete the certification required by Paragraph 25.03. 25.08 Sample and Mockup Submittal Procedures A. Submit color charts and Samples for every product requiring color, texture, or finish selection. 1. Submit color charts and Samples only after Shop Drawings for the products have been approved. 2. Deliver all color charts and Samples at one time. 3. Provide Samples of adequate size to clearly illustrate the functional characteristics of the product, with integrally related parts and attachment devices. 4. Indicate the full range of color, texture, and patterns. 5. Deliver color charts and Samples to the field office and store for the duration of the Project 6. Notify the Designer that color charts and Samples have been delivered for approval using the Notification by Contractor form. 7. Submit color charts and Samples not less than 30 days prior to when these products are to be ordered or released for fabrication to comply with the Project schedule. 8. Remove Samples that have been rejected. Submit new Samples following the same process as for the initial Sample until Samples are approved. 9. Dispose of Samples when related Work has been completed and approved and disposal is approved by the Designer. At Owner's option, Samples will become the property of the Owner. B. Construct mockups for comparison with the Work being performed. 1. Construct mockups from the actual products to be used in construction per detailed Specification Sections. 2. Construct mockups of the size and in the area indicated in the Contract Documents. 3. Construct mockups complete with texture and finish to represent the finished product. 4. Notify the Designer that mockups have been constructed and are ready for approval using the Notification by Contractor form. Allow 2 weeks for OPT to approve of the mockup before beginning the Work represented by the mockup. 5. Remove mockups that have been rejected. Construct new mockups following the same process as for the initial mockup until mockup is approved. 6. Protect mockups until Work has been completed and accepted by the OPT. General Conditions 007200-112 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F 7. Dispose of mockups when related Work has been completed and disposal is approved by the Designer. 25.09 Equal Non Specified Products A. Contractor may submit other manufacturers' products that are in full compliance with the Specification where Specifications list one or more manufacturers followed by the phase "or equal" or"or approved equal." 1. Submit a Shop Drawing as required by this article to document that the proposed product is equal or superior to the specified product. 2. Prove that the product is equal. It is not the OPT's responsibility to prove the product is not equal. a. Indicate on a point by point basis for each specified feature that the product is equal to the Contract Document requirements. b. Make a direct comparison with the specified manufacturer's published data sheets and available information. Provide this printed material with the Shop Drawing. c. The decision of the Designer regarding the acceptability of the proposed product is final. 3. Provide a typewritten certification that, in furnishing the proposed product as an equal, the Contractor: a. Has thoroughly examined the proposed product and has determined that it is equal or superior in all respects to the product specified. b. Has determined that the product will perform in the same manner and result in the same process as the specified product. c. Will provide the same warranties and/or bonds as for the product specified. d. Will assume all responsibility to coordinate any modifications that may be necessary to incorporate the product into the construction and will waive all claims for additional Work which may be necessary to incorporate the product into the Project which may subsequently become apparent. e. Will maintain the same time schedule as for the specified product. 25.10 Requests for Deviation A. Submit requests for deviation from the Contract Documents for any product that does not fully comply with the Contract Documents. B. Submit requests for deviation using the Shop Drawing Deviation Request form provided. Identify each deviation request as a separate item. Include all requested deviations that must be approved as a group together and identify them as a single item. C. Include a description of why the deviation is required and the impact on Contract Price or Contract Times. Include the amount of any cost savings to the Owner for deviations that result in a reduction in cost. D. Submit as a Change Proposal prior to submitting the Shop Drawing if the deviation will result in a change in Contract Price or Contract Times. General Conditions 007200-113 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F E. A Modification must be issued by the Designer for approval of a deviation. Approval of a requested Shop Drawing deviation by the Designer on the Shop Drawings Deviation Request form indicates approval of the requested deviation only on its technical merits as generally conforming to the Contract Documents. Deviations from the Contract Documents can only be approved by a Modification. 25.11 Designer Responsibilities A. Shop Drawings will be received by the Designer. Designer will log the documents and review per this Article for general conformance with the Contract Documents. 1. Designer's review and approval will be only to determine if the products described in the Shop Drawing or Sample will, after installation or incorporation into the Work, conform to the information given in the Contract Documents and be compatible with the design concept of the completed Project as a functioning whole as indicated by the Contract Documents. 2. Designer's review and approval will not extend to means, methods, techniques, sequences,or procedures of construction or to safety precautions or programs incident thereto. 3. Designer's review and approval of a separate item as such will not indicate approval of the assembly in which the item functions. B. Comments will be made on items called to the attention of the Designer for review and comment. Any marks made by the Designer do not constitute a blanket review of the document submittal or relieve the Contractor from responsibility for errors or deviations from the Contract requirements. 1. Designer will respond to Contractor's markups by either making markups directly in the Shop Drawings file using the color green or by attaching a Document Review Comments form with review comments. 2. Shop Drawings that are reviewed will be returned with one or more of the following status designations: a. Approved: Shop Drawing is found to be acceptable as submitted. b. Approved as Noted: Shop Drawing is Approved so long as corrections or notations made by Designer are incorporated into the Show Drawing. C. Not Approved: Shop Drawing or products described are not acceptable. 3. Shop Drawing will also be designated for one of the following actions: a. Final distribution: Shop Drawing is acceptable without further action and has been filed as a record document. b. Shop Drawing not required: A Shop Drawing was not required by the Contract Documents. Resubmit the document per Article 26. c. Cancelled: This action indicates that for some reason, the Shop Drawing is to be removed from consideration and all efforts regarding the processing of that document are to cease. General Conditions 007200-114 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F d. Revise and resubmit: Shop Drawing has deviations from the Contract Documents, significant errors, or is inadequate and must be revised and resubmitted for subsequent review. e. Resubmit with corrections made: Shop Drawing is "Approved as Noted," but has significant markups. Make correction and notations to provide a revised document with markup incorporated into the original document so that no markups are required. f. Returned without review due to excessive deficiencies: Document does not meet the requirement of the Specifications for presentation or content to the point where continuing to review the document would be counterproductive to the review process or clearly does not meet the requirements of the Contract Documents. Revise the Shop Drawing to comply with the requirements of this Section and resubmit. g. Actions a through c will close out the Shop Drawing review process and no further action is required as a Shop Drawing. Actions d through f require follow up action to close out the review process. 4. Drawings with a significant or substantial number of markings by the Contractor may be marked "Approved as Noted" and "Resubmit with corrections made." These drawings are to be revised to provide a clean record of the Shop Drawing. Proceed with ordering products as the documents are revised. 5. Dimensions or other data that does not appear to conform to the Contract Documents will be marked as "At Variance With" (AVW) the Contract Documents or other information provided. The Contractor is to make revisions as appropriate to comply with the Contract Documents. C. Bring deviations to the Shop Drawings to the attention of the Designer for approval by using the Shop Drawing Deviation Request form. Use a single line for each requested deviation so the Status and Action for each deviation can be determined for that requested deviation. If approval or rejection of a requested deviation will impact other requested deviations, then all related deviations should be included in that requested deviation line so the status and action can be determined on the requested deviation as a whole. D. Requested deviations will be reviewed as possible Modification to the Contract Documents. 1. A Requested deviation will be rejected as "Not Approved" if the requested deviation is unacceptable. Contractor is to revise and resubmit the Shop Drawing with corrections for approval. 2. A Field Order will be issued by the Designer for deviations approved by the Designer if the requested deviation is acceptable and if the requested deviation will not result in a change in Contract Price or Contract Times. Requested deviations from the Contract Documents may only be approved by Field Order. 3. A requested deviation will be rejected if the requested deviation is acceptable but the requested deviation will or should result in a change in Contract Price or Contract Times. Submit any requested deviation that requires a change in Contract Price or Contract Times as a Change Proposal for approval prior to resubmitting the Shop Drawing. General Conditions 007200-115 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F E. Contractor is to resubmit the Shop Drawing until it is acceptable and marked Approved or Approved as Noted and is assigned an action per Paragraph 25.11 that indicates that the Shop Drawing process is closed. F. Information that is submitted as a Shop Drawings that should be submitted as Record Data or other type of document, or is not required may be returned without review, or may be deleted. No further action is required and the Shop Drawing process for this document will be closed. 25.12 Resubmission Requirements A. Make all corrections or changes in the documents required by the Designer and resubmit to the Designer until approved. 1. Revise initial drawings or data and resubmit as specified for the original document. 2. Highlight or cloud in green those revisions which have been made in response to the previous reviews by the Designer. This will include changes previously highlighted or clouded in yellow to direct attention to Designer to items requiring selections or decisions by the Designer or highlighted or clouded in orange for a requested deviation from the Contract Documents. 3. Highlight and cloud new items in yellow where selections or decisions by the Designer are required, but such selections do not constitute a deviation from the Contract Documents. Add explanatory comments to the markup to indicate the action to be taken by the Designer. 4. Highlight and cloud new items in orange that are deviation requests. Include the deviation request number on the Shop Drawing that corresponds to the deviation request on the Shop Drawing Deviation Request form. Numbering for these new items is to start with the next number following the last Shop Drawing deviation requested. Include explanatory comments in the Shop Drawing Deviation Request form. B. Pay for excessive review of Shop Drawings. 1. Excessive review of Shop Drawings is defined as any review required after the original review has been made and the first resubmittal has been checked to see that corrections have been made. 2. Review of Shop Drawings or Samples will be an additional service requiring payment by the Contractor if the Contractor submits a substitution for a product for which a Shop Drawing or Sample has previously been approved, unless the need for such change is beyond the control of Contractor. 3. Cost for additional review time will be billed to the Owner by the Designer for the actual hours required for the review of Shop Drawings by Designer and in accordance with the rates listed in SECTION 00 73 00 SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS. 4. A Set-off will be included in each Application for Payment to pay costs for the additional review to the Owner on a monthly basis. The Set-off will be based on invoices submitted to Owner for these services. General Conditions 007200-116 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F 5. Need for more than one resubmission or any other delay of obtaining Designer's review of Shop Drawings will not entitle the Contractor to an adjustment in Contract Price or an extension of Contract Times. ARTICLE 26—RECORD DATA 26.01 Work Included A. Submit Record Data as required by the Contract Documents and as reasonably requested by the OPT. Provide Record Data for all products unless a Shop Drawing is required for the same item. B. Submit Record Data to provide documents that allow the Owner to: 1. Record the products incorporated into the Project for the Owner; 2. Review detailed information about the products regarding their fabrication,installation, commissioning, and testing; and 3. Provide replacement or repair of the products at some future date. C. Contractor's responsibility for full compliance with the Contract Documents is not relieved by the receipt or cursory review of Record Data. Contract modifications can only be approved by Change Order or Field Order. D. Provide various reports or other documents that Contract Documents require for record purposes. 26.02 Quality Assurance A. Submit legible, accurate, and complete documents presented in a clear, easily understood manner. Record Data not meeting these criteria will be rejected. 26.03 Contractor's Responsibilities A. Submit Record Data in accordance with SECTION 00 73 00 SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS. B. Include Record Data in the Schedule of Documents required by Article 24 to indicate the Record Data to be submitted,the dates on which documents are to be sent to the Designer for review, and proposed dates that the product will be incorporated into the Project. C. Complete the following before submitting Record Data: 1. Prepare Record Data and coordinate with Shop Drawings or Samples, other Record Data, and with the requirements of the Work and the Contract Documents; 2. Determine and verify specified performance and design criteria, installation requirements, materials, catalog numbers, and similar information; 3. Determine and verify the suitability of materials and equipment offered with respect to the indicated application, fabrication, shipping, handling, storage, assembly, and installation pertaining to the performance of the Work; and 4. Determine and verify information relative to Contractor's responsibilities for means, methods, techniques, sequences, and procedures of construction, and safety precautions and programs incident thereto. General Conditions 007200-117 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F D. Determine and verify: 1. Accurate field measurements, quantities, and dimensions are shown on the Record Data; 2. Location of existing structures, utilities, and equipment related to the Record Data have been shown and conflicts between the products existing structures, utilities, and equipment have been identified; 3. Conflicts that impact the installation of the products have been brought to the attention of the OPT through the Designer; 4. Record Data are complete for their intended purpose; and 5. Conflicts between the Record Data related to the various Subcontractors and Suppliers have been resolved. E. Review Record Data prior to submitting to the Designer. Certify that all Record Data has been reviewed by the Contractor and is in strict conformance with the Contract Documents as modified by Addenda, Change Order, Field Order, or Contract Amendment when submitting Record Data. 26.04 Record Data Requirements A. Include a complete description of the material or equipment to be furnished, including: 1. Type,dimensions,size,arrangement,model number,and operational parameters of the components; 2. Weights,gauges,materials of construction,external connections,anchors,and supports required; 3. All applicable standards such as ASTM or Federal specification numbers; 4. Fabrication and installation drawings, setting diagrams, manufacturing instructions, templates, patterns, and coordination drawings; 5. Mix designs for concrete, asphalt or other materials proportioned for the Project; and 6. Complete and accurate field measurements for products which must fit existing conditions. Indicate on the document submittal that the measurements represent actual dimensions obtained at the Site. 26.05 Special Certifications and Reports A. Provide all required certifications with the Record Data as specified in the individual Specification Sections: 1. Certified Test Reports (CTR): A report prepared by an approved testing agency giving results of tests performed on products to indicate their compliance with the Specifications. This report is to demonstrate that the product when installed will meet the requirements and is part of the Record Data. Field tests may be performed by the Owner to determine that in place materials or products meet the same quality as indicated in the CTR submitted as part of the Record Data. General Conditions 007200-118 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F 26.06 Warranties and Guarantees A. Provide all required warranties, guarantees, and related documents with the Record Data. The effective date of warranties and guarantees will be the date of acceptance of the Work by the Owner. B. Identify all Extended Warranties, defined as any guarantee of performance for the product or system beyond the 1 year correction period described in the General Conditions. Issue the warranty certificate in the name of the Owner. Provide a Warranty Bond for Extended Warranties if required. C. Provide a copy of all warranties in a separate document in accordance with Article 29. 26.07 Record Data Submittal Procedures A. Submit Record Data through the Designer. Send all documents in digital format for processing. 1. Provide all information requested in the Record Data submittal form. Do not leave any blanks incomplete. If information is not applicable,enter NA in the space provided. The Record Data submittal form is to be the first document in the file. 2. Submit all documents in Portable Document Format (PDF). a. Create PDF documents from native format files unless files are only available from scanned documents. b. Rotate pages so that the top of each document appears at the top of the monitor screen when opened in PDF viewing software. c. Submit PDF document with adequate resolution to allow documents to be printed in a format equivalent to the document original. Documents are to be scalable to allow printing on standard 8-1/2 x 11 or 11 x 17 paper. d. Submit color PDF documents where color is required to interpret the Record Data. e. Create or convert documents to allow text to be selected for comments or searched using text search features. Run scanned documents through Optical Character Recognition (OCR) software if necessary. f. Flatten markups in documents to prevent markups made by Contractor from being moved or deleted. Flatten documents to allow markup recovery. g. Use software to reduce file size using default settings except the option for "Drop Metadata." Uncheck the "Drop Metadata" box when reducing file size. h. Add footers to each document with the Project name. 3. Submit each specific product, class of material, or product separately so these can be tracked and processed independently. Do not submit Record Data for more than one system in the same Record Data. 4. Submit items specified in different Specification Sections separately unless they are part of an integrated system. 5. Define abbreviations and symbols used in Record Data. General Conditions 007200-119 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F a. Use terms and symbols in Record Data consistent with the Contract Drawings. b. Provide a list of abbreviations and their meaning as used in the Record Data. C. Provide a legend for symbols used on Record Data. 6. Mark Record Data to reference: a. Related Specification Sections, b. Drawing number and detail designation, c. Product designation or name, d. Schedule references, e. System into which the product is incorporated, and f. Location where the product is incorporated into the Project. B. Submit a Change Proposal per Article 12 to request modifications to the Contract Documents, including those for approval of"or equal" products when specifically allowed by the Contract Documents or as a substitution for specified products or procedures. Deviations from the Contract Documents can only be approved by a Modification. C. Complete the certification required by Paragraph 26.03. 26.08 Designer's Responsibilities A. Record Data will be received by the Designer, logged, and provided to Owner as the Project record. 1. Record Data may be reviewed to see that the information provided is adequate for the purpose intended. Record Data not meeting the requirements of Paragraph 26.02 may be rejected as unacceptable. 2. Record Data is not reviewed for compliance with the Contract Documents. Comments may be returned if deviations from the Contract Documents are noted during the cursory review performed to see that the information is adequate. 3. Contractor's responsibility for full compliance with the Contract Documents is not relieved by the review of Record Data. Contract modifications can only be approved by a Modification. B. Designer may take the following action in processing Record Data: 1. File Record Data as received if the cursory review indicates that the document meets the requirements of Paragraph 26.02. Document will be given the status of "Filed as Received" and no further action is required on that Record Data. 2. Reject the Record Data for one of the following reasons: a. The document submittal requirements of the Contract Documents indicate that the document submitted as Record Data should have been submitted as a Shop Drawing. The Record Data will be marked "Rejected" and "Submit Shop Drawing." No further action is required on this document as Record Data and the Record Data process will be closed. Resubmit the document as a Shop Drawing per Article 25. General Conditions 007200-120 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F b. The cursory review indicates that the document does not meet the requirements of Paragraph 26.02. The Record Data will be marked "Rejected" and "Revise and Resubmit." Contractor is to resubmit the Record Data until it is acceptable and marked "Filed as Received." When Record Data is filed, no further action is required, and the Record Data process will be closed. c. The Record Data is not required by the Contract Documents nor is the Record Data applicable to the Project. The Record Data will be marked "Rejected" and "Cancel -Not Required." No further action is required,and the Record Data process will be closed. C. Contractor is to resubmit the Record Data until it is acceptable and marked "Filed as Received." ARTICLE 27—CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS SCHEDULE 27.01 Requirements A. Prepare and submit a Progress Schedule for the Work and update the schedule on a monthly basis for the duration of the Project. B. Provide schedule in adequate detail to allow Owner to monitor progress and to relate document processing to sequential activities of the Work. C. Incorporate and specifically designate the dates of anticipated submission of documents and the dates when documents must be returned to the Contractor into the schedule. D. Assume complete responsibility for maintaining the progress of the Work per the schedule submitted. E. Schedule Work based upon a six day work week. 27.02 Document Submittal A. Submit Progress Schedules in accordance with Article 24. B. Submit a preliminary schedule within 10 days after the Notice of Award. The schedule is to be available at the pre-construction conference. C. Submit a detailed schedule at least 10 days prior to the first payment request. D. Submit Progress Schedule updates monthly with Applications for Payment to indicate the progress made on the Project to that date. Failure to submit the schedule may cause delay in the review and approval of Applications for Payment. 27.03 Schedule Requirements A. Schedule is to be in adequate detail to: 1. Assure adequate planning, scheduling, and reporting during the execution of the Work; 2. Assure the coordination of the Work of the Contractor and the various Subcontractors and Suppliers; 3. Assist in monitoring the progress of the Work; and General Conditions 007200-121 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F 4. Assist in evaluating proposed changes to the Contract Times and Project schedule. B. Provide personnel with 5 years' minimum experience in scheduling construction work comparable to this Project. Prepare the schedule using acceptable scheduling software. C. Provide the schedule in the form of a computer generated critical path schedule which includes Work to be performed on the Project. It is intended that the schedule accomplish the following: 1. Give early warning of delays in time for correction. 2. Provide detailed plans for the execution of the Work in the form of future activities and events in sequential relationships. 3. Establish relationships of significant planned Work activities and provide a logical sequence for planned Work activities. 4. Provide continuous current status information. 5. Allow analysis of the Contractor's program for the completion of the Project. 6. Permit schedules to be revised when the existing schedule is not achievable. 7. Log the progress of the Work as it actually occurs. D. Prepare a time scaled CPM arrow or precedence diagram to indicate each activity and its start and stop dates. 1. Develop Milestone dates and Project completion dates to conform to time constraints, sequencing requirements and Contract completion date. 2. Use calendar day durations while accounting for holidays and weather conditions in the projection of the duration of each activity. 3. Clearly indicate the critical path for Work to complete the Project. E. Provide a time scaled horizontal bar chart which indicates graphically the Work scheduled at any time during the Project. The chart is to indicate: 1. Complete sequence of construction by activity; 2. Identification of the activity by structure, location, and type of Work; 3. Chronological order of the start of each item of Work; 4. The activity start and stop dates; 5. The activity duration; 6. Successor and predecessor relationships for each activity; 7. A clearly indicated single critical path; and 8. Projected percentage of completion, based on dollar value of the Work included in each activity as of the first day of each month. F. Provide a schedule incorporating the Schedule of Documents provided in accordance with Article 24 indicating: 1. Specific date each document is to be delivered to the Designer. 2. Specific date each document must be received in order to meet the proposed schedule. General Conditions 007200-122 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F 3. Allow a reasonable time to review documents, taking into consideration the size and complexity of the document, other documents being processed, and other factors that may affect review time. 4. Allow time for re-submission of each document. Contractor is responsible for delays associated with additional time required to review incomplete or erroneous documents and for time lost when documents are submitted for products that do not meet Specification requirements. 27.04 Schedule Revisions A. Revise the schedule if it appears that the schedule no longer represents the actual progress of the Work. 1. Submit a written report if the schedule indicates that the Project is more than 30 days behind schedule. The report is to include: a. Number of days behind schedule; b. Narrative description of the steps to be taken to bring the Project back on schedule; and c. Anticipated time required to bring the Project back on schedule. 2. Submit a revised schedule indicating the action that the Contractor proposes to take to bring the Project back on schedule. B. Revise the schedule to indicate any adjustments in Contract Times approved by Modification. 1. Include a revised schedule with Change Proposals if a change in Contract Times is requested. 2. OPT will deem any Change Proposal that does not have a revised schedule and request for a change in Contract Times as having no impact on the ability of the Contractor to complete the Project within the Contract Times. C. Updating the Project schedule to reflect actual progress is not considered a revision to the Project schedule. D. Applications for Payment may not be recommended for payment without a revised schedule and if required, the report indicating the Contractor's plan for bringing the Project back on schedule. 27.OS Float Time A. Define float time as the amount of time between the earliest start date and the latest start date of a chain of activities on the construction schedule. B. Float time is not for the exclusive use or benefit of either the Contractor or Owner. C. Where several subsystems each have a critical path, the subsystem with the longest time of completion is the critical path and float time is to be assigned to other subsystems. D. Contract Times cannot be changed by the submission of a schedule. Contract Times can only be modified by a Change Order or Contract Amendment. General Conditions 007200-123 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F E. Schedule completion date must be the same as the Contract completion date. Time between the end of construction and the Contract completion date is float time. ARTICLE 28—VIDEO AND PHOTOGRAPHIC DOCUMENTATION 28.01 Work Included A. Provide a video recording of the Site prior to the beginning of construction. 1. Record the condition of all existing facilities in or abutting the construction area (right- of-way)including but not limited to streets,curb and gutter, utilities,driveways,fencing, landscaping, etc. 2. Record after construction staking is complete but prior to any clearing. 3. Provide one copy of the recording, dated and labeled to the OAR before the start of construction. Provide additional recording as directed by the OAR if the recording provided is not considered suitable for the purpose of recording pre-existing conditions. B. Furnish an adequate number of photographs of the Site to clearly depict the completed Project. 1. Provide a minimum of ten different views. 2. Photograph a panoramic view of the entire Site. 3. Photograph all significant areas of completed construction. 4. Completion photographs are not to be taken until all construction trailers, excess materials, trash, and debris have been removed. 5. Employ a professional photographer approved by the OAR to photograph the Project. 6. Provide one aerial photograph of the Site from an angle and height to include the entire Site while providing adequate detail. C. All photographs, video recordings, and a digital copy of this media are to become the property of the Owner. Photographs or recordings may not be used for publication,or public or private display without the written consent of the Owner. 28.02 Quality Assurance A. Provide clear photographs and recordings taken with proper exposure. View photographs and recordings in the field and take new photographs or recordings immediately if photos of an adequate print quality cannot be produced or video quality is not adequate. Provide photographs with adequate quality and resolution to permit enlargements. 28.03 Document Submittal A. Submit photographic documentation as Record Data in accordance with Article 24. B. Submit two DVDs of the video recording as Record Data in accordance with Article 24. General Conditions 007200-124 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F 28.04 Photographs A. Provide photographs in digital format with a minimum resolution of 1280 x 960, accomplished without a digital zoom. B. Take photographs at locations acceptable to the OAR. C. Provide two color prints of each photograph and a digital copy on a DVD of each photograph taken. D. Identify each print on back with: 1. Project name. 2. Date,time, location, and orientation of the exposure. 3. Description of the subject of photograph. E. Submit photographs in clear plastic sheets designed for photographs. Place only one photograph in each sheet to allow the description on the back to be read without removing the photograph. F. Final photographs are to include two 8-by-10-inch glossy color prints for each of ten photographs selected by the OAR. These photographs are in addition to normal prints. 28.05 Video Recording A. Provide digital format on DVD that can be played with Windows Media Player in common format in full screen mode. B. Identify Project on video by audio or visual means. C. Video file size should not exceed 400 MB. D. Video resolution shall be 1080p. E. The quality of the video must be sufficient to determine the existing conditions of the construction area. Camera panning must be performed while at rest, do not pan the camera while walking or driving. Camera pans should be performed at intervals sufficient to clearly view the entire construction area. F. DVD shall be labeled with construction stationing and stationing should be called out, voice recorded, in the video. G. The entire construction area recording shall be submitted at once. Sections submitted separately will not be accepted. H. Pipeline projects should be recorded linearly from beginning to end. ARTICLE 29—EXECUTION AND CLOSEOUT 29.01 Substantial Completion A. Notify the OAR that the Work or a designated portion of the Work is substantially complete per the General Conditions. Include a list of the items remaining to be completed or corrected before the Project will be considered to be complete. General Conditions 007200-125 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F B. OPT will visit the Site to observe the Work within 30 days after notification is received to determine the status of the Project. C. OAR will notify the Contractor, within 120 days after notification, that the Work is either substantially complete or that additional Work must be performed before the Project will be considered substantially complete. 1. OAR will notify the Contractor of items that must be completed before the Project will be considered substantially complete. 2. Correct the noted deficiencies in the Work. 3. Notify the OAR when the items of Work in the OAR's notice have been completed. 4. OPT will revisit the Site and repeat the process. 5. OAR will issue a Certificate of Substantial Completion to the Contractor when the OPT considers the Project to be substantially complete. The Certificate will include a tentative list of items to be corrected before Final Payment will be recommended. 6. Review the list and notify the OAR of any objections to items on the list within 10 days after receiving the Certificate of Substantial Completion. 29.02 Final Inspections A. Notify the OAR when: 1. Work has been completed in compliance with the Contract Documents; 2. Equipment and systems have been tested per Contract Documents and are fully operational; 3. Final Operations and Maintenance Manuals have been provided to the Owner and all operator training has been completed; 4. Specified spare parts and special tools have been provided; and 5. Work is complete and ready for final inspection. B. OPT will visit the Site to determine if the Project is complete and ready for Final Payment within 30 days after the notice is received. C. Designer will notify the Contractor that the Project is complete or will notify the Contractor that Work is Defective. D. Take immediate steps to correct Defective Work. Notify the Designer when Defective Work has been corrected. OPT will visit the Site to determine if the Project is complete and the Work is acceptable. OAR will notify the Contractor that the Project is complete or will notify the Contractor that Work is Defective. E. Submit the Request for Final Payment with the closeout documents described in Paragraph 29.04 if notified that the Project is complete, and the Work is acceptable. 29.03 Reinspection Fees A. Owner may impose a Set-off against the Application for Payment in accordance with the General Conditions to compensate the OPT for additional visits to the Project if additional Work is required. General Conditions 007200-126 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F 29.04 Closeout Documents Submittal A. Record Documents per Article 20. B. Warranties and bonds. C. Equipment installation reports on equipment. D. Shop Drawings, Record Data, and other documents as required by the Contract Documents. E. Evidence of continuing insurance and bond coverage as required by the Contract Documents. F. Final Photographs per Article 28. 29.05 Transfer of Utilities A. If applicable to the Project,transfer utilities to the Owner when the Certificate of Substantial Completion has been issued and the Work has been occupied by the Owner. B. Submit final meter readings for utilities and similar data as of the date the Owner occupied the Work. 29.06 Warranties, Bonds and Service Agreements A. Provide warranties, bonds, and service agreements required by the Contract Documents. B. The date for the start of warranties, bonds, and service agreements is established per the Contract Documents. C. Compile warranties, bonds, and service agreements and review these documents for compliance with the Contract Documents. 1. Provide a log of all equipment covered under the 1-year correction period specified in the Contract Documents and all products for which special or extended warranties or guarantees are provided. Index the log by Specification Section number on forms provided. Include items 2.e through 2.g below in the tabulation. 2. Provide a copy of specific warranties or guarantees under a tab indexed to the log. Each document is to include: a. A description of the product or Work item; b. The firm name with the name of the principal, address, and telephone number; c. Signature of the respective Supplier or Subcontractor to acknowledge existence of the warranty obligation for extended warranties and service agreements; d. Scope of warranty, bond, or service agreement; e. Indicate the start date for the correction period specified in the Contract Documents for each product and the date on which the specified correction period expires. f. Indicate the start date for extended warranties for each product and the date on which the specified extended warranties period expires. g. Start date, warranty or guarantee period, and expiration date for each warranty, bond, and service agreement; General Conditions 007200-127 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F h. Procedures to be followed in the event of a failure; and i. Specific instances that might invalidate the warranty or bond. D. Submit digital copies of the documents to the Designer for review. E. Submit warranties, bonds, and service agreements within 10 days after equipment or components are placed in service. ARTICLE 30—MISCELLANEOUS 30.01 Computation of Times A. Exclude the first day and include the last day when determining dates for a period of time referred to in the Contract Documents by days. The last day of this period is to be omitted from the determination if it falls on a Sunday or a legal holiday. B. All references and conditions for a Calendar Day Contract in the Contract Documents apply for a Fixed Date Contract. A Fixed Date Contract is one in which the calendar dates for reaching Substantial Completion and/or final completion are specified in lieu of identifying the number of days involved. 30.02 Owner's Right to Audit Contractor's Records A. By execution of the Contract, Contractor grants Owner the right to audit, examine, inspect and/or copy, at Owner's election at all reasonable times during the term of this Contract and for a period of four (4) years following the completion or termination of the Work, all of Contractor's written and electronically stored records and billings relating to the performance of the Work under the Contract Documents. The audit, examination or inspection may be performed by an Owner designee,which may include its internal auditors or an outside representative engaged by Owner. Contractor agrees to retain its records for a minimum of four(4)years following termination of the Contract, unless there is an ongoing dispute under the Contract,then, such retention period must extend until final resolution of the dispute. As used in these General Conditions, "Contractor written and electronically stored records" include any and all information, materials and data of every kind and character generated as a result of the work under this Contract. Examples of Contractor written and electronically stored records include, but are not limited to:accounting data and reports, billings, books, general ledgers, cost ledgers, invoices, production sheets, documents, correspondence, meeting notes, subscriptions, agreements, purchase orders, leases, contracts, commitments, arrangements, notes, daily diaries, reports, drawings, receipts, vouchers, memoranda, time sheets, payroll records, policies, procedures, Subcontractor agreements, Supplier agreements, rental equipment proposals, federal and state tax filings for any issue in question, along with any and all other agreements, sources of information and matters that may, in Owner's sole judgment, have any bearing on or pertain to any matters, rights, duties or obligations under or covered by any Contract Documents. B. Owner agrees to exercise the right to audit, examine or inspect Contractor's records only during regular business hours. Contractor agrees to allow Owner and/or Owner's designee access to all of the Contractor's Records, Contractor's facilities, and current or former employees of Contractor, deemed necessary by Owner or its designee(s), to perform such audit, inspection or examination. Contractor also agrees to provide adequate and General Conditions 007200-128 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F appropriate work space necessary for Owner or its designees to conduct such audits, inspections or examinations. C. Contractor must include this Paragraph 30.02 in any Subcontractor, supplier or vendor contract. 30.03 Independent Contractor A. Contractor is to perform its duties under this Contract as an independent contractor. The Contractor's Team and their personnel are not considered to be employees or agents of the Owner. Nothing in this Contract is to be interpreted as granting Contractor's Team the right or authority to make commitments for the Owner. This Contract does not constitute or create a joint venture, partnership or formal business organization of any kind. 30.04 Cumulative Remedies A. The duties and obligations imposed by these General Conditions and the rights and remedies available to the Owner or Contractor by these General Conditions are in addition to, and are not a limitation of,the rights and remedies which are otherwise imposed or available by: 1. Laws or Regulations; 2. Special warranties or guarantees; or 3. Other provisions of the Contract Documents. B. The provisions of this Paragraph 30.04 are as effective as if repeated specifically in the Contract Documents in connection with each particular duty, obligation, right and remedy to which they apply. 30.05 Limitation of Damages A. Owner is not liable to Contractor for claims, costs, losses or damages sustained by Contractor's Team associated with other projects or anticipated projects. B. Contractor waives claims for consequential damages, incidental or special damages arising out of or relating to this Contract, whether the damages are claimed in contract, tort or on any other basis. 30.06 No Waiver A. The failure of Owner or Contractor to enforce any provision of this Contract does not constitute a waiver of that provision or affect the enforceability of that provision or the remainder of this Contract. 30.07 Severability A. If a court of competent jurisdiction renders a part of this Contract invalid or unenforceable, that part is to be severed and the remainder of this Contract continues in full force. General Conditions 007200-129 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F 30.08 Survival of Obligations A. Representations, indemnifications, warranties, guarantees and continuing obligations required by the Contract Documents survive completion and acceptance of the Work or termination of the Contract. 30.09 No Third Party Beneficiaries A. Nothing in this Contract can be construed to create rights in any entity other than the Owner and Contractor. Neither the Owner nor Contractor intends to create third party beneficiaries by entering into this Contract. 30.10 Assignment of Contract A. This Contract may not be assigned in whole or in part by the Contractor without the prior written consent of the Owner. 30.11 No Waiver of Sovereign Immunity A. The Owner has not waived its sovereign immunity by entering into and performing its obligations under this Contract. B. This Contract is to perform a governmental function solely for the public benefit. 30.12 Controlling Law A. This Contract is governed by the laws of the State of Texas without regard to its conflicts of laws. Venue for legal proceedings lies exclusively in Nueces County, Texas. Cases must be filed and tried in Nueces County and cannot be removed from Nueces County,Texas. 30.13 Conditions Precedent to Right to Sue A. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary,Contractor will have at least 90 days to give notice of a claim for damages as a condition precedent to the right to sue on the Contract, subject to the contractual Claims and Alternative Dispute Resolution processes set forth herein. 30.14 Waiver of Trial by Jury A. Owner and Contractor agree that they have knowingly waived and do hereby waive the right to trial by jury and have instead agreed, in the event of any litigation arising out of or connected to this Contract, to proceed with a trial before the court, unless both parties subsequently agree otherwise in writing. 30.15 Attorney Fees A. The Parties expressly agree that, in the event of litigation, all parties waive rights to payment of attorneys' fees that otherwise might be recoverable, pursuant to the Texas Civil Practice and Remedies Code Chapter 38, Texas Local Government Code §271.153, the Prompt Payment Act, common law or any other provision for payment of attorney's fees. General Conditions 007200-130 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F 30.16 Compliance with Laws A. Comply with the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990 as amended (ADA) and Texas Architectural Barriers Act and all regulations relating to either statute. B. No qualified person shall on the basis of race, color, religion, national origin, gender, age or disability be excluded from participation in, be denied the benefits of, or be subjected to discrimination under any program or activity which receives or benefits from federal financial assistance. C. Comply with all applicable federal, state and city laws, rules and regulations. D. Each applicable provision and clause required by law to be inserted into the Contract shall be deemed to be enacted herein,and the Contract shall be read and enforced as though each were physically included herein. 30.17 Enforcement A. The City Manager or designee and the City Attorney or designee are fully authorized and will have the right to enforce all legal rights and obligations under the Contract without further authorization from City Council. 30.18 Subject to Appropriation A. Funds are appropriated by the Owner on a yearly basis. If for any reason, funds are not appropriated in any given year,the Owner may direct immediate suspension or termination of the Contract with no additional liability to the Owner. If the Contractor is terminated or suspended and the Owner requests remobilization at a later date, the Contractor may request payment for reasonable demobilization/remobilization costs. Such costs shall be addressed through a Change Order to the Contract. Under no circumstances may a provision or obligation under this Contract be interpreted as contrary to this paragraph. 30.19 Contract Sum A. The Contract Sum is stated in the Contract and, including authorized adjustments,is the total maximum not-to-exceed amount payable by Owner to Contractor for performance of the Work under the Contract Documents. Contractor accepts and agrees that all payments pursuant to this Contract are subject to the availability and appropriation of funds by the Corpus Christi City Council. If funds are not available and/or appropriated,this Contract shall immediately be terminated with no liability to any party to this Contract. 30.20 Contractor's Guarantee as Additional Remedy A. The Contractor's guarantee is a separate and additional remedy available to benefit the Owner. Neither the guarantee nor the expiration of the guarantee period will operate to reduce, release or relinquish any rights or remedies available to the Owner for any claims or causes of action against the Contractor or any other individual or entity. 30.21 Notices. A. Any notice required to be given to Owner under any provision in this Contract must include a copy to OAR by mail or e-mail. General Conditions 007200-131 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F 30.22 Public Information A. The requirements of Subchapter J, Chapter 552, Government Code, may apply to this contract, and Contractor agrees that the contract can be terminated if Contractor knowingly or intentionally fails to comply with a requirement of that subchapter. END OF SECTION General Conditions 007200-132 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F 00 73 00 SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS These Supplementary Conditions amend or supplement SECTION 00 72 00 GENERAL CONDITIONS and other provisions of the Contract Documents. All provisions not amended or supplemented in these Supplementary Conditions remain in effect. The terms used in these Supplementary Conditions have the meanings stated in the General Conditions. Additional terms used in these Supplementary Conditions have the meanings stated below. ARTICLE 1—DEFINITIONS AND TERMINOLOGY SC-1.01 DEFINED TERMS A. The members of the OPT as defined in Paragraph 1.01.A.41 consists of the following organizations: City of Corpus Christi,Texas Halff Associates, Inc. Raba Kistner, Inc. New Line Skateparks Inc B. Paragraph 1.01.A.54"Substantial Completion" is more specifically defined for this Project as: 1. The following items are fully functional and suitable for operation in accordance with the Contract Documents: a. Skate Park b. Parking Lot C. Picnic Table d. Playground and Swings e. Lighting Improvements f. Restroom and Utilities (Alternate Bid) g. Skate Park Bowl Addition (Alternate Bid) h. Play Area Wood Bench (Alternate Bid) 2. Only the following items not yet complete in accordance with the Contract Documents: a. Permanent Signage b. Permanent Sodding ARTICLE 4—COMMENCEMENT AND PROGRESS OF THE WORK SC-4.04 DELAYS IN CONTRACTOR'S PROGRESS A. The allocation for delays in the Contractor's progress for rain days as set forth in General Conditions Paragraph 4.04.1) are to be determined as follows: Supplementary Conditions 007300- 1 21084 West Guth Park Rev 4/2022 DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F 1. Include rain days in developing the schedule for construction. Schedule construction so that the Work will be completed within the Contract Times assuming that these rain days will occur. Incorporate residual impacts following rain days such as limited access to and within the Site, inability to work due to wet or muddy Site conditions, delays in delivery of equipment and materials, and other impacts related to rain days when developing the schedule for construction. Include all costs associated with these rain days and residual impacts in the Contract Price. 2. A rain day is defined as any day in which the amount of rain measured by the National Weather Services at the Power Street Stormwater Pump Station is 0.50 inch or greater. Records indicate the following average number of rain days for each month: Month Day Month Days January 3 July 3 February 3 August 4 March 2 September 7 April 3 October 4 May 4 November 3 June 4 December 3 3. A total of 28 rain days have been set for this Project. An extension of time due to rain days will be considered only after 28 rain days have been exceeded in a calendar year and the OAR has determined that a detrimental impact to the construction schedule resulted from the excessive rainfall. Rain days are to be incorporated into the schedule and unused rain days will be considered float time which may be consumed by the Owner or Contractor in delay claims. ARTICLE 5 — AVAILABILITY OF LANDS; SUBSURFACE CONDITIONS AND PHYSICAL CONDITIONS; HAZARDOUS ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS SC-5.03 SUBSURFACE AND PHYSICAL CONDITIONS A. This Supplementary Condition identifies documents referenced in General Conditions Paragraph 5.03.A which describe subsurface and physical conditions. 1. Geotechnical Reports include the following: a. Geotechnical Engineering Report, Raba Kistner, Inc., May 31, 2022 - The Contractor may rely on the following Technical Data in using this document: 1) All technical data within report 2. Drawings of physical conditions relating to existing surface or subsurface structures at the Site (except Underground Facilities) include the following: None SC-5.06 HAZARDOUS ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS AT SITE A. This Supplementary Condition identifies documents referenced in General Conditions Paragraph 5.06 which describe Hazardous Environmental Conditions that have been Supplementary Conditions 007300-2 21084 West Guth Park Rev 4/2022 DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F identified at or adjacent to the Site. No reports of explorations or tests for Hazardous Environmental Conditions at or contiguous to the Site are known to Owner. ARTICLE 6—BONDS AND INSURANCE SC-6.03 REQUIRED MINIMUM INSURANCE COVERAGE INSURANCE REQUIREMENTS CONTRACTOR'S INSURANCE AMOUNTS Provide the insurance coverage for at least the following amounts unless greater amounts are required by Laws and Regulations: Type of Insurance Minimum Insurance Coverage Commercial General Liability including 1. Commercial Form 2. Premises—Completed Operations 3. Explosions and Collapse Hazard 4. Underground Hazard 5. Products/Completed Operations Hazard $1,000,000 Per Occurrence 6. Contractual Liability $2,000,000 Aggregate 7. Broad Form Property Damage 8. Independent Contractors 9. Personal &Advertising Injury Business Automobile Liability-Owned, Non- $1,000,000 Combined Single Limit Owned, Rented and Leased Workers' Compensation Statutory Employer's Liability $500,000/500,000/500,000 Excess Liability/Umbrella Liability $1,000,000 Per Occurrence Required if Contract Price>$5,000,000 Contractor's Pollution Liability / $1,000,000 Per Claim Environmental Impairment Coverage Not limited to sudden and accidental X Required ❑ Not Required discharge. To include long-term environmental impact for the disposal of pollutants/contaminants. Required if excavation>3 ft Builder's Risk (All Perils including Collapse) Equal to Full Replacement Cost of Structure and Contents Required for vertical structures and bridges X Required ❑ Not Required Supplementary Conditions 007300-3 21084 West Guth Park Rev 4/2022 DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F Installation Floater Equal to Contract Price Required if installing city-owned equipment X Required ❑ Not Required SC-7.04 CONCERNING SUBCONTRACTORS, SUPPLIERS,AND OTHERS A. Add the following sentence to the end of Paragraph 7.04.A: "The Contractor must perform at least 50 percent of the Work, measured as a percentage of the Contract Price, using its own employees." ARTICLE 14—PREVAILING WAGE RATE REQUIREMENTS SC-14.04 PREVAILING WAGE RATES A. The minimum rates for various labor classifications as established by the Owner are shown below: Wage Determination Construction Type Project Type (WD) No TX21 Heavy Heavy Construction Projects (including Sewer and Water Line Construction and Drainage Projects) "General Decision Number: TX20220021 02/25/2022 Superseded General Decision Number: TX20210021 State: Texas Construction Type: Heavy Counties : Nueces and San Patricio Counties in Texas . HEAVY CONSTRUCTION PROJECTS (including Sewer and Water Line Construction and Drainage Projects) Note: Contracts subject to the Davis-Bacon Act are generally required to pay at least the applicable minimum wage rate required under Executive Order 14026 or Executive Order 13658 . Please note that these Executive Orders apply to covered contracts entered into by the federal government that are subject to the Davis-Bacon Act itself, but do not apply to contracts subject only to the Davis-Bacon Related Acts, including those set forth at 29 CFR 5 . 1 (a) (2) - (60) . IIf the contract is entered I Executive Order 14026 Supplementary Conditions 007300-4 21084 West Guth Park Rev 4/2022 DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F linto on or after January 30, 1 generally applies to the 1 12022, or the contract is 1 contract. 1 ) renewed or extended (e.g. , an 1 The contractor must pay 1 loption is exercised) on or 1 all covered workers at 1 lafter January 30, 2022 : 1 least $15 . 00 per hour (or 1 1 1 the applicable wage rate 1 1 1 listed on this wage 1 1 1 determination, if it is 1 1 1 higher) for all hours 1 1 1 spent performing on the 1 1 1 contract in 2022 . 1 11f the contract was awarded onl . Executive Order 13658 1 for between January 1, 2015 andl generally applies to the 1 1January 29, 2022, and the 1 contract. 1 ) contract is not renewed or 1 The contractor must pay alll lextended on or after January 1 covered workers at least 1 130, 2022 : 1 $11 .25 per hour (or the 1 1 1 applicable wage rate listedl 1 1 on this wage determination, ) 1 1 if it is higher) for all 1 1 1 hours spent performing on 1 1 1 that contract in 2022 . 1 The applicable Executive Order minimum wage rate will be adjusted annually. If this contract is covered by one of the Executive Orders and a classification considered necessary for performance of work on the contract does not appear on this wage determination, the contractor must still submit a conformance request . Additional information on contractor requirements and worker protections under the Executive Orders is available at https : //www.dol .gov/agencies/whd/government-contracts . Modification Number Publication Date 0 01/07/2022 1 02/25/2022 * SLJTX1987-001 12/01/1987 Rates Fringes CARPENTER (Excluding Form Setting) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $ 9. 05 ** Concrete Finisher. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $ 7 .56 ** ELECTRICIAN. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $ 13 .37 ** 2 . 58 Supplementary Conditions 007300-S 21084 West Guth Park Rev 4/2022 DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F Laborers : Common. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $ 7 .25 ** Utility. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $ 7 . 68 ** Power equipment operators : Backhoe. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $ 9.21 ** Motor Grader. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $ 8 . 72 ** ---------------------------------------------------------------- WELDERS - Receive rate prescribed for craft performing operation to which welding is incidental. ** Workers in this classification may be entitled to a higher minimum wage under Executive Order 14026 ($15 . 00) or 13658 ($11 .25) . Please see the Note at the top of the wage determination for more information. Note: Executive Order (EO) 13706, Establishing Paid Sick Leave for Federal Contractors applies to all contracts subject to the Davis-Bacon Act for which the contract is awarded (and any solicitation was issued) on or after January 1, 2017 . If this contract is covered by the E0, the contractor must provide employees with 1 hour of paid sick leave for every 30 hours they work, up to 56 hours of paid sick leave each year. Employees must be permitted to use paid sick leave for their own illness, injury or other health-related needs, including preventive care; to assist a family member (or person who is like family to the employee) who is ill, injured, or has other health-related needs, including preventive care; or for reasons resulting from, or to assist a family member (or person who is like family to the employee) who is a victim of, domestic violence, sexual assault, or stalking. Additional information on contractor requirements and worker protections under the EO is available at https : //www.dol .gov/agencies/whd/government-contracts . Unlisted classifications needed for work not included within the scope of the classifications listed may be added after award only as provided in the labor standards contract clauses (29CFR 5. 5 (a) (1) (ii) ) . ---------------------------------------------------------------- The body of each wage determination lists the classification and wage rates that have been found to be prevailing for the cited type (s) of construction in the area covered by the wage determination. The classifications are listed in alphabetical order of ""identifiers"" that indicate whether the particular Supplementary Conditions 007300-6 21084 West Guth Park Rev 4/2022 DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F rate is a union rate (current union negotiated rate for local) , a survey rate (weighted average rate) or a union average rate (weighted union average rate) . Union Rate Identifiers A four letter classification abbreviation identifier enclosed in dotted lines beginning with characters other than ""SU"" or ""UAVG"" denotes that the union classification and rate were prevailing for that classification in the survey. Example: PLUM0198-005 07/01/2014 . PLUM is an abbreviation identifier of the union which prevailed in the survey for this classification, which in this example would be Plumbers . 0198 indicates the local union number or district council number where applicable, i .e . , Plumbers Local 0198 . The next number, 005 in the example, is an internal number used in processing the wage determination. 07/01/2014 is the effective date of the most current negotiated rate, which in this example is July 1, 2014 . Union prevailing wage rates are updated to reflect all rate changes in the collective bargaining agreement (CBA) governing this classification and rate. Survey Rate Identifiers Classifications listed under the ""SU"" identifier indicate that no one rate prevailed for this classification in the survey and the published rate is derived by computing a weighted average rate based on all the rates reported in the survey for that classification. As this weighted average rate includes all rates reported in the survey, it may include both union and non-union rates . Example: SULA2012-007 5/13/2014 . SU indicates the rates are survey rates based on a weighted average calculation of rates and are not majority rates . LA indicates the State of Louisiana. 2012 is the year of survey on which these classifications and rates are based. The next number, 007 in the example, is an internal number used in producing the wage determination. 5/13/2014 indicates the survey completion date for the classifications and rates under that identifier. Survey wage rates are not updated and remain in effect until a new survey is conducted. Union Average Rate Identifiers Classification (s) listed under the UAVG identifier indicate that no single majority rate prevailed for those classifications; however, 1000 of the data reported for the classifications was union data. EXAMPLE: UAVG-OH-0010 08/29/2014 . UAVG indicates that the rate is a weighted union average rate. OH indicates the state. The next number, 0010 in Supplementary Conditions 007300-7 21084 West Guth Park Rev 4/2022 DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F the example, is an internal number used in producing the wage determination. 08/29/2014 indicates the survey completion date for the classifications and rates under that identifier. A UAVG rate will be updated once a year, usually in January of each year, to reflect a weighted average of the current negotiated/CBA rate of the union locals from which the rate is based. ---------------------------------------------------------------- WAGE DETERMINATION APPEALS PROCESS 1 . ) Has there been an initial decision in the matter? This can be: * an existing published wage determination * a survey underlying a wage determination * a Wage and Hour Division letter setting forth a position on a wage determination matter * a conformance (additional classification and rate) ruling On survey related matters, initial contact, including requests for summaries of surveys, should be with the Wage and Hour National Office because National Office has responsibility for the Davis-Bacon survey program. If the response from this initial contact is not satisfactory, then the process described in 2 . ) and 3. ) should be followed. With regard to any other matter not yet ripe for the formal process described here, initial contact should be with the Branch of Construction Wage Determinations . Write to: Branch of Construction Wage Determinations Wage and Hour Division U.S . Department of Labor 200 Constitution Avenue, N.W. Washington, DC 20210 2 . ) If the answer to the question in 1 . ) is yes, then an interested party (those affected by the action) can request review and reconsideration from the Wage and Hour Administrator (See 29 CFR Part 1 . 8 and 29 CFR Part 7) . Write to : Wage and Hour Administrator U.S . Department of Labor 200 Constitution Avenue, N.W. Washington, DC 20210 The request should be accompanied by a full statement of the Supplementary Conditions 007300-8 21084 West Guth Park Rev 4/2022 DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F interested party' s position and by any information (wage payment data, project description, area practice material, etc. ) that the requestor considers relevant to the issue. 3 . ) If the decision of the Administrator is not favorable, an interested party may appeal directly to the Administrative Review Board (formerly the Wage Appeals Board) . Write to: Administrative Review Board U.S . Department of Labor 200 Constitution Avenue, N.W. Washington, DC 20210 4 . ) All decisions by the Administrative Review Board are final. ---------------------------------------------------------------- END OF GENERAL DECISIO" ARTICLE 19—PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION SC-19.21 COOPERATION WITH PUBLIC AGENCIES C. For the Contractor's convenience,the following telephone numbers are listed: Public Agencies/Contacts Phone Number City Engineer 361-826-3500 Halff Associates, Inc. 361-400-4600 Brian R. Binkowski, PLA, 512-777-4592 Traffic Engineering 361-826-3547 Police Department 361-882-2600 361-826-1800 (361-826-1818 after Water/Wastewater/Stormwater hours) Gas Department 361-885-6900 (361-885-6942 after hours) Parks & Recreation Department 361-826-3461 Street Department 361-826-1875 City Street Div. for Traffic Signals 361-826-1610 Solid Waste & Brush 361-826-1973 IT Department (City Fiber) 361-826-1956 AEP 1-877-373-4858 AT&T 361-881-2511 (1-800-824-4424 after hours) Grande Communications 1-866-247-2633 Supplementary Conditions 007300-9 21084 West Guth Park Rev 4/2022 DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F Public Agencies/Contacts Phone Number Spectrum Communications 1-800-892-4357 Crown Castle Communications 1-888-632-0931 (Network Operations Center) Centu ryLi n k 361-208-0730 Windstream 1-800-600-5050 Regional Transportation Authority 361-289-2712 Port of Corpus Christi Authority Engr. 361-882-5633 TxDOT Area Office 361-808-2500 Corpus Christi ISD 361-695-7200 ARTICLE 25—SHOP DRAWINGS SC-25.03 CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITIES A. Provide Shop Drawings for the following items: Specification Section Shop Drawing Description 01 33 01 Submittal Register to view the required Shop Drawings. SC-25.12 RESUBMISSION REQUIREMENTS A. Not Applicable ARTICLE 26—RECORD DATA SC-26.03 CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITIES A. Submit Record Data for the following items: Specification Section Record Data Description 01 33 01 Submittal Register to view the required Shop Drawings. - Red-line As-built plans are required when project is complete. SC-30.21 Notices. B. Strict compliance is required for all notice provisions in this Contract. END OF SECTION Supplementary Conditions 007300- 10 21084 West Guth Park Rev 4/2022 DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F Prime Submitting General Contractor or Specialty Sub-Contractor Skate Park Construction Qualification Statement The intent of the City of Corpus Christi and Skate Park Designer is to qualify skate park builders (PRIME SUBMITTING GENERAL CONTRACTOR OR SPECIALTY SUB-CONTRACTOR) for this project WHO MUST HAVE prior specialty skate park construction experience. This qualification is required for specialty skate park items only. Other work normally performed by a general contractor (site grading, drainage, paving, concrete flatwork, landscaping, irrigation, site lighting, building construction, etc.) that is considered site work does not require qualification. This statement will determine the prime submitting general contractor or specialty contractor's qualification for this project. In addition to skate park construction experience, firms must also demonstrate an ability to meet minimum guidelines as set in the SPECIAL PROVISIONS of the Contract Documents. Submission of this questionnaire does not constitute qualification. Qualification may be denied for any reason the City of Corpus Christi deems necessary for the successful completion of the project. PRIME SUBMITTING GENERAL CONTRACTOR OR SPECIALTY SUB-CONTRACTOR INFORMATION COMPANY NAME (Full Legal Name) STREET ADDRESS MAILING ADDRESS (If Different Than Above) CITY STATE ZIP PHONE # CONTACT PERSON E-MAIL FAX# FEDERAL TAX ID NO. APPLICATION SUBMITTED BY TITLE DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F SPECIALTY SUB-CONTRACTOR INFORMATION If the Specialty Sub-Contractor is a corporation, please provide the following: • State & Date of Incorporation • Contractor License # and Classification • Secretary/Treasurer's Name If the Specialty Sub-Contractor is a partnership, please provide the following: • State & Date of Partnership • Contractor License # • General Partner(s) Names If the Specialty Sub-Contractor is sole proprietor, or individually owned, please provide the following: • State, & Date of Ownership • Primary Owner's Name& License # Please Check YES NO 1. How many years has your organization been in business under your present name? yrs. ❑ ❑ Have you ever operated under any other names in the past? If so, name of organization ❑ ❑ 2. Has any owner, officer or partner of your organization ever been an owner, officer or partner of this or any other organization that failed to complete a construction contract or been charged liquidated damages? If yes, please provide additional information on a separate sheet. ❑ ❑ 3. Has your organization ever been denied, debarred, or suspended by a government agency regarding licensing or award of contracts? If yes, please provide additional information on a separate sheet. Does the organization owe back taxes to the IRS ? If so, how much ? ❑ ❑ 4. Has your organization ever failed to qualify as a Specialty Contractor of any project? If yes, please provide additional information on a separate sheet. DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F ❑ ❑ 5. Does your organization meet the following minimum requirements: ❑ ❑ The successful Specialty Contractor must be able to provide valid and in good standing the following insurance coverage for the entire duration of the project, naming your firm and the Owner as additionally insured. A sample certificate with the following minimum coverage's must be submitted with this statement: ❖ Commercial General Liability $1,000,000 Each Occurrence / $2,000,000 General Aggregate ❖ Automobile Liability Insurance $1,000,000 Minimum ❖ Workman's Compensation Insurance State Minimum Coverage as Required by Law. ❑ ❑ Attach 3 Letters of Reference from a past public agency giving recommendation of your organization's ability to perform quality skate park construction. ❑ ❑ The successful Specialty Contractor must be able to provide valid and in good standing the following insurance coverage for the entire duration of the project, naming your firm and the Owner as additionally insured. A sample certificate with the following minimum coverage's must be submitted with this statement: ❖ Commercial General Liability $1,000,000 Each Occurrence / $2,000,000 General Aggregate ❖ Automobile Liability Insurance $1,000,000 Minimum ❖ Workman's Compensation Insurance State Minimum Coverage as Required by Law. DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F CURRENT SKATE PARK PROJECT EXPERIENCE Please provide a list of all concrete skate park construction projects that are in progress by your organization or which are complete but have not been open and in operation for a period of at least ONE (1) year. The projects listed must have a construction agreement. PROJECT INFORMATION REQUIRED — Please provide all information requested and utilize additional sheets, as necessary. Name and Location of Project Owner's Name Address Phone Number Email Project Size (Skating area only) sq ft Construction Value $ % Complete Completion Date Designer and Architect Project Description and Scope of Work Name and Location of Project Owner's Name Address Phone Number Email Project Size (Skating area only) sq ft Construction Value $ % Complete Completion Date Designer and Architect Project Description and Scope of Work DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F Name and Location of Project Owner's Name Address Phone Number Email Project Size (Skating area only) sq ft Construction Value $ % Complete Completion Date Designer and Architect Project Description and Scope of Work Name and Location of Project Owner's Name Address Phone Number Email Project Size (Skating area only) sq ft Construction Value $ % Complete Completion Date Designer and Architect Project Description and Scope of Work Name and Location of Project Owner's Name Address Phone Number Email Project Size (Skating area only) sq ft Construction Value $ % Complete Completion Date Designer and Architect Project Description and Scope of Work DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F PAST COMPLETED SKATE PARK PROJECT EXPERIENCE The prime submitting firm or its specialty contractor, to be qualified for this project must have completed THREE (3) public concrete skate park facilities with a minimum skating area of 10,000 square feet in the last FIVE (5) years. These skate parks must be open and in good operating condition for at least ONE (1) year. Only those projects where the complete construction of the facility has been the sole responsibility of your firm can be included. Please provide detailed project information and verifiable references for each of these qualifying skate park facilities. If the prime submitting firm will not be performing the specialty items listed on the plans but will have these items constructed by a specialty subcontractor, only the subcontractor will be required to be qualified for the specialty bid items. No exceptions will be made to these requirements. PROJECT INFORMATION REQUIRED — Please provide all information requested and utilize additional sheets, as necessary. PROJECT PHOTO REQUIRED— Please provide at least one (1) photo of each completed construction. Name and Location of Project Owner's Name Address Phone Number Email Project Size (skating area only) sq ft Construction Value $ % Complete Completion Date Designer and Architect Project Description and Scope of Work Name and Location of Project Owner's Name Address Phone Number Email Project Size (skating area only) sq ft Construction Value $ % Complete Completion Date Designer and Architect Project Description and Scope of Work DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F Name and Location of Project Owner's Name Address Phone Number Email Project Size (skating area only) sq ft Construction Value $ % Complete Completion Date Designer and Architect Project Description and Scope of Work DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F ADDITIONAL QUESTIONNAIRE & REQUIREMENTS Please accurately answer & provide for all the information requested utilizing a separate sheet, as necessary. Please Check YES NO ❑ ❑ A. Has your firm excavated a below ground skate park structures and prepared it for shotcrete application? ❑ ❑ B. Has your firm placed transitional and radial shotcrete sculptures using approved methods including a smooth trowel finish? ❑ ❑ C. Does your firm possess all the necessary equipment, labor forces, and material suppliers to complete this project per plans and specifications within the given schedule? ❑ ❑ D. Has your firm fabricated, galvanized, and installed rolled/bent ornamental metal coping? ❑ ❑ E. Has your firm installed standard pool coping and tile? F. Has your firm constructed custom concrete skate park features like: (mark those that apply) ❑ Stamped Brick ❑ Integral Color ❑ Sculptural artistic elements ❑ ❑ G. Has your firm performed any concrete skate park construction with workmanship issues, defects, or warranty problems, including having to repair or replace portions of work? ❑ ❑ H. Can your firm provide shop drawings and submittals for all the required and specified materials on this project? SCHEDULE & SKATE PARK MANAGEMENT EXPERIENCE ❑ ❑ Please provide a schedule identifying key tasks and milestones your project team has identified to demonstrate your ability to coordinate the entire job. This will be for evaluation purposes only and is not intended to be submitted as a working schedule. ❑ ❑ Please provide a detailed list identifying your firm's key personnel and management team that is responsible for the aforementioned skate park experience. Please include any owners, officers, managers, construction supervisors, or any other employee with the identified experience for the listed qualifying projects. Show that the individual directly responsible for the construction management of these projects will be the same individual utilized on this project. DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81 FOE94C287F This document must be notarized. This qualification statement will not be considered responsive or valid unless it is completed in its entirety and signed, dated, and notarized. The City of Corpus Christi and Skate Park Designer reserve the right to disqualify any firm for any reason deemed necessary for the successful completion of this project. The PRIME SUBMITTING GENERAL CONTRACTOR OR SPECIALTY SUB-CONTRACTOR (undersigned) hereby certifies and that all the information contained in this document is true and correct to the best of their knowledge. I declare under penalty of perjury that the foregoing is correct. Legal Business Name of Submitting Individual, Partnership, Limited Liability Company, or Corporation & Contractor License Number Printed Name of Prime Submitting General Contractor or Specialty Sub-contractor or Authorized Agent. Signature of Prime Submitting General Contractor or Specialty Sub-contractor or Authorized Agent. ALL SIGNATURES MUST BE WITNESSED BY NOTARY (ATTACH J U RAT) DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F 011100 SUMMARY OF WORK 1.00 GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Construct Work as described in the Contract Documents. 1. Provide the materials, equipment, and incidentals required to make the Project completely and fully useable. 2. Provide the labor, equipment,tools, and consumable supplies required for a complete Project. 3. The Contract Documents do not indicate or describe all of the Work required to complete the Project. Additional details required for the correct installation of selected products are to be provided by the Contractor and coordinated with the OAR. 1.02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. Work is described in general, non-inclusive terms as: 1. West Guth Park(9700 Up River Rd.) is a parks and recreation enhancement project. The base bid proiect obiective is to add a skatepark/plaza,a parking lot, playscapes, swings, picnic tables/pads,supporting accessible walkways and site lighting for these new amenities.The alternate bid project objective is to add a new pre-manufactured restroom and associated utilities, and a Skatepark Bowl. 1.03 WORK UNDER OTHER CONTRACTS A. The following items of work are not included in this Contract, but may impact construction scheduling and completion: 1. None. B. In the case of a disagreement between the above list and those specified elsewhere in the Contract Documents,the Contractor is to base his Proposal on the most expensive listing. C. Completion of the Work described in this Contract may impact the construction and testing of the items listed above. 1. Coordinate construction activities through the OAR. 2. Pay claims for damages which result from the late completion of the Project or any specified Milestones. 1.04 WORK BY OWNER A. The Owner plans to perform the following items of work which are not included in this Contract, but may impact the construction scheduling and completion: 1. None. B. Completion of the Work described in this Contract may impact the construction of the items listed above. Summary of Work 011100- 1 21084 West Guth Park Rev 10/2018 DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F 1. Coordinate construction activities through the OAR. 2. Pay claims for damages which result from the late completion of the Project or any specified Milestones. C. Owner will provide normal operation and maintenance of the existing facilities during construction, unless otherwise stated. 1.05 CONSTRUCTION OF UTILITIES A. Pay for temporary power, including but not limited to construction cost, meter connection fees, and permits. 1.06 USE PRIOR TO FINAL COMPLETION A. Owner has the right to use or operate any portion of the Project that is ready for use after notifying the Contractor of its intent to do so. B. The execution of Bonds is understood to indicate the consent of the surety to these provisions for use of the Project. C. Provide an endorsement from the insurance carrier permitting use of Project during the remaining period of construction. D. Conduct operations to insure the least inconvenience to the Owner and general public. 2.00 PRODUCTS(NOT USED) 3.00 EXECUTION (NOT USED) END OF SECTION Summary of Work 011100-2 21084 West Guth Park Rev 10/2018 DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F 01 23 10 ALTERNATES AND ALLOWANCES 1.00 GENERAL 1.01 REQUIREMENTS A. Alternates: 1. This Section describes each alternate by number and describes the basic changes to be incorporated into the Work when this alternate is made a part of the Work in the Agreement. 2. Drawings and Specifications will outline the extent of Work to be included in the alternate Contract Price. 3. Coordinate related Work and modify surrounding Work as required to properly integrate the Work under each alternate,and provide a complete and functional Project as required by the Contract Documents. 4. Bids for alternates may be accepted or rejected at the option of the Owner. 5. Owner may incorporate these alternates in the Contract when executed, or may issue a Change Order to incorporate these alternates within 120 days at the prices offered in the Bid, unless noted otherwise. A Request for a Change Proposal may be issued after 120 days or other designated time period to negotiate a new price for incorporating the Work into the Project. B. The Bid Items described as "Allowances" have been set as noted in the Bid Form and shall be included in the Total Base Bid of the Bid Form for each Bidder. This Allowance may be used at the Owner's discretion in the event that unforeseen conditions or conflicts are encountered during construction that warrants the use of the Allowance funds. If the use of Allowance funds becomes necessary, the OAR will provide written authorization at a cost negotiated between Owner and Contractor, using unit prices in the Bid Form when applicable. No work is to be performed under the Allowance items without written authorization from the OAR. There is no guarantee that any of these funds will need to be used during the course of the Work. 1.02 DOCUMENT SUBMITTALS A. Provide documents for materials furnished as part of the alternate in accordance with Article 24 of SECTION 00 72 00 GENERAL CONDITIONS. 1.03 DESCRIPTION OF ALTERNATES A. Alternate#1—Restroom: 1. Corworth Restroom (pre-fabricated) 2. Subgrade (Select Fill) 3. Water/Wastewater Service 4. Secondary Electric Service 5. Concrete Walkway Alternates and Allowances 012310- 1 21084 West Guth Park Rev 5/2020 DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F 6. Reveg: Bermuda Hydromulch B. Alternate#2—Skate Park Bowl: 1. Skate Bowl Addition 2. Storm Water 3. Embankment/Earthwork 1.04 DESCRIPTION OF ALLOWANCES A. Allowance A—(E1) Unforeseen Conditions 1. The sum of$75,000 to be used for the purchase of Allowances for Unforeseen Conditions. 2.00 PRODUCTS(NOT USED) 3.00 EXECUTION (NOT USED) END OF SECTION Alternates and Allowances 012310-2 21084 West Guth Park Rev 5/2020 DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F 01 29 01 MEASUREMENT AND BASIS FOR PAYMENT 1.00 GENERAL 1.01 MEASUREMENT AND BASIS FOR PAYMENTS ON LUMP SUM ITEMS A. Include all cost for completing the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents for lump sum payment items. Include all direct cost for the Work associated with that lump sum item and a proportionate amount for the indirect costs as described in Article 17 of SECTION 00 72 00 GENERAL CONDITIONS for each lump sum item. Include cost not specifically set forth as an individual payment item but required to provide a complete and functional system in the lump sum price. B. Measurement for progress payments will be made on the basis of the earned value for each item shown as a percentage of the cost for the lump sum item as described in Article 17 of SECTION 00 72 00 GENERAL CONDITIONS. Payment at Final Completion will be equal to the total lump sum amount for that item. 1.02 MEASUREMENT AND BASIS FOR PAYMENTS ON UNIT PRICE ITEMS A. Include all cost for completing the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents in unit price payment items. Include all direct cost for the Work associated with that unit price item and a proportionate amount for the indirect costs as described in Article 17 of SECTION 00 72 00 GENERAL CONDITIONS for each unit price item. Include cost not specifically set forth as an individual payment item but required to provide a complete and functional system in the unit price. B. Measurement for payments will be made only for the actual measured and/or computed length, area, solid contents, number, and weight, unless other provisions are made in the Contract Documents. Payment on a unit price basis will not be made for Work outside finished dimensions shown in the Contract Documents. Include cost for waste, overages, and tolerances in the unit price for that line item. Measurement will be as indicated for each unit price item. 1.03 MEASUREMENT AND BASIS FOR PAYMENT FOR BASE BID ITEMS A. Bid Item A1— Mobilization (Maximum 5%): 1. Include the following costs in this Bid item: a. Transportation and setup for equipment; b. Transportation and/or erection of all field offices, sheds, and storage facilities; C. Salaries for preparation of documents required before the first Application for Payment; d. Salaries for field personnel assigned to the Project related to the mobilization of the Project; e. Demobilization; and f. Mobilization may not exceed 5 percent of the total Contract Price. Measurement and Basis for Payment 01 29 01- 1 21084 West Guth Park Rev 5/2020 DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F 2. Measurement for payment will be made per lump sum on the following basis: When at least 5% of the adjusted contract amount for construction is earned, 75% of the mobilization lump sum bid amount will be eligible for payment, minus retainage. Upon substantial completion of all work under this Contract and removal of all equipment and materials from the Project site, the remaining 25% of the mobilization lump sum bid amount will be eligible for payment, minus retainage. B. Bid Item A2 —Bonds and Insurance 1. Payment shall include all bonds and insurance required under the Contract Documents. 2. Payment for bonds and insurance will be based on the receipt of documentation of actual costs. Contractor shall furnish satisfactory evidence of the rate or rates paid for all bonds and insurance. Contractor will be reimbursed for the actual cost of unique insurance as required and obtained specifically for this Project, not including the routine and general company insurance policies that are maintained for the course of conducting normal business operations. Contractor will be reimbursed for the actual cost of project specific bonds and insurance, not to exceed the bid amount or the verifiable costs of Project specific bonds and insurance incurred by the Contractor. C. Bid Item A3—Ozone Day 1. Priming and hot-mix asphalt paving operations shall not be conducted on days for which an ozone advisory has been used, except for repairs. Owner will notify Contractor regarding ozone alerts. 2. Measurement and basis for payment shall be as described in the BID FORM. D. Bid Item B3—Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan 1. Payment shall include but not be limited to furnishing and submitting the SWPPP to TCEQ and Owner and updating the Plan during the Project as needed. All permits and required fees related to the SWPPP will be included in this item. 2. Measurement for payment will be made per lump sum on the following basis: The initial pay application will include 50%of the lump sum bid amount minus retainage. The balance will be paid according to the percent of construction completion after 50% completion has occurred, minus retainage. E. Bid Item ALT1-1—Restoom 1. Payment shall include the purchase of materials. These materials will be purchased and installed by the Contractor. F. Bid Items 1. The basis of measurement and payment for other Bid Items shall be as described in the applicable Specification Sections, Construction Drawings, Schedule of Values and/or BID FORM. Measurement and Basis for Payment 01 29 01-2 21084 West Guth Park Rev 5/2020 DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F 2.00 PRODUCTS (NOT USED) 3.00 EXECUTION (NOT USED) END OF SECTION Measurement and Basis for Payment 01 29 01-3 21084 West Guth Park Rev 5/2020 DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F 0133 01 Submittal Register Landscape Architectural 13 31 32 Pre-Engineered Shade Structures Fabric Shade None 13 34 23 Fabricated Structures(Corworth Restroom Buildings) Shop Drawing Civil En ineerin 022 020 Excavation and Backill for Utilities Record Data 022 040 Street Excavation Record Data 022 100 Select Material Record Data 023 020 Jacking,Boring,Tunneling 5-65 Record Data 0252 10 Lime Stabilization 025223 Crushed Limestone Flexible Base Record Data 025404 Asphalts,Oils and Emulsions Record Data 025412 Prime Coat Record Data 025414 Aggregate for Surface Treatment Record Data 025418 Surface Treatment Record Data 025424 Hot Mix Asphalt Concrete Pavement Record Data 0256 50 Portland Concrete Cement Pavement Record Data 025813 Preformed Thermoplastic Striping,Words and Emblems Record Data 026206 Ductile Iron Pipe&Fittings Record Data PVC Pipe-AWWA C900/C905 Pressure Pipe for 026210 Municipal Water Mains and Wastewater Force Mains Record Data 026402 Waterlines Record Data 026404 Water Services Lines Record Data 026411 Gate Valves for Waterlines Record Data 027602 Gravity Wastewater Lines Record Data 027606 Wastewater Service Lines Record Data 028 040 Sodding Record Data 030 020 Portland Cement Concrete Record Data 032 020 Reinforcing Steel Record Data 038 000 Concrete Structures Record Data TxDOT 6200 Filter Fabric Record Data Mechanical/Electrical 26 05 19 Low-Voltage Electrical Conductors Record Data 26 05 26 Grounding&Bonding for Electrical Systems Record Data 26 05 33 Raceways and Boxes for Electrical Systems Record Data 26 05 53 Identification for Electrical Systems Record Data 26 09 23 Lighting Control Devices Record Data 26 28 16 1 Enclosed Circuit Breakers Record Data 26 56 19 LED Exterior Lighting Record Data Skate Park 03 10 00 Concrete Formwork 2.01 A,B,C Record Data 03 20 00 Concrete Reinforcing 1.05 Shop Drawing 2.01 A B Record Data 03 30 00 Cast in Place Concrete 1.04 A,B,C, Record Data D F 1.04E I Sample 1.05 A Sample 1.05 B F Record Data 03 33 51 Concrete Finishing 1.06 Record Data 3.02 Record Data 03 36 00 Shotcrete 1.04 A,C,D, Record Data F 1.04 B Shop Drawing 1.04 E Sample 1.05,2.03 Record Data 03 37 00 Concrete Curing 1.03 Record Data 2.01 Record Data Submittal Register 01 33 01-1 21084 West Guth Park 10/2018 DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F 05 50 00 Metal Fabriciations 1.04A Shop Drawing 1.046 Record Data Sample 2.02 Record Data 09 90 00 Painting 1.05 Record Data Submittal Register 01 33 01-2 21084 West Guth Park 10/2018 DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F 01 35 00 SPECIAL PROCEDURES 1.00 GENERAL 1.01 CONSTRUCTION SEQUENCE (NOT APPLICABLE) A. Perform the Work as required to complete the entire Project within the Contract Times and in the sequence stipulated below: 1. List as necessary. B. Work shall be completed within the specified time for these items: Description Time C. Consider the sequences, duration limitations, and governing factors outlined in this Section to prepare the schedule for the Work. D. Perform the Work not specifically described in this Section as required to complete the entire Project within the Contract Times. 1.02 PLAN OF ACTION A. Submit a written plan of action for approval for shutting down essential services. These include: 1. Electrical power, 2. Control power, 3. Pipelines or wastewater systems, 4. Communications equipment, and 5. Other designated functions. B. Describe the following in the plan of action: 1. Scheduled dates for construction; 2. Work to be performed; 3. Utilities, piping, or services affected; 4. Length of time the service or utility will be disturbed; 5. Procedures to be used to carry out the Work; 6. Plan of Action to handle emergencies; 7. List of manpower, equipment, and ancillary supplies; 8. Backups for key pieces of equipment and key personnel; 9. Contingency plan that will be used if the original schedule cannot be met; and Special Procedures 01 35 00- 1 21084 West Guth Park Rev 10/2018 DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F C. Submit plan 2 weeks prior to beginning the Work. 1.03 CRITICAL OPERATIONS A. The Owner has identified critical operations that must not be out of service longer than the designated maximum time out of service and/or must be performed only during the designated times. These have been identified in the table below: Liquidated Critical Operation Max.Time Hours Operation Damages Out of Operation can be Shut Down ($ per hour) Contractor to Contractor to coordinate with coordinate with 4-inch Waterline Tie-In City Water City Water N/A Department and Department and affected facilities. affected facilities. B. Submit a written plan of action per Paragraph 1.02 for approval for critical operations. C. Work affecting critical operations is to be performed on a 24-hour a day basis until Owner's normal operations have been restored. D. Provide additional manpower and equipment as required to complete the Work affecting critical operations within the allotted time. E. Liquidated damages will be assessed if Work on critical operations is not completed within the time indicated. 1. These items are critical to the operation of the existing distribution system. 2. Loss of operation of the existing distribution system can subject the Owner to loss of revenue, additional operations cost, and fines from regulatory agencies. 3. Liquidated damages have been established for each critical operation. F. Designated Critical Operations are described in more detail as follows: 1. Critical Operation 1—4-inch Waterline Tie-In: a. Connection of 2-inch Waterline to 4-inch Waterline for Corworth Restroom, including coordination with City Water Department and affected facilities. 1.04 OWNER ASSISTANCE A. The Owner will assist the Contractor in draining the existing pipelines as much as possible through existing blow-off valves. The Contractor will be responsible for providing dewatering pumps, etc. required to completely dewater the facilities and handle any leakage past closed valves,gates or adjacent structures. 2.00 PRODUCTS(NOT USED) 3.00 EXECUTION (NOT USED) END OF SECTION Special Procedures 01 3S 00-2 21084 West Guth Park Rev 10/2018 DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F 01 50 00 TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 1.00 GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Provide temporary facilities, including OPT's field office and the Contractor's field offices, storage sheds, and temporary utilities needed to complete the Work. B. Install and maintain temporary Project identification signs. Provide temporary on-site informational signs to identify key elements of the construction facilities. Do not allow other signs to be displayed. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Provide a total electrical heating and cooling system for the OPT's field office capable of maintaining the following conditions: 1. Heating: Minimum 75 degrees ID temp at 10 degrees ambient. 2. Cooling: Minimum 75 degrees ID temp at 105 degrees ambient. 3. Relative humidity: 48 to 54 percent. B. Inspect and test each service before placing temporary utilities in use. Arrange for all required inspections and tests by regulatory agencies, and obtain required certifications and permits for use. 1.03 DELIVERY AND STORAGE A. Arrange transportation, loading, and handling of temporary buildings and sheds. 1.04 JOB CONDITIONS A. Locate buildings and sheds at the Site as indicated or as approved by the OPT. B. Prepare the Site by removing trees, brush, or debris and performing demolition or grubbing needed to clear a space adequate for the structures. C. Pay for the utilities used by temporary facilities during construction. D. Provide each temporary service and facility ready for use at each location when the service or facility is first needed to avoid delay in the performance of the Work. Provide OPT's field office complete and ready for occupancy and use within 7 days of the Notice to Proceed. E. Maintain, expand as required, and modify temporary services and facilities as needed throughout the progress of the Work. F. Remove services and facilities when approved by the OAR. G. Operate temporary facilities in a safe and efficient manner. 1. Restrict loads on temporary services or facilities to within their designed or designated capacities. 2. Provide sanitary conditions. Prevent public nuisance or hazardous conditions from developing or existing at the Site. Temporary Facilities and Controls 015000- 1 21084 West Guth Park Rev 8/2019 DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F 3. Prevent freezing of pipes,flooding, or the contamination of water. 4. Maintain Site security and protection of the facilities. 1.05 OPTIONS A. Construction offices may be prefabricated buildings on skids or mobile trailers. B. Storage sheds may be prefabricated buildings on skids or truck trailers. 2.00 PRODUCTS 2.01 TEMPORARY FIELD OFFICES (FIELD OFFICE NOT REQUIRED) A. The Contractor must furnish the OPT with a field office at the Site. The field office must contain at least 120 square feet of useable space. The field office must be air-conditioned and heated and must be furnished with an inclined table that measures at least 30 inches by 60 inches and two chairs. The Contractor shall move the field office on the Site as required by the OAR. There is no separate pay item for the field office. B. Furnish a field office of adequate size for Contractor's use. Provide conference room space for a minimum of 10 people. C. Other trades may provide their own offices only when space is available at the Site, and the OPT agrees to its size, condition, and location. D. No monthly partial payments will be processed until OPT's field office facilities are completed and approved. 2.02 TEMPORARY STORAGE BUILDINGS A. Furnish storage buildings of adequate size to store any materials or equipment delivered to the Site that might be affected by weather. 2.03 TEMPORARY SANITARY FACILITIES A. Provide sanitary facilities at the Site from the commencement of the Project until Project conclusion. Maintain these facilities in a clean and sanitary condition at all times, and comply with the requirements of the local health authority. On large sites, provide portable toilets at such locations that no point in the Site shall be more than 600 feet from a toilet. B. Use these sanitary facilities. Do not use restrooms within existing or Owner-occupied buildings. 2.04 TEMPORARY HEAT A. Provide heating devices needed to protect buildings during construction. Provide fuel needed to operate the heating devices and attend the heating devices at all times they are in operation, including overnight operations. Temporary Facilities and Controls 015000-2 21084 West Guth Park Rev 8/2019 DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F 2.05 TEMPORARY UTILITIES A. Provide the temporary utilities for administration, construction, testing, disinfection, and start-up of the Work, including electrical power, water, and telephone. Pay all costs associated with furnishing temporary utilities. 1. Provide a source of temporary electrical power of adequate size for construction procedures. a. Use existing power systems where spare capacity is available. Provide temporary power connections that do not adversely affect the existing power supply. Submit connections to the OAR for approval prior to installation. b. Provide electrical pole and service connections that comply with Laws and Regulations and the requirements of the power company. 2. Provide telephone service to the Site and install telephones inside the Contractor's and the OPT's field office. 2.06 WATER FOR CONSTRUCTION A. Provide temporary water. Potable water may be purchased from the Owner by obtaining a water meter from the Owner and transporting water from a water hydrant. Non-potable water may be used for hydraulic testing of non-potable basins or pipelines. Include the cost of water in the Contract Price. B. Contractor must comply with the City of Corpus Christi's Water Conservation and Drought Contingency Plan as amended (the "Plan"). This includes implementing water conservation measures established for changing conditions. The City Engineer will provide a copy of the Plan to Contractor at the pre-construction meeting. The Contractor will keep a copy of the Plan on the Site throughout construction. 3.00 EXECUTION 3.01 LOCATION OF TEMPORARY FACILITIES (NOT APPLICABLE) A. Locate temporary facilities in areas approved by the OAR. Construct and install signs at locations approved by the OAR. Install informational signs so they are clearly visible. 3.02 PROJECT IDENTIFICATION AND SIGNS A. The Owner will furnish two Project signs to be installed by the Contractor. The signs must be installed before construction begins and will be maintained throughout the Project period by the Contractor. The locations of the signs will be determined in the field by the OAR. 3.03 TEMPORARY LIGHTING A. Provide temporary lighting inside buildings once buildings are weatherproof. B. Provide lighting that is adequate to perform Work within any space. Temporary lights may be removed once the permanent lighting is in service. Temporary Facilities and Controls 015000-3 21084 West Guth Park Rev 8/2019 DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F C. Provide portable flood lights at any time that Work will be performed outside the structure at night. Provide adequate lighting at any location Work is being performed. 3.04 DRINKING WATER A. Provide all field offices with potable water. Provide a dispenser and cooling apparatus if bottled drinking water is provided. B. Pay for water services and maintain daily. 3.05 CONSTRUCTION FENCE A. Install and maintain a construction fence around the Site and off-site storage yards. Fence must be a minimum 6 feet high chain link construction unless shown otherwise. Provide gates with padlocks. 3.06 REMOVAL OF TEMPORARY FACILITIES A. Remove temporary buildings, sheds, and utilities at the conclusion of the Project and restore the Site to original condition or finished in accordance with the Drawings. B. Remove informational signs upon completion of construction. C. Remove Project identification signs, framing, supports, and foundations upon completion of the Project. 3.07 MAINTENANCE AND JANITORIAL SERVICE A. Provide janitorial service (sweeping/mopping) for the OPT's field office on a weekly basis or as requested. Empty trash receptacles daily or as needed. B. Maintain signs and supports in a neat, clean condition. Repair damage to structures, framings, or signs. C. Repair any damage to Work caused by placement or removal of temporary signage. D. Service, maintain, and replace, if necessary, the OPT's field office computer equipment throughout the Project as required by the OPT including replacement cartridges for all office equipment. END OF SECTION Temporary Facilities and Controls 015000-4 21084 West Guth Park Rev 8/2019 DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F 01 57 00 TEMPORARY CONTROLS 1.00 GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Provide labor, materials, equipment, and incidentals necessary to construct temporary facilities to provide and maintain control over environmental conditions at the Site. Remove temporary facilities when no longer needed. B. Construct temporary impounding works, channels, diversions, furnishing and operation of pumps, installing piping and fittings, and other construction for control of conditions at the Site. Remove temporary controls at the end of the Project. C. Provide a Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan (SWPPP) as required by Texas Pollutant Discharge Elimination System (TPDES) General Permit No. TXR150000 for stormwater discharges from construction activities as applicable to the nature and size of the Project. Comply with all requirements of the Texas Commission on Environmental Quality(TCEQ)and Laws and Regulations. File required legal notices and obtain required permits prior to beginning any construction activity. D. Provide labor, materials, equipment, and incidentals necessary to prevent stormwater pollution for the duration of the Project. Provide and maintain erosion and sediment control structures as required to preventive sediment and other pollutants from the Site from entering any stormwater system including open channels. Remove pollution control structures when no longer required to prevent stormwater pollution. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Construct and maintain temporary controls with adequate workmanship using durable materials to provide effective environmental management systems meeting the requirements of the Contract Documents and Laws and Regulations. Use materials that require minimal maintenance to prevent disruption of construction activities while providing adequate protection of the environment. B. Periodically inspect systems to determine that they are meeting the requirements of the Contract Documents. 1.03 DOCUMENT SUBMITTAL A. Provide documents requiring approval by the OPT as Shop Drawings in accordance with Article 25 of SECTION 00 72 00 GENERAL CONDITIONS. B. Provide copies of notices, records, and reports required by the Contract Documents or Laws and Regulations as Record Data in accordance with Article 26 of SECTION 00 72 00 GENERAL CONDITIONS. 1.04 STANDARDS A. Provide a SWPPP that complies with all requirements of TPDES General Permit No. TXR150000 and any other applicable Laws and Regulations. Temporary Controls 015700- 1 21084 West Guth Park Rev 8/2019 DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F B. Perform Work to comply with the City of Corpus Christi Code of Ordinances, Part III, Chapter 14, Article X - titled "STORM WATER QUALITY MANAGEMENT PLANS" and any other applicable Laws and Regulations. 1.05 PERMITS A. As applicable, submit the following to the TCEQ and the Operator of any Municipal Separate Storm Sewer System (MS4) receiving stormwater discharges from the Site: 1. Notice of Intent (NOI) at least 48 hours prior to beginning construction activity. Construction activity may commence 24 hours after the submittal of an electronic NOI. 2. Notice of Change (NOC) letter when relevant facts or incorrect information was submitted in the NOI, or if relevant information in the NOI changes during the course of construction activity. 3. Notice of Termination (NOT) when the construction Project has been completed and stabilized. B. Post a copy of the NOI at the Site in a location where it is readily available for viewing by the general public and as required by Laws and Regulations prior to starting construction activities and maintain the posting until completion of the construction activities. C. Maintain copies of a schedule of major construction activities, inspection reports, and revision documentation with the SWPPP. 1.06 STORMWATER POLLUTION CONTROL A. Comply with the current requirements of TPDES General Permit No. TXR150000 as set forth by the TCEQ for the duration of the Project as applicable to the nature of the work and the total disturbed area: 1. Develop a SWPPP meeting all requirements of the TPDES General Permit. 2. Submit of a Notice of Intent to the TCEQ. 3. Develop and implement appropriate Best Management Practices as established by local agencies of jurisdiction. 4. Provide all monitoring and/or sampling required for reporting to the TCEQ. 5. Submit reports to the TCEQ as required as a condition of the TPDES General Permit. 6. Submit copies of the reports to the Designer as Record Data in accordance with Article 26 of SECTION 00 72 00 GENERAL CONDITIONS. 7. Retain copies of these documents at the Site at all times for review and inspection by the OPT or regulatory agencies. Post a copy of the permit as required by Laws and Regulations. 8. Assume sole responsibility for implementing, updating, and modifying the TPDES General Permit per Laws and Regulations for the SWPPP and Best Management Practices. B. Use forms required by the TCEQ to file the Notice of Intent. Submit the Notice of Intent at least 2 days prior to the start of construction. Develop the SWPPP prior to submitting the Temporary Controls 015700-2 21084 West Guth Park Rev 8/2019 DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F Notice of Intent. Provide draft copies of the Notice of Intent,SWPPP,and any other pertinent TCEQ submittal documents to Owner for review prior to submittal to the TCEQ. C. Return any property disturbed by construction activities to either specified conditions or pre- construction conditions as set forth in the Contract Documents. Provide an overall erosion and sedimentation control system that will protect all undisturbed areas and soil stockpiles/spoil areas. Implement appropriate Best Management Practices and techniques to control erosion and sedimentation and maintain these practices and techniques in effective operating condition during construction. Permanently stabilize exposed soil and fill as soon as practical during the Work. D. Assume sole responsibility for the means, methods,techniques, sequences, and procedures for furnishing, installing, and maintaining erosion and sedimentation control structures and procedures and overall compliance with the TPDES General Permit. Modify the system as required to effectively control erosion and sediment. E. Retain copies of reports required by the TPDES General Permit for 3 years from date of Final Completion. 1.07 POLLUTION CONTROL A. Prevent the contamination of soil, water, or atmosphere by the discharge of noxious substances from construction operations. Provide adequate measures to prevent the creation of noxious air-borne pollutants. Prevent dispersal of pollutants into the atmosphere. Do not dump or otherwise discharge noxious or harmful fluids into drains or sewers, nor allow noxious liquids to contaminate public waterways in any manner. B. Provide equipment and personnel and perform emergency measures necessary to contain any spillage. 1. Contain chemicals in protective areas and do not dump on soil. Dispose of such materials at off-site locations in an acceptable manner. 2. Excavate contaminated soil and dispose at an off-site location if contamination of the soil does occur. Fill resulting excavations with suitable backfill and compact to the density of the surrounding undisturbed soil. 3. Provide documentation to the Owner which states the nature and strength of the contaminant, method of disposal, and the location of the disposal site. 4. Comply with Laws and Regulations regarding the disposal of pollutants. C. Groundwater or run-off water which has come into contact with noxious chemicals, sludge, or sludge-contaminated soil is considered contaminated. Contaminated water must not be allowed to enter streams or water courses, leave the Site in a non-contained form, or enter non-contaminated areas of the Site. 1. Pump contaminated water to holding ponds constructed by the Contractor for this purpose, or discharge to areas on the interior of the Site, as designated by the OAR. 2. Construct temporary earthen dikes or take other precautions and measures as required to contain the contaminated water and pump to a designated storage area. 3. Wash any equipment used for handling contaminated water or soil within contaminated areas three times with uncontaminated water prior to using such equipment in an Temporary Controls 015700-3 21084 West Guth Park Rev 8/2019 DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F uncontaminated area. Dispose of wash water used to wash such equipment as contaminated water. 1.08 EARTH CONTROL A. Remove excess soil, spoil materials, and other earth not required for backfill at the time of generation. Control stockpiled materials to eliminate interference with Contractor and Owner's operations. B. Dispose of excess earth off the Site. Provide written approval from the property owner for soils deposited on private property. Obtain approval of the Owner if this disposal impacts the use of Site or other easements. 1.09 OZONE ADVISORY DAYS A. Do not conduct roofing, priming, or hot-mix paving operations, except for repairs, on days the City Engineer has notified Contractor that an ozone advisory is in effect. An extension of time will be allowed for each day for which priming or hot mix paving was scheduled, crews were prepared to perform this Work and the City Engineer issued ozone alert prevents this Work. Contractor will be compensated at the unit price indicated in the Bid for each day for which an extension of time was granted due to an ozone alert. 1.10 MANAGEMENT OF WATER A. Manage water resulting from rains or ground water at the Site. Maintain trenches and excavations free of water at all times. B. Lower the water table in the construction area by acceptable means if necessary to maintain a dry and workable condition at all times. Provide drains, sumps, casings, well points, and other water control devices as necessary to remove excess water. C. Provide continuous operation of water management actions. Maintain standby equipment to provide proper and continuous operation for water management. D. Ensure that water drainage does not damage adjacent property. Divert water into the same natural watercourse in which its headwaters are located, or other natural stream or waterway as approved by the Owner. Assume responsibility for the discharge of water from the Site. E. Remove the temporary construction and restore the Site in a manner acceptable to the OAR and to match surrounding material at the conclusion of the Work. 1.11 DEWATERING A. This item is considered subsidiary for all dewatering methods other than "well pointing" to the appropriate bid items as described in the Bid Form where dewatering is needed to keep the excavation dry, as approved by the Designer, and shall include all costs to provide a dry foundation for the proposed improvements. B. Storm water that enters an excavation can be pumped out as long as care is taken to minimize solids and mud entering the pump suction and flow is pumped to a location that allows for sheet flow prior to entering a storm water drainage ditch or storm water inlet. Temporary Controls 015700-4 21084 West Guth Park Rev 8/2019 DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F C. An alternative to sheet flow is to pump storm water to an area where ponding occurs naturally without leaving the designated work area or by a manmade berm(s) prior to entering the storm water system. Sheet flow and ponding is to allow solids screening and/or settling prior to entering a storm water conduit or inlet. D. Storm water or groundwater shall not be discharged to private property without permission. It is the intent that Contractor discharges groundwater primarily into the existing storm water system, provided that the quality of groundwater is equal to or better than the receiving stream,the CC Ship Channel. E. Testing of groundwater quality is to be performed by the Contractor, at the Contractor's expense, prior to commencing discharge and shall be retested by the Contractor, at the Contractor's expense, a minimum of once a week. Contractor shall coordinate with the Owner on all testing. Tests will also be performed as each new area of construction is started. F. Another option for disposal of groundwater by Contractor would include pumping to the nearest wastewater system. If discharging to temporary holding tanks and trucking to a wastewater or wastewater plant, the costs for these operations shall be negotiated. Other groundwater disposal alternatives or solutions may be approved by the Designer on a case by case basis. G. Prior to pumping groundwater from a trench to the wastewater system the Contractor shall contact Wastewater Pre-treatment Coordinator at 826-1817 to obtain a "no cost" permit from the Owner's Waste Water Department. Contractor will pay for any water quality testing or water analysis cost required. The permit will require an estimate of groundwater flow. Groundwater flow can be estimated by boring a hole or excavating a short trench then record water level shortly after completion, allow to sit overnight, record water level again, pump hole or trench dry to a holding tank or vacuum truck then record how long it takes to fill to original level and overnight level. 1.12 DISPOSAL OF CONTAMINATED GROUNDWATER (NOT APPLICABLE) A. An allowance will be included in the Bid for the unanticipated disposal of contaminated groundwater. This allowance may not be needed but is provided in case contaminated groundwater is encountered during the course of the Project and does not meet the water quality requirements for discharge into the storm water or wastewater systems. This allowance includes all materials, tools, equipment, labor, transportation, hauling, coordination, and proper disposal of the contaminated water at an approved landfill, deep water injection well, or other site as agreed to by the Designer. Suggested disposal facilities would be US Ecology(USET)in Robstown,Texas or Texas Molecular in Corpus Christi,Texas. B. The payment for this Work will be based on the Contractor's actual costs and will be negotiated. Payment will not include costs associated with routine dewatering, which is considered subsidiary to the appropriate bid items as described in Paragraph 1.11. 1.13 DISPOSAL OF HIGHLY CHLORINATED WATER A. Dispose of water used for testing, disinfection, and line flushing. Comply with Owner's requirements and Laws and Regulation regarding the disposal of contaminated water, including water with levels of chlorine,which exceed the permissible limits for discharge into wetlands or environmentally sensitive areas. Comply with the requirements of all regulatory agencies in the disposal of all water used in the Project. Include a description and details for Temporary Controls 015700-5 21084 West Guth Park Rev 8/2019 DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F disposal of this water in a Plan of Action per SECTION 01 35 00 SPECIAL PROCEDURES. Do not use the Owner's wastewater system for disposal of contaminated water. 1.14 WINDSTORM CERTIFICATION A. All affected materials and installation shall comply with Texas Department of Insurance Requirements for windstorm resistant construction for design wind speed as required by the current version of the International Building Code (IBC). When applicable, Owner shall be responsible for contracting with a licensed structural engineer in the State of Texas to perform all inspections and provide documentation for windstorm certification to the Texas Board of Insurance. The Contractor shall be responsible for providing all necessary design/assembly documentation for all new windows, doors, louvers, etc. to the windstorm engineer/inspectors required to conform with the requirements of the Texas Department of Insurance. 2.00 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Provide materials that comply with Laws and Regulations. 3.00 EXECUTION 3.01 CONSTRUCTING, MAINTAINING AND REMOVING TEMPORARY CONTROLS A. Construct temporary controls in accordance with Laws and Regulations. B. Maintain controls in accordance with regulatory requirements where applicable, or in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents. C. Remove temporary controls when no longer required, but before the Project is complete. Correct any damage or pollution that occurs as the result of removing controls while they are still required. END OF SECTION Temporary Controls 015700-6 21084 West Guth Park Rev 8/2019 DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F West Guth Park Improvements Civil Engineering Specifications M NAy EVERETT 11 ...<4w& it, ".art 1 , ' ONA ®IIIIIIIIIIIIIIII® 711 N, Carancahua SIreet uu a 1190 MEN HALFF Corpus Chdsfl, Texas 78401 IIIIIIIIIIIIIIII P: (361)400-4600 The City of Corpus Christi Standards are hereby referred to and included in this contract as fully and to the same extent as if copied at length herein and shall be applied to this project except as modified in these Specifications and on the Plans. DIVISION 2 — SITE WORK 021 020.................................Site Clearing and Stripping 021 040.................................Site Grading 022 020.................................Excavation and Backfill for Utilities 022 021 .................................Control of Ground Water 022 022.................................Trench and Safety for Excavations 022 040.................................Street Excavation 022 080.................................Embankment 022 100.................................Select Material 022 420.................................Silt Fence 023 020.................................Jacking, Boring, Tunneling (S-65) 025210.................................Lime Stabilization 025223.................................Crushed Limestone Flexible Base 025404.................................Asphalts, Oils, and Emulsions 025412.................................Prime Coat 025414.................................Aggregate for Surface Treatment 025418.................................Surface Treatment 025424.................................Hot Mix Asphalt Concrete Pavement DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F 025610.................................Concrete Curb and Gutter 025612.................................Concrete Sidewalks and Driveways 025620.................................Portland Cement Concrete Pavement 025807.................................Pavement Markings (Paint and Thermoplastic) 025813.................................Preformed Thermoplastic Striping, Words, and Emblems 026202.................................Hydrostatic Testing of Pressure Systems 026206.................................Ductile Iron Pipe & Fittings 026210.................................PVC Pipe-AWWA C900/C905 Pressure Pipe for Municipal Water Mains and Wastewater Force Mains 026402.................................Waterlines 026404.................................Water Service Lines 026409.................................Tapping Sleeves & Tapping Valves 026411 .................................Gate Valves for Waterlines 026216.................................Fire Hydrants 027200.................................Control of Wastewater Flows 027602.................................Gravity Wastewater Lines 027606.................................Wastewater Service Lines 027611 .................................Cleaning and Televised Inspection of Conduits 028 040.................................Sodding DIVISION 3 - CONCRETE 030 020.................................Portland Cement Concrete 032 020.................................Reinforcing Steel 038 000.................................Concrete Structures The following material specifications from the "TxDOT Departmental Material Specifications (DMS)" dated May 2010 are hereby incorporated by reference: Technical Specifications TXDOT DMS 6200....................Filter Fabric DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F SECTION 021020 SITE CLEARING AND STRIPPING 1. DESCRIPTION This specification shall govern all work necessary for clearing, grubbing and stripping of objectionable matter as required to complete the project, and shall include removing and disposing of trees, stumps, brush, roots, vegetation, rubbish and other objectionable matter from the project site. 2. CONSTRUCTION METHODS The site shall be cleared of all trees, stumps, brush, roots, vegetation, rubbish and other objectionable matter as indicated on the drawings and/or as directed by the Engineer or his designated representative. Tree stumps and roots shall be grubbed to a minimum depth of 2 feet below natural ground or 2 feet below base of subgrade, whichever is lower. Areas that underlie compacted backfill shall be stripped of all vegetation, humus and other objectionable matter encountered within the top six (6) inches of the soil. All material removed from the site under this operation shall become the Contractor's responsibility. The material shall be disposed of either at a disposal site indicated on the drawings or at a disposal site obtained by the Contractor. 3. MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT Unless otherwise specified on the Bid Form, site clearing and stripping or clear right-of-way shall be measured by the acre. Payment shall be full compensation for all labor, equipment, tools and incidentals necessary for removing,handling, and disposing of objectionable matter from the site as indicated above. 021020 Page 1 of 1 Rev.10-30-2014 DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F SECTION 021040 SITE GRADING 1. DESCRIPTION This specification shall govern all work necessary for backfill and grading of the site to complete the project. 2. CONSTRUCTION METHODS Prior to site grading, the site shall be cleared in accordance with City Standard Specification Section 021020 "Site Clearing and Stripping". Unless specified otherwise on the drawings, the existing surface shall be loosened by scarifying or plowing to a depth of not less than six (6) inches. The loosened material shall be recompacted with fill required to bring the site to the required grades and elevations indicated on the plans. Fill shall be uniform as to material, density and moisture content. Fill shall be free of large clods, large rocks, organic matter, and other objectionable material. No fill that is placed by dumping in a pile or windrow shall be incorporated into a layer in that position; all such piles and windrows shall be moved by blading or similar method. All fill shall be placed in layers approximately parallel to the finish grade in layers not to exceed six (6) inches of uncompacted depth, unless indicated otherwise on drawings. The fill shall be compacted to a density which approximates that of natural ground unless indicated otherwise on drawings. The Engineer may order proof rolling to test the uniformity of compaction. All irregularities, depressions and soft spots that develop shall be corrected by the Contractor. Excess material from excavation, which is not incorporated into the site as fill, shall be become property of the Contractor and disposed of away from the job site, unless indicated otherwise on the drawings. 3. MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT Unless otherwise specified on the Bid Form, site grading shall not be measured for pay,but shall be considered subsidiary to other work. 021040 Page 1 of 1 Rev.10-30-2014 DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F SECTION 022020 EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL FOR UTILITIES 1. DESCRIPTION This specification shall govern all work for excavation and backfill for utilities required to complete the project. 2. CONSTRUCTION (1) Unless otherwise specified on the drawings or permitted by the Engineer, all pipe and conduit shall be constructed in open cut trenches with vertical sides. Trenches shall be sheathed and braced as necessary throughout the construction period. Sheathing and bracing shall be the responsibility of the Contractor (refer to Section 022022 "Trench Safety for Excavations" of the City Standard Specifications). Trenches shall have a maximum width of one foot beyond the horizontal projection of the outside surfaces of the pipe and parallel thereto on each side unless otherwise specified. The Contractor shall not have more than 200 feet of open trench left behind the trenching operation and no more than 500 feet of ditch behind the ditching machine that is not compacted as required by the plans and specifications. No trench or excavation shall remain open after working hours. For all utility conduit and sewer pipe to be constructed in fill above natural ground, the embankment shall first be constructed to an elevation not less than one foot above the top of the pipe or conduit, after which excavation for the pipe or conduit shall be made. If quicksand, muck, or similar unstable material is encountered during the excavation, the following procedure shall be used unless other methods are called for on the drawings. If the unstable condition is a result of ground water,the Contractor,prior to additional excavation, shall control it. After stable conditions have been achieved,unstable soil shall be removed or stabilized to a depth of 2 feet below the bottom of pipe for pipes 2 feet or more in height;and to a depth equal to the height of pipe, 6 inches minimum,for pipes less then 2 feet in height. Such excavation shall be carried at least one foot beyond the horizontal limits of the structure on all sides. All unstable soil so removed shall be replaced with suitable stable material, placed in uniform layers of suitable depth as directed by the Engineer,and each layer shall be wetted, if necessary, and compacted by mechanical tamping as required to provide a stable condition. For unstable trench conditions requiring outside forms, seals, sheathing and bracing, any additional excavation and backfill required shall be done at the Contractor's expense. (2) Shaping of Trench Bottom. The trench bottom shall be undercut a minimum depth sufficient to accommodate the class of bedding indicated on the plans and specifications. 022020 Page 1 of 4 Rev.3-25-2015 DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F (3) Dewatering Trench. Pipe or conduit shall not be constructed or laid in a trench in the presence of water. All water shall be removed from the trench sufficiently prior to the pipe or conduit planing operation to insure a relatively dry (no standing water), firm bed. The trench shall be maintained in such dewatered condition until the trench has been backfilled to a height at lease one foot above the top of pipe. Removal of water may be accomplished by bailing,pumping, or by installation of well-points,as conditions warrant. Removal of well- points shall be at rate of 1/3 per 24 hours (every third well-point). The Contractor shall prevent groundwater from trench or excavation dewatering operations from discharging directly into the storm water system. Groundwater from dewatering operations shall be sampled and tested, if applicable, and disposed of, in accordance with City Standard Specification Section 022021 "Control of Ground Water". (4) Excavation in Streets. Excavation in streets,together with the maintenance of traffic where specified, and the restoration of the pavement riding surface, shall be in accordance with drawing detail or as required by other applicable specifications. (5) Removing Abandoned Structures. When abandoned masonry structures or foundations are encountered in the excavation, such obstructions shall be removed for the full width of the trench and to a depth one foot below the bottom of the trench. When abandoned inlets or manholes are encountered and no plan provision is made for adjustment or connection to the new utility,such manholes and inlets shall be removed completely to a depth one foot below the bottom of the trench. In each instance,the bottom to the trench shall be restored to grade by backfilling and compacting by the methods provided hereinafter for backfill. Where the trench cuts through utility lines which are known to be abandoned, these lines shall be cut flush with the sides of the trench and blocked with a concrete plug in a manner satisfactory to the Engineer. (6) Protection of Utilities. The Contractor shall conduct his work such that a reasonable minimum of disturbance to existing utilities will result. Particular care shall be exercised to avoid the cutting or breakage of water and gas lines. Such lines, if broken, shall be restored promptly by the Contractor. When active wastewater lines are cut in the trenching operations, temporary flumes shall be provided across the trench while open, and the lines shall be restored when the backfilling has progressed to the original bedding line of the sewer so cut. The Contractor shall inform utility owners sufficiently in advance of the Contractor's operations to enable such utility owners to reroute, provide temporary detours, or to make other adjustments to utility lines in order that the Contractor may proceed with his work with a minimum of delay. The Contractor shall not hold the City liable for any expense due to delay or additional work because of utility adjustments or conflicts. (7) Excess Excavated Material. All materials from excavation not required for backfilling the trench shall be removed by the Contractor from the job site promptly following the completion of work involved. 022020 Page 2 of 4 Rev.3-25-2015 DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F (8) Backfill A. Backfill Procedure Around Pipe (Initial Backfill) All trenches and excavation shall be backfilled as soon as is practical after the pipes or conduits are properly laid. In addition to the specified pipe bedding material, the backfill around the pipe as applicable shall be granular material as shown on the standard details or as described in the applicable specification section, and shall be free of large hard lumps or other debris. If indicated on the plans, pipe shall be encased with cement-stabilized sand backfill as described below. The backfill shall be deposited in the trench simultaneously on both sides of the pipe for the full width of the trench,in layers not to exceed ten(10)inches (loose measurement), wetted if required to obtain proper compaction, and thoroughly compacted by use of mechanical tampers to a density comparable to the adjacent undisturbed soil or as otherwise specified on the plans,but not less than 95%Standard Proctor density. A thoroughly compacted material shall be in place between the external wall of the pipe and the undisturbed sides of the trench and to a level twelve (12) inches above the top of the pipe. B. Backfill Over One Foot Above Pipe Final Backfill) UNPAVED AREAS: The backfill for that portion of trench over one(1)foot above the pipe or conduit not located under pavements (including waterlines, gravity wastewater lines, wastewater force mains and reinforced concrete storm water pipe) shall be imported select material or clean, excess material from the excavation meeting the following requirements: Free of hard lumps, rock fragments, or other debris, No clay lumps greater than 2" diameter Moisture Content: +/-3% Backfill material shall be placed in layers not more than ten (10) inches in depth (loose measurement),wetted if required to obtain proper compaction,and thoroughly compacted by use of mechanical tampers to the natural bank density but not less than 95%Standard Proctor density,unless otherwise indicated. Flooding of backfill is not allowed. Jetting of backfill may only be allowed in sandy soils and in soils otherwise approved by the Engineer. Regardless of backfill method, no lift shall exceed 10 inches and density shall not be less than 95% Standard Proctor density. A period of not less than twenty-four (24)hours shall elapse between the time of jetting and the placing of the top four (4) feet of backfill. If jetting is used, the top four (4) feet of backfill shall be placed in layers not more than 10 inches in depth (loose measurement), wetted if required to obtain proper compaction, and thoroughly compacted by use of mechanical tampers to the natural bank density but not less than 95% Standard Proctor density(ASTM D698). PAVED AREAS: At utility line crossings under pavements (including waterlines, gravity wastewater lines, wastewater force mains, and reinforced concrete stone water pipe), and where otherwise indicated on the drawings, trenches shall be backfilled as shown below: From top of initial backfill (typically twelve (12) inches above top of the pipe)to three (3) feet below bottom of road base course, backfill shall be select material meeting the requirements of 022100 "Select Material'. 022020 Page 3 of 4 Rev.3-25-2015 DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F Asphalt Roadways The upper three (3) feet of trench below the road base course shall be backfilled to the bottom of the road base course with cement-stabilized sand containing a minimum of 2 sacks of Standard Type I Portland cement per cubic yard of sand and compacted to not less than 95% Standard Proctor density. Concrete Roadways The Contractor may elect to backfill the upper three (3) feet of trench below the road base course with cement stabilized sand as noted above, or in the case of storm water pipe or box installation the Contractor may backfill and compact select material to 98% Standard Proctor density(ASTM D698)following City Standard Specification Section 022100. 3. MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT Unless otherwise specified on the Bid Form, excavation and backfill for utilities, including select material or cement-stabilized sand backfill, shall not be measured and paid for separately. It shall be considered subsidiary to the items for which the excavation and backfill is required. 022020 Page 4 of 4 Rev.3-25-2015 DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F SECTION 022021 CONTROL OF GROUND WATER 1. GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Dewatering, depressurizing, draining, and maintaining trenches, shaft excavations, structural excavations, and foundation beds in a stable condition, and controlling ground water conditions for tunnel excavations. B. Protection of excavations and trenches from surface runoff. C. Disposing of removed ground water by approved methods. 1.2 REFERENCES A. ASTM D 698 - Test Methods for Moisture-Density Relations of Soils and Soil-Aggregate Mixtures, Using 5.5-1b (2.49 kg) Rammer and 12-inch (304.8 min) Drop. B. Federal Regulations, 29 CFR Part 1926, Standards-Excavation, Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA). C. Federal Register 40 CFR (Vol. 55,No. 222)Part 122, EPA Administered Permit Programs (NPDES), Para.122.26(b)(14) Storm Water Discharge. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Ground water control includes both dewatering and depressurization of water-bearing soil layers. 1. Dewatering includes lowering the water table and intercepting seepage which would otherwise emerge from slopes or bottoms of excavations, or into tunnels and shafts, and disposing of removed ground water by approved methods. The intent of dewatering is to increase the stability of tunnel excavations and excavated slopes; prevent dislocation of material from slopes or bottoms of excavations; reduce lateral loads on sheeting and bracing; improve excavating and hauling characteristics of excavated material; prevent failure or heaving of the bottom of excavations; and to provide suitable conditions for placement of backfill materials and construction of structures, piping and other installations. 2. Depressurization includes reduction in piezometric pressure within strata not controlled by dewatering alone, as required to prevent failure or heaving of excavation bottom or instability of tunnel excavations. B. Excavation drainage includes keeping excavations free of surface and seepage water. 022021 Page 1 of 10 Rev.10-30-2014 DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F C. Surface drainage includes the use of temporary drainage ditches and dikes and installation of temporary culverts and sump pumps with discharge lines as required to protect the Work from any source of surface water. D. Equipment and instrumentation for monitoring and control of the ground water control system includes piezometers and monitoring wells, and devices, such as flow meters, for observing and recording flow rates. 1.4 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Conduct subsurface investigations as needed to identify ground water conditions and to provide parameters for design, installation, and operation of ground water control systems. B. Design a ground water control system, compatible with requirements of Federal Regulations 29 CFR Part 1926 and City Standard Specification Section 022022 - Trench Safety for Excavations, to produce the following results: 1. Effectively reduce the hydrostatic pressure affecting: a) Excavations (including utility trenches); b) Tunnel excavation, face stability or seepage into tunnels. 2. Develop a substantially dry and stable subgrade for subsequent construction operations. 3. Preclude damage to adjacent properties,buildings, structures, utilities, installed facilities, and other work. 4. Prevent the loss of fines, seepage,boils, quick condition, or softening of the foundation strata. 5. Maintain stability of sides and bottom of excavations. C. Provide ground water control systems which may include single-stage or multiple-stage well point systems, eductor and ejector-type systems, deep wells, or combinations of these equipment types. D. Provide drainage of seepage water and surface water, as well as water from any other source entering the excavation. Excavation drainage may include placement of drainage materials, such as crushed stone and filter fabric, together with sump pumping. E. Provide ditches, berms, pumps and other methods necessary to divert and drain surface water away from excavations. F. Locate ground water control and drainage systems so as not to interfere with utilities, construction operations, adjacent properties, or adjacent water wells. 022021 Page 2 of 10 Rev.10-30-2014 DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F G. Assume sole responsibility for ground water control systems and for any loss or damage resulting from partial or complete failure of protective measures, and any settlement or resultant damage caused by the ground water control operations. Modify ground water control systems or operations if they cause or threaten to cause damage to new construction, existing site improvements, adjacent property, or adjacent water wells, or affect potentially contaminated areas. Repair damage caused by ground water control systems or resulting from failure of the system to protect property as required. H. Provide an adequate number of piezometers installed at the proper locations and depths as required to provide meaningful observations of the conditions affecting the excavation, adjacent structures, and water wells. I. Provide environmental monitoring wells installed at the proper locations and depths as required to provide adequate observations of hydrostatic conditions and possible contaminant transport from contamination sources into the work area or into the ground water control system. J. Decommission piezometers and monitoring wells installed during design phase studies and left for Contractors monitoring and use, if applicable. 1.5 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS A. Comply with requirements of agencies having jurisdiction. B. Comply with Texas Commission on Environmental Quality(TCEQ)regulations and Texas Water Well Drillers Association for development, drilling, and abandonment of wells used in dewatering system. C. Prior to beginning construction activities, file Notice of Intent(NOI) for Storm Water Discharges Associated with Construction Activity under the Texas Pollutant Elimination System (TPDES) General Permit No. TXR150000, administered by the Texas Commission on Environmental Quality(TCEQ). The general permit falls under the provisions of Section 402 of the Clean Water Act and Chapter 26 of the Texas Water Code. D. Prepare submittal form and submit to TCEQ along with application fee. E. Upon completion of construction, file Notice of Termination (NOT) for Storm Water Discharges Associated with Construction Activity under the TPDES General Permit with the TCEQ. F. Obtain all necessary permits from agencies with control over the use of ground water and matters affecting well installation, water discharge, and use of existing stone drains and natural water sources. Because the review and permitting process may be lengthy, take early action to pursue and submit for the required approvals. G. Monitor ground water discharge for contamination while performing pumping in the vicinity of potentially contaminated sites. 022021 Page 3 of 10 Rev.10-30-2014 DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F H. Conduct sampling and testing of ground water and receiving waters as outlined in Article 3 below. 2. PRODUCTS 2.1 EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS A. Equipment and materials are at the option of Contractor as necessary to achieve desired results for dewatering. B. Eductors, well points, or deep wells, where used, shall be furnished, installed and operated by an experienced contractor regularly engaged in ground water control system design, installation, and operation. C. All equipment must be in good repair and operating order. D. Sufficient standby equipment and materials shall be kept available to ensure continuous operation, where required. 3. EXECUTION 3.1 GROUND WATER CONTROL A. Perform a subsurface investigation by borings as necessary to identify water bearing layers, piezometric pressures, and soil parameters for design and installation of ground water control systems. Perform pump tests, if necessary to determine the drawdown characteristics of the water bearing layers. B. Provide labor, material, equipment, techniques and methods to lower, control and handle ground water in a manner compatible with construction methods and site conditions. Monitor effectiveness of the installed system and its effect on adjacent property. C. Install, operate, and maintain ground water control systems in accordance with the ground water control system design. Notify the City's Construction Inspector in writing of any changes made to accommodate field conditions and changes to the Work. Revise the ground water control system design to reflect field changes. D. Provide for continuous system operation, including nights, weekends, and holidays. Arrange for appropriate backup if electrical power is primary energy source for dewatering system. E. Monitor operations to verify that the system lowers ground water piezometric levels at a rate required to maintain a dry excavation resulting in a stable subgrade for prosecution of subsequent operations. F. Where hydrostatic pressures in confined water bearing layers exist below excavation, depressurize those zones to eliminate risk of uplift or other instability of excavation or installed 022021 Page 4 of 10 Rev.10-30-2014 DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F works. Allowable piezometric elevations shall be defined in the ground water control system design. G. Remove ground water control installations. 1. Remove pumping system components and piping when ground water control is no longer required. 2. Remove piezometers and monitoring wells when directed by the City Engineer. 3. Grout abandoned well and piezometer holes. Fill piping that is not removed with cement- bentonite grout or cement-sand grout. H. During backfilling, dewatering may be reduced to maintain water level a minimum of 5 feet below prevailing level of backfill. However, do not allow that water level to result in uplift pressures in excess of 80 percent of downward pressure produced by weight of structure or backfill in place. Do not allow water levels to rise into cement stabilized sand until at least 48 hour after placement. I. Provide a uniform diameter for each pipe drain run constructed for dewatering. Remove pipe drain when it has served its purpose. If removal of pipe is impractical, provide grout connections at 50-foot intervals and fill pipe with cement-bentonite grout or cement-sand grout when pipe is removed from service. J. Extent of construction ground water control for structures with a permanent perforated underground drainage system may be reduced, such as for units designed to withstand hydrostatic uplift pressure. Provide a means for draining the affected portion of underground system, including standby equipment. Maintain drainage system during operations and remove it when no longer required. K. Remove system upon completion of construction or when dewatering and control of surface or ground water is no longer required. L. In unpaved areas, compact backfill to not less than 95 percent of Standard Proctor maximum dry density in accordance with ASTM D 698. In paved areas (or areas to receive paving), compact backfill to not less than 98 percent of Standard Proctor maximum dry density in accordance with ASTM D 698. 3.2 REQUIREMENTS FOR EDUCTOR, WELL POINTS, OR DEEP WELLS A. For above ground piping in ground water control system, include a 12-inch minimum length of clear, transparent piping between every eductor well or well point and discharge header so that discharge from each installation can be visually monitored. B. Install sufficient piezometers or monitoring wells to show that all trench or shaft excavations in water bearing materials are pre-drained prior to excavation. Provide separate piezometers for 022021 Page 5 of 10 Rev.10-30-2014 DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F monitoring of dewatering and for monitoring of depressurization. Install piezometers and monitoring wells for tunneling as appropriate for Contractor's selected method of work. C. Install piezometers or monitoring wells not less than one week in advance of beginning the associated excavation (including trenching). D. Dewatering may be omitted for portions of underdrains or other excavations,but only where auger borings and piezometers or monitoring wells show that soil is pre-drained by an existing system such that the criteria of the ground water control system design are satisfied. E. Replace installations that produce noticeable amounts of sediments after development. F. Provide additional ground water control installations, or change the methods, in the event that the installations according to the ground water control system design do not provide satisfactory results based on the performance criteria defined by the ground water control system design and by these specifications. 3.3 EXCAVATION DRAINAGE A. Contractor may use excavation drainage methods if necessary to achieve well drained conditions. The excavation drainage may consist of a layer of crushed stone and filter fabric, and sump pumping in combination with sufficient wells for ground water control to maintain stable excavation and backfill conditions. 3.4 MAINTENANCE AND OBSERVATION A. Conduct daily maintenance and observation of piezometers or monitoring wells while the ground water control installations or excavation drainage are operating in an area or seepage into tunnel is occurring. Keep system in good condition. B. Replace damaged and destroyed piezometers or monitoring wells with new piezometers or wells as necessary to meet observation schedule. C. Cut off piezometers or monitoring wells in excavation areas where piping is exposed, only as necessary to perform observation as excavation proceeds. Continue to maintain and make observations, as specified. D. Remove and grout piezometers inside or outside the excavation area when ground water control operations are complete. Remove and grout monitoring wells when directed by the City Engineer. 3.5 MONITORING AND RECORDING A. Monitor and record average flow rate of operation for each deep well, or for each wellpoint or eductor header used in dewatering system. Also monitor and record water level and ground water recovery. These records shall be obtained daily until steady conditions are achieved, and twice weekly thereafter. 022021 Page 6 of 10 Rev.10-30-2014 DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F B. Observe and record elevation of water level daily as long as ground water control system is in operation, and weekly thereafter until the Work is completed or piezometers or wells are removed, except when City Engineer determines that more frequent monitoring and recording are required. Comply with Construction Inspector's direction for increased monitoring and recording and take measures as necessary to ensure effective dewatering for intended purpose. 3.6 SAMPLING, TESTING AND DISPOSAL OF GROUND WATER A. It is the intent that the Contractor discharge groundwater primarily into the existing storm water system in accordance with City Ordinance, Article XVI, Section 55-203, only if the groundwater is uncontaminated and the quality of the ground water is equal to or better than the quality of the receiving stream. B. The Contractor shall prevent ground water from trench or excavation dewatering operations from discharging directly into the storm water system prior to testing and authorization. Ground water from dewatering operations shall be sampled and tested, and disposed of by approved methods. C. Laboratory analysis of groundwater and receiving water quality is to be performed by the Contractor at the Contractor's expense, prior to commencing discharge, and groundwater analysis shall be performed by the Contractor at a minimum of once per week. Contractor shall coordinate with the City Storm Water Department on all laboratory analysis. Laboratory analysis of groundwater shall also be performed at each new area of construction prior to discharge from that location. D. Sample containers, holding times,preservation methods, and analytical methods, shall either follow the requirements in 40 CFR Part 136 (as amended), or the latest edition of"Standard Methods for the Examination of Water and Wastewater." Any laboratory providing analysis must be accredited or certified by the Texas Commission on Environmental Quality according to Title 30 Texas Administrative Code (30 TAC) Chapters 25 for the matrices,methods, and parameters of analysis, if available, or be exempt according to 30 TAC §25.6. E. Analysis of the ground water discharge shall show it to be equal to or better than the quality of the first natural body of receiving water. This requires testing of both the receiving water and a sample of the ground water. All parts of this procedure shall be complete prior to any discharge of ground water to the storm water system. F. Steps to Determine Legitimate Discharge: 1. Identify the First Receiving Water. a) When the first body of water is a fresh water system (Nueces River or Oso Creek), the analysis typically fails because the local ground water will likely be too high in Total Dissolved Solids (TDS). In the case of a perched aquifer, the ground water may turn out fairly fresh, but local experience shows this to be unlikely. b) If the receiving water is a marine environment,proceed with Step 2 below to compare the ground water quality to receiving water quality. 022021 Page 7 of 10 Rev.10-30-2014 DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F 2. Compare Ground Water Discharge Quality to Receiving Water Quality. The following table, Ground Water Discharge Limits, indicates that the parameters to compare to the receiving water are Total Dissolved Solids (TDS) and Total Suspended Solids (TSS). If the ground water results are equal to or better than the receiving water, then the discharge may be authorized as long as the discharge does not exceed the other parameters which would indicate hydrocarbon contamination. Note that the receiving water only needs to be tested initially as a baseline and the ground water shall be tested weekly to ensure compliance. GROUND WATER DISCHARGE LIMITS Ground Receiving Water Water Monitoring Monitoring Maximum Parameter Frequency Frequency Limitation Total Dissolved Once Prior to Solids (TDS) Initial +Weekly Discharge <Receiving Water Total Suspended Once Prior to Solids (TSS) Initial+Weekly Discharge <Receiving Water Total Petroleum Hydrocarbons Initial +Weekly 15 m /L Total Lead Initial +Weekly 0.1 m /L Benzene Initial +Weekly 0.005 mg/L Total BTEX Initial +Weekly 0.1 m /L Polynuclear Aromatic Hydrocarbons Initial +Monthly 0.01 m /L 3. Analyze Ground Water for Hydrocarbon Contamination. All other parameters listed on the Ground Water Discharge Limits table must be analyzed prior to ground water discharge to the storm water system. If no limits are exceeded, ground water discharge to the storm water system may be authorized following notification to the MS4 operator (City of Corpus Christi) and all Pollution Prevention Measures for the project are in place. Analytical results shall be on-site or readily available for review by local, state or federal inspectors. Note that this step is frequently done simultaneously with Step 2 above to shorten analytical processing time. 4. Pollution Prevention Measures. A storm water pollution prevention plan or pollution control plan shall be developed and implemented prior to any ground water discharges to the storm water system. The plan's objectives are to limit erosion and scour of the storm water system, and minimize Total Suspended Solids (TSS) and other forms of contamination, and prevent any damage to the storm water system. Note that ground water discharges must cease immediately upon the first recognition of contamination, either by sensory or analytical methods. If the discharge of groundwater results in any damages to the storm water system, the responsible party 022021 Page 8 of 10 Rev.10-30-2014 DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F shall remediate any damage to the storm water system and the environment to the satisfaction of the Storm Water Department and/or any State or Federal Regulatory Agency. 5. MS4 Operator Notification. The MS4 operator shall be notified prior to ground water discharge to the storm water system. Contractor shall contact the designated City MS4 representative to request authorization to discharge ground water to the storm water system. Notification shall include: Project Name: Responsible Party: Discharge Location: Receiving Water: Estimated Time of Discharge: Linear Project: Yes/No Pollution Prevention Measures Implemented: Statement indicating all sampling and testing has been conducted and meets the requirements of a legitimate discharge. G. Discharges to Wastewater System In the event that the groundwater does not equal or exceed the receiving water quality, an alternative disposal option would include pumping to the nearest sanitary sewer system. Discharge to the sanitary sewer system requires a permit from the Wastewater Department. If discharging to temporary holding tanks and trucking to a sanitary sewer or wastewater treatment plant, the costs for these operations shall be negotiated. Contractor shall contact the Pretreatment Group for City Utility Operations to obtain a Wastewater Discharge Permit Application for authorization to discharge to the wastewater system. Authorization approval will include review of laboratory analysis of the ground water and estimated flow data. Note that groundwater discharges must cease immediately upon the first recognition of contamination, either by sensory or analytical methods. If the discharge of groundwater results in any damages to the wastewater collection system or wastewater overflows, the responsible party shall remediate any damage to the wastewater collection system and the environment to the satisfaction of the Wastewater Department and/or any State or Federal Regulatory Agency. H. Other groundwater disposal alternatives or solutions may be approved by the Engineer on a case by case basis. 3.7 SURFACE WATER CONTROL A. Intercept surface water and divert it away from excavations through the use of dikes, ditches, curb walls, pipes, sumps or other approved means. B. Divert surface water into sumps and pump into drainage channels or storm drains, when 022021 Page 9 of 10 Rev.10-30-2014 DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F approved by the City Engineer. Provide settling basins when required by the City Engineer. C. Storm water that enters the excavation can be pumped out as long as care is taken to minimize solids and mud entering the pump suction and flow is pumped to a location that allows for sheet flow prior to entering a storm water drainage ditch or storm water inlet. An alternative to sheet flow is to pump storm water to an area where ponding occurs naturally without leaving the designated work area or by manmade berm(s)prior to entering the storm water system. Sheet flow and ponding is required to allow solids screening and/or settling prior to entering the storm water system. Storm water or groundwater shall not be discharged to private property. 4. MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT Unless otherwise specified on the Bid Form, control of ground water will not be measured and paid for separately,but shall be considered subsidiary to other bid items. 022021 Page 10 of 10 Rev.10-30-2014 DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F SECTION 022022 TRENCH SAFETY FOR EXCAVATIONS 1. DESCRIPTION This specification shall govern all work for providing for worker safety in excavations and trenching operations required to complete the project. 2. REQUIREMENTS Worker Safety in excavations and trenches shall be provided by the Contractor in accordance with Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA) Standards, 29 CFR Part 1926 Subpart P - Excavations. It is the sole responsibility of the Contractor, and not the City or Engineer or Consultant, to determine and monitor the specific applicability of a safety system to the field conditions to be encountered on the job site during the project. The Contractor shall indemnify and hold harmless the City and Engineer and Consultant from all damages and costs that may result from failure of methods or equipment used by the Contractor to provide for worker safety. Trenches, as used herein, shall apply to any excavation into which structures, utilities, or sewers are placed regardless of depth. Trench Safety Plan, as used herein, shall apply to all methods and materials used to provide for worker safety in excavation and trenching operations required during the project. 3. MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT Measurement of Trench Safety shall be by the linear foot of trench, regardless of depth. Measurement shall be taken along the centerline of the trench. Measurement for Excavation Safety for Utility Structures shall be per each excavation. Excavations include, but are not limited to, those for manholes, vaults, pits and other such structures that are incidental to utility work. Measurement for Excavation Safety for Special Structures shall be per each excavation or by the lump sum for each special structure identified in the Proposal. Payment shall be at the unit price bid and shall fully compensate the Contractor for all work, equipment, materials,personnel, and incidentals as required to provide for worker safety in trenches and excavations for the project. Revision current for Texas Code Chapter 756 Subchapter C. Trench Safety. 022022 Page 1 of 1 Rev.10-30-2014 DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F SECTION 022040 STREET EXCAVATION 1. DESCRIPTION This specification shall govern all work for Street Excavation required to complete the project. 2. CONSTRUCTION METHODS (A) Stripping and Excavation Strip the top 6 inches in all areas to underlay compacted fill, curbs, base or pavement, by removing all hwnus, vegetation and other unsuitable materials. Unless otherwise noted, remove existing trees, shrubs, fences, curb, gutter, sidewalk, drives, paving, pipe and structures and other items within the graded area which interfere with new construction of finished grading. All suitable excavated materials shall be utilized, insofar as practicable, in constructing the required roadway sections or in uniformly widening embankments, flattening slopes, etc., as directed by the Engineer, provided that the material meets the requirements for roadway embankment as specified in Article 3 below. Unwanted or unsuitable roadway excavation and roadway excavation in excess of that needed for construction shall become the property of the Contractor to be disposed of by him outside the limits of the right-of-way at a location suitable to the Engineer. "Unsuitable" material encountered below subgrade elevation in roadway cuts, when declared unwanted by the Engineer, shall be replaced as directed by the Engineer with suitable material from the roadway excavation or with other suitable material. Maintain moisture and density until covered and protected by the subbase or base course. Remove soft or wet areas found at any time, replace with suitable material, and recompact (especially utility trenches). (B) Subgrade Preparation That area shown on the drawings for street construction shall be cut to grade, scarified to a depth not less than 6 inches, or as otherwise indicated on the drawings, and compacted to 95% Standard Proctor density (ASTM D698) to within 0 to +3% of optimum moisture. The section may be accepted if no more than 1 in 5 of the most recent moisture or density tests is beyond+I% deviation from the required moisture or density requirement. Irregularities exceeding %2 inch in 16 feet shall be corrected. Soft areas found at anytime shall be removed, replaced with suitable material and compacted (especially at utility trenches). The correct moisture density relationship shall be maintained until the subgrade is protected. Excessive loss of moisture shall be prevented by sprinkling, sealing, or covering with a subsequent layer. Should the subgrade, due to any reason or cause, lose the required stability, density, or moisture before it is protected by placement of the next layer, it shall be re-compacted and refinished and retested at the expense of the Contractor until acceptable to the City. 022040 Page 1 of 3 Rev.10-30-2014 DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F (C) Curb Backfill and Topsoil (Sidewalks, Parkway,Islands, etc.) Fill and compact areas behind curbs and adjacent to sidewalks and driveways within 48 hours after completion of concrete work. The top 6 inches (where disturbed by construction or where unsatisfactory material is exposed by excavation) of finish earth grade shall be clean excavated material or topsoil capable of supporting a good growth of grass when fertilized and seeded or sodded. It shall be free of concrete, asphalt, shell, caliche, debris and any other material that detracts from its appearance or hampers the growth of grass. Topsoil shall meet the requirements specified in City Standard Specification Section 028020 "Seeding". (D) Matching Grades at Right-of-Way Line Finish grade at the property line shall be as shown on the drawings. The Engineer may require a reasonable amount of filling on private property where the sidewalk grade is above the property elevation. Use suitable material from the excavation. Unless otherwise directed, cuts at right-of- way lines shall be made at a slope of three horizontal to one vertical (3:1) or flatter. (E) Drainage During construction, the roadbed and ditches shall be maintained in such condition as to insure proper drainage at all times, and ditches and channels shall be so constructed and maintained as to avoid damage to the roadway section. All slopes which, in the judgment of the Engineer,require variation, shall be accurately shaped, and care shall be taken that no material is loosened below the required slopes. All breakage and slides shall be removed and disposed of as directed. 3. SELECTION OF ROADBED MATERIALS Where shown on the plans, Select Material shall be utilized to improve the roadbed, in which case the work shall be performed in such manner and sequence that suitable materials may be selected, removed separately, and deposited in the roadway within limits and at elevations required. Material used for roadway embankment shall meet the requirements of City Standard Specification Section 022100 Select Material. 4. GEOGRID If indicated on the drawings, geogrid shall be placed in the base layer according to the pavement details to provide a mechanically-stabilized aggregate base layer within the pavement structure. Geogrid shall be "Tensar TX5 Triaxial Geogrid", or pre-approved equivalent. Use (and approval) of a different product must be supported by documentation showing that the alternate pavement section will meet or exceed the required number of 18-kip equivalent single axle loads (ESAL) and structural number (SN) over the stated pavement design life, and the pavement design must be sealed and signed by a Texas professional engineer. Documentation must also include the structural design value used for the geogrid structural contribution, based on and supported by 022040 Page 2 of 3 Rev.10-30-2014 DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F validated test data. Alternate pavement designs shall utilize the same structural design values for other pavement structural components (HMAC, base, sub-base) as used in the original pavement design, and the pavement designs must be approved by the Engineer and the geotechnical consultant. Contractor shall take care to protect geogrid from damage. Overlap edges of geogrid in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations, but not less than 12 inches. Do not drive tracked equipment directly on the geogrid. Provide at least 6 inches of compacted aggregate base material over the geogrid before driving any tracked equipment over the geogrid area. Standard highway- legal rubber-tired trucks may drive over the geogrid at very slow speeds (less than 5 mph). Avoid turns and sudden starts and stops when driving on the geogrid. Any damaged geogrid shall be replaced by the Contractor at no additional cost to the City. Proper replacement shall consist of replacing the affected area adding 3 feet of geogrid in each direction beyond the limits of the affected area. 5. MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT Unless otherwise specified on the Bid Forin, street excavation shall be measured and paid for by the square yard to the limits shown on the drawings including excavation for street transitions. Payment shall be full compensation for furnishing all labor, materials, tools, equipment, borrow material and incidentals necessary to complete the work. Unless otherwise specified on the Bid Form, compacted subgrade shall be measured and paid for by the square yard to the limits shown on the drawings. Payment shall be full compensation for furnishing all labor, materials, tools, equipment, borrow material and incidentals necessary to complete the work. Unless otherwise specified on the Bid Form, geogrid shall be measured and paid for by the square yard to the limits shown on the drawings, excluding overlaps. Payment shall be full compensation for furnishing all labor,materials, tools, equipment, and incidentals necessary to complete the work. All work required for disposing of waste, including hauling will not be paid for directly but shall be considered subsidiary to the various contract items. 022040 Page 3 of 3 Rev.10-30-2014 DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F SECTION 022080 EMBANKMENT 1. DESCRIPTION This specification shall govern all work for Embankment required to complete the project. 2. CONSTRUCTION METHODS Prior to placing embankment, the area to be covered shall be stripped of all vegetation and the material so removed shall be disposed of off the job site. Washes, gulleys, wet areas, and yielding areas shall be corrected as directed by the Engineer. Unless otherwise indicated on the drawings, the surface of the ground which is to receive embankment shall be loosened by scarifying or plowing to a depth of not less than 6 inches. The loosened material shall be recompacted with the new embankment as hereinafter specified. Embankment shall be placed in layers not to exceed ten (10) inches uncompacted (loose) depth for the full width of the embankment, unless otherwise noted. Where embankment is adjacent to a hillside or old roadbed, the existing slope shall be cut in steps to not less than the vertical depth of an uncompacted layer. The fill material shall be placed from the low side and compacted. Each layer shall overlap the existing embankment by at least the width indicated by the embankment slope. Trees, stumps, roots, vegetation, debris or other unsuitable materials shall not be placed in embankment. Each layer of embankment shall be uniform as to material, density and moisture content before beginning compaction. Where layers of unlike materials abut each other, each layer shall be feather-edged for at least 100 feet or the material shall be so mixed as to prevent abrupt changes in the soil. No material placed in the embankment by dumping in a pile or windrow shall be incorporated in a layer in that position, but all such piles or windrows shall be moved by blading or similar methods. Clods or lumps of material shall be broken and the embankment material mixed by blading, harrowing, disking or similar methods to the end that a uniform material of uniform density is secured in each layer. Except as otherwise required by the drawings, all embankments shall be constructed in layers approximately parallel to the finished grade and each layer shall be so constructed as to provide a uniform slope of 1/4 inch per foot from the centerline of the embankment to the outside. Each layer shall be compacted to the required density and moisture by any method, type and size of equipment that will give the required compaction. Prior to and in conjunction with the rolling operation, each layer shall be brought to the moisture content necessary to obtain the required density and shall be kept leveled with suitable equipment to insure uniform compaction over the entire layer. For each layer of earth embankment and select material, it is the intent of this specification to provide the density as required herein, unless otherwise shown on the drawings. Soils for 022080 Page 1 of 2 Rev.10-30-2014 DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F embankment shall be sprinkled with water as required to provide not less than optimum moisture and compacted to the extent necessary to provide not less than 95% Standard Proctor density (ASTM D698). Field density determinations will be made in accordance with approved methods. After each layer of earth embankment or select material is complete, tests, as necessary, will be made by the Engineer. If the material fails to meet the density specified, the course shall be reworked as necessary to obtain the specified compaction, and the compaction method shall be altered on subsequent work to obtain specified density. Such procedure shall be determined by, and subject to, the approval of the Engineer. The Engineer may order proof rolling to test the uniformity of compaction of the embankment layers. All irregularities, depressions, weak or soft spots which develop shall be corrected immediately by the Contractor. Should the embankment, due to any reason or cause, lose the required stability, density or moisture before the pavement structure is placed, it shall be recompacted and refinished at the sole expense of the Contractor. Excessive loss of moisture in the subgrade shall be prevented by sprinkling, sealing or covering with a subsequent layer of granular material. 3. SELECTION OF MATERIAL In addition to the requirement in the excavation items of the specifications covering the general selection and utilization of materials to improve the roadbed, embankments shall be constructed in proper sequence to receive the select material layers shown on drawings, with such modifications as may be directed by the Engineer. The layer of embankment inunediately preceding the upper layer of select material shall be constructed to the proper section and grade within a tolerance of not more than 0.10 foot from the established section and grade when properly compacted and finished to receive the select material layer. Select material, when specified, shall meet the requirements in City Standard Specification Section 022100 "Select Material". 4. MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT Unless otherwise specified on the Bid Form, embankment shall not be measured and paid for separately,but shall be subsidiary to other items of work. 022080 Page 2 of 2 Rev.10-30-2014 DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F SECTION 022100 SELECT MATERIAL 1. DESCRIPTION This specification shall govern the use of Select Material to be used to treat designated sections of roadways, embankments, trenches, etc. Select material shall be non-expansive sandy clay (CL) or clayey sand (SC), in accordance with the Unified Soil Classification System (ASTM D2487). Select Material shall meet the following requirements: Free of vegetation, hard lumps, rock fragments, or other debris No clay lumps greater than 2"diameter Liquid Limit(L.L.): < 35 Plasticity Index (P.I.)Range: 8 to 20 Moisture Content: as specified in the drawings 2. CONSTRUCTION METHODS Select material shall be mixed unifonnly and placed in layers as indicated, not to exceed 10 inches loose depth(or 12 inches maximum for sanitary sewer trench backfill per City Standard Details for Sanitary Sewers). Unless otherwise specified, the material shall be compacted to a minimum of 95% Standard Proctor density. Each layer shall be complete before the succeeding layer is placed. The finished surface of the select material shall conform to the grade and section shown on the drawings. 3. MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT Unless otherwise specified on the Bid Form, select material shall not be measured for pay, but shall be subsidiary to the appropriate bid item. 022100 Page 1 of 1 Rev.10-30-2014 DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F SECTION 022420 SILT FENCE 1. DESCRIPTION This specification shall govern all work necessary for providing and installing silt fencing required to control sedimentation and erosion during construction of the project. 2. MATERIAL REQUIREMENTS A. Geotextile shall meet the requirements for temporary silt fence per AASHTO M288. B. Fence Reinforcement Materials: Silt fence reinforcement shall be one of the following systems. Type 1: Self-Supported Fence- This system consists of fence posts, spaced no more than 8- 1/2 feet apart, and geotextile without net reinforcement. Fence posts shall be a minimum of 42 inches long, embedded at least one (1) foot into the ground, and constructed of either wood or steel. Soft wood posts shall be at least 3 inches in diameter or nominal 2 x 4 inches in cross section and essentially straight. Hardwood posts shall be a minimum of 1.5 x 1.5 inches in cross section. Fabric attachment may be by staples or locking plastic ties at least every 6 inches, or by sewn vertical pockets. Steel posts shall be T or L shaped with a minimum weight of 1.3 pounds per foot. Attachment shall be by pockets or by plastic ties if the posts have suitable projections. Type 2: Net-Reinforced Fence - This system consists of fence posts, spaced no more than 8-1/2 feet apart, and geotextile with an attached reinforcing net. Fence posts shall meet the requirements of Self-Supported Fence. Net reinforcement shall be galvanized welded wire mesh of at least 12.5-gauge wire with maximum opening size of 4 x 2 inches. The fabric shall be attached to the top of the net by crimping or cord at least every 2 feet, or as otherwise specified. Tyne 3: Triangular Filter Dike - This system consists of a rigid wire mesh, at least 6-gauge, formed into an equilateral triangle cross-sectional shape with sides measuring 18 inches, wrapped with geotextile silt fence fabric. The fabric shall be continuously wrapped around the dike, with a skirt extending at least 12 inches from its upslope corner. C. Packaging Requirements: Prior to installation, the fabric shall be protected from damage due to ultraviolet light and moisture by either wrappers or inside storage. 022420 Page 1 of 2 Rev.10-30-2014 DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F D. Certification and Identification: Each lot or shipment shall be accompanied by a certification of conformance to this specification. The shipment must be identified by a ticket or by labels securely affixed to the fabric rolls. This ticket or label must list the following information: a. Name of manufacturer or supplier b. Brand name and style C. Manufacturer's lot number or control number d. Roll size (length and width) e. Chemical composition 3. MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT Unless otherwise specified on the Bid Form, silt fence shall be measured by the linear foot. Payment shall be at the bid price for the unit of measurement specified and shall be full compensation for furnishing all labor, materials, tools, equipment and incidentals necessary to complete the work. Payment shall include, but not be limited to, placing, maintaining and removing the silt fence. 022420 Page 2 of 2 Rev.10-30-2014 DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F SECTION 023020 JACKING, BORING OR TUNNELING (5-65) 1. DESCRIPTION This specification shall govern provisions of the required opening for the installation of conduits by the methods of jacking, boring, or tunneling as shown on the plans and in conformity with this specification. 2. MATERIALS Unless indicated otherwise in the drawings, casing pipe shall be smooth pipe with minimum yield strength of 35,000 psi. Minimum casing wall thickness shall be as follows: Casing Diameter Minimum Wall Thickness (Inches) (Inches) Less than 12 1/4 Over 12 to 18 5/16 Over 18 to 22 3/8 Over 22 to 28 7/16 Over 28 to 34 1/2 Over 34 to 42 9/16 Over 42 to 48 5/8 Over 48 Specified by Engineer 3. CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS Where encasement or carrier pipe is required to be installed under railroad embankments or under highways, streets, or other facilities by jacking, boring or tunneling methods, construction shall be made in a manner that will not interfere with the operation of the railroad, highway, or other facility, and will not weaken or damage any embankment or structure. During construction operations, barricades and lights to safeguard traffic and pedestrians shall be furnished and maintained, as directed by the engineer, until such time as the backfill has been completed and then shall be removed from the site. The drilling of pilot holes for the alignment of pipe prior to its installation by jacking, boring or tunneling will not be a requirement but may be necessary to maintain grade. The drilling of pilot holes will be considered as incidental work and the cost thereof shall be included in such contract pay items as are provided in the proposal and contract. The contractor shall take the proper precautions to avoid excavating earth beyond the limits of excavation needed to install the conduit. All damages by excavating, either to surface or subsurface structures, shall be repaired or replaced by the contractor at his own cost and expense. The removal of any obstruction that may be found to conflict with the placing of this pipe will not be measured for payment or paid for as a separate contract pay item. The removal of any such obstruction will be included in such contract pay items as are provided in the proposal and contract. The contractor shall dispose of all surplus materials at his own cost and expense at site approved by the engineer. 4. SAFETY REQUIREMENTS Suitable bracing, shoring and barricading shall he placed as necessary to provide a safe condition. Proper ventilation for excavations and tunnels shall 023020 12/3/8 Page 1 of 4 DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F be required. Any excavation that remains open after working hours shall be covered with a steel plate of sufficient thickness to support traffic. 5. CONSTRUCTION BY JACKING If the grade of the pipe at the jacking end is below the ground surface, suitable pipes or trenches shall be excavated for the purpose of conducting the jacking operations and for placing end joints of the pipe. This excavation shall not be carried to greater depth than is required for placing of the guide and jacking timbers and no nearer the roadbed than the minimum distance shown on the plans. At the other end of the pipe, an approach trench shall be excavated accurately to grade. All open trenches and pits shall be braced and shored in such a manner as will adequately prevent caving or sliding of the walls into the open trench or pit. Heavy-duty jacks suitable for forcing the pipe through the embankment shall be provided. In operating jacks, even pressure shall he applied to all jacks used. A suitable jacking head not less than 6 inches larger than the outside diameter of the pipe, usually of timber and suitable bracing between jacks and jacking head, shall be provided so that pressure will be applied to the pipe uniformly around the ring of the pipe. The jacking head shall be of such weight and dimensions that it will not bend or deflect when an opening for the removal of excavated material as the jacking proceeds. A suitable jacking frame or backstop shall be provided. The pipe to be jacked shall be set on guides that are straight and securely braced together in such manner to support the section of the pipe and to direct it in the proper line and grade. All timber and other materials used in the construction of the jacking assembly will be of such quality and dimensions that they will withstand all stresses to which they are subjected in such a manner as to insure even pressures on the pipe during jacking operations. The whole jacking assembly shall be placed so as to line up with the direction and grade of the pipe. As the jacking proceeds, the embankment material shall he excavated slightly in advance of the pipe in such a manner to avoid making the excavation larger than the outside diameter of the pipe, with the excavated material being removed through the pipe. The excavation for the underside of the pipe, for at least one third of the circumference of the pipe, shall conform to the contour and grade of the pipe. The excavation for the top half of the pipe shall conform closely to the outside diameter of the pipe and a clearance greater than 2 inches will not be permitted. All voids between the pipe and the earth shall be filled with non-shrinking grout. Grout holes shall be provided in the pipe. The grouting shall follow immediately upon completion of the jacking operation. All carrier pipes installed by jacking shall be supported as required by the plans. The distance that the excavation shall extend beyond the end of the pipe depends on the character of the materials, but it shall not exceed 2 feet in any case. The pipe, preferably, shall be jacked from the low or downstream end. Lateral or vertical variation in the final position of the pipe from the line grade established by the engineer will be permitted only to the extent of 1 inch per 10 feet, maximum of 6 inches, provided that such variation shall be regular and only in one direction and that the final grade of flow line shall be in the direction indicated on the plans. When jacking of pipe is once begun, the operation shall be carried on without interruption, insofar as practicable; to prevent the pipe from becoming firmly 023020 12/3/8 Page 2 of 4 DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F set in the embankment. Any pipe damaged in jacking operations shall be repaired or removed and replaced by the Contractor at his entire expense. The pits or trenches excavated to facilitate jacking operation shall be filled immediately after the jacking of the pipe has been completed unless an encasement only has been installed; in which case, the trenches and pits shall be left open until the carrier pipe has been laid through and manholes have been built if required. The pits or trenches shall then be backfilled in accordance with 022020, Excavation and Backfill for Utilities & Sewers. 7. CONSTRUCTION BY BORING The hole shall be bored mechanically with a suitable boring assembly designed to produce a smooth, straight shaft and so operated that the completed shaft will be at the established line and grade. The size of the bored hole shall be of such diameter to provide ample clearance for bells or other joints. Voids outside the casing shall be grouted with non-shrinking grout and will be considered subsidiary work. In addition to the requirements stated above, the applicable provisions of "Construction By Jacking", in regard to the construction of trench, tolerance in line and grade, method of operation, backfilling, etc., shall govern for construction by boring. 7. CONSTRUCTION BY TUNNELING The tunnel shall be excavated in such a manner and to such dimensions, which will permit placing of the proper supports necessary to protect the excavation. The contractor shall take the proper precautions to avoid excavating earth beyond the limits of excavation shown on the plans. All damages by excavating, either to surface or subsurface structures, shall be repaired or replaced by the contractor at his own cost and expense. If required by the plans or if required for safety, suitable steel or timber sheeting, shoring and bracing shall be used to support the sides and roof of the excavation. Supports may be left in place provided that they clear the steel liner plate or carrier pipe. No separate payment will be made for supports left in place. Nothing contained herein shall prevent the contractor from placing such temporary or permanent supports as he deems necessary, nor shall it be construed as relieving the contractor from his full responsibility for the safety of the work, and for all damages to persons and property. Liner plate shall be place when the foundation is in a condition satisfactory to the engineer. Tunnel dimensions shall be minimum dimensions and subsequent grout fill around the perimeter of the liner plate, shall be at the expense of the contractor. The liner plate shall be laid true to line and grade. Tolerance in line and grade shall be as specified in, "Construction by Jacking". The void between the tunnel wall and the tunnel lining shall be backfilled with non-shrinking grout having a minimum compressive strength of 1000 pounds per square inch at 28 days. Grout shall not be placed inside the liner plate. All pipe damaged during construction operations shall be repaired or removed and replaced by the contractor at his entire expense. 8. JOINTS If corrugated galvanized metal pipe is used, joints may be made by field bolting 023020 12/3/8 Page 3 of 4 DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F or by connecting bands, whichever is feasible. If reinforced concrete pipe 24 and larger in diameter with tongue and groove joints is used for the encasement pipe, the interior joints for the full circumference shall be sealed and packed with mortar and finished smooth and even with the adjacent section of pipe. If steel pipe is used for the encasement pipe, the joints shall be welded sealed for the full circumference. 9. MEASUREMENT & PAYMENT Unless indicated otherwise in the proposal, Jacking, Boring, and tunneling shall not be measured for pay but shall be subsidiary to the casing pipe or the liner plate. 023020 12/3/8 Page 4 of 4 DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F SECTION 028040 SODDING 1. DESCRIPTION This specification shall govern all work necessary for furnishing and placing sod as required to complete the project. 2. MATERIALS Fertilizer: All fertilizer used shall be delivered in bags or containers with clearly marked analysis. A granulated fertilizer shall be used with an analysis of 10-20-10. These figures represent the percent of nitrogen, phosphoric acid and potash nutrients, respectively, as determined by the methods of the Association of Official Agricultural Chemists. The rate of application shall be not less than 350 pounds per acre (7.23 lb. per 100 SY). In the event that it is necessary to substitute a fertilizer with a different analysis, it shall be granulated fertilizer with a lower concentration. The total nutrients applied per unit area shall not be less that the specified amount of each nutrient. Sod: Sod shall consist of live Bermuda grass with thickly matted roots throughout the soil and with a minimum thickness of 3 inches or 0.25 foot, or live St. Augustine with thickly matted roots throughout the soil with a minimum thickness of 1 inch or 0.08 foot. The Contractor shall not use sod where grass is thinned out. Grass shall be mowed and raked to remove all weeds and long stems prior to extraction at the source. Sod and soil shall be kept moist at all times during the sodding process. Care must be taken at all times to retain native soil on the root system. Water: Water shall be free from oils, acids, alkalis, and salts that may inhibit grass growth. Unless indicated otherwise on the drawings, water shall be provided by the City and shall be transported and applied by the Contractor. 3. CONSTRUCTION METHODS Spot Sodding Prior to planting, the area to be sodded shall be graded and shaped. Squares of sod with a minimum width of 3 inches shall be planted in rows on 15-inch centers in both directions. Sod shall be placed so that it is firmly against the bottom of the hole, and the top of the sod shall not be more than 1/2 inch below finished grade. Soil shall be firmly packed against all sides of the sod. Soil shall not be allowed to cover the sod except for soil incidental to raking, provided that the quantity of soil is not enough to hinder the growth. Areas to be spot sodded shall be indicated on the drawing or as directed by the Engineer in field. After sod has been planted,the area shall be fertilized and watered. 028040 Page 1 of 2 Rev.3-25-2015 DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F Block Soddin . Prior to planting, the area to be sodded shall be graded and shaped. Sod blocks shall be uniformly placed over the prepared area. The sodded area shall then be fertilized and watered. After the area is sufficiently dry, the area shall be rolled or tamped to form a thoroughly compacted mat. Any voids in the mats shall be filled with additional sod and tamped. If, in the opinion of the Engineer, slopes may cause displacement, areas to be block sodded shall be indicated on the drawings or as directed by the Engineer in the field. Mulch Sodding: The sod source shall be disked in two directions cutting the sod thoroughly to a depth of not less than 4 inches or more than 10 inches, being careful to avoid having soil containing no grass roots. The disked sod may be windrowed or otherwise handled in a manner satisfactory to the Engineer. The material shall be rejected if not kept in a moist condition. Prior to placing mulch sod, the cut slopes shall be scarified by plowing furrows 4 inches to 6 inches deep along horizontal slope lines at 2-foot vertical intervals. Excavated material from the furrows shall not protrude more than 3 inches above the original surface of the cut. Fertilizer shall be distributed uniformly over the area. The sod shall then be dumped upon the prepared area and spread uniformly to the required approximate thickness shown on the plans. Any section not true to lines and cross section shall be remedied by the addition of sod material. After the sod material has been spread and shaped, it shall be compacted with a corrugated roller of the "Cultipacker" type. All rolling of slope areas shall be on the contour. The area to be mulch sodded shall be indicated on the drawings or as directed by the Engineer in the field. 4. MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT Unless otherwise specified on the Bid Form, spot sodding and block sodding shall be measured by the square yard taken in a horizontal plane. Payment shall include, but not be limited to, excavation, transporting, storing and placing of sod, and application of fertilizer and water. 028040 Page 2 of 2 Rev.3-25-2015 DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F SECTION 025210 LIME STABILIZATION 1. DESCRIPTION This specification shall consist of treating the subgrade, subbase or base by the pulverizing, addition of lime, mixing and compacting the mixed material to the required density. This specification applies to natural ground, embankment, existing pavement structure or proposed base, and shall be constructed as specified herein and in conformity with the typical sections, lines and grades as shown on the plans or as established by the Engineer. 2. MATERIALS (1) The lime shall be a commercially produced "Hydrated Lime" in accordance with AASHTO M216, or in accordance with TxDOT Specification Item 260. The specifications apply specifically to the normal hydrate of lime made from "high- calcium" type limestone. Hydrated lime for stabilization purposes shall be applied as a slurry. (2) Lime to be used for the treated subgrade, existing subbase, existing base or proposed base is determined by preliminary tests and shall be applied at a rate indicated on the drawings,but no less than 6%. 3. EQUIPMENT The machinery, tools and equipment necessary for proper prosecution of the work shall be on the project and approved by the Engineer prior to the beginning of construction operations. All machinery, tools and equipment used shall be maintained in a satisfactory and workmanlike manner. Hydrated lime shall be stored and handled in closed weatherproof containers until immediately before distribution on the roadbed. If storage bins are used, they shall be completely enclosed. Hydrated lime in bags shall be stored in weatherproof buildings with adequate protection from ground dampness. If lime is furnished in trucks, each truck shall have the weight of lime certified on public scales. If lime is furnished in bags, each bag shall bear the manufacturer's certified weight. Bags varying more than 5 percent from that weight may be rejected and the average weight of bags in any shipment, as shown by weighing 50 bags taken at random, shall not be less than the manufacturer's certified weight. 025210 Page 1 of 4 Rev.9-2-2020 DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F 4. CONSTRUCTION METHODS General - It is the primary requirement of this specification to secure a completed course of treated material containing a uniform time mixture, free from loose or segregated areas, of uniform density and moisture content, well bound for its full depth and with a smooth surface suitable for placing subsequent courses. It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to regulate the sequence of his work, to use the proper amount of lime, maintain the work and rework the courses as necessary to meet the above requirements. Application - Lime shall be spread only on that area where the first mixing operations can be completed during the same working day. Unless otherwise shown on drawings, lime shall be applied at a rate in pounds of dry-hydrated lime per square yard, in the form of a slurry. Application rate may be varied by the Engineer, if conditions warrant, but no less than 6%must be applied. Certification of lime quantity and quality shall be provided as required to monitor the application. Certification should be in the form of weight tickets which indicate the actual weight of dry hydrated lime, CA(OH)2. The application and mixing of lime with the material shall be accomplished by the method hereinafter described. The lime shall be mixed with water in trucks with approved distributors and applied as a thin water suspension or slurry. Mixin - The mixing procedure shall be as hereinafter described. (a) First Mixing: The material and lime shall be thoroughly mixed by approved road mixers or other approved equipment, and the mixing continued until, in the opinion of the Engineer, a homogeneous, friable mixture of material and lime is obtained, free from all clods or lumps. Materials containing plastic clays or other material which will not readily mix with lime shall be mixed as thoroughly as possible at the time of the lime application, brought to the proper moisture content and left to cure 1 to 4 days as directed by the Engineer. During the curing period, the material shall be kept moist as directed. (b) Final Mixing: After the required curing time, the material shall be uniformly mixed by approved methods. If the soil binder-lime mixture contains clods, they shall be reduced in size by raking, blading, discing, harrowing, scarifying or the use of other approved pulverization methods. After mixing, the Engineer may sample the mixture at roadway moisture and test in accordance with TxDOT Tex-101-E (Part III) — Preparation of Soil and Flexible Base Material for Testing, to determine compliance with the gradation requirements in Table 1. 025210 Page 2 of 4 Rev.9-2-2020 DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F Table 1 Gradation Re uirements (Minimum % Passing) Sieve Size Base Sub rade 1-3/4" 100 100 3/4" 85 85 #4 — 60 Old bituminous wearing surface shall be pulverized so that 100%will pass a 2 '/z" sieve. During the interval of time between applications and mixing, hydrated lime that has been exposed to the open air for a period of 6 hours or more, or to excessive loss due to washing or blowing, will not be accepted for payment. Compaction - Compaction of the mixture shall begin immediately after final mixing and in no case later than 3 calendar days after final mixing, unless approval is obtained from the Engineer. The material shall be aerated or sprinkled as necessary to provide the optimum moisture. Compaction shall begin at the bottom and shall continue until the entire depth of mixture is uniformly compacted as hereinafter specified. If the total thickness of the material to be treated cannot be mixed in one operation, the previously mixed material shall be bladed to a windrow just beyond the area to be treated and the next layer mixed with lime as previously specified. The first layer of the material shall be compacted in such a manner that the treated material will not be mixed with the underlying material. The course shall be sprinkled as required to maintain moisture content on the wet side of optimum and compacted to the extent necessary to provide the specified density. Unless shown otherwise on the drawings, all lime treated subgrades, sub-bases, and bases that are not in direct contact with surface or binder course shall be compacted to a minimum of 95% Standard Proctor density (AASHTO T99), unless otherwise specified. In addition to the requirements specified for density, the full depth of the material shown on the plans shall be compacted to the extent necessary to remain firm and stable under construction equipment. After each section is completed, tests, as necessary, will be made by the Engineer. If the material fails to meet the density requirements, it shall be reworked as necessary to meet these requirements. Rework, when required to meet pulverization requirements or density requirements, shall include the addition of lime, about 10% to 15% of the initial application rate, or as deemed necessary by the Engineer. A new optimum density will be obtained. Throughout this entire operation, the shape of the course shall be maintained by blading, and the surface, upon completion, shall be smooth and in conformity with the typical section shown on the drawings and to the established lines and grades. 025210 Page 3 of 4 Rev.9-2-2020 DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F 5. MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT Unless otherwise specified on the Bid Form, lime stabilization for bases, sub-bases and subgrade shall be measured by the square yard of lime-stabilized material in place. Pulverizing, mixing, watering grading, compacting, working material etc., shall not be measured for pay but shall be subsidiary to other work. Payment shall be full compensation for all materials, labor, equipment, tools, and incidentals necessary for the completion of work. 025210 Page 4 of 4 Rev.9-2-2020 DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F SECTION 025223 CRUSHED LIMESTONE FLEXIBLE BASE 1. DESCRIPTION This Specification shall govern all work for furnishing and placing Crushed Limestone Flexible Base required to complete the project. 2. MATERIAL Crushed Limestone Flexible Base shall consist of crushed limestone produced from oversize quarried aggregate, sized by crushing and produced from a naturally occurring single source, meeting the requirements for Type `A' material as specified in Texas Department of Transportation (TxDOT) Specification Item 247 "Flexible Base". Crushed gravel or uncrushed gravel shall not be acceptable. No blending of sources and/or additive materials will be allowed. The material shall be free of vegetation and shall be approved by the Engineer. All acceptable material shall be screened and the oversize shall be crushed and returned to the screened material in such a manner that a uniform product will be produced which meets all of the physical requirements for Grade 1-2 as specified in TxDOT Specification Item 247 "Flexible Base". 3. TESTING The City will engage a laboratory and pay for one test each gradation, liquid limit,plasticity index, modified proctor, moisture-density relation, CBR, and necessary field densities. The Engineer may call for additional tests at any time. The cost of all retests, in case of failure to meet specifications, will be deducted from the Contractor's payment. The City will pay for proctor and soil constants and abrasion tests at the rate described in the materials testing schedule. If material changes, the Contractor shall pay the cost of additional tests required by the Engineer. The Engineer may waive testing and/or lime admix for small amounts for unimportant uses. 4. CONSTRUCTION METHODS Prior to placement of flexible base, the surface of the previous underlying course shall be finished true to line and grade as established, and in conformity with the typical section shown on the drawings. Grade tolerance shall be generally 1/2 inch, and highs and lows must approximately balance. If called for in the drawings or elsewhere in the contract documents, geogrid, as specified in City Standard Specification Section 022040 "Street Excavation", shall be placed as indicated. Flexible base shall be delivered and spread the same day if possible (no later than the next day). Base shall be mixed as required to produce a uniform mixture with water. Base shall be placed in uniform lifts not to exceed 10 inch loose lifts or 8 inch compacted lifts. Moisture and density requirements shall be as indicated on the drawings, typical minimum 98% Modified Proctor 025223 Page 1 of 2 Rev.3-25-2015 DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F (ASTM D1557) under flexible pavements or typical minimum 98% Standard Proctor (ASTM D698) under concrete pavement and to within ± 2% of optimum moisture. The section may be accepted if no more than 1 of the 5 most recent moisture or density tests is outside of the specified limits, and the failed test is within+I% deviation from specified moisture or density requirements. The surface of the compacted base, after meeting moisture and density requirements, shall be primed in accordance with City Standard Specification Section 025412 "Prime Coat". On completion of compaction and priming, the surface shall be smooth and conform to lines, grades, and sections shown on the drawings. Areas with any deviation in excess of 1/4 inch in cross-section and in lengths of 16 feet measured longitudinally shall be corrected by loosening, adding or removing material, reshaping, and recompacting by reprinting and rolling. Moisture and density shall be maintained until the paving is complete. Excessive loss of moisture shall be prevented by sprinkling, sealing, or covering with a subsequent layer. Should the base, due to any reason or cause, lose the required stability, density, or moisture before it is protected by placement of the next layer, it shall be re-compacted, refinished, and retested at the expense of the Contractor until acceptable to the City. 5. MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT Unless otherwise specified on the Bid Form, crushed limestone flexible base shall be measured by the square yard complete in place. Payment shall be full compensation for all materials, royalty, hauling, placing, compacting, labor, equipment, tools, and incidentals necessary for the completion of work. Prime shall be measured and paid under separate bid item if specified on the Bid Form. Geogrid shall be measured and paid under separate bid item if specified on the Bid Form. 025223 Page 2 of 2 Rev.3-25-2015 DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F SECTION 025404 ASPHALTS, OILS AND EMULSIONS 1. DESCRIPTION This specification shall govern all work for asphalt cement, cut-back and emulsified asphalts, performance-graded asphalt binders, and other miscellaneous asphaltic materials required to complete the project. 2. MATERIALS When tested according to Texas Department of Transportation Test Methods,the various materials shall meet the applicable requirements of TxDOT Specification Item 300, "Asphalts, Oils, and Emulsions" (Latest Edition). 3. STORAGE, HEATING AND APPLICATION TEMPERATURES Store and apply asphaltic materials in accordance with TxDOT Item 300 (Latest Edition) at the lowest temperature yielding satisfactory results. Follow the manufacturer's instructions for any agitation requirements in storage and in application and storage temperatures. 4. MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT Unless otherwise specified on the Bid Form,asphalts, oils and emulsions shall not be measured and paid for separately, but shall be considered subsidiary to the appropriate bid item. 025404 Page 1 of 1 Rev.10-30-2014 DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F SECTION 025412 PRIME COAT 1. DESCRIPTION This specification shall consist of an application of asphalt material on the completed base course and/or other approved area in accordance with this specification. Prime Coat shall not be applied when the air temperature is below 60° F and falling, but it may be applied when the air temperature is above 50°F and is rising; the air temperature being taken in the shade and away from artificial heat. Asphalt material shall not be placed when general weather conditions, in the opinion of the Engineer, are not suitable. 2. MATERIALS The asphalt material used for the prime coat shall be MC-30 medium-curing cutback asphalt or AE- P asphalt emulsion prime, unless otherwise specified, and when tested by approved laboratory methods shall meet the requirements of City Standard Specification Section 025404 "Asphalts, Oils and Emulsions". Blotter material shall be native sand. 3. CONSTRUCTION METHODS When, in the opinion of the Engineer, the area and/or base is satisfactory to receive the prime coat, the surface shall be cleaned of dirt, dust, and other deleterious matter by sweeping or other approved methods. If found necessary by the Engineer, the surface shall be lightly sprinkled with water just prior to application of the asphalt material. The asphalt material shall be applied on the clean surface by an approved type of self-propelled pressure distributor so operated as to distribute the material in the quantity specified, evenly and smoothly under a pressure necessary for proper distribution. The Contractor shall provide all necessary facilities for determining the temperature of the asphalt material in all of the heating equipment and in the distributor, for determining the rate at which it is applied, and for securing uniformity at the junction of two distributor loads. All storage tanks, piping, retorts, booster tanks and distributors used in storing or handling asphalt material shall be kept clean and in good operating condition at all times, and they shall be operated in such manner that there will be no contamination of the asphalt material with foreign material. It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to provide and maintain in good working order a recording thermometer at the storage-heating unit at all times. The distributor shall have been recently calibrated and the Engineer shall be furnished an accurate and satisfactory record of such calibration. After beginning of the work, should the yield on the asphalt material applied appear to be in error, the distributor shall be calibrated in a manner satisfactory to the Engineer before proceeding with the work. Prime shall be applied at a temperature within the recommended range per City Standard 025412 Page 1 of 2 Rev.10-30-2014 DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F Specification Section 025404 "Asphalts, Oils and Emulsions", with that range being 70 to 150 degrees F. Application rate shall be not less than 0.15 gallon per square yard, unless otherwise specified. The Contractor shall be responsible for the maintenance of the surface until the Engineer accepts the work. No traffic hauling or placement of any subsequent courses shall be permitted over the freshly applied prime coat until authorized by the Engineer. Spread blotter material before allowing traffic to use a primed surface. Allow sufficient time for the prime coat to cure properly before applying surface treatment or asphaltic concrete pavement. 4. MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT Unless otherwise specified on the Bid Forin, prime coat shall be measured by the gallon of asphalt material applied. Payment shall include furnishing, heating, hauling and distributing the asphalt material as specified; for furnishing, spreading and removing sand blotter material; for all freight involved; and for all manipulation, labor, materials, tools, equipment and incidentals necessary to complete the work. 025412 Page 2 of 2 Rev.10-30-2014 DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F SECTION 025414 AGGREGATE FOR SURFACE TREATMENT 1. DESCRIPTION This specification establishes the requirements for surface aggregate to be used in the construction of surface treatments and seal coats. The type, grade, and surface aggregate classification (SAC) of aggregate shall be as specified in the applicable specification or as shown on the drawings. 2. AGGREGATE A. Materials. Furnish uncontaminated materials of uniform quality throughout that meet the requirements of the drawings and specifications. Materials shall meet the applicable requirements of TxDOT Specification Item 302 "Aggregates for Surface Treatments" (latest edition). 3. MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT Unless otherwise specified on the Bid Form, aggregate for surface treatment and seal coats shall not be measured and paid separately,but shall be subsidiary to the construction in which these materials are used. 025414 Page 1 of 1 Rev.3-25-2015 DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F SECTION 025418 SURFACE TREATMENT 1. DESCRIPTION One-course surface treatment shall consist of a wearing surface or underseal composed of a single application of asphalt material covered with aggregate, constructed on the prepared base course or surface in accordance with this specification. Two-course surface treatment shall consist of a wearing surface or underseal composed of two applications of asphalt material, each covered with aggregate, constructed on the prepared base course or surface in accordance with this specification. Three-course surface treatment shall consist of a wearing surface or underseal composed of three applications of asphalt material, each covered with aggregate, constructed on the prepared base course or surface in accordance with this specification. 2. MATERIALS 1) Asphalt Materials. The asphalt material used shall be AC-5 (AC-3 in winter) or other approved material as prescribed in Standard Specification Section 025404 "Asphalts, Oils and Emulsions". 2) Aggregate. The aggregate used shall be Type PE pre-coated natural limestone rock asphalt as prescribed in City Standard Specification Section 025414 "Aggregate for Surface Treatment", graded as shown below. One-Course: Grade 4 Two-Course: Grade 4—2nd course (top) Grade 3— Is'course (bottom) Three-Course: Grade 4—3r1 course (top) Grade 3—2nd course (middle) Grade 3— 1St course (bottom) 3. CONSTRUCTION METHODS Allow sufficient time for the prime coat to cure properly before applying the surface treatment binder. The area to be treated shall be cleaned of dirt, dust, or other deleterious matter by sweeping or other approved methods. If it is found necessary by the Engineer, the surface shall be lightly sprinkled with water just prior to the application of the asphalt material. 025418 Page 1 of 3 Rev.3-25-2015 DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F Asphalt material shall be applied on the clean surface by an approved type of self-propelled pressure distributor, so operated as to distribute the material in the quantity specified, evenly and smoothly, under a pressure necessary for proper distribution. The Contractor shall provide all necessary facilities for deterinining the temperature of asphalt material in all of the heating equipment and in the distributor, for determining the rate at which it is applied, and for securing uniformity at the junction of two distributor loads. The distributor shall have been recently calibrated and the Engineer shall be furnished an accurate and satisfactory record of such calibration. After beginning the work, should the yield on the asphalt material appear to be in error, the distributor shall be calibrated in a manner satisfactory to the Engineer before proceeding with the work. Asphalt material may be applied for the full width of the surface treatment in one application, unless the width exceeds 26 feet. No traffic or hauling will be permitted over the freshly applied asphalt material. Asphalt material shall not be applied until immediate covering is assured. Aggregate shall be immediately and uniformly applied and spread by an approved self-propelled continuous feed aggregate spreader, unless otherwise shown on the plans or authorized by the Engineer in writing. Surface treatment shall not be applied when the air temperature is below 60° F and is falling, but it may be applied when the air temperature is above 50° F and is rising, the air temperature being taken in the shade and away from artificial heat. Asphalt material shall not be placed when general weather conditions, in the opinion of the Engineer, are not suitable. The rates of application of the aggregate and asphalt shall be as follows or as otherwise specified: 1 st Course 2nd Course 3rd Course Asphalt Cement 0.20 gal/sq.yd. 0.16 gal/sq.yd. 0.16 gal/sq.yd. Aggregate 80 sq.yd./cu.yd. 100 sq.yd./cu.yd. 100 sq.yd./cu.yd. The entire surface shall be broomed, bladed or raked and thoroughly rolled as required by the Engineer. Where multiple courses are specified, each course shall be applied in the manner specified for one course surface treatment. The Contractor shall be responsible for the maintenance of the surfaces until the Engineer accepts the work. All storage tanks, piping, retorts, booster tanks and distributors used in storing or handling asphalt materials shall be kept clean and in good operating condition at all times, and they shall be operated in such manner that there will be no contamination of the asphalt materials with foreign material. It 025418 Page 2 of 3 Rev.3-25-2015 DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to provide and maintain in good working order a recording thermometer at the storage heating unit at all times. The Engineer will select the temperature of application based on the temperature-viscosity relationship that will permit application of the asphalt within the limits recommended in Standard Specification Section 025404 "Asphalts, Oils and Emulsions", with that being 220 to 300 degrees F for AC-3, and 275 to 350 degrees F for AC-5. 4. MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT Unless otherwise specified on the Bid Form, surface treatment as an integral part of the final structural pavement section shall be measured in place by the square yard of surface area to the limits shown on the plans and as directed by the Engineer. Payment shall be full compensation for all labor, materials, tools, equipment and incidentals necessary to furnish and place the type of surface treatment called for. Surface treatment for temporary pavements shall not be measured and paid separately, but shall be subsidiary to the construction in which the surface treatment is used. 025418 Page 3 of 3 Rev.3-25-2015 DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F SECTION 025424 HOT MIX ASPHALTIC CONCRETE PAVEMENT (Class A) 1. DESCRIPTION This specification shall govern all work required for furnishing and laying Hot Mix Asphalt Concrete (HMAC) surface,binder and base courses required to complete the project. All subsurface utilities must be inspected, tested, and accepted prior to any paving. 2. MATERIALS 2.1. Agars e-ante. The aggregate shall consist of a blend of course aggregate, fine aggregate and, if required, a mineral filler. 2.1.1. Coarse Aggregate shall consist of that fraction of aggregate retained on a No. 10 sieve and shall consist of crushed furnace slag, crushed stone, or crushed gravel. Deleterious material in course aggregate shall not exceed 2% per TxDOT Test Method TEX-217-F. Course aggregate shall be crushed such that a minimum of 85%of the particles have more than one crushed face, unless noted otherwise on the plans. Los Angeles abrasion losses for course aggregate shall not exceed 40%by weight for the surface course and 45%for the binder and base courses per TxDOT Test Method TEX-410-A. Polish Value not less than 30 for aggregate used in the surface course per TxDOT Test Method TEX-438-A. 2.1.2. Fine Aggregate is defined as the fraction passing a No. 10 sieve and shall be of uniform quality. Fine aggregate shall consist of screenings of material that pass the Los Angeles abrasion requirements in paragraph 2.1.1 above. Screenings shall be blended with a maximum of 15% uncrushed aggregate or field sand for Type D mixes, or a maximum of 10%uncrushed aggregate or field sand for Type A, B, and C mixes. Grading of fine aggregate shall be as follows: Sieve Size Percent Passing by Weight No. 10 100 No. 200 0-15 025424 Page 1 of 8 Rev.3-25-2015 DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F 2.1.3 Filler shall consist of dry stone dust,Portland cement,hydrated lime, or other mineral dust approved by the Engineer. Grading of filler shall be as follows: Sieve Size Minimum Percent Passing by Weight No. 30 95 No. 80 75 No. 200 55 2.2. Reclaimed Asphalt Pavement(RAP). Reclaimed asphalt pavement maybe incorporated into the hot mix asphalt concrete furnished for the project, provided that the mixture is designed per the TxDOT Methods and meets the applicable provisions of said TxDOT Item 340 and this specification. 2.3. Asphalt. Asphalt Material shall be in accordance with Standard Specification Section 025404 "Asphalt, Oils and Emulsions" and AASHTO. 2.3.1. Paving Mixture: APPLICATION ASPHALT GRADE Residential or low volume PG 64-22 Collector Surface Course PG 70-22 Binder Course PG 64-22 Arterial Surface Course PG 76-22 Binder Course PG 64-22 Base Courses PG 64-22 2.3.2. Tack Coat shall consist of an emulsion, SS-1 diluted with equal volume of water and applied at a rate ranging from 0.05 to 0.15 gallon per square yard. 3. PAVING MIXTURE 3.1. Mix Design. The mixture shall be designed in accordance with TxDOT Bulletin C-14 and TxDOT Test Method TEX-204-F to conform to the requirements of this specification. The Contractor shall furnish the mix design for the job-mix to be used for the project,unless shown otherwise on the drawings. The mix design shall be submitted prior to placement of the mixture. The design procedures are actually intended to result at a job-mix with properties in compliance with these specifications,and when properly placed the j ob-mix will be durable 025424 Page 2 of 8 Rev.3-25-2015 DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F and stable. The sieve analysis of the job-mix shall be within the range of the Master Gradation and Tolerances specified herein. The job-mix shall meet the density and stability requirements as specified and shall be included with the mix design as submitted per above. If the specific gravity of any of the types of aggregates differs by more than 0.3,use volume method. Plot sieve analysis of job-mix; percent passing versus size on four-cycle semi-log paper or other appropriate type paper. Show tolerance limits and Limits of Master Gradation. 3.2. Master Gradation of Aggregate. The aggregate for the type of mix specified shall be within the following tabulated limits per TxDOT Test Method TEX-200-F (Dry Sieve Analysis): Type Sieve A B C D Size Course Fine Course Fine Base Base Surface Surface 1-1/2" 100 1-1/4" 95-100 1" 100 7/8" 70-90 95-100 100 5/8" 75-95 95-100 1/2" 50-70 100 3/8" 60-80 70-85 85-100 1/4" No. 4 30-50 40-60 43-63 50-70 No. 10 20-34 27-40 30-40 32-42 No. 40 5-20 10-25 10-25 11-26 No. 80 2-12 3-13 3-13 4-14 No. 200 1-6* 1-6* 1-6* 1-6* VMA minimum 11 12 13 14 025424 Page 3 of 8 Rev.3-25-2015 DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F * 2-8 when TxDOT Test Method Tex-200-F,Part 11(Washed Sieve Analysis)is used. 3.3. Tolerances. The mixture delivered to the job site shall not vary from the job-mix by more than the tolerances specified below. The gradation of the produced mix shall not fall outside the Master Grading Limits, with the following exceptions: for Type B material coarser than 3/8"and for Type D material coarser than#4. Variations from job-mix shall not exceed the following limits, except as noted above: Item: Tolerances Percent by Weight or Volume 1" to No. 10 Plus or Minus 5.0 No. 40 to No. 200 Plus or Minus 3.0 Asphalt Weight Plus or Minus 0.5 Asphalt Volume Plus or Minus 1.2 3.4. Mix Properties. The mixture shall have a minimum Hveem stability of 40 for Type A, B, and C mixes, and 35 for Type D mixes per TxDOT Test Method TEX-208-F at an optimum density of 96% (plus or minus 1.5) of theoretical maximum density per TxDOT Test Methods TEX-227-F and TEX-207-F. 3.5. Sampling and Testing of Raw Materials. The Contractor shall sample materials as necessary to produce a mix in compliance with these specifications. 4. EQUIPMENT 4.1. MixingPlants. Mixing plants shall be either the weigh batching type or the drum mix type. Both types shall be equipped with satisfactory conveyors, power units, aggregate handling equipment, aggregate screens and bins (weigh batch only), and pollution control devices as required. 4.2. Truck Scales. A set of truck scales, if needed for measurement, shall be placed at a location approved by the Engineer. 4.3. Asphalt Material Heating Equipment. Asphalt material heating equipment shall be adequate to heat the required amount of material to the desired temperature. Agitation with steam or air will not be permitted. The heating apparatus shall be equipped with a recording thermometer with a 24-hour continuous chart that will record the temperature of the asphalt at the highest temperature. 4.4. Surge-Storage System. A surge-storage system may be used provided that the mixture coming out of the bins is of equal quality to that coming out of the mixer. The system shall be equipped with a gob hopper, rotating chute or other devices designed to minimize segregation of the asphalt mixture. 4.5. LUdown Machine. The laydown machine shall be capable of producing a surface that will meet the requirements of the typical cross section, of adequate power to propel the 025424 Page 4 of 8 Rev.3-25-2015 DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F delivery vehicles,and produce the surface tolerances herein required. It shall be wide enough to lay a 28-foot street (back-to-back of curbs)in a maximum of two passes. 4.6. Rollers. All rollers shall be self-propelled and of any type capable of obtaining the required density. Rollers shall be in satisfactory operating condition and free from fuel, hydraulic fluid, or any other fluid leaks. 5. STORAGE, PROPORTIONING AND MIXING 5.1. Storage and Heatingof f Asphalt Materials. Asphalt cement shall not be heated to a temperature in excess of that recommended by the producer. Asphalt storage equipment shall be maintained in a clean condition and operated in such a manner that there will be no contamination with foreign matter. 5.2. Feeding and Drying of Aggregates. The feeding of various sizes of aggregate to the dryer shall be done in such a manner that a uniform and constant flow of materials in the required proportions will be maintained. In no case shall the aggregate be introduced into the mixing unit at a temperature in excess of 350 degrees F. 5.3. Proportioning. All materials shall be handled and proportioned in a manner that yield an acceptable mixture as herein specified and as defined by the job-mi 5.4. Mixing. 5.4.1. Weigh Batch Plant. In charging the weigh box and in charging the pugmill from the weigh box, such methods or devices shall be used as necessary to minimize segregation of the mixture. 5.4.2. Drum Mix Plant. The amount of aggregate and asphalt cement entering the mixer and the rate of travel through the mixer shall be coordinated so that a uniform mixture of the desired gradation and asphalt content will be produced. 5.4.3. The mixture produced from each type of plant shall not vary from the j o� b-mix by more than the tolerances and restrictions herein specified. The mixture when discharged from the plant shall have a moisture content not greater than one percent by weight of total mix when determined by TxDOT Test Method TEX-212-F. 5.4.4. The mixture produced from each type of plant shall be at a temperature between 250 and 325 degrees F. After a target mixing temperature has been established, the mixture when discharged from the mixer shall not vary from this temperature by more than 25 degrees F. 6. CONSTRUCTION METHODS 6.1. Construction Conditions. For mat thicknesses greater than 1.5 inches, the asphalt material may be placed with a laydown machine when the air temperature is 40 degrees F and 025424 Page 5 of 8 Rev.3-25-2015 DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F rising but not when the air temperature is 50 degrees F and falling. In addition,mat thickness less than and including 1.5 inches shall not be placed when the temperature of the surface on which the mat is placed is below 50 degrees F. All subsurface utilities shall be inspected, tested, and accepted prior to paving. 6.2. Prime Coat. If a prime coat is required, it shall be applied and paid for as a separate item conforming to the requirements of City Standard Specification Section 025412 "Prime Coat", except the application temperature shall be as provided above. The tack coat or asphaltic concrete shall not be applied on a previously primed flexible base until the primed base has completely cured to the satisfaction of the Engineer. 6.3. Tack Coat. Before the asphalt mixture is laid,the surface upon which the tack coat is to be placed shall be thoroughly cleaned to the satisfaction of the Engineer. The surface shall be given a uniform application of tack coat using materials and rates herein specified and/or as shown on the plans. The tack coat shall be rolled with a pneumatic tire roller as necessary. Tack coat is required before any pavement course not placed immediately following the previous course placement. 6.4. Transporting Asphalt Concrete. The asphalt mixture shall be hauled to the job site in tight vehicles previously cleaned of all foreign matter. In cool weather or for long hauls, canvas covers and insulated truck beds may be necessary. The inside of the bed may be given a light coating of lime water or other suitable release agent necessary to prevent from adhering. Diesel oil is not allowed. 6.5. Placing. The asphalt mixture shall be spread on the approved prepared surface with a laydown machine or other approved equipment in such a manner that when properly compacted, the finished surface will be smooth and of uniform density, and meet the requirements of the typical cross section as shown on the plans. 6.5.1. Flush Structures. Adjacent to flush curbs, gutters, liners and structures, the surface shall be finished uniformly high so that when compacted, it will be slightly above the edge of the curb and flush structure. 6.5.2. Construction joints of successive courses of asphaltic material shall be offset at least six inches. Construction joints on surface courses shall coincide with lane lines, or as directed by the Engineer,but shall not be in the anticipated wheel path of the roadway. 6.6. Compacting. The asphalt mixture shall be compacted thoroughly and uniformly with the necessary rollers to obtain the required density and surface tolerances herein described and any requirements as shown on the plans. Regardless of the method of compaction control followed, all rolling shall be completed before the mixture temperature drops below 175 degrees F. 025424 Page 6 of 8 Rev.3-25-2015 DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F 6.7. In-Place Density. In-place density control is required for all mixtures except for thin, irregular level-up courses. Material should be compacted to between 96% and 92% of maximum theoretical density or between 4% and 8% air voids. Average density shall be greater than 92%and no individual determination shall be lower than 90%. Testing shall be in accordance with TxDOT Test Methods TEX-207-F and TEX-227-F. Pavement specimens,which shall be either cores or sections of the compacted mixture,will be tested as required to determine the percent air voids. Other methods, such as nuclear determination of in-place density,which correlate satisfactorily with actual project specimens may be used when approved by the Engineer. 6.8. Thickness. The total compacted average thickness of the combined HMAC courses shall not be less than the amount specified on the drawings. No more than 10% of the measured thickness(es)shall be more than 1/4 inch less than the plan thickness(es). If so,the quantity for pay shall be decreased as deemed appropriate by the Engineer. 6.9. Surface Smoothness Criteria and Tests. The pavement surface after compaction, shall be smooth and true to the established lines, grade and cross-section. The surface shall be tested by the City with the Mays Roughness Meter. The Mays Roughness Value for each 600-foot section shall not exceed ninety inches per mile per traffic lane. For each 600-foot section not meeting this criteria, the Engineer shall have the option of requiring that section to be reworked to meet the criteria,or paying an adjusted unit price for the surface course. The unit price adjustment shall be made on the following basis: Adjusted Unit Price= (Adjustment Factor) X Surface Course Unit Bid Price The adjustment factor shall be: For Residential Streets: Adjustment Factor= 1.999 - 0.0111 M For All Other Class Streets (Non Residential) Adjustment Factor= 1.287 - 0.0143 M Where M=Mays Roughness Value In no case shall the Contractor be paid more than the unit bid price. If the surface course is an inverted penetration (surface treatment) the Mays Roughness Value observed will be reduced by ten inches per mile,prior to applying the above criteria. Localized defects (obvious settlements, humps, ridges, etc.) shall be tested with a ten-foot straightedge placed parallel to the roadway centerline. The maximum deviation shall not 025424 Page 7 of 8 Rev.3-25-2015 DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F exceed 1/8 inch in ten feet. Areas not meeting this criteria shall be corrected to the satisfaction of the Engineer. Pavement areas having surface irregularities, segregation, raveling or otherwise deemed unacceptable by the Engineer shall be removed and replaced by the Contractor in a manner approved by the Engineer, at no additional cost to the City. 6.10. Opening to Traffic. The pavement shall be opened to traffic when directed by the Engineer. The Contractor's attention is directed to the fact that all construction traffic allowed on pavement open to the public will be subject to the State laws governing traffic on highways. If the surface ravels, it will be the Contractor's responsibility to correct this condition at his expense. 7. MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT Unless otherwise specified on the Bid Form, hot mix asphaltic concrete pavement shall be measured by the square yard of the type and thickness of"Hot Mix Asphaltic Concrete" as shown on the drawings. The Contractor shall provide the Engineer with copies of the "pay ticket" identifying the truck and showing the gross empty weight of the truck with driver as it arrives at the plant and the gross loaded weight of the truck with driver as it leaves the plant. The measured amount will be the difference of the loaded and empty trucks converted to tons. Payment shall be full compensation for quarrying,furnishing all materials,freight involved; for all heating, mixing, hauling, cleaning the existing base course or pavement, tack coat, placing asphaltic concrete mixture, rolling and finishing; and for all manipulations, labor, tools, equipment, and incidentals necessary to complete the work except prime coat when required. Prime coat,performed where required,will be measured and paid for in accordance with the provisions governing City Standard Specification Section 025412 "Prime Coat". All templates, straightedges, scales, and other weight and measuring devices necessary for the proper construction, measuring and checking of the work shall be furnished, operated and maintained by the Contractor at his expense. Any paving placed prior to inspection,testing, and acceptance of underground utilities may be rejected by the City and will be replaced at the Contractor's expense after correcting any subsurface utility defects. Pavement that fails to meet the in place density criteria may be rejected by the City and will be replaced at the Contractor's expense,or such pavement may, at the City's discretion, be accepted by the City and the unit price for payment shall be reduced as deemed appropriate by the Engineer. 025424 Page 8 of 8 Rev.3-25-2015 DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F SECTION 025610 CONCRETE CURB AND GUTTER 1. DESCRIPTION This specification shall consist of Portland cement concrete combined concrete curb and gutter or separate concrete curb with or without reinforcing steel as required, constructed on an approved subgrade or foundation material in accordance with these specifications, in conformity with the lines and grades established by the Engineer and details shown on the drawings. 2. MATERIALS Unless otherwise specified on the drawings, materials and proportions for concrete used in construction under this specification shall conform to the requirements as specified for Class "A" Concrete under City Standard Specification Section 030020 'Portland Cement Concrete". Reinforcing steel shall conform to the requirements as specified in City Standard Specification Section 032020 'Reinforcing Steel". Expansion joint filler shall be redwood material meeting the requirements specified in City Standard Specification Section 038000 "Concrete Structures". 3. CONSTRUCTION METHODS The foundation shall be excavated and shaped to line, grade and cross-section, and hand tamped and sprinkled. If dry, the subgrade or foundation material shall be sprinkled lightly with water and compacted to not less than 98% Standard Proctor density, or as required on the drawings. Flexible base shall be compacted to specified density and moisture immediately before concrete is deposited thereon. Outside forms shall be of wood or metal, of a section satisfactory to the Engineer, straight, free of warp, and of a depth equal to the depth of the curb and gutter. They shall be securely staked to line and grade, and maintained in a true position during the depositing of concrete. Inside forms for the curb shall be approved material, shall be of such design as to provide the curb required, and shall be rigidly attached to the outside forms. For reinforced concrete roadways, all jointing must be reflected through the curb, including redwood expansion joints and construction joints. Driveway gutter shall be placed integrally with the driveway as shown on the City Standard Details. The reinforcing steel shall be placed in position as shown on the typical details. Care shall be exercised to keep all reinforcing steel in its proper location. Concrete for curb and gutter shall be mixed in a manner satisfactory to the Engineer. The curb and gutter shall be placed in sections of the length indicated on the plans, and each section shall be separated by a premolded insert or board joint of cross-section specified for the curb and gutter, and of the thickness indicated on the drawings. 025610 Page 1 of 2 Rev.3-25-2015 DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F After the concrete has been struck off and after it has become sufficiently set, the exposed surfaces shall be thoroughly worked with a wooden float. The exposed edges shall be rounded by the use of an edging tool to the radius indicated on the drawings. All exposed surfaces of curb and gutter, or curb, shall be brushed to a smooth and uniform surface. The completed curb and gutter shall be cured with Type 2, white pigmented curing compound unless shown otherwise on the drawings. Other methods of curing as outlined in City Standard Specification Section 038000 "Concrete Structures" will be acceptable with a required curing period of 72 hours. The area behind the curb shall be backfilled, tamped, and sloped as directed as soon as possible and no later than 48 hours after the removal of forms. Backfill shall be placed to the full height of the curb, or as otherwise specified. 4. MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT Unless otherwise specified on the Bid Fonn, concrete curb and gutter or concrete curb will be measured by the linear foot for each type of curb, complete in place. Payment shall be full compensation for preparing the subgrade; for furnishing and placing all materials including reinforcing steel and expansion joint material; for furnishing,placing, shaping and tamping backfill; and for all manipulation, labor, tools, equipment and incidentals necessary to complete the work. 025610 Page 2 of 2 Rev.3-25-2015 DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F SECTION 025612 CONCRETE SIDEWALKS AND DRIVEWAYS 1. DESCRIPTION This specification shall consist of sidewalks and driveways, with or without reinforcing steel, composed of Portland cement concrete,constructed as herein specified on an approved subgrade,in conformity with the lines and grades established by the Engineer and the details shown on the drawings. 2. MATERIALS Materials and proportions used in construction under this item shall conform to the requirements as specified for Class"A"concrete under City Standard Specification Section 030020"Portland Cement Concrete". Reinforcing steel shall conform to the requirements as specified in City Standard Specification Section 032020 "Reinforcing Steel". Expansion joint filler shall be redwood meeting the requirements specified in City Standard Specification Section 038000"Concrete Structures". Cap seal shall be "Greenstreak" or approved equal. 3. CONSTRUCTION METHODS The subgrade shall be excavated, compacted and shaped to line, grade and cross-section and hand tamped and sprinkled with water. Subgrade under concrete sidewalks and driveways shall be compacted to not less than 95% Standard Proctor density. The subgrade shall be within 0-3% of optimum moisture content at the time the concrete is placed. Forms shall be of wood or metal, of a section satisfactory to the Engineer, straight, free from warp, and of a depth equal to the thickness of the finished work. They shall be securely staked to line and grade and maintained in a true position during the depositing of concrete. The reinforcing steel shall be placed in position as shown on the drawings. Care shall be exercised to keep all reinforcing steel in its proper location. Driveways shall incorporate the gutter in a unified concrete placement as shown in the City Standard Detail for driveways. Sidewalks shall be constructed in sections of the lengths shown on drawings. Unless otherwise provided by the drawings,no section shall be of a length less than 8 feet, and any section less than 8 feet shall be removed by the Contractor at his own expense. 025612 Page 1 of 2 Rev.3-25-2015 DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F The different sections shall be separated by a premolded insert or board joint of the thickness shown on the drawings, placed vertically and at right angles to the longitudinal axis of the sidewalks. Where the sidewalk or driveways abut a curb or retaining wall, approved expansion joint material shall be placed along their entire length. Similar expansion joint material shall be placed around all obstructions protruding through sidewalks or driveways. Concrete shall be mixed in a manner satisfactory to the Engineer,placed in the forms to the depth specified and spaded and tamped until thoroughly compacted and mortar entirely covers the surface. The top surface shall be floated with a wooden float to a gritty texture. The outer edges and joints shall then be rounded with approved tools to the radii shown on drawings. 5-foot wide sidewalks shall be marked into separate sections, each 5 feet in length, by the use of approved j ointing tools. For other widths of sidewalk,joints to be spaced longitudinally to match the transverse width. When completed,the sidewalks and driveways shall be cured with Type 2,white pigmented curing compound. Other methods of curing as outlined in City Standard Specification Section 038000 "Concrete Structures" will be acceptable with a required curing period of 72 hours. 4. MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT Unless otherwise specified on the Bid Form,concrete sidewalks and driveways shall be measured by the square foot of surface area of completed sidewalks, driveways, or sidewalks and driveways, as indicated on the drawings. Payment shall be full compensation for preparing and compacting the subgrade; for furnishing and placing all materials including concrete, reinforcing steel and expansion joint material; and for all manipulation, labor, tools, equipment and incidentals necessary to complete the work. 025612 Page 2 of 2 Rev.3-25-2015 DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F SECTION 025620 PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE PAVEMENT 1. DESCRIPTION This specification shall govern for the construction of Portland cement concrete pavement on a prepared subgrade or base course, in accordance with the typical sections shown on the drawings. The concrete shall be composed of Portland cement, aggregates (fine and coarse), admixtures if desired or required, and water,proportioned and mixed as hereinafter provided. All subsurface utilities must be inspected, tested, and accepted prior to any paving. 2. MATERIALS (1) Cement The cement shall be either Type I, Type II or Type III Portland cement conforining to ASTM Designation: C150, modified as follows: Unless otherwise specified by the Engineer, the specific surface area of Type I and 11 cements shall not exceed 2000 square centimeters per gram(Wagner Turbidimeter— TxDOT Test Method Tex-310-D). The Contractor shall furnish the Engineer with a statement as to the specific surface area of the cement, expressed in square centimeters per gram, for each shipment. For concrete pavements, strength requirements shall be demonstrated using flexural (beam) or compressive (cylinder)tests as required in the drawings. Either Type I or 11 cement shall be used unless Type 11 is specified on the plans. Except when Type 11 is specified on the plans, Type III cement may be used when the anticipated air temperature for the succeeding 12 hours will not exceed 60°F. Type III cement shall be used when high early strength concrete pavement is specified on the drawings. Different types of cement may be used in the same project, but all cement used in any one monolithic placement of concrete pavement shall be of the same type and brand. Only one brand of each type of cement will be permitted in any one project unless otherwise authorized by the Engineer. Cement may be delivered in bulk where adequate bin storage is provided. All other cement shall be delivered in bags marked plainly with the name of the manufacturer and the type of cement. Similar information shall be provided in the bills of lading accompanying each shipment of packaged or bulk cement. Bags shall contain 94 pounds net. All bags shall be in good condition at time of delivery. All cement shall be properly protected against dampness. No caked cement will be accepted. 025620 Page 1 of 5 Rev.3-25-2015 DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F Cement remaining in storage for a prolonged period of time may be retested and rejected if it fails to conform to any of the requirements of these specifications. (2) Mixing Water Water for use in concrete and for curing shall be in accordance with City Standard Specification Section 030020 "Portland Cement Concrete". (3) Coarse Aggregate_ Coarse aggregate for use in concrete mixture shall be in accordance with City Standard Specification Section 030020 "Portland Cement Concrete", Grade No. 2. (4) Fine Aggregate Fine aggregate for use in concrete mixture shall be in accordance with City Standard Specification Section 030020 "Portland Cement Concrete", Grade No. 1. (5) Mineral Filler Mineral filler shall consist of stone dust, clean crushed sand, or other approved inert material. (6) Mortar(Grout) Mortar for repair of concrete pavements shall consist of 1 part cement, 2 parts finely graded sand, and enough water to make the mixture plastic. When required to prevent color difference, white cement shall be added to produce the color required. When required by the Engineer, latex adhesive shall be added to the mortar. (7) Admixtures Calcium chloride will not be permitted. Unless otherwise noted, air-entraining, retarding and water-reducing admixtures may be used in all concrete and shall conform to the requirements of City Standard Specification Section 030020 "Portland Cement Concrete". (8) Reinforcing Unless otherwise designated on the plans, all steel reinforcement shall be deformed bars, and shall conform to ASTM Designation: A615, Grade 60, and shall be open hearth, basic oxygen or electric furnace new billet steel in accordance with City Standard Specification Section 032020 "Reinforcing Steel". Dowels shall be plain billet steel smooth bars conforming to ASTM Designation: A615, Grade 60, and shall have hot-dip galvanized finish. 3. STORAGE OF MATERIALS All cement and aggregate shall be stored and handled in accordance with City Standard Specification Section 030020 "Portland Cement Concrete". 025620 Page 2 of 5 Rev.3-25-2015 DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F 4. MEASUREMENT OF MATERIALS Measurement of the materials, except water, used in batches of concrete, shall be in accordance with City Standard Specification Section 030020 "Portland Cement Concrete". 5. CLASSIFICATION AND MIX DESIGN It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to furnish the mix design to comply with the requirements herein and in accordance with THD Bulletin C-11. The Contractor shall perform, at his own expense, the work required to substantiate the design, except the testing of strength specimens, which will be done by the Engineer. Complete concrete design data shall be submitted to the Engineer for approval. It shall also be the responsibility of the Contractor to determine and measure the batch quantity of each ingredient, including all water, so that the mix conforms to these specifications and any other requirements shown on the plans. In lieu of the above mix design responsibility, the Contractor may accept a design furnished by the Engineer; however, this will not relieve the Contractor of providing concrete meeting the requirements of these specifications. Trial batches will be made and tested using all of the proposed ingredients prior to placing the concrete, and when the aggregate and/or brand of cement or admixture is changed. Trial batches shall be made in the mixer to be used on the job. When transit mix concrete is to be used, the trial designs will be made in a transit mixer representative of the mixers to be used. Batch size shall not be less than 50 percent of the rated mixing capacity of the truck. Mix designs from previous or concurrent jobs may be used without trial batches if it is shown that no substantial change in any of the proposed ingredients has been made. This specification section incorporates the requirements of City Standard Specification Section 030020 "Portland Cement Concrete". 6. CONSISTENCY In cases where the consistency requirements cannot be satisfied without exceeding the maximum allowable amount of water, the Contractor may use, or the Engineer may require, an approved water-reducing or retarding agent, or the Contractor shall furnish additional aggregates or aggregates with different characteristics, which will produce the required results. Additional cement may be required or permitted as a temporary measure until aggregates are changed and designs checked with the different aggregates or admixture. The consistency of the concrete as placed should allow the completion of all finishing operations without the addition of water to the surface. When field conditions are such that additional moisture is needed for the final concrete surface finishing operation, the required water shall be applied to the surface by fog spray only, and shall be held to a minimum. The concrete shall be 025620 Page 3of5 Rev.3-25-2015 DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F workable, cohesive, possess satisfactory finishing qualities, and of the stiffest consistency that can be placed and vibrated into a homogenous mass. Excessive bleeding shall be avoided. Slump requirements shall be as specified in Table 1. TABLE 1 Slump Requirements Construction Method Desired Slump Minimum Slump Maximum Slump Concrete Pavement(slipformed) 1.5 inches 1 inch 3 inches Concrete Pavement(formed) 4 inches 2.5 inches 6.5 inches NOTE: No concrete will be permitted with slump in excess of the maximum shown. 7. QUALITY OF CONCRETE The concrete shall be uniform and workable. The cement content, maximum allowable water- cement ratio, desired slump, minimum slump, maximum slump, and the strength requirements of the class of concrete for concrete pavement shall conform to the requirements of Table 1 and Table 2 and as required herein. During the process of the work, the Engineer will cast test beams or cylinders as a check on the flexural or compressive strength of the concrete actually placed. Testing shall be in accordance with City Standard Specification Section 030020 "Portland Cement Concrete". If the required flexural or compressive strength is not secured with the cement specified in Table 2, changes in the batch design will be made. The concrete shall meet either the minimum flexural (beam) strength (7-day or 28-day) or minimum compressive strength(7-day or 28-day) shown in Table 2. TABLE 2 Class of Concrete for Concrete Pavement Class Minimum Minimum Maximum of Flexural(Beam) Compressive Water-Cement Coarse Concrete Stren h Stren h Ratio A ue�Tate P* 450 psi(7 days) 3200 psi(7 days) 5.6 gal./sack No.2(1%') 570 psi(28 days) 4000 psi(28 days) 0.50 * 5% entrained air 8. MIXING CONDITIONS The concrete shall be mixed in quantities required for immediate use. Any concrete which is not in place within the limits outlined in City Standard Specification Section 038000 "Concrete Structures", Article "Placing Concrete-General", shall not be used. Re-tamping of concrete will not be permitted. 025620 Page 4 of 5 Rev.3-25-2015 DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F Mixing conditions shall conform to the requirements of City Standard Specification Section 030020 "Portland Cement Concrete". 9. MIXING AND MIXING EQUIPMENT Mixing and mixing equipment shall conform to the requirements of City Standard Specification Section 030020 "Portland Cement Concrete". 10. READY-MIX PLANTS The requirements for ready-mix plants shall be as specified in City Standard Specification Section 030020 "Portland Cement Concrete". 11. PLACING, CURING AND FINISHING All subsurface utilities must be inspected, tested, and accepted prior to any paving. Subgrade preparation shall be as specified on the plans. The placing of concrete, including construction of forms and falsework, curing and finishing shall be in accordance with City Standard Specification Section 038000 "Concrete Structures". For membrane curing, curing material shall conform to Type 2, Class A curing compound, or as otherwise shown on the drawings. 12. JOINTS IN CONCRETE PAVEMENT The placing of joints in concrete pavement shall be in accordance with City Standard Specification Section 038000 "Concrete Structures" and as detailed on the drawings. 13. MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT Unless otherwise specified on the Bid Form, the quantities of concrete for concrete pavement(s), which will constitute the completed and accepted pavement(s) in-place, will be measured by the square yard or square foot for the indicated thickness and type of cement. Payment shall be full compensation for furnishing, hauling, mixing, placing, curing and finishing all concrete; all grouting and pointing; furnishing and placing reinforcing steel and steel dowels as shown on the plans; furnishing and placing drains; furnishing and placing metal flashing strips; furnishing and placing expansion joint material, joint filler and sealants, and contraction (control) joints required by this specification or shown on the plans; and for all forms and falsework, labor, tools, equipment and incidentals necessary to complete the work. Any paving placed prior to inspection, testing, and acceptance of underground utilities may be rejected by the City and will be replaced at the Contractor's expense after correcting any subsurface utility defects. 025620 Page 5of5 Rev.3-25-2015 DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F SECTION 025807 PAVEMENT MARKINGS (PAINT AND THERMOPLASTIC) 1. DESCRIPTION This item shall consist of markings and stripes on the surface of the roadways or parking facilities applied in accordance with this specification and at the locations shown on the drawings or as directed by the Engineer. 2. MATERIALS Type I Pavement Marking Materials shall be in accordance with TxDOT Departmental Material Specification DMS-8220 "Hot Applied Thermoplastic". All roadway markings shall be thennoplastic. Type II Pavement Marking Materials shall be in accordance with TxDOT Departmental Material Specification DMS-8200 "Traffic Paint" and are not to be used for roadway markings except as primer/sealer for Type 1 markings. Type II Pavement Markings shall be allowed for parking facilities if called for in the plans. Glass Traffic Beads shall be drop-on glass beads conforming to TxDOT Departmental Material Specification DMS-8290 "Glass Traffic Beads". 3. CONSTRUCTION METHODS 3.1 Weather Limitations - Pavement marking shall be performed only when the existing surface is dry and clean, when the atmospheric temperature is above 40°F., and when the weather is not excessively windy, dusty, or foggy. The suitability of the weather will be determined by the Engineer. 3.2 Equipment-All equipment for the work shall be approved by the Engineer and shall include the apparatus necessary to properly clean the existing surface, and mechanical marking machine, and such auxiliary hand painting equipment as may be necessary to satisfactorily complete the job. The mechanical marker shall be an approved atomizing spray-type marking machine suitable for application of pavement markings. It shall produce an even and uniform film thickness at the required coverage and shall be designed so as to apply markings of uniform cross-sections and clear-out edges without running of spattering and within the limits for straightness set forth herein. 025807 Page 1 of 3 Rev.10-30-2014 DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F Suitable adjustments shall be provided on the sprayer(s) of a single machine or by furnishing additional equipment for marking the width required. 3.3 Preparation of Existing Surface - Immediately before application of the paint or then-noplastic, the existing surface shall be dry and entirely free from old pavement markings and markers, dirt, grease, oil, acids, laitance, or other foreign matter which could reduce the bond between the marking and the pavement. The surface shall be thoroughly cleaned by sweeping and blowing as required to remove all dirt, laitance and loose materials. Areas that cannot be satisfactorily cleaned by brooming and blowing shall be scrubbed as directed with a water solution of trisodium phosphate (10% Na3PO4 by weight) or an approved equal solution. After scrubbing, the solution shall be rinsed off and the surface dried prior to marking. 3.4 Layouts and Ali mng gents - Suitable layouts and lines of proposed stripes shall be spotted in advance of the marking application. Control points shall be spaced at such intervals as will insure accurate location of all markings. The Contractor shall provide an experienced technician to supervise the location, alignment, layout, dimensions, and application of the markings. At least 72 hours prior to applying the permanent pavement markings, the Contractor shall notify the Engineer and City Construction Inspector to obtain City approval for the location, alignment and layout of the pavement markings. 3.5 Application - Markings shall be applied at the locations and to the dimensions and spacing indicated on the plans or as specified. Markings shall not be applied until the layouts, indicated alignment, and the condition of the existing surface have been approved by the Engineer. In the application of straight stripes, any deviation of the edges exceeding 1/2 inch in 50 feet shall be obliterated and the marking corrected. The width of the markings shall be as designated within a tolerance of 5%. All markings shall be performed to the satisfaction of the Engineer. Paint shall be applied uniformly by suitable equipment at a rate of not less than 105 or more than 115 square feet per gallon. The Contractor shall furnish a certified report on the quality of materials ordered for the work. This report shall not be interpreted as a basis for final acceptance. The Engineer shall be notified upon arrival of shipment for inspecting and sampling of the materials. When required, all emptied containers shall be returned to the paint material storage or made available for tallying by the Engineer. The containers shall 025807 Page 2 of 3 Rev.10-30-2014 DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F not be removed from the job site or destroyed without permission. The Contractor shall make an accurate accounting of the paint materials used in the accepted work. 3.6 Protection - After application, all markings shall be protected while drying. The fresh markings shall be protected from damage of any kind. The Contractor shall be directly responsible for protecting the markings and shall erect or place suitable warning signs, flags or barricades, protective screens or coverings as required. All surfaces shall be protected from disfiguration by spatter, splashes, spillage, drippings of paint or other materials. 3.7 Defective Workmanship or Material - When any material not conforming to the requirements of the specifications or drawings has been delivered to the project or incorporated in the work, or any work performed is of inferior quality, such material or work shall be corrected as directed by the Engineer, at the expense of the Contractor. 4. MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT Unless otherwise specified on the Bid Form, pavement markings shall be measured by the square foot or linear foot of each type of marking. Eliminating existing pavement markings and markers will not be measured and paid for separately,but shall be subsidiary to the pavement marking items. Payment shall be full compensation for furnishing all materials and for eliminating existing pavement markings and markers, for all preparation, layout and application of the materials, and for all labor, equipment, tools and incidentals necessary to complete the work. 025807 Page 3 of 3 Rev.10-30-2014 DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F SECTION 025813 PREFORMED THERMOPLASTIC STRIPING, WORDS AND EMBLEMS 1. DESCRIPTION This specification shall govern all work for furnishing and installing preformed thermoplastic striping, words and emblems required to complete the project. 2. PRE-CONSTRUCTION CONFERENCE When required by the Engineer, prior to beginning work on the markings but after receipt by the Engineer of the required information, a conference will be held between the representatives of the Contractor and the Engineer to set up more completely the sequence of work to be followed and the estimated progress schedule. 3. MATERIALS The preformed pavement marking material shall be thermoplastic material meeting the specifications of TxDOT Departmental Material Specification DMS-8220"Hot Applied Thermoplastic,"and shall be approved by the Engineer for use on this project. 4. CONSTRUCTION (1) General. The Contractor shall furnish all materials and equipment and perform work or services necessary for complete and proper construction of the completed system of pavement markings. (2) Traffic Conditions. Roadways on which markings are to be placed may be either free of traffic or open to traffic. On roadways already open to traffic,markings shall be placed under existing traffic conditions. (3) Dimensions. Markings will be in accordance with the color, length, width, shape, configuration and location requirements of the plans and as directed by the Engineer. (4) Methods. All material placement shall be in accordance with TxDOT Standard Specification Item 668"Prefabricated Pavement Markings"and City Section 025807"Pavement Markings (Paint and Thermoplastic)." (5) Surface Preparation. The pavement upon which the markings are to be placed shall be cleaned and prepared,to the satisfaction of the Engineer,prior to placement of the markings. Cleaning shall be by any effective method, approved by the Engineer that completely and effectively removes contaminants, loose materials, and conditions deleterious to proper adhesion. Surfaces shall be further prepared after cleaning by sealing or priming, as recommended by the manufacturer of the pavement marking material. 025813 Page 1 of 3 Rev.3-25-2015 DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F (6) Moisture. Pavement to which the material is to be applied shall be completely dry. When questionable, pavements will be considered dry if, on a sunny day after observation for 15 minutes, no condensation occurs on the underside of a one (1) square foot piece of clear plastic that has been placed on the pavement and weighted down on the edges. (7) Temperature. Pavement and ambient air temperature requirements recommended by the material manufacturer shall be observed. If no temperature requirements are established by the materials manufacturer,material will not be placed if the pavement temperature is below 60 degrees F or if it is above 120 degrees F. (8) Clean-Up. At all times,the project site shall be kept free of all unnecessary traffic hazards. Upon completion of the work, the Contractor shall remove all rubbish from the work site, and shall clean and restore the area to a manner acceptable to the Engineer. Also,all damage done by the Contractor during the prosecution of the work must be repaired. Before acceptance, the work site must be neat and in a presentable condition throughout. No extra compensation will be allowed for fulfilling these clean-up requirements. 5. PERFORMANCE (1) Adhesion. Installed pavement markings shall adhere to the pavement sufficiently to prevent lifting, shifting, smearing, spreading, flowing or tearing by traffic. (2) Appearance. In addition to complying with all requirements listed herein, pavement markings shall present a neat,uniform appearance,and shall be free of unsightly conditions. Markings shall be free of ragged edges,misshapen lines or contours,and splices in transverse markings. (3) Visibility. The pavement marking material,in place on the roadway,shall have uniform and distinctive retro-reflectance when observed in accordance with TxDOT Test Method Tex- 828-B. (4) Observation Period. All material, workmanship and labor furnished shall be covered by manufacturer's guarantee and/or warranty for a period of 12 months commencing on the final delivery date of the materials. Pavement markings that fail to meet all requirements of this specification shall be removed and replaced at the expense of the Contractor within 30 working days following notification by the Engineer of such failure. All replacement pavement markings shall also meet all requirements of this specification for the same warranty period after installation. 025813 Page 2 of 3 Rev.3-25-2015 DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F 6. MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT Unless otherwise specified on the Bid Form, preformed striping, words and emblems shall be measured by each type and color indicated on the Bid Form including preformed arrows and words or other symbols as indicated in the Bid Form. Payment shall be full compensation for cleaning the pavement by any suitable means other than blast cleaning,for furnishing and placing all materials, and for all labor,tools,equipment and incidentals necessary to complete the work. 025813 Page 3 of 3 Rev.3-25-2015 DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F SECTION 026202 HYDROSTATIC TESTING OF PRESSURE SYSTEMS 1. DESCRIPTION This specification shall govern all work necessary for hydrostatic testing the completed pressure system. The Contractor shall provide all tools, equipment, materials, labor, etc., as necessary, except as noted, and accomplish all testing under this specification. 2. MATERIALS Water for filling the line and making tests will be furnished by the Contractor through a standard meter connection. A meter and gauges for testing shall be supplied by the Contractor. A test pump with appropriate connector points as approved by the Water Superintendent for the installation of meter and gauge shall be furnished by the Contractor. The meter shall be directly connected to the main or pipe being tested by the use of copper tubing or an approved reinforced hose. The meter shall be protected against extreme pressures by the use of a one-inch (I") safety relief valve set at the test pressure plus ten pounds per square inch(psi) and furnished by the Contractor. 3. TEST PROCEDURE Tests shall be made only after completion of backfill as specified, and not until at least thirty-six (36) hours after the last concrete thrust block has been cast. Contractor shall coordinate hydrostatic testing with the proposed construction sequencing and phasing. Each section of pipeline shall be slowly filled with water and the specified test pressure, measured at the point of lowest elevation, shall be applied. During the filling of the pipe and before applying the specified test pressure, all air shall be expelled from the pipeline. During the test, all exposed pipe, fittings, valves,hydrants and joints shall be carefully examined. If found to be leaking, they shall be corrected immediately by the Contractor. If the leaking is due to cracked or defective material, the defective material shall be removed and replaced by the Contractor with sound material. All pipes shall be subjected to two hydrostatic tests. The first hydrostatic test shall be a two-hour test at a pressure of 150 psi. The second test shall be no less than 48 hours after successful completion of the first hydrostatic test. The second hydrostatic test shall be for a 24-hour period at City operating pressure for waterlines or at 50 psi for wastewater force mains and effluent lines. 026202 Page 1 of 2 Rev.10-30-2014 DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F The maximum allowable leakage shall be as follows: Ductile Iron Pipe, AWWA C600 L= SD P "_ or L=NDP 133,200 7,400 Asbestos - Cement Pipe,AWWA C603 L=ND P - 4,000 i4,000 PVC Pipe -Uni-bell equation 99 L=ND P - 7,400 i7,400 WHERE: L=Maximum Allowable Leakage (gallons/hour) S =Length of Pipe Tested(feet) N=Number of Joints in Tested Line (pipe and fittings) D=Nominal Diameter of Pipe (inches) P=Average Test Pressure (psi) If the pressure system fails to meet the leakage requirements, the Contractor shall make the required repairs to the system and the system shall be retested. This procedure shall be repeated until the system complies with leakage requirements. The cost of each retest shall be $100. 4. MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT Unless otherwise specified on the Bid Form, hydrostatic testing of pressure systems will not be measured for pay,but shall be subsidiary to the installation of the pressure system component. 026202 Page 2 of 2 Rev.10-30-2014 DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F SECTION 026206 DUCTILE IRON PIPE AND FITTINGS 1. DESCRIPTION This specification shall govern all work necessary for furnishing all ductile iron pipe and fittings required to complete the project. 2. GENERAL All ductile iron pipe shall conform to AWWA C151. The interior of pipe and fittings (excluding fittings for wastewater force mains)shall have a shop-applied cement-mortar lining(40 mils thick)in accordance with AWWA C104. The exterior of pipe and fittings shall have a coating of coal tar enamel of approximately 1 mil thick or as specified in AWWA C105. Ductile iron pipe shall be wrapped in two plys of 8-mil polyethylene in accordance with Section 026402 "Waterlines" of the City Standard Specifications. 3. FITTINGS All fittings shall be ductile iron and in accordance with AWWA C153. Fittings shall have a pressure rating of 250 psi for sizes through 12"and 150 psi for 14" and larger sizes,unless shown differently on the drawings. Unless noted otherwise on the drawings, Mechanical Joints shall be used. 4. JOINTS Joints for pipe shall be mechanical type or push-on type such as "Tyton Joint", or approved equal; joints for fittings shall be mechanical joints, unless shown otherwise on the drawings. Mechanical joints shall conform to AWWA C153. Mechanical joints shall be furnished complete with joint material, Cor-ten nuts, Cor-ten bolts, glands and gaskets. When restrained joints are indicated on the drawings, restrained joints for pipe and fittings of 12" diameter and less shall be mechanical joint with retainer gland Series 1100 by EBAA Iron or approved equal,with a minimum of 250 psi rated working pressure. Restrained joints for pipe and fittings over 12"in diameter shall be push on type with a retainer ring as LOK-RING or FLEX-RING by American Ductile Iron Pipe, or TR FLEX by U.S. Pipe, or approved equal. Gaskets shall be of synthetic rubber. An analysis of the material used in each size gasket showing the type of synthetic rubber and that no natural rubber is present shall be supplied. 026206 Page 1 of 3 Rev.10-30-2014 DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F 5. PIPE Pressure class ductile iron pipe requirements: Pressure Wall Range of Maximum Diameter Class Thickness Allowable Depth Cover (inches) (psi) (inches) (feet) - (feet) A - B* 4# 350 0.25 60+ 6 350 0.25 30 - 65 8 350 0.25 20 - 50 10# 350 0.26 15 - 45 12 350 0.28 15 - 44 14# 300 0.30 13 - 42 16 300 0.32 13 - 39 18 300 0.34 13 - 36 20 300 0.36 13 - 35 24 250 0.37 11 - 29 24+ x x x * Range of maximum allowable depth of pipe where: A = Ground water, or unstable bottom, or quick condition. B = Ideal trench conditions, and sand encasement is at an average density in excess of 90% Standard Proctor density. # Pipe sizes not typically specified on City projects,but shown for reference. x Requires special evaluation. The face of bells shall be plainly marked by color coding for classes so as to be readily identified in the field. 6. CERTIFICATIONS A certification shall accompany each order of pipe and fittings furnished to job site. Certification shall include the following items: indicate that pipe complies with Part 3 of this specification; indicate that fittings and joints comply with Part 4 of this specification(it should be noted that the supplier shall furnish sufficient technical material for the Engineer to determine whether or not push- on joints can comply with the "or equal" clause); and a copy of a laboratory analysis of the material used in each size gasket showing the type of synthetic rubber and that no natural rubber is present. 026206 Page 2 of 3 Rev.10-30-2014 DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F 7. MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT Unless otherwise specified on the Bid Form, ductile iron pipe shall be measured by the linear foot along the centerline for each size of pipe installed. Measurement of pipe shall be up to, but not include, the fittings. Ductile iron fittings shall be measured per each by the type and size, as indicated in the Bid Form. Payment shall include all labor, materials, tools and equipment for the completed installation and testing of the waterline,together with all incidentals necessary to install the pipe and fittings complete in place. 026206 Page 3 of 3 Rev.10-30-2014 DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F SECTION 026210 POLYVINYL CHLORIDE PIPE (AWWA C900 and C905 Pressure Pipe for Municipal Water Mains and Wastewater Force Mains) 1. DESCRIPTION This specification shall govern all work necessary for furnishing all PVC pipe (AWWA C900 and C905)required to complete the project. 2. MATERIAL PVC pipe shall be made of Class 12454-A or Class 12454-B virgin compounds, as defined in ASTM D1784 with an established hydrostatic-design-basis of 4000 psi for water at 73.4 degrees F. 3. DIMENSIONS Pipe shall be manufactured to ductile iron pipe equivalent outside diameters. 4. JOINT Pipe shall have a gasket bell end with a thickened wall section integral with the pipe barrel. The use of solvent weld pipe shall not be allowed. 5. GASKETS Gaskets for jointing pipe shall be in accordance with ASTM F477 (High Head). 6. PIPE PRESSURE CLASS AND DIMENSION RATIO Unless indicated otherwise on the drawings, pipe shall have a dimension ratio (DR) of 18 and in accordance with: Pipe Size Desi._na�tion 4" to 12" AWWA C900 Over 12" AWWA C905 7. CAUSE FOR REJECTION Pipe shall be clearly marked in accordance with AWWA Requirements. Unmarked or scratched pipe shall be rejected. 026210 Page 1 of 2 Rev.3-25-2015 DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F S. CERTIFICATION The contractor shall furnish in duplicate to the Engineer a copy of the manufacturer's affidavit of compliance with this specification, to include gaskets. Certification shall accompany each delivery of materials. 9. MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT Unless otherwise specified in the Bid Form, PVC pipe (AWWA C900 or C905) will be measured by the linear foot along the centerline for each size of pipe installed. Measurement of pipe shall be up to,but not include, the fittings. Payment shall include all labor, materials, tools and equipment for the completed installation, backfilling and testing of the PVC pipe, together with all incidentals necessary to install the pipe complete in place,per linear foot. 026210 Page 2 of 2 Rev.3-25-2015 DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F SECTION 026402 WATERLINES 1. DESCRIPTION This specification, in conjunction with the City of Corpus Christi's Water Distribution System Standards, shall govern all work necessary for the installation of all waterline facilities required to complete the project. 2. MATERIALS Concrete: Concrete shall have a minimum compressive strength of 3000 psi at 28 days. Bedding Sand for Encasement: Bedding sand and initial backfill around the pipe shall be granular material of low plasticity as indicated on the drawings. Ductile Iron Pipe and Fittings: See City Standard Specification Section 026206. Polyvinyl Chloride Pipe: See City Standard Specification Section 026210. Tapping Sleeves and Valves: See City Standard Specification Section 026409. Gate Valves for Waterlines: See City Standard Specification Section 026411. Fire Hydrants: See City Standard Specification Section 026416. 3. CONSTRUCTION METHODS (1) HANDLING MATERIALS a) General: The Contractor shall be responsible for the safe storage of all materials furnished to, or by him, and accepted by him, until it has been incorporated into the completed project. All material found during the progress of the work to have cracks, flaws or other defects will be rejected, and the Contractor shall remove such defective material from the site of the work. b) Unloading and Distribution of Materials at Work Site: Pipe and other materials shall be unloaded at point of delivery, hauled to and distributed at the job site by the Contractor. Materials shall at all times be handled with care and in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. Care shall be taken not to scratch PVC pipe. Excessive scratching shall be considered cause for rejection of PVC pipe. Materials may be unloaded opposite or near the place where it is to be installed provided that it is to be incorporated into the work within 10 days. The Contractor shall not distribute material in such a manner as to cause undue inconvenience to the public. 026402 Page 1 of 5 Rev.3-25-2015 DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F c) Storing Materials: Materials that are not to be incorporated into the work within 10 days shall be stored on platforms. The interior of pipes and accessories shall be kept free from dirt and foreign matter. (2) ALIGNMENT AND GRADE a) General: All pipes shall be laid and maintained to the required lines and grades. Fittings, valves and hydrants shall be at the required locations with joints centered, spigots home and all valve and hydrant stems plumb. Temporary support and adequate protection of all underground and surface utility structures encountered in the progress of the work shall be furnished by the Contractor. Where the grade or alignment of the pipe is obstructed by existing utility structures such as conduits, ducts, pipes, connections to sewers or drains, the obstruction shall be permanently supported, relocated, removed, or reconstructed by the Contractor at the Contractor's expense, in cooperation with the owners of such utility structures. One (1) 20-ft. section of waterline pipe shall be centered over/under gravity wastewater line at all gravity wastewater line crossings. Waterline shall be ductile iron pipe with mechanical joint fittings, in accordance with City Standard Specification Section 026206, wherever new waterline crosses under new gravity wastewater line. Maintain a minimum of six inches (2 feet usual) vertical clearance between outsides of pipes where a new waterline crosses over a new wastewater line. Maintain a minimum of twelve inches vertical clearance between outsides of pipes where a new waterline crosses under a new wastewater line. Alternatively, at gravity wastewater line crossings, the proposed PVC waterline may be encased in a 20-ft,joint of ductile iron pipe with a minimum pressure rating of 150 psi that is at least two nominal sizes larger than the carrier pipe. The carrier pipe shall be supported in the casing at five foot (5') intervals with spacers, or shall be filled to the spring line with clean washed sand, graded as shown in the City Standard Water Details. The casing pipe shall be centered under the gravity wastewater line as indicated on the drawings, and both ends of the casing shall be sealed with cement grout or manufactured seal. b) Deviation from Drawings: No deviation from the line and grade shown on the plans may be made without the written consent of the Engineer. c) Depth of Cover: Depth of cover will be measured from the established street grade or the surface of the permanent improvement, or from finished grade to the top of the pipe barrel. Unless otherwise shown on drawings, the minimum depth of cover shall be 36 inches. Waterlines 12" and larger located under streets shall have 48 inches of cover at all points. 026402 Page 2 of 5 Rev.3-25-2015 DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F (3) TRENCH EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL See City Standard Specification Section 022020, "Excavation and Backfill for Utilities"and applicable City Standard Details for Water. (4) POLYETHYLENE WRAPPING All ductile iron pipe, valves and fittings, except pipe or valves which are laid in encasement pipe or in concrete valve boxes, shall be wrapped in polyethylene. The polyethylene material shall have a thickness of 8 mils and may be either clear or black. The wrapping shall be lapped in such manner that all surfaces of pipe, valves and fittings, including joints, shall have a double thickness of polyethylene. If a single longitudinal lap is made using a double thickness of polyethylene, it shall be lapped a minimum of 18 inches and the lap shall be placed in the lower quadrant of the pipe and in such a manner that backfill material cannot fall into the lap. The polyethylene shall be secured in place with binder twine at not more than 6-foot intervals. If wrapping is applied before the pipe is placed in the trench, then special care shall be taken in handling the pipe so that the wrapping will not be damaged. Care shall also be exercised in backfilling around the pipe and fittings and in blocking fittings so as not to damage the wrapping. Any wrapping that may be damaged shall be repaired in a manner satisfactory to the Engineer and so as to form the best protection to the pipes. (5) SAND ENCASEMENT All pipe and fittings that are not enclosed in concrete valve boxes or laid in encasement pipe, shall be completely encased with a minimum of eight inches (8") of sand on the bottom and sides of waterlines smaller than 16 inches in diameter, and twelve inches (12") over the top of the waterline, unless otherwise indicated on the drawings. This encasement includes the bottom, sides and top of pipe and fittings including bells, so that all portions will be encased with sand to insulate the pipe from the natural ground and from the backfill. The sand shall be compacted to a minimum of 90% Standard Proctor density. Provide twelve inches (12") of sand encasement all around the pipe for 16-inch diameter and larger waterlines. Sand shall be placed in a manner that will not injure the polyethylene wrapping and shall be compacted under, around the side, and over the pipe in a manner that will reduce settlement to a minimum and as approved by the Engineer. In order to reduce the amount of sand required, the trench bottom may be excavated in a rounded manner so as to maintain at least a minimum of eight inches of sand between the excavation and the pipe (twelve inches for 16-inch diameter and larger waterlines), unless otherwise indicated on the drawings. (6) LOWERING PIPE AND ACCESSORIES IN THE TRENCH a) General: The trench shall be excavated true and parallel to the pipe center line with a minimum clearance of eight inches below the pipe bottom and with a like clearance 026402 Page 3 of 5 Rev.3-25-2015 DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F from the bottom of the bell to the bottom of the bell hole. The trench shall then be refilled to the proper grade with sand as specified. The placing of the encasing material shall be done in such a manner so as to be free of all natural soil rock or other foreign matter. After final grading in the trench of the encasing material, bell holes shall be excavated at each joint. Proper implements, tools and facilities satisfactory to the Engineer shall be provided and used by the Contractor for the safe and efficient execution of the work. All pipe, fittings, valves, hydrants and accessories shall be carefully lowered into the trench by means of a derrick, ropes or other suitable equipment, in such a manner as to prevent damage to pipe and fittings. Under no circumstances shall pipe or accessories be dropped or dumped into the trench. b) Inspection of Pipe and Accessories: The pipe and accessories shall be inspected for defects prior to lowering in the trench. Any defective, damaged or unsound pipe shall be replaced. c) Clean Pipe: All foreign matter or dirt shall be removed from the interior of the pipe prior to lowering into the trench. Pipe shall be kept clean both in and out of the trench at all times during the laying. (7) JOINTING PIPES All pipes shall be made up in accordance with manufacturer's recommendation. Pipe deflection shall not exceed 75% of the maximum amount recommended by the manufacturer. (8) CONCRETE THRUST BLOCKS Temporary thrust blocks or other means of carrying thrust loads generated by hydrostatic testing shall be provided at all ends of lines to be tested. Details of the end connections and method of temporary blocking shall be submitted to the Engineer for approval. After satisfactory completion of the hydrostatic testing, this temporary blocking shall be removed so that connections may be made with existing lines. This work is subsidiary to waterline installation and no separate payment will be made for it. Temporary thrust blocks are not allowed for long term use. (9) METAL HARNESS Metal harness, tie rods and clamps, or swivel fittings shall be used to prevent pipe movement. Steel rods and clamps shall be galvanized or otherwise rust proofed, or coated with hot coal tar enamel, then wrapped with two layers of polyethylene wrapping. 026402 Page 4 of 5 Rev.3-25-2015 DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F (10) STERILIZATION a) Fittings: Valves, hydrants and fittings shall be stored on timbers and kept clean. Where soil or other substance has come in contact with the water surfaces of the fittings, the interior shall be washed and sterilized with 2% solution of calcium hypochlorite. b) Pipe: As each joint of pipe is laid, the Contractor, unless otherwise directed by the Engineer, shall throw powdered calcium hypochlorite (70%) through the length of the joint(one pound for each 1,680 gallons of water to give 50 ppm). When the waterline is complete, and before testing, the waterline shall be slowly filled with water between valves and allowed to stand for 48 hours. After the sterilization period is completed, lines shall be flushed by the Contractor under the direct supervision of a representative of the City Water Department. The Engineer will take sample for testing two hours after refilling. If the sample does not pass State Health Department purification standards, the procedure shall be repeated. The entire procedure shall be coordinated under the supervision of the Water Division Superintendent/Engineer. During the sterilization process, valves shall be operated only under the supervision of the Water Division Superintendent/Engineer. There shall be a base fee of$100 paid by the Contractor to the City for each retest that is required. (11) HYDROSTATIC TESTING WATER SYSTEM See City Standard Specification Section 026202, "Hydrostatic Testing of Pressure Systems". (12) WATER SERVICE CONNECTIONS See Standard Specification Section 026404, "Water Service Lines". 4. MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT Unless otherwise specified on the Bid Form, waterlines will be measured by the linear foot for each size installed. Payment for waterlines will be made under the appropriate pipe material item and shall include, but not be limited to, trenching, dewatering, bedding, pipe (except for fittings), restraints, temporary thrust blocking, backfill, sterilization, and hydrostatic testing. Payment shall be full compensation for all labor, materials, tools, equipment and incidentals required to complete the work. 026402 Page 5 of 5 Rev.3-25-2015 DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F SECTION 026404 WATER SERVICE LINES 1. DESCRIPTION This specification shall govern all work necessary for furnishing and installing water service lines required to complete the project. Water service lines are those lines from the City main to the meter at the property line. 2. MATERIALS GENERAL Service fittings shall have a minimum of 150 psi working pressure rating,unless indicated otherwise. Fittings and materials shall be in accordance with the applicable provisions of AWWA C800. All service connections shall require service clamps. SERVICE CLAMP Service clamps shall be brass saddle with two silicone bronze straps with I.P. thread and have a minimum working pressure rating of 200 psi. The saddle and nuts shall be of 85-5-5-5 brass alloy per ASTM B-62 and AWWA C800. The nuts shall have unitized washers. Straps shall be 5/8 inch high-quality silicone bronze, flattened and contoured to provide a wider bearing surface against the pipe. Clamps shall be comparable to: Ford 202B, Smith Blair 323, Rockwell 323 CORPORATION STOP Corporation stop shall be of brass with I.P. thread inlet and Mueller 110 compression connection outlet designed for Type K copper pipe and be comparable in design to the following: Mueller H-15028 for 1" size Mueller H-15023 for 1-'/2" &2" sizes 026404 Page 1 of 2 Rev.3-25-2015 DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F ANGLE METER STOP Angle meter stop shall have a Teflon coated bronze ball which rotates within two Buna-N rubber seats. Inlet shall be packed joint for Type K copper and be comparable in design to the following: Ford BA43-342 for 1" service line with 5/8" x 3/4" or 3/4" meter size Brass gate valve required for 1-1/2" and 2" sizes SERVICE LINE Service line shall be of Type K copper tube or approved one piece SDR9 polyethylene with restrained compression brass fittings and stainless steel inserts. Other products of comparable features and equal quality may be substituted for the above items with approval of the Engineer. 3. CONSTRUCTION METHODS See City Standard Specification Section 022020, "Excavation and Backfill for Utilities ". Service lines shall be placed by the Contractor as indicated on the drawings and as directed by the Engineer. Relocation of existing meters and changeovers to the new system shall be done only under the direct supervision of the City Water Department. 4. MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT Unless otherwise specified on the Bid Form, water service lines shall be measured with the units indicated in the Bid Form for each size of service line. Payment for service lines shall include,but not be limited to, the following: copper tubing, corporation stop, service clamp, angle meter stop, trenching, trench safety, backfilling including pavement repair, testing, flushing, clean-up and site restoration; and shall be full compensation for all labor,equipment,tools and incidentals required for proper installation of the water service lines. 026404 Page 2 of 2 Rev.3-25-2015 DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F SECTION 026409 TAPPING SLEEVES AND TAPPING VALVES 1. DESCRIPTION This specification shall govern all work and materials required for furnishing and installing tapping sleeves, sleeves and valves required to complete the project. 2. MATERIALS Tapping sleeves shall have a Class 125 ANSI B16.1 outlet flange of cast iron, ductile iron or stainless steel. Sleeves shall be of ductile iron or 304 or 316 stainless steel. Lugs, bolts, washers and nuts shall be of 304 or 316 stainless steel. Iron sleeves shall be of the mechanical joint or caulked joint type as manufactured by Mueller, Clow, or approved equal. Stainless steel sleeves shall be of the compression gasket type capable of providing full support of the tapped pipe, as manufactured by Ford, Smith Blair, Romac, or approved equal. Gasket materials shall be of material suitable for potable water systems. Tapping sleeves shall be sized for the type and size of pipe to be tapped. The class of asbestos cement pipe that will most likely be encountered in the water will be Class 200 for pipes 6 inches in diameter and smaller, and Class 150 for larger pipes. It should be understood that existing pipes to be tapped may not be of the type of material and/or size that is shown on the drawings. The proper size and type of tapping sleeve shall be provided and installed regardless of what is encountered. Tapping valves shall conform to AWWA Standards and City Standard Specification Section 026411, "Gate Valves for Waterlines". Valve boxes shall be as described in City Standard Specification Section 026411, "Gate Valves for Waterlines". 3. CONSTRUCTION METHODS Construction methods shall adhere to those set out in City Standard Specification Section 026402 "Waterlines", and City Standard Specification Section 022020 "Excavation and Backfill for Utilities". 4. MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT Unless otherwise specified on the Bid Forin, tapping sleeves and tapping valves shall be measured on a per each basis for each size installed. Payment for tapping sleeves and tapping valves shall include, but not be limited to, furnishing and installing the valves complete in-place including joint materials, cast iron valve box, box extension, cover, concrete collar, and all other related items such as bolting, wrapping, cement-stabilized sand encasing,backfilling and compacting; and shall be full compensation for all labor, material, tools, equipment and incidentals required to properly install the valves as indicated and specified. 026409 Page 1 of 1 Rev.3-25-2015 DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F SECTION 026411 GATE VALVES FOR WATERLINES 1. DESCRIPTION This specification shall govern all work necessary to provide and install all gate valves and valve boxes required to complete the project. 2. MATERIALS Gate Valves All valves shall meet the following requirements. Gate valves shall conform to AWWA Standard C515. 1) The gate valves shall be ductile iron resilient wedge (C515)with non-rising stems. 2) Valve ends shall be flanged or mechanical joint type or a combination of these as indicated or specified. A complete set of joint materials shall be furnished with each valve, except for bell ends and flanges. 3) Valves 16 inches and larger shall be furnished for horizontal installation—lay over. 4) Stem seals shall be the O-ring type on valves through 12-inch size. Valves 16 inches and larger may be equipped with stuffing boxes. 5) Valves shall open left (counter clockwise). Valves over 18 inches shall have the main valve stem furnished with a combination hand wheel and operating nut. 6) Tapping valves to be used with tapping saddles shall have one end mechanical joint. 7) No position indicator will be required. 8) Within 30 days after award of contract, the Contractor shall submit in triplicate, for approval, the following: a) Certified drawings of each size and type of valve 16 inches and larger showing principal dimensions, construction details, and materials used. b) On all size valves, the composition of bronze to be offered for various parts of the valve, complete with minimum tensile strength in psi, the minimum yield strength in psi, and the minimum elongation in 2"per cent. 026411 Page 1 of 2 Rev.3-25-2015 DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F 3. CONSTRUCTION METHODS Gate Valves Gate valves shall be installed as indicated on the drawings. Cast Iron Valve Boxes Valve boxes shall be installed as indicated on the drawings. When valves are in the street right-of- way, the top of box shall be set flush with the pavement or surrounding ground. In cultivated areas, the top of box shall be set twelve inches (12")below natural ground and long enough to be raised to natural ground at a future date. 4. MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT Unless otherwise specified on the Bid Form, gate valves for waterlines will be measured as a unit for each gate valve and valve box installed. Payment shall include, but not be limited to, furnishing and installing the valves complete in-place including joint materials, cast iron valve box, box extension, cover, concrete collar, and all other related items such as bolting, wrapping, cement- stabilized sand encasing, backfilling and compacting; and shall be full compensation for all labor, material, tools, equipment and incidentals required to properly install the valves as indicated and specified. 026411 Page 2 of 2 Rev.3-25-2015 DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F SECTION 026416 FIRE HYDRANTS 1. DESCRIPTION This specification shall govern all work necessary to provide all fire hydrants required to complete this project. 2. MATERIALS Concrete: Concrete shall be Class "A" in accordance with Section 030020 "Portland Cement Concrete" of the City Standard Specifications, with a minimum compressive strength of 3000 psi at 28 days. Fire Hydrants: The fire hydrants shall conform to AWWA C502 (or latest edition) standard specifications for fire hydrants for ordinary water works service, except for changes, additions and supplementary details specifically outlined herein: a) Hydrants -Hydrants shall be of the traffic model type equipped with a safety flange or collar on both the hydrant barrel and stein. b) Type of Shutoff- The shutoff shall be of the compression type only. C) Inlet Connection - The inlet shall be ASA A-21.11 1964 mechanical joint for six-inch (G'), Class 150 ductile iron pipe. A complete set of joint material shall be furnished with each hydrant. d) Delivery Classifications - Each hydrant shall have two hose nozzles and one pumper nozzle. e) Bury Length- The hydrants shall be furnished in the bury length as indicated on drawings. f) Diameter (Nominal Inside) of Hose and Pumper Nozzles - The hose nozzles shall be two and one-half inches (2-1/2") inside diameter and the pumper nozzle shall be four inches (4") inside diameter. g) Hose and Pumper Nozzle Threads - The hose nozzles shall have two and one-half-inch (2-%2")National Standard thread (7-%2 threads per inch). The pumper nozzle shall have size (6) threads per inch with an outside diameter of 4.658 inches, pitch diameter of 4.543 inches, and a root diameter of 4.406 inches. h) Harnessing Lugs -None required. i) Nozzle Cap Gaskets -Required. j) Drain Opp -Required. 026416 Page 1 of 3 Rev.3-25-15 DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F k) Tapping of Drain Opening- Tapping of the drain opening for pipe threads is not required. 1) Nozzle Chain-Not required. m) Direction to Open- The hydrants shall open left(counter clockwise). n) Color of Finish Above Ground Line - That portion of the hydrant above the ground line shall be painted chrome yellow. o) Shape and Size of Operating and Cap Nuts - The operating and cap nuts shall be tapered pentagon one and one-fourth inches (1-1/4") point to face at base and one and one-eighth inches (1-1/8")point to face at top of nut. p) Nozzle Cap Chains -Hydrants shall be furnished without nozzle cap chains. q) Size of Fire Hydrant - The main valve opening shall not be less than five and one-quarter inches (5-1/4")inside diameter. r) Valve Facing - The main valve facing of the hydrant shall be rubber with 90± Durometer hardness. When the main valve lower washer and stem nut are not an integral casting then the bottom stem threads shall be protected with a bronze cap nut and a bronze lock nut. S) Barrel Sections - The hydrant shall be made in two or more barrel sections with flanges connecting the barrel to the elbow and to the packing plate. t) Breakable Coupling - Hydrants shall be equipped with a breakable coupling on both the barrel section and the stem. The couplings shall be so designed that in case of traffic collision the barrel and stem collar will break before any other part of the hydrant breaks. U) Hydrant Adjustment - The hydrant shall be designed as to permit its extension without excavating after the hydrant is completely installed. V) Breakable Collars, Barrel and Stem - Weakened steel or weakened cast iron bolts that are used in the breakable barrel couplings will not be acceptable. w) Operating Stem- Stems that have operating thread located in the waterway shall be made of manganese bronze, Everdure, or other high quality non-corrodible metal. Stems that do not have operating threads located in the waterway must be sealed by a packing gland or "O"-ring seal located between the stem threads and waterway. Iron or steel stems shall be constructed with a bronze sleeve extending through the packing or "O"-ring seal area. The sleeve shall be of sufficient length to be in the packing gland "O"-ring seal in the both open and closed positions of the main valve. The sleeve shall be secured to the steel stem so as to prevent water leakage between the two when subjected to 300 pounds hydrostatic test pressure. 026416 Page 2 of 3 Rev.3-25-15 DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F X) Drain Valve Mechanism - Drain valves operating through springs or gravity are not acceptable. y) Operating Stem Nut - The operating stem nut shall be designed to prevent seepage or raid, sleet, and the accumulation of dust between the operating nut and the hydrant top. Z) Packing Gland or "O"-Ring Seal - Fire hydrants having the threaded part of the stem at the hydrant top shall be equipped with a packing gland or an "O"-ring seal immediately below the threaded section of the stem. 3. CONSTRUCTION METHODS Fire hydrants shall be installed as shown on drawings. Minimum burial length shall be 3 feet. Breakable couplings shall be located at least 2 inches and less than 6 inches above finish grade. Hydrants and fittings shall be stored on timber and kept clean. The interior surfaces of hydrants and fittings shall be washed and sterilized with approved sterilizing agent, if requested by the Engineer at the time of installation. 4. CERTIFICATION The manufacturer shall furnish to the Engineer two (2) certified sets of prints showing complete details and dimensions of the hydrant. The manufacturer shall furnish to the Engineer one (1) certified copy of the physical tests of all metals used in the manufacture of the fire hydrant that is normally manufactured and that will meet these specifications. 5. MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT Unless otherwise specified on the Bid Form, fire hydrants will be measured as a unit per each. Payment shall include, but not be limited to, furnishing and installing the complete fire hydrant assembly with valve, 6-inch line and fitting on the main; and shall be full compensation for all labor,materials, tools, equipment and incidentals required to properly complete the work. 026416 Page 3of3 Rev.3-25-15 DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F SECTION 027200 CONTROL OF WASTEWATER FLOWS (TEMPORARY BYPASS PUMPING SYSTEMS) 1. GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. This specification shall govern all work necessary for designing, installing, implementing, operating, and maintaining a temporary bypass pumping and flow control system, as provided by the Contractor for the purpose of diverting wastewater flow around the work area for the duration necessary to complete the work (i.e., control of wastewater flows). The Contractor shall furnish all materials, labor, equipment, power, maintenance, and incidentals required to maintain continuous and reliable wastewater service in all lines for the duration of the project. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Bypass Pumping Plan Form: It shall be the Contractor's responsibility to legibly and thoroughly complete, in its entirety, the attached Bypass Pumping Plan Form and submit it to the Engineer and/or the appropriate City staff for review and approval, prior to the installation of any pumping system proposed for use. Unless the bypass pumping is associated with an emergency work order, the standard approval protocol is as follows: The Contractor prepares and submits the plan to the Engineer a minimum of 7 days prior to mobilizing to site. The Engineer reviews the bypass plan and coordinates approval with Engineering Services and the Operating Department. Engineer and City will put forth a reasonable level of effort to expedite the review and approval process. No deviation from the procedure shall be allowed. B. Bypass Pumping Plan Schematic: In addition to the above referenced form, the Contractor shall also furnish a sufficiently detailed schematic drawing identifying the approximate location of all bypass pumping system components. The schematic drawing shall clearly label parallel/crossing streets, identify landmark structures, and depict the locations of all pumps and piping. At a minimum, the bypass pumping plan schematic drawing and associated attachments should include the following items: 1) Pump curves showing designed operation point for this specific project 2) Approximate location of bypass system pumping components 3) Location of manhole or access point for suction and discharge 4) Configuration, routing, location and depth of the suction and discharge piping 5) General arrangement/type of additional support equipment. 6) Temporary pipe supports, anchoring and thrust restraint blocks, if required 7) Traffic Control Plan and Traffic Department permit if the bypass is within the right- of-way. 8) Description of the method for removing pressure and all wastewater from existing force mains being taken out of service,if necessary. 9) All other City-department and Regulatory requirements. 027200 Page 1 of 7 Rev.10-30-2014 DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F 10) Sewer plugging locations,method, and types of plugs 11) Method of protecting discharge manholes or structures from erosion and damage. 1.3 RESPONSIBILITY/AUTHORITY A. It is essential to the operation of the existing wastewater system that there is no interruption in the flow of wastewater throughout the duration of the project. The Contractor shall be completely responsible for designing, scheduling, providing, installing, operating, fueling and maintaining the temporary bypass pumping system in a manner that does not cause or contribute to overflows, releases, or spills of wastewater from the wastewater or bypass system. The Contractor shall neither anticipate nor expect any assistance from the City of Corpus Christi departments for any of the bypass operation. B. Contractor shall provide a responsible employee to man the bypass system 24 hours per day, 7 days per week during operation. The monitoring employee shall be properly trained, experienced, and mechanically qualified such that they can quickly and effectively address any potential emergency and non-emergency situations associated with the bypass system which must remain in operation. The wastewater and bypass systems should be inspected at least once every 2 hours. The Contractor shall be responsible for ensuring that the wastewater collection system is not compromised during bypass installation or operation, and contractor shall ensure that the system operates properly during this period. C. The Contractor shall consider and be responsible for the impacts on the collection system area, both upstream and downstream of the bypass and shall maintain the system in a manner that will protect public and private property from damage and flooding. Upstream impacts may include, but are not limited to backups and overflows. Downstream impacts may include,but are not limited to surcharges and overflows. D. Contractor shall make all effort to minimize spills of raw wastewater during the improvements and bypassing. All spills and sanitary sewer overflows shall immediately be reported to the City at 361-826-2489 and the Contractor shall be solely responsible for wash down, clean-up and disinfection of said spillages or overflows to the satisfaction of the owner at no additional cost to the City of Corpus Christi. E. The City is permitted through the Texas Commission on Environmental Quality to operate the wastewater system. The final authority comes from the City as to the operation of the wastewater system and as such it reserves the right to halt the bypassing operation at any time in order to maintain public health and safety. 027200 Page 2 of 7 Rev.10-30-2014 DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F 2. PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Bypass Pumps a. Pumps shall be fully automatic self-priming pumps that do not require the use of foot-valves or vacuum pumps in the priming system. The pumps may be electric or diesel powered. Pre-approved manufacturers are Godwin or Rain-for-Rent. Approved equals may be considered by the Engineer if they meet all requirements in this specification but Contractor shall provide submittal package for Engineer's review and approval prior to installation. Pumps shall be equipped with critically silenced, sound attenuated enclosures with a maximum 65 dB (10-feet from pump), a diesel day tank with a minimum 24-hour runtime without refuel, and automatic start/stop controls for each pump. b. Pumping capacity of the bypass pump shall be capable of handling the flow conditions at all times and shall provide a minimum of 1.5 times the existing capacity of whatever line or lift station is being bypassed. c. The Contractor shall have adequate standby equipment available and ready for immediate operation and use in the event of an emergency or breakdown. In critical installations, as determined by the Engineer, one standby pump for each size pump utilized shall be installed at the mainline flow bypassing locations, ready for use in the event of primary pump failure. B. Suction and Discharge Piping: Determined according to pump size, flow calculations, system operating conditions, manhole depth, and length of suction piping in accordance with the pump manufacturers specifications and recommendations. In order to prevent the accidental spillage of flows, all discharge systems shall be temporarily constructed of heavy-duty pipe with positive restrained joints. a. High Density Polyethylene(HDPE) i. Homogeneous throughout, free of visible cracks, discoloration, pitting, varying wall thickness, holes, foreign material, blisters, or other deleterious faults. Defective areas shall be cut out and butt-fusion welded as per manufacturer's recommendations. ii. Assembled and joined at site using couplings, flanges, or butt-fusion method to provide leak proof joint, as per manufacturer's recommendations and ASTM D- 2657. iii. Fusing must be performed by personnel certified as fusion technicians by manufacturer of HDPE pipe and/or fusing equipment. Fused joints shall be watertight and have tensile strength equal to that of pipe. iv. HDPE is required to be used in or adjacent to environmentally sensitive areas. b. Polyethylene Plastic Pipe(PE) i. High density solid wall and following ASTM F714 Polyethylene (PE) Plastic Pipe (SDR-DR) based on outside diameter, ASTM D1248 and ASTM D3550 ii. Homogeneous throughout, free of visible cracks, discoloration, pitting, varying wall thickness,holes, foreign material,blisters, or other deleterious faults. c. Quick-Disconnect Steel Galvanized Pipe and Heavy-Duty Flexible Hoses 027200 Page 3 of 7 Rev.10-30-2014 DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F i. Must consist of heavy-duty steel with high tensile strength, x-ray welded, abrasion resistant and suitable for intended service with a maximum pressure rating of at least 174 PSI ii. Bauer quick-disconnect fittings/joints shall be restrained and watertight. Joints shall consist of vacuum sealing O-rings to help pumps prime faster and perform at their designed flow rates with no leaks, even at high pressure ratings iii. Joints shall provide 30-degree articulation at every coupling and shall not require perfect alignment to make each connection. iv. The galvanized couplings shall not be hindered by sand,mud, and grit. d. Valves and Fittings I. Contractor shall provide valves and fittings as necessary and in accordance with the approved pipe materials shown above. e. Plugs I. Selected and installed according to size of line to be plugged, pipe, manhole configurations, and based on specific application. ii. Prior to use, Engineer may inspect plugs for defects which may lead to failure. iii. Contractor shall provide additional plugs in the case of failure f. Miscellaneous i. When temporary piping crosses local streets/roadways and private driveways, Contractor shall provide traffic ramps or covers designed, installed, and maintained for H-20 loading requirements while in use. 3. EXECUTION 3.1 SCHEDULING&COORDINATION A. Unless the bypass pumping is associated with an emergency work order, the Contractor shall provide a minimum of 48 hour notice to the Engineer and Wastewater Department for the startup of bypass operations once the completed bypass plan has been approved by the design engineer. Unless needed otherwise for emergency work,no bypassing shall be initiated on Friday, Saturday or Sunday, or the day immediately preceding a City holiday. B. Inclement Weather: The Contractor shall not be allowed to commence bypass operation should inclement weather be forecast for the period of the scheduled improvements. C. Under special circumstances, as identified by the Engineer, where critical lines with large service areas are being bypassed, the Contractor is responsible for setting up a meeting between the Engineer/City/Operating Department to affirm and coordinate the approved bypass plan and to verify the intended site installation conforms to the approved plan. Engineer may also require the bypass system to be in service for at least 24-hours prior to taking existing gravity lines or force mains out of service to demonstrate reliability. D. Before beginning bypass operations, the Engineer/City Operating Department must be notified for field verification of pumps, piping, and equipment, etc., to ensure the site installation conforms to the approved plan. 027200 Page 4 of 7 Rev.10-30-2014 DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F E. Before beginning bypass operations, the Contractor shall confirm appropriate emergency contact information has been provided to the City and Engineer on the Bypass Pumping Plan Form including emergency cell phone number of bypass operators/monitors responsibly manning the bypass system 24 hours per day along with the project superintendent and pump supplier. F. The Contractor can work extended hours, if approved by the Engineer, to perform the improvements during the bypass operation. Work during extended hours cannot create a nuisance for the neighbors. G. Once a lift station is taken out of service and bypass operations begun, work shall be continuous on the lift station improvements until all improvements are completed and the lift station is returned to normal service. H. The Contractor shall cease bypass pumping operations and return flows to the new and/or existing wastewater system when directed by the Owner. This may be expected if the bypass system is not in accordance with this specification or if inclement weather is in the forecast. 3.2 INSTALLATION &OPERATIONS A. Installation of Temporary Force Mains a. Force mains may be placed along shoulder of road, medians, and/or outside of pavement. Do not place in streets or sidewalks without Engineers approval. b. When temporary piping crosses local streets/roadways and/or private driveways, Contractor shall provide traffic ramps or covers designed, installed, and maintained for H-20 loading requirements while in use. c. When traffic ramps cannot be used, install temporary piping in trenches and cover with temporary pavement, as approved by the Engineer. B. Discharge piping to gravity lines or manholes shall be designed in such a manner as to prevent discharge from contacting manhole walls or benching with as minimal turbulence as possible. C. Plugging or blocking of wastewater flows shall incorporate a primary and secondary plugging device. When plugging or blocking is no longer needed for performance and acceptance of work, it is to be removed in a manner that permits the wastewater flow to slowly return to normal without surge, to prevent surcharging or causing other major disturbances downstream. D. The Contractor shall not cut existing force mains or gravity lines until it is determined that the containment area in place is sufficient for handling any wastewater within the pipe. E. Some locations may require multiple bypass systems. If bypass system is provided with air release valves,then the valve drains shall be piped to a manhole for discharge. F. Upon completion of the bypass pumping operations, remove piping, restore property to pre-construction condition and restore pavement. 027200 Page 5 of 7 Rev.10-30-2014 DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F 4. MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT Unless otherwise specified in the Bid Form, Control of Wastewater Flows (Temporary Bypass Pumping Systems) shall not be measured for pay but will be considered subsidiary to the applicable pay item, to include all material, labor, equipment and supervision necessary to complete the bypass design, planning, coordination, installation, operation, maintenance and removal. 027200 Page 6 of 7 Rev.10-30-2014 DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F BYPASS PUMPING PLAN FORM Date: Project Title: No.: Engineer: Contractor: Service Area: Lift Station No.(if applicable): Start Date&Time: Completion Date &Time: Sewer Line Size being Bypassed: Estimated Peak Flow: Line Plugging Method&Locations: Suction Manhole or Lift Station Number and Depth: Discharge Manhole or Lift Station Number and Depth: Maximum Surcharge Depth Allowed: Bypass Forcemain Size,Material &Length: Pump Description: (Self-Priming,Critically Silenced,and Automatic Level Controls Required) Make,Model, Suction/Discharge Size: Diesel or Electric Total Number of Pumps/Standby Pumps: Total&Firm Capacity(GPM @ TDH): Vacuum Trucks(if required, number and capacity): Contractor Personnel Manning Bypass System(24 hours/day): Name: Phone: Name: Phone: Emergency Contacts: Name: Phone: Name: Phone: Additional Notes: Required Checklist: YES NO ❑ ❑ Schematic drawing providing details of proposed bypass pumping system,routing of bypass lines(using manhole numbers and/or lift station names as applicable), equipment location,and proposed sequencing. ❑ ❑ Has traffic control plan been appropriately modified to facilitate the bypass pumping equipment? ❑ ❑ Pumps: Self-priming& Critically Silenced. Provide pump curve with Bypass plan. (Requirement). ❑ ❑ Contractor shall coordinate with Supplier for appropriate instruction and training on pump operation. ❑ ❑ Have emergency and/or backup provisions been made for quick pump change out in the case of system failure? ❑ ❑ Contractor has confirmed no rain(less than V2-in)in the forecast? Prepared by: Reviewed by: Contractor Representative Date Wastewater Representative Date 027200 Page 7 of 7 Rev.10-30-2014 DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F SECTION 027602 GRAVITY WASTEWATER LINES 1. DESCRIPTION This specification shall govern all work required for furnishing, handling and installing gravity wastewater lines required to complete the project. 2. MATERIALS A. Pipe and Fittings: 1. POLY-VINYL CHLORIDE (PVC) PIPE and fittings shall be in accordance with the following: 6" Gravity Sewer Pipe ASTM D3034 DR 26 8" Gravity Sewer Pipe ASTM D3034 DR 26 10"Gravity Sewer Pipe ASTM D3034 DR 26 12"Gravity Sewer Pipe ASTM D3034 DR 26 15"Gravity Sewer Pipe ASTM D3034 DR 26 18"Gravity Sewer Pipe ASTM F679 DR 26 24"Gravity Sewer Pipe ASTM F679 DR 26 30"Gravity Sewer Pipe ASTM F679 DR 26 36"Gravity Sewer Pipe ASTM F679 DR 26 PS 115 42"Gravity Sewer Pipe ASTM F679 DR35 PS46 48"Gravity Sewer Pipe ASTM F679 DR35 PS46 Pipe and fittings shall have push-on compression gasket joints in accordance with ASTM D3212 and shall be a non-blue color. 2. POLY-VINYL CHLORIDE (PVC) PRESSURE PIPE shall be AWWA C900 or C905 integral green (non-blue color) with a minimum pressure rating of not less than 150 psi, made of Class 12454-A or Class 12454-B virgin compounds, as defined in ASTM D1784. One (1) 20-ft. section of PVC pressure pipe, with appropriate adapters or as an encasing pipe over the carrier pipe, shall be used for gravity wastewater lines at all waterline crossings, and shall be centered under/over the waterline as indicated on the drawings. Maintain a minimum of 2 feet vertical clearance between outsides of pipes where a new waterline crosses over a new non-pressurized wastewater line. Maintain a minimum of 6 inches vertical clearance between outsides of pipes where a new waterline crosses over a pressurized wastewater line. In all instances of water crossing wastewater, center a joint of water pipe over the wastewater pipe such that a minimum of 9 feet of horizontal offset exists from each water joint to the wastewater carrier pipe. 027602 Page 1 of 6 Rev.7-1-2015 DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F Alternatively, at waterline crossings, the PVC gravity wastewater pipe may be encased in a 20-ft.joint of pressure pipe with a minimum pressure rating of 150 psi that is at least two nominal sizes larger than the carrier pipe. The carrier pipe shall be supported in the casing at five foot(5) intervals with spacers, or shall be filled to the spring line with clean washed sand. The casing pipe shall be centered under/ over the waterline as indicated on the drawings, and both ends of the casing shall be sealed with cement grout or manufactured seal. B. Bedding and Backfill Materials: 1. BEDDING AND INITIAL BACKFILL is that material from beneath the pipe to an elevation 12 inches above the top of the pipe. The bedding and initial backfill material shall be in accordance with Table 1 on Wastewater Standard Details, Sheet 3, unless otherwise specified. 2. FINAL BACKFILL is that material placed on the initial backfill. The material shall be in accordance with City Standard Specification Section 022020 "Excavation and Backfill for Utilities" and as shown on the standard details. 3. CONSTRUCTION METHODS A. Trench Excavation: See City Standard Specification Section 022020 "Excavation and Backfill for Utilities." B. Handling of Materials: 1. HANDLING AND CARE of pipe shall be the responsibility of the Contractor. Pipe shall be unloaded at the point of delivery, hauled to and distributed at the site by the Contractor. Materials shall be handled with care and in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. 2. STORAGE AND SECURITY of materials shall be provided by the Contractor. Any material delivered to the site that is not to be incorporated into the work within 10 working days shall be properly stored off the ground. Stacking and handling of materials shall be done as recommended by the manufacturer. 3. REJECTED OR DEFECTIVE materials are those having cracks, flaws or other defects. Rejected materials shall be marked by the Engineer and removed from the job site by the end of the day by the Contractor. 4. DISTRIBUTION OF MATERIALS at the work site shall be allowed provided that they are incorporated into the work within 10 working days. Materials shall not be placed on private property, unless written permission has been obtained from the owner by the Contractor. Materials shall not be placed within five feet of the back of curb or edge of pavement without permission of the Engineer or the designated representative. 027602 Page 2 of 6 Rev.7-1-2015 DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F C. Alignment and Grade: I. All pipe shall be laid and maintained to the required line and grade. 2. NO DEVIATIONS from design line and grade shall be allowed, unless authorized by the Engineer. 3. The Contractor shall provide offsets and cut sheets. The Contractor may use batter boards, laser, or other approved methods necessary to construct the wastewater line to design line and grade. D. Pipe Placement: I. GENERAL: Proper implements, tools, etc., shall be used by the Contractor for safe and efficient execution of work. All pipes shall be carefully lowered into the trench by suitable equipment in such a manner as to prevent damage. Under no circumstances shall pipe be dropped or dumped into the trench. The Contractor shall not lay pipe in the trench until the bedding and condition of the trench have been approved by the Engineer. The trench shall be free of water and maintained in that condition until the pipe has been laid, the joints have been completed, and the initial backfill has been completed. All pipe markings shall be placed face up for inspection prior to backfill. 2. CLEAN PIPE: All foreign matter or dirt shall be removed from the interior of the pipe before lowering pipe into trench. The interior of pipe shall be maintained free of dirt during the remaining installation operations. E. Jointing Pipe: POLY-VINYL CHLORIDE (PVC) PIPE shall have mating surfaces of the gasketed joint wiped clean of dirt and foreign matter. A lubricant recommended by the coupling manufacturer shall be applied to the bell and spigot mating surfaces just prior to joining. The spigot shall then be centered on grade into the bell of the previous pipe and shall be shoved home to compress the joint and to assure a tight fit between the inner surfaces. Pipe shall not be assembled in reverse order by pushing bell onto spigot. When the pipe is being thusly installed, bell holes shall be excavated in the bedding material. When the joint has been made, the bell hole shall be carefully filled with material to provide for adequate support of the pipe. The spigot shall be centered within 1/4 inch of the home line marked on the spigot. F. Bedding and Initial Backfill: POLY-VINYL CHLORIDE (PVC) PIPE: Bedding and initial backfill of PVC pipe shall be in accordance with the details provided in the drawings. Bedding shall be well tamped regardless of type. The type of bedding required shall depend upon the depth of cut and ground water condition and shall be as specified below: 027602 Page 3 of 6 Rev.7-1-2015 DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F BOTTOM OF TRENCH IN GROUNDWATER Depth of Cut Required Bedding Less than 20 feet Gravel or Crushed Stone Over 20 feet Crushed Stone BOTTOM OF TRENCH NOT IN GROUND WATER Depth of Cut Required Bedding Less than 15 feet Sand, Gravel, or Crushed Stone Less than 20 feet Gravel or Crushed Stone Over 20 feet Crushed Stone G. Final Backfill: See City Standard Specification Section 022020 "Excavation and Backfill for Utilities." H. Bypass Pumping: Contractor shall follow operational requirements for bypass pumping as set forth in Specification Section 027200 Control of Wastewater Flows. 4. TESTING AND CERTIFICATION A. Leakage Testing: (Required for all types of pipe) 1. EQUIPMENT FOR LEAKAGE TESTING shall be furnished and installed by the Contractor. The Contractor shall test the entire system for leaks. This work shall be witnessed by the Engineer. 2. POLY-VINYL CHLORIDE(PVC)PIPE shall be tested in accordance with Uni- Bell Plastic Pipe Association- Standard UNI-B-6 'Recommended Practice for Low- Pressure Air Testing of Installed Sewer Pipe"; the requirements of which are summarized by the following equation: T=0.00237D2L [Equation 1] Where: T=Minimum allowable time (seconds) for a pressure drop of one (1)psi gage pressure D=Nominal pipe diameter(inches) L=Length of pipe run(feet) The test section shall be plugged and subjected to a test pressure not in excess of five (5)psi. The time required for a one (1)psi pressure drop shall be measured and shall not exceed the value obtained in Equation 1 above. 027602 Page 4of6 Rev.7-1-2015 DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F B. Deflection Testing: (Required for PVC Pipe) 1. EQUIPMENT FOR DEFLECTION TESTING shall be provided by the Contractor. Mandrels shall be provided by the Contractor and will be of machined rigid corrosion-resistant pipe with a length not less than 1.5 diameters. Mandrels will be sized for SDR 26 PVC pipe at 5% deflection. The outside diameter of the standard mandrels shall be as follows: Nominal Size (inches) Mandrel O.D. (inches) 8 7.11 10 8.87 12 10.55 15 12.90 18 15.76 21 18.56 24 20.87 27 23.51 30 27.14 2. TESTING shall be done by the Contractor and witnessed by the Engineer. All pipe shall be tested for deflection no less than 30 days after placement of backfill. The Contractor may wish to check pipe immediately after backfilling for job control. However, this shall not qualify as acceptance testing. No pipe can be tested for formal acceptance until it has been in place, complete with backfill, for at least 30 days. 3. Belly: Pipe shall be rejected if belly exceeds 5%based on the readings from the video inspection. C. Retesting: ANY DEFECTIVE WORK OR MATERIALS shall be corrected or replaced by the Contractor and retested. This shall be repeated until all work and materials are acceptable D. Cleaning and Televising: All wastewater lines and manholes installed on this project shall be cleaned and televised in accordance with Standard Specification Section 027611 "Cleaning and Televised Inspection of Conduits". 5. SOIL BORINGS The City does not assume responsibility for subsurface information. Soil data and other subsurface information, if shown on the drawings or in the appendix, are without warranty as to correctness of fact or interpretation. 027602 Page 5 of 6 Rev.7-1-2015 DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F 6. BRACING AND SHORING Trenching operation shall comply with Worker Safety Requirements for Excavation and Trenching Operations. If, for whatever reason, the trench width at the top of pipe must exceed that width indicated in the bedding details, the Contractor shall modify bedding as required by the Engineer to accommodate the additional load on the pipe. 7. MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT Unless otherwise specified on the Bid Form, gravity wastewater lines shall be measured by the linear foot for each size and depth of wastewater line installed, as follows: A. Between centers of manholes. B. From the center of a manhole to the end of the line. C. From the end of an existing stub to the end of the line or center of the existing manhole. Depth shall be measured from flow line of pipe to ground surface over centerline of the pipe at the time of construction. Measurements to be made at manholes, at intervals not to exceed fifty feet, and at breaks in ground profile. Bedding shall not be measured for pay, but shall be considered subsidiary to pipe, unless included as a separate bid item in the Bid Form. Unless otherwise specified on the Bid Form, de-watering shall not be measured for pay,but shall be considered subsidiary unless included as a separate bid item in the Bid Form for well-pointing. Payment shall be full compensation for all labor, materials, equipment, pipe, bedding, de-watering, hauling, trench excavation and backfill, leakage and deflection testing, cleaning, televising, bypass pumping, and all cleaning up and other incidentals necessary to install the pipe complete in-place. 027602 Page 6 of 6 Rev.7-1-2015 DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F SECTION 027606 WASTEWATER SERVICE LINES 1. SCOPE: This specification governs all work and materials necessary to construct the wastewater service lines required to complete the project. Wastewater service lines are those lines, constructed in public right-of-way, from the service tee on the main up to and including the cleanout at the property line. 2. MATERIALS: Pipe and fittings for wastewater service lines shall be PVC in accordance with ASTM D2665 and ASTM D3311 with a minimum size of 4 inches. Solvent cement for PVC shall comply with ASTM D2564. No co-mingling of different materials except through the use of proper adaptors. Adaptors shall have a stainless steel or fiberglass shear ring. 3. CONSTRUCTION METHODS: Where possible, service tees or wyes shall be placed along the main as required for services (no taps). The minimum size pipe for services shall be 4-inch diameter for residential and 6-inch diameter for commercial. Minimum slope for 4-inch pipes shall be 1/8 inch per foot(S=1%),and minimum slope for 6-inch pipes shall be 1/16 inch per foot(S= 0.5%). Wastewater service lines shall cross under water mains. The Contractor shall be responsible for establishing alignment and maintaining grade for the proposed service. Trenches shall be excavated in such a manner that will minimize damage to surface improvements. After installation,the excavated material shall be tamped into the trench to not less than the density specified in City Standard Specification Section 022020 'Excavation and Backfill for Utilities,"and the surface restored to a condition acceptable to the Engineer. Wastewater service lines shall be bored, jetted or jacked under sidewalks, driveways, and other such improved surfaces, unless otherwise authorized by the Engineer. Service lines shall be leakage tested with the wastewater main. Contractor shall follow operational requirements for bypass pumping as set forth in Specification Section 027200 Control of Wastewater Flows 027606 Page 1 of 2 Rev.10-30-2014 DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F 4. MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT: Unless otherwise specified on the Bid Form,wastewater service lines shall be measured as individual units for each connection made to the main. Payment shall include, but not be limited to, the line from the tee on the main to, and including, the cleanout at the property line. Payment shall be full compensation for all labor, materials, equipment, trench safety, bypass pumping and incidentals necessary for wastewater service lines required to complete the project. 027606 Page 2 of 2 Rev.10-30-2014 DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F SECTION 027611 CLEANING AND TELEVISED INSPECTION OF CONDUITS 1. SCOPE This specification shall govern for all work, equipment, supervision and materials required to provide for cleaning and remote CCTV inspection and documentation of wastewater or other lines and manholes as required. 2. TECHNICAL REQUIREMENTS 2.1 General Closed circuit television inspection will typically be done under one or more of the conditions listed below. Requirements for on-screen labeling during each line segment set up, televising, video file labeling and hard copy inspection reports will be specifically addressed. The Contractor shall neither request nor receive assistance from the City, in the performance of work described in this specification. Unless otherwise specified and at Contractors expense, the Contractor shall provide for the control of wastewater flows and monitoring of the collection system for back-ups and surcharges, while flow control devices are in place. It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor(s) to adhere to all applicable OSHA rules and regulations while performing any and all City-related projects or jobs (to include,but not necessarily limited to "Confined Space Entry". 2.2 Inspection Equipment and Methods Electronic media shall be used to record the condition of all the segments of the mains and the manholes, tap locations and unusual situations during inspection. The inspection imaging shall be made on color professional grade DVD format for each line segment. All observations will require both audio and on-screen display. The camera shall transit through the wastewater line in either direction at a speed not greater than 30 feet per minute, stopping as necessary to permit proper documentation of the wastewater line's condition. Lighting for the camera shall be suitable to allow a clear picture of the entire periphery of the pipe. A television camera with pan and tilt capability will be required. The camera, television monitor, and other components of the video systems shall be capable of producing picture quality to the satisfaction of the City. The capture system shall have the capability of recording, digitizing and storing single frames of video images and "real time" live video, as well as collecting, storing and printing wastewater line inspection data for graphic display and report generation. The imaging capture system shall store digitized picture images, have the ability to export picture files to industry standard formats Opg, bmp, and tif), be transferable to DVD and be printed at no cost to the City. Use of proprietary software is discouraged; however, if the Contractor provides the software and 027611 Page 1 of 8 Rev.3-25-2015 DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F three licenses to the City, proprietary software COMPATIBLE with the City's GIS and existing database systems in use may be approved. However, in every case all observations will be recorded using the City approved PACP codes. 2.3 Flow Control /By-Passim This procedure will be used on all previously accepted (City owned) line segments. Except for new wastewater line acceptance inspections, the line shall be dewatered during inspection. A water jet cleaning unit will normally be running in the line in advance of the television camera to allow the highest quality picture available. Dewatering shall remove standing water and fog from the line segment to provide 360 degree view of the pipe being televised. Too high water level or the camera being submerged will be grounds for rejection of the inspection. All wastewater flows from intersecting lines shall typically be controlled through the use of in-line plugs for vacuum trucks and are considered subsidiary to the inspection for all line sizes. Plugs in intersecting lines shall be installed by the Contractor with no assistance from the City. The Contractor shall also monitor the upstream system for back-ups and surcharges, which may lead to Sanitary Sewer Overflows (SSOs). The Contractor shall immediately report to the City Call Center (361) 826-2489 all sanitary sewer overflows. Flow Control devices shall be installed in accordance with all applicable OSHA requirements, including, but not necessarily limited to confined space protocol. 2.4 Evaluation of Existing Lines for Potential Repairs/Rehabilitation—Pre CCTV: Cleaning and televising using a CCTV camera may be needed to traverse each line segment from manhole to manhole as specified in the work order. When an obstruction prevents the camera from proceeding, the obstruction will be recorded on the initial setup and a reverse setup will be attempted to view the pipe and obstruction from the other side. If the camera fails to pass through the entire section, the inspection shall be considered complete and no additional inspection will be required. However, the line segment evaluation form, as well as the graphic report, shall note full line length and the length traveled from each manhole set-up. All inspection efforts on the line segment will be recorded on the same tape / disk. The Contractor must exert all reasonable effort to televise the entire length of a segment of wastewater line, or to assist the repair crews with usable information for point repair. Prior to transiting the line the video display initially is to include upstream and downstream manhole numbers, pipe size / material, adjacent street names and the date. During the transit the display must show the continuous distance from the insertion manhole with an accuracy of +1% of the actual length to help mark observations on the report form. The video must have narrative documentation of notable observations. The Inspection Report shall consist of condition observations recorded using City-approved computer software generated formats, generally conforming to NASSCO and PACP codes. Specifically, items considered notable include: deviations in alignment and grade; abnormal conditions of the pipe barrel and joints; locations 027611 Page 2 of 8 Rev.3-25-2015 DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F and quantities of any sources of infiltration or inflow; dropped, broken, properly/ improperly installed service taps; debris, roots or other impediments to flow and any other condition that may prevent either the proper completion of the inspection, or affect any proposed rehabilitation process. Evaluation of existing lines includes associated manhole inspection. 2.5 Evaluation After Repairs /Rehabilitation Post CCTV: Following repairs or rehabilitation to existing lines (by Contractor), a CCTV camera shall travel through required line segment to televise. The intent of this process is to inspect the interior of the line to determine the location of repairs, and extent of any unacceptable work. Prior to transiting the line the video display initially is to include upstream and downstream manhole numbers, pipe size / material, adjacent street names and the date. During the transit the display must show the continuous distance from the insertion manhole with an accuracy of+/- 1% of the actual length to help mark observations on the report form. Specifically, items such as detailed inspection of the repaired area using pan-and- tilt equipment will be shown in the Inspection Report, including digital photographs of acceptable or inadequate and/or questionable work. The video must include narrative documentation of notable observations, and be cross referenced to the Inspection Report. The Inspection Report shall consist of condition observations recorded using City-approved computer-software generated formats conforming to NASSCO and PACP codes. 2.6 New Pipeline Inspection: Upon completion of the installation of new lines, including any appurtenances such as manholes, service connections, etc., a CCTV camera shall traverse through each completed line segment. The intent of this process is to inspect the interior of the completed line to determine the location of service taps and extent of omissions and/or any unacceptable work on the pipeline or manholes, such as sags, infiltration, gapped joints, protruding gaskets, etc. Prior to transiting the line, the initial video shall initially include the upstream and downstream manhole designations, pipe size, project name and other pertinent information. When inspecting / documenting new wastewater line conditions, the Contractor must conduct a specific inspection for the presence of sags in the newly installed line. The approved method involves the use of an inclinometer on the camera. The belly tolerance is 5% or less for acceptable pipe installation. Any deviation from the 5% belly tolerance limit must be approved by the applicable Utility Operating Department. The graphic report will note the start and stop of sags and approximate maximum depth. During the transit the display must show the continuous distance from the insertion manhole with an accuracy of +1% of the actual length to help mark observations on the Inspection Report form. The video must include narrative documentation of notable observations, and be cross referenced to the Inspection 027611 Page 3 of 8 Rev.3-25-2015 DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F Report. The Inspection Report shall consist of condition observations recorded using approved computer-software generated formats. Specifically, items such as deviations in alignment and grade causing bellies / sags; abnormal conditions of the pipe barrel and joints; locations and quantities of any sources of infiltration or inflow; dropped, broken, properly/ improperly installed service taps or any other condition that may assist the Utilities Department in determining the quality of the pipeline installation. 2.7 Manhole Inspection: A CCTV camera shall traverse the manhole from top to bottom to record the condition of the manhole and invert for structural condition and sources of infiltration on the manhole and invert. The initial video display must show the entry manhole number, location/ street address, date and depth. a. The requirement is to commence capturing video at ground level. The video must be steady while panning and lowering to clearly record condition of the ring, corbel, the walls, and pipeline penetrations. The camera is to rotate during descent to inspect typical conditions and all penetrations. At the bottom of the manhole the complete invert will be inspected / viewed for infiltration and general condition. A washed out picture due to sunlight or shaking will be rejected for payment b. This manhole information may be retained on the same DVD if the line segment is also being investigated, or, if inspection is issued as a separate work order, a separate DVD and report will be required. As with pipeline inspection, digital photographs of key points of note must accompany the report and DVD. These would include seals on pipeline penetration, infiltration locations and other anomalies. c. The format of the Manhole Inspection Report will be as proposed by the Contractor and, following discussion, mutually approved by the Utilities Department and the Contractor. A sample form is included at the end of this specification. It will contain as a minimum: location& I.D.number manhole diameter manhole material depth of manhole condition of ring/ cover evidence of infiltration condition of walls presence of inflow inhibitor condition of pipe mouths presence of coatings condition of invert location: street/ easement above invert penetrations 2.8 CCTV Set-up: a. A CCTV set-up includes all of the work, equipment, supervision,personnel, and materials needed to traverse a line segment. 027611 Page 4 of 8 Rev.3-25-2015 DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F 2.9 CCTV Reverse Sq-u . A CCTV reverse set-up is an attempt to view the line segment from the other side due to an obstruction encountered during the initial set-up. 3. CLEANING REQUIREMENTS 3.1 Clean ALL debris such as dirt, gravel, rocks, grease, roots and other organic/inorganic debris from existing lines and manholes to allow for inspection to proceed. The Contractor will be required to clean the line segment using hydraulic equipment. The debris being removed from the pipeline shall be removed from the collection system at the receiving manhole, and not be allowed to be merely moved to the next line segment. Debris shall be properly disposed of in accordance with local, state and federal regulations. The Contractor shall have the option of dewatering debris removed from cleaning operations on this project at the Greenwood WWTP, located at 1541 Saratoga Blvd., Corpus Christi, Texas 78415. The Contractor shall coordinate with the City Utilities Department at all times (see also City Standard Specification Section 027604 Disposal of Waste from Wastewater Cleaning Operations. The City has six drying beds, each with a 1-foot high containment wall each with an area of about 2,300 square feet. The Contractor would be required to haul and handle the material to, at and from the facility as well as the restoration of drying beds. Restoration of the drying beds includes the removal of all the de-watered material and the replacement of the existing sand bed with new sand. All work required within the treatment plant, including the replacement of sand shall be in accordance with the requirements set forth by the Plant Supervisor. The use of the drying beds would be subject to prior approval of the facility and the associated de-watering fees. If the City's facilities are used for de-watering or disposal of waste, the Contractor shall be responsible for making contact with the appropriate Solid Waste or Wastewater Officials or both, making all arrangements for the use of City facilities, scheduling of delivery and pickup, etc. Materials and handling operations shall meet the requirements set forth by said Officials. Contractor shall coordinate with the Wastewater Pre-Treatment Coordinator to acquire the appropriate manifest documentation and shall also provide a copy of the landfill disposal weight ticket/receipt to the Engineer. Failure to meet these requirements shall be cause for rejection of the materials by either the landfill or the treatment plant operations. Proper disposal of this waste shall be responsibility of the Contractor. The Contractor shall provide the Engineer with written documentation 027611 Page 5 of 8 Rev.3-25-2015 DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F of the proper disposal of this waste. The Contractor shall not be paid until this documentation is provided. 4. DELIVERABLES 4.1 The Contractor is required to provide the Engineer both narrated CCTV DVD and computer software-generated Inspection Report products, as a result of each inspection. Acceptable submissions become the property of the City. a. Quality Control: camera distortion, inadequate lighting, dirty or submerged lens and blurry or hazy pictures determined to be the fault of the Contractor will be cause for rejection of the inspection effort. If the quality of the deliverables does not meet with City approval, the Contractor shall repeat the documenting process at no cost to the City. b. DVD: for each inspection, one properly labeled color, professional grade, DVD, recorded in standard play (SP) mode, will be required. The DVD will display continuous distance from the insertion manhole, and include narrative observations at notable points, with correlating information shown in the Inspection Report. Labeling of the DVD(s)will include, either typed or neatly printed the following information on the dust cover: Project Name Street Name Tape Number Contractor Upstream MH# Downstream MH# Date Survey/Post/New Work Order# Pipe Size Material Project# c. Inspection Reports: inspection reports are to be from City-approved and software-generated formats on 8�/2" x I F paper, in color to improve definition of problem areas, and delivered with the DVD. Each report shall include the same information as noted for the DVD labels, plus the following additional information: pipe diameter, pipe material, manhole diameters & depths, whether this is a "reverse" set-up, direction of flow arrow, and total length of the pipeline. Notable observations are to be shown in the report as digital color photos, with up to four images per page. One report is required for each line segment. Note that the final approval for the use of the Contractor's proposed software will be needed before the first inspection. The Contractor shall submit to the City a sample of the proposed report for review and approval by the City. 5. MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT Unless otherwise specified on the Proposal, Pre-CCTV (Cleaning and Televised Inspection of existing lines to potentially be rehabilitated) and Post CCTV (Televised Inspection for acceptance of new lines or rehabbed lines) of Wastewater Lines shall not be measured for pay, but will be considered subsidiary to the appropriate bid item. 027611 Page 6 of 8 Rev.3-25-2015 DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F Cleaning and Televised Inspection of Wastewater Lines includes an inspection of all manholes entered, crossed, or associated with the line being inspected. Reverse CCTV Set-Up shall not be allowed for acceptance televising as obstructions should not be encountered in new pipe that would require the Contractor to relocate to another manhole (upstream or downstream) of the original manhole. 027611 Page 7 of 8 Rev.3-25-2015 DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F SAMPLE TELEVISED INSPECTION REPORT FORM CITY OF CORPUS CHRISTI TELEVISED INSPECTION REPORT DATA REQUIREMENTS [On screen at start of each set-up and on Inspection Report] City's Project Name City's Project Number Contractor/Operator Date/"Time Televised DVD Number Upstream MH Location Downstream MH Location Upstream MH Number Downstream MH Number Upstream MH Depth Downstream MH Depth Pipe Size Pre-Rehab TV Y N Evaluation TV Y N' Post-Rehab TV Y N Reverse Set-up Y N Pipe Material DISTANCE FROM ENTRY POINT OBSERVATIONS/COMMENTS DVD LABELING REQUIREMENTS [On each DVD] City Project Name Upstream.Manhole No. City Project No. Downstream Manhole No. Street Name Pre Post Other DVD No. Date/Time Made Contractor 027611 Page 8 of 8 Rev.3-25-2015 DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F SECTION 030020 PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE 1. DESCRIPTION This specification shall govern for the materials used; for the storing and handling of materials; and for the proportioning and mixing of concrete for culverts, manholes, inlets, curb and gutter, sidewalks, driveways, curb ramps, headwalls and wingwalls, riprap, and incidental concrete construction. The concrete shall be composed of Portland cement, aggregates (fine and coarse), admixtures if desired or required, and water,proportioned and mixed as hereinafter provided. 2. MATERIALS (1) Cement The cement shall be either Type I, II or III Portland cement conforming to ASTM Designation: C150,modified as follows: Unless otherwise specified by the Engineer, the specific surface area of Type I and 11 cements shall not exceed 2000 square centimeters per gram(Wagner Turbidimeter— TxDOT Test Method Tex-310-D). For concrete piling, the above limit on specific surface area is waived for Type II cement only. The Contractor shall furnish the Engineer, with each shipment, a statement as to the specific surface area of the cement expressed in square centimeters per gram. For cement strength requirements, either the flexural or compressive test may be used. Either Type I or II cement shall be used unless Type II is specified on the plans. Except when Type II is specified on the plans, Type III cement may be used when the anticipated air temperature for the succeeding 12 hours will not exceed 60°F. Type III cement may be used in all precast prestressed concrete, except in piling when Type II cement is required for substructure concrete. Different types of cement may be used in the same structure, but all cement used in any one monolithic placement shall be of the same type and brand. Only one brand of each type will be permitted in any one structure unless otherwise authorized by the Engineer. Cement may be delivered in bulk where adequate bin storage is provided. All other cement shall be delivered in bags marked plainly with the name of the manufacturer and the type of cement. Similar information shall be provided in the bills of lading accompanying each shipment of packaged or bulk cement. Bags shall contain 94 pounds net. All bags shall be in good condition at time of delivery. All cement shall be properly protected against dampness. No caked cement will be accepted. Cement remaining in storage for a prolonged period of time may be retested and rejected if it fails to conform to any of the requirements of these specifications. 030020 Page 1 of 13 Rev.10-30-2014 DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F (2) Mixing Water Water for use in concrete and for curing shall be free from oils, acids, organic matter or other deleterious substances and shall not contain more than 1000 parts per million of chlorides as CL nor more than 1000 parts per million of sulfates as SO4. Water from municipal supplies approved by the State Health Department will not require testing, but water from other sources will be sampled and tested before use in structural concrete. Tests shall be made in accordance with the "Method of Test for Quality of Water to be Used in Concrete" (AASHTO Method T26), except where such methods are in conflict with provisions of this specification. (3) Coarse Aggregate Coarse aggregate shall consist of durable particles of gravel, crushed blast furnace slag, crushed stone, or combinations thereof, free from frozen material or injurious amount of salt, alkali, vegetable matter, or other objectionable material either free or as an adherent coating; and its quality shall be reasonably uniform throughout. It shall not contain more than 0.25 percent by weight of clay lumps, nor more than 1.0 percent by weight of shale, nor more than 5 percent by weight of laminated and/or friable particles when tested in accordance with TxDOT Test Method Tex-413-A. It shall have a wear of not more than 40 percent when tested in accordance with TxDOT Test Method Tex-410-A. Unless otherwise specified on the plans, coarse aggregate will be subjected to five cycles of the soundness test in accordance with TxDOT Test Method Tex-411-A. The loss shall not be greater than 12 percent when sodium sulfate is used, or 18 percent when magnesium sulfate is used. Permissible sizes of aggregate shall be governed by Table 4 and Table 1, except that when exposed aggregate surfaces are required, coarse aggregate gradation will be as specified on the plans. When tested by approved methods, the coarse aggregate, including combinations of aggregates when used, shall conform to the grading requirements shown in Table 1. 030020 Page 2 of 13 Rev.10-30-2014 DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F TABLE 1 Coarse Aggregate Gradation Chart Percent Retained on Each Sieve Aggregate Nominal 2-�/z 2 1-�/z 1 3/4 1/2 3/8 Grade No. Size In. In. In. In. In. In. In. No. 4 No. 8 1 2 in. 0 0 to 15 60 to 95 to 20 to 80 100 50 2 (467)* 1-'h in. 0 0 30 to 70 95 to to 65 to 100 5 90 4 (57)* 1 in. 0 0 40 90 to 95 to to to 100 100 5 75 8 3/8 in. 0 0 to 35 to 90 to 5 80 100 *Numbers in parenthesis indicate conformance with ASTM C33. The aggregate shall be washed. The Loss by Decantation (TxDOT Test Method Tex-406-A) plus the allowable weight of clay lumps, shall not exceed one percent, or the value shown on the plans, whichever is smaller. (4) Fine Aggregate Fine aggregate shall consist of clean, hard, durable and uncoated particles of natural or manufactured sand or a combination thereof, with or without a mineral filler. It shall be free from frozen material or injurious amounts of salt, alkali, vegetable matter or other objectionable material and it shall not contain more than 0.5 percent by weight of clay lumps. When subjected to the color test for organic impurities (TxDOT Test Method Tex-408-A), it shall not show a color darker than standard. The fine aggregate shall produce a mortar having a tensile strength equal to or greater than that of Ottawa sand mortar when tested in accordance with TxDOT Test Method Tex-317-D. Where manufactured sand is used in lieu of natural sand for slab concrete subject to direct traffic, the acid insoluble residue of the fine aggregate shall be not less than 28 percent by weight when tested in accordance with TxDOT Test Method Tex-612-J. When tested by approved methods, the fine aggregate or combination of aggregates, including mineral filler, shall conform to the grading requirements shown in Table 2. 030020 Page 3 of 13 Rev.10-30-2014 DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F TABLE 2 Fine Aggregate Gradation Chart Percent Retained on Each Sieve Aggregate Grade No. 3/8 In. No. 4 No. 8 No. 16 No. 30 No. 50 No. 100 No. 200 1 0 0 to 5 0 to 20 15 to 50 35 to 75 70 to 90 90 to 100 97 to 100 NOTE 1: Where manufactured sand is used in lieu of natural sand, the percent retained on the No. 200 sieve shall be 94 to 100. NOTE 2: Where the sand equivalent value is greater than 85, the retainage on the No. 50 sieve may be 70 to 94 percent. Fine aggregate will be subjected to the Sand Equivalent Test (TxDOT Test Method Tex-203-F). The sand equivalent shall not be less than 80 nor less than the value shown on the plans, whichever is greater. For concrete Classes `A' and `C', the fineness modulus as defined below for fine aggregates shall be between 2.30 and 3.10. The fineness modulus will be determined by adding the percentages by weight retained on the following sieves, and dividing by 100; Nos. 4, 8, 16, 30, 50 and 100. (5) Mineral Filler Mineral filler shall consist of stone dust, clean crushed sand, or other approved inert material. (6) Mortar(Grout) Mortar for repair of concrete shall consist of 1 part cement, 2 parts finely graded sand, and enough water to make the mixture plastic. When required to prevent color difference, white cement shall be added to produce the color required. When required by the Engineer, latex adhesive shall be added to the mortar. (7) Admixtures Calcium Chloride will not be permitted. Unless otherwise noted, air-entraining, retarding and water-reducing admixtures may be used in all concrete and shall conform to the following requirements: A "water-reducing, retarding admixture" is defined as a material which, when added to a concrete mixture in the correct quantity, will reduce the quantity of mixing water required to produce concrete of a given consistency and will retard the initial set of the concrete. A "water-reducing admixture" is defined as a material which, when added to a concrete mixture in the correct quantity, will reduce the quantity of mixing water required to produce concrete of a 030020 Page 4 of 13 Rev.10-30-2014 DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F given consistency. (a) Retarding and Water-Reducing Admixtures. The admixture shall meet the requirements for Type A and Type D admixture as specified in ASTM Designation: C494,modified as follows: (1) The water-reducing retarder shall retard the initial set of the concrete a minimum of 2 hours and a maximum of 4 hours, at a specified dosage rate, at a temperature of 90°F. (2) The cement used in any series of tests shall be either the cement proposed for specific work or a "reference" Type I cement from one mill. (3) Unless otherwise noted on the plans, the minimum relative durability factor shall be 80. The air-entraining admixture used in the referenced and test concrete shall be neutralized Vinsol resin. (b) Air-Entraining Admixture. The admixture shall meet the requirements of ASTM Designation: C260, modified as follows: (1) The cement used in any series of tests shall be either the cement proposed for specific work or a "reference" Type I cement from one mill. (2) Unless otherwise noted on the plans, the minimum relative durability factor shall be 80. The air-entraining admixture used in the referenced concrete shall be neutralized Vinsol resin. 3. STORAGE OF CEMENT All cement shall be stored in well-ventilated weatherproof buildings or approved bins, which will protect it from dampness or absorption of moisture. Storage facilities shall be ample, and each shipment of packaged cement shall be kept separated to provide easy access for identification and inspection. The Engineer may permit small quantities of sacked cement to be stored in the open for a maximum of 48 hours on a raised platform and under waterproof covering. 4. STORAGE OF AGGREGATE The method of handling and storing concrete aggregate shall prevent contamination with foreign materials. If the aggregates are stored on the ground, the sites for the stockpiles shall be clear of all vegetation and level. The bottom layer of aggregate shall not be disturbed or used without recleaning. 030020 Page 5 of 13 Rev.10-30-2014 DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F When conditions require the use of two or more sizes of aggregates, they shall be separated to prevent intermixing. Where space is limited, stockpiles shall be separated by physical barriers. Methods of handling aggregates during stockpiling and subsequent use shall be such that segregation will be minimized. Unless otherwise authorized by the Engineer, all aggregate shall be stockpiled at least 24 hours to reduce the free moisture content. 5. MEASUREMENT OF MATERIALS The measurement of the materials, except water, used in batches of concrete, shall be by weight. The fine aggregate, coarse aggregate and mineral filler shall be weighed separately. Where bulk cement is used, it shall be weighed separately, but batch weighing of sacked cement will not be required. Where sacked cement is used, the quantities of material per batch shall be based upon using full bags of cement. Batches involving the use of fractional bags will not be permitted. Allowance shall be made for the water content in the aggregates. Bags of cement varying more than 3 percent from the specified weight of 94 pounds may be rejected, and when the average weight per bag in any shipment, as determined by weighing 50 bags taken at random, is less than the net weight specified, the entire shipment may be rejected. If the shipment is accepted, the Engineer will adjust the concrete mix to a net weight per bag fixed by an average of all individual weights which are less than the average weight determined from the total number weighed. 6. CLASSIFICATION AND MIX DESIGN It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to furnish the mix design, using a coarse aggregate factor acceptable to the Engineer, for the class(es) of concrete specified. The mix shall be designed by a qualified concrete technician to conform with the requirements contained herein and in accordance with the THD Bulletin C-11. The Contractor shall perform, at his own expense, the work required to substantiate the design, except the testing of strength specimens, which will be done by the Engineer. Complete concrete design data shall be submitted to the Engineer for approval. It shall also be the responsibility of the Contractor to determine and measure the batch quantity of each ingredient, including all water, so that the mix conforms to these specifications and any other requirements shown on the plans. Trial batches will be made and tested using all of the proposed ingredients prior to placing the concrete, and when the aggregate and/or brand of cement or admixture is changed. Trial batches shall be made in the mixer to be used on the job. When transit mix concrete is to be used, the trial designs will be made in a transit mixer representative of the mixers to be used. Batch size shall not be less than 50 percent of the rated mixing capacity of the truck. Mix designs from previous or concurrent jobs may be used without trial batches if it is shown that 030020 Page 6 of 13 Rev.10-30-2014 DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F no substantial change in any of the proposed ingredients has been made. The coarse aggregate factor shall not be more than 0.82, except that when the voids in the coarse aggregate exceed 48 percent of the total dry loose volume, the coarse aggregate factor shall not exceed 0.85. The coarse aggregate factor shall not be less than 0.70 for Grades 1, 2 and 3 aggregates. If the strength required for the class of concrete being produced is not secured with the cement specified in Table 4, the Contractor may use an approved water-reducing or retarding admixture, or he shall furnish aggregates with different characteristics which will produce the required results. Additional cement may be required or permitted as a temporary measure until the redesign is checked. Water-reducing or retarding agents may be used with all classes of concrete at the option of the Contractor. When water-reducing or retarding agents are used at the option of the Contractor, reduced dosage of the admixture will be permitted. Entrained air will be required in accordance with Table 4. The concrete shall be designed to entrain 5 percent air when Grade 2 coarse aggregate is used and 6 percent when Grade 3 coarse aggregate is used. Concrete as placed in the structure shall contain the proper amount as required above with a tolerance of plus or minus 1.5 percentage points. Occasional variations beyond this tolerance will not be cause for rejection. When the quantity of entrained air is found to be above 7 percent with Grade 2 coarse aggregate or above 8 percent for Grade 3 coarse aggregate, additional test beams or cylinders will be made. If these beams or cylinders pass the minimum flexural or compressive requirements, the concrete will not be rejected because of the variation in air content. 7. CONSISTENCY In cases where the consistency requirements cannot be satisfied without exceeding the maximum allowable amount of water, the Contractor may use, or the Engineer may require, an approved water-reducing or retarding agent, or the Contractor shall furnish additional aggregates or aggregates with different characteristics, which will produce the required results. Additional cement may be required or permitted as a temporary measure until aggregates are changed and designs checked with the different aggregates or admixture. The consistency of the concrete as placed should allow the completion of all finishing operations without the addition of water to the surface. When field conditions are such that additional moisture is needed for the final concrete surface finishing operation, the required water shall be applied to the surface by fog spray only, and shall be held to a minimum. The concrete shall be workable, cohesive, possess satisfactory finishing qualities, and of the stiffest consistency that can be placed and vibrated into a homogenous mass. Excessive bleeding shall be avoided. Slump requirements will be as specified in Table 3. 030020 Page 7 of 13 Rev.10-30-2014 DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F TABLE 3 Slump Requirements Concrete Designation Desired Slump Max. Slump Structural Concrete: (1) Thin-Walled Sections (9" or less) 4 inches 5 inches (2) Slabs, Caps, Columns,Piers, Wall Sections over 9", etc. 3 inches 4 inches Underwater or Seal Concrete 5 inches 6 inches Riprap, Curb, Gutter and Other Miscellaneous Concrete 2.5 inches 4 inches NOTE: No concrete will be permitted with slump in excess of the maximums shown. 8. QUALITY OF CONCRETE General The concrete shall be uniform and workable. The cement content, maximum allowable water- cement ratio, the desired and maximum slump and the strength requirements of the various classes of concrete shall conform to the requirements of Table 3 and Table 4 and as required herein. During the process of the work, the Engineer or his designated representative will cast test cylinders or beams as a check on the compressive or flexural strength of the concrete actually placed. Test cylinders must be picked up by the testing lab within 24 hours. A test shall be defined as the average of the breaking strength of two cylinders or two beams, as the case may be. Specimens will be tested in accordance with TxDOT Test Methods Tex-418-A or Tex-420-A. Test beams or cylinders will be required as specified in the contract documents. For small placements on structures such as manholes, inlets, culverts, wingwalls, etc., the Engineer may vary the number of tests to a minimum of one for each 25 cubic yards placed over a several day period. All test specimens, beams or cylinders, representing tests for removal of forms and/or falsework shall be cured using the same methods, and under the same conditions as the concrete represented. "Design Strength"beams and cylinders shall be cured in accordance with THD Bulletin C-11. The Contractor shall provide and maintain curing facilities as described in THD Bulletin C-11 for the purpose of curing test specimens. Provision shall be made to maintain the water in the curing tank at temperatures between 70°F and 90°F. When control of concrete quality is by twenty-eight-day compressive tests, job control will be by seven-day compressive tests which are shown to provide the required twenty-eight-day strength, based on results from trial batches. If the required seven-day strength is not secured with the 030020 Page 8 of 13 Rev.10-30-2014 DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F cement specified in Table 4, changes in the batch design will be made. TABLE 4 Classes of Concrete Minimum Class Compressive Min. Beam Maximum Coarse of Sacks Cement Strength(f c) Strength Water-Cement Aggregate Concrete per C.Y. (min.) 28-Day(psi) 7-Day(psi) Ratio (gal/sack) No. A* 5.0 3000 500*** 6.5 2-4-8**** B* 4.5 2500 417 8.0 2-4-8**** C* 6.0 3600 600*** 6.0 1-2-4** D 6.0 3000 500 7.0 2-4 S 6.5 4000 570 5.0 2-4 *Entrained Air(slabs,piers and bent concrete). **Grade 1 Coarse Aggregate may be used in foundation only(except cased drilled shafts). ***When Type 11 Cement is used with Class C Concrete, the 7-day beam break requirement will be 550 psi; with Class A Concrete, the minimum 7-day beam break requirement will be 460 psi. ""Permission**Permission to use Grade 8 Aggregate must have prior approval of the Engineer. 9. MIXING CONDITIONS The concrete shall be mixed in quantities required for immediate use. Any concrete which is not in place within the limits outlined in City Standard Specification Section 038000 "Concrete Structures", Article "Placing Concrete-General", shall not be used. Retamping of concrete will not be permitted. In threatening weather, which may result in conditions that will adversely affect the quality of the concrete to be placed, the Engineer may order postponement of the work. Where work has been started and changes in weather conditions require protective measures, the Contractor shall furnish adequate shelter to protect the concrete against damage from rainfall, or from freezing temperatures. If necessary to continue operations during rainfall, the Contractor shall also provide protective coverings for the material stockpiles. Aggregate stockpiles need be covered only to the extent necessary to control the moisture conditions in the aggregates to adequately control the consistency of the concrete. 10. MIXING AND MIXING EQUIPMENT All equipment, tools, and machinery used for hauling materials and perfonning any part of the work shall be maintained in such condition to insure completion of the work underway without excessive delays for repairs or replacements. The mixing shall be done in a batch mixer of approved type and size that will produce uniform 030020 Page 9 of 13 Rev.10-30-2014 DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F distribution of the material throughout the mass. Mixers may be either the revolving drum type or the revolving blade type, and shall be capable of producing concrete meeting the requirements of these specifications. After all the ingredients are assembled in the drum, the mixing shall continue not less than 1 minute for mixers of one cubic yard or less capacity plus 15 seconds for each additional cubic yard or portion thereof. The mixer shall operate at the speed and capacity designated by the Mixer Manufacturers Bureau of the Associated General Contractors of America. The mixer shall have a plate affixed showing the manufacturer's recommended operating data. The absolute volume of the concrete batch shall not exceed the rated capacity of the mixer. The entire contents of the drum shall be discharged before any materials are placed therein for the succeeding batch. The first batch of concrete materials placed in the mixer for each placement shall contain an extra quantity of sand, cement and water sufficient to coat the inside surface of the drum. Upon the cessation of mixing for any considerable length of time, the mixer shall be thoroughly cleaned. The concrete mixer shall be equipped with an automatic timing device which is put into operation when the skip is raised to its full height and dumping. This device shall lock the discharging mechanism and prevent emptying of the mixer until all the materials have been mixed together for the minimum time required, and it shall ring a bell after the specified time of mixing has elapsed. The water tank shall be arranged so that the amount of water can be measured accurately, and when the tank starts to discharge, the inlet supply shall cut off automatically. Whenever a concrete mixer is not adequate or suitable for the work, it shall be removed from the site upon a written order from the Engineer and a suitable mixer provided by the Contractor. Pick-up and thro-over blades in the drum of the mixer which are worn down more than 10 percent in depth shall be repaired or replaced with new blades. Improperly mixed concrete shall not be placed in the structure. Job mix concrete shall be concrete mixed in an approved batch mixer in accordance with the requirements stated above, adjacent to the structure for which the concrete is being mixed, and moved to the placement site in non-agitating equipment. 11. READY-MIX PLANTS A. General. It shall be the Contractor's responsibility to furnish concrete meeting all requirement of the governing specification sections, and concrete not meeting the slump, workability and consistency requirements of the governing specification sections shall not 030020 Page 10 of 13 Rev.10-30-2014 DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F be placed in the structure or pavement. Ready-Mixed Concrete shall be mixed and delivered by means of one of the following approved methods. (1) Mixed completely in a stationary mixer and transported to the point of delivery in a truck agitator or a truck mixer operating at truck agitator or truck mixer agitation speed. (Central-Mix Concrete) (2) Mixed complete in a truck mixer and transported to the placement site at mixing and/or agitating speed (Transit-Mix Concrete), subject to the following provisions: (a) Truck mixers will be permitted to transport concrete to the job site at mixing speed if equipped with double actuated counters which will separate revolutions at mixing speed from total revolutions. (b) Truck mixers equipped with a single actuated coulter counting total revolutions of the drum shall mix the concrete at the plant not less than 50 nor more than 70 revolutions at mixing speed, transport it to the job site at agitating speed and complete the required mixing before placing the concrete. (3) Mixed completely in a stationery mixer and transported to the job site in approved non-agitating trucks with special bodies. This method of transporting will be permitted for concrete pavement only. B. Equipment. (1) Batching. The batching plant shall be provided with adequate bins for batching all aggregates and materials required by the specifications. Bulk cement shall be weighed on a scale separate from those used for other materials and in a hopper entirely free and independent of that used for weighing the aggregates. (2) Mixers and Agitators. (a) General: Mixers shall be of an approved stationary or truck-type capable of combining the ingredients into a thoroughly mixed and uniform mass. Facilities shall be provided to permit ready access to the inside of the drum for inspection, cleaning and repair of blades. Mixers and agitators shall be subject to daily examination for changes in condition due to accumulation of hardened concrete and/or wear of blades, and any hardened concrete shall be removed before the mixer will be permitted to be used. Worn blades shall be repaired or replaced with new in 030020 Page 11 of 13 Rev.10-30-2014 DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F accordance with the manufacturer's design and arrangement for that particular unit when any part or section is worn as much as 10 percent below the original height of the manufacturer's design. (b) Stationary Mixers: These shall conform to the requirements of Article "Mixing and Mixing Equipment". Truck mixers mounted on a stationary base will not be considered as a stationary mixer. (c) Truck Mixers: In addition, truck mixers shall comply with the following requirements: An engine in satisfactory working condition and capable of accurately gauging the desired speed of rotation shall be mounted as an integral part of the mixing unit for the purpose of rotating the drum. Truck mixers equipped with a transmission that will govern the speed of the drum within the specified revolutions per minute (rpm)will not require a separate engine. All truck mixers shall be equipped with actuated counters by which the proper number of revolutions of the drum, as specified in Article 11. A. above, may be readily verified. The counters shall be read and recorded at the start of mixing at mixing speeds. Each until shall have adequate water supply and accurate metering or gauging devices for measuring the amount used. (d) Agitators: Concrete agitators shall be of the truck type, capable of maintaining a thoroughly mixed and uniform concrete mass and discharging it within the same degree of uniformity specified for mixers. Agitators shall comply with all of the requirements for truck mixers, except for the actual mixing requirements. C. Operation of Plant and Equipment. Delivery of ready-mixed concrete shall equal or exceed the rate approved by the Engineer for continuous placement. In all cases, the delivery of concrete to the placement site shall assure compliance with the time limits in the applicable specification for depositing successive batches in any monolithic unit. The Contractor shall satisfy the Engineer that adequate standby trucks are available. A standard ticket system will be used for recording concrete batching, mixing and delivery date. Tickets will be delivered to the job inspector. Loads arriving without ticket and/or in unsatisfactory condition shall not be used. When a stationary mixer is used for the entire mixing operation, the mixing time for one cubic yard of concrete shall be one minute plus 15 seconds for each additional cubic yard or portion thereof. This mixing time shall start when all cement, aggregates and initial water have entered the drum. 030020 Page 12 of 13 Rev.10-30-2014 DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F The mixer shall be charged so that some of the mixing water will enter the drum in advance of the cement and aggregate. All of the mixing water shall be in the drum by the end of the first one- fourth of the specified mixing time. Water used to flush down the blades after charging shall be accurately measured and included in the quantity of mixing water. The introduction of the initial mixing water, except blade wash down water and that permitted in this Article, shall be prior to or simultaneous with the charging of the aggregates and cement. The loading of truck mixers shall not exceed 63 percent of the total volume of the drum. When used as an agitator only, the loading shall not exceed 80 percent of the drum volume. When Ready-Mix Concrete is used, additional mortar (one sack cement, three parts sand and sufficient water) shall be added to the batch to coat the drum of the mixer or agitator truck, and this shall be required for every load of Class C concrete only and for the first batch from central mix plants. A portion of the mixing water, required by the batch design to produce the desired slump, may be withheld and added at the job site, but only with permission of the Engineer and under his supervision. When water is added under the above conditions, it shall be thoroughly mixed as specified below for water added at the job site. Mixing speed shall be attained as soon as all ingredients are in the mixer, and each complete batch (containing all the required ingredients) shall be mixed not less than 70 nor more than 100 revolutions of the drum at mixing speed except that when water is added at the job site, 25 revolutions (minimum) at mixing speed will be required to uniformly disperse the additional water throughout the mix. Mixing speed shall be as designated by the manufacturer. All revolutions after the prescribed mixing time shall be at agitating speed. The agitating speed shall be not less than one (1) nor more than five (5) rpm. The drum shall be kept in continuous motion from the time mixing is started until the discharge is completed. 12. PLACING, CURING AND FINISHING The placing of concrete, including construction of forms and falsework, curing and finishing, shall be in accordance with City Standard Specification Section 038000 "Concrete Structures". 13. MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT Unless otherwise specified on the Bid Form, the quantities of concrete of the various classifications which will constitute the completed and accepted structure(s) in-place will be measured by the cubic yard, per each, square foot, square yard or linear foot, as the case may be. Measurement will be as shown on the drawings and/or in the Bid Form. Payment shall be full compensation for furnishing, hauling, mixing, placing, curing and finishing all concrete; all grouting and pointing; furnishing and placing drains; furnishing and placing metal flashing strips; furnishing and placing expansion joint material required by this specification or shown on the plans; and for all forms and falsework, labor, tools, equipment and incidentals necessary to complete the work. 030020 Page 13 of 13 Rev.10-30-2014 DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F SECTION 032020 REINFORCING STEEL 1. DESCRIPTION This specification shall govern the furnishing and placing of reinforcing steel, deformed and smooth, of the size and quantity designated on the plans and in accordance with these specifications. 2. MATERIALS Unless otherwise designated on the plans, all bar reinforcement shall be deformed, and shall conform to ASTM Designation: A 615, Grades 60 or 75, and shall be open hearth, basic oxygen, or electric furnace new billet steel. Large diameter new billet steel (Nos. 14 and 18), Grade 75, will be permitted for straight bars only. Where bending of bar sizes No. 14 or No. 18 of Grade 60 is required, bend testing shall be performed on representative specimens as described for smaller bars in the applicable ASTM Specification. The required bend shall be 90 degrees around a pin having a diameter of 10 times the nominal diameter of the bar. Spiral reinforcement shall be smooth (not deformed)bars or wire of the minimum diameter shown on the plans, and shall be made by one or more of the following processes: open hearth, basic oxygen, or electric furnace. Bars shall be rolled from billets reduced from ingots and shall comply with ASTM Designation: A 306, Grade 65 minimum (references to ASTM Designation: A 29 is voided). Dimensional tolerances shall be in accordance with ASTM Designation: A 615, or ASTM Designation: A 615, Grade 60, except for deformations. Wire shall be cold-drawn from rods that have been hot-rolled from billets and shall comply with ASTM Designation: A 185. In cases where the provisions of this specification are in conflict with the provisions of the ASTM Designation to which reference is made, the provisions of this specification shall govern. Report of chemical analysis showing the percentages of carbon, manganese, phosphorus and sulphur will be required for all reinforcing steel when it is to be welded. 032020 Page 1 of 6 Rev.10-30-2014 DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F The nominal size and area and the theoretical weight of reinforcing steel bars covered by this specification are as follows: Nominal Weight per Bar Size Diameter, Nominal Area, Linear Foot, Number In. S-q. In. Pounds 2 0.250 0.05 0.167 3 0.375 0.11 0.376 4 0.500 0.20 0.668 5 0.625 0.31 1.043 6 0.750 0.44 1.502 7 0.875 0.60 2.044 8 1.000 0.79 2.670 9 1.128 1.00 3.400 10 1.270 1.27 4.303 11 1.410 1.56 5.313 14 1.693 2.25 7.6 18 2.257 4.00 13.60 Smooth round bars shall be designated by size number through No. 4. Smooth bars larger than No. 4 shall be designated by diameter in inches. When wire is ordered by gauge numbers, the following relation between gauge number and diameter, in inches, shall apply unless otherwise specified: Equivalent Equivalent Gauge Diameter, Gauge Diameter, Number Inches Number Inches 0 0.3065 8 0.1620 1 0.2830 9 0.1483 2 0.2625 10 0.1350 3 0.2437 11 0.1205 4 0.2253 12 0.1055 5 0.2070 13 0.0915 6 0.1920 14 0.0800 7 0.1770 032020 Page 2 of 6 Rev.10-30-2014 DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F 3. BENDING The reinforcement shall be bent cold, true to the shapes indicated on the plans. Bending shall preferably be done in the shop. Irregularities in bending shall be cause for rejection. Unless otherwise shown on the plans, the inside diameter of bar bends, in terms of the nominal bar diameter(d), shall be as follows: Bends of 90 degrees and greater in stirrups, ties and other secondary bars that enclose another bar in the bend: Grade 60 #3, #4, #5 4d #6, #7, #8 5d All bends in main bars and in secondary bars not covered above: Grade 60 Grade 75 #3 thru#8 6d -- #9, #10 8d -- #11 8d 8d #14, #18 10d -- 032020 Page 3 of 6 Rev.10-30-2014 DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F 4. TOLERANCES Fabricating tolerances for bars shall be within 3 percent of specified or as follows: Plan Diemen. = 3/4" _1 7/8" Bar or Smollar--Plan- Dimon. ; 1/27 h 1" Bar or Larger--Pian. Mmen. ; 1� 3✓ 1-1= over 6"--aemen.+ Zero or -I/Z7 K = 6 a-`nd less-Dimon. • Zero or 14 7/8" Bar or Smaller--Pion Dimon_ ; 1/20 r l" Bar or 1_arger-Place Diemen. s I" piral or Circular Tie Tie: or Stirstap gPIonDimon;-*-IY Plan Cm-=L=1/2 5. STORING Steel reinforcement shall be stored above the surface of the ground upon platforms, skids or other supports, and shall be protected as far as practicable from mechanical injury and surface deterioration caused by exposure to conditions producing rust. When placed in the work, reinforcement shall be free from dirt, paint, grease, oil, or other foreign materials. Reinforcement shall be free from injurious defects such as cracks and laminations. Rust, surface seams, surface irregularities or mill scale will not be cause for rejection,provided the minimum dimensions, cross- sectional area and tensile properties of a hand wire crushed specimen meets the physical requirements for size and grade of steel specified. 6. SPLICES No splicing of bars, except when provided on the plans or specified herein, will be permitted without written approval of the Engineer. Splices will not be permitted in main reinforcement at points of maximum stress. When permitted in main bars, splices in adjacent bars shall be staggered a minimum of two splice lengths. 032020 Page 4of6 Rev.10-30-2014 DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F TABLE 1 Minimum Lap Requirements Lap Uncoated Coated Lap in inches > 40d 60d Where: d=bar diameter in inches Welding of reinforcing bars may be used only where shown on the plans or as permitted herein. All welding operations, processes, equipment, materials, workmanship and inspection shall conform to the requirements of the drawings and industry standards. All splices shall be of such dimension and character as to develop the full strength of bar being spliced. End preparation for butt welding reinforcing bars shall be done in the field. Delivered bars shall be of sufficient length to permit this practice. For box culvert extensions with less than one foot of fill, the existing longitudinal bars shall have a 20-diameter lap with the new bars. For box culvert extensions with more than one foot of fill, a minimum of 6 inches lap will be required. Unless otherwise shown on the plans, dowel bars transferring tensile stresses shall have a minimum embedment equal to the minimum lap requirements shown in Table 1. Shear transfer dowels shall have a minimum embedment of 12 inches. 7. PLACING Reinforcement shall be placed as near as possible in the position shown on the plans. Unless otherwise shown on the plans, dimensions shown for reinforcement are to the centers of the bars. In the plane of the steel parallel to the nearest surface of concrete, bars shall not vary from plan placement by more than one-twelfth of the spacing between bars. In the plane of the steel perpendicular to the nearest surface of concrete, bars shall not vary from plan placement by more than one-quarter inch. Cover of concrete to the nearest surface of steel shall meet the above requirements but shall never be less than one inch or as otherwise shown on the plans. Vertical stirrups shall always pass around the main tension members and be attached securely thereto. The reinforcing steel shall be spaced its required distance from the form surface by means of approved galvanized metal spacers, metal spacers with plastic coated tips, stainless steel spacers, plastic spacers, or approved pre-cast mortar or concrete blocks. For approval of plastic spacers on the project, representative samples of the plastic shall show no visible indications of deterioration after immersion in a 5 percent solution of sodium hydroxide for 120 hours. All reinforcing steel shall be tied at all intersections, except that where spacing is less than one foot in each direction, alternate intersections only need be tied. Before any concrete is placed, all mortar shall be cleaned from the reinforcement. Precast mortar or concrete blocks to be used for holding steel in position adjacent to formed surfaces shall be cast in molds meeting the approval of the Engineer and shall be cured by covering with wet burlap or 032020 Page 5 of 6 Rev.10-30-2014 DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F cotton mats for a period of 72 hours. The blocks shall be cast in the form of a frustum of a cone or pyramid with the smaller face placed against the forms. A suitable tie wire shall be provided in each block, to be used for anchoring to the steel. Except in unusual cases, and when specifically otherwise authorized by the Engineer, the size of the surface to be placed adjacent to the forms shall not exceed two and one-half inches square or the equivalent thereof in cases where circular or rectangular areas are provided. Blocks shall be cast accurately to the thickness required, and the surface to be placed adjacent to the forms shall be a true plane free of surface imperfections. Reinforcement shall be supported and tied in such manner that a sufficiently rigid case of steel is provided. If the cage is not adequately supported to resist settlement or floating upward of the steel, overturning of truss bars or movement in any direction during concrete placement, permission to continue concrete placement will be withheld until corrective measures are taken. Sufficient measurements shall be made during concrete placement to insure compliance with the first paragraph of Article 7 of this specification. Mats of wire fabric shall overlap each other sufficiently to maintain a uniform strength and shall be fastened securely at the ends and edges. No concrete shall be deposited until the Engineer has inspected the placement of the reinforcing steel and given permission to proceed. 8. MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT Unless otherwise specified on the Bid Form, reinforcing steel is considered subsidiary to the various items shown in the Bid Form and shall not be measured and paid for as a separate item. 032020 Page 6 of 6 Rev.10-30-2014 DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F SECTION 038000 CONCRETE STRUCTURES 1. DESCRIPTION This specification shall govern for construction of all types of structures involving the use of structural concrete, except where the requirements are waived or revised by other governing specifications. All concrete structures shall be constructed in accordance with the design requirements and details shown on the plans; in conformity with the pertinent provisions of the items contracted for; the incidental specifications referred to; and in conformity with the requirements herein. 2. MATERIALS (1) Concrete. All concrete shall conform to the provisions of City Standard Specification Section 030020 'Portland Cement Concrete". The class of concrete for each type of structure or unit shall be as specified on the plans or by pertinent governing specifications. (2) Expansion Joint Material. (a) Preformed Fiber Material. Preformed fiber expansion joint material shall be of the dimensions shown on the plans. The material shall be one of the following types, unless otherwise noted on the plans: 1. Preformed Bituminous Fiber Materials shall meet the requirements of ASTM Designation: D1751 "Standard Specification for Preformed Expansion Joint Filler for Concrete Paving and Structural Construction (Non-extruding and Resilient Bituminous Types)". 2. Preformed Non-Bituminous Fiber Material shall meet the requirements of ASTM Designation: D1751 "Standard Specification for Preformed Expansion Joint Filler for Concrete Paving and Structural Construction (Non-extruding and Resilient Bituminous Types)",except that the requirements pertaining to bitumen content, density and water absorption shall be voided. 3. Redwood. (b) Joint Sealing Materials. Unless otherwise shown on the drawings, joint sealing material shall conform to the following requirements. The material shall adhere to the sides of the concrete joint or crack and shall form an effective seal against infiltration of water and incompressibles. The material shall not crack or break when exposed to low temperatures. 038000 Page 1 of 19 Rev.3-25-2015 DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F 1. Class 1-a. (Two-Component, Synthetic Polymer, Cold-Extruded Type). Curing is to be by polymerization and not by evaporation of solvent or fluxing of harder particles. This type is specifically designed for vertical or sloping joints and hence not self-leveling. It shall cure sufficiently at an average temperature of 77 degrees F ± 3 degrees F in a maximum of 24 hours. For performance requirements see under 2.(2)(b)2. below. 2. Class 1-b. (Two-Component, Synthetic Polymer, Cold-Pourable, Self-Leveling Type). Curing is to be by polymerization and not by evaporation of solvent or fluxing of harder particles. It shall cure sufficiently at an average temperature of 77 degrees F ± 3 degrees F in a maximum of 3 hours. Performance Requirements: Class I-a and Class I-b joint materials,when tested in accordance with TxDOT Test Method Tex-525-C, shall meet the above curing times and the following requirements: It shall be of such consistency that it can be mixed and poured, or mixed and extruded into joints at temperatures above 60 degrees F. Penetration, 77°F.: 150 gm. cone, 5 sec., max., cm.................. 0.90 Bond and Extension 75%, O°F, 5 cycles: Dry Concrete Blocks............................ Pass Wet Concrete Blocks............................ Pass Steel Blocks...(Primed if specified by mann£). Pass Flow at 200°F................................. None Water Content%by weight, max................. 5.0 Resilience: Original sample min. % (cured)................. 50 Oven aged at 158°F min. % .................... 50 For Class 1-a Material Only: Cold Flow (10 min.)............................ None (c) Asphalt Board. Asphalt Board shall consist of two liners of 0.016-inch asphalt impregnated paper,filled with a mastic mixture of asphalt and vegetable fiber and/or mineral filler. Boards shall be smooth, flat and sufficiently rigid to permit installation. When tested in accordance with TxDOT Test Method Tex-524-C,the asphalt board shall not deflect from the horizontal more than one inch in three and one-half inches (I" in 3%2"). (d) Rebonded Neoprene Filler. Rebonded neoprene filler shall consist of ground closed- cell neoprene particles, rebonded and molded into sheets of uniform thickness, of the dimensions shown on plans. Filler material shall have the following physical properties and shall meet the requirements of ASTM Designation: D 1752"Standard Specification for Preformed Sponge Rubber and Cork Expansion Joint Fillers for Concrete Paving and Structural Construction", Type 1, where applicable: 038000 Page 2 of 19 Rev.3-25-2015 DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F PROPERTY METHOD REQUIREMENT Color ASTM D1752, Type 1 Black Density ASTM D1752, Type 1 40 lb./ft' Min. Recovery ASTM D 1752, Type 1 90% Min. Compression ASTM D1752, Type 1 50 to 500 psi Extrusion ASTM D1752, Type 1 0.25 inch Max. Tensile Strength ASTM D1752, Type 1 20 psi Min. Elongation 75% Min. The manufacturers shall furnish the Engineer with certified test results as to compliance with the above requirements and a 12 inch x 12 inch x 1 inch sample from the shipment for approval. (3) Curing Materials. (a) Membrane curing materials shall comply with ASTM Designation: C 309 "Standard Specification for Liquid Membrane-Forming Compounds for Curing Concrete",Type 1 clear or translucent, or Type 2 white-pigmented. The material shall have a minimum flash-point of 80 degrees F when tested by the "Pensky-Martin Closed Cup Method". It shall be of such consistency that it can be satisfactorily applied as a fine mist through an atomizing nozzle by means of approved pressure spraying equipment at atmospheric temperatures above 40 degrees F. It shall be of such nature that it will not produce permanent discoloration of concrete surfaces nor react deleteriously with the concrete or its components. Type 1 compound shall contain a fugitive dye that will be distinctly visible not less than 4 hours nor more than 7 days after application. The compound shall produce a firm,continuous,uniform moisture impermeable film free from pinholes and shall adhere satisfactorily to the surfaces of damp concrete. It shall,when applied to the damp concrete surface at the rate of coverage specified herein,be dry to the touch in not more than 4 hours, and shall adhere in a tenacious film without running off or appreciable sagging. It shall not disintegrate, check, peel or crack during the required curing period. The compound shall not peel or pick up under traffic and shall disappear from the surface of the concrete by gradual disintegration. The compound shall be delivered to the job only in the manufacturer's original containers, which shall be clearly labeled with the manufacturer's name, the trade name of the material, and a batch number or symbol with which test samples may be correlated. The water retention test shall be in accordance with TxDOT Test Method Tex-219-F. Percentage loss shall be defined as the water lost after the application of the curing material was applied. The permissible percentage moisture loss (at the rate of coverage specified herein) shall not exceed the 038000 Page 3 of 19 Rev.3-25-2015 DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F following: 24 hours after application............2 percent 72 hours after application............4 percent Type 1 (Resin Base Only)curing compound will be permitted for slab concrete in bridge decks and top slabs of direct traffic culverts. (b) Mat curing of concrete is allowed where permitted by Table 1 in this specification or where otherwise approved by the Engineer. 3. EXPANSION JOINTS Joints and devices to provide for expansion and contraction shall be constructed where and as indicated herein or on the plans. All open j oints and joints to be filled with expansion joint material, shall be constructed using forms adaptable to loosening or early removal. To avoid expansion or contraction damage to the adjacent concrete, these forms shall be loosened as soon as possible after final concrete set to permit free movement without requiring full form removal. Prior to placing the sealing material, the vertical facing the joint shall be cleaned of all laitance by sandblasting or by mechanical routing. Cracked or spalled edges shall be repaired. The j oint shallbe blown clean of all foreign material and sealed. Where preformed fiber joint material is used,it shall be anchored to the concrete on one side of the joint by light wire or nails, to prevent the material from falling out. The top one inch (1") of the joint shall be filled with joint sealing material. Finished joints shall conform to the indicated outline with the concrete sections completely separated by the specified opening or joint material. Soon after form removal and again where necessary after surface finishing, all projecting concrete shall be removed along exposed edges to secure full effectiveness of the expansion joints. 4. CONSTRUCTION JOINTS The j oint formed by placing plastic concrete in direct contact with concrete that has attained its initial set shall be deemed a construction joint. The term "monolithic placement" shall be interpreted to mean at the manner and sequence of concrete placing shall not create construction joints. Construction joints shall be of the type and at the locations shown on the plans. Additional joints will not be permitted without written authorization from the Engineer, and when authorized, shall have details equivalent to those shown on the plans for joints in similar locations. Unless otherwise provided, construction joints shall be square and normal to the forms. Bulkheads shall be provided in the forms for all joints, except when horizontal. Construction joints requiring the use of joint sealing material shall be as detailed on the plans. The 038000 Page 4 of 19 Rev.3-25-2015 DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F material will be specified on the plans without referenced to joint type. A concrete placement terminating at a horizontal construction joint shall have the top surface roughened thoroughly as soon as practicable after initial set is attained. The surfaces at bulkheads shall be roughened as soon as the forms are removed. The hardened concrete surface shall be thoroughly cleaned of all loose material, laitance, dirt or foreign material, and saturated with water so it is moist when placing fresh concrete against it. Forms shall be drawn tight against the placing of the fresh concrete. 5. FORMS (1) General. Except where otherwise specified, forms may be of either timber or metal. Forms for round columns exposed to view shall be of steel, except that other materials will be allowed with written permission of the Engineer. Forming plans shall be submitted to the Engineer for approval as specified. Forms shall be designed for the pressure exerted by a liquid weighing 150 pounds per cubic foot. The rate of placing the concrete shall be taken into consideration in determining the depth of the equivalent liquid. For j ob fabricated forms,an additional live load of 50 pounds per square foot shall be allowed on horizontal surfaces. The maximum unit stresses shall not exceed 125 percent of the allowable stresses used by the Texas Department of Transportation for the design of structures. Commercially produced structural units used in formwork shall not exceed the manufacturer's maximum allowable working load for moment, shear or end reaction. The maximum working load shall include a live load of 35 pounds per square foot of horizontal form surface, and sufficient details and data shall be submitted for use in checking formwork details for approval. Forms shall be practically mortar-tight,rigidly braced and strong enough to prevent bulging between supports, and maintained to the proper line and grade during concrete placement. Forms shall be maintained in a manner that will prevent warping and shrinkage. Offset at form joints shall not exceed one-sixteenth of an inch(1/16"). Deflections due to cast-in-place slab concrete and railing shown in the dead load deflection diagram shall be taken into account in the setting of slab forms. All forms and footing areas shall be cleaned of any extraneous matter before placing concrete. Permission to place concrete will not be given until all such work is completed to the satisfaction of the Engineer. If, at any stage of the work, the forms show signs of bulging or sagging,the portion of the concrete causing such condition shall be removed immediately,if necessary, and the forms shall be reset and securely braced against further movement. 038000 Page 5 of 19 Rev.3-25-2015 DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F (2) Timber Forms. Lumber for forms shall be properly seasoned, of good quality, and free from imperfections which would affect its strength or impair the finished surface of the concrete. The lumber used for facing or sheathing shall be finished on at least one side and two edges and shall be sized to uniform thickness. Form lining will be required for all formed surfaces, except for the inside of culvert barrels, inlets and manholes; surfaces that are subsequently covered by backfill material or are completely enclosed; and, any surface formed by a single finished board. Lining will not be required when plywood forms are used. Form lining shall be of an approved type such as Masonite or plywood. Thin membrane sheeting, such as polyethylene sheets, shall not be used for form lining. Forms may be constructed of plywood not less than one-half inch in thickness,with no form lining required. The grain of the face plies on plywood forms shall be placed parallel to the span between the supporting studs or joists. Plywood used for forming surfaces that remain exposed shall be equal to that specified as B-B Plyform Class I or Class II Exterior, of the U. S. Department of Commerce, National Bureau of Standards and Technology, latest edition. Forms or form lumber to be reused shall be maintained clean and in good condition. Any lumber which is split, warped, bulged, marred, or has defects that will produce inferior work, shall not be used and, if condemned, shall be promptly removed from the work. Studs and joists shall be spaced so that the facing form material remains in true alignment under the imposed loads. Wales shall be spaced close enough to hold forms securely to the designated lines and scabbed at least 4 feet on each side of joints to provide continuity. A row of wales shall be placed near the bottom of each placement. Facing material shall be placed with parallel and square joints and securely fastened to supporting studs. Forms for surfaces receiving only an ordinary finish and exposed to view shall be placed with the form panels symmetrical, i.e., long dimensions set in the same direction. Horizontal joints shall be continuous. Molding specified for chamfer strips or other uses shall be made of materials of a grade that will not split when nailed and which can be maintained to a true line without warping. Wood molding shall be mill cut and dressed on all faces. Unless otherwise provided, forins shall be filleted at all sharp corners and edges with triangular chainfer strips measuring three-quarter inch (3/4") on the sides. Forms for railing and ornamental work shall be constructed to standards equivalent to first-class millwork. All moldings,panel work and bevel strips shall be straight and true with nearly mitered joints designed so the finished work is true, sharp and clean cut. 038000 Page 6 of 19 Rev.3-25-2015 DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F All forms shall be constructed to permit their removal without marring or damaging the concrete. The forms may be given a slight draft to permit ease of removal. Metal form ties of an approved type or a satisfactory substitute shall be used to hold forms in place and shall be of a type that permits ease of removal of the metal as hereinafter specified. All metal appliances used inside of forms for alignment purposes shall be removed to a depth of at least one-half inch (1/2") from the concrete surface. They shall be made so the metal may be removed without undue chipping or spalling,and when removed,shall leave a smooth opening in the concrete surface. Burning off of rods, bolts or ties will not be permitted. Any wire ties used shall be cut back at least one-half inch (1/2") from the face of the concrete. Devices holding metal ties in place shall be capable of developing the strength of the tie and adjustable to allow for proper alignment. Metal and wooden spreaders which are separate from the forms shall be removed entirely as the concrete is being placed. Adequate clean-out openings shall be proved for narrow walls and other locations where access to the bottom of the forms is not readily attainable. Prior to placing concrete, the facing of all forms shall be treated with oil or other bond breaking coating of such composition that it will not discolor or otherwise injuriously affect the concrete surface. Care shall be exercised to prevent coating of the reinforcing steel. (3) Metal Forms. The foregoing requirements for timber forms regarding design,mortar-tightness, filleted corners,beveled projections,bracing,alignment,removal,reuse and wetting shall also apply to metal forms, except that these will not require lining, unless specifically noted on the plans. The thickness of form metal shall be as required to maintain the true shape without warping or bulging. All bolt and rivet heads on the facing sides shall be countersunk. Clamps,pins or other connecting devices shall be designed to hold the forms rigidly together and to allow removal without injury to the concrete. Metal forms which do not present a smooth surface or line up properly shall not be used. Metal shall be kept free from rust, grease or other foreign materials. 6. PLACING REINFORCEMENT Reinforcement in concrete structures shall be placed carefully and accurately and rigidly supported as provided in the City Standard Specification Section 032020 'Reinforcing Steel". Reinforcing steel supports shall not be welded to I-beams or girders. 7. PLACING CONCRETE-GENERAL The minimum temperature of all concrete at the time of placement shall be not less than 50 degrees F. 038000 Page 7 of 19 Rev.3-25-2015 DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F The consistency of the concrete as placed should allow the completion of all finishing operations without the addition of water to the surface. When conditions are such that additional moisture is needed for finishing,the required water shall be applied to the surface by fog spray only,and shall be held to a minimum amount. Fog spray for this purpose may be applied with hand operated fogging equipment. The maximum time interval between the addition of cement to the batch and the placing of concrete in the forms shall not exceed the following: Air or Concrete Temperature Maximum Time Non-Aizitated Concrete: Above 80 degrees F 15 minutes Up to 80 degrees F 30 minutes AOtated Concrete: Above 90 degrees F 45 minutes 75 degrees F to 90 degrees F 60 minutes 35 degrees F to 74 degrees F 90 minutes The use of an approved retarding agent in the concrete will permit the extension of each of the above temperature-time maximums by 30 minutes for direct traffic culverts, and one hour for all other concrete except that the maximum time shall not exceed 30 minutes for non-agitated concrete. Before starting work,the Contractor shall inform the Engineer fully of the construction methods he proposes to use, the adequacy of which shall be subject to the approval of the Engineer. The Contractor shall give the Engineer sufficient advance notice before placing concrete in any unit of the structure to permit the inspection of forms,reinforcing steel placement,and other preparations. Concrete shall not be placed in any unit prior to the completion of formwork and placement of reinforcement therein. Concrete mixing, placing and finishing shall be done during daylight hours, unless adequate provisions are made to light the entire site of all operations. Concrete placement will not be permitted when impending weather conditions will impair the quality of the finished work. If rainfall should occur after placing operations are started,the Contractor shall provide ample covering to protect the work. In case of drop in temperature,the provisions set forth in Article "Placing Concrete in Cold Weather" of this specification shall be applied. The placing of concrete shall be regulated so the pressures caused by the plastic concrete shall not exceed the loads used in form design. 038000 Page 8 of 19 Rev.3-25-2015 DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F The method of handling, placing and consolidation of concrete shall minimize segregation and displacement of the reinforcement, and produce a uniformly dense and compact mass. Concrete shall not have a free fall of more than 5 feet,except in the case of thin walls such as in culverts. Any hardened concrete spatter ahead of the plastic concrete shall be removed. The method and equipment used to transport concrete to the forms shall be capable of maintaining the rate of placement approved by the Engineer. Concrete may be transported by buckets, chutes, buggies, belt conveyors,pumps or other acceptable methods. When belt conveyors or pumps are used, sampling for testing will be done at the discharge end. Concrete transported by conveyors shall be protected from sun and wind,if necessary,to prevent loss of slump and workability. Pipes through which concrete is pumped shall be shaded and/or wrapped with wet burlap, if necessary, to prevent loss of slump and workability. Concrete shall not be transported through aluminum pipes, tubes or other aluminum equipment. Chutes, troughs, conveyors or pipes shall be arranged and used so that the concrete ingredients will not be separated. When steep slopes are necessary, the chutes shall be equipped with baffle boards or made in short lengths that reverse the direction of movement, or the chute ends shall terminate in vertical downspouts. Open troughs and chutes shall extend, if necessary, down inside the forms or through holes left in them. All transporting equipment shall be kept clean and free from hardened concrete coatings. Water used for cleaning shall be discharged clear of the concrete. Each part of the forms shall be filled by depositing concrete as near its final position as possible. The coarse aggregate shall be worked back from the face and the concrete forced under and around the reinforcement bars without displacing them. Depositing large quantities at one point and running or working it along the forins will not be allowed. Concrete shall be deposited in the forms in layers of suitable depth but not more than 36 inches in thickness, unless otherwise directed by the Engineer. The sequence of successive layers or adjacent portions of concrete shall be such that they can be vibrated into a homogenous mass with the previously placed concrete without a cold j oint. Not more than one hour shall elapse between adjacent or successive placements of concrete. Unauthorized construction joints shall be avoided by placing all concrete between the authorized joints in one continuous operation. An approved retarding agent shall be used to control stress cracks and/or unauthorized cold joints in mass placements where differential settlement and/or setting time may induce stress cracking. Openings in forms shall be provided, if needed, for the removal of laitance of foreign matter of any kind. All forms shall be wetted thoroughly before the concrete is placed therein. All concrete shall be well consolidated and the mortar flushed to the form surfaces by continuous working with immersion type vibrators. Vibrators which operate by attachment to forms or reinforcement will not be permitted, except on steel forms. At least one stand-by vibrator shall be 038000 Page 9 of 19 Rev.3-25-2015 DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F provided for emergency use in addition to those required for placement. The concrete shall be vibrated immediately after deposit. Prior to the beginning of work, a systematic spacing of the points of vibration shall be established to insure complete consolidation and thorough working of the concrete around the reinforcement, embedded fixtures, and into the corners and angles of the forins. Immersion type vibrators shall be inserted vertically,at points 18 to 30 inches apart, and slowly withdrawn. The vibrator may be inserted in a sloping or horizontal position in shallow slabs. The entire depth of each lift shall be vibrated, allowing the vibrator to penetrate several inches into the preceding lift. Concrete along construction joints shall be thoroughly consolidated by operating the vibrator along and close to but not against the joint surface. The vibration shall continue until thorough consolidation,and complete embedment of reinforcement and fixtures is produced,but not long enough to cause segregation. Vibration may be supplemented by hand spading or rodding, if necessary,to insure the flushing of mortar to the surface of all forms. Slab concrete shall be mixed in a plant located off the structure. Carting or wheeling concrete batches over completed slabs will not be permitted until they have aged at least four(4)full curing days. If carts are used,timber planking will be required for the remainder of the curing period. Carts shall be equipped with pneumatic tires. Curing operations shall not be interrupted for the purpose of wheeling concrete over finished slabs. After concrete has attained its initial set,at least one(1)curing day shall elapse before placing strain on projecting reinforcement to prevent damage to the concrete. The storing of reinforcing or structural steel on completed roadway slabs generally shall be avoided and, when permitted, shall be limited to quantities and distribution that will not induce excessive stresses. 8. PLACING CONCRETE IN COLD WEATHER (1) Cast-in-Place Concrete. Concrete may be placed when the atmospheric temperature is not less than 35 degrees F. Concrete shall not be placed in contact with any material coated with frost or having a temperature less than 32 degrees F. Aggregates shall be free from ice, frost and frozen lumps. When required, in order to produce the minimum specified concrete temperature,the aggregate and/or the water shall be heated uniformly, in accordance with the following: The water temperature shall not exceed 180 degrees F,and/or the aggregate temperature shall not exceed 150 degrees F. The heating apparatus shall heat the mass of aggregate uniformly. The temperature of the mixture of aggregates and water shall be between 50 degrees F and 85 degrees F before introduction of the cement. All concrete shall be effectively protected as follows: (a) The temperature of slab concrete of all unformed surfaces shall be maintained at 50 degrees F or above for a period of 72 hours from time of placement and above 40 degrees F for an additional 72 hours. 038000 Page 10 of 19 Rev.3-25-2015 DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F (b) The temperature at the surface of all concrete in piers, culverts walls,retaining walls,parapets,wingwalls,bottoms of slabs,and other similar formed concrete shall be maintained at 40 degrees F or above for a period of 72 hours from time of placement. (c) The temperature of all concrete,including the bottom slabs of culverts placed on or in the ground, shall be maintained above 32 degrees F for a period of 72 hours from time of placement. Protection shall consist of providing additional covering, insulated forms or other means, and if necessary, supplementing such covering with artificial heating. Curing as specified under Article "Curing Concrete"of this specification shall be provided during this period until all requirements for curing have been satisfied. When impending weather conditions indicate the possibility of the need for such temperature protection, all necessary heating and covering material shall be on hand ready for use before pennission is granted to begin placement. Sufficient extra test specimens will be made and cured with the placement to ascertain the condition of the concrete as placed,prior to form removal and acceptance. (2) Precast Concrete. A fabricating plant for precast products which has adequate protection from cold weather in the form of permanent or portable framework and covering, which protects the concrete when placed in the forms,and is equipped with approved steam curing facilities,may place concrete under any low temperature conditions provided: (a) The framework and covering are placed and heat is provided for the concrete and the forms within one hour after the concrete is placed. This shall not be construed to be one hour after the last concrete is placed,but that no concrete shall remain unprotected longer than one hour. (b) Steam heat shall keep the air surrounding the concrete between 50 degrees F and 85 degrees F for a minimum of three hours prior to beginning the temperature rise which is required for steam curing. (c) For fabricating plants without the above facilities and for job site precast products,the requirements of the Article "Curing Concrete" of this specification shall apply. The Contractor is responsible for the protection of concrete placed under any and all weather conditions. Permission given by the Engineer for placing concrete during freezing weather will in no way relieve the Contractor of the responsibility for producing concrete equal in quality to that placed under normal conditions. Should concrete placed under such conditions prove unsatisfactory,it shall be removed and replaced at no additional cost. 038000 Page 11 of 19 Rev.3-25-2015 DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F 9. PLACING CONCRETE IN WATER Concrete shall be deposited in water only when specified on the plans or with written permission by the Engineer. The forms or cofferdams shall be sufficiently tight to prevent any water current passing through the space in which the concrete is being deposited. Pumping will not be permitted during the concrete placing, nor until it has set for at least 36 hours. The concrete shall be placed with a tremie, closed bottom-dump bucket, or other approved method, and shall not be permitted to fall freely through the water nor shall it be disturbed after it has been placed. The concrete surface shall be kept approximately level during placement. The tremie shall consist of a water-tight tube 14 inches or less in diameter. It shall be constructed so that the bottom can be sealed and opened after it is in place and fully charged with concrete. It shall be supported so that it can be easily moved horizontally to cover all the work area and vertically to control the concrete flow. Bottom-dump buckets used for underwater placing shall have a capacity of not less than one-half cubic yard. It shall be lowered gradually and carefully until it rests upon the concrete already placed and raised very slowly during the upward travel;the intent being to maintain still water at the point of discharge and to avoid agitating the mixture. The placing operations shall be continuous until the work is complete. 10. PLACING CONCRETE IN BOX CULVERTS In general, construction joints will be permitted only where shown on the plans. Where the top slab and walls are placed monolithically in culverts more than 4 feet in clear height, an interval of not less than one (1)nor more than two (2)hours shall elapse before placing the top slab to allow for shrinkage in the wall concrete. The base slab shall be finished accurately at the proper time to provide a smooth uniform surface. Top slabs which carry direct traffic shall be finished as specified for roadway slabs in Article"Finish of Roadway Slabs". Top slabs of fill type culverts shall be given a reasonably smooth float finish. 11. PLACING CONCRETE IN FOUNDATIONS AND SUBSTRUCTURE Concrete shall not be placed in footings until the depth and character of the foundation has been inspected by the Engineer and permission has been given to proceed. Placing of concrete footings upon seal concrete courses will be permitted after the caissons or cofferdams are free from water and the seal concrete course cleaned. Any necessary pumping or bailing during the concreting operation shall be done from a suitable sump located outside the forms. All temporary wales or braces inside cofferdams or caissons shall be constructed or adjusted as the work proceeds to prevent unauthorized construction joints in footings or shafts. 038000 Page 12 of 19 Rev.3-25-2015 DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F When footings can be placed in a dry excavation without the use of cofferdams or caissons, forms may be omitted,if desired by the Contractor and approved by the Engineer,and the entire excavation filled with concrete to the elevation of the top of footing; in which case, measurement for payment will be based on the footing dimensions shown on the plans. 12. TREATMENT AND FINISHING OF HORIZONTAL SURFACES EXCEPT ROADWAY SLABS All unformed upper surfaces shall be struck off to grade and finished. The use of mortar topping for surfaces under this classification will not be permitted. After the concrete has been struck off, the surface shall be floated with a suitable float. Sidewalks shall be given a wood float or broom finish, or may be striped with a brush, as specified by the Engineer. Other surfaces shall be wood float finished and striped with a fine brush leaving a fine- grained texture. 13. FINISH OF ROADWAY SLABS As soon as the concrete has been placed and vibrated in a section of sufficient width to permit working,the surface shall be approximately leveled,struck off and screeded,carrying a slight excess of concrete ahead of the screed to insure filling of all low spots. The screed shall be designed rigid enough to hold true to shape and shall have sufficient adjustments to provide for the required camber. A vibrating screed may be used if heavy enough to prevent undue distortion. The screeds shall be provided with a metal edge. Longitudinal screeds shall be moved across the concrete with a saw-like motion while their ends rest on headers or templates set true to the roadway grade or on the adjacent finished slab. The surface of the concrete shall be screeded a sufficient number of times and at such intervals to produce a uniform surface, true to grade and free of voids. If necessary, the screeded surface shall be worked to smooth finish with a long handled wood or metal float of the proper size, or hand floated from bridges over the slab. When required by the Engineer, the Contractor shall perform sufficient checks with a long handled 10-foot straightedge on the plastic concrete to insure that the final surface will be within the tolerances specified below. The check shall be made with the straightedge parallel to the centerline. Each pass thereof shall lap half of the preceding pass. All high spots shall be removed and all depressions over one-sixteenth inch(1/16")in depth shall be filled with fresh concrete and floated. The checking and floating shall be continued until the surface is true to grade and free of depressions, high spots, voids or rough spots. Rail support holes shall be filled with concrete and finished to match the top of the slab. Surface Texturing. Perform surface texturing using a either carpet drag or metal tining as indicated on the drawings. Complete final texturing before the concrete has attained its initial set. Draw the carpet drag 038000 Page 13 of 19 Rev.3-25-2015 DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F longitudinally along the pavement surface with the carpet contact surface area adjusted to provide a satisfactory coarsely textured surface. A metal-tine texture finish is required using a tining machine unless otherwise shown on the plans. Provide the metal-tine finish immediately after the concrete surface has set enough for consistent tining. Operate the metal-tine device to obtain grooves spaced at 1 in., approximately 3/16 in. deep, with a minimum depth of 1/8 in., and approximately 1/12 in. wide. Do not overlap a previously tined area. Use manual methods for achieving similar results on ramps and other irregular sections of pavements. Repair damage to the edge of the slab and joints immediately after texturing. Do not tine pavement that will be overlaid. Upon completion of the floating and/or straight edging and before the disappearance of the moisture sheen, the surface shall be given a broom or burlap drag finish. The grooves of these finishes shall be parallel to the structure centerline. It is the intent that the average texture depth resulting from the number of tests directed by the Engineer be not less than 0.035 inch with a minimum texture depth of 0.030 inch for any one test when tested in accordance with TxDOT Test Method Tex-436-A. Should the texture depth fall below that intended, the finishing procedures shall be revised to produce the desired texture. After the concrete has attained its final set, the roadway surface shall be tested with a standard 10- foot straightedge. The straightedge shall be placed parallel to the centerline of roadway to bridge any depressions and touch high spots. Ordinates of irregularities measured from the face of the straightedge to the surface of the slab shall not exceed one-eighth of an inch(1/8"),making proper allowances for camber,vertical curvature and surface texture. Occasional variations,not exceeding three-sixteenth of an inch (3/16") will be acceptable, if in the opinion of the Engineer it will not affect the riding qualities. When directed by the Engineer, irregularities exceeding the above requirements shall be corrected. In all roadway slab finishing operations,camber for specified vertical curvature and transverse slopes shall be provided. 14. CURING CONCRETE The Contractor shall inform the Engineer fully of the methods and procedures proposed for curing; shall provide the proper equipment and material in adequate amounts; and shall have the proposed methods, equipment and material approved prior to placing concrete. Inadequate curing and/or facilities,therefore,shall be cause for the Engineer to stop all construction on the job until remedial action is taken. All concrete shall be cured for a period of four(4) curing days except as noted herein. 038000 Page 14 of 19 Rev.3-25-2015 DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F EXCEPTIONS TO 4-DAY CURING Description Required Curing Upper Surfaces of Bridge Slabs and 8 curing days (Type I or III) cement Top Slabs of Direct Traffic Culverts 10 curing days (Type 11 cement) Concrete Piling (non-prestressed) 6 curing days When the air temperature is expected to drop below 35 degrees F,the water curing mats shall be covered with polyethylene sheeting, burlap-polyethylene blankets or other material to provide the protection required by Article "Placing Concrete in Cold Weather" of these specifications. A curing day is defined as a calendar day when the temperature, taken in the shade away from artificial heat, is above 50 degrees F for at least 19 hours (colder days if satisfactory provisions are made to maintain the temperature of all surfaces of the concrete above 40 degrees F for the entire 24 hours). The required curing period shall begin when all concrete therein has attained its initial set. The following methods are permitted for curing concrete subject to the restrictions of Table I and the following requirements for each method of curing. (1) Form Curing. When forms are left in contact with the concrete, other curing methods will not be required except for cold weather protection. (2) Water Curing. All exposed surfaces of the concrete shall be kept wet continuously for the required curing time. The water used for curing shall meet the requirements for concrete mixing water as specified in the specification Section 030020 "Portland Cement Concrete". Seawater will not be permitted. Water which stains or leaves an unsightly residue shall not be used. (a) Wet Mat. Cotton mats shall be used for this curing method. They shall be placed as soon as possible after the surface has sufficiently hardened to prevent damage to the concrete. (See Article, 'Placing Concrete" of this specification.) Damp burlap blankets made from nine-ounce stock may be placed on the damp concrete surface for temporary protection prior to the application of the cotton mats which may be placed dry and wetted down after placement. The mats shall be weighted down adequately to provide continuous contact with all concrete surfaces where possible. The surfaces of the concrete shall be kept wet for the required curing time. Surfaces which cannot be cured by contact shall be enclosed with mats and anchored positively to the forms or to the ground so that outside air cannot enter the enclosure. Sufficient moisture shall be provided inside the enclosure to keep all surfaces of the concrete wet. (b) Water Spray. This curing method shall consist of overlapping sprays or sprinklers that keep all unformed surfaces continuously wet. (c) Ponding. This curing method requires the covering of the surfaces with a minimum of two inches (2") of clean granular material,kept wet at all times, or a minimum of one-inch 038000 Page 15 of 19 Rev.3-25-2015 DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F (1") depth of water. Satisfactory provisions shall be made to provide a dam to retain the water or saturated granular material. (3) Membrane Curing. This consists of curing concrete pavement,concrete pavement(base),curbs, gutters, retards, sidewalks, driveways, medians, islands, concrete riprap, cement-stabilized riprap, concrete structures and other concrete as indicated on the plans by impervious membrane method. Unless otherwise provided herein or shown on the plans, either Type 1-D or Type 2 membrane curing compound may be used where permitted except that Type 1-D (Resin Base Only) will be required for slab concrete in bridge decks and top slabs of direct traffic culverts. TABLE 1 REQUIRED PERMITTED MEMBRANE MEMBRANE STRUCTURE UNIT WATER FOR WATER FOR DESCRIPTION FOR INTERIM FOR INTERIM CURING CURING CURING CURING 1 Top slabs of direct traffic culverts X X 2 Top surface of any concrete unit upon which concrete is to be placed and bonded at a later interval (Stub walls, risers, etc.). X Other superstructure concrete (wing walls, parapet walls, etc.) 3 Concrete pavement (base), curbs, gutters, retards, sidewalks, driveways, medians, X* X* islands, concrete structures, concrete riprap, etc. 4 All substructure concrete, culverts, box sewers, inlets, X* X* manholes, retaining walls *Polyethylene sheeting, burlap-polyethylene mats or laminated mats to prevent outside air from entering will be considered equivalent to water or membrane curing for items 3 and 4. 038000 Page 16 of 19 Rev.3-25-2015 DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F Membrane curing shall not be applied to dry surfaces,but shall be applied just after free moisture has disappeared. Formed surfaces and surfaces which have been given a first rub shall be dampened and shall be moist at the time of application of the membrane. When membrane is used for complete curing, the film shall remain unbroken for the minimum curing period specified. Membrane which is damaged shall be corrected immediately by reapplication of membrane. Unless otherwise noted herein or on the plans,the choice of membrane type shall be at the option of the Contractor. Only one type of curing compound will be permitted on any one structure. The membrane curing compound shall be applied after the surface finishing has been completed,and immediately after the free surface moisture has disappeared. The surface shall be sealed with a single uniform coating of curing compound applied at the rate of coverage recommended by the manufacturer and directed by the Engineer, but not less than I gallon per 180 square feet of area. The Contractor shall provide satisfactory means and facilities to properly control and check the rate of application of the compound. The compound shall be thoroughly agitated during its use and shall be applied by means of approved mechanical power pressure sprayers. The sprayers used to apply the membrane to concrete pavement or concrete pavement (base) shall travel at uniform speed along the forms and be mechanically driven. The equipment shall be of such design that it will insure uniforrn and even application of the membrane material. The sprayers shall be equipped with satisfactory atomizing nozzles. Only on small miscellaneous items will the Contractor be permitted to use hand-powered spray equipment. For all spraying equipment, the Contractor shall provide facilities to prevent the loss of the compound between the nozzle and the concrete surface during the spraying operations. The compounds shall not be applied to a dry surface. If the surface of the concrete has become dry, it shall be moistened prior to application of membrane by fogging or mist application. Sprinkling or coarse spraying will not be allowed. At locations where the coating shows discontinuities,pinholes or other defects,or if rain falls on the newly-coated surface before the film has dried sufficiently to resist damage,an additional coat of the compound shall be applied immediately at the same rate of coverage specified herein. To insure proper coverage, the Engineer shall inspect all treated areas after application of the compound for the period of time designated in the governing specification for curing, either for membrane curing or for other methods. Should the foregoing indicate that any area during the curing period is not protected, an additional coat or coats of the compound shall be applied immediately, and the rate of application of the membrane compound shall be increased until all areas are uniformly covered. When temperatures are such as to warrant protection against freezing, curing by this method shall be supplemented with an approved insulating material capable of protecting the concrete for the specified curing period. If at any time there is reason to believe that this method of curing is unsatisfactory or is detrimental 038000 Page 17 of 19 Rev.3-25-2015 DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F to the work,the Contractor,when notified, shall immediately cease the use of this method and shall change to curing by one of the other methods specified under this contract. 15. REMOVAL OF FORMS Except as herein provided, forms for vertical surfaces may be removed when the concrete has aged not less than one day(24 hours)when Type I and Type II cement is used, and not less than one-half day (12 hours) when Type III cement is used, provided it can be done without damage to the concrete. Forms for inside curb faces may be removed in approximately three hours provided it can be done without damage to the curb. 16. FINISHING EXPOSED SURFACES Concrete shall be finished as required in the specification Section for the respective item or as otherwise specified on the plans. An ordinary surface finish shall be applied to all concrete surfaces either as a final finish or preparatory to a higher finish. Ordinary Surface Finish shall be as follows: After form removal, all porous or honey-combed areas and spalled areas shall be corrected by chipping away all loose or broken material to sound concrete. Feather edges shall be eliminated by cutting a face perpendicular to the surface. Shallow cavities shall be repaired using adhesive grout or epoxy grout. If judged repairable by the Engineer, large defective areas shall be corrected using concrete or other material approved by the Engineer. Holes and spalls caused by removal of metal ties, etc., shall be cleaned and filled with adhesive grout or epoxy grout. Exposed parts of metal chairs on surfaces to be finished by rubbing, shall be chipped out to a depth of one-half inch (1/2") and the surface repaired. All fins,runs, drips or mortar shall be removed from surfaces which remain exposed. Form marks and chamfer edges shall be smoothed by grinding and/or dry rubbing. Grease, oil, dirt, curing compound, etc., shall be removed from surfaces requiring a higher grade of finish. Discolorations resulting from spillage or splashing of asphalt,paint or other similar material shall be removed. Repairs shall be dense, well bonded and properly cured, and when made on surfaces which remain exposed and do not require a higher finish, shall be finished to blend with the surrounding concrete. 038000 Page 18 of 19 Rev.3-25-2015 DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F 17. MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT Unless otherwise specified on the Bid Form,no direct measurement or payment will be made for the work to be done or the equipment to be furnished under this specification,but it shall be considered subsidiary to the particular items required by the plans and the contract documents. 038000 Page 19 of 19 Rev.3-25-2015 DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F DEPARTMENTAL MATERIALS SPECIFICATION FILTER FABRIC DMS - 6200 FILTER FABRIC EFFECTIVE DATE: MAY 2010 6200.1. Description. This Specification governs the sampling, testing, and material requirements of filter fabrics. 6200.2. Units of Measurements. The values given in parentheses (if provided) are not standard and may not be exact mathematical conversions. Use each system of units separately. Combining values from the two systems may result in nonconformance with the standard. 6200.3. Definitions. A. Filter Fabrica special fabric usually used in drainage applications to allow water flow without clogging or binding by soil particles. 1. Type 1—Type 1 is a standard weight fabric for retaining walls and soil separation. 2. Type 2—Type 2 is a high strength fabric for rock riprap or other severe use. 6200.4. Material Producer List. The Materials and Pavements Section of the Construction Division (CST/M&P)maintains a material producer list(MPL) of products conforming to this Specification. Materials on the MPL, entitled "Silt Fence, Filter Fabric, and Fabric Underseal," require no further testing unless deemed necessary by the Project Engineer or CST/M&P. Refer to DMS-6320 for further details on qualifying for the Quality Monitoring Program and obtaining a place on the MPL. 6200.5. Sampling and Testing. Sample in accordance with Tex-735-I. Perform testing in accordance with the test methods listed in Table 1. 6200.6. Material Requirements. A. General Requirements. Both types of filter fabric have the following qualities: • The fabric consists exclusively of manmade thermoplastic fibers, is a non-woven geotextile fabric, and forms a mat of uniform quality. • Fabric fibers are continuous and random throughout the fabric. • The fabric is mildew resistant and rot-proof, and it is satisfactory for use in a wet soil and aggregate environment. B. Physical Requirements. The fabric must conform to the requirements listed in Table 1 when tested in accordance with the test methods specified. TEXAS DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION 1-2 EFFECTIVE DATE:MAY 2010 DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F DEPARTMENTAL MATERIALS SPECIFICATION FILTER FABRIC Table 1 Filter Fabric Requirements Physical Properties Test Method Type 1 Type 2 Fabric Weight,on an a z z Tex-6164136.0 g/m (4 oz/yd`), 203.0 g/m (6 oz/yd), ambient temperature air- Tex-616 dried,tension-free sample. minimum minimum Permittivity 1/sec. ASTM D 4491 1.0,min 0.5,min Tensile Strength,N ASTM D 4632 445 N(100 lbs.) 890 N(200 lbs.) minimum minimum Apparent Opening Size ASTM D 4751 70-100 80-120 Elongation at yield,% ASTM D 4632 20-100 20-100 Trapezoidal Tear,N ASTM D 4533 156 N(35 lbs.) 334 N(75 lbs.) minimum minimum 6200.7. Packaging. Provide fabric in the length and width specified on the plans, specified in the purchase order awarded by the State or as approved. Wind fabric onto suitable cylindrical forms or cores to aid in handling and unrolling. Package fabric individually in a suitable container to protect the geotextile from damage due to ultraviolet light and moisture during normal storage and handling. 6200.8. Identification. Identify each roll with a tag or label affixed to the outside of the roll on one end. List the following information on the tag or label: • Unique roll number, serially designated; • Lot number or control numbers, if any; • Name of fabric producer; • Style or catalog designation of the fabric, if any; • Roll width in meters (inches); and • Roll length in meters (yards). 6200.9. Archived Versions. Archived versions are available. TEXAS DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION 2-2 EFFECTIVE DATE:MAY 2010 DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81 FOE94C287F 21084 West Guth Park Landscape Architectural Specifications vODSC4P '0• 0 0 00 A-� Cq mUJ C') . co 0 - 0 0 0 tP • I 'b 8 .0 Co 9 0 '9T•••••••• OF 08/26/22 This electronic file is released Under the authority Of Brian R Binkowski, PLAO 1895 on 081261292, who maintains the original file. This electronic file may be used as a background draw ir q Pursuant to rule IAWC f)of the Rdes and regulatiorc,of the Texas Board of Archnecturall Examiners, the User of this electronic drawing file agrees to assurne all resB0rSibJ1l1ty fOr anmodification 04.1 fiCatlon to or use of this drawing file,Viet is inconsistent with the requirements of the FUlaS and regulations of The Texas Board of Architectural Exannneis No person may make any modifications to this electronic drawing file without the landscape architect's expfes,,written permission 13620 Briarwick Drive Building C Suite 100 ONEHALFF Austin, Texas 78729 0 11111111111110 R (512)777-4600 GOVERNING TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS The City of Corpus Christi Standards are hereby referred to and included in this contract as fully and to the same extent as if copied at length herein, and shall be applied to this project except as modified in these Specifications and on the Plans. Any adjustments, alterations, or additional information regarding Governing Technical Specifications are listed as follows: 1331 32......Pre-Engineered Shade Structures (Fabric Shade) 13 34 23......Fabricated Structures (Corworth Restroom Buildings) 32 84 00......Irrigation System 32 92 00......Turfgrass Planting DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F Shade Structures Fabric Shade) 1050 Columbia Drive, Carrollton, GA 30117 800.327.8774 1 sales@siibrands.com RECREATIONAL PRODUCTS SHADE BY SUPL:F'IOP 77'E1."'FkEATIONAL C'7v'(:1L:7Cd°C7 a Shade Structure Material Specifications FABRIC SPECIFICATIONS Shade fabric is made of UV stabilized cloth manufactured by ALNET or approved equal. The high density polyethylene material shall be manufactured with tensioned fabric structures in mind. • The fabric knit is to be made using monofilament and tape filler which has a weight of 9.38 to 10.32 oz.sq.yd. Material to be Rachel-knitted to ensure material will not unravel if cut. • Burst strength of 828 Ibf(ASTM 3786). • Cloth meets fire resistance tests as follows: Alnet Extra Block: California State Fire Marshall Reg. #F-93501 Others: NFPA 701-99 (Test Method 2) and ASTM E-84 FABRIC PROPERTIES STRETCH STENTORED Tear Tests(lbs/ft) WARP 44.8 WEFT 44 Burst Tests(Ibs ft) 828 Fabric Weight(oz/sgFT) avg 1.02 to 1.07 Fabric Width 91-10' Roll Length 150' Roll Size 63"x 16.5" Weight 120 Ibs. Life Expectancy 10 years Fading Minimum fading after 6 years,3 years for red and yellow Temperature -77 degrees Maximum Temperature +167 degrees Continued on Page 2 srshade.co 11 DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81 FOE94C287F SIHAIDIE • Shade protection and UV screen protection factors are as follows: SHADE PROTECTION AND UV BLOCK OUT Color Shade Cover UVIR Block Out True Blue 93% 89% Beige 97% 87% Forest Greer) 96% 94% Sun Blaze 94% 91% Silver 95% 93% Black 98% 97% River Gum Green 95% 92% Sky Blue 95% 94% Navy Blue 96% 95% Turquoise 94% 94% Yellow 76% 94% Cream 74% 92% THREAD • Shall be 100%expanded PTFE fiber which carries a 10 year warranty that is high strength and low shrinkage. • Shall have a wide temperature and humidity range. • Abrasion resistant and UV radiation immunity. • Shall be unaffected by non-hydrocarbon based cleaning agents,acid rain, mildew,chlorine, saltwater,and pollution. • Lockstitch thread-1200 Denier or equal. • Chain stitch thread-2400 Denier or equal. STEEL TUBING • All fabricated steel must be in accordance with approved shop drawings and calculations. • All steel is cleaned, degreased or etched to ensure proper adhesion of Supercurable powder coat in accordance with manufacturer's specifications. • All Steel used on this project needs to be new and accompanied by the mill certificates if requested.Structural steel tubing up to 5"-7 gauge shall be galvanized per Allied Steel FLO-COAT specifications.Schedule 40 black pipe fabrications shall be sand-blasted and primed as described below. • All non-hollow structural shapes comply with ASTM A-36, unless otherwise noted. • All hollow structural steel shapes shall be cold formed HSS ASTM A-53 grade C, unless otherwise noted. • Plate products shall comply with ASTM A-36. SUPE POWDER COATING & PRIMING • All non-galvanized steel shade to be sand-blasted and primed prior to Superclurable powder coating using reclaimable blast media in a mixture of GL50&GL80 Steel Grit. • All non-galvanized steel must be coated with rust inhibiting primer prior to applying the Superclurable powder coat. Primer shall be Marine Grade Cardinal Industrial Finishes Corp. E396-GRI372 epoxy Supercurable powder coating semi-gloss smooth zinc rich primer. srpshade.com 2 DocuSignEnvelope m:752roE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81mE94o287p ��� � U�� ��� ������� ^'~~~~~~~~~~`~—~~ ~ Welds shall he primed with rust inhibiting primer prior toapplying t»esupe,durab|e powder coat Primer shall be Marine Grade Cardinal Industrial Fm|oh°x Corp ssgs-sR/s7uepoxy superd"mb|e powder coating semi-gloss smooth zinc rich primer. ~ All steel parts shall be coated for rust protection and finished with a minimum 3.5 mil thick UV-inhibited weather resistant superdurnb|epowder coating. ~ Powder used mthe superd"roNe powder coat process shall have the following characteristics: CHARACTERISTICS N.3.1 Specific Gravity 1.68+/-0.05 m3.2 Theoretical Coverage 114+/-4f 2/|b/nil N.3.3 Mass Loss During Cure m% N.3.4 Maximum Storage Temperature 75' F ^ supendumb|epowder coating shall meet the following tests: TESTS xsrw Gloss atGo Degree 85-85 Ho| TM 10.219 pc| Powder Smoothness 7 xsrw o2454-91 Over-Bake Resistance Time 200% ASTM D3363-92A Pencil Hardness H-2H x3rw o2794-83 Dir/Rev Impact, Gardner /40/140in/|bo ASTM D3359-95B Adhesion, Cross Hatch SB Pass ASTM o522-83A Flexibility Mandrel u^dia. No fracture ASTM B117-95 Salt Spray 1,000 hours ULotCw2 Organic Coating Steel Recognized Enclosures, Elect Eq. ~ Application criteria: APPLICATION CRITERIA mSJ Electrostatic Spray Cold Subotra,e:0.032 in.CPS m.5.2 Cure Schedule lO minutes at4OO^ p mSJ pretreatment Bonde,itelOOO mS,4 Film Thickness 3.5 Mils WELDING ~ All shop welds shall be executed in accordance with the latest edition cxthe American Welding Society Specifications. ~ Welding procedures o»oU comply in accordance with the AWS o1.1-Aw/s Structural Welding Code-Steel. ~ All welds tobeperformed bvacertified welder.All welds shall becontinuous where length iunot given, unless otherwise shown ornoted ondrawings. ~ All welds shall develop the full strength ofthe weaker member.All welds shall be made using E70xx.035 wire. ~ Shop connections shall be welded unless noted otherwise. Field connections shall be indicated unthe drawings. Field welded connections are not acceptable. ~ All fillet welds shall be minimum ofm" unless otherwise noted. ~ All steel shall be welded shut atterminations to prevent internal leakage. DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81 FOE94C287F SHAME • Internal weld sleeving is not acceptable. • On-site welding of any component is not acceptable. SEWING • On-site sewing of a fabric will not be accepted. • All corners shall be reinforced with extra non-tear cloth and strap to distribute the load. • The perimeters that contain the cables shall be double lock stitched. INSTALLATION HARDWARE • Bolt and fastening hardware shall be determined based on calculated engineering loads. • All bolts shall comply with SAE-J429 (Grade 8)or ASTM A325(Grade BD).All nuts shall comply with ASTM F-594,alloy Group 1 or 2. • Upon request,Stainless Steel hardware shall comply with ASTM A-304. • 1/4" galvanized wire rope shall be 7x19 strand with a breaking strength of 7,000 lbs.for shades generally under 575 sq.ft. unless requested larger by the customer. For shades over 575 sq.ft.,cable shall be 5/16" with a breaking strength of 9,800 lbs. Upon request,1/4"Stainless Steel wire rope shall be 7x19 strand with a breaking strength of 6,400 lbs. 5/16"Stainless Steel wire rope shall be 7/19 strand with a breaking strength of 9,000 lbs. • All fittings required for proper securing of the cable are hot dipped galvanized. CONCRETE • Concrete work shall be executed in accordance with the latest edition of American Concrete Building Code ACI 318 unless specified by the governing municipality. • Concrete specifications shall comply in accordance with, and detailed as per plans as follows: 1. 28 Days Strength F'c=2500 psi 2.Aggregate: HR 3. Slump:3-5 4. Portland Cement shall conform to C-150 5. Aggregate shall conform to ASTM C-33 • All reinforcement shall conform to ASTM A-615 grade 60. • Reinforcing steel shall be detailed,fabricated and placed in accordance with the latest ACI Detailing Manual and manual of Standard Practice. • Whenever daily ambient temperatures are below 80° Fahrenheit,the contractor may have mix accelerators and hot water added at the batch plant(see table). srpshade.com 4 DocuSignEnvelope m:752roE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81mE94o287p ��� � U�� ��� ������� ~ The contractor shall not pour any concrete when daily ambient temperature is below 55' Fahrenheit. TEMPERATE Temperature Range %Acme|erator Type Accelerator 75-80' l% High Early(non calcium) 70-75` 2% High Early(non calcium) Below 70` 3% High Early(non calcium) FOOTINGS ^ All anchor bolts set |nnew concrete shall beASTM A-zoTorASTM p-lso4 |fspecified bxengineer. ^ All anchor bolts shall bezinc plated unless specified otherwise. ° Footing shall be placed in accordance with and conform toengineered specifications and drawings. DocuSignEnvelope m:752roE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81mE94o287p ��� � U�� ��� ������� Shade Warranty GENERAL CONDITIONS The warranty set forth shall be the purchaser's sole and exclusive warranty.All warranties below are effective from the date o, delivery bvSuperior Shade, its subsidiaries, or agents. Superior Shade reserves the right to repair or replace any item covered by this warranty. ~ This warranty will be void if the structures are not paid for in full. The warranty is void if the structures are not installed in strict compliance with the manufacturer specifications. • Purchaser shall notify Superior Shade o,its agent|nwriting detailing any defect for which a warranty claim is being made. ~ Superior Shade shall not in any event be liable for indirect,special,consequential or liquidated damages. • Superior Shade specifically denies the implied warranties of fitness for particular purpose and merchantability. ° The warranty is void |fany changes, nnod|f|cauons,additions orattachments are madetothe structures orfabric without the written consent ofthe manufacturer. ° No signs,objects, ornaments,fans, lights,fixtures or decorations may be hung from the top part of the structure, unless specifically designed and engineered by the manufactuner. These uennx may interfere with the fabric causing the warranty to be voided. • l year limited warranty onall moving parts and any item not specifically listed above. THREAD Thread yxaU belOOmexpanded PTFE fiber that is high strength and low shrinkage,which carries a lU year warranty. This warranties that the sewing thread will befree from defects in material and workmanship and will not be damaged bvexposure to sunlight,weather and water.All other warranties disclaimed. FABRIC Superior Shade fabrics carry ten-year limited manufacturer's warranty from the date ordelivery against failure from significant fading*, deterioration, breakdown, outdoor heat,cold, or discoloration.Should the fabric need to be replaced under the warranty, Superior Shade will manufacture and ship new fabric at no charge for the first six years,thereafter pro-rated at'18% per annum over the last four years. ~me colors Ped and Yellow are warranted against significant fading for only two years. |rthe corners orthe fabric are equipped with both holes in the fabric corner pLus reinforcing st,aps, oDTn the strap and fabric hole must be placed over each corner hook o,the fabric warranty is void. Fabric curtains,valences o,flat vertical panels are not covered under the warranty. Fabric is not warranted where itis installed on astructure that is not engineered and built bvSuperior Shade orits agents. This warranty shall be void ifdamage to o,failure tothe shade structure is caused by contact with c»cmica|s,cNo,inc, bleaching agents, hydrocarbons or hydrocarbon containing uo|vrnts, miuuuc,vandalism orany act o,God, including but not limited to wind in excess orthe wind limitations set forth bc|ov^ All fabric tops are warranted for sustained winds vptnrGmph (hurricane force l)and for gusts nfupto3seconds duration up to 90mph. Removal of the shade fabric is required if damaging winds are called for. Damage due to snow and/o,ice accumulation is not covered bvthis warranty. Canopies should be ,cmn*cd during the"off season". These structures have been designed toeliminate any friction between the rafters and the fabric.The warranty will,therefore, be voided if any modification(temporary or permanent) is made to the rafter,cross pieces or ridge beams, or if the fastening apparatus iunot secured accordingly. wzx msuo`o m,psmadm.com 1 6 DocuSignEnvelope m:752roE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81mE94o287p ��� � U�� ��� ������� ^'~~~~~~~~~~`~—~~ Superior Shade reserves the right, in cases where certain fabric colors have been d|xconunved,to offer the customer a choice of available colors to replace the warranted fabric of the discontinued oo|or.The company does not warrant that any particular color will heavailable for any period of time and reserves the right to discontinue any color for any reason it may determme,without recourse hythe owner ofthe discontinued fabric color. STEEL STRUCTURE The structural steel frames are covered for a period oftwenty years against failure du*to mnt-tmn"gx corrosion under normal environmental conditions.Workmanship is warranted for period nrfive years. Structures are warranted for winds up to go mph only if shade canopies have been removed as per requirement set forth above in the fabric paragraph. Removal and re-installation must be performed by qualified person o,authorized dealer following the instructions inAPPENDIX Abelow. This steel warranty shall be void ifdamage tothe steel frame is caused by the installer mrfrom physical damage, damage by salt spray m,sprinkler systems,contact with c»emica|s,cNorine, pollution, misuse'vandalism, o,any act orGod. SupERIDuRABLE POWDER COAT FINISH The limited warranty for powder coating provides for the following after five year exposure period when applied according to the recommendations listed nnthe product's technical data sheet and appropriate surface preparation has been utilized. w The coatings shall retain their original color with aAE or< z5 units for high chronna colors, (veUmws. Reds. oranges. Etc.)and aAE or< 5.0 units for|owchrnma colors, when tested in accordance with AsTIVI o 2244. w The coating shall retain minimum o,somorits original gloss level after washing, when tested inaccordance with ASTM o 523. • The coating shall exhibit chalking n"worse than a numerical rating or6.when evaluated in accordance with 4srw osse-uo. ACTS OF NATURE This warranty does not cover natural disasters, such as rarthquakex,shifts of terrain,or tornadoes. nthe structure is installed in an area exposed to hurricanes, removal of the shade fabric is required when a hurricane warning is issued. Appendix A: Proper Care, Maintenance, and Safe Removal of the Shade Canopy AVOID SNOW, ICE,AND n|sn vv|mos: Remove the canopy in winter conditions as ice and snow loads are not covered uvthe warranty. The same goes for winds inexcess orhurricane force l. SHARP OBJECTS:Always avoid dragging the fabric across surfaces,etc Roll or fold the fabric and carry it.xvwu sharp objects, bolts,snags,and other protrusions including mounting »ardware oosTnucr0ws: Keep foliage,such as tree|imbs,shrubbery,and uushes,trimmed back and away from fabric at least three to four feet. sounCEs OF HEAT:Avoid contact with heat sources such as hot hghts,torches,and avoid using griUs,etc. under the fabric. CLEANING THE FABRIC The fabric itself is generally maintenance free with the exception of necessary removal due to weather or seasonal requirements. The fabric does not harbor mildew ormold, but residues such astree sap, leaves, bird droppings, dust and dirt may need u, be wzxmsuo`o snpshmme.com | r DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81 FOE94C287F SIHAIDIE removed. To clean the fabric, use water and mild soap.A soft mop or soft broom may also be used. Cleaners that do not contain hydrocarbons,solvents, bleach or ammonia may be used. Use of solvents, hydrocarbons, bleach,and ammonia type cleaners will void the fabric warranty.A pressure washer may be used if necessary using a wide-spray nozzle. CABLES AND HARDWARE It is recommended that the cables be replaced every 3 to 4 years or if corrosion is visible, whichever comes first.The cable ends must be wrapped with tape to secure any wires;thus, preventing the wires from tearing the fabric.Taping must be done when removing old cable as well as when installing new cable. Clamps should be replaced when the cable is replaced. If the cable appears slack on a still day(no wind), immediately have the cable and clamps re-tightened by a qualified person. The cable should not be slack. GLIDE ELBOW'" Lubricate Glide Elbows"annually and before operating.A waterproof grease is recommended such as a lithium-based grease or anti-seize thread lubricant. STORAGE Fabric must be stored in a clean, dry place free from snags,sharp edges,etcetera.The storage area must be rodent-free. Wrap all hardware fittings with rags or some other protector,as they can damage the fabric. UNINSTALLING THE SHADE CANOPY NECESSARY CARE: It is important to take necessary care when handling the fabric during removal and installation to prevent damage to the fabric as well as SAFE control of the fabric in a breeze or wind.The fabric is tough and engineered for use as a shade, but it can tear or cut when or if pulled over a snag or sharp item; it can puncture from bolts or other protruding objects; and it can melt from objects such as like cigarettes, matches, hot torch tips,sparks and the like. In addition,care must be exercised to avoid the fabric hooks after the fabric is unhooked from the elbow corners and sides of the structure where there are intermediate supports. It is best to wrap any connected mounting hardware to prevent it from harming the fabric. PROPER A N D SAFE: Based on the size of the canopy,several persons may be needed to properly and safely handle the fabric during the uninstalling process.You will need several commercial ladders or other means to work safely at heights such as scissor lifts,etc. It is advised that you pad the post side of the ladder and tie the ladder to the post. The pad is to protect the post finish. Also keep in mind that every 100 square feet of fabric (10'X 10')weighs approximately five pounds; a large canopy can get heavy fast. For proper control of the fabric, read below. It is best to remove the fabric on a still day. Do not attempt to remove the canopy in strong or gusty winds. REMOVAL OF THE CANOPY: Do riot attempt to remove the canopy in strong or gusty winds. STANDARD ELBOWS: For shade structures with Standard Elbows,loosen the turnbuckle several turns in order to put enough slack in the cable to allow the fabric and cable to unhook from all the elbow hooks.Attach 3/8"or larger ropes to each corner of the fabric and cable before unhooking to secure and properly control the fabric from ground level. If uninstalling in breezy conditions, choose the windy side of the fabric and tie these corners to the posts with the ropes with enough slack to allow for unhooking the fabric from the structure.These ropes are to prevent the shade from flying away in the breeze and to help prevent injury to ground personnel. Once the corners have been secured to the posts, unhook the fabric and cables from each corner. On the side away from the wind, release the corners of the fabric and cable and have a person hold on to each rope. It may help to wrap the rope around a column to help hold it from getting caught in the wind. Fold the fabric back away from the hooks. Now it will be necessary to remove the cable clamps to allow the cable to be free from the structure and the turnbuckle. If the cable ends are frayed,wrap them with tape. It is usually not necessary nor is it recommended that the cable be removed from the canopy. With a person on each rope, starting at the windy side, gently pull the canopy down in between the framework of the structure. The side away from the wind can be guided with the ropes toward the persons pulling the canopy down. srpshade.corn 8 DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81 FOE94C287F SIHAIDIE It is important when reinstalling the canopy,that it is put back in its original orientation to the structure. Starting at the turnbuckle corner,the fabric and cable corners should be returned to their original positions. GLIDE ELBOWS: For shade structures with Glide Elbows, remove the protective covers from the ends of the glide elbows.Then, using the proper wrench,turn the hex nuts on the end of the Glide Elbow to run the glide hooks to their top most position. Do no loosen the cable clamps, leave the cable intact.Attach 3/8" ropes to each corner of the fabric and cable before unhooking to se- cure and properly control the fabric from ground level. If uninstalling in breezy conditions,choose the windy side of the fabric and tie these corners to the posts with the ropes with enough slack to allow for unhooking the fabric from the structure. These ropes are to prevent the shade from flying away in the wind and to help prevent injury to ground personnel. Once the corners have been secured to the posts, unhook the fabric and cables. On the side away from the wind, release the corners of the fabric and cable and have a person hold on to each rope. Fold the fabric back away from the hooks. It is a good idea to put the Glide Elbow pro- tective covers back in place.With Glide Elbow installations it is not necessary to loosen or remove the cable clamps nor to remove the cable from the canopy. If the cable ends are frayed,wrap them with tape. When uninstalling the canopy, mark or identify the corner of origin in such a way that when reinstalling the canopy, it is put back in its original orientation to the structure.The fabric and cable corners should be returned to their original positions when reinstall- ing the canopy.The cable and fabric should tighten properly when the glide elbows are adjusted down into their tension positions. SHADE SAILS WITH FANS: For shade sails equipped with fans,loosen the adjustable threaded rod several turns in order to put enough slack in the cable to allow the shackle pin to be removed (do not remove the pins until the fabric corners have been secured with ropes).Attach 3/8"or larger ropes to each corner of the fabric and fan before unhooking to secure and properly control the fabric from ground level. If uninstalling in breezy conditions,choose the windy side of the fabric and tie these corners to the posts with the ropes with enough slack to allow for unhooking the shackle from the structure.These ropes are to prevent the shade from flying away in the breeze and to help prevent injury to ground personnel.Once the corners have been secured to the posts, unhook the shackles and lower the fabric and cable to the ground. REINSTALLING HINTS Using the same rope technique, install from the windy side(if it is breezy) making sure to secure these ropes to the posts. Then, throw the remaining corner ropes over the structure and gently pull the canopy into position.The cables and fabric corners can now be fastened on the hooks(and cable guides if so equipped). Next reinstall the clamps if applicable and tightened the cable with the turnbuckle or the Glide Elbows. Do not attempt to install the canopy in strong or gusty winds. srpshade.com 9 DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81 FOE94C287F f% WEST GUTH PARK CORPUS CHRISTI, TEXAS RFL MODEL # B312DF 1. FLOOR / FOUNDATION 1. The floor/foundation for the modular restroom shall be a prefabricated 8-inch thick monolithic 6,000psi concrete mat slab shipped integral with the restroom building. The slab reinforcing shall be#3 and #5 grade 60 deformed rebar, placed and tied per the structural engineered drawings continuously throughout. #3 grade 60 vertical rebar for CMU walls shall be incorporated into the slab reinforcing rebar to a minimum length of 18", bent to vertical 90 degrees and extended above the concrete slab a minimum of 24". Unless otherwise noted on plan. Doweling of the vertical CMU reinforcing steel into the mat slab is not permitted. The slab shall be designed to allow relocation of the slab and building intact at any future date with built-in lifting hardware. 2. Concrete shall cure for a minimum of 7 days before moving and have a minimum 28-day compressive strength of 6,000 psi. 3. The floor/foundation shall contain a concrete encased electrode consisting of 20' of bare copper conductor(No. 4 AWG) located near the bottom of the foundation, and encased in a minimum of 2" of concrete. Stub the ground conductor up through the foundation near the panel board location. 4. Structural engineering drawings shall supersede specifications. 2. WALL SYSTEMS 1. Walls to 7'-4" above finish floor(AFF)shall be hollow load-bearing concrete masonry units and shall conform to UBC Standard 21-4, Grade N, and ASTM C-90. All units shall be medium weight. Wall system to be solid grout filled and to receive steel reinforcement throughout according to structural engineer drawings. 2. Walls above 7'-4" shall be fabricated with galvanized 16-gauge, welded in place, structural steel studs with top and bottom channels. Each weld shall be painted with a minimum of three coats of rust inhibiting paint. 3. INTERIOR FINISHES 1. Restroom floors to receive a two coat Sherwin Williams stain and seal coating system. Color of stain to be Gray. 2. Chase floor to receive a light broom finish with Insul-X-Sure Step; anti slip acrylic latex coating. Color to be Gray. DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81 FOE94C287F 3. Restroom walls to 7'-4"AFF to be CMU block, precision finish. To receive one coat of prime &fill acrylic block filler, one coat of 100% acrylic primer and two finish coats of 100% block/stucco paint. Color to be White. 4. Chase walls to 7'-4"AFF to be CMU block, precision finish. To receive one coat of 100% acrylic primer. Color to be Gray. 5. Chase walls above 7'-4" to be open framing. To receive one coat of 100% acrylic primer. Color to be Gray. 6. Restroom walls above 7'-4" to be fiberglass reinforced concrete (FRC) panels. Panels to be blind fastened, filled and sanded, with a light texture finish. To receive one coat of 100% acrylic primer and two finish coats of 100% acrylic semi-gloss enamel paint. Color of paint to be White. 9. Restroom ceilings to be fiberglass reinforced concrete (FRC) panels, blind fastened to steel framed walls with #6 x 1 '/" screws, filled and sanded, with a light texture finish. To receive one coat of 100% acrylic primer and two finish coats of 100% acrylic semi-gloss enamel paint. Color of paint to be White. 4. DOORS 1. Restroom and Chase doors to be 1%"thick, full-flush, 16-gauge steel face with stiffening ribs. Door jambs shall be 16-gauge steel. Doors and jambs to receive one coat of DTM acrylic urethane Gray primer and two coats of DTM acrylic urethane tint base. Owner to make color selection from manufacturer's provided color chart. 2. Door hardware is as follows (or equal or as per plan): Restroom Doors— ABH continuous hinge A240 or equal Schlage B660P deadbolt Ives 8111-5 Pull handle Dorma 8600 door closer Ives 8400, 10" high stainless steel kick plate (push side only) Chase Door— ABH continuous hinge A240 or equal Schlage B660P deadbolt Ives 8111-5 Pull handle Wright Door Retainer chain stop Restroom doors to receive electronic door lock system. 5. ROOF 1. Roof structure to be 5/8" exterior grade structural OSB over 4"x 6"tubular steel rafters. Perimeter wall caps to be 3/16" tube steel anchored to block walls with 20"threaded rod on 16" centers. All rafter to beam connections to be welded. Wall cap to receive one coat of DTM acrylic urethane Gray primer and two coats of DTM acrylic urethane tint base. Owner to make color selection from manufacturer's provided color chart. DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F 2. Roof finish to be Metal Sales 26-gauge corrugated steel panels over 301b. felt paper or equal. Owner to make color selection from manufacturer's provided color chart. 3. Rake and fascia trim to be 24 gauge galvanized metal. To receive one coat of DTM acrylic urethane Gray primer and two coats of DTM acrylic urethane tint base. Owner to make color selection from manufacturer's provided color chart. 6. EXTERIOR FINISHES 1. Exterior walls to be stucco over 1", 20-gauge steel mesh over double layer of 15#felt. To receive one coat of acrylic stucco & masonry sealer and two finish coats of block/stucco paint. Owner to make color selection from manufacturer's provided color chart. 2. Decorative inlay to be V x 4" tubular steel. Inlay to be mechanically fastened to CMU block. Owner to make color selection from manufacturer's provided color chart. 7. VENTILATION 1. Vent screens shall be 1/8"thick 9-gauge expanded 3/"x1'/", type#304 stainless steel, in a flattened de-burred pattern. 8. ACCESSORIES AND SIGNAGE 1. All wall mounted toilet accessories to be installed with stainless steel tamper-resistant screws. 2. Toilet partitions to be 1" high-density polyethylene plastic (HDPE). Partitions to receive stainless steel mounting hardware. Color of partitions and doors to be selected by owner from provided manufacturer's color chart. Each toilet stall door to receive one (1) Bobrick B-212 coat hook or equal. 3. Accessories are as follows (or equal and/or as specified on plans): 36" Stainless Steel Grab Bar Bobrick B6806.36 48" Stainless Steel Grab Bar Bobrick B6806.48 Stainless Steel 3-Roll TP holder Royce Rolls TP-3 18"x30" Stainless Steel Mirrors Bobrick B-1556 1830 or equal Soap Dispenser, Surface Mounted Bobrick B-2111 4. Signage to be in compliance with local, State, and/or ADA regulations for restroom entrances. 9. PLUMBING (or equal) 1. Plumbing drain, waste, and vent piping shall be schedule 40 PVC with solvent welded connections. All vents through the roof shall be cast iron. 2. Water lines shall be Type L copper above ground and Type K copper below ground. Water supply in building shall have a built-in valve combo including a pressure-reducing valve to 80 psi, an in-line 30- micron filter, and two 160 psi pressure gauges. DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81 FOE94C287F 3. Incoming water service shall be a 1-1/2" line, 50 gpm and 60psi minimums. 4. Each fixture shall be isolated with a ball valve or plumbing fixture flush valve. All flush valves and P- traps shall be concealed in chase. 5. Plumbing fixtures shall be vitreous china as follows (or equal): Water Closet American Standard -2634.101.020 Flush Valve Sloan 952 Urinal American Standard -6515.001.020 Flush Valve Sloan 995 Lavatory American Standard -0356.421.020 Metering Faucet T&S B-0712-VF05 6. A single hose bibb shall be in the plumbing chase and shall be installed with a vacuum breaker, to code. Hose bibb to be Woodford 24- %" or equal. 7. Floors shall drain to an integral floor drain with trap primers. Floor drains to be MI FAB- 112-T-5-1 w/5" B strainer or equal. 8. A commercial grade hose reel with 50' of hose shall be installed in the Chase. 9. Tankless on demand electric water heater(s)to be located in chase to provide tempered water to the lavatories or other fixtures as needed. Water heater to be Chromite 20L/208-MM or equal and as needed. 11. Drinking fountain, shall be an ELKAY VRCTL8WSK with EZH2O bottle filler. Hi-Lo, ADA Compliant, (with cane touch apron as needed). 10. ELECTRICAL (or equal) 1. Building shall have a 125 amp, 120/240V, 1-phase, 3-wire, 12-pole, 30-space, NEMA type 1 load center with snap-in breakers. Panel to be a Siemens P3030131125CU or equal. 2. Restroom lights shall be custom LED light bar at 4.2 Watts per ft. 3. Restroom lights to be controlled by manual switch, wired to a motion sensor. 4. Exterior light(s) shall be RAB BRISK S1 7L-740 OR BRISK S1 7L-740/PCU. Color of housing to be Dark Bronze. 5. Exterior light(s)shall be controlled by a Tork 3010 photo cell and Tork E101 B time clock. 6. Chase/Storage light(s) shall be custom LED Light Bar at 4.2 Watts per ft. 7. Each restroom shall receive one high speed, energy efficient, ADA compliant, vandal resistant World Slimdri hand dryer with built in automatic activation. Color to be white. DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F 8. Building shall have one Leviton 7899W or equal, 20 amp, 125 volt, GFCI duplex receptacle located in chase. Color to be White. 9. Building to be grounded per local code. 11. EXTERNAL UTILITY CONNECTIONS 1. CorWorth will provide underground piping for electrical, sewer, and water extending 6 feet from the slab perimeter. Owner or general contractor shall provide licensed contractors to install manufacturer supplied underground plumbing kit, and make connections between underground plumbing kit stub-ups to internal plumbing of building located in chase. Owner/General Contractor shall provide licensed contractors to install manufacturers supplied underground plumbing kit, manufacturer supplied water line, and manufacturer supplied electrical conduit to establish tie in points. 2. Owner/General Contractor shall be responsible for final connections to utilities. 12. FINAL SPECIFICATIONS 1. Finalized specifications will be listed on finalized plans. 13. WARRANTY II structures produced by the Company carry a structural warranty and are warranted to the Purchaser to be free from defects in material, workmanship and title on structural components of the building. When the Company participates in site work installation or site work supervision, the Company will replace or repair, at its option, defects in workmanship or any part that is proved defective within five (5)years from delivery. This Warranty applies only where the Company has been notified in writing of the defect within the warranty period and where any equipment has been properly operated and maintained in accordance with the Company's instructions: the Company assigns any and all warranties for fixtures, appliances, and other equipment manufactured by others to said other manufacturer. Said fixtures traditionally have a one (1)year warranty from the manufacturer. For these specific items this shall be the extent of the warranties. The foregoing shall constitute the said liability of the Company and the sole remedy to the Purchaser. Failures due to abuse or lack of regular maintenance are excluded from this Warranty. DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F SECTION 32 84 00— IRRIGATION SYSTEM PART 1 —GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Furnish all work and materials, appliances, tools, equipment, facilities, transportation, point of connection and all other services required for the installation of a complete underground permanent, as shown on drawings and/or specified herein. When the term "Contractor" is used in this section, it shall refer to the Irrigation Contractor. 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. The following Codes, Regulations, Reference Standards, and Specifications apply to work included in this section: ASTM: D2241, D2464, D2466, D2564, and D855. 1.3 WARRANTY AND MAINTENANCE A. The Contractor shall warranty material and workmanship for one year after final acceptance including repair and replacement of defective materials, workmanship, and labor. B. Maintenance during warranty shall include, but not necessarily be limited to, the following: 1. Adjustment of sprinkler height and plumb to compensate for settlement and/or plant growth. 2. Backfilling of all trenches. 3. Adjustment of head coverage (arc of spray)as necessary. 4. Unstopping heads plugged by foreign material. 5. Drip System: a. Remove disc stack and rinse with water and replace every 6 months. b. Compare the controller runtimes and frequency to the to the application rate for specified drip irrigation at the spacing used. If the amount of water in inches/hour is insufficient or exceeds the requirement of the plant, adjust accordingly. c. Refer to drip irrigation component design manual /specifications as required. 6. Adjustment of controller as necessary to insure proper sequence and watering time. 7. All maintenance necessary to keep the system in good operating order. Repair of damage caused by vandals, other contractors or weather conditions shall be considered extra to these specifications. C. Warranty and maintenance after final acceptance does not include alterations as necessitated by re-landscaping, re-grading, addition of trees or the addition, and/or changes in sidewalks, walls, driveways, etc. Halff Associates 3-2020 IRRIGATION SYSTEM 328400- 1 DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F D. Contractor must declare compliance with section 1903.251, Texas Occupations Code. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. The Contractor shall submit shop drawings or manufacturer's "cut sheet"for each type of sprinkler head, nozzle, pipe, controller, valves, check valve assemblies, valve boxes, wire, conduit, fittings, drip irrigation lines and components, and all other types of fixtures and equipment proposed to install on the job. The submittal shall include the manufacturer's name, model number, equipment capacity, and manufacturer's installation recommendation, if applicable, for each proposed item. B. No partial submittal will be accepted and submittals shall be neatly bound into a brochure and logically organized. After the submittal has been approved, substitutions will not be allowed except by written consent of the Owner's Representative. C. Shop drawings shall include dimensions, elevations, construction, details, arrangements, and capacity of equipment, as well as manufacturer's installation recommendations. 1.5 "APPROVED EQUAL" SUBSTITUTIONS A. Several items in this section and on the plans are specified by a manufacturer's brand name and catalog number, followed by the phrase "or approved equal". This is not intended to unduly restrict competitive procurements or bidding, but is done to assure a minimum standard of quality which is believed to be best for the item specified. 1.6 CODES/PERMITS A. All work under this section shall comply with the provisions of these Specifications, as illustrated on the accompanying drawings, or as directed by the Owner's Representative and shall satisfy all applicable local codes, ordinances, or regulations of the governing bodies and all authorities having jurisdiction over this Project. B. Installation of equipment and materials shall be done in accordance with requirements of the National Electrical Code, Applicable City Plumbing Code, and standard plumbing procedures. The drawings and these Specifications are intended to comply with all the necessary rules and regulations; however, some discrepancies may occur, the Contractor shall immediately notify the Owner's Representative in writing of the discrepancies and apply for an interpretation. Should the discovery and notification occur after the execution of a contract, any additional work required for compliance with the regulations shall be paid for as covered by these Contract Documents. C. The Contractor shall give all necessary notices, obtain all permits, and pay all costs in connection with his work; file with all governmental departments having jurisdiction; obtain all required certificates of inspection for his work and deliver to the Owner's Representative. D. The Contractor shall include in the work any labor, materials, services, apparatus, or drawings in order to comply with all applicable laws, ordinances, rules and regulations whether or not shown on the drawings and/or specified. Halff Associates 3-2020 IRRIGATION SYSTEM 328400-2 DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F E. The installation of the irrigation system shall be made by an individual or firm duly qualified with a minimum of five years experience installing systems of similar size and scope, and licensed under Article No. 8751 VTCS, Titled "Licensed Irrigators Act", S.B. No. 259 as passed by the 66th Texas Legislature. 1.7 EXISTING UTILITIES A. Locations and elevations of various utilities included with the scope of this work have been obtained from the most reliable sources available and should serve as a general guide without guarantee to accuracy. The Contractor shall examine the Site and verify to his own satisfaction the locations and elevation of all utilities and availability of utilities and services required. The Contractor shall inform himself as to their relation to the work and the submission of bids shall be deemed as evidence thereof. The Contractor shall repair at his own expense, and to the satisfaction of the Owner, for damage to any utility shown or not shown on the plans. B. Should utilities not shown on the plans be found during excavations, Contractor shall promptly notify the Landscape Architect for instructions as to further action. C. Contractor shall make necessary adjustments in the layout as may be required to connect to existing stub-outs, should such stub- outs not be located exactly as shown and as may be required to work around existing work, at no increase in cost to the Owner. All such work will be recorded on record drawings and turned over to the Owner prior to final acceptance. 1.8 RECORD DRAWINGS A. Record dimensioned locations and depths for each of the following: 1. Point of connection to proposed backflow devise as shown on plan. 2. Sprinkler pressure line routing (provide dimensions for each 100 lineal feet (maximum) along each routing, and for each change in directions). 3. Gate valves. 4. Sprinkler control valves (buried only). 5. Control wire routing. 6. Drip irrigation assemblies. 7. Other related items as may be directed by the Owner's Representative. B. Locate all dimensions from two permanent points (buildings, monuments, sidewalks, curbs, or pavements). C. Record all changes which are made from the Contract drawings, including changes in the pressure and non-pressure lines. D. Record all required information on a set of blackline prints of the Contract drawings. Do not use these prints for any other purpose. Provide digital PDF copy and AutoCAD file. E. Maintain information daily. Keep Contract drawings at the Worksite at all times and available for review by the Owner's Representative. Halff Associates 3-2020 IRRIGATION SYSTEM 328400- 3 DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F 1.10 CONTROLLER CHART A. Do not prepare chart until record drawings have been approved by the Owner's Representative. B. Provide one controller chart for the stations used on the automatic controller(s). 1. Chart may be a reproduction of the record drawing, if the scale permits fitting within the controller door. If photo reduction prints are required, keep reduction to maximum size possible to retain full legibility. 2. Chart shall be blackline print of the actual system, showing the area covered by that controller. C. Identify the area of coverage of each remote control valve, using a distinctly different pastel color, drawn over the entire area of coverage. D. Following approval of chart by the Owner's Representative, it shall be hermetically sealed between two layers of 20 mil. thick plastic sheet. E. Chart must be completed and approved prior to final acceptance of the irrigation system. 1.11 OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS A. Provide individual bound manuals detailing operating and maintenance requirements for irrigation systems. B. Manuals shall be delivered to the Owner's representative for review and approval no later than 10 days prior to completion of work. Revise manual as required. C. Provide descriptions of all installed materials and systems in sufficient detail to permit maintenance personnel to understand, operate, and maintain the equipment. D. Provide the following in each manual: 1. Index sheet, stating Irrigation Contractor's name, address, telephone number, and name of person to contact. 2. Duration of guarantee period. 3. Equipment list providing the following for each item: a. Manufacturer's name. b. Make and model number. c. Name and address of local manufacturer's representative. d. Spare parts list in detail. e. Detailed operating and maintenance instructions of major equipment. 4. Recommended programs for watering by season. Halff Associates 3-2020 IRRIGATION SYSTEM 328400-4 DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F 1.12 CHECKLIST A. Provide a signed and dated checklist, and deliver to the Owner's Representative prior to final acceptance of the work. B. Use the following format: 1. Plumbing permits: if none required, so note. 2. Material approvals: approved by and date. 3. Pressure line tests: by whom and date. 4. Record Drawings: received by and date. 5. Controller charts: received by and date. 6. Materials furnished: received by and date. 7. Operation and maintenance manuals: received by and date. 8. System and equipment operation instructions: received by and date. 9. Manufacturer's warranties if required: received by and date. 10. Written guarantee: received by and date. 11. Lowering of heads in lawn areas: if incomplete, so state. 1.13 ELECTRIC POWER A. Electric power to operate the controller shall be furnished by the Electrical Contractor unless otherwise noted on the plans. Service wiring to the controller cabinet shall be furnished by the Irrigation Contractor. 1.14 WATER FOR TESTING A. Unless noted otherwise on the plans or elsewhere, water is available on the site necessary for testing, flushing, and jetting. 1.15 BORINGS, SLEEVES AND ELECTRICAL CONDUITS A. Sleeves and electrical conduits are the responsibility of the Irrigation Contractor to install prior to paving or related construction and should be installed as noted on the approved irrigation plan. Contractors shall be responsible for locating all sleeves and conduits at no additional cost to the Authority. Borings under existing paving will be required where noted on the drawings and shall be provided at no additional cost to the Owner. Borings shall be a minimum of 18 inch depth and new pipes shall be incased in Schedule 40 PCV sleeves. 1.16 ATTIC STOCK-SPARE PARTS A. The Contractor shall supply the Owner with five parts each of irrigation system components excluding controller, mainline pipe and lateral pipe. These items will be kept for use by the Owner after the Landscape Maintenance for One (1) Year period is completed. 1.17 COMMISSIONING A. This Section specifies a system which will be commissioned as part of the construction process. Documentation and testing of these systems, as well as training of the Owner's operation and maintenance personnel, is required in cooperation with the Owner's Commissioning Coordinator. Halff Associates 3-2020 IRRIGATION SYSTEM 328400- 5 DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F B. Commissioning requires the participation of this Contractor to ensure that all systems are operating in a manner consistent with the Contract Documents. This Contractor shall be familiar with all parts of the Commissioning Section and the commissioning plan issued by the Commissioning Coordinator and shall execute all commissioning responsibilities assigned to them in the Contract Documents. 1.18 POINT OF CONNECTION A. Verify main, meter location, and water pressure at the site, if minimum residual water pressure is less than required, notify owner's representative prior to construction. Contractor shall notify the owner's representative of such and shall receive owners' approval prior to any construction. B. Follow all state and local codes. PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.1 GENERAL A. Unless otherwise noted on the plans, all materials shall be new and unused. The irrigation equipment catalog numbers used for reference in these Specifications are to establish minimum quality standards and may be substituted with an "approved equal" as outlined in Paragraph 1.06 of this section, unless specifically requested by the campus maintenance staff and noted as having no "approved equal"to be accepted. 2.2 POLYVINYL CHLORIDE PIPE (PVC PIPE) A. PVC pipe manufactured in accordance with ASTM Standards noted herein. B. Marking and Identification: PVC pipe shall be continuously and permanently marked with following information: Manufacturer's name, size, type of pipe, and material, PVC number, Product Standard number, and the NSF (National Sanitation Foundation)Seal. C. PVC pipe fittings: Shall be of the same material as the PVC pipe specified and compatible with PVC pipe furnished. Solvent weld type shall be for Schedule 40. D. PVC Pipe: All Mainline pipe shall be Sch40 PVC. All Lateral lines for sport field irrigation shall be Sch40 PVC. E. Flexible PVC Risers (Nipples): All flexible PVC nipples shall be made from virgin PVC material, and shall comply with ASTM D2287, shall be tested at 200 P.S.I. static pressure for 2 hours and have a quick burst rating of a minimum 400 P.S.I. Flexible PVC pipe nipples shall be factory assembled only. 2.3 SWING JOINTS A. Swing joints shall be O-ring seal type. Use Lasco or approved equal. Halff Associates 3-2020 IRRIGATION SYSTEM 328400- 6 DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F 2.4 WIRE AND SPLICES A. All wire shall be single strand solid copper, minimum 14 gauge with type OF insulation which is Underwriters Laboratory approved for direct underground burial when used in a National Electrical Code Class II Circuit(30 volts AC or less) as per Articles 725 and 300. Voltage drop shall be taken into consideration. B. All wire shall be color coded so that the common wire shall have white insulation and the signal wires shall have red insulation. C. All splices shall be made with King one step Dry splices Tan or Larger. D. All connectors shall be UL listed, rated 600 volt, for PVC insulated wire. No wire splices shall be buried. 2.5 MANUAL VALVES A. Manual valves 2 'Y" and smaller shall be all brass, globe type with composition disc rated at 150 pounds W.O.G. B. All valves shall have wheel handles unless cross handles are called for on the plan. 2.6 VALVE BOXES A. A box shall be provided for all valves. B. Valve boxes shall be made of high-strength plastic suitable for turf irrigation purposes. C. Boxes shall be suitable in size and configuration for the operability and adjustment of the valve. D. Extension sections will be used as appropriate to the depth of piping. E. All valve box covers shall bolt down or have locking mechanisms and shall be colored green. 2.7 POP-UP SPRAY, MICRO SPRAY, ROTOR AND BUBBLER HEADS/ROOT WATERING SYSTEMS A. Pop-up spray, rotor and bubbler heads are specified on the drawings. B. Two bubbler heads shall be provided per each tree or Rainbird Root Watering System (2) per shade tree and (1) per ornamental tree per locations as shown on the plans. Halff Associates 3-2020 IRRIGATION SYSTEM 328400- 7 DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F C. Spray heads shall have a minimum 4" pop-up or 12" pop-up as designated on the drawings. The sprinkler body and all related parts shall be plastic cycolac or polycarbonate. They shall have a spring retraction for positive return action of the pop-up nozzle. The spring for retraction and the adjustable nozzle screw shall be made of corrosion resistant materials. D. All heads are to be operated and site adjusted to match precipitation rate of all heads in the zone with proper nozzle selection and arc adjustments. E. MICRO-SPRAYS-The nozzle shall be constructed of corrosion and UV-resistant plastic. The nozzle shall have a pop-up stem that when under water pressure, pops up an additional inch. It shall also have a stainless steel retraction spring to retract the stem when water pressure is released. The stem shall have an integral elastomeric flow bushing for maintaining a constant flow rate over the operating pressure range of 25 to 60 PSI (1.7 to 4.1 bars; 172 to 413 kPa). The nozzle shall be protected from debris by a stainless steel screen that is integral to the pop- up stem. The nozzle shall have standard female threads that are compatible with the threaded riser on Hunter spray heads as well as some other manufacturer's spray heads. The nozzle shall carry a two-year, exchange warranty (not prorated). Must be installed in Institutional spray body. 2.8 DRIP IRRIGATION A. The drip irrigation system shall be Rainbird XF Series dripline and components as specificed in Irrigation Legend. Drip flow rate and spacing shall be as indicated on drawings. 2.9 ELECTRIC CONTROLLER (PERMANENT IRRIGATION) A. Electric irrigation controller shall be capable of operating the number of stations as indicated on the drawings. The system is designed to operate only one section valve at a time, unless otherwise noted. The controller will be specified on the irrigation plan. B. Power source shall be standard 117=/-volt 60 Cycle AC. Output for operation of companion solenoid actuated valves shall be 24 volts 60 Cycle AC. C. Operation of the controller shall be full automatic, incorporating one 24 hour clock and 14 day calendar per controlled number of electric valves shown on the plan to start the sprinkling cycle any hour or hours of the day or night of any day or days over a repeating 14 day period. D. The controller shall be capable of repeating watering cycles as required with a maximum delay between the ending of one cycle and the beginning of the next not to exceed 2 hours. Control shall provide optional semi-automatic operation whereby the automatic cycle may be started independent of the clock and manual operation whereby any station may be operated by hand independent of all timing mechanism. The choice of automatic day or hour programming shall be available to the operator on the face of the control panel without the use of tools. E. The automatic controller shall be equipped with rainproof housing. F. Provide automatic rain/freeze shutoff with controller. Halff Associates 3-2020 IRRIGATION SYSTEM 328400- 8 DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F 2.10 ELECTRIC REMOTE CONTROL GLOBE VALVES A. Electric remote control valves shall have plastic bodies and covers and shall be globe-type diaphragm valves of normally closed design. B. A flow stem adjustment shall be included in each valve. 2.11 BACKFLOW PREVENTER A. A double-check assembly shall be located and sized as shown on the plans. B. This assembly shall be installed in a box and shall conform to the City Plumbing Codes. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION, GENERAL A. Design Pressure: This irrigation system has been designed to operate with a minimum static inlet water pressure as indicated on the drawing. The Contractor shall take a pressure reading prior to beginning construction. If the pressure reading is 5% less than indicated, the Contractor shall notify the Owner's Representative. B. Contractor Responsibility: The Contractor shall not willfully install the irrigation system as shown on the drawings when it is obvious in the field that obstructions, grade differences or discrepancies in equipment usage, area dimensions or water pressure exist that might not have been considered in the engineering. Such obstructions or differences shall be brought to the attention of the Owner's Representative in writing. In the event this notification is not performed, the Contractor shall assume full responsibility for any revision necessary. C. Staking: Before installation is started, place a stake or flag where each sprinkler is to be located, in accordance with drawing. Staking shall be approved by the Owner's Representative before proceeding. D. Piping Layout: Piping layout is diagrammatic. Route piping around existing trees and root zones in such a manner as to avoid damage to plantings. Where access is restricted, bore under large existing trees to avoid damage and exposure of the root system. Do not dig within the ball of newly planted trees or shrubs. E. In areas where trees are present, trenches will be adjusted on site to provide a minimum clearance of four times the trunk diameter of the tree (at its base) between any tree and any trench. F. All material and equipment shall be delivered to the Worksite in unbroken reels, cartons or other packaging to demonstrate that such material is new and of a quality and grade in keeping with the intent of these Specifications. G. Refer to plan details for drip installation. Halff Associates 3-2020 IRRIGATION SYSTEM 328400- 9 DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F H. Spray heads and Rotor heads cannot be located closer than 4" of any sidewalk, driveway or foundation. 3.2 EXCAVATION AND TRENCHING A. The Contractor shall perform all excavation to the depth indicated in these Specifications and Contract drawings. The banks of trenches shall be kept as nearly vertical as practicable. Trenches shall be wide enough to allow a minimum of 4" between parallel pipelines or electrical wiring. Where rock excavation is required, or where stones are encountered in the bottom of the trench that would create a concentrated pressure on the pipe, the rock or stones shall be removed to a depth of six (6) inches minimum below the trench depth indicated. The over depth rock excavation and all excess trench excavation shall be backfilled with loose, moist earth or sand, thoroughly tamped. Whenever wet or otherwise unstable soil that is incapable of properly supporting the pipe is encountered in the trench bottom, such shall be removed to a depth and length required, and the trench backfilled to trench bottom grade as hereinafter specified, with course sand, fine gravel or other suitable material. B. Bottom of trench grade shall be continued past ground surface deviations to avoid air pockets and low collection points in the line. The minimum cover specifications shall govern regardless of variations in ground surface profile and the occasional deeper excavation required at banks and other field conditions. Excavation shall be such that a uniform trench grade variation will occur in all cases where variations are necessary. C. Trench excavation shall comprise the satisfactory removal and disposition of all materials, and shall include all shoring and sheeting required to protect the excavation and to safeguard employees. D. During excavation, material suitable for backfilling shall be stockpiled in an orderly manner a sufficient distance back from edge of trenches to avoid overloading and prevent slides or cave-ins. Material unsuitable for backfilling shall be wasted as directed by the Owner's Representative. When excavated material is of a rocky nature and the topsoil or any other layer of excavated material is suitable for pipe bedding and backfill in the vicinity of the pipe, such material shall be separately stockpiled for use in such bedding and pipe backfill operations, unless satisfactory imported material is used. E. All excavations and backfill shall be unclassified and covered in the basic bid. No additional compensation will be allowed for rock encountered. F. Restore all surfaces, existing underground installations, etc., damaged or cut as a result of the excavations to their original conditions in a manner acceptable to the Owner's Representative. 3.3 PIPE INSTALLATION A. Sprinkler Mains: Sprinkler mains are that portion of piping from water source to electric valves. This portion of piping is subject to surges since it is a closed portion of the sprinkler system. Sprinkler mains shall be installed in a trench with a minimum of 18 inches of cover. Halff Associates 3-2020 IRRIGATION SYSTEM 328400- 10 DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F B. Lateral Piping: Lateral piping is that portion of piping from electrical valve to sprinkler heads. This portion of piping is not subject to surges since it is an "open end" portion of the sprinkler system. Lateral piping shall be installed in a trench with a minimum of 12 inches of cover. C. Remove lumber, rubbish, and rocks from trenches. Provide firm, uniform bearing for entire length of each pipeline to prevent uneven settlement. Wedging or blocking of pipe will not be permitted. Remove foreign matter or dirt from inside of pipe before welding, and keep piping clean during and after laying pipe. D. PVC pipe shall not be installed where there is water in the trench, nor shall PVC pipe be laid when temperature is 40 deg. F or below or when rain is imminent. PVC pipe will expand and contract as the temperature changes. Therefore, pipe shall be snaked from side to side of trench bottom to allow for expansion and contraction. 3.4 PVC PIPE AND FITTING ASSEMBLY A. Solvent: Make solvent-welded joints following standards noted herein. Thoroughly clean pipe and fittings of dirt, dust, and moisture with an approved PVC primer before applying solvent. B. PVC to Metal Connection: Work metal connections first. Use a non-hardening pipe dope such as Permatex No. 2 or"Teflon"tape on threaded PVC to metal joints. Use only light wrench pressure. C. Threaded PVC Connections: Where required, use threaded PVC adapters into which pipe may be welded. 3.5 HYDROSTATIC TESTS A Pressure Test: After the pipe is laid, the joints completed, and the trench partially backfilled, leaving the joints exposed for examination, the newly laid piping or any valved section of main pressure line piping shall, unless otherwise specified, be subjected for four hours to a hydrostatic pressure test of normal city water pressure. Each valve shall be opened and closed during the test. Enclosed pipe,joints, fittings, and valves shall be carefully examined during the partially open trench test. Joints showing visible leakage shall be replaced or remade, as necessary. Cracked or defective pipe,joints, fittings, or valves discovered in consequence of this pressure test shall be repeated until the test results are satisfactory. All replacement and repair shall be at contractor's cost. 3.6 CONTROL WIRE INSTALLATION A. All control wire less than 500 feet in length shall be continuous without splices or joints from the controller to the valves. Connections to the electric valves shall be made within 18 inches of the valve using connectors specified in Paragraph 2.4 of this section, unless otherwise approved by the Owner's Representative in writing. B. All control wires shall be installed at least 18 inches deep. Contractor shall obtain the Owner's Representative's approval for wire routing when installed in a separate ditch. Control wires may Halff Associates 3-2020 IRRIGATION SYSTEM 328400- 11 DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F be installed in a common ditch with piping; however, wires must be installed a minimum of 4 inches below or to one side of piping. C. All wire passing under existing or future paving, sidewalk, construction, etc., shall be encased in PVC Schedule 40 conduit extending at least 2 feet beyond edges of paving, sidewalks, or construction. 3.7 POP-UP SPRAY, MICRO-SPRAY, ROTORY AND BUBBLER HEADS A. Provide heads and nozzles as specified and install in locations as shown on the Contract Drawings. B. Pop-up spray and micro-spray heads shall be installed on a poly riser pipe connector as detailed. Rotary heads shall be installed on a double swing joint connected to the lateral pipe. Bubbler shall be a po-up spray head on a poly riser. Keep heads a minimum of 4 inches from paved surfaces. C. Heads shall be installed with underside of flange flush with the finished grade. D. Contractor will be required to adjust heads as necessary after establishment of grass or other plant material. 3.8 QUICK COUPLING VALVES A. Quick coupling valves shall be installed as indicated on the plans along mainline with a ball valve preceding the QC for shut off. B. Quick coupling valves shall be installed with the underside of flange flush with the finished grade. C. Quick coupling valves shall be installed on a swing joint assembly as detailed on the submitted and approved shop drawings. D. Under the warranty, the Contractor shall return after grass is established and adjust valves and valve boxes to proper grade. 3.9 MANUAL VALVES A. Manual valves shall be sized and located where shown on the Contract drawings. B. Valve boxes shall be adjusted to be flush with finished grade. C. Valve boxes shall be properly supported and of sufficient construction that tractors, mowers or other equipment crossing over the boxes will not push boxes down and crush the pipe, valve, or box. Halff Associates 3-2020 IRRIGATION SYSTEM 328400- 12 DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F 3.10 VALVE AND VALVE BOX PLACEMENT A. A ball valve shall precede each valve to provide shut off for repair of valves. B. All manual, electric, and quick coupling valves shall be in boxes as specified in Paragraph 2.6 of this section, and shall be set with a minimum of six(6) inches of space between their top surface and the bottom of the valve box. The base of the box shall be filled with pea gravel per manufacturer's installation instructions. C. Valves shall be fully opened and fully closed to ensure that all parts are in operating condition. D. Valve boxes shall be set plumb, vertical, and concentric with the valve stem. E. Any valve box which has moved from this required position so as to prevent the use of the operating wheel of the valve shall be reset by the Contractor at his own expense. 3.11 ELECTRIC CONTROLLER A. Electric controller shall be located as shown on the plans and shall be capable of operating the number of stations indicated. B. The system is designed to operate only one section at a time, unless otherwise noted on the plans in strict accordance with the manufacturer's published installation instructions. 3.12 ELECTRIC REMOTE CONTROL VALVES A. Remote control valves shall be located and sized as shown on the plans. All electrical connections shall be made when the weather is dry with connection kits as specified in Paragraph 2.4 of this section in strict accordance with manufacturer's recommended procedures. All remote control valves shall be installed in a horizontal position, in accordance to the manufacturer's published installation instructions. B. It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to furnish and install the proper size wire on each of the low voltage circuits from the master control center to the various electric remote control valves. C. Consideration shall be given to each circuit for allowance of voltage drop and economy consistent with accepted practices of electrical installation. Under no circumstances shall the voltage of any branch circuit be reduced more than proper due to length of run exceeding the maximum allowable for the wire size used. 3.13 BACKFILL AND COMPACTION A. After system is operating and required tests and inspections have been made, the trenches shall be carefully backfilled with the excavated materials approved for backfilling, consisting of earth, loam, sandy clay, sand, gravel, soft shale, or other approved materials, free from large clods of earth or stone. Rock, broken concrete, or pavement, and large boulders shall not be Halff Associates 3-2020 IRRIGATION SYSTEM 328400- 13 DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F used as backfill material. The backfill shall be thoroughly compacted and evened with the adjacent soil level. B. Compact trenches in areas to be planted by thoroughly flooding the backfill. Compact all other areas by flooding or hand tamping. The jetting process may be used in areas when flooding. C. Backfill for all trenches, regardless of the type of pipe covered, shall be compacted to a minimum of 90%density. D. Any trenches improperly backfilled, or where settlement occurs, shall be reopened to the depth required for compaction, then refilled and compacted with the surface restored to the required grade and left in a completed surface condition as described above. E. Specifically tamp backfill under heads and around the flange of heads for one foot (1') by a suitable means after trench backfill has dried from flooding to prevent heads loosening in the ground. 3.14 FINAL ADJUSTMENT A. After installation has been completed, make final adjustment of sprinkler system prior to Owner's Representative's final inspection. B. Completely flush system to remove debris from lines by removing nozzle from heads on ends of lines and turning on system. C. Check sprinklers for proper operation and proper alignment for direction of throw. D. Check each new section for operating pressure and balance to other sections by use of flow adjustment on top of each valve. E. Check nozzles for proper coverage. Prevailing wind conditions may indicate that arc or angle of spray should be other than as shown on drawings. In this case, change nozzles to provide correct coverage and furnish record data to Owner's Representative with each change. F. After system is thoroughly flushed and ready for operation, each section of sprinklers shall be adjusted to control pressure at heads. Use the following method, one section at a time: 1. Remove last head on section and install a temporary riser above grade. Install tee with pressure gauge attached on top of riser and re-install head with nipple onto tee. 2. Correct operating pressure at last head of each section as follows: Spray Heads- 20-25 psi; rotor heads- 30 to 40 psi (and as recommended by the manufacturer). 3. After replacing head, at grade, tamp thoroughly around head. 3.15 CLEAN-UP A. The Worksite shall be thoroughly cleaned of all waste materials and all unused or salvaged materials, equipment, tools, etc. Halff Associates 3-2020 IRRIGATION SYSTEM 328400- 14 DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F B. After completion of the work, areas disturbed shall be leveled and the Worksite shall be raked clean and left in an orderly condition. PART 4-METHOD OF MEASUREMENT 4.1 MEASUREMENT A. Landscape Irrigation Systems described in this section will be paid for on a lump sum basis wherein no measurement will be made. PART 5- PAYMENT 5.1 PAYMENT A. Landscape Irrigation Systems will be paid for at the Contract lump sum, which price will be full compensation for furnishing and installing equipment; shop drawings; providing all submittals and warranties; furnishing all labor, materials, tools, equipment; and incidentals necessary to complete the work as described in this section and related other sections of these Specifications and plans, as well as maintenance until final acceptance. Unless otherwise noted in the plans and contract documents. END OF SECTION 32 84 00 Halff Associates 3-2020 IRRIGATION SYSTEM 328400- 15 DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F SECTION 32 92 00 -TURFGRASS PLANTING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SCOPE A. This work includes all labor, materials, and equipment for soil preparation, fertilization, planting, and other requirements regarding turfgrass planting areas shown on the plans. 1.02 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE A. City of Round Rock Standard Specifications. B. Section 32 84 00 - Irrigation System. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Delivery Receipts and Invoices:All delivery receipts and copies of invoices for materials used for this work shall be subject to checking by the Owner or his representative and shall be subsequently delivered to the office of the Owner. B. Samples and Producers' Specifications:Various samples, certificates, and specifications of seed,fertilizer and other materials shall be submitted forapproval as required by subsequent sections of this specification. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 TURFGRASS A. Bermudagrass Seed: Turfgrass seed shall be "Cynodon dactylon '419 Hybrid" (Common Bermudagrass). The seed shall be harvested within one (1) year prior to planting, free of Johnsongrass, field bind weed, dodder seed, and free of other weed seed to the limits allowable under the Federal Seed Act and applicable seed laws. The seed shall not be a mixture. The seed shall be hulled, extra fancy grade, treated with fungicide, and have a germination and purity that will produce, after allowance for Federal Seed Act tolerances, a pure live seed content of not less than 85%, using the formula: purity % times (germination % times plus hard or sound seed%). Seed shall be labeled in accordance with U.S. Department of Agriculture rules and regulations. 1. Certificate Submittal: Prior to planting, provide the Owner or his representative with the State Certificate stating analysis of purity and germination of seed. B. Ryegrass Seed: Turfgrass seed shall be"Lolium multiflorum" (Italian or Annual Ryegrass). The seed shall be harvested within one(1)year priorto planting and shall be free of perennial ryegrass seed, other grass seed, and weed seed to the limits allowable under the Federal Seed Act and applicable seed laws. Seed shall be at least 95% pure and shall have a 90% minimum germination rate. C. Certificate Submittal: Prior to planting, provide the Owner or his representative with the State Certificate stating analysis of purity and germination of seed. D. Turfgrass Grower: Sod shall be supplied by one (or more) of the following growers, alternative growers must be submitted and approved prior to the bid opening per SECTION 01630 -SUBSTITUTIONS AND PRODUCT OPTIONS. Halff Associates 3-2020 TURFGRASS PLANTING 329200- 1 DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F 1. Thomas Turfqrass Paige, TX 512-988-0600 2. Legacy Turfqrass Pleasanton, TX 830-570-3731 3. King Ranch Turfqrass Grandbury, TX 800-388-6112 E. Sod: Sod shall be sand based sod consisting of stolons, leaf blades, rhizomes, and roots with a healthy, virile system of dense, thickly matted roots throughout the soil of the sod for a thickness not less than three-quarters(3/4") inch. Sod shall be alive, healthy, vigorous, free of insects, disease, stones, and undesirable foreign materials and grasses. The grass shall have been mowed prior to sod cutting so that the height of the grass shall not exceed two (2") inches. Sod shall not be harvested or planted when its moisture condition is so excessively wet or dry that its survival will be affected.All sod is to be harvested, delivered, and planted within a thirty-six (36)hour period of time. Sod shall be protected from exposure to wind, sun, and freezing. If sod is stacked, it shall be kept moist and shall be"419 Hybrid". Certificate Submittal: Prior to planting, provide the Owner or his representative with the State Certificate stating analysis of purity hybrid strain. 1. Dimensions: All sod placed on athletic fields shall have been machine cut in rolls to uniform soil thickness of one (I") inch plus or minus one-quarter('/") inch. All sod shall be of the same thickness. Rectangular sections of sod may vary in length, but all shall be of equal width and of a size that permits the sod to be lifted, handled, and rolled without breaking. Typical roll size shall be 42" wide by 100' long. Broken pads and torn, uneven ends will be unacceptable. 2. Architect/Engineer must approve sod and supplier(s) prior to shipment. 2.02 FERTILIZER A. General: Fertilizer shall be a commercial product, uniform in composition, free flowing, and suitable for application with approved equipment. Fertilizer shall be delivered to the site in fully labeled original containers. Fertilizer which has been exposed to high humidity and moisture, has become caked or otherwise damaged making it unsuitable for use, will not be acceptable. B. Initial Planting Application: Fertilizerforthe initial planting application shall be of N-P-K ratio of 4-5-1 (19-26-5). The phosphorus component must be derived from monoammonium phosphate to stimulate vigorous development of new roots,stolons,and rhizomes.This initial application must be applied and incorporated into the soil immediately prior to sodding or sprigging and applied immediately after seedlings begin to emerge on seeded areas. 1. Specification Submittal: Submit a sample label or specification of the fertilizer proposed to be used for the Owner's approval. C. Post Planting Application: Fertilizer for the post planting application will be a complete fertilizer of chemical base containing byweightthe following percentages of nutrients:27-3-4 +2% Fe(N-P-K)from methylene urea or the nitrogen equivalent of 33-3-10. The application rate should provide 1 Ib. of N / 1000 sq. ft. 1. Specification Submittal: Submit a sample label or specification of the fertilizer Halff Associates 3-2020 TURFGRASS PLANTING 329200-2 DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F proposed to be used for the Owner's approval. 2.03 HYDROMULCH MATERIALS A. Mulch:All mulch will be manufactured from hardwoods only and will be refined specifically for turf hydromulch applications. Three approved mulches are manufactured by Conwed, Weyerhauser, and Texas FiberCo. 1. Submittal: Submit a sample label or specification and a sample packet of the proposed mulch for the Owner's approval. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL A. All turfing operations are to be executed across the slope, parallel to finished grade contours. 3.02 SCHEDULE A. Any seed areas not established by September 15 shall be seeded with ryegrass upon completion of construction. All ryegrass areas will be tilled under, regraded and Bermuda grass distributed during the time period between April 15 and September 15 The Contractor will be responsible for producing an acceptable stand of Bermuda grass as specified. B. Grass planting can proceed only after the fine grading, has been approved by the Architect/Engineer. 3.03 SOIL PREPARATION A. Tillage: Tillage shall be accomplished to loosen the soil, destroy existing vegetation, and prepare an acceptable seed/sod bed. All areas shall be tilled with a heavy duty disc or a chisel-type breaking plow,chisels set not more than ten(10")inches apart. Initial tillage shall be done in a crossing pattern for double coverage, then followed by a disc harrow. Depth of tillage shall be five (5") inches. B. Cleaning: Soil shall be further prepared by the removal of debris, building materials, rubbish, weeds, and stones larger than three-quarter(W) inches in diameter. C. Fine Grading:After tillage and cleaning, all areas to be planted shall be leveled,fine graded, and drug with a weighted spike harrow or float drag. The required result shall be the elimination of ruts, depressions, humps, and objectionable soil clods. This shall be the final soil preparation step to be completed before the commencement of fertilizing and planting. D. Rock Removal: During the soil preparation process,a"Rock Pick"or other approved piece of machinery shall be used to gather surface stones as small as three-quarter (W) inch in diameter.The Contractor shall be responsible forthe disposal of collected materials as waste per"Clean Up," Paragraph 3.12. 3.04 FERTILIZING A. Initial Planting Application: The fertilizer shall be applied at the rate of nine (9) pounds per one thousand (1000)square feet (400 pounds per acre). 1. Timing: The initial planting application of fertilizer for seeded areas shall be applied after the soil preparation, but not more than two(2)days prior to turfgrass planting. Fertilizer shall be applied over sodded areas after planting, but not more than two(2) Halff Associates 3-2020 TURFGRASS PLANTING 329200-3 DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F days later. B. Post Planting Application: Thirty (30) days after planting, turfgrass areas shall receive the specified post planting fertilizer at the rate of one (1) pound of nitrogen per one thousand (1,000) square feet (45 pounds per acre). 1. Timing: The Owner or his representative will determine if it is too late in the growing season for the post planting application. In the event that it is,the application shall be made in the spring of the next year, or the cost of the application may become a credit due to the Owner. 2. Post Planting Maintenance: See Paragraph 3.9. Areas without a uniform stand (complete coverage) that must be maintained later than thirty (30) days after the initial planting shall receive subsequent applications of fertilizer, as described above, every thirty (30)days until a uniform stand is achieved. 3.05 PLANTING A. Seeding: Within two (2) days of soil preparation and initial fertilizing apply Bermuda grass seed at the rate of three (3) pounds per one thousand (1000) square feet (130 pounds per acre)/ryegrass seed at the rate of eight(8)pounds per one thousand(1000)square feet(350 pounds per acre). Seed shall be uniformly placed with a Brillion seeder-cultipacker. B. Hydromulch Capping: Immediately following seeding operations,all seeded turf areas are to be capped with wood fiber mulch, using conventional "Hydro-Mulch" equipment as manufactured by the Bowie Machine Works,or an approved equal.The hydromulch cap shall be applied at the rate of forty-six (46) pounds per one thousand (1,000) square feet (2,000 pounds per acre), using water at the rate of twenty-three (23) gallons per one thousand (1,000) square feet (1,000 gallons per acre). C. Solid Sodding: 1. Laying sod: Prior to laying the sod, the planting bed shall be raked smooth to true grade and moistened to a depth of four (4") inches, but not to the extent causing puddling. The sod shall be laid smoothly, tightly butted edge to edge, and with staggered joints. 2. Rolling:The sod shall be pressed firmly into contact with the sod bed by rolling so as to eliminate all air pockets, provide a true and even surface, and insure knitting without displacement of the sod or deformation of the surfaces of sodded areas.All transitions between sod and existing turf areas shall be undercut and rolled to provide a smooth, level transition. 3. Smoothing: Following compaction,fine screened soil of good quality shall be used to fill all cracks between sod sections. Excess soil shall be worked into the grass with suitable equipment and shall be well watered. The quantity of fill soil shall be such that it will cause no smothering of the grass. 4. Topdressing (Required on athletic fields only.):Approximately one week after initial planting of sod the entire sodded area shall be mowed to a height of one (1") inch,then topdressed with a fine sandy loam material that is similar to the topsoil on the field.Topdressing shall be applied at a rate of approximately 0.3 cubic yards per thousand square feet,(0.1"deep).Subsequently,the topdressing shall be worked in and smoothed over with a flexible steel drag mater by brushing. 5. Topdressing and/or rolling shall be repeated at no cost to the owner if the A/E determines additional smoothing is required. 3.06 PROTECTION A. No heavy equipment shall be moved over the planted turf area unless the soil is again prepared, graded, leveled, and replanted. It will be the responsibility of this Contractor to Halff Associates 3-2020 TURFGRASS PLANTING 329200-4 DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F protect all paving surfaces, curbs, utilities, plant materials, and any other existing improvements from damage. Any damages shall be repaired or replaced at no cost to the Owner. This Contractor will also locate and stake all irrigation heads, valve risers, etc., prior to beginning any soil preparation work. 3.07 IRRIGATION SYSTEM A. The proposed irrigation system must be complete in all respects and must be completely operational before turfgrass planting may begin. After planting, any breakdowns in the irrigation system attributable to warranty items must be immediately repaired by the Contractor. Otherwise,the cost of replacing the lost turf caused by the Contractor's failure to promptly repair the irrigation system will be fully borne by the Contractor. B. All turf areas not covered by the proposed irrigation systems must be irrigated with a temporary above-ground irrigation system. The above-ground temporary irrigation system shall remain in place until all non-irrigated turf areas have established an acceptable stand of turfgrass. Contractor shall be responsible for installation, operation and removal of the temporary system. All cost associated with the temporary system shall be borne by the Contractor. 3.08 WATER (Refer to Special Conditions if applicable). 3.09 ESTABLISHMENT ANDACCEPTANCE A. Regardless of unseasonable climatic conditions orotheradverse conditions affecting planting operations and the growth of the turfgrass, it shall be the sole responsibility of the Contractor to establish a uniform stand of turfgrass as herein specified.When adverse conditions such as drought,cold weather, high winds, excessive precipitation,or other factors prevail to such an extentthat satisfactory results are unlikely,the Owner may,at his own discretion,stop any phase of the work until conditions change to favor the establishment of turfgrass. B. A uniform stand with complete coverage of the specified grass in seeded areas shall be defined as not less than 80% coverage in a ten foot square area. Growing plants shall be defined as healthy grass plants of two blades or more at least 1 ''/2" inches tall. C. Complete coverage of sodded areas shall be defined as no visible joints showing or felt between individual sections of sod and all sections of sod must be firmly rooted to the prepared subgrade. 3.10 POST-PLANTING MAINTENANCE A. Maintenance shall begin immediately after each grass area is planted. All planted areas will be protected and maintained by watering, weed control, and replanting as necessary for at least thirty (30) days after initial planting and for as long as necessary to establish a UNIFORM STAND OF THE SPECIFIED GRASS and until the entire project has been accepted by the Owner. It is anticipated that a minimum of eight (8) mowings will occur before the grass are accepted by the Owner.All areas which are not completely covered with the specified grass at the end of thirty(30)days will continue to be replanted and maintained by the Contractor until complete coverage and acceptance are achieved. 8. Water: Apply, at a minimum, one-half {'Y2") inch of water over the entire planted area every three days unless sod area is saturated or showing distress from overwatering. conditions. Contractor shall regulate water cycle and turf condition daily until final acceptance of the project. Halff Associates 3-2020 TURFGRASS PLANTING 329200-5 DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F C. Mowing: 1. Athletic Fields: Once grass is established the planted area shall be mowed at least twice a week with a "reel" type mower during the growing season. Grass shall be mowed to a height of one (1) inch. Mowing during dormant season will be done as necessary. Contractor shall include at least eight (8) mowings in his bid. 2. Areas Outside Athletic Fields: Once grass is established the planted area shall be mowed at least once a week during the growing season. Grass shall be mowed to a height of two(2")inches. Mowing during dormant season will be done as necessary. Contractor shall include at least two (2) mowings in his bid. D. Weed Control: No sooner than 45 days after grass has germinated any weed growth shall be arrested by applying MSMA broadcasted overthe entire planted area.Additional applications of MSMA will be required to eliminate weed growth that continues to grow after the initial application. MSMA will only be used during the growing season. All week growth during the dormant season will be controlled with spot applications of"Round-Up." "Round-Up"will not be used until the grass is totally dormant. E. Replanting:All areas that do not produce a UNIFORM STAND OF GRASS must be replanted until a UNIFORM STAND OF GRASS is established. F. Edging:All turf areas adjacent to paved areas shall be edged to maintain a neat appearance. 3.11 GRADING A. All grading and placing of topsoil on any given area will be done prior to the turfgrass installation. It will be this Contractor's responsibility to maintain the existing grades and leave them in a true and even condition after planting turfgrass. 3.12 EROSION CONTROL A Throughout the project and the maintenance period for turfgrass, it is the Contractor's responsibility to maintain the topsoil in place atspecified grades.Topsoil and turfgrass losses due to erosion will be replaced by the Contractor until establishment and acceptance is achieved. 3.13 CLEAN UP A This Contractor shall remove any excess material or debris brought onto the site or unearthed as a result of his turfgrass operations. 3.13 GUARANTEE A This Contractor shall guarantee all materials used for this work to be the type, quality, and quantity specified. END OF SECTION 32 92 00 Halff Associates 3-2020 TURFGRASS PLANTING 329200-6 DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F SECTION 32 92 32—SEEDING FOR EROSION CONTROL 1.1 DESCRIPTION This item shall govern the preparation of a seed bed to the lines and grades indicated on the Drawings, sowing of seeds, fertilizing, mulching with straw, cellulose fiber wood chips, recycled paper mulch and other management practices along and across such areas as indicated in the Drawings or as directed by the Project Landscape Architect or designated representative. This specification is applicable for projects or work involving either inch-pound or SI units. Within the text, inch-pound units are given preference with SI units shown within parentheses. 1.2 SUBMITTALS The submittal requirements for this specification item shall include: A. Identification of the type, source, mixture, PLS and rate of application of the seeding. B. type of mulch. C. type of tacking agent. D. type and rate of application of fertilizer. 1.3. MATERIALS A. Seeds. All seed must meet the requirements of the Texas Seed Law including the labeling requirements for showing pure live seed (PLS), name and type of seed. The seed furnished shall be of the previous season's crop and the date of analysis shown on each bag shall be within nine months of the time of delivery to the project. Each variety of seed shall be furnished and delivered in separate bags or containers. A sample of each variety of seed shall be furnished for analysis and testing when directed by the Project Landscape Architect or designated representative. The amount of seed planted per acre (hectare) shall be of the type specified in sections 604S.6. B. Water. Water shall be clean and free of industrial wastes and other substances harmful to the growth of grass or the area irrigated. C. Top Soil. Contractor to supply high quality imported topsoil of loamy character, high in humus and organic content from local agricultural source. Topsoil to be reasonably free from clay lumps, coarse sands, stones, roots, and other foreign matter. There shall be no toxic amounts of acid or alkaline elements. Red or Orange "sandy loam" will not be acceptable. Submit sample and analysis for approval. D. Fertilizer. Slow release, submit sample and analysis for approval. E. Straw Mulch or Hay Mulch. Straw Mulch shall be oat, wheat or rice straw. Hay mulch shall be prairie grass, Bermuda grass, or other hay approved by the Project Landscape Architect or designated representative. The straw or hay shall be free of Johnson grass or other noxious weeds and foreign materials. It shall be kept in a dry condition and shall not be molded or rotted. Halff Associates 3-2020 SEEDING FOR EROSION CONTROL 329232- 1 DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F F Tacking Agents. The tacking agent shall be a biodegradable tacking agent, approved by the Project Landscape Architect or designated representative. G. Cellulose Fiber Mulch (Natural Wood). Cellulose Fiber Mulch shall be natural cellulose fiber mulch produced from grinding clean whole wood chips. The mulch shall be designed for use in conventional mechanical planting, hydraulic planting of seed or hydraulic mulching of grass seed, either alone or with fertilizers and other additives. The mulch shall be such, that when applied, the material shall form a strong, moisture-retaining mat without the need of an asphalt binder. H. Recycled Paper Mulch. Recycled paper mulch shall be specifically manufactured from post- consumer paper and shall contain a minimum of 85% recycled paper content by weight, shall contain no more than 15% moisture and 1.6% ash, and shall contain no growth inhibiting material or weed seeds. The recycled paper mulch shall be mixed with grass seed and fertilizer for hydro-seeding/mulching, erosion control, and a binder over straw mulch. The mulch, when applied, shall form a strong, moisture-retaining mat of a green color without the need of an asphalt binder. 1.4 CONSTRUCTION METHODS A. Preparing Seed Bed. Contractor to scarify ground surface to a minimum 2" depth remove all sticks, trash, rocks and other debris and dispose off site prior to seeding/sodding. When solid rock is exposed or encountered within the first 2" depth of existing soil, place a minimum of 4" imported topsoil. All proposed berms shall have a minimum of 4" imported topsoil. The optimum depth for seeding shall be 1/4 inch (6 millimeters). Water shall be gently applied as required to prepare the seedbed prior to the planting operation either by broadcast seeding or hydraulic planting. Seeding shall be performed in accordance with the requirements hereinafter described. B. Watering. All watering shall comply with City Ordinances. Broadcast seeded areas shall immediately be watered with a minimum of 5 gallons of water per square yard (22.5 liters of water per square meter) or as needed and in the manner and quantity as directed by the Project Landscape Architect or designated representative. Hydraulic seeded areas and native grass seeded areas shall be watered commencing after the tackifier has dried with a minimum of 5 gallons of water per square yard (22.5 liters of water per square meter) or as needed to keep the seedbed in a wet condition favorable for the growth of grass. Watering applications shall constantly maintain the seedbed in a wet condition favorable for the growth of grass. Watering shall continue until the grass is uniformly 1 1/2 inches (40 mm) in height and accepted by the Project Landscape Architect or designated representative. Watering can be postponed immediately after a 1/2 inch (12.5 mm) or greater rainfall on the site but shall be resumed before the soil dries out. 1.5 NON-NATIVE SEEDING A. Method A- Broadcast Seeding. The seed or seed mixture in the quantity specified shall be uniformly distributed over the prepared seed bed areas indicated on the Drawings or where directed by the Project Landscape Architect or designated representative. If the sowing of seed is by hand, rather than by mechanical methods, the seed shall be sown in two directions at right angles to each other. If mechanical equipment is used, all varieties of seed, as well as fertilizer, may be distributed at the same time, provided that each component is uniformly applied at the specified rate. After planting, the planted area shall Halff Associates 3-2020 SEEDING FOR EROSION CONTROL 329232- 2 DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F be rolled with a corrugated roller of the "Cultipacker" type. All rolling of the slope areas shall be on the contour. Seed Mixture and Rate of Application for Broadcast Seeding: From September 15 to March 1, seeding shall be with a combination of unhulled Bermuda Grass at a rate of 2 pounds per 1000 square feet (4.75 kilograms per 100 square meters) and winter rye at a rate of 7 pounds per 1000 square feet (16.6 kilograms per 100 square meters)that has a PLS (pure live seed or purity x germination)of 0.83. From March 1 to September 15, seeding shall be with hulled Bermuda Grass at a rate of 2 pounds per 1000 square feet (4.75 kilograms per 100 square meters) with a PLS = 0.83. Fertilizer shall be applied as per section 604.S.3.D. B. Method B - Hydraulic Planting. The seedbed shall be prepared as specified above and hydraulic planting equipment, which is capable of placing all materials in a single operation, shall be used. March 1 to September 15 Hydraulic planting mixture and minimum rate of application pounds per 1000 square feet (kilograms per 100 square meters): Hulled Bermuda Seed Fiber Mulch Soil (PLS=0.83) Tackifier Cellulose Wood 45.9 Lbs/1000 ft2 1.4 Lbs/1000 ft2 1 Lbs/1000 ft2 (108.9 kgs/100 m2)) (3.3 kgs/100 m2)) (2.4 kgs/100 m2)) 57.4 Lbs/1000 ft2 1.5 Lbs/1000 ft2 (136.2 kgs/100 m2)) (3.6 kgs/100 m2)) September 15 to March 1 Add 7 pounds per 1000 square feet (16.6 kilograms per 100 square meters) of winter rye with a PLS = 0.83 to above mixture. Fertilizer shall be applied as per section 604.S.3.D. 1.6 NATIVE GRASS SEEDING (NOT USED) 1.7. MULCH A. Straw Mulch Straw mulch shall be spread uniformly over the area indicated or as designated by the Engineer or designated representative at the rate of 2 to 2 1/2 tons of straw per acre (4.5 to 5.6 megagrams of straw per hectare). The actual rate of application will be designated by the Project Landscape Architect or designated representative. Straw may be hand or machine placed and adequately secured. B. Fiber Mulch Cellulose and wood fiber mulch shall be spread uniformly over the area indicated or as designated by the Project Landscape Architect or designated representative at the rate of 45 to 80 lbs. per 1000 square feet (22 to 39 kilograms per 100 square meters), with tackifier at a rate of 1.4 pounds per 1000 square feet. Halff Associates 3-2020 SEEDING FOR EROSION CONTROL 329232- 3 DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F C Recycled Paper Mulch Recycled paper mulch shall be spread over the area indicated on the Drawings or as designated by the Project Landscape Architect or designated representative at a rate that will provide 100% coverage. D. Shredded Brush Mulch Small brush or tree limbs except Juniper, which have been shredded, may be used for mulching Native Grass seeding. END OF SECTION 32 29 32 Halff Associates 3-2020 SEEDING FOR EROSION CONTROL 329232-4 DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F 21084 West Guth Park Electrical Specifications S�PEOFTF�gS1, ♦ * . .. . * j�MARK�ALAN' .ANDREWS�X r..............................� 95145 .:�� 10 �A 0088/26/22 13620 Brig ick Drive Building C Suite 100 ONEHALFF Austin, Texas 78729 X1111111111111 P: (512)777-4.600 GOVERNING TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS The City of Corpus Christi Standards are hereby referred to and included in this contract as fully and to the same extent as if copied at length herein, and shall be applied to this project except as modified in these Specifications and on the Plans. Any adjustments, alterations, or additional information regarding Governing Technical Specifications are listed as follows: 26 05 19.................................Low-Voltage Electrical Conductors 26 05 26.................................Grounding & Bonding for Electrical Systems 26 05 33.................................Raceways and Boxes for Electrical Systems 26 05 53.................................Identification for Electrical Systems 26 09 23.................................Lighting Control Devices 26 28 33.................................Enclosed Circuit Breakers 26 56 19.................................LED Exterior Lighting DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F 21084 WEST GUTH PARD- CITY OF CORPUS CHRISTI, TX SECTION 260519 -LOW-VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL POWER CONDUCTORS AND CABLES PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following: 1. Building wires and cables rated 600 V and less. 2. Connectors, splices, and terminations rated 600 V and less. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. EPDM: Ethylene-propylene-diene terpolymer rubber. B. NBR: Acrylonitrile-butadiene rubber. 1.4 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. 1.5 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Field quality-control test reports. 1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, Article 100, by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, and marked for intended use. B. Comply with NFPA 70. LOW-VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL POWER CONDUCTORS AND CABLES 260519 - 1 DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F 21084 WEST GUTH PARD- CITY OF CORPUS CHRISTI, TX PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.1 CONDUCTORS AND CABLES A. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: B. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. Alcan Products Corporation; Alcan Cable Division. 2. American Insulated Wire Corp.; a Leviton Company. 3. General Cable Corporation. 4. Senator Wire& Cable Company. 5. Southwire Company. 6. Encore. C. Copper Conductors: Comply with NEMA WC 70. D. Conductor Insulation: Comply with NEMA WC 70 for Types THW THHN-THWN and SO. 2.2 CONNECTORS AND SPLICES A. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include,but are not limited to,the following: B. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. AFC Cable Systems,Inc. 2. Hubbell Power Systems,Inc. 3. O-Z/Gedney; EGS Electrical Group LLC. 4. 3M; Electrical Products Division. 5. Tyco Electronics Corp. C. Description: Factory-fabricated connectors and splices of size, ampacity rating, material, type, and class for application and service indicated. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 CONDUCTOR MATERIAL APPLICATIONS A. Feeders: Copper. Solid for No. 10 AWG and smaller; stranded for No. 8 AWG and larger. B. Branch Circuits: Copper. Solid for No. 10 AWG and smaller; stranded for No. 8 AWG and larger. LOW-VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL POWER CONDUCTORS AND CABLES 260519 -2 DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F 21084 WEST GUTH PARD- CITY OF CORPUS CHRISTI, TX 3.2 CONDUCTOR INSULATION AND MULTICONDUCTOR CABLE APPLICATIONS AND WIRING METHODS A. Service Entrance: Type THHN-THWN, single conductors in raceway. B. Exposed Feeders: Type THHN-THWN, single conductors in raceway. C. Feeders Concealed in Ceilings, Walls, Partitions, and Crawlspaces: Type THHN-THWN, single conductors in raceway. D. Feeders Concealed in Concrete,below Slabs-on-Grade, and Underground: Type XHHW, single conductors in raceway. E. Feeders Installed below Raised Flooring: Type THHN-THWN, single conductors in raceway. F. Exposed Branch Circuits, Including in Crawlspaces: Type THHN-THWN, single conductors in raceway. G. Branch Circuits Concealed in Ceilings, Walls, and Partitions: Type THHN-THWN, single conductors in raceway. H. Branch Circuits Concealed in Concrete, below Slabs-on-Grade, and Underground: Type XHHW, single conductors in raceway. 1. Branch Circuits Installed Below Raised Flooring: Type THHN-THWN, single conductors in raceway. J. Class 1 Control Circuits: Type THHN-THWN, in raceway. 3.3 INSTALLATION OF CONDUCTORS AND CABLES A. Conceal cables in finished walls, ceilings, and floors,unless otherwise indicated. B. Use manufacturer-approved pulling compound or lubricant where necessary; compound used must not deteriorate conductor or insulation. Do not exceed manufacturer's recommended maximum pulling tensions and sidewall pressure values. C. Use pulling means, including fish tape, cable,rope, and basket-weave wire/cable grips, that will not damage cables or raceway. D. Install exposed cables parallel and perpendicular to surfaces of exposed structural members, and follow surface contours where possible. E. Identify and color-code conductors and cables according to Section 260553 "Identification for Electrical Systems." LOW-VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL POWER CONDUCTORS AND CABLES 260519 - 3 DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F 21084 WEST GUTH PARD- CITY OF CORPUS CHRISTI, TX 3.4 CONNECTIONS A. Tighten electrical connectors and terminals according to manufacturer's published torque- tightening values. If manufacturer's torque values are not indicated, use those specified in UL 486A and UL 486B. B. Make splices and taps that are compatible with conductor material and that possess equivalent or better mechanical strength and insulation ratings than unspliced conductors. C. Wiring at Outlets: Install conductor at each outlet,with at least 6 inches of slack. 3.5 SLEEVE AND SLEEVE-SEAL INSTALLATION FOR ELECTRICAL PENETRATIONS A. Install sleeves and sleeve seals at penetrations of exterior floor and wall assemblies. Comply with requirements in Section 260544 "Sleeves and Sleeve Seals for Electrical Raceways and Cabling." 3.6 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Torque test conductor connections and terminations to manufacturer's recommended values. END OF SECTION 260519 LOW-VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL POWER CONDUCTORS AND CABLES 260519 -4 DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F 21084 WEST GUTH PARD- CITY OF CORPUS CHRISTI, TX SECTION 260526 -GROUNDING AND BONDING FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. Work Included: Provide electrical service, distribution, and equipment grounding as shown, scheduled, indicated, and as specified. B. Types: The types of electrical service and equipment grounding specified in this Section include, but are not necessarily limited to, grounding all equipment and devices shown and as required by the National Electrical Code (NEC),the local electrical inspection department, and the Power Company. 1.3 STANDARDS A. Products shall be designed,manufactured,tested, and installed in compliance with the following Standards: 1. ANSUIEEE Standard 142 -Recommended Practice for Grounding of Industrial and Com- mercial Power Systems. 2. ANSUUL 467 - Safety Standard for Grounding and Bonding Equipment. 3. NFPA 70 -National Electrical Code (NEC). 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. NEC Compliance: Comply with Article 250 of the NEC for grounding. B. Approval: All grounding shall be in accordance with the requirements of and shall be subject to the approval of the Engineer and the local electrical inspection department. C. UL Label: All grounding products shall be UL-labeled. D. Manufacturers: Provide grounding products complying with these specifications and as manufac- tured by Copperweld, Erico or approved equal. 1.5 SUBMITTALS A. Shop Drawing submittals shall include,but not be limited to, the following: 1. A complete grounding system diagram for special grounding systems. 2. Cut sheets of grounding products. 1.6 STORAGE AND HANDLING: GROUNDING AND BONDING FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260526 - 1 DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F 21084 WEST GUTH PARD- CITY OF CORPUS CHRISTI, TX A. Store grounding products in a clean, diy space. PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS AND COMPONENTS A. General: For each electrical grounding connection,provide a complete assembly of materials to construct a completely grounded electrical system. B. Raceways: Raceways for grounding conductors shall be as specified in Section 26 05 33. C. Cable,Wire, and Connectors: Grounding cable,wire and connectors shall be as specified in Sec- tion 26 0519. D. Ground Clamps: Ground clamps for connecting grounding conductors to copper,brass, or lead pipes shall be made of copper and if pipes are of steel or iron,the ground clamps should be made of galvanized iron. These clamps shall be designed to provide permanent and positive pressure and to avoid mechanical injury to the pipe. Use exothermic welds for connecting ground wires to ground rods,for all below grade counterpoise ground grids, and elsewhere were noted on the Drawings. E. Ground Conductors and Jumpers: Grounding conductors and jumpers shall be connected to each other and to items to be grounded by means of approved type pressure connectors, clamps and other suitable methods approved by the Engineer. No solder connections shall be made. F. Grounding Electrode Rods: Grounding electrode rods used shall be a minimum of 3/4 inch diam- eter by 10 feet long, steel core and thick copper jacket. All concrete encased or direct buried un- derground grounding electrode conductors shall be of lead alloy-coated copper, Class B, stranded, conforming to ASTM A189. G. Exothermic Welds: Use cadweld or an approved equal system of exothermic welding for welded grounding connections where shown on the Drawings or specified. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION OF ELECTRICAL GROUNDING A. General: Install grounding connections as shown and specified, in accordance with applicable portions of the NECA's "Standard of Installation", and recognized industry practices to ensure that products serve the intended functions. B. Groundinz Electrode System (Restroom): Each service neutral and kround bus shall be con- nected to the incominz cold water pipinz system to the buildinz on the street side of the build- inz water meter. Provide a bondinz iumper around the water meter. The main kroundin conductor shall be sized as shown and shall be run in conduit. The cold-water pipe zround shall be supplemented as required by NEC,Article 250 H, and as required by the local inspec- tion department. In addition, the jyroundiniz electrode systems will be supplemented with the structural steel(where applicable), zround rods, and the foundation IUfer around to achieve a ground resistance of 5 ohms or less. GROUNDING AND BONDING FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260526 -2 DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F 21084 WEST GUTH PARK- CITY OF CORPUS CHRISTI, TX C. Electrode System (Lighting Control Cabinet): Each service neutral and ground bus shall be connected to the grounding electrode system (GES). The main grounding conductor shall be sized as shown and shall be run in conduit. The grounding electrode systems at the Lighting Control Cabinet) will be supplemented with ground rods, a minimum 44 AWG bare tinned copper grounding conductor placed 24"deep around the foundation and the foundation rebar to achieve a ground resistance of 5 ohms or less. D. Bonding: All metal enclosures,metallic piping systems and building steel shall be effectively bonded to the electrical grounding system in accordance with Article 250 of the NEC. Install bonding jumpers to all metal enclosures,piping systems and building steel. E. Building Equipment Grounding System: The building equipment grounding system shall consist of the ground wire and electrically continuous metallic conduit system as shown. Every item of equipment served by the electrical system shall be bonded to the building equipment ground. Portions of metallic piping and duct systems which are electrically isolated shall be bonded to the equipment grounding system with a flexible bonding jumper. F. System Neutral: The system neutral shall be grounded to the grounding electrode system at the service entrance disconnect only and shall be kept isolated from the building grounding system throughout the building. The neutral of separately derived systems shall be grounded at one point as specified hereinbelow. G. Miscellaneous: Provide bonding and grounding wires run in conduit and sized per the NEC in accordance with the local electrical inspection department and the NEC. Metallic piping and duct systems which enter the building shall be grounded at the point of entry to the building,in ac- cordance with the NEC. H. Continuity: Continuity of the building equipment grounding system shall be maintained through- out the project. Grounding jumpers shall be installed across conduit expansion fittings, all liquid- tight flexible metal and flexible metal conduit, light fixture pigtails in excess of 6 feet, and all other non-electrically continuous raceway fittings. L Main Conductors: All main grounding conductors shall be stranded copper conductors, sized as shown or per the NEC, and run in a suitable raceway. All main grounding conductors shall be continuous without joints or splices over their entire length. J. LED Fixtures: Carefully and securely ground all LED fixtures bodies to the conduit grounding system in accordance with Table 250-122. K. Receptacles: Ground all grounding type receptacles with a separate ground wire in each branch circuit. Further, ground each outlet by the use of an approved grounding screw to attach to pigtail to junction box on removal of the cover plate, or by the use of an approved grounding yoke type receptacle. An equipment bonding jumper shall be used to connect the grounding terminal of a grounding type receptacle to grounded box. L. Rigid Nonmetallic Conduit Systems: Install a continuous grounding conductor in accordance with NEC. M. Feeder and Branch Circuits: Provide a separate, insulated equipment grounding conductor in each feeder or branch circuit. Terminate each end on a grounding lug,bus, or bushing. GROUNDING AND BONDING FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260526 - 3 DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F 21084 WEST GUTH PARD- CITY OF CORPUS CHRISTI, TX N. Bolted Connections: Connections requiring bolting shall be made up with Monel metal bolts, washers, and nuts. Connections shall be made only after surfaces have been cleaned, or ground to expose virgin metal. No strap grounding clamps shall be used. O. Isolated Grounding Systems: Use insulated equipment grounding conductor and connect only to service grounding electrode. P. Power Feeders: Ground the raceway, shield(where applicable), armor(where applicable), and ground conductors in 5/15 kV and 600-volt power feeders in accordance with the NEC. Bond all pull boxes and splice boxes in accordance with the NEC. Cable shield shall be grounded at both ends. Shield wire shall be routed through the zero-sequence current transformer,when installed, and then connected to ground. Q. Branch Circuits: Install an insulated ground wire, sized per the NEC,in all branch circuits,con- duits, flex, and junction boxes. 3.2 COORDINATION A. General: Coordinate installation of grounding connections for equipment with equipment instal- lation work. Inspect grounding and bonding system conductors and connections for tightness and proper installation. Torque all nuts and bolt properly. B. Connections: Use exothermic welds for connecting bonding and grounding conductors where they are concealed or inaccessible. 3.3 TESTING A. Ground Resistance Test: Measure ground resistance from system neutral connection at service entrance to convenient group reference point using suitable ground testing equipment. Service ground resistance shall not exceed 5 ohms. Overall system resistance shall not exceed 15 ohms. Test shall be performed using a Biddle clamp on ground meter or equivalent test instrument oper- ated in accordance with the test instrument manufacturers operating/test procedure. Test readings shall be taken after 30 and 60 seconds of Megger operation at slip speed. The test shall not be performed immediately following wet weather conditions. B. Submittals 1. Contractor shall furnish all instruments and personnel required for tests. Submit two copies of certified test results for Owner's record and submit four copies of certified test results to the Engineer for review. Test reports shall include date and time of tests,relative humidity, test results, temperature, and weather conditions. 2. Submit equipment calibration certificates to owner for verification. END OF SECTION 26 0526 GROUNDING AND BONDING FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260526 -4 DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F 21084 WEST GUTH PARD- CITY OF CORPUS CHRISTI, TX SECTION 260533 -RACEWAY AND BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes raceways, fittings,boxes, enclosures, and cabinets for electrical wiring. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. EMT: Electrical metallic tubing. B. EPDM: Ethylene-propylene-diene terpolymer rubber. C. FMC: Flexible metal conduit. D. LFMC: Liquidtight flexible metal conduit. E. NBR: Acrylonitrile-butadiene rubber. F. RNC: Rigid nonmetallic conduit. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For surface raceways, wireways and fittings, floor boxes, hinged-cover enclosures, and cabinets. B. Shop Drawings: For the following raceway components. Include plans, elevations, sections, details, and attachments to other work. 1. Custom enclosures and cabinets. 2. For handholes and boxes for underground wiring, including the following: a. Conduit entry provisions,including locations and conduit sizes. b. Frame and cover design. C. Grounding details. d. Dimensioned locations of cable rack inserts, and pulling-in and lifting irons. e. Joint details. C. Coordination Drawings: Conduit routing plans, drawn to scale, on which the following items are shown and coordinated with each other,based on input from installers of the items involved: 1. Structural members in the paths of conduit groups with common supports. 2. HVAC and plumbing items and architectural features in the paths of conduit groups with common supports. RACEWAY AND BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260533 - 1 DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F 21084 WEST GUTH PARD- CITY OF CORPUS CHRISTI, TX 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, Article 100, by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, and marked for intended use. B. Comply with NFPA 70. PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.1 METAL CONDUIT AND TUBING A. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: B. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. Allied Tube & Conduit; a Tyco International Company. 2. Galvite/LTV Steel Tubular Products 3. Republic Conduit. 4. Triangle PWC, Inc. 5. Youngstown Sheet& Tube. 6. Wheatland Tube Company; a division of Zekelman Industries. C. EMT: ANSI C80.3. D. FMC: Zinc-coated steel E. LFMC: Flexible steel conduit with PVC jacket. F. Fittings for Conduit (Including all Types and Flexible and Liquidtight), EMT: NEMA FB l; listed for type and size raceway with which used, and for application and environment in which installed. 1. Fittings for EMT: Steel-screw or compression type. G. Joint Compound for Rigid Steel Conduit or IMC: Listed for use in cable connector assemblies and compounded for use to lubricate and protect threaded raceway joints from corrosion and enhance their conductivity. 2.2 NONMETALLIC CONDUIT AND TUBING A. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include,but are not limited to, the following: B. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. Carlon. 2. Cantex, Inc. 3. Triangle PWC, Inc. RACEWAY AND BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260533 -2 DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F 21084 WEST GUTH PARK- CITY OF CORPUS CHRISTI, TX C. RNC: NEMA TC 2, Type EPC-40-PVC,unless otherwise indicated. D. LFNC: UL 1660. E. Fittings for RNC: NEMA TC 3; match to conduit or tubing type and material. F. Fittings for LFNC: UL 514B. 2.3 METAL WIREWAYS A. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include,but are not limited to,the following: B. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. Cooper B-Line, Inc. 2. Hoffman. 3. Square D; Schneider Electric. 4. Wiremold. C. Description: Sheet metal sized and shaped as indicated, NEMA 250, Type I or 3R, unless otherwise indicated. D. Fittings and Accessories: Include couplings, offsets, elbows, expansion joints, adapters, hold- down straps, end caps, and other fittings to match and mate with wireways as required for complete system. E. Wireway Covers: As indicated. F. Finish: Manufacturer's standard enamel finish. 2.4 BOXES, ENCLOSURES, AND CABINETS A. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include,but are not limited to, the following: 1. Cooper Crouse-Hinds; Div. of Cooper Industries,Inc. 2. EGS/Appleton Electric. 3. Erickson Electrical Equipment Company. 4. Hoffman. 5. Hubbell Incorporated; Killark Electric Manufacturing Co. Division. 6. O-Z/Gedney; a unit of General Signal. 7. RACO; a Hubbell Company. 8. Robroy Industries, Inc.; Enclosure Division. 9. Scott Fetzer Co.; Adalet Division. 10. Spring City Electrical Manufacturing Company. 11. Thomas &Betts Corporation. 12. Walker Systems, Inc.; Wiremold Company(The). 13. Woodhead, Daniel Company; Woodhead Industries, Inc. Subsidiary. RACEWAY AND BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260533 - 3 DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F 21084 WEST GUTH PARK- CITY OF CORPUS CHRISTI, TX B. Sheet Metal Outlet and Device Boxes: NEMA OS 1. C. Cast-Metal Outlet and Device Boxes: NEMA FB 1, ferrous alloy, Type FD, with gasketed cover. D. Nonmetallic Outlet and Device Boxes: NEMA OS 2. E. Metal Floor Boxes: Cast or sheet metal, fully adjustable, rectangular. (As indicated on drawings) F. Nonmetallic Floor Boxes: Nonadjustable,round. G. Small Sheet Metal Pull and Junction Boxes: NEMA OS 1. H. Cast-Metal Access, Pull, and Junction Boxes: NEMA FB 1, galvanized, cast iron with gasketed cover. L Hinged-Cover Enclosures: NEMA 250, Type 1, with continuous-hinge cover with flush latch, unless otherwise indicated. 1. Metal Enclosures: Steel, finished inside and out with manufacturer's standard enamel. 2. Nonmetallic Enclosures: Plastic or fiberglass. J. Cabinets: 1. NEMA 250, Type 1, galvanized-steel box with removable interior panel and removable front,finished inside and out with manufacturer's standard enamel. 2. Hinged door in front cover with flush latch and concealed hinge. 3. Key latch to match panelboards. 4. Metal barriers to separate wiring of different systems and voltage. 5. Accessory feet where required for freestanding equipment. 2.5 SLEEVES FOR RACEWAYS A. Steel Pipe Sleeves: ASTM A 53/A 53M, Type E, Grade B, Schedule 40, galvanized steel, plain ends. B. Cast-Iron Pipe Sleeves: Cast or fabricated "wall pipe," equivalent to ductile-iron pressure pipe, with plain ends and integral waterstop,unless otherwise indicated. C. Sleeves for Rectangular Openings: Galvanized sheet steel with minimum 0.052- or 0.138-inch (1.3-or 3.5-mm) thickness as indicated and of length to suit application. D. Coordinate sleeve selection and application with selection and application of firestopping specified in Division 07 Section "Penetration Firestopping." 2.6 SLEEVE SEALS A. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include,but are not limited to, the following: 1. Advance Products & Systems,Inc. RACEWAY AND BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260533 -4 DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F 21084 WEST GUTH PARD- CITY OF CORPUS CHRISTI, TX 2. Calpico,Inc. 3. Metraflex Co. 4. Pipeline Seal and Insulator,Inc. B. Description: Modular sealing device, designed for field assembly, to fill annular space between sleeve and cable. 1. Sealing Elements: EPDM interlocking links shaped to fit surface of cable or conduit. Include type and number required for material and size of raceway or cable. 2. Pressure Plates: Carbon steel Include two for each sealing element. 3. Connecting Bolts and Nuts: Carbon steel with corrosion-resistant coating of length required to secure pressure plates to sealing elements. Include one for each sealing element. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 RACEWAY APPLICATION A. Outdoors: Apply raceway products as specified below,unless otherwise indicated: 1. Exposed Conduit: Rigid steel conduit. 2. Concealed Conduit, Aboveground: EMT 3. Underground Conduit: RNC, Type EPC-40-PVC, direct buried. 4. Connection to Vibrating Equipment (Including Transforiners and Hydraulic, Pneumatic, Electric Solenoid, or Motor-Driven Equipment): LFMC. 5. Boxes and Enclosures,Aboveground: NEMA 250, Type 3R. B. Comply with the following indoor applications,unless otherwise indicated: 1. Exposed,Not Subject to Physical Damage: EMT. 2. Exposed,Not Subject to Severe Physical Damage: EMT. 3. Exposed and Subject to Severe Physical Damage: Rigid steel conduit. Includes raceways in the following locations: a. Loading dock. b. Corridors used for traffic of mechanized carts,forklifts, and pallet-handling units. C. Mechanical rooms. 4. Concealed in Ceilings and Interior Walls and Partitions: EMT. 5. Connection to Vibrating Equipment (Including Transformers and Hydraulic, Pneumatic, Electric Solenoid, or Motor-Driven Equipment): FMC, except use LFMC in damp or wet locations. 6. Damp or Wet Locations: Rigid steel conduit. 7. Raceways for Optical Fiber or Communications Cable in Spaces Used for Environmental Air: EMT or cable tray. All conduits shall have plastic bushing at the ends. 8. Raceways for Optical Fiber or Communications Cable Risers in Vertical Shafts: EMT 9. Raceways for Concealed General-Purpose Distribution of Optical Fiber or Communications Cable EMT. 10. Boxes and Enclosures: NEMA 250, Type 1, except use NEMA 250, Type 4, stainless steel in damp or wet locations. HUBS to match conduit. RACEWAY AND BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260533 - 5 DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F 21084 WEST GUTH PARK- CITY OF CORPUS CHRISTI, TX C. Minimum Raceway Size: 1/2-inch. D. Raceway Fittings: Compatible with raceways and suitable for use and location. 1. Rigid Steel Conduit: Use threaded rigid steel conduit fittings, unless otherwise indicated. 2. PVC Externally Coated, Rigid Steel Conduits: Use only fittings listed for use with that material. Patch and seal all joints, nicks, and scrapes in PVC coating after installing conduits and fittings. Use sealant recommended by fitting manufacturer. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Comply with NECA t for installation requirements applicable to products specified in Part 2 except where requirements on Drawings or in this Article are stricter. B. Keep raceways at least 6 inches (150 mm) away from parallel runs of flues and steam or hot- water pipes. Install horizontal raceway runs above water and steam piping. C. Complete raceway installation before starting conductor installation. Use conduit caps to protect installed conduit against entrance of dirt and moisture before area is dried-in and cable or wire are not immediately installed. Tape covering of conduit ends is not acceptable. D. Support raceways as specified in Division 26 Section "Hangers and Supports for Electrical Systems." E. Arrange stub-ups so curved portions of bends are not visible above the finished slab. F. Install no more than the equivalent of three 90-degree bends in any conduit run except for communications conduits, for which fewer bends are allowed. G. Conceal conduit and EMT within finished walls, ceilings, and floors, unless otherwise indicated. H. Raceways Embedded in Slabs: 1. Run conduit larger than 1-inch (27-mm) trade size, parallel or at right angles to main reinforcement. Where at right angles to reinforcement, place conduit close to slab support. 2. Arrange raceways to cross building expansion joints at right angles with expansion fittings. 3. Change from Type EPC-40-PVC to rigid steel conduit,before rising above the floor. 4. Elbows larger than 1/2" or on runs longer than 50' shall be rigid steel. 5. Tape all GRC with 2" overlapping tape where underground or where in contact with concrete. I. Threaded Conduit Joints, Exposed to Wet, Damp, Corrosive, or Outdoor Conditions: Apply listed compound to threads of raceway and fittings before making up joints. Follow compound manufacturer's written instructions. J. Raceway Terminations at Locations Subject to Moisture or Vibration: Use insulating bushings to protect conductors, including conductors smaller than No. 4 AWG. RACEWAY AND BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260533 - 6 DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F 21084 WEST GUTH PARK- CITY OF CORPUS CHRISTI, TX K. Install pull wires in empty raceways. Use polypropylene or monofilament plastic line with not less than 200-1b (90-kg)tensile strength. Leave at least 12 inches (300 mm) of slack at each end of pull wire. L. Raceways for Optical Fiber and Communications Cable: Install raceways, metallic and nonmetallic,rigid and flexible, as follows: 1. 3/4-Inch (19-mm) Trade Size and Smaller: Install raceways in maximum lengths of 50 feet(15 m). 2. 1-Inch (25-mm) Trade Size and Larger: Install raceways in maximum lengths of 75 feet (23 m). 3. Install with a maximum of two 90-degree bends or equivalent for each length of raceway unless Drawings show stricter requirements. Separate lengths with pull or junction boxes or terminations at distribution frames or cabinets where necessary to comply with these requirements. M. Install raceway sealing fittings at suitable, approved, and accessible locations and fill them with listed sealing compound. For concealed raceways, install each fitting in a flush steel box with a blank cover plate having a finish similar to that of adjacent plates or surfaces. Install raceway sealing fittings at the following points: 1. Where conduits pass from warm to cold locations, such as boundaries of refrigerated spaces. 2. Where otherwise required by NFPA 70. N. Expansion-Joint Fittings: Install in each run of aboveground conduit that is located where environmental temperature change may exceed 30 deg F (17 deg C), and that has straight-run length that exceeds 25 feet(7.6 m). 1. Install expansion-joint fittings for each of the following locations, and provide type and quantity of fittings that accommodate temperature change listed for location: a. Outdoor Locations Not Exposed to Direct Sunlight: 125 deg F (70 deg C temperature change. b. Outdoor Locations Exposed to Direct Sunlight: 155 deg F (86 deg C) temperature change. C. Indoor Spaces: Connected with the Outdoors without Physical Separation: [125 deg F (70 deg C)temperature change. d. Attics: 135 deg F (75 deg C)temperature change. 2. Install fitting(s) that provide expansion and contraction for at least 0.00041 inch per foot of length of straight run per deg F (0.06 mm per meter of length of straight run per deg C) of temperature change. 3. Install each expansion-joint fitting with position, mounting, and piston setting selected according to manufacturer's written instructions for conditions at specific location at the time of installation. 4. Unless expansion fitting has internal bonding braid, a green insulated grounding conductor shall be pulled in conduit. RACEWAY AND BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260533 - 7 DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F 21084 WEST GUTH PARD- CITY OF CORPUS CHRISTI, TX O. Flexible Conduit Connections: Use maximum of 72 inches (1830 mm) of flexible conduit for recessed and semi recessed lighting fixtures, equipment subject to vibration, noise transmission, or movement; and for transformers and motors. 1. Use LFMC in damp or wet locations subject to severe physical damage. 2. Use LFMC in damp or wet locations not subject to severe physical damage. P. Recessed Boxes in Masonry Walls: Saw-cut opening for box in center of cell of masonry block, and install box flush with surface of wall. Q. Set metal floor boxes level and flush with finished floor surface. R. Set nonmetallic floor boxes level. Trim after installation to fit flush with finished floor surface. 3.3 INSTALLATION OF UNDERGROUND CONDUIT A. Direct-Buried Conduit: 1. Excavate trench bottom to provide firm and uniform support for conduit. 2. Install backfill as specified in Division 31 Section"Earth Moving." 3. After installing conduit, backfill and compact. Start at tie-in point, and work toward end of conduit run, leaving conduit at end of run free to move with expansion and contraction as temperature changes during this process. Firmly hand tamp backfill around conduit to provide maximum supporting strength. After placing controlled backfill to within 12 inches (300 mm) of finished grade, make final conduit connection at end of run and complete backfilling with normal compaction as specified in Division 31 Section "Earth Moving." 4. Install manufactured elbows for stub-ups at poles and equipment and at building entrances through the floor, unless otherwise indicated. Encase elbows for stub-up ducts throughout the length of the elbow. 5. Install manufactured rigid steel conduit elbows for stub-ups at poles and equipment and at building entrances through the floor. a. For stub-ups at equipment mounted on outdoor concrete bases, extend steel conduit horizontally a minimum of 60 inches (1500 mm) from edge of equipment pad or foundation. Install insulated grounding bushings on terminations at equipment. 3.4 INSTALLATION OF UNDERGROUND HANDHOLES AND BOXES A. Install handholes and boxes level and plumb and with orientation and depth coordinated with connecting conduits to minimize bends and deflections required for proper entrances. B. Unless otherwise indicated, support units on a level bed of crushed stone or gravel, graded from 1/2-inch (12.5-mm) sieve to No. 4 (4.75-mm) sieve and compacted to same density as adjacent undisturbed earth. C. Elevation: In paved areas, set so cover surface will be flush with finished grade. Set covers of other enclosures 1 inch(25 mm) above finished grade. D. Install handholes and boxes with bottom below the frost line,below grade. RACEWAY AND BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260533 - 8 DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F 21084 WEST GUTH PARK- CITY OF CORPUS CHRISTI, TX E. Install removable hardware, including pulling eyes, cable stanchions, cable arms, and insulators, as required for installation and support of cables and conductors and as indicated. Select arm lengths to be long enough to provide spare space for future cables, but short enough to preserve adequate working clearances in the enclosure. F. Field-cut openings for conduits according to enclosure manufacturer's written instructions. Cut wall of enclosure with a tool designed for material to be cut. Size holes for terminating fittings to be used, and seal around penetrations after fittings are installed. 3.5 SLEEVE INSTALLATION FOR ELECTRICAL PENETRATIONS A. Coordinate sleeve selection and application with selection and application of firestopping specified in Division 07 Section "Penetration Firestopping." B. Concrete Slabs and Walls: Install sleeves for penetrations unless core-drilled holes or formed openings are used. Install sleeves during erection of slabs and walls. C. Use pipe sleeves unless penetration arrangement requires rectangular sleeved opening. D. Rectangular Sleeve Minimum Metal Thickness: 1. For sleeve cross-section rectangle perimeter less than 50 inches (1270 mm) and no side greater than 16 inches (400 mm),thickness shall be 0.052 inch(1.3 mm). 2. For sleeve cross-section rectangle perimeter equal to, or greater than, 50 inches (1270 mm) and 1 or more sides equal to, or greater than, 16 inches (400 mm),thickness shall be 0.138 inch(3.5 mm). E. Fire-Rated Assemblies: Install sleeves for penetrations of fire-rated floor and wall assemblies unless openings compatible with firestop system used are fabricated during construction of floor or wall. F. Cut sleeves to length for mounting flush with both surfaces of walls. G. Extend sleeves installed in floors 2 inches (50 mm) above finished floor level. H. Size pipe sleeves to provide 1/4-inch(6.4-mm) annular clear space between sleeve and raceway unless sleeve seal is to be installed. I. Seal space outside of sleeves with grout for penetrations of concrete and masonry. J. Interior Penetrations of Non-Fire-Rated Walls and Floors: Seal annular space between sleeve and raceway, using joint sealant appropriate for size, depth, and location of joint. Refer to Division 07 Section "Joint Sealants" for materials and installation. K. Fire-Rated-Assembly Penetrations: Maintain indicated fire rating of walls, partitions, ceilings, and floors at raceway penetrations. Install sleeves and seal with firestop materials. Comply with Division 07 Section "Penetration Firestopping." L. Roof-Penetration Sleeves: Seal penetration of individual raceways with flexible, boot-type flashing units applied in coordination with roofing work. RACEWAY AND BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260533 - 9 DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F 21084 WEST GUTH PARD- CITY OF CORPUS CHRISTI, TX M. Aboveground, Exterior-Wall Penetrations: Seal penetrations using sleeves and mechanical sleeve seals. Select sleeve size to allow for 1-inch (25-mm) annular clear space between pipe and sleeve for installing mechanical sleeve seals. N. Underground, Exterior-Wall Penetrations: Install cast-iron "wall pipes" for sleeves. Size sleeves to allow for I-inch (25-mm) annular clear space between raceway and sleeve for installing mechanical sleeve seals. 3.6 SLEEVE-SEAL INSTALLATION A. Install to seal underground, exterior wall penetrations. B. Use type and number of sealing elements recommended by manufacturer for raceway material and size. Position raceway in center of sleeve. Assemble mechanical sleeve seals and install in annular space between raceway and sleeve. Tighten bolts against pressure plates that cause sealing elements to expand and make watertight seal. 3.7 FIRESTOPPING A. Apply firestopping to electrical penetrations of fire-rated floor and wall assemblies to restore original fire-resistance rating of assembly. Firestopping materials and installation requirements are specified in Division 07 Section"Penetration Firestopping." 3.8 PROTECTION A. Provide final protection and maintain conditions that ensure coatings, finishes, and cabinets are without damage or deterioration at time of Substantial Completion. 1. Repair damage to galvanized finishes with zinc-rich paint recommended by manufacturer. 2. Repair damage to PVC or paint finishes with matching touchup coating recommended by manufacturer. END OF SECTION 260533 RACEWAY AND BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260533 - 10 DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F 21084 WEST GUTH PARK- CITY OF CORPUS CHRISTI, TX SECTION 260553 -IDENTIFICATION FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Identification for raceways. 2. Identification of power and control cables. 3. Identification for conductors. 4. Underground-line warning tape. 5. Warning labels and signs. 6. Instruction signs. 7. Equipment identification labels. 8. Miscellaneous identification products. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each electrical identification product indicated. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Comply with NFPA 70. B. Comply with 29 CFR 1910.144 and 29 CFR 1910.145. 1.5 COORDINATION A. Coordinate identification names, abbreviations, colors, and other features with requirements in other Sections requiring identification applications, Drawings, Shop Drawings, manufacturer's wiring diagrams, and the Operation and Maintenance Manual; and with those required by codes, standards, and 29 CFR 1910.145. Use consistent designations throughout Project. B. Coordinate installation of identifying devices with completion of covering and painting of surfaces where devices are to be applied. C. Coordinate installation of identifying devices with location of access panels and doors. D. Install identifying devices before installing acoustical ceilings and similar concealment. IDENTIFICATION FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260553 - 1 DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F 21084 WEST GUTH PARK- CITY OF CORPUS CHRISTI, TX PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.1 CONDUCTOR IDENTIFICATION MATERIALS A. Color-Coding Conductor Tape: Colored, self-adhesive vinyl tape not less than 3 mils (0.08 mm)thick by 1 to 2 inches (25 to 50 mm)wide. B. Self-Adhesive Vinyl Labels: Preprinted, flexible label laminated with a clear, weather- and chemical-resistant coating and matching wraparound adhesive tape for securing ends of legend label. C. Snap-Around Labels: Slit, pretensioned, flexible, preprinted, color-coded acrylic sleeve, with diameter sized to suit diameter of raceway or cable it identifies and to stay in place by gripping action. D. Snap-Around, Color-Coding Bands: Slit, pretensioned, flexible, solid-colored acrylic sleeve, 2 inches (50 mm) long, with diameter sized to suit diameter of raceway or cable it identifies and to stay in place by gripping action. E. Marker Tapes: Vinyl or vinyl-cloth, self-adhesive wraparound type, with circuit identification legend machine printed by thermal transfer or equivalent process. 2.2 UNDERGROUND-LINE WARNING TAPE A. Tape: 1. 3.5 mils and 6"wide. 2. Printing on tape shall be permanent and shall not be damaged by burial operations. 3. Polyethylene tape material and ink shall be chemically inert, and not subject to degrading when exposed to acids, alkalis, and other destructive substances commonly found in soils. B. Color and Printing: 1. Inscriptions for Red-Colored Tapes: BURIED ELECTRIC LINE, CAUTION. 2.3 WARNING LABELS AND SIGNS A. Comply with NFPA 70 and 29 CFR 1910.145. B. Baked-Enamel Warning Signs: 1. Preprinted aluminum signs punched or drilled for fasteners, with colors, legend, and size required for application. 2. 1/4-inch(6.4-mm) grommets in corners for mounting. 3. Nominal size, 7 by 10 inches (180 by 250 mm). C. Warning label and sign shall include,but are not limited to,the following legends: IDENTIFICATION FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260553 -2 DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F 21084 WEST GUTH PARK- CITY OF CORPUS CHRISTI, TX 1. Workspace Clearance Warning: "WARNING - OSHA REGULATION - AREA IN FRONT OF ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT MUST BE KEPT CLEAR FOR 36 INCHES (915 MM)." 2.4 INSTRUCTION SIGNS A. Engraved, laminated acrylic or melamine plastic, minimum 1/16 inch (1.6 mm) thick for signs up to 20 sq. inches (129 sq. cm) and 1/8 inch(3.2 mm)thick for larger sizes. 1. Engraved legend with black letters on white face. 2. Punched or drilled for mechanical fasteners. 3. Framed with mitered acrylic molding and arranged for attachment at applicable equipment. 2.5 EQUIPMENT IDENTIFICATION LABELS A. Self-Adhesive, Engraved, Laminated Acrylic or Melamine Label: Adhesive backed, with white letters on a dark-gray background. Minimum letter height shall be 3/8 inch(10 mm). 2.6 CABLE TIES A. Provide products complying with these specifications-Stabilized Cable Ties: Fungus inert, designed for continuous exposure to exterior sunlight, self-extinguishing, one piece, self- locking, Type 6/6 nylon. 1. Minimum Width: 3/16 inch(5 mm). 2. Tensile Strength at 73 deg F (23 deg C), According to ASTM D 638: 12,000 psi (82.7 MPa). 3. Temperature Range: Minus 40 to plus 185 deg F (Minus 40 to plus 85 deg C). 4. Color: Black. 2.7 MISCELLANEOUS IDENTIFICATION PRODUCTS A. Paint: Comply with requirements in Division 09 painting Sections for paint materials and application requirements. Select paint system applicable for surface material and location (exterior or interior). B. Fasteners for Labels and Signs: Self-tapping, stainless-steel screws, or stainless-steel machine screws with nuts and flat and lock washers. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Verify identity of each item before installing identification products. IDENTIFICATION FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260553 - 3 DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F 21084 WEST GUTH PARK- CITY OF CORPUS CHRISTI, TX B. Location: Install identification materials and devices at locations for most convenient viewing without interference with operation and maintenance of equipment. C. Apply identification devices to surfaces that require finish after completing finish work. D. Secure plastic name plates to equipment fronts using screws or rivets. Use of adhesive shall be per owner's approval only. E. Cable Ties: For attaching tags. Use general-purpose type, except as listed below: 1. Outdoors: UV-stabilized nylon. 2. In Spaces Handling Environmental Air: Plenum rated. F. Underground-Line Warning Tape: During backfilling of trenches install continuous underground-line warning tape directly above line at 6 to 8 inches (150 to 200 mm) below finished grade. Use multiple tapes where width of multiple lines installed in a common trench exceeds 16 inches (400 mm) overall. 3.2 IDENTIFICATION SCHEDULE A. Locations of Underground Lines: Identify with underground-line warning tape for power, lighting, communication, and control wiring and optical fiber cable. 1. Install underground-line warning tape for both direct-buried cables and cables in raceway. B. Warning Labels for Indoor Cabinets, Boxes, and Enclosures for Power and Lighting: Baked- enamel warning signs. 1. Comply with 29 CFR 1910.145. 2. Identify system voltage with black letters on an orange background. 3. Apply to exterior of door, cover, or other access. 4. For equipment with multiple power or control sources, apply to door or cover of equipment including,but not limited to,the following: a. Controls with external control power connections. C. Operating Instruction Signs: Install instruction signs to facilitate proper operation and maintenance of electrical systems and items to which they connect. Install instruction signs with approved legend where instructions are needed for system or equipment operation. D. Equipment Identification Labels: On each unit of equipment, install unique designation label that is consistent with wiring diagrams, schedules, and the Operation and Maintenance Manual. Apply labels to disconnect switches and protection equipment, central or master units, control panels, control stations, terminal cabinets, and racks of each system. Systems include power, lighting, control, communication, signal, monitoring, and alarm systems unless equipment is provided with its own identification. 1. Labeling Instructions: IDENTIFICATION FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260553 -4 DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F 21084 WEST GUTH PARK- CITY OF CORPUS CHRISTI, TX a. Indoor Equipment: Engraved, laminated acrylic or melamine label. Unless otherwise indicated, provide a single line of text with 1/2-inch- (13-mm-) high letters on 1-1/2-inch- (38-mm-)high label; where two lines of text are required, use labels 2 inches (50 mm)high. b. Outdoor Equipment: Engraved, laminated acrylic or melamine label. C. Elevated Components: Increase sizes of labels and letters to those appropriate for viewing from the floor. d. Unless provided with self-adhesive means of attachment, fasten labels with appropriate mechanical fasteners that do not change the NEMA or NRTL rating of the enclosure. END OF SECTION 260553 IDENTIFICATION FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260553 - 5 DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F 21084 WEST GUTH PARD- CITY OF CORPUS CHRISTI, TX SECTION 260923 -LIGHTING CONTROL DEVICES PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Time switches. 2. Photoelectric switches. 3. Lighting contactors. 1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product. B. Shop Drawings: Show installation details for time switches, photoelectric switches, and lighting contactors. 1. Interconnection diagrams showing field-installed wiring. 1.4 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Field quality-control reports. 1.5 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Operation and Maintenance Data: For each type of lighting control device to include in operation, and maintenance manuals. PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.1 TIME SWITCHES A. Basis-of-Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide comparable product by one of the following: 1. Intermatic, Inc. LIGHTING CONTROL DEVICES 260923 - 1 DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F 21084 WEST GUTH PARD- CITY OF CORPUS CHRISTI, TX 2. TORK Products. 3. Paragon. B. Electronic Time Switches: Solid state, programmable, with alphanumeric display; complying with UL 917. 1. Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, by a qualified testing agency, and marked for intended location and application. 2. Contact Configuration: SPST. 3. Contact Rating: 20-A ballast load, 120-/240-V ac, or 277V AC. 4. Programs: Eight on-off set points on a 24-hour schedule and an annual holiday schedule that overrides the weekly operation on holidays. 5. Programs: Two on-off set points on a 24-hour schedule, allowing different set points for each day of the week and an annual holiday schedule that overrides the weekly operation on holidays. 6. Circuitry: Allow connection of a photoelectric relay as substitute for on-off function of a program on selected channels. 7. Astronomic Time: All channels. 8. Automatic daylight savings time changeover. 9. Battery Backup: Not less than seven days reserve, to maintain schedules and time clock. 2.2 OUTDOOR PHOTOELECTRIC SWITCHES A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements provide products by one of the following: 1. Intermatic, Inc. 2. TORK Products. 3. Paragon Electric Co. B. Description: Solid state, with dry contacts rated for 1800-VA tungsten or 1000-VA inductive or, to operate connected relay, contactor coils, or microprocessor input; complying with UL 773A. 1. Light-Level Monitoring Range: 1.5 to 10 fc, with an adjustment for turn-on and turn-off levels within that range, and a directional lens in front of the photocell to prevent fixed light sources from causing turn-off. 2. Time Delay: Fifteen second minimum,to prevent false operation. 3. Surge Protection: Metal-oxide varistor. 4. Mounting: Twist lock complies with NEMA C136.10, with base-and-stem mounting or stem-and-swivel mounting accessories as required to direct sensor to the north sky exposure. 2.3 LIGHTING CONTACTORS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. Allen-Bradley/Rockwell Automation. 2. ASCO Power Technologies, LP; a division of Emerson Electric Co. LIGHTING CONTROL DEVICES 260923 -2 DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F 21084 WEST GUTH PARD- CITY OF CORPUS CHRISTI, TX 3. Eaton Corporation. 4. General Electric Company; GE Consumer & Industrial - Electrical Distribution; Total Lighting Control. 5. Square D; a brand of Schneider Electric. 6. Siemens B. Description: Electrically operated and mechanically or electrically held, combination-type lighting contactors with, complying with NEMA ICS 2 and UL 508. 1. Current Rating for Switching: Listing or rating consistent with type of load served, including tungsten filament, inductive, and high-inrush ballast (ballast with 15 percent or less total harmonic distortion of normal load current). 2. Fault Current Withstand Rating: Equal to or exceeding the available fault current at the point of installation. 3. Enclosure: Comply with NEMA 250. 4. Provide with control and pilot devices as indicated on Drawings, matching the NEMA type specified for the enclosure. 2.4 CONDUCTORS AND CABLES A. Power Wiring to Supply Side of Remote-Control Power Sources: Not smaller than No. 12 AWG. Comply with requirements in Division 26 Section "Low-Voltage Electrical Power Conductors and Cables." B. Control Cable: or Contractor at his option may use multiconductor cable with stranded-copper conductors not smaller than No. 18 AWG. Comply with requirements in Division 26 Section "Low-Voltage Electrical Power Conductors and Cables." Verify voltage drop if use of smaller than No. 12 AWG. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 CONTACTOR INSTALLATION A. Mount electrically held lighting contactors with elastomeric isolator pads to eliminate structure- borne vibration unless contactors are installed in an enclosure with factory-installed vibration isolators. 3.2 WIRING INSTALLATION A. Wiring Method: Comply with Division 26 Section "Low-Voltage Electrical Power Conductors and Cables." Minimum conduit size is 1/2 inch. B. Wiring within Enclosures: Comply with NECA 1. Separate power-limited and nonpower- limited conductors according to conductor manufacturer's written instructions. C. Size conductors according to lighting control device manufacturer's written instructions unless otherwise indicated. LIGHTING CONTROL DEVICES 260923 - 3 DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F 21084 WEST GUTH PARD- CITY OF CORPUS CHRISTI, TX D. Splices, Taps, and Terminations: Make connections only on numbered terminal strips in junction,pull, and outlet boxes; terminal cabinets; and equipment enclosures. 3.3 IDENTIFICATION A. Identify components and power and control wiring according to Division 26 Section "Identification for Electrical Systems." 1. Identify controlled circuits in lighting contactors. 2. Identify circuits or luminaires controlled by photoelectric and occupancy sensors at each sensor. B. Label time switches and contactors with a unique designation. 3.4 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Perform the following tests and inspections with the assistance of a factory-authorized service representative: 1. Operational Test: After installing time switches and sensors, and after electrical circuitry has been energized, start units to confirm proper unit operation. 2. Test and adjust controls and safeties. Replace damaged and malfunctioning controls and equipment. B. Lighting control devices will be considered defective if they do not pass tests and inspections. C. Prepare test and inspection reports. END OF SECTION 260923 LIGHTING CONTROL DEVICES 260923 -4 DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F 21084 WEST GUTH PARK- CITY OF CORPUS CHRISTI, TX SECTION 262816 -ENCLOSED CIRCUIT BREAKERS PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. Work Included: Provide enclosed circuit breaker works as shown, scheduled, indicated, as specified. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of enclosed circuit breaker, accessory, and component indicated. Include dimensioned elevations, sections, weights, and manufacturers' technical data on features,performance, electrical characteristics,ratings, accessories, and finishes. 1. Enclosure types and details for types other than NEMA 250, Type 1. 2. Current and voltage ratings. 3. Short-circuit current ratings(interrupting and withstand, as appropriate). 4. Detail features, characteristics, ratings, and factory settings of individual overcurrent protective devices, accessories, and auxiliary components. 5. Include time-current coordination curves (average melt) for each type and rating of overcurrent protective device; include selectable ranges for each type of overcurrent protective device. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Source Limitations: Obtain enclosed circuit breakers, overcurrent protective devices, components, and accessories, within same product category, from single source from single manufacturer. B. Manufacturer: Provide products complying with these specifications and produced by one of the following: 1. Eaton. 2. General Electric. 3. Siemens. 4. Square D Company. C. UL-Label: Enclosed circuit breakers shall have Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. approval and bear the UL label. ENCLOSED SWITCHES AND CIRCUIT BREAKERS 262816 - 1 DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F 21084 WEST GUTH PARK- CITY OF CORPUS CHRISTI, TX D. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, by a qualified testing agency, and marked for intended location and application. E. Comply with NFPA 70. 1.5 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Environmental Limitations: Rate equipment for continuous operation under the following conditions unless otherwise indicated: 1. Ambient Temperature: Not less than minus 22 deg F (minus 30 deg C) and not exceeding 104 deg F (40 deg Q. 2. Altitude: Not exceeding 6600 feet(2010 m). 1.6 COORDINATION A. Coordinate layout and installation of circuit breakers, and components with equipment served and adjacent surfaces. Maintain required workspace clearances and required clearances for equipment access doors and panels. PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.1 MOLDED CASE CICRUIT BREAKERS A. Basis-of-Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide or product by one of the following: 1. Eaton. 2. General Electric. 3. Siemens. 4. Square D. 2.2 ENCLOSURES A. Enclosed Switches and Circuit Breakers: NEMA AB 1, NEMA KS 1, NEMA 250, and UL 50, to comply with environmental conditions at installed location. 1. Indoor,Dry and Clean Locations: NEMA 250, Type 1. 2. Outdoor Locations: NEMA 250, Type 3R. 3. Kitchen Areas: NEMA 250, Type 4X, stainless steel. B. Service Entrance: Enclosed circuit breakers identified for use as service equipment are to be labeled for this application,Provide solid neutral assembly and equipment ground bar. ENCLOSED SWITCHES AND CIRCUIT BREAKERS 262816 -2 DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F 21084 WEST GUTH PARD- CITY OF CORPUS CHRISTI, TX PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine elements and surfaces to receive enclosed circuit breakers for compliance with installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance of the Work. B. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. General: Install enclosed circuit breakers where shown, in accordance with the manufacturer's written instructions, the applicable requirements of the NEC, the NECA's "Standard of Installation", and recognized industry practices to ensure that products serve the intended function. B. Supports: Provide all enclosed circuit breakers with galvanized angle or other suitable supports where mounting on wall or other rigid surface is impractical. Enclosed circuit breakers shall not be supported by conduit alone. C. Height: 5 feet above finished floor or in accordance with local requirements. D. Comply with NECA 1. 3.3 IDENTIFICATION A. Comply with requirements in Division 26 Section"Identification for Electrical Systems." 1. Identify field-installed conductors, interconnecting wiring, and components; provide warning signs. 2. Label each enclosure with engraved metal or laminated-plastic nameplate. 3.4 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Testing and Inspections: 1. General: Prior to energization, check for continuity of circuits and for short circuits. B. Enclosed switches and circuit breakers will be considered defective if they do not pass tests and inspections. END OF SECTION 262816 ENCLOSED SWITCHES AND CIRCUIT BREAKERS 262816 - 3 DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F 21084 WEST GUTH PARK- CITY OF CORPUS CHRISTI, TX SECTION 265619 -EXTERIOR LIGHTING PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Exterior solid-state luminaires that are designed for and exclusively use LED technology. 2. Luminaire supports. B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 260923 "Lighting Control Devices" for automatic control of lighting, including time switches,photoelectric relays, and multipole lighting relays and contactors. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. CCT: Correlated color temperature. B. CRI: Color rendering index. C. Fixture: See "Luminaire." D. IP: International Protection or Ingress Protection Rating. E. Lumen: Measured output of lamp and luminaire, or both. F. Luminaire: Complete lighting unit, including lamp,reflector, and housing. 1.4 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of luminaire. 1. Arrange in order of luminaire designation. 2. Include data on features, accessories, and finishes. 3. Include physical description and dimensions of luminaire. 4. Lamps include life, output(lumens, CCT,and CRI), and energy-efficiency data. 5. Photometric data and adjustment factors based on laboratory tests, complying with IES Lighting Measurements Testing and Calculation Guides, of each luminaire type. The EXTERIOR LIGHTING 265619 - 1 DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F 21084 WEST GUTH PARK- CITY OF CORPUS CHRISTI, TX adjustment factors shall be for lamps and accessories identical to those indicated for the luminaire as applied in this Project IES LM-79 and IES LM-80. a. Manufacturer's Certified Data: Photometric data certified by manufacturer's laboratory with a current accreditation under the NVLAP for Energy Efficient Lighting Products. 6. Wiring diagrams for power, control, and signal wiring. 7. Photoelectric relays. 8. Means of attaching luminaires to supports and indication that the attachment is suitable for components involved. B. Shop Drawings: For nonstandard or custom luminaires. I. Include plans, elevations, sections, and mounting and attachment details. 2. Include details of luminaire assemblies. Indicate dimensions, weights, loads, required clearances, method of field assembly, components, and location and size of each field connection. 3. Include diagrams for power, signal, and control wiring where applicable. C. Product Schedule: For luminaires and lamps. Use same designations indicated on Drawings. 1.5 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Coordination Drawings: Plans, drawn to scale, on which the following items are shown and coordinated with each other, using input from installers of the items involved: 1. Luminaires. 2. Structural members to which equipment and luminaires will be attached. 3. Underground utilities and structures. 4. Existing underground utilities and structures. 5. Above-grade utilities and structures. 6. Existing above-grade utilities and structures. 7. Building features. 8. Vertical and horizontal information. B. Qualification Data: For testing laboratory providing photometric data for luminaires. C. Product Certificates: For each type of the following: 1. Luminaire. D. Product Test Reports: For each luminaire, for tests performed by manufacturer and witnessed by a qualified testing agency. E. Source quality-control reports. F. Sample warranty. EXTERIOR LIGHTING 265619 -2 DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F 21084 WEST GUTH PARK- CITY OF CORPUS CHRISTI, TX 1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Luminaire Photometric Data Testing Laboratory Qualifications: Luminaire manufacturers' laboratory that is accredited under the NVLAP for Energy Efficient Lighting Products. B. Provide luminaires from a single manufacturer for each luminaire type. C. Each luminaire type shall be binned within a three-step MacAdam Ellipse to ensure color consistency among luminaires. 1.7 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Protect finishes of exposed surfaces by applying a strippable, temporary protective covering prior to shipping. 1.8 FIELD CONDITIONS A. Verify existing and proposed utility structures prior to the start of work associated with luminaire installation. B. Mark locations of exterior luminaires for approval by Architect prior to the start of luminaire installation. 1.9 WARRANTY A. Warranty: Manufacturer and Installer agree to repair or replace components of luminaires that fail in materials or workmanship within specified warranty period. 1. Failures include,but are not limited to, the following: a. Structural failures, including luminaire support components. b. Faulty operation of luminaires and accessories. C. Deterioration of metals, metal finishes, and other materials beyond normal weathering. 2. Warranty Period: 2 year(s) from date of Substantial Completion. PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURER A. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements,provide product indicated and scheduled on drawings and related contract documents. Only listed fixtures can be used, Substitutions are not acceptable. B. Luminaire fixtures listed for each type in the luminaire fixture schedule are the basis of design (BOD) and have been used in calculating lighting levels and energy code compliance. EXTERIOR LIGHTING 265619 - 3 DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F 21084 WEST GUTH PARK- CITY OF CORPUS CHRISTI, TX Performance studies and verification of compliance are required upon selection of a different fixture then the schedule from the BOD. 2.2 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Ambient Temperature: -20°F to 104° 1. Relative Humidity: Zero to 100 percent. B. Altitude: Minimum 1000 feet. 2.3 LUMINAIRE REQUIREMENTS A. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70,by a qualified testing agency, and marked for intended location and application. B. NRTL Compliance: Luminaires shall be listed and labeled for indicated class and division of hazard by an NRTL. C. UL Compliance: Comply with UL 1598 and listed for wet location. D. CRI: 90 or better. E. CCT: 4000 K. F. L70 lamp life of 50,000 hours. G. Internal driver. H. Nominal Operating Voltage: 240 V ac. 1. In-line Fusing: Separate in-line fuse for each luminaire. J. Lamp Rating: Lamp marked for outdoor use. K. Source Limitations: Obtain luminaires from single source from a single manufacturer. L. Source Limitations: For luminaires, obtain each color, grade, finish, type, and variety of luminaire from single source with resources to provide products of consistent quality in appearance and physical properties. 2.4 LUMINAIRE TYPES A. Area and Site: 1. Luminaire Shape: Square,per BOD lighting schedule. 2. Mounting: Pole. 3. Luminaire-Mounting Height: 25 feet EXTERIOR LIGHTING 265619 -4 DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F 21084 WEST GUTH PARK- CITY OF CORPUS CHRISTI, TX 2.5 MATERIALS A. Metal Parts: Free of burrs and sharp corners and edges. B. Sheet Metal Components: Epoxy-coated steel. Form and support to prevent warping and sagging. C. Housings: 1. Rigidly formed, weather- and light-tight enclosure that will not warp, sag, or deform in use. 2.6 FINISHES A. Variations in Finishes: Noticeable variations in same piece are unacceptable. Variations in appearance of adjoining components are acceptable if they are within the range of approved Samples and are assembled or installed to minimize contrast. B. Luminaire Finish: Manufacturer's standard paint applied to factory-assembled and -tested luminaire before shipping. Where indicated, match finish process and color of pole or support materials. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine substrates, areas, and conditions, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance of the Work. B. Examine roughing-in for luminaire electrical conduit to verify actual locations of conduit connections before luminaire installation. C. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 TEMPORARY LIGHTING A. If approved by the Architect, use selected permanent luminaires for temporary lighting. When construction is substantially complete, clean luminaires used for temporary lighting. 3.3 GENERAL INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS A. Comply with NECA 1. B. Use fastening methods and materials selected to resist seismic forces defined for the application and approved by manufacturer. C. Install lamps in each luminaire. EXTERIOR LIGHTING 265619 - 5 DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F 21084 WEST GUTH PARK- CITY OF CORPUS CHRISTI, TX D. Fasten luminaire to structural support. E. Supports: 1. Sized and rated for luminaire weight. 2. Able to maintain luminaire position after cleaning and re-lamping. 3. Support luminaires without causing deflection of finished surface. 4. Luminaire-mounting devices shall be capable of supporting a horizontal force of 100 percent of luminaire weight and a vertical force of 400 percent of luminaire weight. F. Wiring Method: Install cables in raceways. Conceal raceways and cables. G. Install luminaires level, plumb, and square with finished grade unless otherwise indicated. Install luminaires at height and aiming angle as indicated on Drawings. H. Coordinate layout and installation of luminaires with other construction. I. Adjust luminaires that require field adjustment or aiming. J. Comply with requirements in Division 26 Sections "Low-Voltage Electrical Power Conductors and Cables" and "Raceways and Boxes for Electrical Systems" for wiring connections and wiring methods. 3.4 POLE LUMINAIRE INSTALLATION: A. Align units for optimum directional alignment of light distribution. 1. Install on concrete base with top at same elevation of existing fixtures. Cast conduit into base, and shape base to match shape of existing bases. Finish by troweling and rubbing smooth. Concrete materials, installation, and finishing are specified in Division 03 Section"Cast-in-Place Concrete." 3.5 CORROSION PREVENTION A. Aluminum: Do not use in contact with earth or concrete. When in direct contact with a dissimilar metal,protect aluminum by insulating fittings or treatment. B. Steel Conduits: Comply with Division 26 Section "Electrical Raceways." In concrete foundations, wrap conduit with 0.010-inch thick, pipe-wrapping plastic tape applied with 50 percent overlap. 3.6 IDENTIFICATION A. Identify system components, wiring, cabling, and terminals. Comply with requirements for identification specified in Division 26 Section "Identification for Electrical Systems." EXTERIOR LIGHTING 265619 - 6 DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F 21084 WEST GUTH PARK- CITY OF CORPUS CHRISTI, TX 3.7 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Inspect each installed luminaire for damage. Replace damaged luminaires and components. B. Perform the following tests and inspections with the assistance of a factory-authorized service representative: 1. Operational Test: After installing luminaires, switches, and accessories, and after electrical circuitry has been energized,test units to confirm proper operation. 2. Verify operation of photoelectric controls. C. Illumination Tests: 1. Measure light intensities at night. Use photometers with calibration referenced to NIST standards. Comply with the following IES testing guide(s): a. IES LM-64. 2. Operational Test: After installing luminaires, switches, and accessories, and after electrical circuitry has been energized,test units to confirm proper operation. D. Luminaire will be considered defective if it does not pass tests and inspections. E. Prepare a written report of tests, inspections, observations, and verifications indicating and interpreting results. If adjustments are made to lighting system, retest to demonstrate compliance with standards. F. Prepare and submit a final foot-candle record analysis of the exterior lighting system. 3.8 ADJUSTING A. Occupancy Adjustments: When requested within 12 months of date of Substantial Completion, provide on-site assistance in adjusting luminaires to suit occupied conditions. Make up to two visits to Project during other-than-normal hours for this purpose. Some of this work may be required during hours of darkness. 1. During adjustment visits, inspect all luminaires. Replace lamps or luminaires that are defective. 2. Parts and supplies shall be manufacturer's authorized replacement parts and supplies. END OF SECTION 265619 EXTERIOR LIGHTING 265619 - 7 DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F 21084 West Guth Park Skate Park Specifications 4OT 137 W. Marion Ave. #1 Edgewater, FL 32132 P: (604)530-1114 NEWLINE ^ Irk.. 0 Pe�.�i'�N""�.S GOVERNING TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS The City of Corpus Christi Standards are hereby referred to and included in this contract as fully and to the same extent as if copied at length herein and shall be applied to this project except as modified in these Specifications and on the Plans. Any adjustments, alterations, or additional information regarding Governing Technical Specifications are listed as follows: 02 00 00.......................... . ...... Site Conditions 03 10 00................................. Concrete Formwork 03 20 00.......................... . ...... Concrete Reinforcing 03 30 00.......................... . ...... Cast in Place Concrete 03 33 51 .......................... . ...... Concrete Finishing 03 36 00.......................... . ...... Shotcrete 03 37 00.......................... . ...... Concrete Curing 05 50 00.......................... . ...... Metal Fabrications 09 90 00.......................... . ...... Painting 31 0000.......................... . ...... Site Earthwork 31 1000.......................... . ...... Site Selective Clearing 31 2313.......................... . ...... Site Subgrade Preparation Appendix.................................Geo-Tech Report DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F SITE CONDITIONS -SKATE PARK SECTION 02 00 00 West Guth Park Improvements—City of Corpus Christi, TX Page 1 Part 1 General 1.01 RELATED INFORMATION Related information and requirements are included in the General and Supplementary Conditions with regards to existing underground utilities. 1.02 INFORMATION ON SITE CONDITIONS A. All information obtained by the Engineer regarding site conditions, subsurface information, groundwater elevations, existing constructions of site facilities, and existing underground utilities and similar data are shown on the plans or provided herein. B. Information derived from inspection of topographic maps, or from plans showing locations of utilities and structures will not in any way relieve Prime General Contractor from any risk, or from properly examining the site and making such additional investigations as he may elect, or from properly fulfilling all the terms of the contract documents. 1.03 CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITIES A. The Contractor shall satisfy himself as to the nature and location of the work and the general and local conditions. B. The Prime General Contractor further shall satisfy himself as to the character, quality, and quantity of surface and subsurface materials to be encountered by reviewing Soils Report (if applicable) and reviewing any other pertinent information. Any new exploratory work must be approved by the Owner. Failure of the Contractor to acquaint himself with the site and all available information will not relieve him of the responsibility for properly estimating the difficulty or cost of completing the work. The Contractor will not be responsible for inspections. Owner to provide third party inspections. C. The Prime General Contractor shall anticipate underground obstructions such as utility lines, concrete, water table and variation hereof due to rainfall, soil conditions and debris. No extra payment will be allowed for the removal, replacement, repair, or possible increased cost caused by underground obstructions. Any such lines or obstructions indicated on the map show only the approximate location and must be verified in the field by the Contractor. The Owner and Engineer will endeavor to familiarize the contractor with all known underground obstructions, but this will not relieve the Contractor from full responsibility in anticipating and locating all underground obstructions. DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F SITE CONDITIONS -SKATE PARK SECTION 02 00 00 West Guth Park Improvements—City of Corpus Christi, TX Page 2 D. Additional information Prior to construction, the Prime General Contractor may make their own subsurface investigations subject to time schedules and arrangements approved in advance by the Owner. Before any subsurface test holes are excavated, obtain permits from governing agency to perform such work. End of Section 02 00 00 DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F CONCRETE FORMWORK- SKATE PARK SECTION 03 10 00 West Guth Park Improvements—City of Corpus Christi, TX Page 1 Part 1 General 1.01 DESCRIPTION Provide formwork and accessories for construction of cast-in-place concrete work. 1.02 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE A. Section 03 20 00-Concrete Reinforcing B. Section 03 30 00-Cast-in-Place Concrete C. Section 03 36 00-Shotcrete 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Design Criteria: Conform to ACI 347-68, Chapter I. B. Allowable Tolerances: Conform to ACI 347-68, 2.4. 1.04 STORAGE OF MATERIALS A. Store materials on and under protective sheeting. 1.05 COORDINATION A. Notify responsible trades of schedules of concrete pours to allow time for installation and coordination. Part 2 Products 2.01 MATERIALS A. Forms 1) Flatwork: Nominal 2" thick No. 2 Common Southern Yellow Pine or steel forms. 2) Vertical and Custom Work: Exterior grade Standard Douglas Fir (or equal plywood), minimum three ply, one smooth side sufficiently thick to sustain loads, or steel forms. DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F CONCRETE FORMWORK- SKATE PARK SECTION 03 10 00 West Guth Park Improvements—City of Corpus Christi, TX Page 2 B. Form Oil: Non staining, paraffin-base oil having a specific gravity of between 0.8 and 0.9. C. Form ties, bolts, rods, or patented devices having tensile strength of 3000 lbs., adjustable length, free of lugs which would leave a hole larger than 5/8" diameter and having a full one-inch depth of break-back. Part 3 Execution 3.01 CONSTRUCTION AND ERECTION A. Construct forms in accordance with ACI 347-68. B. Build forms to shapes, lines and dimensions of detailed members of concrete construction. Set to line and grade, brace and secure to withstand placing of concrete and maintain their shape and position. C. Construct forms with care to produce concrete surfaces without unsightly or objectionable form marks in exposed concrete surfaces. D. Thoroughly clean surfaces of form material and remove nails before reuse. Do not reuse damaged or worn forms. Coat contact surfaces of forms with non-staining form oil prior to placing metal reinforcement. E. Immediately before placing concrete, clean forms of chips, sawdust, and debris. Immediately after removal of forms, remove form ties, wires, and defects and patch. 3.02 INSERTS AND ACCESSORIES A. Make provisions for required installation of accessories, bolts, hangers, sleeves, anchor slots and inserts cast in concrete. Obtain suitable templates or instructions for installation of items. Place expansion joints where detailed and required. 3.03 REMOVAL OF FORMS AND SHORING A. Remove forms and shores in accordance with ACI 347-68. DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F CONCRETE FORMWORK- SKATE PARK SECTION 03 10 00 West Guth Park Improvements—City of Corpus Christi, TX Page 3 3.04 CLEANUP A. Remove debris and trash. End of Section 03 10 00 DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F CONCRETE REINFORCEMENT—SKATE PARK SECTION 03 20 00 West Guth Park Improvements—City of Corpus Christi, TX Page 1 Part 1 General 1.01 DESCRIPTION A. Furnish materials, labor, transportation, services, and equipment necessary to install all concrete reinforcement related to the skate park as indicated on scope of work contract and shown on drawings and as specified herein. B. Provide all steel reinforcement for construction of concrete paving for the skate park. 1.02 RELATED INFORMATION A. Section 03 10 00-Concrete Forming and Accessories B. Section 03 30 00-Cast-in-Place Concrete C. Section 03 36 00-Shotcrete 1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. American Concrete Institute (ACI) 1) ACI 315-80, Manual of Standard Practice for Detailing Reinforced Concrete Structures. 2) ACI 318-77, Building Code Requirements for Reinforced Concrete. B. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM - latest editions) 1) ASTM A233, Mild Steel Arc Welding Electrodes. 2) ASTM A615, Deformed Billet-Steel Bars for Concrete Reinforcement. 3) ASTM A706, Low-Alloy Steel Deformed Bars for Concrete Reinforcement. C. Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute (CRSI) Manual of Standard Practice, latest edition. D. American Welding Society (AWS): Reinforcing Steel Welding Code, D12.1- 75, including latest revisions. DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F CONCRETE REINFORCEMENT—SKATE PARK SECTION 03 20 00 West Guth Park Improvements—City of Corpus Christi, TX Page 2 1.04 DELIVERY AND STORAGE Stack reinforcing steel in tiers. Mark each length, size, shape, and location. Maintain reinforcement free of dirt, mud, paint, or rust. 1.05 SUBMITTALS Shop Drawings Indicate complete reinforcing method for each concrete member including materials, sizes, bends, dimensions, stirrup spacing, and placing details not shown on drawings. Part 2 Products 2.01 MATERIALS A. Steel Reinforcement: Deformed billet steel, ASTM A615, Grade 60. Minimum 75% Recycled Product. B. Welded Steel Reinforcement: Deformed low-alloy steel, ASTM A706, carbon content not exceeding 0.30% and manganese content not exceeding 0.60%. Identify and tag with manufacturer's heat identification number. 2.02 FABRICATION A. Fabricate to sizes, shapes, and lengths detailed in accordance with requirements of ACI 318-71 and ACI 315-65. Part 3 Execution 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Comply with Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute's recommended practice for"Placing Reinforcing Bars" for placing and supporting reinforcement. B. Clean reinforcement of loose rust and mill scale, earth, ice and other bond-reducing materials. C. Arrange, space, and securely tie bars and bar supports to hold DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F CONCRETE REINFORCEMENT—SKATE PARK SECTION 03 20 00 West Guth Park Improvements—City of Corpus Christi, TX Page 3 reinforcement in position during concrete placement. Maintain minimum cover over reinforcement. D. Accurately place reinforcing steel in accordance with drawings. Rebar shall be 2" beneath concrete surfaces. Thoroughly clean reinforcement of any coating which would reduce bonding. Do not heat, cut, or bend bars without Owner's approval. Do not splice reinforcement at points of maximum stress. Stagger splices in adjacent bars and provide a minimum overlap of 30-bar diameters at splices unless specifically noted otherwise on Drawings. E. Securely saddle tie intersections with No. 18-gauge black annealed wire. Rigidly secure reinforcement in place. Provide concrete coverage as shown on Drawings. 3.02 WELDING REINFORCEMENT A. Weld deformed steel reinforcement bars in strict accordance with AWS 12.1, using recommended pre-heat temperature and electrode for type of steel being welded. B. Do not weld steel reinforcement bars without proper heat identification of bars. 3.03 CLEANUP A. Remove debris and trash resulting from specified work. End of Section 03 20 00 DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F CAST IN PLACE CONCRETE- SKATE PARK SECTION 03 30 00 West Guth Park Improvements—City of Corpus Christi, TX Page 1 Part 1 General 1.01 DESCRIPTION Furnish materials, labor, transportation, services, and equipment necessary to install all Cast-In-Place Concrete related to the skate park as indicated on scope of work contract and shown on drawings and as specified herein. 1.02 RELATED INFORMATION A. Section 03 10 00-Concrete Forming and Accessories B. Section 03 20 00-Concrete Reinforcing C. Section 03 36 00-Shotcrete D. Section 03 33 51-Concrete Finishing E. Section 03 37 00-Concrete Curing 1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. American Concrete Institute (ACI) 1. ACI 315-80, Manual of Standard Practice for Detailing Reinforced Concrete Structures. 2. ACI 318-77, Building Code Requirements for Reinforced Concrete. B. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM - latest editions) 1. ASTM A233, Mild Steel Arc Welding Electrodes. 2. ASTM A615, Deformed Billet-Steel Bars for Concrete Reinforcement. 3. ASTM A706, Low-Alloy Steel Deformed Bars for Concrete Reinforcement. C. Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute (CRSI) Manual of Standard Practice, latest edition. D. American Welding Society (AWS): Reinforcing Steel Welding Code, D12.1- 75, including latest revisions. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Design of Concrete Mixes 1. Contractor shall be responsible for and pay for design of concrete mixes. Design of concrete mixes shall be performed by a Testing Laboratory selected by Contractor and reviewed and approved by the Resident Engineer/ Skate Park Designer. Design methods to be in accordance with ACI 318-71. 2. Concrete mix plant to conduct advance tests of trial mixes with DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F CAST IN PLACE CONCRETE- SKATE PARK SECTION 03 30 00 West Guth Park Improvements—City of Corpus Christi, TX Page 2 proposed materials. Test four (4) cylinders in accordance with ASTM C39 at seven (7) days and twenty-eight (28) days. Do not place concrete on project until laboratory reports and breaks of confirmations cylinders indicate that the proposed mixes will meet the strength requirements. 3. Check mix design and revise, if necessary, wherever changes are made in aggregate or in surface water content of aggregate or workability of concrete. Slump shall be the minimum to produce workable mix. Laboratory shall prescribe minimum quantity of water. 4. If Portland Cement reducers or other additives are used, submit control mix design without reducers or additives as well as mix exactly proposed to be used. Submit W.R. Grace Co. recommendations for retarder and shrinkage compensation of slab on grade. 5. Forward two (2) copies of design mix to the City. B. Submit product data and manufacturer's instructions for: 1. Color admixture. 2. Expansion joint fill material. 3. Curing compound. 4. Dowel aligners/caps. 5. Crack repair materials. 6. Form facing materials. 7. Proprietary cleaning agents. 8. Plastic film for curing. 9. Surface retarders. 10. Micro-Fiber reinforcement C. Samples 1. Samples for Color Selection: Submit color additive manufacturer's color chart & sample chip set; indicate color additive number and required dosage rate. Samples indicate general color and may vary from concrete finished in field according to Specifications. 2. Joint Fill Materials: Submit data sheets for Sika 1A and Sika 1C-SL. D. Placement/ Pour Schedule 1. Contractor to indicate on plans the locations to be installed within a day's work and not exceeding 50 cubic yards per day for quality control and inspection schedules. 2. Schedule and sequence to be reviewed and approved by the Resident Engineer/ Skate Park Designer prior to starting this work. E. Cast in Place Concrete Samples / Mock-Ups 1. Contractor shall prepare 4'x 4' samples for each cast-in-place DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F CAST IN PLACE CONCRETE- SKATE PARK SECTION 03 30 00 West Guth Park Improvements—City of Corpus Christi, TX Page 3 concrete type indicated on Drawings. Contractor may pour each type as part of the finished project, and if approved by the Resident Engineer/ Skate Park Designer it may remain in place as finished product. If the sample is not approved, the Contractor in charge of the specific scope of work shall remove and replace another sample for Resident Engineer/Skate Park Designer's approval at no additional cost to the City. 2. Samples shall be completed to the satisfaction of the Resident Engineer/ Skate Park Designer including aggregates, texture, color, and finishes. If samples are rejected by the Resident Engineer/ Skate Park Designer, the Contractor in charge of the specific scope of work shall remove and replace the sample for the Resident Engineer/ Skate Park Designer's approval at no additional cost to the City. 3. These samples will become the standard of quality by which future paving samples and work will be judged. 4. Samples to remain on-site and be protected during construction, to compare work in progress. If samples are damaged or removed, the Contractor in charge of the specific scope of work shall repair/replace in-kind immediately at no additional cost to the City. F. Test Reports: Compressive strength of concrete test cylinders taken upon delivery of concrete. 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Concrete Testing 1. Prepare samples by each application crew using the equipment, materials and mix proportions proposed for the Project. City shall observe preparation of test panels noting placement of cast in place concrete by applications crew. 2. Test panel shall be minimum 6" x 18" x 18" maximum 6" x 24" x 24". Test panel shall conform to Part 1.04 Submittals. 3. Secure and protect samples during construction and test for compliance with Specifications. 4. Test strength of the cast in place concrete as work progresses as follows: a. Cut cores from the test panel and test in accordance with ASTM C42. b. One test panel per 50 yards of accumulated cast in place concrete, minimum 6" x 18" x 18" maximum 6" x 24" x 24". Cores taken from the test panel shall be taken not less than once each shift nor less than one for each 50 cubic yards of cast in place concrete placed through the nozzle. DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F CAST IN PLACE CONCRETE- SKATE PARK SECTION 03 30 00 West Guth Park Improvements—City of Corpus Christi, TX Page 4 c. Cores shall be soaked in water for a minimum of forty (40) hours before testing. B. Certification Nozzleman certification shall be in accordance with ACI 506.3R. C. Regulatory Requirements Meet requirements of applicable laws, codes, and regulations required by authorities having jurisdiction over Work D. Acceptance Final acceptance of the cast in place will be done by the Resident Engineer / Skate Park Designer and will based upon the results obtained from cores. E. Concrete Manufacturer Qualifications Manufacturer of ready-mixed concrete products complying with ASTM C 94 requirements for production facilities and equipment. F. Skate Park Contractor/ Sub-Contractor Experience Provide evidence to indicate successful experience in providing cast in place concrete work for skate parks similar in scope to that specified herein and can demonstrate successful experience through past project documentation and references. 1. Required Experience Skate Park Contractor or Sub-Contractor must have completed three (3) public concrete skate park facilities with a minimum size of 10,000 square feet, in the last five (5) years. Parks must be open and in good operating condition for at least one (1) year. 2. Evidence of Experience Skate Park Contractor or Sub-Contractor shall submit to Field Engineer Inspector satisfactory documentation of previously mentioned experience and qualification. If a Contractor cannot provide this information or if it is unverifiable, work under this Section and any other related Section cannot be completed by Contractor. This submission must contain the Project Name & Location, City Name & Contact Information, Designer Name & Contact Information, Project Size, Contract Value, Completion Date, and Supervisor and/or Key Personnel responsible for this experience for each of the qualifying projects. 3. Safety and Performance Guidelines DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F CAST IN PLACE CONCRETE- SKATE PARK SECTION 03 30 00 West Guth Park Improvements—City of Corpus Christi, TX Page 5 Comply with all safety and performance requirements and all applicable references as specified in the ASTM F2480 Standard Guide for In- ground Skate Parks. 4. ACI Requirements Meet all requirements of ACI 6. ACI 318-77— Building Code Requirements for Reinforced Concrete. 1.06 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Store materials in dry and protected locations and protect from damage. B. Do not change brand of cement or source of aggregate during course of Work, without prior approval from the Resident Engineer/Skate Park Designer. 1.07 SITE CONDITIONS A. Environmental Requirements: 1. Contractor shall be responsible for monitoring wind velocity, relative humidity, temperature, and concrete temperature to maintain specified maximum rate of evaporation. 2. Do not place concrete when sub-base surface temperature is less than 40 degrees F, nor when surface is wet. 3. Protect concrete against extreme cold and heat, frost, rapid drying, and damage by rain. B. Coordination: 1. Coordinate schedules of concrete placement to allow adequate time for installation of other related work. 2. Verify that anchor bolts and other embedded steel items to be cast into concrete are properly placed. 3. Coordinate size and location of mechanical and electrical equipment concrete pads. 4. Coordinate earthwork and Soils Report requirements with placement requirements. 5. Coordinate with formwork and finishes sections to provide finish floor levelness and flatness as specified herein. Slope to drains at grades and percent slope shown on contract documents. 6. Ensure that irrigation sleeves, electrical conduit, drainage lines and other utility elements are accommodated and as-built located prior to placing concrete. Part 2 Products DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F CAST IN PLACE CONCRETE- SKATE PARK SECTION 03 30 00 West Guth Park Improvements—City of Corpus Christi, TX Page 6 2.01 MATERIALS A. Ready Mixed Concrete: Batched, mixed, and transported in accordance with ASTM C94— Specifications for Ready Mixed Concrete. B. Portland Cement: Refer to Drawings for specific paving type and finish required and conform to ASTM C-150, Type II. Use same brand of cement from single source throughout entire project for each paving type unless approval from the Resident Engineer/ Skate Park Designer states otherwise. C. Fine Aggregate (washed concrete sand): Clean, hard, durable, uncoated washed natural sand, free from silt, loam, or clay, and conforming to ASTM C33. D. Coarse Aggregate: Class II-Hard durable, un-coated crushed limestone meeting requirements of ASTM C-33. Unless otherwise noted in aggregate size 1" minimum, No., 56 or 57. Base rock shall conform to local code. E. Water: Potable and free from deleterious materials such as oils, acids, and organic matter. F. Admixture: Cement-dispersing, water-reducing compound, ASTM C 494, Type A, as made by Master Builders, Sika, or Gifford-Hill Co., or equal. Depending upon weather conditions at time of placing, ASTM C 494, Type D (water-retarding) or Type E (water-reducing, accelerating) may be used if approved by the Resident Engineer/ Skate Park Designer. G. Additives: Micro-Fiber reinforcement that is designed to mitigate plastic shrinkage cracking, to be approved by the Resident Engineer/ Skate Park Designer, in all concrete (dosage as recommended by the manufacturer). H. Curing Materials: 1. Water: Domestic Quality, clear and potable with no chemical content. 2. Sheet Material: Comply with ASTM C171. Moisture loss maximum .055 g/cm sq. Color: White. 3. Curing Compounds/Sealer: Curing compound shall comply with ASTM C309 and be approved by color additive manufacturer for use with colored concrete 2.02 PROPORTIONS AND MIXING A. Proportions and Design: In accordance with approved mix design. Minimum allowable compressive strength at 28 days is 4000 psi (as marked per plan). B. Admixture: No admixtures without approval of the Resident Engineer/ Skate Park Designer. Introduce admixtures in quantities and according to methods recommended by admixture manufacturer. Add air-entraining agent to concrete as scheduled. C. Slump: Not to exceed 4" DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F CAST IN PLACE CONCRETE- SKATE PARK SECTION 03 30 00 West Guth Park Improvements—City of Corpus Christi, TX Page 7 D. Mixing: Ready mixed concrete in accordance with ASTM C-94. Do not transport or use concrete after 1-1/2 hours have elapsed from time of initial mixing. Supplier of transit-mixed concrete shall have a plant of sufficient capacity, and adequate transportation facilities to assure continuous delivery at required rate, to provide continuous concrete placement throughout a pour. E. Grout and Dry Pack: Non-Shrink, Non-Metallic: U.S. Grout Corp or equal. "Five Star Grout" ASTM C- 827, C-1107-02 Grades A, B and C, and C- 1107-07, 5,000 PSI. 2.03 CURING MATERIALS A. Water: Domestic Quality, clear and potable with no chemical content. B. Sheet Material: ASTM C171. Moisture loss maximum .055 g/ cm sq. Color: White. C. Curing Compounds: Ashford Formula TM Curecrete by Curecrete Distribution, Inc., Phone (800) 998-5664, or equal. Part 3 Execution 3.01 INSPECTION A. Inspect subgrade, forms, reinforcing steel, pipes, conduits, sleeves, hangers, anchors, inserts, and other work required to be built into concrete and report any discrepancies. Notify City at least five (5)working days in advance of scheduled placement. B. Correct unsatisfactory work prior to placing concrete. C. Remove rubbish from formwork immediately prior to placing concrete. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Placing Concrete: 1. Convey and place concrete allowing no separation of ingredients in accordance with ACI 304 and as specified below. 2. Maximum height of concrete free fall —five (5) feet. 3. Regulate rate of placement to maintain plasticity and flow into position. 4. Deposit concrete continuously until panel or section is completed. 5. Place concrete in horizontal layers 18" maximum thickness. B. Consolidation: 1. Use mechanical vibrating equipment for consolidation. 2. Vertically insert and remove hand-held vibrators at 18" O.C. for 10 to 15 seconds. 3. Do not use vibrators to transport concrete in forms. 4. Provide vibrators with minimum speed of 8000 RPM and with amplitude to consolidate effectively. 5. Thoroughly consolidate concrete and work around reinforcement, DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F CAST IN PLACE CONCRETE- SKATE PARK SECTION 03 30 00 West Guth Park Improvements—City of Corpus Christi, TX Page 8 embedded items and into corners of forms. Thoroughly consolidate layers of concrete with previous layers. C. Construction Joints: 1. Unless otherwise shown on Drawings, each footing, wall, beam, and slab shall be considered as a single unit of operation and shall be monolithic in construction. 2. Where construction joints are unavoidable, locate joints at or near quarter points of spans where approved by Resident Engineer/ Skate Park Designer and/or shown on plan. 3. Saw Cut joints, Expansion Joints and Cold Joints as detailed in contract documents. D. Expansion Joint Fillers: 1. Refer to Drawings for Expansion Joint locations and details. 2. Finish joint material flush with concrete surface. E. Hot Weather Placement: 1. Prevent high temperature in fresh concrete during hot weather in accordance with ACI 305. 2. Use water reducing set retarding admixtures in such quantities as especially recommended by manufacturer to assure that concrete remains workable and lift lines will not be visible. F. Flatwork: 1. Cast slabs-on-grade in alternate sections unless permanent forms are used. Wait 48 hours between all adjacent concrete castings. 2. Plane Surface Tolerance: Exterior- Class AX, 3/16" in 10' with no ponding. 3. Maximum 1:500 slope from indicated plane at any point. G. Finish: 1. Smooth Trowel finish to match approved Mock-Up finish. If the finish is not approved, the Contractor in charge of the specific scope of work shall remove and replace another sample for Resident Engineer/ Skate Park Designer's approval. 2. After surface water disappears and floated surfaces have sufficiently hardened, steel trowel then re-trowel the surface to a smooth and consistent finish. 3. After concrete has set enough to provide edge troweling, re-trowel edges to a smooth and uniform finish. H. Cracking: 1. Cracking from inadequate curing is not allowed. Sawcut joints and construction joints are shown on drawings. Contractor may, with review and approval by the Resident Engineer/ Skate Park Designer, recommend and detail other joints required to prevent cracking. 3.03 REPAIRS AND PROTECTION DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F CAST IN PLACE CONCRETE- SKATE PARK SECTION 03 30 00 West Guth Park Improvements—City of Corpus Christi, TX Page 9 A. Remove and replace concrete paving that is broken, damaged, defective, or does not meet the requirements of this Section or conformance with ASTM F 2480 - Standard Guide for In-ground Skate Parks. B. Protect concrete from damage; exclude traffic from paving for at least 28 days after placement. When construction traffic is permitted, maintain paving as clean as possible by removing surface stains and spillage of materials as they occur. C. Maintain concrete paving free of stains, discoloration, dirt, wax, and other foreign material. 3.04 TOLERANCES Minor variations in appearance of colored concrete, which are like natural variations in color and appearance of uncolored concrete, are acceptable but subject to approval by the Resident Engineer/Skate Park Designer. 3.05 REJECTIONS A. Major variations in the appearance of integral colored concrete compared to manufacturer's sample chip shall be rejected by the Resident Engineer/ Skate Park Designer. The Contractor in charge of the specific scope of work shall remove and replace rejected work for the Resident Engineer/ Skate Park Designer's approval at no additional cost to the City. B. Defects in the concrete including lack of uniformity, exhibits segregation honeycombing, or lamination, or which contains any dry patches, slugs, voids, or pockets shall be rejected by the Resident Engineer/ Skate Park Designer. The Contractor in charge of the specific scope of work shall remove and replace rejected work for the Resident Engineer/ Skate Park Designer's approval at no additional cost to the City. C. Radial wall finishes shall consist of smooth, hard, uniform surface of smooth trowel with a level tolerance of 1/8 inch in 10 feet when tested with a 10-foot steel straightedge placed on the surface horizontally and vertically. Grinding the surfaces will not be an acceptable means of achieving the intended radii and uniformity shall be approved by the Resident Engineer/ Skate Park Designer. If rejected, The Contractor in charge of the specific scope of work shall remove and replace rejected work for the Resident Engineer/ Skate Park Designer's approval at no additional cost to the Owner. 3.06 CLEAN UP At completion of Work, remove concrete stains from adjacent work, including but not limited to dissimilar paving types, walls, columns, railing posts, light fixtures, plant materials, to satisfaction of the Resident Engineer/ Skate Park Designer. End of Section 03 30 00 DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F CONCRETE FINISHING—SKATE PARK SECTION 03 33 51 West Guth Park Improvements—City of Corpus Christi, TX Page 1 Part 1 General 1.01 SPECIALTY SKATE PARK CONSTRUCTION All work contained in this Section is considered Specialty Skate Park Construction. Only those Contractors that meet the minimum experience requirements contained in the Quality Assurance Section of this specification may perform this work as specified herein. 1.02 REGULATIONS The work shall conform to requirements of the American Concrete Institute (ACI) and the local Building Code for concrete finishing, as supplemented and modified on drawings or herein. 1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS The Concrete Finishing shall conform to requirements of the following Reference Standards or as modified and supplemented hereinafter. A. American Concrete Institute (ACI) Specifications for Structural Concrete for Buildings, ACI 301 B. ACI Recommended Practice for Cold Weather Concreting, ACI 306 C. ACI Recommended Practice for Hot Weather Concreting, ACI 605 1.04 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 03 10 00 - Concrete Formwork B. Section 03 20 00 - Concrete Reinforcement C. Section 03 30 00 - Cast in Place Concrete D. Section 03 36 00 - Shotcrete 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE Skate Parks are not considered standard concrete flatwork. Where indicated to be exposed, Skate Park concrete is architecturally finished concrete represented in the form of complex and unique shapes. Typical Skate Park features will incorporate concave and convex transitioning between surfaces which require the specified finishes to sculpturally blend along compound radius curves. It is critical that Skate Park concrete work be completed with a high level of precision for the skate facility to function properly and safely. Special care must be taken to provide the specified finished surfaces without gravel pockets, and other defects/defacements. The Resident Engineer/ Skate Park Designer shall inspect concrete after removal of forms and before concrete repair work begins. Concrete that does not meet the minimum requirements of the specifications shall be rejected by the Resident Engineer/Skate Park Designer and therefore removed and replaced in its entirety by the Contractor at their expense. DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F CONCRETE FINISHING—SKATE PARK SECTION 03 33 51 West Guth Park Improvements—City of Corpus Christi, TX Page 2 1.06 CONTRACTOR QUALIFICATION STATEMENT/ SUBMITTAL To be considered a qualified and responsible Bidder, the Bidder shall provide documentation establishing that the Bidder and/or subcontractor has satisfied the experience requirements listed below: A. The Skate Park specialty contractor, or subcontractor must provide proof of three (3) public concrete skate park facilities with a minimum size of 10,000 square feet, in the last five (5) years. Parks must be open and in good operating condition for at least one (1) year. B. Installation of storm drainage systems in conjunction with Skate Park components. C. Shaping of earthwork to specified radius. D. Experience creating the following in facilities specifically intended for skateboarding: Cast in place concave and convex shaped concrete elements containing compound radius curves that must be precisely shaped to function as intended. E. Experience in application of vertical and horizontal shotcrete work, including horizontal and vertical radius transitions that include compound radius curves and blends, formed concrete, grinding rails, and associated concrete reinforcement as needed. F. The Contractor shall be skilled with the installation of steel coping edges, smooth flowing seamless transition areas, and smooth trowel concrete finish work. G. Layout, fabrication, and construction of the steel coping. H. Installation of concrete flatwork between bowled areas. 1.07 PROTECTION Protect persons and adjacent materials and finishes from dust, dirt and other surface or physical damage during finishing operations, including materials driven by wind. Part 2 Products— Not Applicable Part 3 Execution 3.01 REPAIRS Immediately after the removal of forms inspect all surfaces for defects. Repair or patch defects only after defects are inspected by the Resident Engineer/ Skate Park Designer and then only with the Resident Engineer/ Skate Park Designer's permission. Do all cutting and repair within 48 hours after removal of forms; cure DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F CONCRETE FINISHING—SKATE PARK SECTION 03 33 51 West Guth Park Improvements—City of Corpus Christi, TX Page 3 repairs same as new concrete. 3.02 FINISHES FOR FORMED SURFACES A. Rough Form Finish Provide for surface of walls and footings adjacent to grade or below grade. This is the concrete surface having texture imparted by form facing material use with tie holes and defective areas repaired and patched and fins and other projections exceeding 1/4 inch in height rubbed down or chipped off. B. Smooth Formed Finish Provide a smooth formed finish on formed concrete surfaces exposed to view. This is an as-cast concrete surface obtained with selected form facing material, arranged in an orderly and symmetrical manner with a minimum of seams. Remove fins and other projections completely and smoothed. Repair and patch honeycombs and defective areas as directed by the Resident Engineer/ Skate Park Designer. Tie holes shall not be filled. C. Sacked Finish 1) On all inconsistent surfaces of the exposed concrete, provide a sacked finish by coating the concrete with sacking mortar. Sacking of patched or defective concrete surfaces may be required by the Resident Engineer/ Skate Park Designer for areas not otherwise already requiring this work. 2) Repair and patch tie holes, honeycombs and defective areas and trowel to smooth finish. Remove fines and other projections completely. 3) Thoroughly wet surface to prevent absorption. 4) Coat entire surface with sacking mortar as soon as surface of concrete approaches surface dryness. 5) Thoroughly and vigorously rub mortar over area with clean burlap pads to fill all voids. 6) While mortar is still plastic but partially set (so it cannot be pulled from voids), sack-rub surface with dry mix of sacking mortar (leave out water). There should be no discernible thickness of mortar on concrete surface, except in voids; all surfaces should be uniformly textured. 7). Immediately begin a continuous moist cure for 72 hours. D. Related Unformed Surfaces At tops of walls, horizontal offsets, and similar unformed surfaces adjacent to formed surfaces, strike off smooth and finish with a texture matching adjacent formed surfaces. Continue final surface treatment of formed surfaces uniformly across adjacent unformed surfaces unless otherwise indicated. Provide for face surface of walls adjacent to plaza, walks and DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F CONCRETE FINISHING—SKATE PARK SECTION 03 33 51 West Guth Park Improvements—City of Corpus Christi, TX Page 4 stairs. 3.03 FINISHES FOR UNFORMED SURFACES A. Screed all slabs, for whatever finishes, to true levels or slopes, work surfaces only to the degree required to produce the desired finish; do no finishing in areas where water has accumulated until they have been drained and excess moisture has dried. Carefully finish all joints and edges with proper tools, unless otherwise specified. B. Rough Screed Finish Consolidate, level, and screed all surfaces to obtain evenness and uniformity; remove all surplus concrete after consolidation by striking off with sawing motion against guide strips. C. Float Finish Apply float finish to monolithic slabs to receive trowel or other finishes. After screeding, consolidating, and leveling concrete slabs, do not work surface until ready for floating. Begin floating, using floats appropriate to the surface contours only, when surface water has disappeared, or when concrete has stiffened sufficiently to permit operation of power-driven floats, or both. Consolidate surface with power driven floats or by hand floating if area is small or inaccessible to power units. Finish surfaces to tolerances of F(F) 18 (floor flatness) and F(L) 15 (floor levelness) measured according to ASTM E 1155. Uniformly slope surfaces to drains. Cut down high spots and fill low spots immediately after leveling, re-float surface to a uniform, smooth, granular texture. D Hard Trowel Finish After floated surface is firm enough to receive steel trowels, trowel at least two complete passes, or until last stage before blackening. Leave no trowel marks discernible to the touch. Do not use excessive water, especially on last the pass. E. Defective Work Remove and replace when directed by the Resident Engineer/ Skate Park Designer , surfaces which show inferior finish quality. 3.04 CURING A. Protect concrete surfaces against rapid drying. Apply Clear Spray-on cure agent after final finish is achieved. Keep sealed with cure agent for necessary amount of time to reach concrete strength and inhibit moisture loss after placing per manufacturer's recommendation. B. Duration of Curing In addition to the initial overnight curing, continue final curing operations until the cumulative number of days or fractions thereof(not necessarily DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F CONCRETE FINISHING—SKATE PARK SECTION 03 33 51 West Guth Park Improvements—City of Corpus Christi, TX Page 5 consecutive) occurs, during which time the temperature of the air in contact with the concrete is above 50 degrees F, equals 7 days. Curing period considered done when compressive strength is reached. If high-early strength concrete has been used, continue final curing operation for 3 days total time, calculated as before. Take care to prevent rapid drying at the end of the curing period. Early removal of forms will not be approved when forms are removed during the curing period. 3.05 INSPECTION Contractor shall notify Resident Engineer/ Skate Park Designer that they are starting concrete finish repair work at least five (5)working days prior to the beginning of work. 3.06 REJECTIONS A. Major variations in the appearance of integral colored concrete compared to manufacturer's sample chip shall be rejected by the Resident Engineer/ Skate Park Designer. The Contractor in charge of the specific scope of work shall remove and replace rejected work for the Resident Engineer/ Skate Park Designer's approval at no additional cost to the Owner. B. Defects in the concrete including lack of uniformity, exhibits segregation honeycombing, or lamination, or which contains any dry patches, slugs, voids, pockets or does not meet the radius requirements of the design shall be rejected by the Resident Engineer/ Skate Park Designer. The Contractor in charge of the specific scope of work shall remove and replace rejected work for the Resident Engineer/ Skate Park Designer approval at no additional cost to the Owner. C. Radial wall finishes shall consist of smooth, hard, uniform surface of smooth trowel with a level tolerance of 1/8 inch in 10 feet when tested with a 10-foot steel straightedge placed on the surface horizontally and vertically. Grinding the surfaces will not be an acceptable means of achieving the intended radii and uniformity shall be approved by the Resident Engineer/ Skate Park Designer. If rejected, The Contractor in charge of the specific scope of work shall remove and replace rejected work for the Resident Engineer/ Skate Park Designer's approval at no additional cost to the Owner. 3.07 CLEANING Leave premises clean and free of residue from work in this section. 3.08 PROTECTION AND SITE SECURITY FROM VANDALISM It shall be the contactors responsibly to protect site from theft and vandalism. End of Section 03 33 51 DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F SHOTCRETE—SKATE PARK SECTION 03 36 00 West Guth Park Improvements—City of Corpus Christi, TX Page 1 Part 1 General 1.01 DESCRIPTION Provide sprayed-on concrete (concrete conveyed into place by air pressure through a flexible tube or gun with controlled nozzle) referred to herein as shotcrete, complete as shown and as specified by Skate Park Contractor. A. Provide sprayed-on concrete (concrete conveyed into place by air pressure through a flexible tube or gun with controlled nozzle) referred to herein as shotcrete, complete as shown and as specified. B. Application, cutting, and sculpting and finish work related to this Work is deemed specialty work within the Contract Documents. C. All work related to this application, cutting, sculpting, and installation shall be coordinated with the Resident Engineer/ Skate Park Designer, prior to project start. 1.02 RELATED INFORMATION A. Section 03 10 00-Concrete Forming and Accessories B. Section 03 20 00-Concrete Reinforcing C. Section 03 30 00-Cast-In-Place Concrete D. Section 03 33 51-Concrete Finishing E. Section 03 37 00-Concrete Curing F. Section 05 50 00-Metal Fabrications 1.03 REFERENCES A. Comply with the requirements of the current edition of the following codes and standards, except as herein modified: B. Latest Uniform Standard Specifications issued by the Owner. C. American Concrete Institute (ACI): 506, Chapter 13, Wet Method. Chapter 5, Shotcrete Crew. D. American Society for Testing Materials (ASTM) 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Submit current product data and manufacturer's instructions for proprietary materials including: 1. Color admixture 2. Expansion joint fill material 3. Curing compound 4. Dowel aligners / caps 5. Form facing materials 6. Form release agents DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F SHOTCRETE—SKATE PARK SECTION 03 36 00 West Guth Park Improvements—City of Corpus Christi, TX Page 2 7. Proprietary cleaning agents 8. Plastic film for curing 9. Surface retarders 10. Micro-Fiber reinforcement B. Shop Drawings 1. Section and plan views showing all proposed construction joints. 2. Contractor to submit shop drawings for all templates to be used on the project. C. Design of Concrete Mixes 1. Contractor shall be responsible for and pay for design of concrete mixes for each type of concrete specified. Design of concrete mixes shall be performed by a Testing Laboratory selected by Contractor and approved by the Resident Engineer/Skate Park Designer. Design methods to be in accordance with ACI 318. 2. Make three (3) trial mixes using aggregate proposed. 3. Check mix design and revise, if necessary, wherever changes are made in aggregate or in surface water content of aggregate or workability of concrete. Slump shall be the minimum to produce workable mix. Laboratory shall prescribe minimum quantity of water. 4. Forward two copies of design mix to the Owner and Resident Engineer/ Skate Park Designer for approval. D. Placement/ Pour Schedule 1. Contractor to indicate on plans the locations to be shot within a day's work and not exceeding 50 cubic yards per day for quality control and inspection schedules. 2. Schedule and sequence to be reviewed and approved by the Resident Engineer/ Skate Park Designer prior to starting this work. E. Shotcrete Samples / Mock-Ups 1. Provide representative samples of materials for material testing, mix proportion testing, and finish. 2. Sample of each of the following must be provided: Bowl section with 2" round steel coping and a standard bank with radius transition bottom. The shotcrete samples need to match the same height, radius, angle, curvature, finish, and reinforcement of the corresponding sections and details for DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F SHOTCRETE—SKATE PARK SECTION 03 36 00 West Guth Park Improvements—City of Corpus Christi, TX Page 3 inspection an approval. The sample may be part of the finished product and can remain in place as finished product if approved by the Resident Engineer/ Skate Park Designer. If the sample is built in place it needs to follow the jointing outlined in the Concrete Jointing plan. If the samples are built elsewhere on-site, they only need to be six feet (6')wide with height and length corresponding to the sections. 3. Contractor shall prepare and pay for a sample for each paving type indicated on Drawings prior to installation. 4. Samples shall be completed to the satisfaction of the Resident Engineer/ Skate Park Designer and shall include aggregates, texture, color, and finishes. If samples are rejected by the Resident Engineer/ Skate Park Designer, the Contractor in charge of the specific scope of work shall remove and replace the sample for the Resident Engineer/Skate Park Designer's approval at no additional cost to the Owner. 5. These samples will become the standard of quality by which future paving samples and work will be judged. 6. Samples to remain on-site and be protected during construction, to compare work in progress. If samples are damaged or removed, Contractor shall repair/ replace in-kind immediately at no additional cost to the Owner. F. Test Reports: Compressive strength of concrete test cylinders taken upon delivery of concrete. 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Concrete Testing 1. Prepare samples by each application crew using the equipment, materials and mix proportions proposed for the Project. Resident Engineer/ Skate Park Designer shall observe preparation of test panels noting placement of shotcrete by applications crew. 2. Test panel shall be at least 6" x 18" x 18". Test panel shall conform to Section 03 36 00 Shotcrete, Part 1.04 Submittals. 3. Secure and protect samples during construction and test for compliance with Specifications. 4. Test strength of the shotcrete as work progresses as follows: a. Cut cores from the test panel and test in accordance with ASTM C42. b. One 6" x 18" x18" test panel every 50 cubic yards of accumulated shotcrete. A set of four 43) 2' x 2' x 6" cores taken from the test panel shall be taken and broken on days 7, 14, 21 and 28. shotcrete placed through the nozzle. c. Cores shall be soaked in water for a minimum of 40 hours before testing. B. Certification DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F SHOTCRETE—SKATE PARK SECTION 03 36 00 West Guth Park Improvements—City of Corpus Christi, TX Page 4 Nozzleman certification shall be in accordance with ACI 506.3R. C. Regulatory Requirements Meet requirements of applicable laws, codes, and regulations required by authorities having jurisdiction over Work D. Acceptance Final acceptance of the shotcrete will be done by the Resident Engineer/ Skate Park Designer and will based upon the results obtained from cores. E. Concrete Manufacturer Qualifications Manufacturer of ready-mixed concrete products complying with ASTM C 94 requirements for production facilities and equipment. F. Skate Park Contractor/ Sub-Contractor Experience Provide evidence to indicate successful experience in performing shotcrete concrete work for skate parks similar in scope to that specified herein and can demonstrate successful experience through past project documentation and references. 1. Required Experience Skate Park Contractor or Sub-contractor must have completed three (3) public concrete skate park facilities with a minimum size of 10,000 square feet, in the last five (5) years. Parks must be open and in good operating condition for at least one (1) year. 2. Evidence of Experience Skate Park Contractor or Sub-contractor shall submit to Field Engineer Inspector satisfactory documentation of the experience and qualification. If a Contractor cannot provide this information or if it is unverifiable, work under this Section and any other related Section cannot be completed by Contractor. This submission must contain the Project Name & Location, Owner's Name & Contact Information, Designer Name & Contact Information, Project Size, Contract Value, Completion Date, and Supervisor and/or Key Personnel responsible for this experience for each of the qualifying projects. 3. Safety and Performance Guidelines Comply with all safety and performance requirements and all applicable references as specified in the ASTM F2480 Standard Guide for In- ground Skate Parks. DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F SHOTCRETE—SKATE PARK SECTION 03 36 00 West Guth Park Improvements—City of Corpus Christi, TX Page 5 4. ACI Requirements Meet all requirements of ACI 506, Chapter 13, Wet Method and Chapter 5, Shotcrete Crew. 1.06 DELIVERY, HANDLING, AND STORAGE A. Properly deliver and handle materials to prevent contamination, segregation, or damage to materials. B. Store cement in weather tight enclosures to protect against dampness and contamination. C. Prevent segregation and contamination of aggregates by proper arrangement and use of stockpiles. D. Store admixtures properly to prevent contamination, evaporation, or other damage. E. Do not change brand of cement or source of aggregate during course of Work. Part 2 Products 2.01 CONCRETE MATERIALS A. Portland Cement: ASTM C150, Type I or II, one brand only. B. Fly Ash: ASTM C618, Class C only. The amount of fly ash used shall not exceed 20% by weight of the combined weight of fly ash and cement. C. Normal Weight Aggregates: ASTM C33 and as herein specified. 1. Batch fine coarse aggregates separately to avoid segregation. 2. Aggregates shall be free from clay, mud, loam, or other deleterious substances. 3. Dune sand, bank run sand, and manufactured sand are not acceptable for fine aggregate. 4. Coarse aggregate shall be clean, uncoated, heavy media processed aggregate of crushed stone or river washed aggregate. DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F SHOTCRETE—SKATE PARK SECTION 03 36 00 West Guth Park Improvements—City of Corpus Christi, TX Page 6 2.02 ACCESSORIES A. Water: Fresh, clean, potable, and free of deleterious acids, mixing, and curing water, as available from Owner. Transport as required. B. Admixtures: Use only accepted admixtures meeting the following requirements: 1. Chemical Admixtures: ASTM C494 2. Air-entraining Admixtures: ASTM C260 C. Expansion Joints: See Cast-In-Place Concrete - Section 03 30 00. D. Additive: Micro-Fiber reinforcement that is designed to mitigate plastic shrinkage cracking, to be approved by the Resident Engineer/ Skate Park Designer, in all concrete (dosage as recommended by the manufacturer). 2.03 PROPORTIONING AND DESIGN OF CONCRETE MIXES A. Mix Prepare design mix to achieve an in-place 28-day compressive strength of 4,000 pounds per square inch and an air content as specified on plans. Maximum aggregate size shall not exceed 3/8 inch. Unit weight of in-place shotcrete shall be 494 pounds per cubic yard. Contractor to pay for and use an independent Testing Agency acceptable to the Resident Engineer/ Skate Park Designer to prepare and report the proposed mix design. Testing is at the cost of the Contractor responsible for this mix. B. Test Data Submit for acceptance proportioning and test data from prior experience if available. If data from prior experience are not available or accepted, make, and have tested specimens from three or more different mix proportions in accordance with pre-construction testing requirements of this Specification. C. Strength Selected mix proportions based on compressive strength tests of specimens shall be cut from the shotcrete test panels not earlier than five (5) days after shotcreting. For mix acceptance purposes, average core strengths shall be least equal to f'c for cores with L/D of 2.0. For cores with L/D between 1.0 and 2.0, use correction factors given in ASTM C42. D. Review Mix design shall be reviewed for acceptance by Resident Engineer/ Skate Park Designer. DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F SHOTCRETE—SKATE PARK SECTION 03 36 00 West Guth Park Improvements—City of Corpus Christi, TX Page 7 2.04 CONCRETE APPLICATION EQUIPMENT A. For Wet Mix Shotcrete 1. Mixing Equipment: Capable of thoroughly mixing aggregate, cement, and water in sufficient quantity to maintain continuous placement. 2. Ready-mixed Concrete: ASTM C94, except that it may be delivered to the site in the dry state if the equipment can add the water and mixing it satisfactorily with the dry ingredients. 3. Air Supply: Clean air adequate for maintaining sufficient nozzle velocity for parts of work, and for simultaneous operation of blow pipe for cleaning away rebound. 4. Delivery Equipment: Capable of discharging aggregate-cement- water mixture accurately, uniformly, and continuously through delivery hose. Part 3 Execution 3.01 INSPECTION A. Examination Examine concrete formwork and verify that it is true to line and dimension, adequately braced against vibration, and constructed to permit escape of air and rebound but to prevent mortar leakage during shotcreting. Correct deficiencies. B. Inspection Inspect reinforcement steel and items to be embedded in concrete. Correct any deviations from the accepted shop drawings. C. Notification Notify other trades involved in ample time to permit the proper installation of their work. Cooperate in setting such work. D. Existing Surfaces Examine existing concrete surfaces for unsound material. Correct deficiencies. 3.02 PREPARATION FOR INSTALLATION OF CONCRETE A. Forms DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F SHOTCRETE—SKATE PARK SECTION 03 36 00 West Guth Park Improvements—City of Corpus Christi, TX Page 8 Use a form-coating material on removable forms to prevent absorption of moisture and to prevent absorption of moisture and to prevent bond with shotcrete. 3.03 CONCRETE BATCHING AND MIXING A. Proportions Mix proportions shall be controlled by weight batching. Contractor's Testing Laboratory shall maintain quality control records during shotcrete production and make those records available to the Resident Engineer/ Skate Park Designer. 3.04 CONCRETE PLACEMENT A. Placement Use suitable delivery equipment and procedures that will result in shotcrete in place meeting the requirements of this Specification. Determine operating procedures for placement in, extended distances, and around any obstructions where placement velocities and mix consistency must be adjusted. B. Placement Techniques Do not place shotcrete if drying or stiffening of the mix takes place at any time prior to delivery to the nozzle. 1. Control thickness, method of support, air pressure, and/or water content of shotcrete to preclude sagging or sloughing off. Discontinue shotcreting or provide suitable means to screen the nozzle stream if wind or air currents cause separation of the nozzle stream during placement. 2. Hold nozzle as perpendicular to surface as work will permit, to secure maximum compaction with minimum rebound. 3. In shotcreting walls, begin application at bottom. Ensure work does not sag. 4. Layering a. Build up layers by making several passes of nozzle over work area. b. Broom or scarify the surface of freshly placed shotcrete to which, after hardening, additional layers of shotcrete are to be bonded. Dampen surface just prior to application of succeeding layers. C. Allow each layer of shotcrete to take initial set before applying succeeding layers. DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F SHOTCRETE—SKATE PARK SECTION 03 36 00 West Guth Park Improvements—City of Corpus Christi, TX Page 9 d. Use radial templates to insure exact radii from flat bottom of skate park deck and coping. Template shall be fabricated from steel or 3/4" plywood. Check every horizontal foot when applying shotcrete for conformance of intended wall radii. Brace template and place levels at arc to tangent connections to ensure no kinks will be formed. Kinks at the bottom of bowls will not be acceptable. Slumping of the shotcrete causing coping setback will not be acceptable. 5. Placement around Reinforcement a. Hold the nozzle at such distance and angle to place materials behind reinforcement before any material can accumulate on its face. In the dry-mix process, additional water may be added to the mix when encasing reinforcement to facilitate a smooth flow of material behind the bars. b. Test to ascertain if any void or sand pockets have developed around or behind reinforcement by probing with an awl or other pointed tool after the shotcrete has achieved its initial set, by removal of randomly selected bars, or coring or other suitable standards. 3.05 REMOVAL OF SURFACE DEFECTS IN CONCRETE 'A. General Remove and replace shotcrete which lacks uniformity, exhibits segregation, honeycombing, or lamination, or which contains any dry patches, slugs, voids, or pockets. Remove defective areas. B. Sounding Sound work with hammer for voids. Remove and replace damaged in-place shotcrete. 3.06 CONCRETE FINISH A. Form Finish Smooth form finish shall consist of a smooth, hard, uniform texture with a minimum of seams. B. Unformed Finish / Radial Wall Finish Float finish on unformed face of wall shall consist of a smooth, hard, uniform surface of smooth steel trowel. Level to a tolerance of 1/10 inch in 10 feet when tested with a 10-foot steel straightedge placed on the surface horizontally, and vertically with radial template with the appropriate radii. Grinding the surfaces will not be an acceptable means of achieving the intended radii. Concrete finish work shall match the approved sample poured on site. DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F SHOTCRETE—SKATE PARK SECTION 03 36 00 West Guth Park Improvements—City of Corpus Christi, TX Page 10 3.07 CONCRETE JOINTS A. Cleaning The entire joint shall be thoroughly cleaned and wetted prior to the application of additional shotcrete. B. Reinforcement Make joints perpendicular to the main reinforcement. Continue reinforcement across joints. 3.08 CONCRETE CURING AND PROTECTION A. Initial Curing Immediately after finishing, keep shotcrete continuously moist for at least 24 hours. Use one of the following materials or methods: 1. Ponding or continuous sprinkling. 2. Cover and keep continuously wet. B. Final Curing Provide additional curing immediately following the initial curing and before the shotcrete has dried. Use one of the following materials or methods: 1. Continue the method used in initial curing. 2. Materials conforming to Specifications for Sheet Materials for Curing Concrete, ASTM C 171. C. Duration of Curing Continue for the first 7 days after shotcreting or until specified strength is obtained. During the curing period, maintain shotcrete above 40 degrees and in a moist condition. Prevent rapid drying at the end of the curing period. 3.09 REJECTIONS A. Major variations in the appearance of integral colored concrete compared to manufacturer's sample chip shall be rejected by the Resident Engineer/ Skate Park Designer. The Contractor in charge of the specific scope of work shall remove and replace rejected work for the Resident Engineer/ Skate Park Designer's approval at no additional cost to the Owner. B. Defects in the shotcrete including lack of uniformity, exhibits segregation DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F SHOTCRETE—SKATE PARK SECTION 03 36 00 West Guth Park Improvements—City of Corpus Christi, TX Page 11 honeycombing, or lamination, or which contains any dry patches, slugs, voids, or pockets shall be rejected by the Resident Engineer/ Skate Park Designer. The Contractor in charge of the specific scope of work shall remove and replace rejected work for the Resident Engineer/ Skate Park Designer's approval at no additional cost to the Owner . C. Radial wall finishes shall consist of smooth, hard, uniform surface of smooth trowel with a level tolerance of 1/8 inch in 10 feet when tested with a 10-foot steel straightedge placed on the surface horizontally and vertically. Grinding the surfaces will not be an acceptable means of achieving the intended radii and uniformity shall be approved by the Resident Engineer/ Skate Park Designer. If rejected, The Contractor in charge of the specific scope of work shall remove and replace rejected work for the Resident Engineer/ Skate Park Designer's approval at no additional cost to the Owner. 3.10 CLEAN UP A. At completion of Work, remove concrete stains from adjacent work, including but not limited to dissimilar paving types, walls, columns, railing posts, light fixtures, plant materials, to satisfaction of Resident Engineer/ Skate Park Designer. B. Efflorescence: Remove efflorescence (as soon as practical after it appears) as part of final cleaning. C. Use least aggressive cleaning techniques possible. D. Wear protective eye wear, gloves, and clothing suitable to work and as required by cleaner manufacturer. E. If proprietary cleaning agents are used, pre-wet wall, test cleaning agent on a small, inconspicuous area, and check effects prior to proceeding. Begin cleaning at the top and work down. Thoroughly rinse wall afterwards with clean water. Follow cleaner manufacturer's instructions. F. Do not use muriatic (hydrochloric) acid on colored concrete. End of Section 03 36 00 DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F CONCRETE CURING—SKATE PARK SECTION 03 37 00 West Guth Park Improvements—City of Corpus Christi, TX Page 1 Part 1 General 1.01 DESCRIPTION Provide curing material for cast-in-place concrete flatwork, and shotcrete walls (radial and angled). 1.02 RELATED INFORMATION A. Section 03 10 00-Concrete Forming and Accessories B. Section 03 20 00-Concrete Reinforcing C. Section 03 30 00-Cast-In-Place Concrete D. Section 03 36 00-Shotcrete 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Submit detailed technical data of products proposed for curing use for Owner's approval. B. Submit certification that materials meet specification requirements. C. Apply curing product to concrete mock-up on site for final review and approval. 1.04 DELIVERY AND STORAGE Deliver materials in original sealed containers with seal and labels intact. Store in a dry place. Use materials out of original containers only. Part 2 Products 2.01 MATERIALS A. Evercrete DPSTm Deep Penetrating Sealer, manufactured by Evercrete Group, or approved non-toxic, odorless, clear, water-soluble liquid compound equivalent. B. Curing Agent: ASTM C 309, non-staining, water, or soy based, low or no Volatile Organic compound emitting, compatible with color admixture Part 3 Execution 3.01 CURING A. Protect concrete surfaces against rapid drying. Keep moist for necessary amount of time to reach concrete strength and inhibit moisture loss after placing. B. Curing Method: Spread curing paper over surfaces, lapping ends and sides a minimum of 4", and maintain in place by use of suitable weights for necessary duration, then remove. 3.02 CLEANUP DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F CONCRETE CURING—SKATE PARK SECTION 03 37 00 West Guth Park Improvements—City of Corpus Christi, TX Page 2 Remove debris and trash resulting from specified work End of Section 03 37 00 DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F METAL FABRICATIONS—SKATE PARK SECTION 05 50 00 West Guth Park Improvements—City of Corpus Christi, TX Page 1 Part 1 General 1.01 SCOPE Provide labor, materials, and equipment for the installation of Metal Work as shown on the drawings and as specified. 1.02 RELATED INFORMATION A. Section 03 10 00 - Concrete Forming and Accessories B. Section 03 20 00 - Concrete Reinforcing C. Section 03 30 00 - Cast-In-Place Concrete D. Section 03 36 00 - Shotcrete 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Qualifications of Fabricators: Experienced in fabrication of miscellaneous metals. B. Qualifications of Welders: Welding shall be done only by certified welding operators currently qualified according to AWS D1.1. C. Qualifications of Workmen: Provide at least one person who shall be always present during execution of this portion of the Work, and who shall be thoroughly familiar with the type of materials being installed, the referenced standards, the requirements of this Work, and who shall direct all work performed under this Section. Welds indicated may be made in shop or field with approval. D. Reference Standards: 1) Steel: Meet requirements of AISC "Specifications of Architecturally Exposed Structural Steel," latest edition. 2) Welding: Meet requirements of AWS "Structural Welding Code," D1.1, latest edition. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Shop Drawings: 1) Submit shop drawings for all custom fabricated items under this section. Indicate profiles, sizes, connection attachments, reinforcing, anchorage, size and type of fasteners and accessories. Indicate welded connections using standard AWS welding symbols. 2) Verification: Verify all measurements at the job. Show dimensions, sizes, thicknesses, gauges, finishes,joining, attachments, and relationship of work to adjoining construction. Where items must fit and coordinate with finished surfaces and/or constructed spaces, take measurements at site and not from drawings. DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F METAL FABRICATIONS—SKATE PARK SECTION 05 50 00 West Guth Park Improvements—City of Corpus Christi, TX Page 2 3) Coordination: Coordinate with work of Cast-In-Place Concrete Section 03 30 00 and Section 03 36 00 - Shotcrete . B. Samples Required for all Coping and Edging of concrete work. Submit finish, paint product, and paint color data sheet for approval. Submit prior to delivery to site. Attach name, address of manufacturer and/or supplier to each. Provide samples on site for final approval. 1.05 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Coordination Coordinate with work of Cast-In-Place Concrete Section 03 30 00 and Section 03 36 00 - Shotcrete. B. Storage of Materials Materials which are stored at the project site shall be above ground on platforms, skids, or other supports. Protect steel from corrosion. Store other materials in a weather-tight and dry place until ready for use. C. Protection 1) Use all means necessary to protect miscellaneous metals before, during and after installation and to protect the installed work and materials of all other trades. 2) Protect any adjacent materials or areas below from damage due to weld splatter or sparks during field welding. D. Replacements: In the event of damage, immediately make all repairs and replacements necessary to the approval of and at no additional cost to the Owner. 1.06 JOB CONDITIONS A. Examine existing conditions in which the work is to be installed. Notify Owner if conditions are unacceptable to begin work. B. Do not proceed with the work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 1.07 COORDINATION A. Templates and Built-ins: Furnish all anchors, fastenings, sleeves, setting templates and layouts affecting or installed in the work of other trades. B. Delivery: Where items must be incorporated or built into adjacent work, deliver to trade responsible for such work in sufficient time that progress of work is not delayed. Be responsible for proper location of such items. DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F METAL FABRICATIONS—SKATE PARK SECTION 05 50 00 West Guth Park Improvements—City of Corpus Christi, TX Page 3 1.08 JOB SITE SAMPLE A. Contractor to provide fabricated, on site sample of metal item(s), complete with approved finish, for review by Owner before fabrication of total quantities. Any fabrication of project item(s) by Contractor before Owner review and approval is strictly at his own risk and expense. B. Approved sample(s) shall be used as the standard of workmanship and shall remain on site until work has been completed and approved by the Owner. Part 2 Products 2.01 MATERIALS A. 2" ROUND STEEL PIPE COPING- O.D. 2.375, Thickness .154: ASTM A- 53, Type E or S (Fy=35 ksi), Grade B or A-501 (Fy=36 ksi). B. 2" ROUND STEEL TUBING- O.D. 2.375 Thickness .154: ASTM A-53, Type E or S (Fy=35 ksi), Grade B or A-501 (Fy=36 ksi). C. 2"x6" RECTANGULAR STEEL TUBING- Thickness .188: ASTM A-53, Type E or S (Fy=35 ksi), Grade B or A-501 (Fy=36 ksi). D. 6"X1/4"X1-7/8" STEEL C6 C-CHANNEL- Thickness .188: ASTM A-53, Type E or S (Fy=35 ksi), Grade B or A-501 (Fy=36 ksi). E. WELDING RODS: E-70 series low hydrogen unless otherwise noted on drawings. 2.02 GROUT Embeco®636 Plus Grout Non-Shrink Mortar Metallic-Aggregate Grout by Degussa Building Systems, Phone (800) 433-9517; Ferrolith ® G Redi-Mix Grout by Sonneborn Building Products. 2.03 OTHER MATERIALS All other materials, not specifically described but required for a complete and proper installation of miscellaneous metals, shall be new, first quality of their respective kinds and subject to the approval of the Owner. Part 3 Execution 3.01 EXISTING CONDITIONS A. Inspection Prior to all work of this Section, carefully inspect the installed work of all other trades, and verify that all such work is complete to the point where this installation may properly commence. B. Discrepancies DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F METAL FABRICATIONS—SKATE PARK SECTION 05 50 00 West Guth Park Improvements—City of Corpus Christi, TX Page 4 In the event of discrepancy, immediately notify the Owner. 3.02 COORDINATION A. General: Carefully coordinate with all other trades to insure proper and adequate interface of the work of other trades with the work of this Section. B. Delivery: Ensure timely delivery of all metal fabrications which must be installed in other work so as not to delay that work. 3.03 INSTALLATION A. General 1) Install metal fabrications in strict accordance with the Drawings, the approved Shop Drawings, and all pertinent codes, regulations, and standards. 2) Obtain Owner's review prior to site cutting or adjusting which are not part of scheduled work. 3) Install items square and level, accurately fitted and free from distortion or defects. 4) Align all metal fabrications as shown on the Drawings, and where vertical or horizontal members are shown, align them straight, plumb and level within a tolerance of one in 500. 5) Make provisions for erection stresses by temporary bracing. Keep work in alignment. 6) Replace items damaged in course of installation. 7) Perform field welding in accordance with AWS D1.1 8) After installation, grind, and touch-up field welds. 3.04 WORKMANSHIP A. Layout Set all work plumb, true, rigid, and neatly trimmed out. Miter corners and angles of exposed molding and frames unless otherwise noted. B. Fitting Fit exposed connections accurately together to form tight hairline joints. C. Labor DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F METAL FABRICATIONS—SKATE PARK SECTION 05 50 00 West Guth Park Improvements—City of Corpus Christi, TX Page 5 Employ only workmen specifically skilled in such work. 3.05 FABRICATION A. Shop assembles in largest practicable dimensions, making members true to length so assembling may be done without fillers. B. Provide all surfaces free of file marks, dents, hammer marks, wire edges or any unsightly surface defects. C. Steel Pipe Coping Roll pipe to conform to top radius curve of each bowl and ledge as shown on drawings. Refer to drawings for relational tolerance to concrete surface and other steel. 3.06 ATTACHMENTS AND REINFORCEMENTS Do all cutting, shearing, drilling, punching, threading, tapping, etc., required for site metalwork or for attachment of adjacent work. If applicable, drill or punch holes; do not use cutting torch. 3.07 OTHER CONNECTORS Make all permanent connections in ferrous metal surfaces using welds where at all possible; do not use bolts or screws. 3.08 WELDING A. Preparation Remove all rust, paint, scale, and other foreign matter. Wire brush all flame- cut edges. Clamp members as required and alternate welds, all as necessary to prevent warping or misalignment. B. Exposed Welds Uniformly grind smooth (no tolerance) all welds normally exposed to view and feel in the finished work. C. Faulty and Defective Welding Chip out and replace all welding showing cracks, slag inclusion, lack of fusion, bad undercut or other defects ascertained by visual or other means of inspection. Replace and re-weld at no cost to Owner. D. Field Welding Procedure Comply with AWS code of manual shielded metal-arc welding, appearance and quality of welds made, and methods used in correcting welding work. DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F METAL FABRICATIONS—SKATE PARK SECTION 05 50 00 West Guth Park Improvements—City of Corpus Christi, TX Page 6 Protection Protect all adjacent surfaces from damage due to weld sparks, spatter, or tramp metal. 3.09 SURFACE TREATMENT AND PROTECTIVE COATINGS A. Cleaning 1) Thoroughly clean all mill scale, rust, dirt, grease, and other foreign matter from ferrous metal prior to any galvanizing and painting. 2) Conditions which are too severe to be removed by hand cleaning, shall be cleaned using appropriate methods for solvent cleaning, power tool cleaning and brush-off blast cleaning. B. Exterior Ferrous Metal 1) Grind smooth all welds, burrs, and rough surfaces. Clean and hot - phosphate treat completed assembly. Hot phosphate treatment not required on items which are not exposed in the finish work or on those items where size prohibits such treatment. 2) Galvanize all ferrous metal items. 3) Indicate on Shop Drawings where treatment is proposed to be omitted, if any. 3.10 CLEAN-UP A. Keep all areas of work clean, neat, and orderly always. Keep paved areas clean during installation. B. Clean up and remove all debris from the entire work area prior to Final Acceptance to standards of Owner. End of Section 05 50 00 DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F PAINTING (METAL FABRICATIONS)—SKATE PARK SECTION 09 90 00 West Guth Park Improvements—City of Corpus Christi, TX Page 1 Part 1 General 1.01 GENERAL CONDITIONS Requirements of the Contract Documents, including but not limited to, the General, Special, and Technical Provisions, apply to work in this Section with the same force and effect as though repeated in full herein. 1.02 SCOPE OF WORK A. Furnish materials, labor, transportation, services, and equipment necessary to install all Painting for the Skate Park as indicated on scope of work contract and shown on drawings and as specified herein. B. This Section includes surface preparation and field painting of miscellaneous exposed exterior items and surfaces. C. Paint exposed surfaces, except where the paint schedules indicate that a surface or material is not to be painted or is to remain natural. If the paint schedules do not specifically mention an item or a surface, paint the item or surface the same as similar adjacent materials or surfaces whether schedules indicate colors. If the schedules do not indicate color or finish, Contractor or Skate Park Designer shall select from standard colors and finishes available. 1. Painting includes field painting of exposed galvanized steel and iron work, and primed metal surfaces of mechanical and electrical equipment. Contractor to prime metal surfaces only if specified on plans. D. Do not paint prefinished items, concealed surfaces, finished metal surfaces, operating parts, and labels. 1. Finished metal surfaces include the following if used: a. Stainless steel. b. Bronze and brass. c. Iron 2. Labels: Do not paint over Underwriters Laboratories (UL), Factory Mutual (FM), or other code-required labels or equipment name, identification, performance rating, or nomenclature plates. E. Related Work 1. Section 05 50 00 — Metal Fabrications 1.03 REFERENCES A. Comply with the applicable reference specifications as specified in the GENERAL PROVISIONS and in accordance with applicable DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F PAINTING (METAL FABRICATIONS)—SKATE PARK SECTION 09 90 00 West Guth Park Improvements—City of Corpus Christi, TX Page 2 laws, codes and regulations required by the City or County. Comply with the current provisions of the following Codes and Standards. 1. ASTM - American Society for Testing and Materials 2. IBC— International Building Code 3. SSPC— Society for Protective Coatings: "Steel Structures Painting Manual," latest edition. 1.04 DEFINITIONS A. General: Standard coating terms defined in ASTM D 16 apply to this Section. 1. Flat refers to a lusterless or matte finish with a gloss range below 15 when measured at an 85-degree meter. 2. Eggshell refers to low-sheen finish with a gloss range between 5 and 20 when measured at a 60-degree meter. 3. Satin refers to low-sheen finish with a gloss range between 15 and 35 when measured at a 60-degree meter. 4. Semi-gloss refers to medium-sheen finish with a gloss range between 30 and 65 when measured at a 60-degree meter. 5. Full gloss refers to high-sheen finish with a gloss range more than 65 when measured at a 60- degree meter. 1.05 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each paint system specified. Include block fillers. 1. Material List: Provide an inclusive list of required coating materials. Indicate each material and cross-reference specific coating, finish system, and application. Identify each material by manufacturer's catalog number and general classification. 2. Manufacturer's Information: Provide manufacturer's technical information, including label analysis and instructions for handling, storing, and applying each coating material proposed for use. 3. Certification by the manufacturer that products supplied comply with local regulations controlling use of volatile organic compounds (VOCs). B. Samples for Initial Selection: Manufacturer's color charts showing the full range of colors available for each type of finish-coat material indicated. DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F PAINTING (METAL FABRICATIONS)—SKATE PARK SECTION 09 90 00 West Guth Park Improvements—City of Corpus Christi, TX Page 3 1. After color selection, Contractor will furnish color chips for surfaces to be coated. C. Samples for Verification: Of each color and material to be applied, with texture to simulate actual conditions, on representative Samples of the actual substrate. 1. Provide stepped Samples, defining each separate coat, including block fillers. Use representative colors when preparing Samples for review. Resubmit until required sheen, color, and texture are achieved. 2. Provide a list of materials and applications for each coat of each sample. Label each sample for location and application. 3. Submit Samples on the following substrates for Skate Park Designer review of color and texture only: a. Ferrous Metal: Provide two 4-inch-square samples of flat metal and two 8- inch- long samples of solid metal for each color and finish. 1.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Applicator Qualifications: Engage an experienced Applicator who has completed painting system applications similar in material and extent to that indicated for this Project with a record of successful in-service performance. 1.07 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver materials to the Project Site in manufacturer's original, unopened packages and containers bearing manufacturer's name and label, and the following information: 1. Product name or title of material. 2. Product description (generic classification or binder type). 3. Manufacturer's stock number and date of manufacture. 4. Contents by volume, for pigment and vehicle constituents. 5. Thinning instructions. 6. Application instructions. 7. Color name and number. B. Store materials not in use in tightly covered containers in a well- ventilated area at a minimum ambient temperature of 45 deg F (7 deg C). Maintain containers used in storage in a clean condition, free of foreign materials and residue. C. Protect from freezing. Keep storage area neat and orderly. Remove oily rags and waste daily. Take necessary measures to ensure that workers and work areas are protected from fire and health hazards resulting from handling, mixing, and application. DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F PAINTING (METAL FABRICATIONS)—SKATE PARK SECTION 09 90 00 West Guth Park Improvements—City of Corpus Christi, TX Page 4 1.08 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Apply water-based paints only when the temperature of surfaces to be painted and surrounding air temperatures are between 50 and 90 deg F (10 and 32 deg C). B. Apply solvent-thinned paints only when the temperature of surfaces to be painted and surrounding air temperatures are between 45 and 95 deg F (7.2 and 35 deg C). C. Do not apply paint in snow, rain, fog, or mist; or when the relative humidity exceeds 85 percent; or at temperatures less than 5 deg F (3 deg C) above the dew point; or to damp or wet surfaces. Part 2 Products 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Available Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, products listed in the paint schedules. 2.02 MATERIALS A. Material Compatibility: Provide fillers and finish-coat materials that are compatible with one another and the substrates indicated under conditions of service and application, as demonstrated by manufacturer based on testing and field experience. B. Material Quality: Provide manufacturer's best-quality paint material of the various coating types specified. Paint-material containers not displaying manufacturer's product identification will not be acceptable. 1. Proprietary Names: Use of manufacturer's proprietary product names to designate colors or materials is not intended to imply that products named are required to be used to the exclusion of equivalent products of other manufacturers. Furnish manufacturer's material data and certificates of performance for proposed substitutions. C. Colors: Provide color selections made by Skate Park and Pump Track Designer. Part 3 Execution 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Examine substrates, areas, and conditions, with the Applicator present, under which painting will be performed for compliance with paint application requirements 1. Do not begin to apply paint until unsatisfactory conditions DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F PAINTING (METAL FABRICATIONS)—SKATE PARK SECTION 09 90 00 West Guth Park Improvements—City of Corpus Christi, TX Page 5 have been corrected and surfaces receiving paint are thoroughly dry. 2. Start of painting will be construed as the Applicator's acceptance of surfaces and conditions within an area. 3.02 PREPARATION A. General: Remove hardware and hardware accessories, plates, machined surfaces, and similar items already installed that are not to be painted. If removal is impractical or impossible because of the size or weight of the item, provide surface-applied protection before surface preparation and painting. 1. After completing painting operations in each space or area, reinstall items removed using workers skilled in the trades involved. B. Cleaning: Before applying paint or other surface treatments, clean the substrates of substances that could impair the bond of the various coatings. Remove oil and grease before cleaning. 1. Schedule cleaning and painting so dust and other contaminants from the cleaning process will not fall on wet, newly painted surfaces. C. Surface Preparation: Clean and prepare surfaces to be painted according to manufacturer's written instructions for each substrate condition and as specified. 1. If specified, provide barrier coats over incompatible primer, or remove and re-prime. 2. Wood: Clean surfaces of dirt, oil, and other foreign substances with scrapers, mineral spirits, and sandpaper, as required. Sand surfaces exposed to view smooth and dust off. a. Scrape and clean small, dry, seasoned knots, and apply a thin coat of white shellac or other recommended knot sealer before applying primer. After priming, fill holes and imperfections in finish surfaces with putty or plastic wood filler. Sand smooth when dried. 3. Ferrous Metals: Clean ungalvanized ferrous-metal surfaces that have not been shop coated; remove oil, grease, dirt, loose mill scale, and other foreign substances. Use solvent or mechanical cleaning methods that comply with the Steel Structures Painting Council's (SSPC) recommendations. a. if applicable, touch up bare areas and shop-applied prime coats that have been damaged. Wire- brush, DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F PAINTING (METAL FABRICATIONS)—SKATE PARK SECTION 09 90 00 West Guth Park Improvements—City of Corpus Christi, TX Page 6 clean with solvents recommended by paint manufacturer, and touch up with the same primer as the shop coat. D. Materials Preparation: Mix and prepare paint materials according to manufacturer's written instructions. 1. Maintain containers used in mixing and applying paint in a clean condition, free of foreign materials and residue. 2. Stir material before application to produce a mixture of uniform density. Stir as required during application. Do not stir surface film into material. If necessary, remove surface film and strain material before using. 3. Use only thinners approved by paint manufacturer and only within recommended limits. 3.03 APPLICATION A. General: Apply paint according to manufacturer's written instructions. Use applicators and techniques best suited for substrate and type of material being applied. 1. Paint colors, surface treatments, and finishes are indicated in the schedules. 2. Do not paint over dirt, rust, scale, grease, moisture, scuffed surfaces, or conditions detrimental to formation of a durable paint film. 3. If specified, provide finish coats that are compatible with primers used. 4. The term "exposed surfaces" includes areas visible when permanent or built-in fixtures, covers, and similar components are in place. Extend coatings in these areas, as required, to maintain the system integrity and provide desired protection. 5. Sand lightly between each succeeding enamel or varnish coat. B. Scheduling Painting: Apply first coat to surfaces that have been cleaned, pretreated, or otherwise prepared for painting as soon as practicable after preparation and before subsequent surface deterioration. 1. The number of coats and the film thickness required are the same regardless of application method. Do not apply succeeding coats until the previous coat has cured as recommended by the manufacturer. If sanding is required to produce a smooth, even surface according to manufacturer's DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F PAINTING (METAL FABRICATIONS)—SKATE PARK SECTION 09 90 00 West Guth Park Improvements—City of Corpus Christi, TX Page 7 written instructions, sand between applications. 2. Omit primer on metal surfaces that have been galvanized or shop primed and touch-up painted. 3. If undercoats, stains, or other conditions show through final coat of paint, apply additional coats until paint film is of uniform finish, color, and appearance. Give special attention to ensure edges, corners, crevices, welds, and exposed fasteners receive a dry film thickness equivalent to that of flat surfaces. 4. Allow enough time between successive coats to permit proper drying. Do not recoat surfaces until paint has dried to where it feels firm, does not deform or feel sticky under moderate thumb pressure, and where application of another coat of paint does not cause the undercoat to lift or lose adhesion. C. Application Procedures: Apply paints and coatings by brush, roller, spray, or other applicators according to manufacturer's written instructions. 1. Brushes: Use brushes best suited for the type of material applied. Use brush of appropriate size for the surface or item being painted. 2. Rollers: Use rollers of carpet, velvet back, or high-pile sheep's wool as recommended by the manufacturer for the material and texture required. 3. Spray Equipment: Use airless spray equipment with orifice size as recommended by the manufacturer for the material and texture required. D. Minimum Coating Thickness: Apply paint materials no thinner than manufacturer's recommended spreading rate. Provide the total dry film thickness of the entire system as recommended by the manufacturer. E. Fillers: Apply fillers at a rate to ensure complete coverage of pores filled. F. Pigmented (Opaque) Finishes: Completely cover surfaces as necessary to provide a smooth, opaque surface of uniform finish, color, appearance, and coverage. Cloudiness, spotting, holidays, laps, brush marks, runs, sags, ropiness, or other surface imperfections will not be acceptable. G. Completed Work: Match approved samples for color, texture, and coverage. Remove, refinish, or repaint work not complying with requirements. 3.04 CLEANING DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F PAINTING (METAL FABRICATIONS)—SKATE PARK SECTION 09 90 00 West Guth Park Improvements—City of Corpus Christi, TX Page 8 A. Cleanup: At the end of each workday, remove empty cans, rags, rubbish, and other discarded paint materials from the site. B. After completing painting, clean paint-spattered surfaces. Remove spattered paint by washing and scraping. Be careful not to scratch or damage adjacent finished surfaces. 3.05 PROTECTION A. Protect work of other trades, whether being painted or not, against damage by painting. Correct damage by cleaning, repairing or replacing, and repainting, as approved by City or County and/or Contractor. B. Provide "Wet Paint" signs to protect newly painted finishes. Remove temporary protective wrappings provided by others to protect their work after completing painting operations. 1. At completion of construction activities of other trades, touch up and restore damaged or defaced painted surfaces. Comply with procedures specified in PDCA P1. 3.06 EXTERIOR PAINT SCHEDULE A. Ferrous Metal: Provide the following finish systems over exterior ferrous metal. 1. Semigloss, Acrylic-Enamel Finish: 2 finish coats over a rust- inhibitive primer, if specified on plans. a. First and Second Coats: Semigloss, exterior, acrylic- latex enamel applied at spreading rate recommended by the manufacturer to achieve a total dry film thickness of not less than 2.6 mils (0.066 mm). 1) Sherwin Williams: Acrolon 218 HS Acrylic Polyurethane End of Section 09 90 00 DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F EARTHWORK- SKATE PARK SECTION 31 00 00 West Guth Park Improvements—City of Corpus Christi, TX Page 1 Part 1 General 1.01 GENERAL CONDITIONS A. Requirements of the Contract Documents, including but not limited to, the General, Special, and Technical Provisions, apply to work in this Section with the same force and effect as though repeated in full herein. B. Soils Report: The recommendations within the project's soils report shall be incorporated into this specification. In the event of a conflict between the Geotechnical Report and these specifications and the project plans, immediately consult the project's Civil Engineer or Project Manager. To prepare an accurate bid, it is suggested that bidders and their geotechnical consultant perform an independent evaluation of the subsurface conditions in the project areas. The independent evaluations may include, but not be limited to, review of other Geotechnical Reports prepared for the adjacent areas, site reconnaissance, and additional exploration and laboratory testing. 1.02 SCOPE OF WORK A. Furnish materials, labor, transportation, services, and equipment necessary to perform all earthwork operations related to the Skate Park as indicated on the Drawings complete as shown and as specified herein. B. The work of this Section includes all earthwork required for construction of the work. Such earthwork shall include, but not be limited to, the loosening, removing, loading, transporting, depositing, and compacting in its final location of all materials wet and dry, as required for the purposes of completing the work specified in the Contract Documents, which shall include, but not be limited to, the furnishing, placing, and removing of sheeting and bracing if necessary to safely support the sides of all excavation; all pumping, ditching, draining, dewatering, and other required measures for the removal or exclusion of water from the excavation; the supporting of structures above and below the ground; all backfilling around structures and all backfilling of trenches and pits; the disposal of excess excavated materials; alluvial removals, selective grading of expansive soils, soil importing, borrow of materials to make up deficiencies for fills, and all other incidental earthwork, all in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents. DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F EARTHWORK- SKATE PARK SECTION 31 00 00 West Guth Park Improvements—City of Corpus Christi, TX Page 2 C. Related Work 1. Section 31 23 13— Sub-Grade Preparation 1.03 REFERENCES A. Comply with the applicable reference specifications as specified in the General Provisions. Comply with the applicable reference specifications as specified in the GENERAL PROVISIONS and in accordance with applicable laws, codes and regulations required by the Owner's Representative. Work shall comply with the rules and regulations of local, state, and federal agencies having jurisdiction. Nothing contained herein shall be construed as permitting work that is contrary to such rules, regulations, and codes. B. Comply with the current provisions of the following Codes and Standards 1. ASTM - American Society for Testing and Materials. 2. Standard Specifications (as specified in the General Provisions) 3. Latest Uniform Standards issued by the City or County. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Submittals, including samples of materials, shall be in accordance with the GENERAL PROVISIONS. B. Samples: Submit a one-half cubic foot sample of proposed import soils (if required) per the project's soil report for Owner's Representative's review and approval, identify location and source of import soil. 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. General: All soils testing and inspection during earthwork operations, other than agricultural suitability and chemical analysis of proposed soils, will be done by a testing laboratory of the ENGINEER's choice at the contractor's expense except as specified in Paragraph 1.5.0 below. DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F EARTHWORK- SKATE PARK SECTION 31 00 00 West Guth Park Improvements—City of Corpus Christi, TX Page 3 Contractor shall be responsible for scheduling the tests and inspections and all tests performed on project soil will be given to the Owner's Representative for review. B. Where soil material is required to be compacted to a percentage of maximum dry density, the maximum dry density at optimum moisture content will be determined in accordance with the latest version of ASTM D 1557. In-place field density tests will be performed in accordance with ASTM D 1556, (sand cone) and/or ASTM D 2922 and ASTM D 3017 (nuclear gauge). The number and location of field density tests will be determined by the ENGINEER. C. In case the tests of the fill or backfill show non-compliance with the required density, the CONTRACTOR shall accomplish such remedy as may be required to ensure compliance. Subsequent testing to show compliance shall be by a testing laboratory selected by the ENGINEER and shall be at the CONTRACTOR's expense. All imported fill material not specified in the contract shall be tested at the CONTRACTOR's expense and approved by the ENGINEER. 1.06 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Existing Conditions: The existing topographic conditions are shown on the drawings for reference only. Upon beginning the earthwork, Contractor represents that he has inspected the site and satisfied himself as to actual grades and levels and the true conditions under which the work is to be performed. Promptly notify the Owner's Representative of unexpected subsurface conditions. The Contractor is required to submit a "Site Acceptance" letter before earthwork operations begin. B. Soil Classification: Excavated materials are not classified as to type. 1.07 PROTECTION A. Protection 1. Protect excavations by shoring, bracing, sheeting, underpinning, or other methods, as required to prevent cave-ins or loose dirt from entering excavations. Barricade open excavations and post warning lights at work adjacent to public streets and walks. DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F EARTHWORK- SKATE PARK SECTION 31 00 00 West Guth Park Improvements—City of Corpus Christi, TX Page 4 2. Cover holes and trenches when work is not in progress. Fence or barricade changes of plane more than 45 degrees horizontally and more than 3 feet vertically. 3. Maintain benchmarks, monuments, and other reference points. If disturbed or destroyed, replace as directed. 4. Protect existing berms and slopes from disruption. If slopes are disturbed, return to existing conditions at no additional cost to the Owner. 5. Underpin adjacent structure(s), including utility service lines, which may be damaged by excavation operations. 6. Protect existing natural areas and landscape improvements from damage. 7. Promptly repair damage to adjacent facilities caused by earthwork operations. Cost of repair at Contractor's expense. Part 2 Materials 2.01 SUITABLE FILL AND BACKFILL MATERIAL REQUIREMENT A. General: Fill, backfill, and embankment materials shall be suitable selected or processed clean, fine earth, rock, or sand, and free from grass, roots, brush, or other vegetation; contamination; or deleterious material. The size, gradation, and properties of the materials shall be in accordance with the requirements of the Soil Report and these specifications. B. Suitable materials may be obtained from onsite excavations, may be processed onsite materials, or may be imported provided these materials meet all the requirements in the Contract Documents. If imported materials are required to meet the requirements of this Section or to meet the quantity requirements of the project, the CONTRACTOR shall provide the imported fill materials and the required conformance reports of test results at no additional expense to the AGENCY, unless a unit price item is included for imported materials (including the appropriate required testing reports) in the bidding schedule. DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F EARTHWORK- SKATE PARK SECTION 31 00 00 West Guth Park Improvements—City of Corpus Christi, TX Page 5 2.02 FILL FOR MISCELLANEOUS LANDSCAPE WORK A. General Landscape Construction 1. Mound Construction: Fill material like existing on-site soil with all rocks, etc., over 4" in diameter removed prior to placement. No rocks larger than 2" diameter are allowed on top 6" of mound. 2. Miscellaneous Landscape Filling: Fill material like existing on-site soil with all rocks, etc. over 2" in diameter removed prior to placement. 3. Remove and dispose of rocks, etc. removed during soil processing offsite. 4. Imported fill material shall be inspected, tested, and approved by the Owner's Representative prior to use in work. Copy of tests will be given to the City or County. 2.03 PLANTING SOIL FOR PLANT BACKFILL Native soil shall be tilled and free of noxious weeds and chemicals. Soil must be approved as growing medium from Soils Lab Report with any supplementary additives as directed by Soils Lab Report. Copy of Soils Lab Report will be given to the Owner's Representative. 2.04 USE OF FILL AND BACKFILL MATERIAL TYPES A. The CONTRACTOR shall use the types of materials as designated on the Drawings and herein for all required fill, backfill, and embankment construction hereunder. B. Where these Specifications conflict with the requirements of any local agency having jurisdiction, or with the requirements of a material manufacturer, the ENGINEER shall be immediately notified. In case of conflict therewith, the CONTRACTOR shall use the more stringent requirement, as determined by the ENGINEER. DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F EARTHWORK- SKATE PARK SECTION 31 00 00 West Guth Park Improvements—City of Corpus Christi, TX Page 6 Part 3 Execution 3.01 PREPARATION A. Establish extent of grading and excavation by area and elevation. Designate and identify datum elevation and project engineering reference points. Set required lines, levels, and elevations. B. Do not cover or enclose work of this Section before obtaining required inspections, tests, approvals, and location recording. 3.02 EXISTING UTILITIES A. Before starting grading and excavation, establish the location and extent of underground utilities in the work area. Exercise care to protect existing utilities during earthwork operations. Perform excavation work near utilities by hand and provide necessary shoring, sheeting, and supports as the work progresses. B. Maintain, protect, relocate, or extend, as required, existing utility lines to remain which pass through the work area. Pay costs for this work, except as covered by the applicable utility companies. C. Protect active utility services uncovered by excavation. Notify respective utility companies of damage caused to active utilities immediately. D. Remove abandoned utility service lines from areas of excavation. Cap, plug, or seal abandoned lines and identify termination points at grade level with markers. E. Accurately locate and record abandoned, and active utility lines rerouted or extended on project record documents. 3.03 SITE GRADING — GENERAL A. Perform grading within contract limits, including adjacent transition areas, to new elevations, levels, profiles, and contours indicated. Provide uniform levels and slopes between new elevations and existing grades. DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F EARTHWORK- SKATE PARK SECTION 31 00 00 West Guth Park Improvements—City of Corpus Christi, TX Page 7 B. Obtain approval of scarified subgrade surfaces by Owner's Representative prior to filling operations. Scarify, dry, and compact soft and wet areas; remove and replace unsuitable subgrade materials with an approved fill material. Take corrective measures before placing fill materials. C. Thoroughly scarify existing soil surface to a depth of 10" and verify scarification with Owner's Representative prior to placing fill material in mounded areas. D. Spread approved fill material uniformly in layers not greater than 12" of loose thickness over entire fill zones of planting areas. 1. Lift thickness requirements may be modified by Owner's Representative to suit equipment and materials or other conditions when required to assure satisfactory compaction. 2. Place and compact each layer of fill before placing additional fill material. Repeat filling until proposed grade, profile or contour is attained. 3. Suspend fill operations when satisfactory results cannot be obtained because of environmental or other unsatisfactory site conditions. Do not use over-saturated fill materials. Do not place fill material on over-saturated subgrade surface. 4. Grade surfaces to assure positive drainage and to prevent ponding and pockets of surface drainage. Install drainage swales as indicated on the Drawings. 5. Protect finish graded areas from traffic and erosion. Keep free of trash and debris. Repair and reestablish grades in settled, eroded, and damaged areas. E. If, in the opinion of the Owner's Representative, the completed site grading does not reflect the Contract Documents, an independent surveyor may be hired to verify the grades. If the grades are correct, the Owner will pay for the survey. If the grades are incorrect, the cost of the survey will be deducted from the Contract price. DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F EARTHWORK- SKATE PARK SECTION 31 00 00 West Guth Park Improvements—City of Corpus Christi, TX Page 8 3.04 BACKFILLING / FILLING FOR PAVING &WALLS A. Before filling, remove debris, large rocks, formwork, and loose material. B. Proof-roll areas to receive fill with rubber-tired roller of sufficient weight. Weak areas or areas where excessive pumping is noted shall be removed, and if required by Owner's Representative, replaced with select fill. C. Prior to placing fill, scarify surface to a depth of 6 inches. Moisture content of loosened material shall be such that first layer of fill will readily bond to surface. D. Top 6 inches shall be free from rocks larger than 3 inches diameter. E. Place in maximum 8-inch lifts and compact per ASTM D 1557 at optimum moisture content (-1% to +3%). This lift and compaction requirement does not apply to planting areas. F. Moisten fill to allow drying to correct moisture content before compaction. Do not place fill on subgrade that is over-saturated. G. Allowing for total thickness of finish paving and base material, fill under paving to bring subgrade to proper elevation. H. Soft areas that develop under construction operations shall be scarified, aerated, or moistened. Compact to full depth required to obtain specified density for each layer. 3.05 EXCAVATING A. It is the Contractor's responsibility to investigate the likelihood of caliches or hard rock excavation. The Owner will not provide any additional compensation to the Contractor for hard rock or caliches excavation. 3.06 FINISH GRADING DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F EARTHWORK- SKATE PARK SECTION 31 00 00 West Guth Park Improvements—City of Corpus Christi, TX Page 9 A. Grade uniformly with rounded surfaces at tops and bottoms of abrupt changes in plane. Hand grade steep slopes, areas that are inaccessible for machine work and areas around existing plants. B. Slope graded surfaces to drain water away from structures, walls, etc.; minimum slope is 1/4 inch per foot. C. Grade areas to elevation and slopes indicated without depressions causing pocketing of surface water or humps, producing localized runoff and erosion. Ponding of water on site is not allowed. Finish surfaces to be not more than 0.10 foot above or below established grade elevation unless approved in writing by Owner's Representative. D. See Section on Soil Preparation and Soil Mixes for additional fine grading requirements. 3.07 DRAINAGE A. Always provide drainage of the working area. 3.08 DISPOSAL OF WASTE MATERIALS Refer to Construction and Demolition Waste Management Specifications for actions required regarding the disposal and diversion of all excess /waste materials, including excess excavated material and rock from the site 3.09 CLEANING A. Upon completion of earthwork operation, clean areas within contract limits, remove tools and equipment. B. Provide site clear, clean, free of debris and suitable for site work operations. C. Remove and dispose of properly off site all rocks and other debris from grading operations at approved recycling centers, refer to Construction and Demolition Waste Management Specifications for actions required with regards to the disposal and diversion of all excess/waste materials. End of Section 31 00 00 DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F SELECTIVE CLEARING - SKATE PARK SECTION 31 10 00 West Guth Park Improvements—City of Corpus Christi, TX Page 1 Part 1 General 1.01 DESCRIPTION A. Work Included: Perform selective clearing of trees and complete as shown, and as specified. B. Related Work: 1. Section 31 20 00-Earthwork 1.02 JOB CONDITIONS A. Protection of Existing Plants to Remain, refer to Common Work Results for Existing Conditions B. Work Schedule: Proceed and coordinate with the work as the site becomes available, consistent with seasonal limitations for clearing and transplanting. 1.03 SELECTION AND TAGGING OF TREES Owner's Representative will select and tag at the site, those trees to be saved and removed. Part 2 Products (Contractor's option) Part 3 Execution 3.01 TREES TO BE CLEARED (If Applicable) A. General: Refer to drawings for locations. B. Special Conditions: Clear trees in areas only at direction of the owner's DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F SELECTIVE CLEARING - SKATE PARK SECTION 31 10 00 West Guth Park Improvements—City of Corpus Christi, TX Page 2 representative. C. Stump Removal: Grind or remove tree stumps to a minimum depth of two (2) ft. below proposed finish grade. D. Disposal: Dispose of cleared trees off the site unless otherwise directed by Owner's Representative. 3.02 CLEAN-UP A. Keep all areas of work clean, neat, and orderly always. B. Clean up and remove all debris from the entire work area prior to Final Acceptance. C. Work Schedule: Proceed and coordinate with the work as the site becomes available, consistent with seasonal limitations for clearing and transplanting. End of Section 31 10 00 DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F SUBGRADE PREPARATION - SKATE PARK SECTION 31 23 13 West Guth Park Improvements—City of Corpus Christi, TX Page 1 Part 1 General 1.01 GENERAL CONDITIONS A. Requirements of the Contract Documents, including but not limited to, the General, Special, and Technical Provisions, apply to work in this Section with the same force and effect as though repeated in full herein. 1.02 SCOPE OF WORK A. Furnish materials, labor, transportation, services, and equipment necessary to perform all sub-grade preparation work for the Skate Park as indicated on the Drawings complete as shown and as specified herein. B. Related Work: 1. Section 31 20 00— Earthwork 2. Section 03 10 00— Concrete Forming and Accessories 3. Section 03 20 00— Concrete Reinforcing 4. Section 03 30 00— Cast-In-Place Concrete 5. Section 03 37 13—Shotcrete 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Contractor to provide data indicating the total of post-industrial and post- consumer recycled aggregate base content throughout the Skate Park equaling the recommendations of the Geotechnical Engineer's Report . 1.04 REFERENCES A. Comply with the Geotechnical Engineer's Report and applicable reference specifications as specified in the GENERAL PROVISIONS and in accordance with applicable laws, codes and regulations required by Owner's Representative. B. Comply with the current provisions of the following Codes and Standards: DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F SUBGRADE PREPARATION - SKATE PARK SECTION 31 23 13 West Guth Park Improvements—City of Corpus Christi, TX Page 2 ASTM - American Society for Testing and Materials. Latest Uniform Standard Specifications issued by the City or County Part 2 Materials 2.01 SUITABLE MATERIALS A. General: Fill, backfill, and embankment materials shall be suitable selected or processed clean, fine earth, rock, or sand, and free from grass, roots, brush, or other vegetation; contamination; or deleterious material. The size, gradation, and properties of the materials shall be in accordance with the recommendations of the Geotechnical Engineer's Report. B. Aggregate base materials under pavements shall be crushed aggregate base material with a recycled content per recommendations of the Geotechnical Engineer's Report. Part 3 Execution 3.01 SUBGRADE PREPARATION A. Excavate and shape subgrade to line, grade, and cross-section shown on the Drawings. B. Subgrade is that area on which pavement, surfacing, base, sub-base, or a layer of other material which may be specified, is to be placed. C. Plow or scarify subgrade to a depth of below the final subgrade elevation per recommendations of the Geotechnical Engineer's Report and by harrowing, dry rolling and breaking clods, the earth shall be brought to finely divided condition. Remove boulders, hardened material, or rock encountered. The earth shall be uniform for the full depth and width of the subgrade. D. Water loose earth to a uniform depth per recommendations of the Geotechnical Engineer's Report. DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F SUBGRADE PREPARATION - SKATE PARK SECTION 31 23 13 West Guth Park Improvements—City of Corpus Christi, TX Page 3 E. Harrow the earth to mix the wet earth with the dry beneath, until the whole mass of loose material is at the proper state of moisture for compaction. F. The finished subgrade, immediately prior to placing subsequent material thereon, shall be in accordance with the Standard Specifications and per recommendations of the Geotechnical Engineer's Report. G. The finished surface of the subgrade, at any point, shall not vary more than recommendations of the Geotechnical Engineer's Report. H. The Owner will not provide any additional compensation to the Contractor for hard rock or caliches excavation. Refer to the recommendations of the Geotechnical Engineer's Report for test boring information and analysis. 3.02 BASE A. Base shall be readily compacted and spread with equipment that will provide a uniform layer conforming to the planned section. 3.03 CLEANUP A. Upon completion of the subgrade preparation and base, remove surplus construction materials, earth, and debris so that the job site is left in a neat and orderly condition. End of Section 31 23 13 DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F Appendix 21084 West Guth Park Geotechnical Engineering Study & Supplemental Recommendations DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F �R A �B A T N R GEOTECHNICAL ENGINEERING STUDY FOR PROPOSED WEST GUTH PARK IMPROVEMENTS CORPUS CHRISTI, NUECES COUNTY, TEXAS DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F V�100��iv,. IIL 1 III" III1114 @°i, R Raba IKiWaI°ineir, linc. 5449 Bear V ane,Si.nKe 31.8 Corpus G'ur sti, If X /8405 Project No.ACA22-005-00 a^va^v°ay.rl1(CLr:aau~irn May 31, 2022 IUr 361-445A058 Ufllu i orrr,is 3)sr Mr.Jeffrey H. Edmonds, P.E. Director of Engineering Services City of Corpus Christi 1201 Leopard Street Corpus Christi,Texas 78401 Re: Geotechnical Engineering Study Proposed West Guth Park Improvements 9700 Up River Road Corpus Christi, Nueces County,Texas City of Corpus Christi Project No.21084 Dear Mr. Edmonds: RABA KISTNER, INC. (RK) is pleased to submit the report of our Geotechnical Engineering Study for the above-referenced project. This study was performed in accordance with RK Proposal No. PCA22-006-00, dated March 4, 2022. Written authorization to proceed with this study was received by our office on Wednesday, April 20, 2022, the means of the Agreement for Geotechnical Testing between City of Corpus Christi (CLIENT)and Raba Kistner,Inc.The purpose of this study was to drill borings within the subject site, to perform laboratory testing on selected samples to classify and characterize subsurface conditions, and to prepare an engineering report presenting foundation and pavement recommendations and construction guidelines for the proposed park improvements. The following report contains our foundation and pavement recommendations and considerations based on our current understanding of the design tolerances and structural and pavement loads. If any of these parameters change,then there may be alternatives for value engineering of the foundation systems,and RK recommends that a meeting be held with City of Corpus Christi and the design team to evaluate these alternatives. O:\Active Projects\McAllen\2022\ACA22\ACA22-005-00 Prop.21084 West Guth Park Improvements\Reporting\ACA22-005-OO.docx UG(':mmsull.."IIIrAN8III""5 I" JII.. PROGIII'ZAMl MI N GE111 11EN]III" 111111811F`III m"i"III'°SCC"i"C III';I: DocuSign Envelope ID: 7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81 FOE94C287F Project No.ACA22-005-00 2 May 31,2022 We appreciate the opportunity to be of professionaI service to you on this project. Should you have any questions about the information presented in this report,please call. We look forward to assisting City of Corpus Christi during the construction of the project by conducting the construction materials engineering and testing services(quality assurance program). Very truly yours, OF RABA IST ER,INC. 6 RIN M.LEONA 0 �0 41 .......... Saul Cruz,EIS Katrin M.Leonard,P.E. I ... . wV�!kjlow�L' Graduate Engineer Vice President V" May 312022 , Attachments SC/ I. Copies Submitted: Above(1) R A A K I S T N E R DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F GEOTECHNICAL ENGINEERING STUDY For PROPOSED WEST GUTH PARK IMPROVEMENTS 9700 UP RIVER ROAD CORPUS CHRISTI,NUECES COUNTY,TEXAS CITY OF CORPUS CHRISTI PROJECT NO.21084 Prepared for CITY OF CORPUS CHRISTI Corpus Christi,Texas Prepared by RABA KISTNER, INC. Corpus Christi,Texas PROJECT NO.ACA22-005-00 May 31, 2022 IR A IB A Ilb<. III s "'lr Illi DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F Project No.ACA22-005-00 i May 31, 2022 TABLE OF CONTENTS INTRODUCTION.......................................................................................................................................1 PROJECTDESCRIPTION............................................................................................................................1 LIMITATIONS...........................................................................................................................................2 BORINGS AND LABORATORY TESTS.........................................................................................................3 GENERAL SITE CONDITIONS.....................................................................................................................4 SITEDESCRIPTION .........................................................................................................................................4 SITEGEOLOGY...............................................................................................................................................4 SEISMIC COEFFICIENTS..................................................................................................................................4 STRATIGRAPHY..............................................................................................................................................5 GROUNDWATER............................................................................................................................................6 PERMEABILITY TEST......................................................................................................................................6 FOUNDATIONANALYSIS..........................................................................................................................7 EXPANSIVE, SOIL-RELATED MOVEMENTS....................................................................................................7 PVR REDUCTION RECOMMENDATIONS.......................................................................................................7 FOUNDATION RECOMMENDATIONS.......................................................................................................9 SITEGRADING................................................................................................................................................9 SHALLOWFOUNDATIONS.............................................................................................................................9 Allowable Soil-Bearing Capacity.............................................................................................................9 Wire Reinforcement Institute (WRI) Criteria.......................................................................................11 DRILLED,STRAIGHT-SHAFT PIERS...............................................................................................................11 PIERSHAFTS.................................................................................................................................................12 ALLOWABLE UPLIFT RESISTANCE................................................................................................................12 PIERSPACING ..............................................................................................................................................12 LATERALRESISTANCE..................................................................................................................................13 AREAFLATWORK.........................................................................................................................................14 FOUNDATION CONSTRUCTION CONSIDERATIONS.................................................................................14 SITEDRAINAGE............................................................................................................................................14 SITEPREPARATION......................................................................................................................................14 IR A 113 A III s "'lr IIIa,i DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F Project No.ACA22-005-00 ii May 31, 2022 TABLE OF CONTENTS SELECTFILL..................................................................................................................................................15 SHALLOW FOUNDATION EXCAVATIONS....................................................................................................16 DRILLEDPIERS..............................................................................................................................................16 REINFORCEMENT AND CONCRETE PLACEMENT........................................................................................16 TEMPORARY CASING...................................................................................................................................17 EXCAVATION SLOPING AND BENCHING.....................................................................................................17 EXCAVATION EQUIPMENT..........................................................................................................................17 UTILITIES......................................................................................................................................................17 PAVEMENT RECOMMENDATIONS.........................................................................................................18 SUBGRADECONDITIONS.............................................................................................................................18 SULFATE CORROSION POTENTIAL..............................................................................................................18 LIME TREATMENT OF SUBGRADE...............................................................................................................19 DESIGNINFORMATION...............................................................................................................................19 FLEXIBLE PAVEMENTS.................................................................................................................................20 GarbageDumpsters..............................................................................................................................20 RIGIDPAVEMENTS......................................................................................................................................20 PAVEMENT CONSTRUCTION CONSIDERATIONS.....................................................................................21 SUBGRADE PREPARATION ..........................................................................................................................21 DRAINAGE CONSIDERATIONS.....................................................................................................................21 ON-SITE CLAY FILL........................................................................................................................................22 SELECTFILL..................................................................................................................................................22 LIME TREATMENT OF SUBGRADE...............................................................................................................22 FLEXIBLEBASE COURSE...............................................................................................................................22 ASPHALTIC CONCRETE SURFACE COURSE..................................................................................................22 PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE.................................................................................................................23 CONSTRUCTION RELATED SERVICES......................................................................................................23 CONSTRUCTION MATERIALS ENGINEERING AND TESTING SERVICES ......................................................23 BUDGETING FOR CONSTRUCTION TESTING...............................................................................................24 IR A 113 A III s "'lr IIIa,i DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F Project No.ACA22-005-00 May 31, 2022 TABLE OF CONTENTS ATTACHMENTS Boring Location Map Logs of Borings Key to Terms and Symbols Results of Soil Sample Analyses Hydraulic Conductivity(Permeability)Test Important Information About Your Geotechnical Engineering Report IR AIB A III s "'lr IIIa,i DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F Project No.ACA22-005-00 1 May 31, 2022 INTRODUCTION RABA KISTNER, INC. (RK) has completed the authorized subsurface exploration and foundation and pavement recommendations for the proposed West Guth park improvements, located at 9700 Up River Road in Corpus Christi, Nueces County, Texas. This report briefly describes the procedures utilized during this study and presents our findings along with our recommendations for foundation and pavement design and construction considerations. PROJECT DESCRIPTION We understand that the proposed project consists of the design and construction of: 1) a single-story, approximately 400 ft', restroom building;2)a skate park;and 3)their associated light standards,and parking and driveway areas.The proposed park improvements are planned to be located within the existing City of Corpus Christi West Guth Park,situated at 9700 Up River Road in Corpus Christi, Nueces County,Texas.The proposed restroom and stake park slabs are expected to create relatively light loads to be carried by the foundation systems, which are anticipated to consist of shallow foundation systems. The proposed light standards are expected to create light to moderate loads to be carried by the foundation systems, which are anticipated to consist of either shallow or deep foundation systems. The pavement systems are anticipated to consist of flexible (asphalt) and/or rigid (concrete) pavements. Please refer to the following figure for the locations of the proposed improvements: r l af_. � Pags.late pa¢kirr9 ¢rarre f% % Pas.i0.7Yw p:rrtcung ai'ets � f G�s�r�acps) Skatep�ark r r�:�Cra�m f �r lil yJii i 9V lu r uilf , III�IIIIIIIIIII ' ' Figure 1—Proposed Park Improvement With City of Corpus Christi West Guth Park IR A IB A III 7°;„' "'lr IIIa,i DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F Project No.ACA22-005-00 2 May 31, 2022 For purposes of this geotechnical engineering report, the finished grade elevation (FGE) of the proposed structures was assumed to be about 12 inches(1 ft)above the ground surface elevation existing at the time of our study, since no site grading information was provided to us at the time of the preparation of this report. LIMITATIONS This engineering report has been prepared in accordance with accepted Geotechnical Engineering practices in the region of South Texas for the use of City of Corpus Christi (CLIENT) and its representatives for design purposes. This report may not contain sufficient information for purposes of other parties or other uses and is not intended for use in determining construction means and methods. The recommendations submitted in this report are based on the data obtained from five borings drilled at this site, our understanding of the project information provided to us by Halff Associates, Inc., the project's consulting engineering firm,and the assumption that site grading will result in only minor changes in the topography existing at the time of our study. If the project information described in this report is incorrect, is altered, or if new information is available, we should be retained to review and modify our recommendations. This report may not reflect the actual variations of the subsurface conditions across the subject site. The nature and extent of variations across the subject site may not become evident until construction commences. The construction process itself may also alter subsurface conditions. If variations appear evident at the time of construction, it may be necessary to reevaluate our recommendations after performing on-site observations and tests to establish the engineering impact of the variations. The scope of our Geotechnical Engineering Study does not include an environmental assessment of the air, soil, rock, or water conditions either on or adjacent to the site. No environmental opinions are presented in this report. RK's scope of work does not include the investigation,detection,or design related to the prevention of any biological pollutants. The term "biological pollutants' includes, but is not limited to, mold,fungi, spores, bacteria, and viruses,and the byproduct of any such biological organisms. If final grade elevations are significantly different from the grades assumed in this report,our office should be informed about these changes. If needed and/or desired, we will reexamine our analyses and make supplemental recommendations. IR A IB A III s "'lr IIIa,i DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F Project No.ACA22-005-00 3 May 31, 2022 BORINGS AND LABORATORY TESTS Subsurface conditions at the subject site were evaluated by conducting five borings as shown in the following table: Proposed Structure Number of Borings Depth,ft.* Boring Identification Restroom Building 1 20 B-3 Skate Park 2 10 B-1 and B-2 Parking and Driveway Areas 2 10 P-1 and P-2 *below the ground surface elevations existing at the time of our study The borings (designated as "B-") were drilled on April 29, 2022 at the locations shown on the Boring Location Map, Figure 1. The boring locations are approximate and were located in the field by an RK representative based on the aerial map provided to us by the project's consulting engineering firm via electronic-mail attachment on January 28, 2022. The borings were drilled to the depths shown in the previous table, below the ground surface elevations existing at the time of our study using a truck- mounted, rotary-drilling rig. The borings were drilled utilizing straight flight augers and were backfilled with the auger cuttings following completion of the drilling operations. During the drilling operations, Split- Spoon (with Standard Penetration Test, SPT) and Shelby-tube (ST) samples were collected. The SPT and ST samples were obtained in accordance with accepted standard practices and the penetration test results are presented as "blows per foot" on the boring logs. Representative portions of the samples were sealed in containers to reduce moisture loss, labeled, packaged, and transported to our laboratory for subsequent testing and classification. In the laboratory, each sample was evaluated and visually classified by a member of our Geotechnical Engineering staff in general accordance with the Unified Soil Classification System (USCS).The geotechnical engineering properties of the strata were evaluated by the following laboratory tests: natural moisture content, Atterberg limits, a sulfate content determination, a flexible wall constant head permeability test, and percent passing a No. 200 sieve determinations. With the exception of the laboratory hydraulic conductivity (permeability) test, and sulfate content determination, the laboratory tests are presented in graphical or numerical form on the boring logs illustrated on Figures 2 through 6. A key to the classification of terms and symbols used on the logs is presented on Figure 7.The results of the laboratory and field testing are also tabulated on Figure 8 for ease of reference. The results of the laboratory hydraulic conductivity (permeability)test conducted on a single soil sample are presented on Figure 9.The results are also discussed in a subsequent section of this report.The results of the sulfate content determination are discussed in a subsequent section of this report. IR A IB A III s "'lr IIIa,i DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F Project No.ACA22-005-00 4 May 31, 2022 SPT results are noted as "blows per ft" on the boring logs and on Figure 8,where "blows per ft" refers to the number of blows by a falling 140-Ib (pound) hammer required for 1 ft of penetration into the subsurface materials. Samples will be retained in our laboratory for 30 days after submittal of this report. Other arrangements may be provided at the written request of the CLIENT. GENERAL SITE CONDITIONS SITE DESCRIPTION The subject site is located within the existing West Guth Park located at 9700 Up River Road in Corpus Christi, Nueces County, Texas. At the time of our field activities, the project site can be described as an existing park. In general, the topography at the subject site is relatively flat,with a visually estimated vertical relief of about 3 ft across the site. Surface drainage is estimated to be fair. The subject site is bounded to the north by Up River Road; to the south by an existing park structures; to the west by Northwest Senior Center; and to the east by landscaped areas,followed by residences. SITE GEOLOGY A cursory review of the Geologic Atlas of Texas, (Corpus Christi Sheet,dated 1975), published by the Bureau of Economic Geology at The University of Texas at Austin, indicates that the subject site appears to be located within the Beaumont Formation consisting of clays, silts, sands, and gravel deposits of the Quaternary epoch (Pleistocene Period). According to the Soil Survey of Nueces County, Texas, published by the United States Department of Agriculture - Soil Conservation Service, in cooperation with the Texas Agricultural Experiment Station, the project site appears to be located within the Miguel-Willacy soil association consisting of soils on the valley slopes of the Nueces River. The corresponding soil symbols appear to be the following: Soil Symbol Description CcC Raymondville complex Sa Comitas fine sand VcA Victoria clay SEISMIC COEFFICIENTS Based upon a review of Section 1613 Earthquake Loads —Site Ground Motion of the 2015 International Building Code (IBC), the following information has been summarized for seismic considerations associated with this site. • Site Class Definition (Chapter 20 of the American Society of Civil Engineers [ASCE] 7): Class D. Based on the soil borings conducted for this investigation,the upper 100 feet of soil may be characterized as a very dense soil and soft rock. IR A IB A III s "'lr IIIa,i DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F Project No.ACA22-005-00 5 May 31, 2022 • Risk-Targeted Maximum Considered Earthquake Ground Motion Response Accelerations for the Conterminous United States of 0.2-Second Spectral Response Acceleration (5% Of Critical Damping) (Figure 1613.3.1(1)): S, = 0.067g. Note that the value taken from Figure 1613.3.1(1) is based on Site Class B and is adjusted per 1613.3.3 below. • Risk-Targeted Maximum Considered Earthquake Ground Motion Response Accelerations for the Conterminous United States of 1-Second Spectral Response Acceleration (5% Of Critical Damping) (Figure 1613.3.1(2)): S1 = 0.021g. Note that the value taken from Figure 1613.3.1(2) is based on Site Class B and is adjusted per 1613.3.3 below. • Values of Site Coefficient(Table 1613.3.3(1)): Fa = 1.6 • Values of Site Coefficient(Table 1613.3.3(2)): F„ =2.4 The Maximum Considered Earthquake Spectral Response Accelerations are as follows: • 0.2 sec, adjusted based on equation 16-37:S„,5=0.108g. • 1 sec, adjusted based on equation 16-38:Sm1=0.051g. The Design Spectral Response Acceleration Parameters are as follows: • 0.2 sec, based on equation 16-39:SDs=0.072g. • 1 sec, based on equation 16-40:SDI=0.034g. Based on the parameters listed above, the critical nature of the structures, Tables 1613.3.5(1) and 1613.3.5(2), and calculations performed using a Java program titled, "Seismic Hazard Curves and Uniform Hazard Response Spectra" published by the United States Geological Survey (USGS) website, the Seismic Design Category for both short period and 1 second response accelerations is A. As part of the assumptions required to complete the calculations,a Risk Category of II was selected. STRATIGRAPHY The subsurface stratigraphy at this site can be described by two generalized strata. Each stratum has been designated by grouping soils that possess similar physical and engineering characteristics. For purposes of this report,we have designated the subsurface strata as Strata I and II. The lines designating the interfaces between strata on the boring logs represent approximate boundaries. Transitions between strata may be gradual. Stratum I consists of dark brown to brown to light brown,firm to very stiff, lean clay with sand soils, sandy lean clay soils,fat clay with sand soils,and sandy fat clay soils. This layer was noted in Borings B-1 and B-2 from the ground surface elevation existing at the time of our study,extending down to at least the termination depth of these borings. In Boring B-3,this layer was encountered from the ground surface elevation existing at the time of our study, and extending down to a depth of about 7-1/2 ft, and again from a depth of about 15 ft, and extending down to at least the termination depth of this boring. In Borings P-1 and P-2,this stratum was encountered from the ground surface elevation existing at the time of our study, and extending down to a depth of about 7-1/2 ft. Moisture contents were measured to range from about 4 to 25 percent for this layer. This stratum is classified as plastic to highly plastic, with measured plasticity indices ranging from 27 to 44 percent. Percent passing a No. 200 sieve tests demonstrate percent fines ranging from about 52 to IR A III s "'lr IIIa,i DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F Project No.ACA22-005-00 6 May 31, 2022 75 percent for this layer. SPT N-values ranging from 7 blows to 26 blows per foot of penetration were measured for this stratum. These soils are classified as CL and/or CH soils in general accordance with the USCS. Stratum II consists of brown to light brown, loose to medium dense,clayey sand soils.This layer was noted in Boring B-3 from a depth of about 7-1/2 ft, and extending down to a depth of about 15 ft. In Borings P-1 and P-2,this layer was encountered from beneath the Stratum I soils,extending down to at least the termination depth of these borings. Moisture contents were measured to range from about 6 to 20 percent for this layer. This stratum is classified as marginally plastic,with a measured plasticity index of 9 percent.SPT N-values ranging from 15 blows to 24 blows per foot of penetration were measured for this stratum. These soils are classified as SC soils in general accordance with the USCS. GROUNDWATER Groundwater was not observed in the borings either during or immediately upon completion of the field drilling activities. The boreholes were left open for the duration of the field exploration phase to allow monitoring of water levels, and remained dry. However, it is possible for groundwater to exist beneath this site on a transient basis following periods of precipitation. Fluctuations in groundwater levels occur due to variations in rainfall and surface water run-off. The construction process itself may also cause variations in the groundwater level. Based on the findings in the borings and on our experience in this region, we believe that groundwater seepage encountered during site earthwork activities and shallow foundation construction may be controlled using temporary earthen berm and conventional sump-and-pump dewatering methods. For deep foundation excavations,this could include the use of slurry drilling and/or temporary casing(including overdrive techniques)to reduce groundwater seepage and sloughing of the subsurface soils. PERMEABILITY TEST A single laboratory hydraulic conductivity (permeability) test was conducted on an undisturbed sample of the subsurface soils. The results of the laboratory hydraulic conductivity (permeability) test is presented graphically and numerically on Figure 8 of the Attachments of this report, and are also summarized on the following table: Boring Identification Approximate Sample Soil Description Hydraulic Conductivity(cm/s) Depth Interval(ft) B-3 4 to 6 Sandy Lean Clay(CL) 1.2 x 10-7 *below the ground surface elevations existing at the time of our study. The sample listed on the previous table was tested in its near-undisturbed condition,and was not remolded. As a result, we would expect that the sample contained natural secondary inclusions such as sand pockets or seams, unfilled root holes, and/or mineral concretions (usually ferrous nodules) that likely may result in increased overall permeability characteristics. IR A IB A III s "'lr IIIa,i DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F Project No.ACA22-005-00 7 May 31, 2022 The laboratory permeability test results indicated that the tested soils at the project site meet the customary design permeability value of 1x10-7 cm/sec, but some of the subsurface soils were observed to contain secondary inclusions and zones that are significantly more pervious than desired or would not be considered as acceptable for use as a soil liner material. In addition, the subsurface soils encountered in few of the borings indicate the presence of sandy soils. If these soils are exposed, significant water losses would be expected. FOUNDATION ANALYSIS EXPANSIVE,SOIL-RELATED MOVEMENTS The anticipated ground movements due to swelling of the underlying soils at this site were estimated for slab-on-grade construction using the empirical procedure, Texas Department of Transportation (TxDOT) Tex-124-E, Method for Determining the Potential Vertical Rise (PVR). PVR values on the order of about 2- 3/4 inches were estimated for the stratigraphic conditions encountered in the borings. The PVR value was estimated using a surcharge load of 1 pound per square inch (psi) for the concrete slab and dry moisture conditions within the regional zone of seasonal moisture variation. The TxDOT method of estimating expansive, soil-related movements is based on empirical correlations utilizing the measured plasticity indices and assuming typical seasonal fluctuations in moisture content. If desired, other methods of estimating expansive, soil-related movements are available, such as estimations based on swell tests and/or soil-suction analyses. However, the performance of these tests and the detailed analysis of expansive, soil-related movements were beyond the scope of the current study. It should also be noted that actual movements can exceed the estimated PVR values due to isolated changes in moisture content (such as due to leaks, landscape watering, etc.) or if water seeps into the soils to greater depths than the assumed active zone depth due to deep trenching or excavations. PVR REDUCTION RECOMMENDATIONS As mentioned previously, for purposes of this geotechnical engineering report, the FGE of the proposed structures was assumed to be about 12 inches (1 ft) above the ground surface elevation existing at the time of our study, since no site grading information was provided to us at the time of the preparation of this report. IR A IB A III s "'lr IIIa,i DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F Project No.ACA22-005-00 8 May 31, 2022 To reduce expansive, soil-related movements in at-grade construction beneath the proposed building and skate park footprint areas, we recommend that one of the ground improvement presented below be implemented. Approximate Thickness of Approximate Thickness of Approximate Total Amount of Estimated PVR(in) Overexcavation(ft)* Surcharge(ft)** Fill Placement(ft) 0 1 1 2-1/2 3 1 4 1-1/2 4-1/2 1 5-1/2 1-1/4 5-1/2 1 6-1/2 1 6-1/2 1 7-1/2 3/4 *below the ground surface elevations existing at the time of our study. **above the ground surface elevations existing at the time of our study. Keep in mind that the estimated PVR values are computed based on the recommendations for the selection and placement of suitable, select fill materials, which are addressed in the Foundation Construction Considerations section of the report. Drainage Considerations When overexcavation and select fill replacement is selected as a method to reduce the potential for expansive, soil-related movements at any site, considerations of surface and subsurface drainage may be crucial to construction and adequate foundation performance of the soil- supported structures. Filling excavations in relatively impervious clay soils with relatively pervious select fill material creates a "bathtub" beneath the structures, which can result in ponding or trapped water within the fill unless good surface and subsurface drainage is provided. Water entering the fill surface during construction or entering the fill exposed beyond the building lines after construction may create problems with fill moisture control during compaction and increased access for moisture to the underlying expansive clays both during and after construction. Several surface and subsurface drainage design features and construction precautions can be used to limit problems associated with fill moisture. These features and precautions may include, but are not limited to,the following: • Installing berms or swales on the uphill side of the construction areas to divert surface runoff away from the excavation/fill areas during construction; • Sloping of the top of the subgrade with a minimum downward slope of 1.5 percent out to the base of a dewatering trench located beyond the structures' perimeters; • Sloping the surface of the fill during construction to promote runoff of rain water to drainage features until the final lift is placed; • Sloping of a final, well-maintained, impervious clay or pavement surface (downward away from the proposed structures) over the select fill material and Ip A IB A III s "'lr IIIa,i DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F Project No.ACA22-005-00 9 May 31, 2022 any perimeter drain extending beyond the building lines, with a minimum gradient of 6 in. in 5 ft; • Constructing final surface drainage patterns to prevent ponding and limit surface water infiltration at and around the structures' perimeters; • Locating the water-bearing utilities, roof drainage outlets, and irrigation spray heads outside of the select fill and perimeter drain boundaries; and • Raising the elevation of the ground level slabs. Details relative to the extent and implementation of these considerations must be evaluated on a project- specific basis by all members of the project design team. Many variables that influence fill drainage considerations may depend on factors that are not fully developed in the early stages of design. For this reason, drainage of the fill should be given consideration at the earliest possible stages of the project. FOUNDATION RECOMMENDATIONS SITE GRADING Site grading plans can result in changes in almost all aspects of foundation recommendations. We have prepared the foundation recommendations based on the assumption that the FGE is about 12 inches (1 ft) the ground surface elevation existing at the time of our study and the stratigraphic conditions encountered in the borings at the time of our study. If site grading plans differ from the assumed finished grades, we must be retained to review the site grading plans prior to bidding the project for construction. If needed and/or if desired,we will reexamine our analyses and make supplemental recommendations. SHALLOW FOUNDATIONS The proposed structures may be founded on conventional spread footings provided that the shallow foundation systems can be designed to withstand the anticipated soil-related movements (see the Foundation Analyses section of this report) without impairing either the structural or the operational performance of these proposed structures. Allowable Soil-Bearing Capacity Shallow foundation founded on new, properly-compacted, suitable, select fill materials, following the implementation of one of the ground improvement procedures presented in the PVR Reduction Recommendations subsection of the Foundation Analysis section of this report may be proportioned using the design parameters shown in the following table: IR A IB A III s "'lr IIIa,i DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F Project No.ACA22-005-00 10 May 31, 2022 Restroom Building and Skate Park Slab Minimum depth below final grade: 24 in. Minimum beam width: 12 in. Maximum allowable soil-bearing pressure for continuous footings-grade beams: 1,700 psf Maximum allowable soil-bearing pressure for spread footings-widened beams: 2,100 psf where psf= pounds per square feet. Light Standards Minimum depth below final grade: 60 in. Maximum allowable soil-bearing pressure: 4,000 psf where psf= pounds per square feet. The maximum allowable soil-bearing pressures presented previously will provide a factor of safety of about 3 with respect to the measured soil shear strengths, provided that the subgrade is prepared in accordance with the recommendations outlined in the Site Preparation subsection of the Foundation Construction Considerations section of this report,and that one of the site improvement procedure included in the PVR Reduction Recommendations subsection of the Foundation Analyses section of this report is properly implemented. Provided that the site improvement procedure recommended in this report is properly implemented, then it is anticipated that total settlements will be in the order of about 1 inch or less. Differential settlements typically are estimated to be about one-half the total estimated settlement for most subsurface conditions. The uplift resisting wedge of soil can be estimated by the figures presented below. We recommend that an angle of 30°be used to estimate the uplift resisting wedge due to the presence of the on-site clay subgrade soils. If granular fill material is used for site grading, then the angle for uplift resisting wedge should be reduced to 20°. Please note that the side vertical friction between concrete and soil should be neglected. IR A IB A III s "'lr IIIa,i DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F Project No.ACA22-005-00 11 May 31, 2022 WEDGE OF SOIL P ACTING TO RESIST UPLIFT ANGLE 9 a SA°FOR COHESIVE SOIL,20°FOR *H Nw. GRANULAR $OIL. WT =WEIGHT OF FOOTING PLUS WEDGE OF SOIL / ACTING TO RESIST UPLIFT. II J� SAFETY FACTOR-W ,SAFETY FACTOR SHOULD P WT BE N4 LESS THAN 1.5 WHERE TRANSIENT LL>pD8 APPLY. FOOTINS RESISTING LANE UPLIFT AND SMALL HORIZONTAL LOAD, M P Wo m WEIGHT OF WEDGE OF S O L ON SIDE OF FOOTING TENDING TA MANE UPWARD. « WC• WEIGHT OF FOOTING. i ANALYSIS OF STIMLITY AND SOL PRESSURES NSAME AS IN FIGURE 15 CHAPTER&MAXIMUM SOIL ANGLE 0 twr PRESSURE ON BASE OF FOOTING IS OBTAINED ABOVE AXIMUNI BY COMBINING Ws,WC,APPLIED LOAD AND AlIOY—BLE MOMENT. :*`"a► BEARING REQUIRED SAFETY FACTOR AGMNST OVERTURNING PRESSURE 2.1.5.WHERE TRANSIENT LOAN ARE APPLIED. F6FING, RESISTING LARGE MOMENT AND SMALL UPLIFT AND HORIZINTAL LOAD. Figure Reference: Foundations& Earth Structures NAVFAC Design Manual 7.02 Furthermore,the design parameters presented on the previous table are contingent upon the fill materials being selected and placed in accordance with the recommendations presented in the Select Fill subsection of the Foundation Construction Considerations section of this report. Should select fill selection and placement differ from the recommendations presented herein, RK should be informed of the deviations in order to reevaluate our recommendations and design criteria. Wire Reinforcement Institute(WRI)Criteria The slab-on-fill or on-grade shallow foundations may also be designed using WRI design criteria. On the basis of the subsurface stratigraphy encountered, a general effective plasticity index for the proposed structures of 34 percent and a climatic rating (Cw) of 20 should be utilized for the design of the structures' foundations. DRILLED,STRAIGHT-SHAFT PIERS Alternatively, drilled, straight-shaft piers may be considered to support the proposed light standards. We recommend that piers extend to a minimum depth of 12 ft below the ground surface elevations existing at the time of our study or below final ground surface,whichever is greater. The piers should be designed only as end bearing units, utilizing a maximum allowable end-bearing pressure of 6.0 kips per square foot(ksf). The allowable value for end bearing resistance was evaluated using factor of safety of 3 with respect to the measured soil shear strength. Based on the 20-ft maximum depth of exploration, pier depths should not exceed a depth of 15 ft below the ground surface elevation existing at the time of our study. IR AIB A III s "'lr IIIa,i DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F Project No.ACA22-005-00 12 May 31, 2022 It is recommended that the pier shafts be a minimum of 24 inches in diameter to facilitate reinforcing steel placement and shaft observation prior to placing concrete. PIER SHAFTS The pier shafts will be subjected to potential uplift forces if the surrounding expansive soils within the active zone are subjected to alternate drying and wetting conditions. The maximum potential uplift force acting on the shafts may be estimated by: F,,=47D Where: F,,= uplift force in kips; and D=diameter of the shaft in feet. It is recommended that the pier shafts be a minimum of 24 inches in diameter to facilitate reinforcing steel placement and shaft observation prior to placing concrete. ALLOWABLE UPLIFT RESISTANCE Resistance to uplift forces exerted on the drilled, straight-shaft piers will be provided by the sustained compressive axial force(dead load) plus the allowable uplift resistance provided by the soil. The resistance provided by the soil depends on the shear strength of the soils adjacent to the pier shaft and below the depth of the active zone. The allowable uplift resistance provided by the soils at this site is recommended to be 0.4 ksf for the portion of the shaft extending below a depth of 8 ft from the ground surface elevation existing at the time of our study. If the allowable uplift shear resistance provided by the soils below the active zone and the dead load exerted by the structure do not provide sufficient resistance for the maximum potential uplift force resulting from the expansive soils within the active zone, consideration may be given to reducing the potential uplift force by removing a portion of the upper, expansive clays, and replacing them with suitable, properly-compacted, select fill material, prior to straight-shaft pier construction. If it is desired to implement this alternative, our office should be informed, so that we can provide recommendations for the reductions in the maximum potential uplift force for different depths of overexcavation and select fill replacement. Reinforcing steel will be required in each pier shaft to withstand a net force equal to the uplift force minus the uplift resistive force and the sustained compressive load carried by the pier. We recommend that each pier be reinforced to withstand this net force or an amount equal to 1 percent of the cross-sectional area of the shaft,whichever is greater. PIER SPACING If more than one pier or a pile-group is utilized to support the light standards, we recommend that the drilled,straight-shaft piers be spaced at a distance of at least three shaft diameters on-center. Such spacing will not require a reduction in the load carrying capacity of the individual piers. IR A IB A III s "'lr IIIa,i DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F Project No.ACA22-005-00 13 May 31, 2022 If design and/or construction restraints require that piers be spaced closer than the above recommended spacing, RKCI must be retained to re-evaluate the allowable bearing capacity presented above for the individual piers. Reductions in load-carrying capacities may be required depending upon individual loading and spacing conditions. LATERAL RESISTANCE Resistance to lateral loads and the expected pier behavior under the applied loading conditions will depend not only on subsurface conditions, but also on loading conditions, the pier size, and the engineering properties of the pier. The pier should be analyzed to determine the resulting lateral deflections, maximum bending moments, and ultimate bending moments. This type of analysis is typically performed utilizing a computer analysis program and usually requires a trial and error procedure to appropriately size the pier and meet project tolerances. To assist the structural engineer in this procedure,we are providing the following subsurface parameters for use in analysis. These parameters are in accordance with the input requirements of one of the more commonly used computer programs for laterally-loaded piles, the "L-Pile Plus" program. If a different program is used for analysis,different parameters may be required and different limitations may be required than what was assumed in selecting the parameters given in the following table. Thus, if a program other than "L-Pile Plus" is used, RKCI must be notified of the analysis method and the required soil parameters,so that we can review and revise our recommendations, if required. The soil-related parameters required for input into the "L-Pile Plus" program are summarized in the following table. Approximate Depth ks, k, y, Stratum(Soil Type) Range(ft)* c,tsf (a) E50 (pci) (pci) (pcf) Clay Soils (Above the Groundwater Table) 0 to 15 0.9 0.007 500 200 120 Sand Soils (Above the Groundwater Table) 7.5 to 15 0 30 90 90 120 *below the ground surface elevation existing at the time of our study. Where: c= undrained shear strength =angle of internal friction sso=strain at 50 percent k,= horizontal modulus of subgrade reaction (static) k,= horizontal modulus of subgrade reaction (cyclic) y=density(effective unit weight) The values presented in the previous table for subgrade modulus and the strain at 50% are based on recommended values for the "L-Pile Plus" computer program for the strength of the subsurface conditions encountered in the borings, and are not necessarily based on laboratory test results. IR A IB A III s "'lr IIIa,i DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F Project No.ACA22-005-00 14 May 31, 2022 The parameters presented in the previous table do not include factors of safety. Consequently, it is recommended that a factor of safety of at least 2 be introduced to the analysis by doubling the applied lateral loads and moments. AREA FLATWORK It should be noted that ground-supported flatwork such as walkways,driveways,courtyards,sidewalks,etc., will be subject to the same magnitude of potential soil-related movements as discussed previously (see Expansive, Soil-Related Movements subsection of the Foundation Analyses section of this report) for this site. Thus,where these types of elements abut rigid building foundation or isolated structure, differential movements should be anticipated. As a minimum,we recommend that flexible joints be provided where such elements abut the main structure to allow for differential movement at these locations. Where the potential for differential movement is objectionable, it may be beneficial to consider methods of reducing anticipated movements to match the adjacent structures' performance. FOUNDATION CONSTRUCTION CONSIDERATIONS SITE DRAINAGE Drainage is an important key to the successful performance of any foundation. Good surface drainage should be established prior to and maintained after construction to help prevent water from ponding within or adjacent to the structure foundations and to facilitate rapid drainage away from the structure foundations. Failure to provide positive drainage away from the structures can result in localized differential vertical movements in soil the supported foundation and slabs. Current ordinances, in compliance with the Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA), may dictate maximum slopes for walks and drives around and into new structures. These slope requirements can result in drainage problems for ground-supported structures. We recommend that, on all sides of the proposed structure foundations, the maximum permissible slope be provided away from the proposed structures. Also to help control drainage in the vicinity of the structures,we recommend that roof/gutter downspouts and landscaping irrigation systems not be located adjacent to the structure foundations. Where a select fill overbuild is provided outside of the slab/foundation footprint, the surface should be sealed with an impermeable layer (pavement or clay cap) to reduce infiltration of both irrigation and surface waters. Careful consideration should also be given to the location of water bearing utilities,as well as to provisions for drainage in the event of leaks in water bearing utilities. All leaks should be immediately repaired. Other drainage and subsurface drainage issues are discussed in the Expansive Soil-Related Movements section of this report. SITE PREPARATION The structure areas and all areas to support select fill should be stripped of all vegetation and/or organic topsoil down to a minimum depth of 8 inches and extending a minimum of 5 ft beyond the structures' footprint areas. Further,we recommend that one of the site improvement procedures presented in the PVR IR A IB A III s "'lr IIIa,i DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F Project No.ACA22-005-00 15 May 31, 2022 Reduction Recommendation of this report be implemented for the proposed structures to reduce the soil- related movements to about 1 inch. Exposed subgrade should be thoroughly proofrolled in order to locate and densify any weak, compressible zones. A minimum of 5 passes of a fully-loaded dump truck or a similar heavily-loaded piece of construction equipment should be used for planning purposes. Proofrolling operations should be observed by the Geotechnical Engineer or his/her representative to document subgrade conditions and preparation. Weak or soft areas identified during proofrolling should be treated with hydrated lime or Portland cement, or removed and replaced with a suitable, compacted select fill in accordance with the recommendations presented under the Select Fill subsection of this section of the report. If the treatment option is selected, the weak or soft areas may be mixed with hydrated lime or Portland cement down to a minimum depth of 8 inches in order to aid in drying the soils and develop a firm working surface. Proofrolling operations and any excavation/backfill activities should be observed by RK representatives to document subgrade preparation. Upon completion of the proofrolling operations and just prior to fill placement or slab construction, the exposed subgrade should be moisture conditioned by scarifying to a minimum depth of 6 in. and recompacting to a minimum of 98 percent of the maximum density determined from the American Society for Testing and Materials(ASTM) D698, Compaction Test. The moisture content of the subgrade should be maintained within the range of optimum moisture content to three percentage points above the optimum moisture content until permanently covered. SELECT FILL Materials used as select fill for final site grading preferably should be crushed stone or gravel aggregate. We recommend that materials specified for use as select fill meet the TOOT 2014 Standard Specification for Construction and Maintenance of Highways, Streets, and Bridges, Item 247, Flexible Base, Type A through Type E, Grades 1, 2,3, and 5. Alternatively,the following soils, as classified according to the USCS, may be considered satisfactory for use as select fill materials at this site: SC, GC, CL, and combinations of these soils. In addition to the USCS classification, alternative select fill materials shall have a maximum liquid limit of 40 percent, a plasticity index between 7 and 18 percent, and a maximum particle size not exceeding 4 inches or one-half the loose lift thickness, whichever is smaller. In addition, if these materials are utilized, grain size analyses and Atterberg Limits must be performed during placement at a minimum rate of one test each per 5,000 cubic yards of material due to the high degree of variability associated with pit-run materials. Soils classified as CH, MH, ML, SM, GM, OH, OL, and Pt under the USCS and not meeting the alternative select fill material requirements, are not considered suitable for use as select fill materials at this site. The native soils at this site are not considered suitable for use as select fill materials. Select fill should be placed in loose lifts not exceeding 8 in.in thickness and compacted to at least 98 percent of the maximum dry density as determined by ASTM D698. The moisture content of the fill should be maintained within the range of two percentage points below the optimum moisture content to two percentage points above the optimum moisture content until the final lift of fill is permanently covered. IR A 113A III s "'lr IIIa,i DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F Project No.ACA22-005-00 16 May 31, 2022 The select fill should be properly compacted in accordance with these recommendations and tested by RK personnel for compaction as specified. SHALLOW FOUNDATION EXCAVATIONS Shallow foundation excavations should be observed by the Geotechnical Engineer or his/her representative prior to placement of reinforcing steel and concrete. This is necessary to document that the bearing soils at the bottom of the excavations are similar to those encountered in the borings and that excessive soft materials and water are not present in the excavations. If soft soil pockets are encountered in the foundation excavations,they should be removed and replaced with a compacted non-expansive fill material or lean concrete up to the design foundation bearing elevation. Disturbance from foot traffic and from the accumulation of excess water can result in losses in bearing capacity and increased settlement. If inclement weather is anticipated at the time construction, consideration should be given to protecting the bottoms of beam trenches by placing a thin mud mat (layer of flowable fill or lean concrete) at the bottom of trenches immediately following excavation. This will reduce disturbance from foot traffic and will impede the infiltration of surface water. All necessary precautions should be implemented to protect open excavations from the accumulation of surface water runoff and rain. DRILLED PIERS If implemented, drilled pier excavations must be examined by an RKCI representative who is familiar with the geotechnical aspects of the subsurface stratigraphy, the structural configuration, foundation design details, and assumptions prior to placing concrete. This is to observe that: • The shaft has been excavated to the specified dimensions at the correct depth established by the previously mentioned criteria; • The shaft has been drilled plumb within specified tolerances along its total length; and • Excessive cuttings, buildup and soft, compressible materials have been removed from the bottom of the excavation. Drilled pier excavation observations should be scheduled with the Geotechnical Engineer a minimum of 48 hours prior to pier drilling. Failure to do so will be the responsibility of the General Contractor. REINFORCEMENT AND CONCRETE PLACEMENT Reinforcing steel should be checked for size and placement prior to concrete placement. Placement of concrete should be accomplished as soon as possible after excavation to reduce changes in the moisture content or the state of stress of the foundation materials. Concrete should not be placed in the pier excavations without the approval of the Engineer. No foundation element should be left open overnight without concreting. IR A IB A III s "'lr IIIa,i DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F Project No.ACA22-005-00 17 May 31, 2022 TEMPORARY CASING Groundwater was not observed in any of the borings during or upon completion of the drilling operations. Groundwater seepage and/or side sloughing may be encountered during pier construction at this site depending on climatic conditions. Therefore,the bid documents may require the foundation contractor to specify unit costs for different lengths of casing and/or slurry drilling techniques which may be required. EXCAVATION SLOPING AND BENCHING Excavations that extend to or below a depth of 5 ft below construction grade shall require the General Contractor to develop a trench safety plan to protect personnel entering the trench or trench vicinity. The development of the trench safety plan, which may require the collection of specific geotechnical data and could include designs for sloping and benching of various types of shoring, is beyond the scope of this study. Any such designs and safety plans shall be developed and prepared in accordance with current Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA)guidelines and other applicable industry standards. To assist in preparing an excavation safety plan, we have classified the soils encountered within this site based on the data collected during this study. The on-site clay soils encountered within this site classified as Type "A"soils under current OSHA regulations pertaining to excavations. This classification is based on the observed cohesive nature of the soil, the unconfined compressive strength values obtained during field drilling operations, and the anticipated vibration from nearby traffic. In excavations penetrating these soils, the sloping and benching schemes specified for Type "A" soils under the OSHA regulations require that the excavation sidewalls be sloped no steeper than 3/4:1 (horizontal:vertical). All sand soils encountered within this site are classified as Type "C" soils under current OSHA regulations pertaining to excavations. In excavations penetrating these soils,the sloping and benching schemes specified for Type "C" soils under the OSHA regulations require that the excavation sidewalls be sloped no steeper than 1- 1/2:1 (horizontal:vertical). EXCAVATION EQUIPMENT The boring logs are not intended for use in determining construction means and methods and may therefore be misleading if used for that purpose. We recommend that earthwork and utility contractors interested in bidding on the work perform their own tests in the form of test pits determine the quantities of the different materials to be excavated, as well as the preferred excavation methods and equipment for these sites. UTILITIES Utilities which project through slab-on-grade, slab-on-fill, "floating" slabs, or any other rigid unit should be designed with either some degree of flexibility or with sleeves. Such design features will help reduce the risk of damage to the utility lines. Our experience indicates that significant settlement of backfill can occur in utility trenches,particularly when trenches are deep, when backfill materials are placed in thick lifts with insufficient compaction, and when water can access and infiltrate the trench backfill materials. The potential for water to access the backfill is increased where water can infiltrate flexible base materials due to insufficient penetration of curbs, and at IR A IB A III s "'lr IIIa,i DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F Project No.ACA22-005-00 18 May 31, 2022 sites where geological features can influence water migration into utility trenches. It is our belief that another factor which can significantly impact settlement is the migration of fines within the backfill into the open voids in the underlying free-draining bedding material. To reduce the potential for settlement in utility trenches,we recommend that consideration be given to the following: • Backfill materials should be placed and compacted in controlled lifts appropriate for the type of backfill and the type of compaction equipment being utilized and backfilling procedures should be tested and documented. • Curbs should be installed to a sufficient depth to reduce water infiltration beneath the curbs into the pavement flexible base materials (see also the Foundation Analyses section of this report). • Consideration should be given to wrapping free-draining bedding gravels with a geotextile fabric(similar to Mirafi 140N or CONTECH C-Drain Geocomposite)to reduce the infiltration and loss of fines from backfill material into the interstitial voids in bedding materials. PAVEMENT RECOMMENDATIONS Both flexible and rigid pavement recommendations for a 20-year design period are presented in this report. The CLIENT and/or design team may select either pavement type depending on the performance criteria established for the project. In general,flexible pavement systems have a lower initial construction cost as compared to rigid pavements. However, maintenance requirements over the life of the pavement are typically much greater for flexible pavements. This typically requires regularly-scheduled observation and repair, as well as overlays and/or other pavement rehabilitation at approximately one-half to two- thirds of the design life. Rigid pavements are generally more "forgiving", and therefore tend to be more durable and require less maintenance after construction. For either pavement type, drainage conditions will have a significant impact on long-term performance, particularly where permeable flexible base materials are utilized in the pavement section. Drainage considerations are discussed in more detail in a subsequent section of this report. SUBGRADE CONDITIONS A single generalized subgrade condition has been assumed for this site. The predominant subgrade soils used in developing the pavement sections for this project are the surficial plastic to highly plastic, clay soils. On the basis of our experience with similar subsurface conditions in this area, a design California Bearing Ratio (CBR)value of 2 was assigned to evaluate the pavement components. This design CBR value assumes that the subgrade soils will be prepared in accordance with the recommendations stated in the Subgrade Preparation subsection of the Pavement Construction Guidelines section of this report. SULFATE CORROSION POTENTIAL As discussed in a previous section of this report, the potential concentration of soluble sulfates were preliminarily evaluated by conducting a laboratory sulfate content test. The result of this laboratory test is as follows: IR AIB A III s "'lr IIIa,i DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F Project No.ACA22-005-00 19 May 31, 2022 Approximate Depth Below the Boring Location Ground Surface Elevations Sulfate Content(ppm) Existing at the Time of our Study(ft) B-2 1 120 Where ppm=parts per million On the basis of these sulfate content test results, the tested on-site clay soils do not appear to have a potential to cause sulfate-induced heave. Typically,the concentration of soluble sulfate on soils becomes a concern when the concentration reaches about 3,000 ppm and higher. The sulfate concentration in soils may vary over short distances, and as such, additional testing is recommended at the time of construction to confirm the concentration of sulfates in the exposed subgrade soils within the subject pavement areas. LIME TREATMENT OF SUBGRADE In general, the subgrade soils at this site are plastic to highly plastic in nature and can be difficult to work with, particularly during periods of inclement weather. The strength properties of the plastic subgrade soils may be increased by treating the upper 8 inches with hydrated lime.A sufficient quantity of hydrated lime should be mixed with the subgrade soils to decrease the plasticity index of the soil-lime mixture to 18 or less and to increase the pH of the soil-lime mixture to at least 12.4. For estimating purposes, we recommend that 5 percent lime by weight be considered for hydrated lime treatment. For construction purposes, we recommend that the percent of hydrated lime treatment be determined by appropriate laboratory testing at the time of construction. Based on a recently reported adverse reaction to lime addition in certain sulfate-containing soils, it is strongly recommended to perform additional laboratory testing to determine the concentration of soluble sulfates in the subgrade soils.The adverse reaction, referred to as sulfate-induced heave,has been known to cause cohesive subgrade soils to swell in short periods of time, resulting in pavement heaving and possible failure. DESIGN INFORMATION The following recommendations for the pavement sections are based on our experience with similar subgrade soils; an assumed traffic loading; an assumed CBR test value for the subgrade soils; and design procedures published by the American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials(AASHTO). The pavement design and analyses performed are based directly on the 1993 and 1997 editions of the "Guide for the Design of Pavement Structure" by AASHTO. For the proposed parking and driveway areas, a traffic loading of one tractor-trailer truck per day and two garbage trucks per week was assumed over a 20-year design period. This corresponds to about 27,000 Equivalent Single Axle Loads (ESAL's). It is recommended that the project Civil Engineer review the above- mentioned level of traffic and design period to ensure that they are appropriate for the intended use of the proposed carwash building. IR A IB A III s "'lr IIIa,i DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F Project No.ACA22-005-00 20 May 31, 2022 FLEXIBLE PAVEMENTS The following flexible pavement section is available for this site: Pavement Area LTS FBM HMAC (in) (in.) (in.) Automobile Drives and Parking Lots 8 8 2 Where: LTS=Lime-Treated Subgrade FBM=Flexible Base Material HMAC=Hot-Mix Asphaltic Concrete Surface Course Garbage Dumpsters Where flexible pavements are constructed at any site, it is recommended that reinforced concrete pads be provided in front of and beneath trash receptacles. The dumpster trucks should be parked on the concrete pads when the receptacles are lifted. It is suggested that such pads also be provided in drives where the dumpster trucks make turns with small radii to access the receptacles. The concrete pads at this site should be a minimum of 5-1/2 inches thick and reinforced with conventional steel reinforcing bars, and underlain by 8 inches of lime-treated subgrade. RIGID PAVEMENTS The following rigid pavement section below is available for this site: Pavement Area Lime-Treated Reinforced Subgrade(in.) Concrete(in.) Automobile Drives and Parking Lots 8 5-1/2 We recommend that the concrete pavements be reinforced with welded wire mats or bar mats. As a minimum, the welded wire mats should be 6 x 6 in., W4.0 x W4.0, and the bar mats should be No. 3 reinforcing bars spaced 18 in. on center in both directions. The concrete reinforcing should be placed approximately 1/3 the slab thickness below the surface of the slab, but not less than 2 in. The reinforcing should not extend across expansion joints. Joints in concrete pavements aid in the construction and control the location and magnitude of cracks. Where practical, lay out the construction, expansion,control and sawed joints to form square panels, but not to exceed American Concrete Institute(ACI)Code recommendations. The ratio of slab length-to-width should not exceed 1.25. Recommended joint spacings are 15 ft longitudinal and 15 ft transverse. All control joints should be formed or sawed to a depth of at least 1/4 the thickness of the concrete slab. Sawing of control joints should begin as soon as the concrete will not ravel, generally the day after placement. Control joints may be hand formed or formed by using a premolded filler. We recommend that all longitudinal and transverse construction joints be dowelled to promote load transfer. Expansion IR A IB A III s "'lr IIIa,i DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F Project No.ACA22-005-00 21 May 31, 2022 joints are needed to separate the concrete slab from fixed objects such as drop inlets, light standards and buildings. Expansion joint spacings are not to exceed a maximum of 75 ft and no expansion or construction joints should be located in a swale or drainage collection locations. If possible, the pavement should develop a minimum slope of 0.015 ft/ft to provide surface drainage. Reinforced concrete pavement should cure a minimum of 7 days before allowing any traffic. PAVEMENT CONSTRUCTION CONSIDERATIONS SUBGRADE PREPARATION Areas to support pavements should be stripped of all vegetation,and/or organic topsoil down to a minimum depth of 8 inches and extend a minimum of 2 ft beyond the pavement perimeters. Upon completion of site stripping activities, the exposed subgrade should be thoroughly proofrolled in order to locate and densify any weak, compressible zones. A minimum of 5 passes of a fully-loaded dump truck or a similar heavily- loaded piece of construction equipment should be used for planning purposes. Proofrolling operations should be observed by the Geotechnical Engineer or his representative to document subgrade condition and preparation. Weak or soft areas identified during proofrolling should be removed and replaced with a suitable, compacted select fill in accordance with the recommendations presented under the Select Fill subsection of this report. Proofrolling operations and any excavation/backfill activities should be observed by RK representatives to document subgrade condition and preparation. Upon completion of the proofrolling operations and just prior to flexible base placement, the exposed subgrade should be moisture-conditioned by scarifying to a minimum depth of 6 in. and recompacting to a minimum of 98 percent of the maximum dry density as determined from ASTM D698,Compaction Test. The moisture content of the subgrade should be maintained within the range of optimum moisture content to three percentage points above the optimum moisture content until permanently covered. DRAINAGE CONSIDERATIONS As with any soil-supported structure,the satisfactory performance of a pavement system is contingent on the provision of adequate surface and subsurface drainage. Insufficient drainage which allows saturation of the pavement subgrade and/or the supporting granular pavement materials will greatly reduce the performance and service life of the pavement systems. Surface and subsurface drainage considerations crucial to the performance of pavements at this site include (but are not limited to)the following: 1) Any known natural or man-made subsurface seepage at the site which may occur at sufficiently shallow depths as to influence moisture contents within the subgrade should be intercepted by drainage ditches or below grade French drains. 2) Final site grading should eliminate isolated depressions which may allow surface water to pond and infiltrate into the underlying soils. 3) Pavement surfaces should be maintained to help minimize surface ponding and to provide rapid sealing of any developing cracks. These measures will help reduce infiltration of surface water downward through the pavement section. IR A IB A III s "'lr IIIa,i DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F Project No.ACA22-005-00 22 May 31, 2022 ON-SITE CLAY FILL The pavement recommendations presented in this report were prepared assuming that on-site soils will be used for site grading in the proposed pavement areas. If used, we recommend that on-site soils be placed in loose lifts not exceeding 8 in. in thickness and compacted to a minimum of 98 percent of the maximum dry density as determined from ASTM D698. The moisture content of the subgrade should be maintained within the range of two percentage points below the optimum moisture content to two percentage points above the optimum moisture content until permanently covered. We recommend that on-site fill materials be free of roots, vegetation, and/or other organic or degradable material. We also recommend that the maximum particle size not exceed 4 in.or one half the lift thickness,whichever is smaller. SELECT FILL If implemented, select fill materials utilized for achieving finished subgrade elevations in pavement areas should be in accordance with the Select Fill subsection recommendations provided in the Foundation Construction Considerations section of this report. LIME TREATMENT OF SUBGRADE Lime treatment of the subgrade soils should be in accordance with the TxDOT 2014 Standard Specifications for Construction and Maintenance of Highways, Streets and Bridges, Item 260, Lime Treatment (Road Mixed). Lime-treated subgrade soils should be compacted to a minimum of 95 percent of the maximum dry density at a moisture content within the range of two percentage points below the optimum moisture content to two percentage points above the optimum moisture content as determined by ASTM D1557. FLEXIBLE BASE COURSE The flexible base course should consist of material conforming to TxDOT 2014 Standard Specifications for Construction and Maintenance of Highways, Streets, and Bridges, Item 247, Flexible Base, Type A through Type E, Grades 1, 2,3, and 5. The flexible base course should be placed in lifts with a maximum compacted thickness of 8 in. and compacted to a minimum of 95 percent of the maximum dry density as determined by ASTM D1557. The moisture content of the base course materials should be maintained within the range of three percentage points below the optimum moisture content to three percentage points above the optimum moisture content until permanently covered. ASPHALTIC CONCRETE SURFACE COURSE The asphaltic concrete surface course should conform to TOOT 2014 Standard Specifications for Construction and Maintenance of Highways,Streets,and Bridges, Item 341, Dense-Graded Hot-Mix Asphalt, Type D. The asphaltic concrete should be compacted to a minimum of 92 percent of the maximum theoretical specific gravity(Rice)of the mixture determined according to Test Method Tex-227-F. Pavement specimens, which shall be either cores or sections of asphaltic pavement, will be tested according to Test Method Tex-207-F. The nuclear-density gauge or other methods which correlate satisfactorily with results obtained from project roadway specimens may be used when approved by the Engineer. Unless otherwise IR A 113 A III s "'lr IIIa,i DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F Project No.ACA22-005-00 23 May 31, 2022 shown on the plans, the Contractor shall be responsible for obtaining the required roadway specimens at their expense and in a manner and at locations selected by the Engineer. PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE The Portland cement concrete pavement should be air entrained to result in a 4 percent plus/minus 1 percent air,should have a maximum slump of 5 inches,and should have a minimum 28-day compressive strength of 3,500 psi. A liquid membrane-forming curing compound should be applied as soon as practical after broom finishing the concrete surface. The curing compound will help reduce the loss of water from the concrete. The reduction in the rapid loss in water will help reduce shrinkage cracking of the concrete. CONSTRUCTION RELATED SERVICES CONSTRUCTION MATERIALS ENGINEERING AND TESTING SERVICES As presented in the attachment to this report, Important Information About Your Geotechnical Engineering Report, subsurface conditions can vary across a project site. The conditions described in this report are based on interpolations derived from a limited number of data points. Variations will be encountered during construction, and only the geotechnical design engineer will be able to determine if these conditions are different than those assumed for design. Construction problems resulting from variations or anomalies in subsurface conditions are among the most prevalent on construction projects and often lead to delays, changes, cost overruns, and disputes. These variations and anomalies can best be addressed if the geotechnical engineer of record,RABA KISTNER,INC., is retained to perform the construction materials engineering and testing services during the construction of the project. This is because: • RK has an intimate understanding of the geotechnical engineering report's findings and recommendations. RK understands how the report should be interpreted and can provide such interpretations on site,on the CLIENT's behalf. • RK knows what subsurface conditions are anticipated at the site. • RK is familiar with the goals of the CLIENT and the project's design professionals, having worked with them in the development of the project's geotechnical design workscope. This enables RK to suggest remedial measures (when needed) which help meet others' requirements. • RK has a vested interest in client satisfaction, and thus assigns qualified personnel whose principal concern is client satisfaction. This concern is exhibited by the manner in which contractors' work is tested, evaluated and reported, and in selection of alternative approaches when such may become necessary. • RK cannot be held accountable for problems which result due to misinterpretation of our findings or recommendations when we are not on hand to provide the interpretation which is required. IR A IB A III s "'lr IIIa,i DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F Project No.ACA22-005-00 24 May 31, 2022 BUDGETING FOR CONSTRUCTION TESTING Appropriate budgets need to be developed for the required construction materials engineering and testing services. At the appropriate time before construction, we advise that RK and the project designers meet and jointly develop the testing budgets, as well as review the testing specifications as it pertains to this project. Once the construction testing budget and scope of work are finalized, we encourage a preconstruction meeting with the selected General Contractor to review the scope of work to make sure it is consistent with the construction means and methods proposed by the General Contractor. RK looks forward to the opportunity to provide continued support on this project,and would welcome the opportunity to meet with the Project Team to develop both a scope and budget for these services. * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * The following figures are attached and complete this report: Figure 1 Boring Location Map Figures 2 through 6 Logs of Borings Figure 7 Key to Terms and Symbols Figure 8 Results of Soil Sample Analyses Figure 9 Hydraulic Conductivity(Permeability)Test Result IR A IB A III s "'lr IIIa,i DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F ATTACHMENTS IR A IB A K III s "'1r I,, Iq�s� III'�fi° DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F LZ _ o or � l uj ��' ,. nrr r. ^" ���� �^�u��r��/lGl II r r✓i�� � /%//�l /r/%/I�/r N :, 'i CL N f� / • � I pry %�% I trrN,i I it � I 4 fl�� I•II II i I Ilil I l 4 �% II B i 1. 4h, y I�„II II i.. Ili (meg VV 6W REVISIONS: PROJECT No.: UR A B A No. DATE DESCRIPTION � I ST N C BORING LOCATION MAP ACA22-005-00 Engineering•Testing•Environmental Facilities-Infrastructure WEST GUTH PARK IMPROVEMENTS ISSUE DATE: 05-31-22 800 E.Hackberry 9700 UP RIVER ROAD DRAWN BY: DV McAllen,Texas 78501 CHECKED BY: AD (956)682-5332TELCORPUS CHRISTI, NUECES COUNTY, TEXAS REVIEWED BY: SC (956)682-5487 FAX www.rkei.com FIGURE: 1 TBPE Firm F-3257 @2010 by Raba—Kistner Consultants, Inc. DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F LOG OF BORING NO. B-1 West Guth Park Improvements �11�1\fie I< I S °'°I1°` I1`4 IE R 9700 Up River Road TBPE Firm Registration No.F-3257 DRILLING Corpus Christi, Nueces County,Texas METHOD: Straight Flight Auger LOCATION: See Figure 1 SHEAR STRENGTH,TONS/FTZ tz LL }a $-- -- —�--o- 0.5 1.0 1.5 2.0 2.5 3.0 3.5 4.0 x m DESCRIPTION OF MATERIAL �= F,o N a 3 Z PLASTIC WATER LIQUID g 3 e o ^ O 3 LIMIT CONTENT LIMIT u SURFACE ELEVATION:Existing Grade,ftm 10 20 30 40♦50 60 70 80 FAT CLAY with SAND(CH) firm,dark brown 7 • ---- -- 32 SANDY FAT CLAY(CH) very stiff,brown to light brown 26 • 5 F 25 68 0 a LU F- U w 26 • O a W x 19 • 10 0 Boring terminated at a depth of about 10 ft. LUJ NOTES: a Upon completion of the drilling operations, w the boring was observed dry. 0 Ln LU —15- 0 z 0 0 M: N N 0 J LU UO LU 20 ~ W 0 z 25 DEPTH DRILLED: 10.0 ft DEPTH TO WATER: DRY PROD.No.: ACA22-005-00 DATE DRILLED: 4/29/2022 DATE MEASURED: 4/29/2022 FIGURE: 2 DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F LOG OF BORING NO. B-2 West Guth Park Improvements �11�1\fie I< I S °'°I1°` I1`4 IE R 9700 Up River Road TBPE Firm Registration No.F-3257 DRILLING Corpus Christi, Nueces County,Texas METHOD: Straight Flight Auger LOCATION: See Figure 1 SHEAR STRENGTH,TONS/FTZ tz LL }a $-- -- —�--o- 0.5 1.0 1.5 2.0 2.5 3.0 3.5 4.0 x m DESCRIPTION OF MATERIAL �= F,o N a 3 Z PLASTIC WATER LIQUID g 3 e o ^ O 3 LIMIT CONTENT LIMIT u SURFACE ELEVATION:Existing Grade,ftm 10 20 30 40♦50 60 70 80 SANDY FAT CLAY(CH) stiff to very stiff,dark brown to brown 9 • 10 • 5 F 19 — -- — X 44 O a LU F- U SANDY FAT y-s LAY(CH) 15 O stiff to vertiff,brown a W x 20 • 10 O Boring terminated at a depth of about 10 ft. LUJ NOTES: a Upon completion of the drilling operations, w the boring was observed dry. 0 Ln LU —15- 0 z 0 0 M: N N O J LU UO LU 20 ~ W O z 25 DEPTH DRILLED: 10.0 ft DEPTH TO WATER: DRY PROD.No.: ACA22-005-00 DATE DRILLED: 4/29/2022 DATE MEASURED: 4/29/2022 FIGURE: 3 DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F LOG OF BORING NO. B-3 West Guth Park Improvements �11�1\fie I< I S °'°I1°` I1`4 IE R 9700 Up River Road TBPE Firm Registration No.F-3257 DRILLING Corpus Christi, Nueces County,Texas METHOD: Straight Flight Auger LOCATION: See Figure 1 SHEAR STRENGTH,TONS/FTZ tz LL }a $-- -- —�--o- 0.5 1.0 1.5 2.0 2.5 3.0 3.5 4.0 x m DESCRIPTION OF MATERIAL �= F,o N a 3 Z PLASTIC WATER LIQUID g 3 e o ^ O 3 LIMIT CONTENT LIMIT u SURFACE ELEVATION:Existing Grade,ftm 10 20 30 40♦50 60 70 80 SANDY LEAN CLAY(CL) firm to stiff,dark brown to brown 7 • 52 12 •x--- ---C 27 5 LUF • 8 LU F- U w CLAYEY SAND(SC) 0 medium dense,brown 15 111 13 a LU x 10 • 0 w 16 • X 9 > J W F- Q Q d W V7 LU W N W CD 15 LEAN CLAY with SAND(CL) z very stiff,brown to light brown 23 • 0 O 2 N N O J W 24 • w x 20-0 .. Boring terminated at a depth of about 20 ft. F O z NOTES: Upon completion of the drilling operations, the boring was observed dry. 25 DEPTH DRILLED: 20.0 ft DEPTH TO WATER: DRY PROD.No.: ACA22-005-00 DATE DRILLED: 4/29/2022 DATE MEASURED: 4/29/2022 FIGURE: 4 DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F LOG OF BORING NO. P-1 West Guth Park Improvements �11�1\fie I< I S °'°I1°` I1`4 IE R 9700 Up River Road TBPE Firm Registration No.F-3257 DRILLING Corpus Christi, Nueces County,Texas METHOD: Straight Flight Auger LOCATION: See Figure 1 SHEAR STRENGTH,TONS/FTZ tz LL }a $-- -- —�--o- 0.5 1.0 1.5 2.0 2.5 3.0 3.5 4.0 x m DESCRIPTION OF MATERIAL �= F,o N a 3 Z PLASTIC WATER LIQUID g 3 e o ^ O 3 LIMIT CONTENT LIMIT u SURFACE ELEVATION:Existing Grade,ftm 10 20 30 40♦50 60 70 80 FAT CLAY with SAND(CH) stiff to very stiff,dark brown to brown 11 • 16 • — -- — -- X 42 5 F 17 • 75 0 LU Cr U W CLAYEY SAND(SC) 15 O medium dense,brown to light brown a W x 19 10 0 Boring terminated at a depth of about 10 ft. LUJ NOTES: a Upon completion of the drilling operations, w the boring was observed dry. 0 Ln LU —15- 0 z 0 0 M: N N J LU UO LU 20 ~ W 0 z 25 DEPTH DRILLED: 10.0 ft DEPTH TO WATER: DRY PROD.No.: ACA22-005-00 DATE DRILLED: 4/29/2022 DATE MEASURED: 4/29/2022 FIGURE: 5 DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F LOG OF BORING NO. P-2 West Guth Park Improvements �11�1\fie I< I S °'°I1°` I1`4 IE R 9700 Up River Road TBPE Firm Registration No.F-3257 DRILLING Corpus Christi, Nueces County,Texas METHOD: Straight Flight Auger LOCATION: See Figure 1 SHEAR STRENGTH,TONS/FTZ tz LL }a $-- -- —�--o- 0.5 1.0 1.5 2.0 2.5 3.0 3.5 4.0 x m DESCRIPTION OF MATERIAL �= F,o N a 3 Z PLASTIC WATER LIQUID g 3 e o ^ O 3 LIMIT CONTENT LIMIT u SURFACE ELEVATION:Existing Grade,ftm 10 20 30 40♦50 60 70 80 FAT CLAY with SAND(CH) stiff to very stiff,dark brown to brown 14 • X— --.---K 28 20 • 73 5 F 20 • 0 LU Cr U w CLAYEY SAND(SC) 20 • O medium dense,brown to light brown a W x 21 • 10 0 Boring terminated at a depth of about 10 ft. LUJ NOTES: a Upon completion of the drilling operations, w the boring was observed dry. 0 Ln LU —15- 0 z 0 0 M: N N J LU UO LU 20 ~ W 0 z 25 DEPTH DRILLED: 10.0 ft DEPTH TO WATER: DRY PROD.No.: ACA22-005-00 DATE DRILLED: 4/29/2022 DATE MEASURED: 4/29/2022 FIGURE: 6 DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F KEY TO TERMS AND SYMBOLS MATERIAL TYPES SOILTERMS ROCK TERMS OTHER CALCAREOUS PEAT CHALK LIMESTONE ASPHALT CALICHE SAND �// CLAYSTONE MARL n BASE ® CLAY ❑ SANDY ❑ CLAY-SHALE METAMORPHIC VQ CONCRETE/CEMENT .T.IU*�J'FT. CLAYEY SILT CONGLOMERATE SANDSTONE BRICKS/ PAVERS Q Q GRAVEL SILTY DOLOMITE ® SHALE WASTE x X D x o GRAVELLY FILL x x IGNEOUS SILTSTONE NO INFORMATION WELL CONSTRUCTION AND PLUGGING MATERIALS ❑ BLANK PIPE ® BENTONITE x x CUTT NGSE& CUTTINGS ❑ SAND ❑ SCREEN ❑ CEMENT GROUT 9Q CONCRETE/CEMENT QO GRAVEL ® VOLCLAY SAMPLE TYPES STRENGTH TEST TYPES ti AIR MUD e POCKET PENETROMETER ti,V ROTARY A ROTARY SHELBYTUBE O TORVANE GRAB UNCONFINED COMPRESSION SAMPLE RECOVERY SPLIT BARREL ® MPRESSION UNICONSOLAXIAL OI DATED-UN DRAINED CORE NX CORE SPLITSPOON TRIAXIAL COMPRESSION ❑ CONSOLIDATED-UNDRAINED GEOPROBE P PITCHER B TEXAS CONE NOTE: VALUES SYMBOLIZED ON BORING LOGS REPRESENT SHEAR SAMPLER PENETROMETER STRENGTHS UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED DAMAGED IN ROTOSONIC 0 DISTURBED - PROJECT NO. ACA22-005-00 DAMAGED TACT REVISED 04/2012 A B A K I S I N ER FIGURE 7a DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F KEY TO TERMS AND SYMBOLS (CONT'D) TERMINOLOGY Terms used in this report to describe soils with regard to their consistency or conditions are in general accordance with the discussion presented in Article 45 of SOILS MECHANICS IN ENGINEERING PRACTICE, Terzaghi and Peck, John Wiley & Sons, Inc., 1967, using the most reliable information available from the field and laboratory investigations. Terms used for describing soils according to their texture or grain size distribution are in accordance with the UNIFIED SOIL CLASSIFICATION SYSTEM,as described in American Society for Testing and Materials D2487-06 and D2488-00, Volume 04.08, Soil and Rock; Dimension Stone; Geosynthetics;2005. The depths shown on the boring logs are not exact,and have been estimated to the nearest half-foot. Depth measurements may be presented in a manner that implies greater precision in depth measurement, Le 6.71 meters. The reader should understand and interpret this information only within the stated half-foot tolerance on depth measurements. RELATIVE DENSITY COHESIVE STRENGTH PLASTICITY Penetration Resistance Relative Resistance Cohesion Plasticity Degree of Blows per ft Density Blows per ft Consistency TSF Index Plasticity 0 - 4 Very Loose 0 - 2 Very Soft 0 - 0.125 0 - 5 None 4 - 10 Loose 2 - 4 Soft 0.125 - 0.25 5 - 10 Low 10 - 30 Medium Dense 4 - 8 Firm 0.25 - 0.5 10 - 20 Moderate 30 - 50 Dense 8 - 15 Stiff 0.5 - 1.0 20 - 40 Plastic > 50 Very Dense 15 - 30 Very Stiff 1.0 - 2.0 > 40 Highly Plastic > 30 Hard > 2.0 ABBREVIATIONS B = Benzene Qam,Qas,Qal = Quaternary Alluvium Kef = Eagle Ford Shale T = Toluene Qat = Low Terrace Deposits Kbu = Buda Limestone E = Ethylbenzene Qbc = Beaumont Formation Kdr = Del Rio Clay X = Total Xylenes Qt = Fluviatile Terrace Deposits Kft = Fort Terrett Member BTEX = Total BTEX Qao = Seymour Formation Kgt = Georgetown Formation TPH = Total Petroleum Hydrocarbons Qle = Leona Formation Kep = Person Formation ND = Not Detected Q-Tu = Uvalde Gravel Kek = Kainer Formation NA = Not Analyzed Ewi = Wilcox Formation Kes = Escondido Formation NR = Not Recorded/No Recovery Emi = Midway Group Kew = Walnut Formation OVA = Organic Vapor Analyzer Mc = Catahoula Formation Kgr = Glen Rose Formation ppm = Parts Per Million EI = Laredo Formation Kgru = Upper Glen Rose Formation Kknm = Navarro Group and Marlbrook Kgrl = Lower Glen Rose Formation Marl Kh = Hensell Sand Kpg = Pecan Gap Chalk Kau = Austin Chalk PROJECT NO. ACA22-005-00 REVISED 04/2012 A B A K I S I N EE, FIGURE 7b DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F KEY TO TERMS AND SYMBOLS (CONT'D) TERMINOLOGY SOIL STRUCTURE Slickensided Having planes of weakness that appear slick and glossy. Fissured Containing shrinkage or relief cracks,often filled with fine sand or silt;usually more or less vertical. Pocket Inclusion of material of different texture that is smaller than the diameter of the sample. Parting Inclusion less than 1/8 inch thick extending through the sample. Seam Inclusion 1/8 inch to 3 inches thick extending through the sample. Layer Inclusion greater than 3 inches thick extending through the sample. Laminated Soil sample composed of alternating partings or seams of different soil type. Interlayered Soil sample composed of alternating layers of different soil type. Intermixed Soil sample composed of pockets of different soil type and layered or laminated structure is not evident. Calcareous Having appreciable quantities of carbonate. Carbonate Having more than 50%carbonate content. SAMPLING METHODS RELATIVELY UNDISTURBED SAMPLING Cohesive soil samples are to be collected using three-inch thin-walled tubes in general accordance with the Standard Practice for Thin-Walled Tube Sampling of Soils(ASTM D1587)and granular soil samples are to be collected using two-inch split-barrel samplers in general accordance with the Standard Method for Penetration Test and Split-Barrel Sampling of Soils(ASTM D1586). Cohesive soil samples may be extruded on-site when appropriate handling and storage techniques maintain sample integrity and moisture content. STANDARD PENETRATION TEST(SPT) A 2-in.-OD, 1-3/8-in.-ID split spoon sampler is driven 1.5 ft into undisturbed soil with a 140-pound hammer free falling 30 in. After the sampler is seated 6 in.into undisturbed soil,the number of blows required to drive the sampler the last 12 in.is the Standard Penetration Resistance or"N"value,which is recorded as blows per foot as described below. SPLIT-BARREL SAMPLER DRIVING RECORD Blows Per Foot Description 25 ................................................................ 25 blows drove sampler 12 inches,after initial 6 inches of seating. 50/7" ................................................................ 50 blows drove sampler 7 inches,after initial 6 inches of seating. Ref/3"................................................................ 50 blows drove sampler 3 inches during initial 6-inch seating interval. NOTE:To avoid damage to sampling tools,driving is limited to 50 blows during or after seating interval. PROJECT NO. ACA22-005-00 REVISED 04/2012 A B A K I S I N El R FIGURE 7c DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F RESULTS OF SOIL SAMPLE ANALYSES PROJECT NAME: West Guth Park Improvements 9700 Up River Road Corpus Christi, Nueces County, Texas FILE NAME: ACA22-005-OO.GPJ 5/31/2022 Sample Water Dry Unit Shear Boring t Blows Liquid Plastic Plasticity USCS Weight %-200 Strength Strength No. Depth per ft Content Limit Limit Index (pcf) Sieve (tsf) Test (ft) (%) B-1 0.0 to 1.5 7 12 51 19 32 CH 2.5 to 4.0 26 14 5.0 to 6.5 25 10 68 7.0 to 8.5 26 4 8.5 to 10.0 19 14 B-2 0.0 to 1.5 9 13 2.5 to 4.0 10 14 5.0 to 6.5 19 25 65 21 44 CH 7.0 to 8.5 15 21 8.5 to 10.0 20 23 B-3 0.0 to 1.5 7 12 52 2.5 to 4.0 12 14 44 17 27 CL 5.0 to 7.0 15 2.25 PP 7.5 to 9.0 15 11 13 10.0 to 11.5 16 6 24 15 9 SC 15.0 to 16.5 23 3 18.5 to 20.0 24 4 P-1 0.0 to 1.5 11 13 2.5 to 4.0 16 15 62 20 42 CH 5.0 to 6.5 17 22 75 7.0 to 8.5 15 20 8.5 to 10.0 19 9 P-2 0.0 to 1.5 14 12 51 23 28 CH 2.5 to 4.0 20 18 73 5.0 to 6.5 20 22 7.0 to 8.5 20 15 8.5 to 10.0 21 17 PP=Pocket Penetrometer TV=Torvane UC=Unconfined Compression FV=Field Vane UU =Unconsolidated Undrained Triaxial CU=Consolidated Undrained Triaxial CNBD=Cound Not Be Determined NP=Non-Plastic PROJECT NO. ACA22-005-00 15 I N EE FIGURE 8 DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F II I I I I III Geolechnical-Enuineepinu Geotechnical Services Are Performed for assessment of their impact.Geotechnical engineers cannot Specific Purposes, Persons, and Projects accept responsibility or liability for problems that occur because Geotechnical engineers structure their services to meet the their reports do not consider developments of which they were specific needs of their clients.A geotechnical-engineering not informed. study conducted for a civil engineer may not fulfill the needs of a constructor—a construction contractor—or even another Subsurface Conditions Can Change civil engineer.Because each geotechnical-engineering study A geotechnical-engineering report is based on conditions that is unique,each geotechnical-engineering report is unique, existed at the time the geotechnical engineer performed the prepared solely for the client.No one except you should rely on study.Do not rely on a geotechnical-engineering report whose this geotechnical-engineering report without first conferring adequacy may have been affected by:the passage of time; with the geotechnical engineer who prepared it.And no one man-made events,such as construction on or adjacent to the —not even you—should apply this report for any purpose or site;or natural events,such as floods,droughts,earthquakes, project except the one originally contemplated. or groundwater fluctuations.Contact the geotechnical engineer before applying this report to determine if it is still reliable.A Read the Full Report minor amount of additional testing or analysis could prevent Serious problems have occurred because those relying on major problems. a geotechnical-engineering report did not read it all.Do not rely on an executive summary.Do not read selected Most Geotechnical Findings Are Professional elements only. Opinions Site exploration identifies subsurface conditions only at those Geotechnical Engineers Base Each Report on points where subsurface tests are conducted or samples are Unique et of Project-Specific Factors taken.Geotechnical engineers review field and laboratory Geotechnical engineers consider many unique,project-specific data and then apply their professional judgment to render factors when establishing the scope of a study.Typical factors an opinion about subsurface conditions throughout the include:the client's goals,objectives,and risk-management site.Actual subsurface conditions may differ—sometimes preferences;the general nature of the structure involved,its significantly—from those indicated in your report.Retaining size,and configuration;the location of the structure on the the geotechnical engineer who developed your report to site;and other planned or existing site improvements,such as provide geotechnical-construction observation is the most access roads,parking lots,and underground utilities.Unless effective method of managing the risks associated with the geotechnical engineer who conducted the study specifically unanticipated conditions. indicates otherwise,do not rely on a geotechnical-engineering report that was: A Report's Recommendations Are Not Final • not prepared for you; Do not overrely on the confirmation-dependent • not prepared for your project; recommendations included in your report.Confirmation- not prepared for the specific site explored;or dependent recommendations are not final,because • completed before important project changes were made. geotechnical engineers develop them principally from judgment and opinion.Geotechnical engineers can finalize Typical changes that can erode the reliability of an existing their recommendations only by observing actual subsurface geotechnical-engineering report include those that affect: conditions revealed during construction.The geotechnical • the function of the proposed structure,as when it's changed engineer who developed your report cannot assume from a parking garage to an office building,or from a light- responsibility or liability for the report's confirmation-dependent industrial plant to a refrigerated warehouse; recommendations if that engineer does not perform the • the elevation,configuration,location,orientation,or weight geotechnical-construction observation required to confirm the of the proposed structure; recommendations'applicability. • the composition of the design team;or • project ownership. A Geotechnical-Engineering Report Is Subject to Misinterpretation As a general rule,always inform your geotechnical engineer Other design-team members'misinterpretation of of project changes—even minor ones—and request an geotechnical-engineering reports has resulted in costly DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F problems.Confront that risk by having your geotechnical others recognize their own responsibilities and risks.Read engineer confer with appropriate members of the design team these provisions closely.Ask questions.Your geotechnical after submitting the report.Also retain your geotechnical engineer should respond fully and frankly. engineer to review pertinent elements of the design team's plans and specifications.Constructors can also misinterpret Environmental Concerns Are Not Covered a geotechnical-engineering report.Confront that risk by The equipment,techniques,and personnel used to perform having your geotechnical engineer participate in prebid and an environmental study differ significantly from those used to preconstruction conferences,and by providing geotechnical perform a geotechnical study.For that reason,a geotechnical- construction observation. engineering report does not usually relate any environmental findings,conclusions,or recommendations;e.g.,about 0 Not Redraw the Engineer's Logs the likelihood of encountering underground storage tanks Geotechnical engineers prepare final boring and testing logs or regulated contaminants. Unanticipated environmental based upon their interpretation of field logs and laboratory problems have led to numerous project failures.If you have not data.To prevent errors or omissions,the logs included in a yet obtained your own environmental information, geotechnical-engineering report should never be redrawn ask your geotechnical consultant for risk-management for inclusion in architectural or other design drawings.Only guidance.Do not rely on an environmental reportprepared for photographic or electronic reproduction is acceptable,but someone else. recognize that separating logs from the report can elevate risk. Obtain Professional Assistance To Deal Give rctrs a Complete Report and with Mold Guidance Diverse strategies can be applied during building design, Some owners and design professionals mistakenly believe they construction,operation,and maintenance to prevent can make constructors liable for unanticipated subsurface significant amounts of mold from growing on indoor surfaces. conditions by limiting what they provide for bid preparation. To be effective,all such strategies should be devised for To help prevent costly problems,give constructors the the express purpose of mold prevention,integrated into a complete geotechnical-engineering report,but preface it with comprehensive plan,and executed with diligent oversight by a a clearly written letter of transmittal.In that letter,advise professional mold-prevention consultant.Because just a small constructors that the report was not prepared for purposes amount of water or moisture can lead to the development of of bid development and that the report's accuracy is limited; severe mold infestations,many mold-prevention strategies encourage them to confer with the geotechnical engineer focus on keeping building surfaces dry.While groundwater, who prepared the report(a modest fee may be required)and/ water infiltration,and similar issues may have been addressed or to conduct additional study to obtain the specific types of as part of the geotechnical-engineering study whose findings information they need or prefer.A prebid conference can also are conveyed in this report,the geotechnical engineer in be valuable.Be sure constructors have sufficient time to perform charge of this project is not a mold prevention consultant; additional study.Only then might you be in a position to none of the services performed in connection with the give constructors the best information available to you, geotechnical engineer's study were designed or conducted for while requiring them to at least share some of the financial the purpose of mold prevention.Proper implementation of the responsibilities stemming from unanticipated conditions. recommendations conveyed in this report will not of itse f be sufficient to prevent mold from growing in or on the structure Read eoniiliProvisions Closely involved. Some clients,design professionals,and constructors fail to recognize that geotechnical engineering is far less exact than Rely, on Your C- ember Geotechnical Engineer other engineering disciplines.This lack of understanding for Additional Assistance has created unrealistic expectations that have led to Membership in the Geotechnical Business Council of the disappointments,claims,and disputes.To help reduce the risk Geoprofessional Business Association exposes geotechnical of such outcomes,geotechnical engineers commonly include engineers to a wide array of risk-confrontation techniques a variety of explanatory provisions in their reports.Sometimes that can be of genuine benefit for everyone involved with labeled"limitations;'many of these provisions indicate where a construction project.Confer with you GBC-Member geotechnical engineers'responsibilities begin and end,to help geotechnical engineer for more information. GEOTECHNICAL jgErrwi:;IU IIII4i:..: COUNCIL Now oftbe Geoprofessional BnsineSf A9FUciation 8811 Colesville Road/Suite G106,Silver Spring,MD 20910 Telephone: 301/565-2733 Facsimile: 301/589-2017 e-mail:info@geoprofessional.org www.geoprofessional.org Copyright 2015 by Geoprofessional Business Association(GBA).Duplication,reproduction,or copying of this document,or its contents,in whole or in part, by any means whatsoever,is strictly prohibited,except with GBA's specific written permission.Excerpting,quoting,or otherwise extracting wording from this document is permitted only with the express written permission of GBA,and only for purposes of scholarly research or book review.Only members of GBA may use this document as a complement to or as an element of a geotechnical-engineering report.Any other firm,individual,or other entity that so uses this document without being a GBA member could be commiting negligent or intentional(fraudulent)misrepresentation. DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F COINSUILTAINTS - EINVIIIIROINIMIENTAIL - II:-AC11IIL11I'T11IIES III IN 111FIRASTIRUCTU I IE S&iri kii)t o iii Idi o„ Aii i Stiii iii f. IIL"X C1 IIL III m ai IL „xk „�.N), III DIY��°„ �a�, eiii.°°�uu, IIV'°"���. 113 iii����� iirly s Viii III IV�a�. III°°��� h�,III I����'m 0a����°��, III°°�dem; I°>>1IIY ekii c o c c�r iii IIp tsis . III X I 10 L'i m��4P o iiirt. III."X S a IIV At I. aIlk,',e C iii t y1i 1.1 IR A I IO,(: IIIl ��������� III��N Iq'�".I'.° IIR DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F Vil\0�0��iv,. IIL 1 III" III1114 @°i, R Raba 1Kistineir,Illi c. 5449 Bear V ane,Si.nlKe 31.8 Corpus t,Ost:, IfX /8405 anavaW.rl1(CLC01,irn ll 361..445.4058 Project No. ACA22-005-00 nisru i or n is 3);r July 12, 2022 Mr.Jeffrey H. Edmonds, P.E. Director of Engineering Services City of Corpus Christi 1201 Leopard Street Corpus Christi,Texas 78401 RE: Supplemental Recommendations to Geotechnical Engineering Study Proposed West Guth Park Improvements 9700 Up River Road Corpus Christi, Nueces County,Texas City of Corpus Christi Project No.21084 Dear Mr. Edmonds: On the basis of the site grading information received by our office from Mr. Brian Binkowski, PLA, ASLA, Senior Landscape Architect/Project Managerwith HalffAssociates,Inc.,the project's consulting engineering firm,on Thursday,July 7, 2022,the purpose of this document is to provide supplemental recommendations to our original geotechnical engineering study(RABA KISTNER Consultants, Inc. [RKCI] Project No.ACA22- 005-00, dated May 31, 2022) pertaining to Potential Vertical Rise (PVR) reduction recommendations for the proposed skate park, based on the new site grading information. UPDATED PVR REDUCTION RECOMMENDATIONS On the basis of Sheet No.SP-3.01 of the project's plans titled "21084 West Guth Park Improvements,"dated May 31, 2022, and provided to our office by the project's consulting engineering firm via electronic-mail attachment on Thursday,July 7, 2022, we understand that the ground surface elevation existing at the time of our study within the proposed skate park footprint area range from about 62.4 ft to 64.7 ft above mean sea level (MSL),and that the finished grade elevation (FGE)of the proposed structure is planned to be about 65.1 ft above MSL To reduce expansive, soil-related movements in at-grade construction beneath the proposed structure footprint area,we recommend that one of the ground improvement presented below be implemented. 0:\Active Projects\McAllen\2022\ACA22\ACA22-005-00 Prop.21084 West Guth Park Improvements\Reporting\ACA22-005-00 Supplemental(7-12-22).docx UC(':mmsull.."IIIrAN8III""5 I" JII.. P'ROGIII'ZAM MI ,NCEIIC 111EN]III" 111111811F`III ro""III'°SCC"'"ORIII';I: DocuSign Envelope ID:7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81FOE94C287F Project No.ACA22-005-00 2 July 12, 2022 Approximate Thickness of Overexcavation(ft)* Estimated PVR(in) 0 2-3/4 5 1-1/2 5-1/2 1-1/4 6 1 7 3/4 *below the ground surface elevations existing at the time of our study. Keep in mind that the estimated PVR values are computed based on the recommendations for the selection and placement of suitable, select fill materials which are addressed in the Foundation Construction Considerations section of our original geotechnical engineering report (RKCI Project No. ACA22-005-00, dated May 31, 2022). SELECT FILL Materials used as select fill for final site grading preferably should be crushed stone or gravel aggregate. We recommend that materials specified for use as select fill meet the TxDOT 2014 Standard Specification for Construction and Maintenance of Highways, Streets, and Bridges, Item 247, Flexible Base, Type A through Type E, Grades 1, 2,3, and 5. Alternatively,the following soils, as classified according to the USCS, may be considered satisfactory for use as select fill materials at this site: SC, GC, CL, and combinations of these soils. In addition to the USCS classification, alternative select fill materials shall have a maximum liquid limit of 40 percent, a plasticity index between 7 and 18 percent, and a maximum particle size not exceeding 4 inches or one-half the loose lift thickness, whichever is smaller. In addition, if these materials are utilized, grain size analyses and Atterberg Limits must be performed during placement at a minimum rate of one test each per 5,000 cubic yards of material due to the high degree of variability associated with pit-run materials. Soils classified as CH, MH, ML, SM, GM, OH, OL, and Pt under the USCS and not meeting the alternative select fill material requirements,are not considered suitable for use as select fill materials at this site. Select fill should be placed in loose lifts not exceeding 8 in.in thickness and compacted to at least 98 percent of the maximum dry density as determined by ASTM D698. The moisture content of the fill should be maintained within the range of two percentage points below the optimum moisture content to two percentage points above the optimum moisture content until the final lift of fill is permanently covered. The select fill should be properly compacted in accordance with these recommendations and tested by RK personnel for compaction as specified. IR A 113 A III s "'lr IIIa,i .......... DocuSign Envelope ID: 7527BE25-DF2F-4E36-98E8-81 FOE94C287F Project No.ACA22-005-00 3 July 12,2022 ON-SITE MATERIAL USED AS SELECT FILL The on-site soils may be considered suitable for use for as select fill material if they are free of topsoil,organic matter,and/or unsuitable matter, and mixed with a minimum of 5 percent of hydrated lime by weight to reduce the plasticity index to 18 or less and to increase the pH to at least 12,4,, If utilized, lime treatment of the subgrade soils should be in accordance with the TxDOT 2014 Standard Specification for Construction and Maintenance of Highways,Streets,and Bridges,Item 260,Lime Treatment (Road Mixed). Lime-treated subgrade soils should be compacted to a minimum of 95 percent of the maximum dry density at a moisture content within the range of one percentage point below optimum moisture content to three percentage points above the optimum moisture content as determined by ASTM D698. In addition,grain size analyses and Atterberg Limits must be performed during placement at a minimum rate of one test each per 5,000 cubic yards of material due to the high degree of variability associated with pit- run materials. All other recommendations and limitations remain as stated in our original geotechnical engineering report (RKCI Project No,ACA22-005-00,dated May 31,2022). We trust that this supplemental information will be helpful to the design team. If you should have any comments or questions pertaining to this matter of If we may be of additional assistance, please do not hesitate to call. Very truly yours, OF .......... ...' * *..,P RABA ISI ER CONSULTANTS,INC. ffitl Irl I UW*L'E-0-N-A"R,D 0 ................. 9581,0 Saul Cruz, EIT Katrin M. Leonard, P.E. Graduate Engineer Vice President July 12,2022 SC/KML Copies Submitted: Above(1) Halff Associates, Inc. (1) R A B A K I S T N E R saowag 6uuaaui6u3 jo ;uawpndap aoaeiae: SV'X31 a3noo g s US18Ho snddo,? do Am moma OZ SVX31'IlSIPIHo snddoo 3 ,� ®� avoa aEAIU do szzs a S1N3W3/�021dMI-Al ]Vd Hine 1s3m � 33. NONdIM090 J8 3Ltl0 'ON 7 7 NGUdIa09aui FH 3LM 'ON NOISIA3tl i a ui c Wsaooa6��a� i�""'<aw&8��oow___�'00000 `�' Pte' op vdg° w pvvd' -GEESE go ogo�y as �s��y 'W EHo�o3�33<-:�z:� �" �p �0 5 "�za °3333Qowww i; w�000 °z�O 5 aGGG GGo - 0 �O ° 4zi i sgza5$$5� "5 - G - x mak': W � �Sdop zooi��u 3333 wd""�� wwoGwB ���"��"""� ��"�3� 4�� �" rr.re L] LL �z a ' W ) rho S 8 -80 88q ra0o �G �a �> 'won �J O thco Karo X01 yvm > bN� � ro o LL, W e ��� V �Fjy� / Z ~ON Q M Y Cl) QK HOS W go W ZQ R YA V/ U fr Q U) Q J Y Z o`=NINEM� U s U T LU Z~�Ja � ' a�' U = G r; v=i 0U H m O E a LLJ � Y o D > o m W N o O N s >- Co W c) LL] > m 0 o w QLLJ xa U a O F�� a_ z LL U'g o I— LLJ 00 3 & 113MN 3R O LU O w g U 0 iva�mIIS o. OP amnNaol7 un xmns ®nxn�o 4,. 00 °� NvoaoN arrow ��/� f W00 a a as aoonn)avia N f1N COas��N Y iii e` OY'�w Lu M / J¢ Q f'p g CIN NVOa OW(INVU U WN. Nar awn LuLL 411,11IF!LOLn •. O1 W u arnrnyy s n g 8 w w 0 N = ¢Q Lo a o a r- a `� ai13RNINaW 1tlQD✓1� ,NW:`� 0 1 C r W _m U) o s oz/a/co:aaivadn 0 saowag 6uuaaui6u3 jo ;uawpndap 00'IN oo��(sae]a ei SV'X31 S310N]VH3N3`J g o c 4 i ^ 11SIdHo SnddoD do Am g b8L SVX31'IlSI1Ho snddoo � � V mom avow a3nia do azzs g a N o v ;mold SMEN -LN M,,AO21dW1 Al ]Vd Hine 1S3M NONdIMO90 J8 3Ltl0 'ON 1401- NOLLdIa0530 FH 3LM 'ON NOISIA3tl r ry w wo rc a vm rwm _ z 'w w w Vx zm zz w W3 w rJazr " m m a w rc ow�oz _ z rc V"wz F Y' d i.r�Nw° y a a pwzm a rc o it O O w- gw Vhmzw�Ol� o4 vi l:'} Q � �3a mz4 E4 00 op z~°� 3 itta r �V Z --owrwz V o� x ttwrwv�iw Nz W Hrw��o°www w o - wop�aw 13 J Q �w �a h of yw_o w rrc _ V yma (n� a w wVuwxa V or r 000rz �r z Z xoom m zn Vr>mrtiwxz m�Ozav�i = w a z m rcpOo�u wrcah x=�w��o�o w' rmz,r x I °_ ��a�w.°>. �a���. m.o��°mho S U co w° s = 91w co noo m p5° -opoppz�ppso ms .�'° � x° - maw =���� - wozw. -z� w -=w U) ow U W �sw� a - o- - > o��� N W ow�z� � 'mow m a wLL LD - s� uJ = _ pp - p O e - Z & 5 �3 _ W - �z _ _ Z)Z �mm=°� rcszwz w_O - - - z Q� -h - } 00 soy 00 Q W - - Q w�� ? zmz° h U - - i��ww a - - CN Y O C7 `<z3� w _ U Z ww°~ LU V J> Tz Q _ O W ......- -11 �3 p$a - apo yS WO K -_ - W - - _ 3rc - __04 W _ _ - _ -- �_ ¢Z _ - - �. wm m.°. rca rowan �_rcFa m..� 0�_ += a-°mo° 7° ma-< W Q am-orc as-y « -=y H r M a h m U 0 v 00 F W 00 M - - - - U' - of o W m Z - N - O yUomoQw Qo amts - L0 0_1Jz m�wzui a. W z t1 _ _ a a� Y -mF 0 Q~Oo wQ ogaaQ _ F W�ti - ow _ _ N W Z .1o' 7 L1 - o iz LU 0 Ir asaa g oa�orcz: '<aaa. z5 ''a ow� fn =LLo.�caxzips�mw -_1 'oo oz LU 8w UOz°_rcW o� U U m a w m s o. _ U Q Q 7 UO £0 9LOZ/bl/ 0f1 31V0d 0 saowaS 6uuaaui6u3 jo ;uawpndao 00'L03 USIaHO SnddOJ d0 Alli A3AdnS SNOIlI4NOO JNIlSIX3 g a h e � a . m 3 O648L SHX31`LSI?IHO Snd?100 o o �,II II avow a3A?J do szcs a S1N3W3n021MI-AdVd Hine 1S3M ° NOUINO53O a RVO 'ON NOISI/3N NOLLdI MO a MW 'ON NOISMd w k zg w &9 E rN Eo vff � rz U $ u ,ooz 5 H � m: 68 H E Eg F &8 tim 15�° o 7/1 / 3 E' 1� OR a.._ °EN°. t Abgg ffl 5�5 a n yqq r'+ yr ,� �lil�/%t;.�/� Y!��^4pf4� r g �„ / j✓J"/ � l"x' J�i{/s�. 1r P'�l�v�\��°t�\� fre.ro6 LL E f/ 1w, 00 /r $J� I LU OP 00 LU �= 00 LU LL N LU N LO MUM Ih LU rn U) o sloz/1,1/20:aalvadn saowaS 6uuaaut6u3 Jo ;uawpndao oo'll rn N e 5tl%31 SVX31 NVId 3 IS CEISOdOdd 11VHT\O ° g 'A mom IlSIaHO SncfdOD 10 ADD m / � 3 g o m Olb8L SVX3b a'1isl1 IHO snd?JOO o o �Im �!lgl OVO3N?J dl szL6 a �llll�l;% S1N3W3/�O?JdWI >i?JbdH1f1J1S3M ° NOIININOSSO a RVO 'ON NOISIMN NGUIUMO a MW 'ON NOISMd e i] O I O u � � f l rr % r l/ / ilt 41, r /j / � /i% Ai /l / Alm Al / iCgg1� j / Y �� �z I r// l UMI I D�FlxIIlx�, + x r. I tiff 00 / rI ) r%/( Fa %ra, d �f LUr�f � � 7 {�' d Q , 00 Affi 00 LU OD z i4 CD LU i/ �iIl� rl. Gr �� II I r/ >1 2 � II��%7 I � "gt, �+ p / t� irrt,v G/' 1101 - WJ Q /// Nj y %� Ally, 9l % m LU Of 17 / OF/ LO 18/11 a %r I r. LU f Voliri" o sloz/a/co:aaJVadn 0 - SaOwaS 6uuaaui5u3 1O ;uawyodea oae is'ei iii 0 ll SVX31 NV-1d 3115 a3SOd021d !9 qac a 3L! IISIHHO Snd800 }0 AlQ �a � ,tl . u MENOLb9L SVX31'liS18HO SndbQ3 0 W W a, f V 17 ONE IIVU� avoa a3n1a do sz�sMEN a S1NAINAAO MI-AHVdHinois3M ti NOLLdIN0530 AH - ON N017 NOUdIN0530 AH 3L�9 'ON N0151/3tl K (_C Z _ w PIN" c I O ' r 0 1,1 ! r „ 1{ r lir ez c t { �. a 4sm � _ u r V 01 ae /i ,✓ �i�ry�� JI z 4 r iii C 01, jai° � > LL w ! UfNI 00 20N p` VI LU Ir { 1 .Y OP 00 LU rn / p r Ji i it itis( Ma 11 �Jls �% , IT 11.1 iiia n !LU ! ! f / m oj a 0 i/ 36,G1 w Lo I / ; �/ / d � 4//{ /h / o //� / a { %i,, i% � / '� .r 1 /a��l 1 F !�Tf riffs{i a� %�� %/ ve J/ i, 1 W i i 41X co //% OW 'c.i U 9LOZ/1,L/f0:031VOdn O 0 saowas 6uuaaui6u3 jo ;uawpndap as���3aei ZO'll oae s d'ao SVX31 Wd 31Is a3sododd g IlSIdH,? S(IddoD do .UIQ gmom 0 OZ SVX31'I151P1Ho snddoo mom avow a3nia do azzs g a o v mol SMEN -LN M,,AO21dWl Al ]Vd Hine is3M NONdIMO90 J8 3Ltl0 'ON 1401— NOUdla0530 FH 3LM 'ON NOISIA3tl CK _Z 1 O 1 w ------------ fj /i %p // sir �// 41 r f oy L ///// zmg� %i i Al / w D% ' r � /%h//�, OP/1' //j U Hili, /LU j I ILL r I� 00LU 00 00 2 ///f / LU a ( il LL LID / LU g a / 1 401/% RoP „ lull 0 ��/IfJ ^•.+ii Vii,% e . %All LU rn r" . o s oz/a/co:aaivadn 0 saowaS 6uuaaut6u3 Jo ;uawpndap ZO'Zl e� ° �coe�svx3i ll r $dX31 NVId NOLLO3RJIG JNIOVdD IlSl8HO SnddOD 10 ADD mom w i r 3 g o m Olb8L b aSVY3U'LLSI?IHO snd?JOO o o �Im �!gr OVO3N?J dl SZL6 a S1N3W3n021MI Ji2ibdH1f1J1S3M ° NOI1dIN0530 a RVO 'ON NOISIMN NGUIUMO FH 3Ltl0 'ON NOISI/aN _ tt =g wz __ - mz ¢2 o aap _ 7� - > o _ r5 ow- 006 - 20 - a _ Lz_ __ w ao _ rye - �w6Nxmo wW � O �« o woo a BaaHE /j0,, g/// //0 0 w .. %;iiil rlr. ilii w , a wS Q EM LL 00 LU %/ `., u NO OP w IEEE 00 LO /k, �( L LU A/ P/I f ,5 /� ;�/' ✓r' �/ V LL LO LLJtr 'I / m „> / N 0, /;,,, Diol ✓ %,, LU 10, _2) U 9lOZ/1,1/£0:O31VOdf1 O 0 saoinuaS 6uuaaut6u3 Jo ;uawpndap ZO'El rn IlSIaHO SnddOD 10 ADD uvidlnonv� m poa w 3 - H ®m 01b8L SVY3U'IlSI?IHO snd?JOO o 3 Y Mmom EN �!gI OVOb a3N?J do SZL6 tzi "L S1N3W3n021MI Ji2ib'd Hine 1S3M ° NOUINO C a RVO 'ON NOISIMN NOLLdI MO FH 3Ltl0 'ON NOISI/aN \_OZ W _ p !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!l will!! = � zzz_zz__zzzzzzzzzzzzzzzzzzzzzzzzz�z� - F - s 0 ' O z oou, of of � u %D'% ' 'j ii/ 215, I Iiim 31 /ii d.. a.: I rr r, M, A/„ v D . G / ✓ % hie /M/ ;//;r�, , x %i- %' \ LL /Y00 e m, n w 41 , OP ''/ 'i / 00 LLI //k /v, LL �� %, f �i / %P' LO m /�' A% LU ; /�; l ork LO /%c O LU M UO b 9lOZ/ L/£0:031VUdn 0 saowaS 6uuaaut6u3 jo ;uawpndap 0�'Vl a o, sdx SV'X31 alna3HOS AJNv IV v � o IlSI8HO SnddOD 10 ADD g .6` m i33a�s mHvonvar�Hiaon�� mom O648L SHX31`IlSI?JHOSnd?JO0 Flo V EYC�( o °3 moil avow aaNa do szcs a �lll�lou S1N3W3/�O?JdWI >i?JbdH1f1�J1S3M ° NOIININO530 a RVO 'ON NOISIMN NGUIUMO a MW 'ON NOISMd w� o � ¢owQo Da a v V S � o y oL I lo F pia aw a W .yMY LL 00 V LUm LCL OP 00 LU o 00 r�7LU mo o LL �6 s - w �� oo hm}IlLOo m w s�o LU a« s s mLO s m a o s oz/a/co:aaivaan 0 saowag 6uuaaui6u3 jo ;uawpndap as�� 3aei 00'Sl oaes9ea3. SVX31 31IV13❑ g I1S18H,? snddoD do .UIQ g MOM SVX31'IlSIHo snddoo � � V mom avow d3nld do azzs g a Nov ;mold Smom -LN M,,A021dW1 Al ]Vd Hine 1S3M NONdIMO90 J8 3Ltl0 'ON N01- NOLLd1a0530 FH 3LM 'ON NOISIA3tl 75 E g 0000000000 o - 8 G P. 00 00 00 000 e Z 8 a, n. 3 � �ICi�a s o a - `u I' Iain z w Ji Ji rT Q o w m 3 II IIS,II d 9, IIr .� w IIII�I��III�I t. .r Ill.11�u � K� �o � s lillu�laulll'�:1 N .. ai4uII,I z xl uluill 0 ° 0000 N - LL as =e= LL r lillul'la�u� w z 8 s s 8 � III fl u) O & a z J h o Ir 000 O (2)(D °1-liulll ,li g Z O � U 000 00 O O N � LL00 N s i mo w I, o H L o OP �, LL 00 LU00 LU N Z LL O ¢ H l0 Q U N a � W x ¢ LU m . LU LU L0 ii ii fl Q Q U II II I m LU 11 � LL 0 O ¢ ~� ro > M U C I I I Z X A A5� O LU .e .z U e eo m � � Navas and . o o a3a NOILSN.�. 7 U O 9LOZ/bl/£0 Af1 31Vdd 0 saoinuaS 6uuaaut6u3 jo ;uawpndap 60'51 SV'X31 oda„,„rao„ 11SIdHO SnddOD dO ADD SlIV130 � g ®� 0148L Sh'X3U'LLSI?IHO snd?JOO Flo Im mom II G II avow aanla do sus U a �ill�loil S1N3W3/�021dIAl-AdVd Hine 1S3M v NOIININ0530 a RVO 'ON NOISIMN NOUIUMO FH 3Ltl0 'ON NOISI/aN S LU co md4 E. _ HE 5 In ML xUM 3 o w _ _ U ( 3 p m 3�NpL 0 x 0000 Y Oz O B O O Z Y 0 00 coo Q a ¢ LU az W m (11 U o 0r Wm fi'4^,ar�^tlr fir"�i,llf II - why "III www m N >�fiM�Mt°�1�”I�d rIi 111 ¢ �s� I Ira�d Illllllll z O~ ,;rflmMhld�a�7ar"Irfr Illllllllll l.. O III III O a �'rfi '!dr"' Illllllllllllll..� °� � „ "Illlllll.i m s £r .ldm,n ¢ w 7' w iII w x v ? rF v C) I z z � .III U m ,IIII Ile�� lllllllll � � e •. ,l lu II II;'y.11 111 111,� ,I:�ullul z r.Gs Y 3 :a H k 3 o � w� z LL a a M w =o� x a I gz�wyrc o_ 4x w ZD a �ryz � <- � -�. oai �o o! z�� w RN J 4 0 v n . ems J� wp LL Il- N 00 N U LU 6o 1b, Y C) \ 00 a 00 r T W �'�p ly d olr a < 00 I n i II LU I l ' 7 Iqs r ' sp s LL 6 16 I? I ° soe LO m sB W m cli I' algia LO oc o NIN w � mFp F Z J O 0 W m = ¢ = Co i= _LM o 9[Oz/r[/20:O31VOdn 0 ,� » w_�, \ / : /Vx-L m, : _ ° ¥ : � 3I2� sJ a @ %Q ;! \ ! \ { ( /{ mom mom : ® \' � )) v y ,« e sNgAgn�mG �vd�nei� }) \ � ( \ / \ { Des ) w s zi 3j z \ \ \ ` 01. \ ] LU / / LU m - $ $ } § / \_ ` § - _1 / ] { _ ) j / / ;OZ/11 :(]31VUdn 0 saoinuag 6uuaaut6u3 jo ;uawpndap £0'Sl rn 11 � S11d21OJ 10 lllD s zs3w)aunoa0nvid IlSIaH ooa m 3 OEM 0148¢SVYX U'LLSI?IHn Snd?100 Flo o ®� II I avow aaNa do szcs Im a "° " �!ili��° S1N3W3n021dNI-AdVdHine 1S3M ° NOUINOSSO a RVG 'ON NOISIMN NOUIUMO FH 3Ltl0 'ON NOISI/aN m t g� z O J N U)O ¢_ n K K K K Q I'I x W N LJ m J- U) z y o0 O x _ - a@Ln m o 0 w N iMi J 8 CAR: N Q v U o N U o i m p 0 JE _ OO _ FO o E E 2Lj 0' O m U IL`- Z _ 11 lr W=r7 v.Y °��'¢'G ° •- UQO> >.�yU mom QN �E N y q o E v o m ¢ 3 0 4 K - _ aoo El E.3 JO m Q ih U� Q°o W W - U)of IWO�' CC y'E E m a ury Z Z w� �J I- W m O W� N O w� O ZO H LL C W 00 Qe N U 00 rn T o w a U Y~ G O W O OP JN o.d u' 00 n_°' U U W N C7 2w 0 00 T�am�6 0U CO U�i M LLILLD V LD _t N ....................... LU E 00 o E z N � >a 0 ow o_ J > N y H 3 w qll �< 0 (C7 n� o .I LLo -a z o's_ D O C W a _2 cn o 9[0Z/I,[/2D:a31vadn 0 saowaS 6uuaaut6u3 Jo ;uawpndap VO'Sl SVX31 IlSIdH,? UI SnddO� d0 . D SJNIMS g -� m ®m Olb8L svX3i lisl?JHO Snd?JOO Fl o �./u n �/H ®� II II avow r:GAl J do szcs '�� a �ill�loli S1N3W3A021MI-AdVd Hine 1S3M ° v NOI1dINO530 a RVO 'ON NOISIMN NGUIUMO a MW 'ON NOISMd O ril _�ZO Q a � y 0 N 4 E 42 4 U o o ¢ 0 0 F F 0,E c E E __ Eod vE �v I 9GgE 5 --22`S TE�o Q= 30 I mw� I m ISI m m HEEe 'n �QurG N II 1 as K a e I I Y Y 1 I I U O w 1 I I d d Zvtn mpo��o N O O - II 1 I I I li U C LL W N U r � 00 li adrodd m 3 O N o o - x CL U g LU 6 m m Z5 0000 � CJS�U�I— I I I ; I I LU O o" LL LL uW Q m m o, N (y) w LU �m� V m .........................................................................................................._. MI. IoaE w U) Lo a!.-.) CMI '�i,m W > Z LU Cl) C LAel 7 O 9lOZ/bl/£OOf1 31VOd 0 saopuaS 5uuaaui5u3 ;o ;uawpodao °>� �coe�svx3i50 5l s o n SV X31 Svvlaa wooals3a 11SINH� SnddOD d0 AIIJ � 3 mom 01Y8L SVX31`LLSIJHO snd?ioo :IT1VH Em mom JIv aVOb?J3Na dl SZL6 Nz a h10�IIu�l01! S1NEINEIA ?JdWI-AdVd Hine 1S3M W ° NOUIN0530 - RVO 'ON NOISIMd 1 4011dI MO a tl0 'ON NOISMd OL{SL 'Xi 'I1SI8H0 Snd2(00 N21dd H1f10 1S3M NVId HO d �roae -A4Z l28.1 vaon vN NO d Ns �minnn u�+d 1 w / \ °0 Jl I 0 o I � I I I 1 LJ r o i v a a # \ 8 CO � x i I •O •� I � — .Z�4 -.l •� I `\� 5^. A I J LL o ro 00 .BIL l-.£� ''-Iz Q��•+ �x i.. (Y C) LL 08LU \ - � I 'yam 0 a ----------------------- OP 00 01 00 .Ot-.0 .9-.Yt (l1VM) W .9-,LL(3008) LU I?LL ILD N)� 63fia d INLU ate - g L , 00 80 O L0 Sys LU EoF S= o Q 1 LU LU LU C _U7 cn 7 UO 9lOZ/1,1/£0:O314dn saopuaS 5uuaaui5u3 ;o ;uawpodap 4., SYX31°>� �coe�svx3i90 5l s o ry 11SINH0 Snd2100 10 ,1110mom svvlaa wooals3a 0lb9L SVX31'LLSIJHO snd?JOO :IT1VH Em mom JIv OVOb?J3Na dl SZL6 Nz a o :10�u�101! S1NEINEIA JdHI-AdVd Hine 1S3M W ° v NOUIN0530 - RVO -ON NOISIMd 1 4011dI MO a tl0 'ON NOISMd g9 0lb9L 'Xl 'IlSRIHO S(1di10� Mj �' � N21Vd H1f1J LS3M SNOIlbA3� ® � O ;uaroaa - d(IZ I£8�,3oow va NOIIJI iaNs _ Z LL � O 8 Q t w w J WLi b w Li o F— W cr Cr �21 ti i LL00 f �ni ' N C) rn z LUCD vw = 00 .. . �® 00 ---- -----'--=--1 w LU - - o :' — -- -- --- Z O r 00 LU — w �zoma a zz LL N aim s .® MILD w w LU mCE8 O . gr6LU Lou LLJ LU C _M U) 7 UO 9IOZ/1,1/£0:O314dn saowaS 6uuaaut6u3 Jo ;uawpndao W91 rn N e ¢ 33a�s vnHNnn ar�Hiaon,r 11SIdH0 SnddOD d0 ADD S310N'B Ntlld V321V NOIlV012iiil g a e ° i a g -� mmom �'p ������V,I mom Olb8L Sh'X31 isl?IHO snd?J00 mom ��� � OVOb a3N?J dl SZL6 3W3n02idWl >i?JbdH1f1J1S3M S1N ° NOI1dINO530 a RVO 'ON NOISIMN NGUIUMO a MW 'ON NOISMd nrnm - 3�m n` our ewe - o \-o 8n wV � _ zPH a - F - OZ 21 ego �a= 2t 5 go ��l 77 ao = y , LL .......... ri ................ ° e, :......... °> .� . LL .......... .. a r e ., r 00 c �..... LU \ ............. 1 ::'::'::':::::':: p ............. 00yj%'1 • ............. 00 LU 00 --------------- v,1.'.... l �W, ........ LU LL \ � ...:.::�::: ............. v �� � �/�O ' W i,, U. i , �"h // ���FLO �.._ �� �en t ....................... LO ... ..... w ............................. m o " Q1 LU � I U• ..._ ....... ,,, \ 2 7 UO 9lOZ/bl/£O:O31VUdn 0 _ sao!n aS 5uuaaui5u3 {o 7uawpoda4 SVX31 3 I1S18HD snddOO !O A113 1I�10)3310N tl23N3J s ■®■ 148 OL SVX31 IlSIiiH3 Sfld2i0D - V H ■■■ I avow a3nia do 9zz6MEN a �o� S1NDNIAOddWl 112ibd H1nJ 1S3M NOLLdItl090 M 31W "ON N06N3tl NOI1dR1090 A9 319 "ON N0151/atl >to w ��Sobvi� F pom -o6ow �o$gbagm os�\°��<� ss o &i O ° �$ U oz�NgN�� (n so8p�sa b ��yrmy 3¢ gid 52 o lo glow zo zo M M-z. Fp FU ci d m 0 w m �j o w o " '�8 __ _�= w e =m stee p s T p m w- E� NF ism w z om�< €� _; $ ° =Y3 o; LL = z o z Z GGoo �U s o� 8 w€ S 3p�, �;' w3 � N �N ug sW o3m= emk°'a x� a G u� 9 gig" =s3ww €< �� � gyp" �wg €� �- �'� _ ° zszo a �6 w x . i 8= w=-oj m ew~ w < w Z �a �28i €p Src z� w � w� o Vl ow w^ w Yi m `9zw �{ ,do w��3 u- &m V) ��zorc €8 a� O ~zm w 3 W� U LL w mea zawU� Www eo � w. z 3 oo m� _' � w N _ Via= ___mo w w� oI �� mo € o� F� o m N Z � _w ws z 5 a' wLLI ' go ew �a ;�~ Nz n,m ° �� w s ° �� oAm9 iso E 1. a$ w . w - ° l 5� CD z 8 lo 00 LLJ < m ° o w i. ° x _ -. [O < m Is o r� < m o Q6 < m o 6 00 w 00 T9CD z ! e m e . w mR 1 �d=,' a€ d ew w w ww � N ag !o a s �m o; No aN - =a2 w6 6 sm <� wm m w o =�&o w�� as oW =o z. °;_ w= LL Asa ami m w . w w & s €o _ €Y w ma w ewo �- & as 0£3g> d bB� a w a o pa��zam ~WwWW6 0 & w3 mho§ o� °g =� o=ao3€ a �8= dmoo" owm go oa _ m �� mm Quo p3ep ` § _�; WWw4Gamw >o >H & oo oB 5N m w 4° �= g o� ?pm o = aw m pws ea o N pGQ6�s a LO . �i ��w a� o am S m8w8 = SAN € fooU �zzN zz3 &p z(q° . r- �� z > W-$ ofd €m �� I$. pp €~�� w6 oow rc -W z $Krc V1 J� V Fi �WFU � Y ao ��m Sw s� ..�o< �'^ p In F w���o � �pS° �z W a Z w-. mow No o xiJ`z 0 3 ms m F a �Q w" o _ N a & � o � a w dam 0 Z o w 3 5 �-z- ; a� �o _&� �m mm � � G ��� < �� '; ' z�6 '- � maw a W € �e aw so =� n eme �Q m � €t ��� <= as w a i= m `'o 8. ° > o w �� Gg Fw iLL 8"s w ari = y8� m $z _ �� wL � Ro w Z �<� o � as a �� �_ �e �a ; fin n 3��� � VSs 3 _ o p s s R= Ld M C� a N a r; a of ° o w 1 6 _ v a m w o U) L) U p .smvoaa�"w�0gm ��P,�s�v�. H tsaoiruaS 5uuaaui5u3 {o 7uewpoda4 E G � SVX31 o'zo E'1 I1SI8HO sncfdoo }o Alli Nb dNOIlI OW30 Vs 5. WM,E 01482 Sb'Xmom 31'IlSIaHO Sflda00 o ,n MEN W MEN aV0?J`J3AI21 df1 9ZL6 d ' S1NDNEIAOddNI 11 Vd Hine isTA NOLLdItl0530 AH 31b➢ ON N017 NOI1dItl0530 A9 3LY0 "ON NOI-8 I i . a Sb���8yp ,! r33g� a IMM 55 S ccYi2 Q yj a AA A II Q Q Y ASS# LU 111 " IIAoAA0:4 F��p� / w v �k n o W w �e o o law 0 a r y �a % t y • �� w1� r M t1 �� fI��1U�IIy.1hYl W,N� x, o // ¢ w R ✓ a �r aJ LL Q ONO /9"1 LUw CD OP 00 j 1.11 r'�irr� lff� / k ! `I 1 q / 4>{ �( �� 07 :ur 1 (E 00 '"' l moo c t� f /G ✓ CO { .r,+ �� 5, il `� r LU do/ / r 4 /v i iii✓ r / Y Aw LL LO LU !rte g LO j AN.,FRI r�*. / I t t t t � r O ✓ rr ,, LU s� C/) L) U O I _ sao!n aS 5uuaaui5u3 {o 7uewpoda4 E � SVX31 3NVId 102i1N00 NOISN3WI❑ usiaHD sndaoO JO ADD $ N MEN O148L SVX31 IlSIiiHO Sfld2i00 ■MEN ■■ GVOa a3nla do 9zz6 a e S1NDNIAOddWl 112ibd H1ne 1S3M � NOLLdItl090 M 31W "ON N06N3tl NOI1dR1090 A9 319 "ON N0151/atl II II�rII WWIIWW z o cz __ f� = Ja ^zt 8 2 4�o�w 8a � 5oa� A'n '.s€€ ❑ u qy r Nr�r w� mr kE IMF 22 7 LL 00 O)CD °er LUfv o 9 o�TO 00 LU 00 Q LU LL LO N . N ... 00 LU LOe cn a z_R T ap rn moo U I _ sao!n ag 5uuaaui5u3 {o 7uawpoda4 E � SVX31 3NVId JNIOV2iJ usiaHD sndaoO JO ADD , $ N MEN O148L SVX31 IlSIiiHO Sfld2i0D o �° ■MEN ■■ avoa a3nla do 9zz6 a e ~ r S1NDNEIAOddWl 112ibd H1no 1S3M � NOLLdItl090 M 31W "ON N06N3tl NOI1dR1090 A9 319 "ON N0151/atl 2. i jmSGS a g 8 MH Me q Q sII U k� n �a� t S £ Fp}F w W. wa — a ., vim Ip Asa Q o H -62 � � s 7" Mdo.mw°pa 6 H. a ° III ssg 81 3$ �33g w °, I N (k1,�. f 4�n4Wv — ,— fl NIN / !e x I u. x LL °N° Wf / J a W J Z CD 2 OP I \ W LU / z CE I CD r7 W w% .. m a a o r' cv YY1 fl��LU x LL 'LLa LO LU x 00 LO LU 1 n9 a ° LL mso 7 U I sao!n ag 6uuaaui6u3 {o 7uawpoda0 SVX31 zo'v0 g ¢n3� 31VN?J311V-NVId ONIOV?JO OI1SIdHO SnddOO !O ALIO Nil E MEN g 1,"faOML SVX3U'USIHHO sndHODmom N ,n t' OVO?l a3AI2J do 9Zz6 `" S1N3W3/�02idWl 112ibd Hine 1S3M NOLLdItl090 M 31W "ON NOF7 NOLLd.— A9 1Y➢ "ON NOR— wWM I ���a'm Wi ° m .. ry w w.. .� .. 2r, z w �_ e x I 'G" Lu W LU U z x �Il�r�l J Jlr a� 4� w /n z� MO. f)J 0 p_ 0 w \ f ' -–----–---2. ...rte; YHB £a O oe W- w. \' =o ¢ i a , w l� 0 °✓ `� ___________ =z�s LL 00 a I I oLL 00 ¢ � .;`x�. ry7fl 'tr - ,/� .� �� r 2 a z¢ OC) IL ww z rf?cvrt = ,'P ¢o o °° IL z / w wz�� \ as �¢wJ e Y " m. g �Z0' mow LU / CV w w.LL F n t I? L J ( w LO 0 W m t / / a�-' � / LO N i z m O m 0 —— / LU _2) U I sao!n aS 6uuaaui6u3 {o 7uawpoda4 SVX31 I1S121HD S/1d210O }a A113 SlIV13O OJVONV1S NIVM3OIS(INV?:oi-L o'aino 0000MEN c y i A=A a N g 1'ffaOML SVX31'LLSIiHO sndHODmom 0 °° MENOVO?l a3AI2J do 9Zz6 N y W iw„ .p O'1 §N � 8 S1NDNIAOddWl-11 Vd Hine 1S3M NOLLdItl090 M 31W ON N06N3N N.U.— AS 31Y➢ "ON NOR— �rWw (TMSN,Q 91NVA Hlf11M w$g 9 _` �W StiaJ o; .l. �o l m: ZY So J. z d; = U LU 8 h a ~3 3 M 8 wh LL. Z � UoV� xew J NS .94�ltlfISO).Bl � NIS- �� a - )I1tlM3105,S w. �O8 Zpa S� Citi d x Zf�H �d�n w 4 9 rc�z Q F V W Z u, G a'z � � u ?Z FWy HLU W. % o W W Q LL imp I- I y!Ij - R *' WC U 60 � p za Ca!V w= o LU W ; LCL w/ Z OP z 00 LU J 00 0 M Wggg�g� 'a sk J V LU 8pzw w W W "2 y N 066 HE �Z N LL a $any J O LU LO U)V 6 d LU 03 VV N LO W I- Z N O O N C W _M cn U sao!n aS 6uuaaui6u3 {o 7uawpoda4 SVX31 o'so o i x a OXRZ3 I, 31VNd317V-NVld 2i31VM315VM(INV 2i31VM usiaH� sndao� �� A1�3 g 1 ff a MEN OML SVX3li liSIHHO sndHO0 GVO?l a IAI2J do 9Zz6 0 MEN a S1N3W3/�02idWl 112ibd Hine 1S3M NOLLdItl090 M 31W "ON N06N3N NOI1dR1090 A91 "ON NOR— o 2 kv° ell q 0 ° LL ul O F Q G w a � s waw t c, 4 3` m w N.w ....- LL a ° .. z ° w r o.. a . I J t �o .......... ... . 0 �y10z � m s, V ~Q - LLowrc .,v„ Owzw ottz '9S 4 ma "•" m y} w _oM=mos Tm°oe w„ Eo I `LL` ff C„ t 9 FU a w s / E • r °m 4m° \ m / t ', h % Y x� m ¢mu 0 / 4 a F F mow ....,... I s �m 00 kkll / F } m f V F f m t LU F f / f �i C) OP 00 r` Y` o , p o w LULL 00 cc rn / m m F LU LL I? LO LU 00 LO AI r, "C ji}�•�t�i _ _ "" / r l �r�/. /f�Ff/ / y y y}rr ;,I} i i", �w !,. w / ei LU U 0 I sao!n ag 5uuaaui5u3 {o 7uawpoda4 SVX31 zo'so }p ADD (£�O 0 31VNd317V-SIIVI3O dDiVM31SVM(INV dDiVM c IlSIdHD SnddO Nil EMENN mom OMLSvx31'liSldH3sndHOD ®� GVOb a3nla do szzs a g ti oS1NDNEIAOddWl-MVd Hine 1S3M NOLLdI— M 31W ON N06N3a N.U.— I 1 "ON NOR— �a�a'm' Umn - i'2 wLL� S'd s mN - 0 0 0 xm oa3o aQceG � oo oa3a <, a o air,; �'a m o� m o 0 �t3o�b o 5 a - 0 3° >w N� LLs 3'� oa >«rc ^W z ceoo P tco- ��~ - _ a ?3? 03 YQd �� � �� N W z a W d p 5 0 - U^ �F-i�rc MO3� �LLmm�a Nrc gaea± mm 2� �anfs goo 'm mili m jg a zF M�"Nya X24 aVi=p ��- _ 6azz� wowo m a�<m a�oa��owa_d� Q LLW>�m� w ce m zm o �LUjo.w is �3 �<Y r Q J��oo�zm oQ �� o�Nooi� �m LSa w��o ww �� U) m u �ao�ma�� �� oo mo�wae Sm All Z O a •o`�=mo�� �� wo �o�����m�o oY mx �s,d =off J w z f m�o�N� a Vi ��aw-moi"^ zi W _ W s« wt5t5�«mo�� zw F- d d �< Q 7i O 83 mea m � w D z \� Y�m cn �<mIr s3lavn Q O W LL a ci E [Elm= w"N oMa J Q m v,.'ao v u*�?1 raar r,W a�rn N y. J i o..A= oma o� .. w H - z w rrW>' iv Wc 00:< NOrn E n m� W. ply \ a m Ew 5F W w Wy Q w " -m w N�' g pr Y Z < [3 Z d �wz �o _ 6z�\ v�z. d LS �zz oo as t'00z-z6F az m \gym F C.wy m �o� o� - ZS" i 364 a < o m m \� �Oz mw z„ Sm <LL�a O S - (S w 03nVdNN) o V Y I-Z 3IHV1 33S IIIJNOV IVNIJ mm z n E'-Ao' N Z gLLgo� Za� a OF J 30 U WgoNz < m& a m cl: z. (n LL z 3gNao -ES Oti N O �m�€w 6 �o •' m .I F- CC 1 w yam = - OD Z O g o a, is tea : JF O e z m N w Q 6" � f � zCD d O d s m U W '.69. ff ::mM om mm! Q H a p o � w p O OP60o Q LU � mim00 e � .;. e o w J &i „_fp' Z �¢ g o w zo m ��N<�� � z � m= N s cf) LL J U wom � �o N d a Ngo rZn: V V Q `3 Z `"`F-wu � i s J d z ILW qw LL `N wmb sao F F U I� o W D .m cl oHc J W O _ :Nam U N w m LU ego o mN a s m U Qeearw rw we �°� uv`"oaaw, w �>� is�v.� I sao)n.+ag 6uua9u)6u3 {o 7uewpoda4 " SdX31 £o'ao W g }p A11� (£=10 Z)31VNd1 li7V-SlIV13O 8i UVM3USVM(INV 81 UVM c \ USIdHD SnddO s MEN MMsvx31'ILSIaHosndaoo avob a3nla do szzs a g ti o S1N3W3/�02idWl 11 Vd H1nE)1S3M NOLLdItl090 M 31W ON No.=- Tl--- o. N.U.- lot OI1dR1090 A9 1Y➢ "ON N0151/atl 8 oR Q a ow $ W 41 rsb ' o yy�' 888R,lo,! $$ W a s ;yW x" u IN �. (LV Aw a3aNn 3dld.1) y. m � W CsN✓w x3sJ s3wun Hld3v � � \\ o °�� � WV �,�� NQg � � hQ at Mh s 2 'a N. Is a ti 4 W I VVII I� V o W° rc II o Ins� a `8 WL 3m tm�. �& lip I I e z C W $ Is J Io mu II 4 ��W o�� I S y _ LL00 m w a o `mN qq y 'v trytr y rl- o�o U S W W Qv CNS-o�mWO Wy ycE k;� C) W >Co �2Q =S snails ��� = INKI His my' oak pti <�� ;SW C stn= qq eggs 'YE 6sp q JO ti =� L� O a� g �3 dW� k' II om mo=o mW y 3z INN a ��' W m K � 2 �}w y� w OWE a mmm x3 $>1 p pp �� pZ INN � is J W ¢ 2J 1�u� U1� W¢ W onto ° t 4 2n W ZU WW 2 m �m WW? Wm m 2 tW j9t~ wi X04 mm (moim 3m 2 00 � Zti '°W rc�q�o ��3 a ��m yyam�m� 4p�� him rc 2qm y 5 m c 2 W U Q� yW1N 2 3UO Jet OyWy U W W g~U h ?2 2 N IIII Oma O 3 ym ruU 33 t R ¢ Q t oW MR 2x�T 2 2 3 y y 2 y_ m ° + u ti W Cal - t o L 2 N E W d 0 1H - O W y 2 2 z U PIT T r3 m W 2 was W m Poll to l l ° C, a Pi N U 4 0 [`'7 Wc m top 2jW -34WU ¢ ~o yRWS 22m 2mGI W" lit, H -� U G �ey� pQ W2 pp2�0I,� 3O mxow y ym�" r��CnnyylWl�� ��nnvv�� cxro � m w �Q W= W�W 22C0 ><W y MIR � a � J J t y Zm WZ oom �mi� yc��yl � iZ6 � g3° k��W >to ? mg,mN �� oW Z ��y m a N m j by g 0staff J3 W W o o�3 W �Q WW— x^21, � ql�» WZ �° y WkN o zso was got a y. m �" �' y Q In s �m�&o W� a�$ xz �a� o3�Q io�e SIR o .01 e � o = n w �l W mm K WF�. k° VIER o� Z U� UCe ria~ NN� 2 P"M C91�¢ 4� � VIW2 mti�Q 23s W � Y €91. Y IIK �e cep �u yy g CSI �Tn v 2W 2 R"logo yyUo v~j.J� y3y Wh1 e2 A-W my W=U W 1 Vo W $=2 a e=G UO Iff, oo!yµ!y�$ pO=g- z�WO�� W2�4 ym� > 2O �� 2 y y W m m y� 3� t laaOot yKKK�>�a of, OfOlip 6GUoyo IT °CK� e e�yo M W1 god if Celt] �R W? W m0 y C�i2 �+�� ��Wo2�3 Ul�mNpy R2 W2m4 22 moto 2ma JN 11 3Qp Q \ W W 14l 4l NW�o�e �y2?W�>yymyyy� y W� a o W Z_ -51 m�W jo�o 2�2 2 <Y m� O mS W �� O SF YIZ by y� two? N2 Ny All � ZO OWUpm W =m<Oa; Q� �W �Y m y W QU 2 2 rc n33 m Zig¢ u_ 2- 22 � � y e GK< W g WC;� � OQJ�W W WGA ssQ S� ss Wi W wo2 yb i xmgW3W2 �� O 3 Zgm gg �Zxo o > ! V5� do H =R damya, Z 2 Oolo 6� 2� 2m j p2o &�o Om p� U4y, S �cmi 5 ' aBASS `�3'3¢ e3 am Q � of sC�'oe < 'J' a�g JZ <~w too KekW ~ d ete�So a& ',eim ox 34� u V3 2 4 30 (n y W U Qcrow.rm ore �v z"oaow, w �>� is�v.� I sao)n.{ag 5uuaaui5u3 {o 7uawpoda4 " SVX31 170'93 g y$ ,$§ 3 ;I I, }p ADD (£0=1£)31VNd317V-SIIV13O dDiVM31SVM ONV dDiVM g IlSIdHD SnddO Nil EMENN mom 01179L SVX31'IlSldH3 sndHOD r° ®� GVOb a3nla do 9zz6 a g ti oS1NDNEIAOddWl-11 Vd Hine 1S3M NOLLdItl090 M 31W "ON NOF7 N.U.— A9 1Y➢ "ON NOR— „LF/S{Z ('dAL)b3JUl9 S 6N/p ..LF/LL JO M1V1L09 OL.,0—.> I la y X yy W � �2 WO W 1014 0. € N5 2 2 y ry� g g NS G� Q �Iffi§6� 0 milt s eE Y�, �p �� W ggggy � < No W 2K 1 V RR ,,1 4 q LL 00 < o o — Q C) o � ,zTcl _ LU CD s IT LL 3 3 w9I n J 00LO 00 CQ k W ti W o 0� � m 2 Lo W 4 0 0 - Q w cn d gl U 0 crow.rm ore �`v`"oaow, w >� is�v. I saoiruaS 6uua9ui6u3 {o 7uewpoda(7 � LO 9O SVX31 T g , 3 US18HD snddOO !O A113 (dnDMS)dVn VAHV 3`JVNIVHG`JNIlSIX3 $ N g1'ff a ; y1 y1 mmSVX31'I1SIiiHo Sfld2i0� o �° I' � f mom•' •' 4VC}J a3n12J do 9Zz6 d qS1NDNEIAOddnl 112ibd H1f1J 1S3M 3i G N NOLLdItl090 =7 1 ON NOEFII_ NOLLd.— 7 1 — 1"ON NOR— hugs a w v ! � 6 9�pzes oil z-SNS,�w o- K J'`fy � � r Fr T!'//Y rf f £ f F F✓!/rl r � 7 /' 8 :1 �% � / � _ r Arr it✓✓r % 'f r`rrr Mr J r i✓ ! e°`��."rr �f�'`�.✓r/r4 r '�P„r�r�*iFrrr�r�j''r` rf s�,re.ey. r ���r+` � �f � r � � � �� "�b a�� y��!U �i,o r^� E..�e°rr r, I r rFi rrrrr 1 rt r i 9 rr 1 1 i rli`✓FCre P .rrr sr�r!///.✓ �j f F tC rf '� /// v' d d ,?sr�b�t ! rrrrr rrrrr rr %%� ! / r/✓u si f r // 1 �� r'r Fr t j f✓rr` i i '` ,.nr�iiif�rj�rr � ti f �l.,,s�L.ia�11,6r.. p,r,:. 4� A �r✓(g// � !✓.✓1 f!�✓!/f! z /i� f t t � T-°'�tF �pFlfi/A✓ + G/� ✓r,r✓rrr✓[ r '✓ �:' i 6 �^,. I i -{ i t /%%rr�Jef t �..- r+`rr t rr✓Trr jr ,r€ �' rm �` `Il yt /pgrlrr rTi i�%P tr f`yrr%'i!%FW;,`f Uma E �t I ""'� ,. r 1 ✓r�SIM ryA��lyr/�f n✓y�r lA rr/l✓r 2.y u ` r W W CJ O / , t Ai rht ✓isrrry t: ��'wljtrrrervr „ 1 �u` °F T 1 c p /rF/Gl/CI i; ^J ✓l{rI/!/d✓! X. < '� Q Q P 'v c �rrrvt✓ ,T r�' t trr,.rFt r p ,! 1 a ,� M z ao r d ��'✓rrr ¢ � �trrirrFrr} �r, 're c 1 Q �" � '`'� rrr s d u �-' t r`� fl /%f(Y/t 1t "✓ +r!%6(`�r rrf✓r!✓`/` .rr�l�r q / ✓r't lr! ri t Zi v {.sl f f t �' 'rn✓ilErrrrr`lir✓I wy, ^'�.y ��tt5 \ t.'i✓+ar rl/r(✓1✓✓0j r � IV /' � � t 4: ✓p.r(Al6(!(��✓rdl .,.,,, !l✓J t t C 5 1 dM' art 111, Su;k frf��rN{�rS Of Y i r� iir$rrrrigre sly�'��/; �t v i r t a'`: v ✓ r° ,,� d r t w „��'�e ;.. �r �r rrr e ✓ 'u ,`, ;, u ,2a y� r Ai.. r t j �/��,51{ // r`frr(✓/(/l F/lY A \\ '� // ..}✓rrArgil✓Y✓CKJ "fl 1((rF'P`rl�r " �y`S ` . �� aA"Poh '� \° 11 g,., l i ��P'/,�t✓,, ,a a r°rdrrrrg`rrt r' d i r r ��� �4� �l 3 ✓ E'dp A '� t r,rrtrgeritrrrrrri I �, r rr' 1✓4rFrl�FJA�r¢rrl � A ..c 41 C✓ r dr 4 � „/ It AJ � �,l t S/ i V � ' �r 1 A rP'tril�i�fr✓p t ,. w�u, W yl P rrrr r I ,4 rzr; mom rd�t , V ,, �.. rr... a r r rtr'`rlm " Y �6 =� I.,i rrr rl�itr f r �"i' r''�r r� u p w ✓'`� ✓ .r -- ` .r- _` s r e u .1 �%� +ti. ' PI t k P 4 �A r�X �ffllP tIf[`t�� f �✓� rP Al'Y,IFJ/p /, M ,J//i, FV�X��4 l'' N � ✓ 4 4✓p Irl�� �1S t f r f rr/ h,�,a,frr✓ r4€(N!Y ("a..,. .� C'.I�y``�'t1 ,�4 �f i Y'` J ,,!// €Y/ U /r 5 v r1 stiv"h'IrEtt t r r °e �✓ r �''`rti (JV�,,',S 1411 { f1lf, '4 ,. 07 �flrAir[6r(C4fiGNrN(R -, "u, �N'! ltlik�k'y5 lF....i, p✓ � �: Jl F `te. C:1 /qs dpi rrt r�r6r LL r ;, t� bttllf if rr Plt t �tE't t� r s rn r f /A r ✓r / !r 1 r rr 00 ' I t � i4 gP1rIi1'l illr�, A tiE 4 I ¢ L ✓✓r�M '� she,.. d'�6 ar` rri`r I "'✓; �Fm s... t OVA` ,r U/ E ✓G A/riirf(r1J` IL��P 6I&l5ttf�( '✓irrj tt ` 4 �' � l/f" 00 I+re Q 3 Ip, ✓d!s«f fr ✓! tStt tS' r1 f 1 t )r "�� /✓i r, ^..Fy�„j; 'r/A`' UJ t '�lil\lpk/�'+1rtlt... / 't.,�.g,.\ A✓Y r �(1pr !/1l✓%, << f Ce k4 1 ,'. .(- A g (t1 k'/'/r p.. w rx✓i d' w\l�ViBNCk Y( k \FX 4°'l ✓ ltr r�/" k Ih/r}tlt l�(�1 Gf" 1 W ° t r r 1 i f 0� �',�4 t t I r r 1Fr t6 r lkr4,a nl b � �✓ r /r � r1 t W kkt�, ,; 4q rrrF',``r . yJ/ �'Xll�V4aS„cl r, � F✓y"" lrrrl frel//l�✓f f l�,t\v,p@�✓�*�t r I t 11`r 8 �✓� r/"� ,� /r r/J PE rrJr! MomrrFrr `„- s „r yryy" I ✓ ✓i"� F t r 11 t ✓ r✓':f: �' r�/jVIEW,: '�A^" aw r�kTi ,.✓ 1p,Illi rr l t r r✓ r rf Yr t PIF SE�Stk illtkl`1' `'w ✓ r lrr.^ r �� � i �� w'ti r ✓ ✓!%l rl Al `!r's✓,w/ LL Fr r Z 111 r,"' Js r r.r rrrr'�rr trr!r�rr✓y LL z w rl ivv viivv�i ty s �` r r ✓ aG�r t j rrr rrr r rr rr° U E '�. ✓'Ytt t ltt`i�1A.¢t1',Wi ,.r r 1 ✓r /' i '"`'"s rt `p F rFfi tr✓ r''d; .a, vi, vatv�v v s r7 s✓/rr✓`rA' 'r �1. P'yk // r- ro ri r r'ir✓'' k'f Yy Z UJ .~ �'/.. 45 \�7✓```` " .�j 71+r✓F/�✓i^v i r7� "i�: rr Ill F� ✓lr llff //l!r( ���� W. /'"✓� <i r r `;r,� , LU :, ,H Y rip vvv ,� -"��U rr s�r� rsrr/✓�6a' " r ✓/,d: ,5, r al/ .. rF _ Irr.r f rsn r �,a �„ �� vvt ,v. 4 _ rt rsaryrir`°r°✓; "r stir / '` ', �I rrr vf r'rr✓,��r r r✓ m rs t4 v k a r t rrrr rtr - r. ,,rrr r t i W H Xsgk d €~ ` /F / �'�(�lrs/rfs%r✓`rrF FPr✓ v �� ,r! rr/,r v�✓ J„P t rl 4,e (V "� �. kryk45 p "G "� r r 1 �✓ pf got rll;r r •``'e E!,ir pt f s ✓ /'p_F rf / � f, '•` E St4¢ M \ }I F Gg1"f ll�!j r! ✓l Y �.. `:fL\.� ?INV r kXp,,' �. l I eft FElkri QhArf✓ill l!✓C t �.!5, k�, t r'. k j r 'p b r,rf b �..kip }r1 r� D rS �a4 E tltll4Etgl r GlllbvVlk v i Cl k1” a rwt �`vit�v"v`Non1`r lilt %/ r rtirrl ✓rrrrrr'; �rar rr >_ tr 6 ` k "`p+✓"�a 4, i', �/ t 11t r"ii,�4vvxt�t� 4��i*.'��x4vv,, ^} �Fn i`�,r✓� rr r � hy✓y +A�.J,}4 kl5k/F1 uW H i< ..��'. � l(¢ y 4\x�\l���`k4 kY"'q t,l` tY`ftF}416 M1.w +. fA?JF,� �_`y�wv . U I saoiruaS 6uuaaui6u3 {o 7uewpoda4 I ZO 9O o T A 3 US18H0 sndd00 !O A110 (dWOMS)dVW V3bV 3JVNIVb0 03SOdONd Z f sO m SVX31'LLS@ o snd2i00 GV0}J a3n12J do 9ZL6 S1N3VY]A0ddWl 112ibd H1f1J 1S3M NOLLdItlO9O =7 ON NOEFII_ NOI1d.— 7 1 1"ON NOR— mat ° g_ C.0 m 4 a a _ w l UL 0 wLL.p WPI k V .rs r,aj Fr'rr. rr/If°.,rrrrN r,v,j 7 r xrr Eit✓rF % 'f r`rrr Mr r i✓ „ i / %/ 71 /r4 r '�P„r�r*iFrrr�r�j''r` rf s ,re.ey. r �i,o r� ✓ E..�e°rrr, r rFi r F rr r 1 rt r i r.. �l h � '�� rr 1 1 '.rLe�7 i rli`✓FCre P rrr sr�r!///.✓ j f F tC rf '� /// 1 Y r t' v' d d ,?s,,,r�b�t ! rrrrr FFrr`/ rr %%� ! / r/✓u r if F // � ai '%// 1 �� r'r Fr t j f✓rr` i i '` ,.nr�iiisirr�rr � ti f �l.,,s�`�L.1a�116r..�' ��1..�.���w4aa���� t 'r,+ .' � T VIA✓✓4r kik„ firri dtd �� ✓,err FrFrl�irrr .C¢ w t r= s1 TEj` r��x n✓r�°!P( _ rl/F rn F` N , y, M Q W'_ l 5 s c 1% 4✓✓! <d✓ t rr Fi Ff i 6! F t ggl f/J!! f f / Y/f✓'/ n '. K S.r '� 6 � 00 E /S rrtr'try/fir r/�f �"�k✓SFr!lr�kyt "�" ` rl r"'✓ W W f O Prt �isrry t � '�w/r✓rrFevr � � � ( C7 � L it i 6 r✓rrtrFr( is ^� ✓rr rFFi rF �` 0 Q t �v %i✓vrrry✓ ` �' Fiit fr°/ri'frir`` ;y i c Fr p 1 t`'`fit t Z ii; r�✓P�C .�^r'ir�r ��irNi p / 1 r,'� e `' yri !i Fr 4lr t ✓alrlF lrFri rY Q '"✓.f/f l ..Y ��llrJrrA/�,✓P% ftGr\ �w.C..b� r Y }"�„'u� / w,,,. tp'�' ,// � 1 �It�c ✓Fdr �� 'y "rn rryrFFrlirjb° ti J V r `�C9� mow, �u�. i � � /'� t �°r�6 �, si�aFrtit r✓Fir!e� � u T ri$� � rte x �drigri`rr°a`�rr�/� 4 ✓p F(A`f�l���F d�� flf��rN{`FS�(P�r �✓py } t I �✓ ✓° `ti P Wµ„ t J� t / w rrr/FreCrUi°r%iF ✓�'�,';� t r ir °a'I ' a y r ,<, ✓ +r',rrrrri✓Frr`F✓Fi +y e n. 7. 2//, .,f rFr✓FArrilrpri�r 1°� '�w�r�'F :� `r a� �'^t 'h i� �, r F w% ��i '�,^✓P�r�f((PF J / �,. d � ! l� / 5 b� s p�) ,EMW`b � ( l/ E:f' y� €,✓✓FprrprrraF`rrrr c r ^°r � w��� � h'r t ���� � � r �, r �,�,�< f r lUFrrsrtrt�r i �1. k.. v r r �'r �'"' §" x w� ✓v " a F r � y r eFrN�rrrrp rrr 4 a r` �r °ti `rf+`gt t6 Firf� lE 45 "'�. f.! r ^r �4 /[ ,4^•t t t )(t ,��✓4rrir�rJA�r¢rFl h ..c 4r `w' r dr 4 1t rr �,l t S i '' V r.1 ��rrr�rr Jr r ry d r� f� re 6.4 W it'�rFrrr 9 *,Ap `p ¢ a ,., r° r t r'<w `WY r G r i�s r w A �` LL I` Plf�, \l� ,ig,. F �1 �L t 6 rRff►l �i,�;4 � 4 F \[ r � � ��F I f l l Pte{ t I(t[`t�t f �✓� rP Aj�,rFJ/� /, M� � :,,,J//i,� F VAX\�4 l.+ k l .�L'. {� f �/ a /,7 hj It It+t J 4 d( I x F✓ ....; .� t Y�,t It 4f ,4 t 'V" Y°` ,� ,6r fk�.., •.». ' .., r � 4 t rrts{^t F r rrF r / ,��rF �rl✓�rd bra..,. "e E�.rt tt�`it�a ti��4 Y rrr�,. v4.u ,� r,1�6 , 2 €qr ., % / 4� tC41 �1�f l lFti�l[6F(C tf 'F ENr N Q '! �' Et f' I k %y'M 5 F •i q �l F /g t o ,`-...,, r;,�,, ifFr'Frtirri I rF 4u�r€�OKI LL r tt tttlf ifron t owl °1,r U/ E ✓G i°tl iirf(rtJ` 00 I+re Q 345.'.f; rt4b MAIrt ) "'', /✓r r, ^..Fy�„j; '�lil\lpt/t'+1rtlt.., r R ��,�� Alyi (1Pr FF1l✓c, �t 1 S.'/'�. w it \( k NNW,, ✓ ltF AMC,r ✓f" 1 W 41q'tr"}2�R t t r r 1Fx✓yr t6 vf" nt b �✓ F /r FI l�V4 �aS„cl � �, ��� F✓y"" !rr`l fief//r�✓f f M moi : ✓°"�`�V t�`\\v,�@�a��*t �t r I t , F"'1 tYll`F 8 � ��o✓( F/��� �, 7�' iii�� /r r�J � ��PE rrrr!��r.:.r r ,. W 'j p t, tt�t�`.``��,i E. t`' �.r rr/✓r ,G"`J ;rte 'fir " a ✓ ✓i"� F l r t I t r r✓',`, c+ r�ii` Z� "" � k�4.t��wP:,w�K:'Iltpr,�t �r, rfi`r ,1/ ;�— � � ,r r P! J r ✓ , r rf Y r i {k 4l�5tk il�tk�`�' ` r�`l`r•^ ia� .r���k w'ti i ✓!/l Fr?r//r FJ 6rrrr�'Oo LL Fr r �Z cu z w rr i��riV��i t� s �` r r haG�+r j r rr rrr r rr Fr° 'dr'r s r LL "JI U E '�. ✓'Ytt t ltt`i�t�.¢tr',Y� :' r r ✓r /' i '"`'"s ttp F rrfi til r' ; .a, � O, U � _ �r, ,atk�r� s r�7 s✓/rr✓`r �A'�'r �1. �P'yk ii r- ro ri r ✓'ir✓'' k'f � Z U.I .~ �'/.. 4� \����`� � � .�rr 71r�✓F/l�sV i F7� � ��(ill F�� ✓lr llff //l!r( ���t W. N ,rr ✓ I r7r rt t FX ,,,,/✓v� <i r r `;r,� LLI :, ,H Y "l, rsrF/✓�6a' " ` ✓/,d: ,5, �� `r�t ,t. 4 _ rt Fsarypir`°r°✓; "r stirr'r �� r✓,��r r r✓ m rs t4 v k r r t rrrr rrr - r. ,,rrr r t i \`� W H Xsgk d €~ ` /F / r'(�lr s/rfs%�✓`rrF FP�� v �� ,r! rr/,r v�✓ /„f t " �. ';ryk45 p wr~ " r r 1 �F pf !lFly✓.f/lir r •``'e E!,i F✓(f s /'�._F rf / f, ENO(V '•` E t�i4¢ M � \ }� F G`�"f ll�!j r!,�✓l Y �..�� `:fL\.� f rf� ( Y ,r f %f QhArf✓�lr 1 D rS �ar 4 `� E tt tfl4 t tgtr GSI t f b Vt tEari 2 i fM;uk{y�iC tt V°,avW.\ t yv y. a rwt `vit�v"v`` 1`r t tett �� to xY kc t e > t t r t w ai t f F Wae�it° r ti �4 ik��W Vie€ t ', t tt r tt tl 5 r 1" � I = Ft€ w FtKt 5 rx �t ✓v� �i` ` k A;LU rrrFrrir�Frr Far tr 6 � k `'✓" 4, ?''� �i t`t t�"ii,�4v�xt�t� 4��i*.'��x4l,, } �Fn i`�,r✓� rt r hy✓y +�.J,}4 kl5k/F1 uW H i< ..��'. l(¢ y 4\x\l�� `k4 kY"'q t,l` tY`ftF}416 M1.w +. fA?JF,� �_`y�wv . U I sao)n.rag 5uuaau)6u3 {o 7uawpoda4 SVX31 Il SI8HD SnddO� !O A113 (Z d0 L)NVId NOIlN3A32id N011flllOd ii31VM Wii015 0 •"H'�TT A °aMEN co �i g 1'ff aO148L SVX31'IlSIiiHO Sfld2i0Dmom MEN o �° pr aV0?J�J3/�liJ dfl 9ZL6 a qS1N3W3/�02idWl 11 Vd Hi 1S3M NOLLdItl090 M 31W "ON N06N3tl NOI1dR1090 A9 31Y➢ "ON N0151/atl �s a Cott I � I I I ux n rr w i Y.i x.,r �➢4 na' �w3 L� �h _ w� o hb IF 1/101 i OR aft �/, ✓/ r � ` f ,�/�/� ✓, 4 f € 4 of � ,,I irrrrrrr s g Z,LL 00 LU CD W w 00 cc �y s LU 00 ( a. ; i [r / cj✓� I tr �. n�.: I Gni am v � r ���%,,, � a� r I I� �/e,„ ( � � 1 i ✓ d��q��>Ly�t r I/a 201� � LU lj� ' rrilr arira /;a iiis (,f fr rr Ir/irk W r (rr � / X1.`5"a'rr1jrili z / Q rn (A U I saoiruag 5uua9ui6u3 {o 7uewpoda4 SdX31 of -' T USWHO snddOO JO A110 (Z d0 Z)NYId NOUNDAD d NOIlflllOd dDiVM VgdOlS +10'TTT °aMEN co �i g Z 1'ffa OWE SwDi IlSldHO snd800 0 �° ?J�J IV aV03AliJ dfl 9ZL6 a S1N3W3/�02idWl 11 Vd HinE)1S3M NOLLdItl090 M 31W ON N06N3N N.U.— A9 31Y➢ "ON NOR— .Q zp @ qo 3� Y° oLp H p. Hill 11 1 s a 12 Ohl : I �j�s tt 1 ons= nil �°z �I��� r 11Wil@ I M UI I I � I II ux in rrw iY.fN;r nm➢4 2=w'" �2p = Wyp.£,�o hb d Imo. MUM N�, ��s �, , � 9� low No 10 yN /�j/ c r Y I N l l l 1 C % /yo II pf Ems cool rl f E I V11 � F m jt � i .Ie�� r •• I I "17 � 1 5 ril 6 c I LL r I a i/! rbo w f z o� i /// Y, t r= / 6 Ba o� Affill LL6.6 wx m Op r r "-sa v6 M SLI I I f �,.0 f / d �. ,} J LL Lu rr rr. 1 A/ t 2 b 0 1 C ui C II7 7 U _ sao!n ag 5uuaaui5u3 {o 7uawpoda4 SVX31 e0'Lo g 3S3UON NVId NOUN3A32Jd N011n-nOd HJ UVM NRJOlS I-LS18HD SndNOO !O ADD ®NOMLSVX31 LLSldHOSnddOO W ■■■ a a MENGVO3nl2J do 9zz6 a e ~ - S1NDNIAOddWl-11 Vd Hine 1S3M NOLLdItl090 M 31W ON N06N3N NOI1d.- A9 319 "ON NOR- - U 'z d F2z¢p pQ05 o �pUm Utn¢ - FW Zh �u�w Frc��<wp U - O_ mj _ aaoNF-o H z., W = arc F IopU EoZtir_tn w rtjw o = �L - aooz ? �<Orcrc� U �nrc oa WOK N W�aF�wZ Q _ Q�'z R K F Z JZ - - - Y p$ �awzz�u ai-w - zjz"pw Fa -Fa O - __ _ v� w 3 U p~ �ziz�w�o LLJ Q �pwOZ FLI ZLLJ _ - - N _ - o - V<li�i��r U a i�a i 'w�m 3 �'��a° L in 6 a W (n Z Q O c F O F Of w m z o p wlo YN 3 U o rc rc p N rc W 17 Q N a !n ��� w w d Ld U oo� IzU �� Stn - - - w z oz ZF Oozy_ ZNyyGNo wa aw zzz VSA UQ w(NSF d -- �z fz --ONo v$ - E N a J I ,-Mozoozoc2mmwzz B_rt' c1,1N o - Q moo LY lal I� o 1111111 I� V Ipl� o ° Ln I N EN N U v LU 0 LL OP 00 LU 00 -_ Wo z0 LL U Iz - !n _ I? w LO W p o 0 m Cf) az z Q� g N w F 0 2N Far O O Q _a Y w WE � h _s U rca LU m z py rN '��g a Z 3 w U z 7 U I sao!n aS 6uuaaui6u3 {o 7uawpoda4 LO SVX31 S1N3WWOO(INV minssi SJHH2 ld I-LS18HD sndd00 !O A110 1V1N3WN0?JIAN3?J31VM W?JOlS MENM g 1 ff aMENOML SVX3U USIiHO sndHOD o �° GV❑?l a3AI2J do 9ZL6 N ry o `� �o _„ S1NDNEIAOddWl-11 Vd Hine isEiM z, NOLLdItl090 M 31W ON N06N3N N.U.— A9 31Y➢ "ON NOR— m�'m oo - _ - _m; Ea 2o € Y Y o Q�mE o -oEo o o� _ 1:1 El 42 E o owe aPn o go E g so A '- ca vEnm onm nn zmn� v a o 5 5 o w k o �m E - mE pst E �E Y Yn ° ❑ ❑ ❑ - um 'E oo o o_ "E w 2 LL v - .E ® 00 - N U v LUCD m EOP s o § S 00 8 L' tr E 5 tr E H• LU G e 8 tr y 00 - � LU @E o s s o` a 0000000000 o QLL o E c a 6 S o E E Ep o b E LOE d N YbE E I a a ff a N cEm o o tr Em 2E Lv u 'n «u o g ; c m 8' vii y a m to n m fr ffi w s E ?E LU „o Baa El _ NS 3§ ==m ®❑❑❑❑ �m N m w ®00®00000 L) U sao!n ag 5uuaaui5u3 {o 7uawpoda4 SVX31 so'c0 g IlSIdHO SnddOO }O A110 Slltll344?JV4NVISNOLLN3 32dN011 llOd231VMW?JOlS MEN O148L SVX31 IlSIiiH3 Sfld2i0O aV0?J a3nl2i dfl 9ZL6 N ry o `� �o _„ S1NDNIAOddWl 112ibd Hlno isEiM z, NOLLdItl090 777F7 "ON N06N3tl NOI1dR1090 A9 31Y➢ "ON N0151/atl $`ate$ -.�io F? 6p �w poo' Q R W v oj�o Wa€= W �� s n aoa6 yea p .B ti s� W w ua a =w oA �a <=gip =m www . 2 z-m-„e- aA -zae E F_NbIg o� t+ w z�b -z N V $ Rz-off& _ Q cj� E &€ _ :3 II Z az W 'aWz mQ8�m�� o� V w N`,gw 8B & oho Q a E� Hagp H g o hww'o a� o� 2 z w_m owmo w-ORB _\ m W J „����� g W i F g€woa� �0�0 _� y -meg �� g 3p3a N s =g aWE g€=�wz ' AW U haw 6$q �aW F Ain r Fim�rco�so a~ $« i 8$ox Sow w w U� `�oiz,oa z is i15 I 9i '°ql LL I- 00 N U v w 0 LL OP 00 w 00 T CD r7 w N LL In N W 00 r N Lo 0 N 0 O N C W _M U) U C sao!wPS 5u.uaau.i5u3 jo auawpDdao g SVX31 S110N]VLJ H10 I]] F, 11S1dHJ snd800 JO AIIJ �3 SVX31 LLS1dH0 snd800 d MEN S1N3A3ADHdNl -2 M NHVd Hine isEim i7qmz w"180530 a 31Y0 'ON NUSIA NOUItM30 7 FH 31Y0 'ON NOISIMd —8-3� Vd C U) 0 g z Ad ail, gill p. LLJ ZWJ w ffig i i--,- 2, d R. < dna El ah - asPR w8 WIN, M. g 9 gi gig IT M 0 El g] B 0 0 M M,�Elj R 12 9 00 W1 tE] El8 SEH o O;z .0 La LLJ Ld LLJ .F z. I M m LLJ om E! m w00 J2 ph IV ui CD 4 0 E3 9 w 00 L� OP LU 00 T 10 CDR 14 14 14 14 14 14 ig 14 't LU 2 R LL 5 N LL I? Lo LU F, is d 15 n n 185 8is T i5 is 3 im in R 7 %h i i i gig x!yy S ES 2 S p 8 s = c e` so 2i PN= 0 > o 19 El @ 2M cn 0 spo!AjaS 5u.uaaui5u3 jo ;uawpodao SVX31 '`IllN11 11 I IISIdH,? Snd61OJ JO AIIJ NI-Id IIIS VOINioll] ASVXaU'USIHHO sndHOO q MEN SiN3A3AOddVql )idVd Hine isEim i780 WUINO530 AG 31W 'ON NOISY IOUUMI1 3 "7 M i�MYa ON NORMN � 3 1 p H 010 I'd -;-i s U) LU P NI �13 p 0 z z I < did LU z 91. .1 al Z LU LU Z A 0/ \ /4 \ LU CO LU LU 0 + LL I- 00 (N C) rn LU C) OP 00 LU 00 T CD co LU LL LL N LL I? LO N LU 00 LO 0 LU C: 2) CI) =5 L) 0 0 1 1 SR0!AJRS 5U.UGaU.15U3 JO �U@WpDdao SVX31 _1,1 N VII d CADHVINI F, IISIdH,? snddoo jo Aiio SkjVX�U'USIHHD snd800 \! `` . �■ /^ SiN3A3AOHdVql tj y NdVd Hine isEim i7qmz NO--O AB77F7 ON!nj N.1-3. 31W I ON NOI—d LU \ \ � LL, z LLJ § \� ) F4 y 99- z LU 0 0 U) LU LU § ww/ � \ , ® \ �/ z��� � [If IRS C) z LU (As 5§ \/�� | . , \ ' �zj� ƒ � 2 LL 00 C) 2011 - 7 !§ ` LU C) LUOP 00 T 00 CD LUco LL N I?LL LULD N 00 L0 0 LU 2)C: Cl) =5 0L) spo!AjaS 5u.uaau.i5u3 jo pawpDdao ig 1-1— VA � EEI o9azSVX31 VHE)VICI EIo N11 EINO I-LSI&H,? SnddOD JO ADD SVX2i'llSldH3 sndHOO MEN S1N3A3AOHdVql NdVd Hin E)isEim no z M777F7 ON N015N3N NOLLdM0530 773 -7 N NOISIMN 7 1'q!IIgN30P0 ,LOU o < n Of 0 PIP LU I . >- fi. z Z ab LU W uj INE O .Q� a) U) IF < x= < 0 R 7 < Z CL LU z zLU 1� o Aw— z af LU f T,) c LL < 00 o G 2, U LU LU C) L OP 00 ui Z 00 LU 8- LL LL ui fn Lo O 0 ui C: 2m U) =5 L) ew; bu,uppui5u_3 jo mupodo(] 0�3 SV21 I SlViTl VOldiO313 E tlSl8H,? sncfdoj @ 2G SVX31'liSldHO snddOO SiNuVAAAOHM AHVd Hine isEi/v\i72oz 11 'IN�IlSll -IS1.8 -1-3 Id 31 Ml-=�11.11 \ \ 15 F-----------------1 F- ----- titt E tttt tttt < rF E 1 P I (D I I I Is. I I 1 0 F- S z Is 0 R----------------i L------------J F- (D 0 F- \\- , w z -- F- 0 LU x 0 J) I-- . UJ o b M e \ LU U) 0 \ \ /\/ LU g X LU LL I- 00 (N C) LU C) L 1� OR LUOP 00 00 B, F- $ § | /§ % h! �( LU LU LU < LL \ | !§ '~ LU I? LO 0 LU LO F- C) w _j ƒ � � �) § § j / % _ LU 2)C: C/) =5 L) 0 spo!AjaS 5u.uaau.i5u3 jo pawpDdao 9 1-1— ZO'�3 F o9azSVX31 11 SliVi3C IVOIiJiO373 ry IISI('JH,? SnddOD JO ADD SVX3i'llSldH3 sndHOO MEN T^ S1N3A3AO2dVql NdVd Hine isEim i78o lz M777F7 ON N015N3N NOLLdM0530 773 -7 N NOISIMN 7 1'q!IIgN30P0 jg P g .9n 7t F- .I LU 1q. HK !%.=-,e�..=-.w9.-9=.=. 0 F- i5 49 SRI LU Z C) g in LU L Z" LU CN 1!10 r oo < F LU L- _J LL 0 00 LU CD OP 00 LU 00 T CD co LU LL LL N LL I? LO N LU 03 LO O 0 LU C: 2m cn =5 L) 0 0 1 1 saoinjaS 5uuaaui5u3 jo pawpDdao IVOISdX31 ws�ivia0woiaio37a JJ'n IlSRIH,? SnddOD JO ADD IS svxal'llSIdH3 sndHOO ` E MEN ISI mm SiN3w3AOHdwi g g -2 0,6 lrmm NdVd Hine 1s3M b8OlZ W.I.— jM 31Y0 ON N017; NOLLdM0530 h8 31'a IN 4011111 SNg5N3il NPId—1— Vd ME Aq{V 4'q!IIgN30P0 �pp ��o I I I I e I I II � ' 1 Q N � e 12w El4 <�g� a� 1911, W NI it go g a a 11, Q No� =9 II r as H c y= Wp w aaa hw a-.0 w 00 0O N U v rn LU 0 w 00 LU 00 T CD co LU w N w In N W m r N L<7 0 N 0 O N C W _m cn U 0 SRD!AJas 5uuaaui6u3 {O auawaJOdaO g '�FdG o<<<000e e e,a TSdX31 S310N N2Vd 31V15 usiaHJ sndboD to Alio '�Nl sravd3ivS]Nil , SHX31'ILSIaHO snd?OO ° �VO S1NDN]AObdWl �sNi Wd Hine 1S3M " NO-1-30 AB 31M 'ON NO5N38 IF NOLLbibO530 A9 31tl0 'ON N05N38 - - =po WV N a - z 8 O U H' Z H 3p o H. 3a Z LJJIn o �d _ 15 00 - g 3 m -- - w L:.ww Q 0-9 Q - M U ? � ? doh LL z sJ o ° _ Fjo � ILD W IN '/�'^1 a aasw vJ W m s Wp dj w Q R,ILD m� _ Q s �`" >Q ❑ asp o >> pF Ep �p p W W 8 s a aaa 5198 HF— as p"" w°p G �o°o m - _ o U) � � U) _ h W >a U 0 SaOrAJas buuaaui6u3 {O auawaJOdaO w l0'l-dS aG SVX31 Z'liv ala a Ola asva °o g IaHvo e v NV-1d 321l11V3d H2iVd 31V1IS , �,'y IlSRIH� sndNo3 to Am N T'ONl sravd3iv�s]Nil MAN SHX31'ILSIaHO snd?JOO ° S1NDNEIAOHMI Ni Wd Hine 1S3M N00dib]530 AB 31M 'ON 405N3b IF NOLLdib]530 A9 3.0 1 ON N05N38 qwJ vii ry So d❑ / K / � w w opo Y " Y yz a a F < < Y � Y� LL y � 1I N - ry 4 ry ' K , m m N m / N 'ry a va w iwiwma z wwzw www \ m LL m LL wawww8 / :e � Irii W i / ;� mI':Y. h �, r i r � IIIIIIIIIII!x .... , r IIII luu�� _. \� I ALL \ I 00 / N a m U rn i W V C) r op O w z < v 00 7LU 01, �w \ AD CD LU � 44 �LL LU 120 / �!1 � � Y C w LU 2) L) U saowaS 5uuaaui5u3}o pawpodoo ZO L-dS Z h 2�aG m=wa�, SV'X31 Z'liv ala a Ola 3sva g , IISRIHJ S(1d210o ia .111 NV-1d NOIlVONno=i 313HONDO>IdVd 31V)IS , '`Jwaabo931LdNs ommino V Q N ci aryl SNaVd31VNs]Nil MAN V V SHX31 ILSIaHO snd?100�t �iU q4 lq S1NDNEIAOHMI o o v ile >NVd Hine 1S3M No"IM0530 AS 3169 'ON NOISN3tl 4-11 S30 7 3LM 'CN N06N3M P� w w4 O m J� - �. n Q - - og e W a$ ga W Z �2 LL �aa and a s _ _ _ z m u, O - - - Z -LLLL� �3�o c. o�a aff�P ¢ap a 0 ° - - OU v. 0 4 4 4 4 4 4 U U U 4 4 4 fCl U U U nl� �I�p fl'I � ry 4 4 4 4 U U ad y 0' QLL ti. fl'.1LL �Y1 00 ) 0 �( LU fl:l LL LL CD U U IL OP 00 LU 00 IT CD co LU LL I I? LID T � LU W00 i LID LU IM cn U r . saowaS 5uuaaui5u3}o pawpodoo £0 L-dS Z h 2�aG w=wa�, SV'X31 Z'lly ala a Ola 3sva g , IISRIHJ S(1d210o ia A-Llj NVId IVId31Vn 313HONOO>IdVd 31V>IS , aabo931 `o LdNs mmino V Q N ci T'`JwSNI sravdAIv S]Nil MAeNV v SVX31 ILSIaHO snd?JOO �t �iU q4 lq S1NDNEIAOHMI o o v ile >NVd Hine 1S3M No"IM0530 AS 3169 'ON NOISN3tl 4-11 530 7 3LM 'CN N06N3M YLL1 11 to ys ys ss ms ys vis J a a a e e a U S <s s s °°Iy� a9 U g� 0.w - U 'o a �u o �rc w2 4 4 44 4 w o ° wa LL m o> �m wu� Fo1 J � ao z to LL � ww 0 rc =w �� O w r�� orc 4a t trc w� nr ww y �m� p a w s 4 4 4 4 ++++++++++++++++ ° v -G- gw +'w+ Tn z °=a o ° oho 8s ° w ____. «« - + « U U ♦{ n t i + + + ♦ + + + i ♦ + ♦ t t t t t ♦ p t t t t t t . t t + + U ♦ t t t t t t ♦ + + + ♦+ Na♦ +«+ . t + t t ♦ U i..♦ v W + t +CDk�♦♦ IL t*++-+-+ 00 ♦♦ W 00 cc co LU LL � ILD iJ W fr m ILD WU U 2M L) SRD!AJas buuaaui6u3 JO ;uaw;Jodap w 40'l-dS SVX31 Z'11V 019 9 019 95V9 o g I1SRIH� SndboD jo .11 3 NVId 0NIlNl0f 319J0N00 H?JVd 31MiS , .� r oNiabnoe3ivAs omminsv� v I Q 'oNi sravd3is 3Ni�nn3eN C/V SHX31'ILSIaH0 snd?JOO '&w.. �t S1NDNEIAObdWl Ni d Hine 1S3M ° NO-1-30 AB 31M 'ON N05N38 IF NOLLbibO530 A9 31tl0 'ON N05N38 Wo o w�arc _ pw J _ - Z_ ¢ F-r o - U rc- _ Z o 23Wama1 wrt W p - adw - ~ �z z �o • Zud �rt°o 30� 12, rto - �, O 1 .5 Ao rq ♦ Y, JIi1 l7I ro ,i • i �r - rs rs'--.-- i i cj all 5 ♦ J ,♦��•R � op LLoo �, r _T3__ y U ro m + S r w 0 0�i► s x. ' . �, r 0o LU oo W LLk ILD LU ILD � i n N C W 2) L) saowaS 5uuaaui5u3}o pawpodap SO'l dS .���aG m=wa�, SV'X31 Z 1lV(119 9 01H 35VH � g s<<<o=.ens, � V V O NVId JOIOH 313JONOON?JVd 31HJI5 ' IlSRIH� S(1d210� 1113 'OYvl srNvd3lv>Is]Nil MAN SHX31 ILSIaHO Sfld?JO0 ...'�� m ��Iilgll� S1NDNEIAOHMI o ° % Jiatid H1f1J 1S3M y ° s" No"IN0530 A 3169 'ON NOISN3N 4-11— 7 3LM 'CN N06N3N O a C7 U _ Z per_ w J W qw. - 72- �e Z21 4m III U OU o q 4 q U U t� m 4 4 4 4 v � � J ci U U LL Y f I- 00N mv 1• .°� 4 SLI U IL 000 LU / 00IT LU LL LLLU 00 ILD lr N /i �0�„�' Imo' ,. 3'•',r 4 ILD $ /5 / LU U U C 2M L) U saowaS 5uuaaui5u3}o pawpodap 90'l dS .���aG m=wa�, SV'X31 Z 1lV(119 9 01H 35VH o g NV-1d lVIb31W V13W J1?Vd 3 1tlN5V'IlSRH� S( 20� O 1113 'owaNVI NS ommino SNI srNVdAvs]Nil N! SHX31ILSIaHO Sld?00 vigl S1NDNEIAOHMI o �ss3u v 90") Jiabd H1f1J 1S3M y ° s" No"IN0530 AS 3169 'ON NOISN3N 4-11— 7 3LM 'CN N06N3N o c alo - Jr - 81 n �LLw �w �wwU rrc Jin IF 1 • I I i 4 4 4 fCl a cu � � n 19 1 d y I�. 9 n vLL 00 \� m I LUCD OP00 SII w 00rn LU LLNILD LU 00 � w >a U SRD!AJas buuaaui6u3 {O auawaJOdaO w LO'l-dS SVX31 Z'11V OI9 9 O9 95V9 � g gollhoo d ,„ IISRIHJ S(1dNO3 to .1113 NV1dbOlOOlV19WH?JHd31VHS .� r oNIabnoe3ivAs ommins v I Q 'Doll sravd3iv�s]Nil nn3eN C/V SHX31'ILSIaHO snd?JOO '&w.. �t S1NDNEIAObdWl Ni d Hine 1S3M ° N00dib]530 AB 31M 'ON 405N3b IF NOLLdib]530 A9 3.0 ON N05N38 () LL H N O O _ a75 6 O T-: — II J a o w 4 U 9 Q %CO .,.....SII;;;;;;;;;;, U U U I IC JI II �0'.I 4�4 U U U U y � � <, �� LL oo ll I � w v Oop y LU AD LU LL LU CN 50 O i n C W 2) U O SRD!AJas buuaaui6u3 {o auawaJodap w BO'l-dS aG SVX31 Z'riv ala'8 Ola asva °o g ��zs� JNIdaaNad OI15112iy 71?Jyd 31y1IS , usiaH� sndbo� to 113 '^ .� r oNiabnoe3ivAs ommins w I o N 'orvi sravd3iv�s]Nil MAN SHX31'ILSNHO snd?JOO ° S1NDNEIAOHMI >NVd Hine 1S3M NOObibO830 18 31M 'ON 405N3b IF NOLLbibO830 A8 31tl0 'ON N05N38 i wg / m; ¢ ✓ .,ri lir// / r fiF r � rJi%/%/il , rii Avv / Z.1._ z z rc Ugo 212 w zoo o i r r LL 00 LU C) op 00 WAD LU LL LU 02 �l� I� i uijl gq /Oi LU M C L) U SRD!AJas buuaaui6u3 {o auawaJodap w LO Z-d5 aG SVX31 Z'liv ale v Ola asva � g S1NIOd-NVld 1fI0AVl 7RiVd 31VH5 , usiaHJ sndboD to 113 _ oNiaboe3vAs ommins 'oNi sravd3ivs]Nil MAN SHXaIi LSIaHO snd?OO ° w I o S1NDNEIAOHMI >NVd Hine 1S3M NO-1-30 / AB 31M 'ON NO5N38 IF NOLLbibO530 A9 31tl0 'ON N05N38 o o fll , / a K m / z i ! � w /rl� o w n i .�. oo 12 / i `y it 17 � z o ry. p w x N O x � LL30 C) \y W op o \ a 00 \ �d aib�o�irrn LU oo W LL LL ILD N N LU 00 LID 0 l� vl N O_ O C W `,..,,).... r II7 U) L) O � i san-aS buuaaui6u3 jo auawpoda4 m ' ZO'Z-d5 SD'X31 Z'11V(1I9 b 019 3SV8 o g IlSINHD snjaoo Jo AllD S3MViiNIOd-NV-1d ino),v7 AHVd 31VNS , ONNl S SMVdAI"S]Nil MAN S, NIQ SVX31'IlSIaHO Sf1db00 � s`�3a AHVd Hine 1S3M ° - h NONd1bJ530 AB 31YD 'ON NOiSiA3b NDLLdibD530 F5 31tl0 'ON NO5iNb ss"�Qa- a o - - z a w - = m H GSW _ & ¢ ¢ N Q CO W M i3 M F 8, m 8, in it 8 m 8 m 8, F Q F - Z O - � d = M 8 M S 8 a A S M A a 6 - R R 00 N _ I I W CD = _ a S 14 $ $ OP 00 LU o m m n o e n m m CID maogasoss solo o00 _ q s A w N m m m m it E E m m m m LL m ❑ ❑ LID m N W E71 E W to 00 m LID N JR iii C Fa! N. `gi. . co ❑ < — — — ~ — ry b O - - f2 $. vii - m $ O } _ _ _ _ _ _ a ❑ J - - w H _M d cn 7 U SRD!AJas buuaaui6u3 {O auawaJOdaO w £0 Z-dS aG SVX31 Z'liv ala'8 Ola asva � g S3/2a0(INV S3NI7 NVId 1f0AVl 1 2Vd 31b>S siaH� sndbo� to 13 oNiaboe3vAs ommins 'oNi sravd3ivs]Nil SHXaIi LSIaHO snd?OO ° S1NDNEIAOHMI >NVd Hine 1S3M NO-1-30 / AB 31M 'ON NO5N38 IF NOLLbibO530 A9 3.0 ON N05N38 o J / /J Z o ( G yg o i�i10 rrw o / ki..7 Y�I sei rr 1 1166 i V � ry J" I , r O fl / 9 P i 0o o4LL w- , o _ W %LIL . �� ��'. "LL O oN0 i, ;� /// ' W W .� .,!... C) L� � W op DO LU AD IT CD / Z co W LL LIL LU 100 LIDN N N N O_ O C W `,..,,).... 2) L) O � i san—aS 5u aaui6u3 jo auawpoda0 m VO'Z-d5 p SVX31 Z'11V(119 b 019 9SV9 o g IIS18HD S/1dNO3 Jp .1113 S919V159 R 0 4 59NI1 Nb d 1 OAVI H2 Vd 31VHS ONuaavoSAI"S ONuailnS IF .., r ON SMVdAl"S 3NIIMAN SVX91'IlS1aHO sndb00 ' °'``• S1NDNDA0HdVq s`�3a AHVd Hine 1S3M ° - h NONdibJ530 AB 31Y0 'ON NOiSiA3b NObdid—O F6 31tl0 'ON NOSiNb 3 N m he p>z�>wR fq a 3 3 3 3 - wgGzs�r�� CD - � ,p z z O U) Zci J U O uu'mm oz a�,�m�a 00 CD N ry = rv � ry o m e� o ry ry n W op 00 00 W w 3 w 3 3 3 3 w w 3 3 w 3 w 3 w 3 3 w o o h ob o N m co - 's LL N (n m x W Q m w M 07 J w' 'w w 'w D o ry $ Q �+ o o M m a e 9 J N W U _M cn 7 U SRD!AJaS 5uuaaui6u3 {O auawaJodaO _° l0'4`d5 rn SVX31 418 3SV8-NVId 3OVNIVHO V JNIOVdE)AdVd 3UVNS IlRI sHJ SndNOD to ADD r oNlaanoe3id>ts owa�ine w I o T'ONI S>f VdAlvS3N17MAN C/V SHX31'ILSIaHO Sfld?JOO '& S1NDNEIAObdlMl o Ni ] d Hine 1S3M ° NO-1-30 AB 31M 'ON N05N38 IF NOLLbibO530 A9 31tl0 'ON N05N38 Z co N J ZO ¢5 4 W W - r -es= foo -_ U a - p - Q O w K p p w (u fu Q Z rw vi rc < ` o Qw�mo, .:..rc....... ...m... ... ..I.. ...1.. _.o_. :... 0 r �. ; o p 1 1 1 mJ _,a wJp° 7 7a po& ppppp > °w-aLL -w� - �,oA -� Yawo oa< w ° 0,p. O I ZOQoz H w Z. z 2. If) Cl'' jj 10 m c,ll) If) JJJJJJ':l �,' m N�wo ,.0 �VJ � wo If I lf) S. m wp v' f},) Ii w ° 3 - l i'x� ° o= / �W ♦' i I 10 a p I p� n � k m Z¢ o � LL 030 1 oz ' Z-Z N \ec7o ( ee � �Qp j c e,7azo e m m � _ �¢ LU �oOz � o, X - ��ow �Iz�Y x omz O J II rm� Lifd'Lz w¢ IL 00 m r m O LU oo m r7 I Cv9 LU �r) f) {7 f�z : N �fl� vuM� ,77r C i m S G _ S W LL o I? r �r t lyfi ....w D o . J e r oLO ou__ W l l\� o�ow . m (IYffO'y �m>a°� w o z a LO Y/ z mit b O ) 7 LU . Ll C 27L"nHr, 7 U SRD!AJaS buuaaui6u3 JO auaw;dDdaO w ZO Cd5 aGcjm=wa�, SVX31 Z 11V 019 S 019 3sV9 o g g ,� •� „ `. o uo�s ��s� NV-1d 30VN1Vd(I 9 JNIOVdEI>IHVd 31VHS , ,y usiaH� sndbo� to .113 � Y°� r `JNm vo931dNs`Malmo 'ON MvdAly s3Nn mAN sVx31'LSI1 IHO snda00 IR >NVd Hine 1S3M ° o NOO1-30 AB 31M 'ON N05N38 NOM-30 A9 M 'qV.051- 0 J _ 0 ` w w m oT, ❑ � h �w w 2aV � � o = z w s w a rc �w m a o o a o as maw ❑ ��� > m _ 0 0 w w �o � m o • 1 'O — �ooN ow _azwo o Y z a¢w ao J) JU / 9 w z l Jifw- )Cl�1if)) If`) Y .J s� — <y v m �. e mm Z � ) S)t�n C77 if�� (nrrni j y Yw� y m a w � m m°mkm�Z rC "gi ern _ x a za m z7 z an wQ az Qa �o o m �O Y (� U y nCJ Z VZFO' V ry pm fu LL 00 9i" .wzss D y o N w ElL C) w � � x N N a e x LI W ar DO w W /9Y fC) wp; �fY „nM1'�hJ) C z gni ' Y z _O S CO / FSO w w Ito 30 py m LU �� � �'IV �. .a ,.° 4I:.. as a m waaa� � �aQ CV a O > o o � LIDo Z)x W 00 �.f)' o' = a 00 o� �w uo LU L) U saowaS 5uuaaui5u3}o pawpodoo l0'YdS N SVX31 S31IJ0Hd 8 SN01103S N?JVd 3UVAS �O g ,y I1S11HJ sn fact io A-Llj a, '`Jwaabo931LdNs ommino N Q N ci aryl SNaVd31VNs]Nil MAN V V SHX3U ILSI?JHO snd?100�t �iUg4lq S1NDNEIAObdWl o o v ile Ni Wd Hine 1S3M No"INoma AS 3169 'ON NOISN38 4-11 S30 A8 3M 'm Nosmm _._ .. ,e a o a s t N� f 9 g om j f W W - N N - W N n .< ,; < �oow �fi Z Z Z WLU W N N N Cl iD LL 00 mLU CD OP u - - Y 00 T W s o � m �N IT LU LL ILD LU w 0 p mIN / mmv ow� Nz oo g OozW F LID W y��� of Q 'g O W Y w o �` Z N (n ❑V® I/, a N 7 U r . saowaS 5uuaaui5u3}o pawpodoo ZO'4-dS N s•w�,�(i�dd 544L 0Ewm9wa°'r°^z SVX31 S31IJ0Hd 8 SN01103S N?JVd 3UVAS �O g I1S11HJ sn fact io A-Llj a, '`Jwaabo931LdNs ommino N Q N ci aryl SNaVd31VNs]Nil MAN V V SHX3U ILSI?JHO snd?100�t �iUg4lq S1NDNEIAObdWl o o v ile Ni Wd Hine 1S3M No"INoma AS 3169 'ON NOISN38 4-11 S30 A8 3M 'm Nosmm In (6. 0 ......... ... �o NNNN LL o� � �—`.� o� 0 _ g` 15 2y �. a yQo w _ z 1N. Z 6" a Z HI 0 04 od od a � � WW w r O v W W q w z,z �a a -_m r�Y rn .-- -V Z Z W W W N N N LL ONO '' mLU OP 00 v - - CD w = LL LU ! f� zn s o y LL Q & 0 11h N o z w iiiiN ILD „q w LU LID Ir of ilG) , � �i w � IA LULU LU 2M ocn N 7 U r . saowaS 5uuaaui5u3}o pawpodoo £0'_c1S N s•w�,�(i�dd s;;OEwm9wa°'�°^z SVX31 S31IJ0Hd 8 SN01103S N?JVd 3UVAS �O g I1S11HJ sn fact io A-Llj a, '`Jwaabo931LdNs ommina N Q N ci aryl SNaVd31VNs]Nil MAN V V SHX3U ILSI?JHO snd?100�t �iUg4lq S1NDNEIAObdlMl o o v ile Ni Wd Hine 1S3M No"INoma AS 3169 'ON NOISN38 4-11 S30 A8 3LM 'm Nosmm w 9 aw 6 r „FAL 0 a w Ow a d N oLL_ (Y 6 h apo %h p z v f ! o fd x n oar sh U ✓+hF o ?dr"��w�`h � 3 i – n z uia s m c;� f z uw tt V r Z r'd• r r H H O W W O C; II - ?_ w 4w oio .LL' Cw �� 1N as o - ,x N Z W V rll y y N -- k-- m s N h O N LL 00 - -_ - - mOP LU CD 00 W 00 YO LU LL ILD LU 00 ahj u Z y�W� 0 0D'o.- o g R F LU W �' Z N L) U saowaS 5uuaaui5u3}o pawpodoo 170'4-CJS h s, F (i�dG s<<OEwm9wa„�°^z $dX31 S311d021d 8 SN011035 NiJtld 31tl715 �O g ,y � e�r�o�ooNd 11S18HO sn fact io A-Llj g '� Y°.� r `Jwaa Vo931Ld S`]Nil MAN � (p Q N ci 'SNI sravd3lv>ts 3NI�nn3ely V V SHX31 LLSIaHO Sfld?JOO apt ��U�CIUI S1N3W3nObdWl o >NVd Hine 1S3M y ° No"INoma AS 3169 'ON NOISN38 4-11 S30 A8 3M 'm Nosms Deo �YFgc rr --- N LLI V W N N U! v N c 3 o b �a a >z" - l c PHII m J a N " IN LL 0 o j4 00 LU CD OP 00 LUs 2L_ 00 i f, N zp mQ s o LL ILD LU 00 LID 6 p J Pi o _ W ,. y��� 00 of o g w H V LU 2m o (n I z 8 m a m U saowaS 5uuaaui5u3}o pawpodoo SO'4-dS N s•w�,�(i�dd s<<OEwm9wa°'�°^z SVX31 S3 1PUQHd 8 SN01103S N?JVd 3UVAS °p g I1S11HJ sn fact io A-Llj '`Jwaabo931LdNs ommino aryl SNaVd31VNs]Nil MAN V V SHX3U ILSI?JHO snd?JO'J�t �iUg4l�U� S1NDNEIAObdWl o o v ile Ni Wd Hine 1S3M No"IM0530 AS 3169 'ON NOISN38 ---7 77777777 3LM 'CN N06N3M Z � o ry a+, A _ IN. v2€ O O f h WW N N N � wv aw � .. .......... S NNI111M II1NI m, °°•<a NINIIININII� NIMIIII1NI11: v W Z1. NIINIII,1" NI IN z d� z z 11,.1...,. � �, IINII NI L y 1111 N �p fNNNII __g. dPzh O O O V C1 V W W W N N N LL N f�9 ONO ' mLU 00 v - - CD OP LU00 LU s LL ILD o zpaoN w m IN p'� yg oo g ILD LLI W �/ Vii ❑ ® w No - - = Z H (n o 8ma m . p 7 U SR�!AJaS 5uuaaul6u3 JO auawa-lOdap SVX31 o'sds ° W wm sr,emre�rs 971 130 NOLLOn?USN00 AI Wd 31MIS f° g IlSRIHD sndNo3 to .1113 `JNI011d09A1dNs`JNIdlV19 g "a'ti r ONI sraVd3lVNs 3NI,MAN SVX31'LLSI?JHO Snd?100 S1N3W3AObdlM >iab'd Hine 1S3M NO-1-30 >,8 31M 'ON N01- NOLLbibO530 A9 3 'ON N0.1— fu a Z g j0J~ �i N 3� 3m O OO OO OO xO O Mc� _ ill I..•,. 'N011036O1LHd3?J 6312JGA� YI ll�i „ s�anas of aa�a�691aHn I I � I 38686088(9) Q OSGS&D 6880 (D 'O �` txY'eYII II � tilf I '� s;rdtYYY,r O I i? ' �YY7r M I m Yd^ m pYl Z a 3iy Pul. Q suoiy�a 7 I !' m sir rI:f � Lu Y I. MrYt w �u l p y NV F ,v.d m o cm div' a - i li ifi � " r` �Iry o if f 3)l"I oossel§ wY w` lV r` O F Y) Z 05 > , 1-1--IVI�Fj, �°' �d Y _ 03000 NOS ALL° OOryOO 000a OILL Lu N 30 o a Lu W d VxV J _ NN-2 niaa�a —x 0 o LILJI o m i �� 0 4 `� Fyf, OA Yf m Y F LuF � LU ¢ Lm I LI III N r a ILL Q IIIS f ° I. O A fisyF� I, F _c 7 i O "Al i I LU Yr I�YiYyt� I ~ "aj f1 O m � YIYgi4�illllllll � � '11,'i,�'1 ILD VIII r�rlS, � j f�`111111111 _ ' u tl ,i it illi O ul i �q II, O_ _ ur�l�Illll i�l�i11 �zi � ill I I l�Iii Il N 'r Y wir'Iflll' I $iAIIII�i�il;ill LU j l lu rn U) U O SR�!AJaS 5uuaau!6u3 ,,o auawPodap W wm sr,emrers SVX31 971 130 NOLLonI USNOO A?Wd 3I IlSRIHD SnaacD to Allo oN aabo931dNs`Jwallna 3 oNl sravd3ivNs]Nil mAN SHX3I'llSI?JHO snd?JOO I$� S1N3W3AObdlM y >QjVd Hine 1S3M N01— AB 31M 'ON N01- NOLLdib]530 A9 3 ON N0.1— a'S - rcZ o w`aaaa - `ll"He .,6. 8 0000 880 - Ev aDD Lu ❑ 1/ / U - `s O � w w o — - f Y z w I U w U F m v o p z p a z w �I�l' v w bj h ilw 11 a 0 W 00000 a C ❑ ❑ !II o m tO h � m (DIS I 00000 i I s ll' J � I aVA Lr— — NI k = (Ddo(H)0 47 10 t-. 5 G,NE �D00 0(2)0 00 0 ^ ^ww� ,w zLL snou�3s of Q VV 00pw 00 -A---A - ILL z �z - 00 C9 g lylt" ❑w 8b 0 1 , , < Q 0 0 0000 _ r Lu p wLu w Q � , �.` w opLU p=m<om DO o all �I� � Do h} w �E o ❑ 1 _fax r I raid � � Q LU13 8 a �, `III a S Q 4 yT 1, wog U rl 11 VJ _ ILL �y�!�ai�i F a° IM._ Mz LO LU F,�t" ' �" aid Nr�yfoi,✓i 3d1i �"a�i �•uiY� l i,l,ir y kl' LUI it 0 0 SR�!AJas 5uuaaul6u3 Jo auawPOdap W mm sr,emrers SVX31 9711 Nolion?USNOO A?Wd 3I �O g IlSRIHD SnaacD to Ails oN aabo931vAs oNlallns (gyp 3 ONI sravdAIv S]Nil MAN SHX31'I1SI?JHO snd?JOO I$� S1N3W3AObdlM >QJVd Hine 1S3M N01- AB 31M 'ON NO5N3b NOLLdib]530 A9 31tl0 'ON H05N3b OOOOOorc OOOOrcrc >°000 Q Ov°000 0 mry o 0 !� o Q ¢ IIII o w o f. pyre ill �•— 'ISI Q �o O �ee:�l�/I w c) — z a 1 �II w z J�Irrl II z Ir X �� F J Q w �rr�7d^II dry I � —11 H- O°000 °O m O LL O J ➢ z �553NWJIHI _ A"M.qm i 4 000 OO OOOOOLL �OOOp 1 y;� 4� II O -- l Iyr of SII II! o Ir I ❑ $" I F j ti l D U � a i t ILL 00 rw4Yi 7jal N lD �I - w 00 00 3 Y L IL 00000 AD r r rr�l{i r�l DO ssery oiHs ¢ op 1 z z co W ��15r z z Yr1al 3 i!� 711'�I p o Q Vrr/7rs,llr� 111111. r d l O i w N �I. �'r/rhrCl ❑ �. ❑ z ILL 'rr 1k�?II p a 'r'ri I I. cc :III * z - �r B ry sr rr c -v r' rl l l z z z III ILD /r _ �. Yr rr r� O O c {> r ny w /rd III Q Q lr°v!rr' ❑ W m ax���� 'I•/IJ�'1 � 111 C lr ii. 4 III Lr) 111 C: O Y� Z,ri,�II III O O O du dtis p- F I D N O_ O N C W 2) U O 0 SaO!nJaS 6uua9u!bu3 JO auawpodao ✓ SVX31 bo"13 SlIV130 NOliZ'n iSNOJ>IdVd 31VNS g IISIdHO SndNOJ !O ALIO r •JNIQa J0H31b'NS`JNIOIINH ■ �q o g ��:" ��: - ,oNlsNava3�vrsaNnnnaN � SVX31'I151aHosndaoo I� S1N3W3A02idWl W NHVd HinE)isw Ng1tlW0H3H A9 31V0 'ON N0157 NOiltl8-0 1 a 31tl0 ON N05N3b OOO LL� 0000 0 �z Q - aN �ypdu O p o 00 0 - coa N w F " c � < -; - O na a _ r LJ o 000 OO s _ m 2 COO 0 0 O x00 o O 00 0 .°O 5�f// 'ego n O W J w a w w Z Z Z _ � z U z 35 j G OE OOseeg g0 O a r how LL ,ry�^v; 1 Y J�ll< of °° Nass 00 O O ., a o U }: I II 1, z w LLIrnI 114rII w O L �+ I S;'rYY W L "{. J Z op oo lN_o z IM W 2a < v 00 00 000 Lu W rfYf';;� rye ilar3 it b' o /V� o I �sttr�r� i itis ;ill /✓i i c9 ;r�snr�r;r�;w'J ilii ; �i z d w N �;; SII //�/ /:/- o z LL 1�p1 � �ill.:: �a _ �� z LO LU o nm LO N O O N C W c _2) cn U O 0 sa7.!nJRS 5uuaaul6u3 JO auawPOdap SVX31 so'sds m ° W wm sr,emrers SlHl30 Nmonf USNOO X?JHd 31MIS lO g IlSRIHD sndNo3 to .1113 `JNIallb093 L'dNs oNlallns 3 oNl sravd3ivVAs]NilmAN SHX31'LSI?JHO snd?JOO S1NDN]AObdWl >QjVd Hine 1S3M NO-1-30 >,8 31M 'ON N01- NOLLbibO530 A9 3 'ON.0.1— Em 051- - .k N R6 F NLI�l�J Lill O 0 z.�aR� Q pp.aw Lu OoO 000 OO w O 000 O Lu H -2 O Z LL �o OG 0�OO `d Lu m (7— F LL Z❑ .o-.l a v a } a ��a ooF w x — o a wv ww o ` oz o� z Df Q w aU Fn U Z Q T i) in U qq f ISI c a o NPY Un Lu pzy 00 0000 D , 0 0 000 0 al o x`,! v a o a t r lr l e? G w p N o= Y /rrrr/ < -� O o lrlriw azo= o s z w ;F f'i itLu o mew m s o OO �n�w f X. li'rri w o 0, J LL 00 C — O IN w Z CD ; ✓ ' o w w00e0 00000 00000=p` Lu co gid ` v✓✓ N � c✓<✓<i a _ m ! !IFS J LL ——— ✓✓✓<✓/ ✓r of 111 F r Z V e 'FY r f l ✓ Wll/ I'll QQ N 77 ILDLU ILD a O w Z O _ o s-e p� O or o LU 00 ¢ 000 ga (n F wm 7 U O 0 oi4k *d3dmov3nNVV4 3HI HOU NOISSIV483d DPOLIS X1 'IIS18HO snam mu vo 'U01110-0 N31118M 3HI inoHim IdVd N1 80 31OHM �)D-10- 1VN(--H)M 'PAIG IDAIsnpul uoswDpV 0g[ OV08 HA18 do 0OZ6 anna 8d38 do a3sn 38 ION AVM I HIM 1S3M UNV dJdf1IJVJf)NVN JHI 30 AIHJdOdd x--- --- 3AIS(IIJX3 3HI S1 UNIMV80/NVId SIHI dOld3dn s ------- - SVX31 JO HViS 220 'Y i . N Go B woo ms ----------- .................................................... .................... ...............--J LL I- a g - >; 00 ------------------------- LU CD -----------------,-------- op 00 LU 00 co LU I?LL LD Pg gg LU 00 W HM P, n- v LO 6 81 Q) < � g.;TN� M�1 - w -1 ------------ R r W9 2, 2 nq 6, � �w " - < H < U) £fi6 'u 6 < R 2, OV,2" L) 'N �,"MM H M, a - I r-I awu,V3mvm 3HI nON3 NOI-I hd3d DPLLIS xi 'us H) SUN) I L[jo£Vo 'UOIIIOJJD3 N31118M 3Hi in AVB N NO 31OHM MsniDU 3HI SI DNIMV80/NV]d SIHI ?J 0 IdEldn s 30VHS MUMS ------------------------------------------------------------------------ 2 SIVx3i Jo 3ivis io 'PA18 joijIsnpul UOSWDPV 0q aV08 HAN dn OM MnOOHd3d No o3sn 38 N Al ONV 838MIOV3nNVH IHI Ao Ai8ldo8d HinO iS3M --------------- 7 S.�------------------ - -------- - t�W -------- --- ---------- ------------------ - ----------- " f pe ,I LL -----—------ 00 ----------- o LU CD OP 00 LU tz; 00 9w co LU --------------------- LL r t I? R2 Lr) p ' G 6 i., -1,J'� I ma, 13, R -- ------------- Lo66 0, Q) )0 ly- LU k� 90 9 m.sus 9 0 T L) 0 M A34movinNvn 3111 HOW NOISSIP40d 00 m� L969f 1V 'auAod 110d Xl`115111110 SOd800 n3ulaM 3111 mo111IM Laud ni ao 31oxM a E.- I '3S an114 a1o0A01d OSl atl08 83A8 d0 OOL6 a30naoaa3a ao a3sn 3e Lon 'Nvp•0ul 'ouilyawDD AdVd H1H9 1S3M a3amovinnvn 3HL eo ua3doad x L3AISHIOX3 3HL SI 9nIMVa°/NY-W SIHl SVX31 30 31VIS :LHoia Adoa '. o I a _ �71, 2 M, Ci E' io 91! �g .....,......v JI s n Olds = s kill a 00 3 N � t SS � el Waw k _ e W CD OP 00 LU E 00 € a a W 8 8 Fwd o = LID IN t 12 m 3 w gg � I . Ips R e {=I y c$ S PS s W fi s FS�e f Ik`tlaP 1-6 _ 4a e e s CID g _